Plato and the Other Companions of Sokrates_ 3rd ed. Volume 2 George Grote 4009 downloads.pdf

684 pages · Make another flipbook

Page 1

Page 2

Page 3

The Project Gutenberg eBook of Plato and the Other
Companions of Sokrates, 3rd ed. Volume 2

This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and most
other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions
whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms of
the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online at
www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the United States, you will
have to check the laws of the country where you are located before using
this eBook.

Title: Plato and the Other Companions of Sokrates, 3rd ed. Volume 2

Author: George Grote

Release date: August 7, 2012 [eBook #40436]
Most recently updated: October 23, 2024

Language: English

Other information and formats: www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/40436

Credits: Produced by Ed Brandon as part of the on-line Grote Project

*** START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK PLATO AND
THE OTHER COMPANIONS OF SOKRATES, 3RD ED. VOLUME 2 ***

PLATO, AND THE OTHER COMPANIONS OF SOKRATES.

Page 4

PLATO,
and the

Page 5

OTHER COMPANIONS OF SOKRATES.

by

Page 6

GEORGE GROTE,
author of the ‘history of greece’.

A NEW EDITION.

IN FOUR VOLUMES.

Vol. II.

LONDON:

JOHN MURRAY, ALBEMARLE STREET.

1888.

The right of Translation is reserved.

Page 7

CONTENTS.

CHAPTER XII.

ALKIBIADES I. AND II.

Situation supposed in the dialogue. Persons — Sokrates and
1
Alkibiades
Exorbitant hopes and political ambition of Alkibiades 2
Questions put by Sokrates, in reference to Alkibiades in his intended
function as adviser of the Athenians. What does he intend to advise ib.
them upon? What has he learnt, and what does he know?
Alkibiades intends to advise the Athenians on questions of war and
peace. Questions of Sokrates thereupon. We must fight those whom it
3
is better to fight — to what standard does better refer? To just and
unjust
How, or from whom, has Alkibiades learnt to discern or distinguish
Just and Unjust? He never learnt it from any one ; he always knew it, 4
even as a boy
Answer amended. Alkibiades learnt it from the multitude, as he learnt
to speak Greek. — The multitude cannot teach just and unjust, for they
5
are at variance among themselves about it. Alkibiades is going to
advise the Athenians about what he does not know himself
Answer farther amended. The Athenians do not generally debate about 6
just or unjust — which they consider plain to every one — but about
expedient and inexpedient, which are not coincident with just and

Page 8

unjust. But neither does Alkibiades know the expedient. He asks
Sokrates to explain. Sokrates declines: he can do nothing but question
Comment on the preceding — Sokratic method — the respondent
ib.
makes the discoveries for himself
Alkibiades is brought to admit that whatever is just, is good,
honourable, expedient: and that whoever acts honourably, both does
7
well, and procures for himself happiness thereby. Equivocal reasoning
of Sokrates
Humiliation of Alkibiades. Other Athenian statesmen are equally
ignorant. But the real opponents, against whom Alkibiades is to
measure himself, are, the kings of Sparta and Persia. Eulogistic 8
description of those kings. To match them, Alkibiades must make
himself as good as possible
But good — for what end, and under what circumstances? Abundant
9
illustrative examples
Alkibiades, puzzled and humiliated, confesses his ignorance.
Encouragement given by Sokrates. It is an advantage to make such 10
discovery in youth
Platonic Dialectic — its actual effect — its anticipated effect —
11
applicable to the season of youth
Know Thyself — Delphian maxim — its urgent importance — What is
ib.
myself? My mind is myself
I cannot know myself, except by looking into another mind. Self-
knowledge is temperance. Temperance and Justice are the conditions 11
both of happiness and of freedom
Alkibiades feels himself unworthy to be free, and declares that he will
12
never quit Sokrates
Second Alkibiades — situation supposed ib.

Page 9

Danger of mistake in praying to the Gods for gifts which may prove
mischievous. Most men are unwise. Unwise is the generic word: ib.
madmen, a particular variety under it
Relation between a generic term, and the specific terms comprehended
13
under it, was not then familiar
Frequent cases, in which men pray for supposed benefits, and find that
when obtained, they are misfortunes. Every one fancies that he knows 14
what is beneficial: mischiefs of ignorance
Mistake in predications about ignorance generally. We must
discriminate. Ignorance of what? Ignorance of good, is always ib.
mischievous: ignorance of other things, not always
Wise public counsellors are few. Upon what ground do we call these
few wise? Not because they possess merely special arts or
accomplishments, but because they know besides, upon what 15
occasions and under what limits each of these accomplishments ought
to be used
Special accomplishments, without the knowledge of the good or
16
profitable, are oftener hurtful than beneficial
It is unsafe for Alkibiades to proceed with his sacrifice, until he has
learnt what is the proper language to address to the Gods. He
ib.
renounces his sacrifice, and throws himself upon the counsel of
Sokrates
Different critical opinions respecting these two dialogues 17
Grounds for disallowing them — less strong against the Second than
18
against the First
The supposed grounds for disallowance are in reality only marks of
ib.
inferiority
The two dialogues may probably be among Plato’s earlier
20
compositions

Page 10

Analogy with various dialogues in the Xenophontic Memorabilia —
21
Purpose of Sokrates to humble presumptuous young men
Fitness of the name and character of Alkibiades for idealising this
ib.
feature in Sokrates
Plato’s manner of replying to the accusers of Sokrates. Magical
22
influence ascribed to the conversation of Sokrates
The purpose proclaimed by Sokrates in the Apology is followed out in
24
Alkibiades I. Warfare against the false persuasion of knowledge
Difficulties multiplied for the purpose of bringing Alkibiades to a
25
conviction of his own ignorance
Sokrates furnishes no means of solving these difficulties. He exhorts to
26
Justice and Virtue — but these are acknowledged Incognita
Prolixity of Alkibiadês I. — Extreme multiplication of illustrative
ib.
examples — How explained
Alkibiadês II. leaves its problem avowedly undetermined 27
Sokrates commends the practice of praying to the Gods for favours
undefined — his views about the semi-regular, semi-irregular agency 28
of the Gods — he prays to them for premonitory warnings
Comparison of Alkibiadês II. with the Xenophontic Memorabilia,
especially the conversation of Sokrates with Euthydemus. Sokrates not 29
always consistent with himself
Remarkable doctrine of Alkibiadês II. — that knowledge is not always
Good. The knowledge of Good itself is indispensable: without that, the ib.
knowledge of other things is more hurtful than beneficial
Knowledge of Good — appears postulated and divined, in many of the
31
Platonic dialogues, under different titles
The Good — the Profitable — what is it? — How are we to know it ?
ib.
Plato leaves this undetermined

Page 11

CHAPTER XIII.

HIPPIAS MAJOR — HIPPIAS MINOR.

Hippias Major — situation supposed — character of the dialogue.
33
Sarcasm and mockery against Hippias
Real debate between the historical Sokrates and Hippias in the
34
Xenophontic Memorabilia — subject of that debate
Opening of the Hippias Major — Hippias describes the successful
circuit which he had made through Greece, and the renown as well as 35
the gain acquired by his lectures
Hippias had met with no success at Sparta. Why the Spartans did not
ib.
admit his instructions — their law forbids
Question, What is law? The law-makers always aim at the Profitable,
but sometimes fail to attain it. When they fail, they fail to attain law. 36
The lawful is the Profitable: the Unprofitable is also unlawful
Comparison of the argument of the Platonic Sokrates with that of the
37
Xenophontic Sokrates
The Just or Good is the beneficial or profitable. This is the only
explanation which Plato ever gives and to this he does not always 38
adhere
Lectures of Hippias at Sparta not upon geometry, or astronomy, &c.,
but upon the question — What pursuits are beautiful, fine, and 39
honourable for youth?

Page 12

Question put by Sokrates, in the name of a friend in the background,
ib.
who has just been puzzling him with it — What is the Beautiful?
Hippias thinks the question easy to answer 40
Justice, Wisdom, Beauty must each be something. What is Beauty, or
ib.
the Beautiful?
Hippias does not understand the question. He answers by indicating
ib.
one particularly beautiful object
Cross-questioning by Sokrates — Other things also are beautiful ; but
each thing is beautiful only by comparison, or under some particular 41
circumstances — it is sometimes beautiful, sometimes not beautiful
Second answer of Hippias — Gold, is that by the presence of which all
things become beautiful — scrutiny applied to the answer. Complaint ib.
by Hippias about vulgar analogies
Third answer of Hippias — questions upon it — proof given that it
42
fails of universal application
Farther answers, suggested by Sokrates himself — 1. The Suitable or
43
Becoming — objections thereunto — it is rejected
2. The useful or profitable — objections — it will not hold 44
3. The Beautiful is a variety of the Pleasurable — that which is
45
received through the eye and the ear
Objections to this last — What property is there common to both sight
and hearing, which confers upon the pleasures of these two senses the ib.
exclusive privilege of being beautiful?
Answer — There is, belonging to each and to both in common, the
property of being innocuous and profitable pleasures — upon this 46
ground they are called beautiful
This will not hold — the Profitable is the cause of Good, and is ib.
therefore different from Good — to say that the beautiful is the

Page 13

Profitable, is to say that it is different from Good but this has been
already declared inadmissible
Remarks upon the Dialogue — the explanations ascribed to Hippias
are special conspicuous examples: those ascribed to Sokrates are 47
attempts to assign some general concept
Analogy between the explanations here ascribed to Sokrates, and those
49
given by the Xenophontic Sokrates in the Memorabilia
Concluding thrust exchanged between Hippias and Sokrates 51
Rhetoric against Dialectic 52
Men who dealt with real life, contrasted with the speculative and
ib.
analytical philosophers
Concrete Aggregates — abstract or logical Aggregates. Distinct
53
aptitudes required by Aristotle for the Dialectician
Antithesis of Absolute and Relative, here brought into debate by Plato,
54
in regard to the Idea of Beauty
Hippias Minor — characters and situation supposed 55
Hippias has just delivered a lecture, in which he extols Achilles as
better than Odysseus — the veracious and straightforward hero better 56
than the mendacious and crafty
This is contested by Sokrates. The veracious man and the mendacious
man are one and the same — the only man who can answer truly if he
chooses, is he who can also answer falsely if he chooses, i. e. the 57
knowing man — the ignorant man cannot make sure of doing either
the one or the other
Analogy of special arts — it is only the arithmetician who can speak
ib.
falsely on a question of arithmetic when he chooses
View of Sokrates respecting Achilles in the Iliad. He thinks that 58
Achilles speaks falsehood cleverly. Hippias maintains that if Achilles

Page 14

ever speaks falsehood, it is with an innocent purpose, whereas
Odysseus does the like with fraudulent purpose
Issue here taken — Sokrates contends that those who hurt, or cheat, or
lie wilfully, are better than those who do the like unwillingly — he ib.
entreats Hippias to enlighten him and answer his questions
Questions of Sokrates — multiplied analogies of the special arts. The
unskilful artist, who runs, wrestles, or sings badly, whether he will or
59
not, is worse than the skilful, who can sing well when he chooses, but
can also sing badly when he chooses
It is better to have the mind of a bowman who misses his mark only by
60
design, than that of one who misses even when he intends to hit
Dissent and repugnance of Hippias ib.
Conclusion — That none but the good man can do evil wilfully: the
bad man does evil unwillingly. Hippias cannot resist the reasoning, but 61
will not accept the conclusion — Sokrates confesses his perplexity
Remarks on the dialogue. If the parts had been inverted, the dialogue
would have been cited by critics as a specimen of the sophistry and 62
corruption of the Sophists
Polemical purpose of the dialogue — Hippias humiliated by Sokrates 63
Philosophical purpose of the dialogue — theory of the Dialogues of
ib.
Search generally, and of Knowledge as understood by Plato
The Hippias is an exemplification of this theory — Sokrates sets forth
a case of confusion, and avows his inability to clear it up. Confusion 64
shown up in the Lesser Hippias — Error in the Greater
The thesis maintained here by Sokrates, is also affirmed by the
66
historical Sokrates in the Xenophontic Memorabilia
Aristotle combats the thesis. Arguments against it 67
Mistake of Sokrates and Plato in dwelling too exclusively on the
ib.
intellectual conditions of human conduct

Page 15

They rely too much on the analogy of the special arts — they take no
note of the tacit assumptions underlying the epithets of praise and 68
blame
Value of a Dialogue of Search, that it shall be suggestive, and that it
69
shall bring before us different aspects of the question under review
Antithesis between Rhetoric and Dialectic 70

CHAPTER XIV.

HIPPARCHUS — MINOS.

Hipparchus — Question — What is the definition of Lover of Gain?
He is one who thinks it right to gain from things worth nothing.
Sokrates cross-examines upon this explanation. No man expects to 71
gain from things which he knows to be worth nothing: in this sense, no
man is a lover of gain
Gain is good. Every man loves good: therefore all men are lovers of
72
gain
Apparent contradiction. Sokrates accuses the companion of trying to
73
deceive him — accusation is retorted upon Sokrates
Precept inscribed formerly by Hipparchus the Peisistratid — never
ib.
deceive a friend. Eulogy of Hipparchus by Sokrates
Sokrates allows the companion to retract some of his answers. The
74
companion affirms that some gain is good, other gain is evil
Questions by Sokrates — bad gain is gain, as much as good gain. ib.
What is the common property, in virtue of which both are called Gain?

Page 16

Every acquisition, made with no outlay, or with a smaller outlay, is
gain. Objections — the acquisition may be evil — embarrassment
confessed
It is essential to gain, that the acquisition made shall be greater not
merely in quantity, but also in value, than the outlay. The valuable is
75
the profitable — the profitable is the good. Conclusion comes back.
That Gain is Good
Recapitulation. The debate has shown that all gain is good, and that
there is no evil gain — all men are lovers of gain — no man ought to
ib.
be reproached for being so the companion is compelled to admit this,
though he declares that he is not persuaded
Minos. Question put by Sokrates to the companion. What is Law, or
The Law? All law is the same, quatenus law: what is the common 76
constituent attribute?
Answer — Law is, 1. The consecrated and binding customs. 2. The
ib.
decree of the city. 3. Social or civic opinion
Cross-examination by Sokrates — just and lawfully-behaving men are
so through law; unjust and lawless men are so through the absence of
law. Law is highly honourable and useful: lawlessness is ruinous. 77
Accordingly, bad decrees of the city — or bad social opinion — cannot
be law
Suggestion by Sokrates — Law is the good opinion of the city — but
good opinion is true opinion, or the finding out of reality. Law
77
therefore wishes (tends) to be the finding out of reality, though it does
not always succeed in doing so
Objection taken by the Companion — That there is great discordance
of laws in different places — he specifies several cases of such
78
discordance at some length. Sokrates reproves his prolixity, and
requests him to confine himself to question or answer

Page 17

Farther questions by Sokrates — Things heavy and light, just and
unjust, honourable and dishonourable, &c., are so, and are accounted
ib.
so everywhere. Real things are always accounted real. Whoever fails in
attaining the real, fails in attaining the lawful
There are laws of health and of cure, composed by the few physicians
wise upon those subjects, and unanimously declared by them. So also
there are laws of farming, gardening, cookery, declared by the few 79
wise in those respective pursuits. In like manner, the laws of a city are
the judgments declared by the few wise men who know how to rule
That which is right is the regal law, the only true and real law — that
which is not right, is not law, but only seems to be law in the eyes of 80
the ignorant
Minos, King of Krete — his laws were divine and excellent, and have
ib.
remained unchanged from time immemorial
Question about the character of Minos — Homer and Hesiod declare
him to have been admirable, the Attic tragedians defame him as a 81
tyrant, because he was an enemy of Athens
That Minos was really admirable — and that he has found out truth
and reality respecting the administration of the city — we may be sure ib.
from the fact that his laws have remained so long unaltered
The question is made more determinate — What is it that the good
lawgiver prescribes and measures out for the health of the mind, as the
81
physician measures out food and exercise for the body? Sokrates
cannot tell. Close
The Hipparchus and Minos are analogous to each other, and both of
82
them inferior works of Plato, perhaps unfinished
Hipparchus — double meaning of φιλοκερδὴς and κέρδος ib.
State or mind of the agent, as to knowledge, frequent inquiry in Plato.
83
No tenable definition found

Page 18

Admitting that there is bad gain, as well as good gain, what is the
ib.
meaning of the word gain? None is found
Purpose of Plato in the dialogue — to lay bare the confusion, and to
84
force the mind of the respondent into efforts for clearing it up
Historical narrative and comments given in the dialogue respecting
Hipparchus — afford no ground for declaring the dialogue to be ib.
spurious
Minos. Question — What is the characteristic property connoted by
86
the word Νόμος or law?
This question was discussed by the historical Sokrates, Memorabilia of
ib.
Xenophon
Definitions of law — suggested and refuted. Law includes, as a portion
of its meaning, justice, goodness, usefulness, &c. Bad decrees are not 86
laws
Sokrates affirms that law is everywhere the same — it is the declared
judgment and command of the Wise man upon the subject to which it 87
refers — it is truth and reality, found out and certified by him
Reasoning of Sokrates in the Minos is unsound, but Platonic. The
Good, True, and Real, coalesce in the mind of Plato — he
88
acknowledges nothing to be Law, except what he thinks ought to be
Law
Plato worships the Ideal of his own mind — the work of systematic
89
constructive theory by the Wise Man
Different applications of this general Platonic view, in the Minos,
Politikus, Kratylus, &c. Natural Rectitude of Law, Government, ib.
Names, &c
Eulogy on Minos, as having established laws on this divine type or
90
natural rectitude

Page 19

The Minos was arranged by Aristophanes at first in a Trilogy along
91
with the Leges
Explanations of the word Law — confusion in its meaning ib.

CHAPTER XV.

THEAGES.

Theagês — has been declared spurious by some modern critics —
98
grounds for such opinion not sufficient
Persons of the dialogue — Sokrates, with Demodokus and Theagês,
father and son. Theagês (the son), eager to acquire knowledge, desires 99
to be placed under the teaching of a Sophist
Sokrates questions Theagês, inviting him to specify what he wants ib.
Theagês desires to acquire that wisdom by which he can govern
100
freemen with their own consent
Incompetence of the best practical statesmen to teach any one else.
ib.
Theagês requests that Sokrates will himself teach him
Sokrates declares that he is not competent to teach — that he knows
nothing except about matters of love. Theagês maintains that many of 101
his young friends have profited largely by the conversation of Sokrates
Sokrates explains how this has sometimes happened — he recites his
ib.
experience of the divine sign or Dæmon
The Dæmon is favourable to some persons, adverse to others. Upon 102
this circumstance it depends how far any companion profits by the

Page 20

society of Sokrates. Aristeides has not learnt anything from Sokrates,
yet has improved much by being near to him
Theagês expresses his anxiety to be received as the companion of
103
Sokrates
Remarks on the Theagês — analogy with the Lachês 104
Chief peculiarity of the Theagês — stress laid upon the divine sign or
ib.
Dæmon
Plato employs this divine sign here to render some explanation of the
singularity and eccentricity of Sokrates, and of his unequal influence ib.
upon different companions
Sokrates, while continually finding fault with other teachers, refused to
teach himself — difficulty of finding an excuse for his refusal. The 106
Theagês furnishes an excuse
Plato does not always, nor in other dialogues, allude to the divine sign
in the same way. Its character and working essentially impenetrable. ib.
Sokrates a privileged person

CHAPTER XVI.

ERASTÆ OR ANTERASTÆ — RIVALES.

Erastæ — subject and persons of the dialogue — dramatic introduction
111
— interesting youths in the palæstra
Two rival Erastæ — one of them literary, devoted to philosophy — the
ib.
other gymnastic, hating philosophy

Page 21

Question put by Sokrates — What is philosophy? It is the perpetual
112
accumulation of knowledge, so as to make the largest sum total
In the case of the body, it is not the maximum of exercise which does
good, but the proper, measured quantity. For the mind also, it is not the
ib.
maximum of knowledge, but the measured quantity which is good.
Who is the judge to determine this measure?
No answer given. What is the best conjecture? Answer of the literary
Erastes. A man must learn that which will yield to him the greatest
113
reputation as a philosopher — as much as will enable him to talk like
an intelligent critic, though not to practise
The philosopher is one who is second-best in several different arts — a
ib.
Pentathlus — who talks well upon each
On what occasions can such second-best men be useful? There are
always regular practitioners at hand, and no one will call in the second- 114
best man when he can have the regular practitioner
Philosophy cannot consist in multiplication of learned acquirements ib.
Sokrates changes his course of examination — questions put to show
that there is one special art, regal and political, of administering and 115
discriminating the bad from the good
In this art the philosopher must not only be second-best, competent to
ib.
talk — but he must be a fully qualified practitioner, competent to act
Close of the dialogue — humiliation of the literary Erastes 116
Remarks — animated manner of the dialogue ib.
Definition of philosophy — here sought for the first time — Platonic
117
conception of measure — referee not discovered
View taken of the second-best critical talking man, as compared with
118
the special proficient and practitioner
Plato’s view — that the philosopher has a province special to himself, 119
distinct from other specialties — dimly indicated — regal or political

Page 22

art
Philosopher — the supreme artist controlling other artists 120

CHAPTER XVII.

ION.

Ion. Persons of the dialogue. Difference of opinion among modern
124
critics as to its genuineness
Rhapsodes as a class in Greece. They competed for prizes at the
124
festivals. Ion has been triumphant
Functions of the Rhapsodes. Recitation — exposition of the poets —
125
arbitrary exposition of the poets was then frequent
The popularity of the Rhapsodes was chiefly derived from their
ib.
recitation — powerful effect which they produced
Ion both reciter and expositor — Homer was considered more as an
126
instructor than as a poet
Plato disregards and disapproves the poetic or emotional working ib.
Ion devoted himself to Homer exclusively. Questions of Sokrates to
him — How happens it that you cannot talk equally upon other poets? 127
The poetic art is one
Explanation given by Sokrates — both the Rhapsode and the Poet
work, not by art and system, but by divine inspiration — fine poets are ib.
bereft of their reason, and possessed by inspiration from some God
Analogy of the Magnet, which holds up by attraction successive stages 128
of iron rings. The Gods first inspire Homer, then act through him and

Page 23

through Ion upon the auditors
This comparison forms the central point of the dialogue. It is an
129
expansion of a judgment delivered by Sokrates in the Apology
Platonic Antithesis: systematic procedure distinguished from
unsystematic: which latter was either blind routine, or madness 129
inspired by the Gods. Varieties of madness, good and bad
Special inspiration from the Gods was a familiar fact in Grecian life —
privileged communications from the Gods to Sokrates — his firm 130
belief in them
Condition of the inspired person — his reason is for the time
131
withdrawn
Ion does not admit himself to be inspired and out of his mind 132
Homer talks upon all subjects — Is Ion competent to explain what
ib.
Homer says upon all of them? Rhapsodic art. What is its province?
The Rhapsode does not know special matters, such as the craft of the
pilot, physician, farmer, &c., but he knows the business of the general, 133
and is competent to command soldiers, having learnt it from Homer
Conclusion. Ion expounds Homer, not with any knowledge of what he
134
says, but by divine inspiration
The generals in Greece usually possessed no professional experience
— Homer and the poets were talked of as the great teachers — Plato’s
ib.
view of the poet, as pretending to know everything, but really knowing
nothing
Knowledge, opposed to divine inspiration without knowledge 136
Illustration of Plato’s opinion respecting the uselessness of written
ib.
geometrical treatises

Page 24

CHAPTER XVIII.

LACHES.

Lachês. Subject and persons of the dialogue — whether it is useful that
two young men should receive lessons from a master of arms. Nikias 138
and Lachês differ in opinion
Sokrates is invited to declare his opinion — he replies that the point
139
cannot be decided without a competent professional judge
Those who deliver an opinion must begin by proving their competence
140
to judge — Sokrates avows his own incompetence
Nikias and Lachês submit to be cross-examined by Sokrates 141
Both of them give opinions offhand, according to their feelings on the
special case — Sokrates requires that the question shall be generalised, 141
and examined as a branch of education
Appeal of Sokrates to the judgment of the One Wise Man — this man
142
is never seen or identified
We must know what virtue is, before we give an opinion on education
— virtue, as a whole, is too large a question — we will enquire about ib.
one branch of virtue — courage
Question — what is courage? Laches answers by citing one
particularly manifest case of courage — mistake of not giving a 143
general explanation
Second answer. Courage is a sort of endurance of the mind — Sokrates
points out that the answer is vague and incorrect — endurance is not ib.
always courage: even intelligent endurance is not always courage
Confusion. New answer given by Nikias. Courage is a sort of 144
Intelligence — the intelligence of things terrible and not terrible.

Page 25

Objections of Lachês
Questions of Sokrates to Nikias. It is only future events, not past or
present, which are terrible; but intelligence of future events cannot be 145
had without intelligence of past or present
Courage therefore must be intelligence of good and evil generally. But
this definition would include the whole of virtue, and we declared that
146
courage was only a part thereof — it will not hold therefore as a
definition of courage
Remarks. Warfare of Sokrates against the false persuasion of
knowledge. Brave generals deliver opinions confidently about courage ib.
without knowing what it is
No solution given by Plato — apparent tendency of his mind, in
looking for a solution. Intelligence — cannot be understood without 147
reference to some object or end
Object — is supplied in the answer of Nikias. Intelligence — of things
terrible and not terrible. Such intelligence is not possessed by 148
professional artists
Postulate of a Science of Ends, or Teleology, dimly indicated by Plato.
The Unknown Wise Man — correlates with the undiscovered Science ib.
of Ends
Perfect condition of the intelligence — is the one sufficient condition
149
of virtue
Dramatic contrast between Lachês and Sokrates, as cross-examiners 150

CHAPTER XIX.

Page 26

CHARMIDES.

Scene and personages of the dialogue. Crowded palæstra. Emotions of
153
Sokrates
Question, What is Temperance? addressed by Sokrates to the
154
temperate Charmides. Answer, It is a kind of sedateness or slowness
But Temperance is a fine or honourable thing, and slowness is, in
many or most cases, not fine or honourable, but the contrary. ib.
Temperance cannot be slowness
Second answer. Temperance is a variety of the feeling of shame.
ib.
Refuted by Sokrates
Third answer. Temperance consists in doing one’s own business.
Defended by Kritias. Sokrates pronounces it a riddle, and refutes it. 155
Distinction between making and doing
Fourth answer, by Kritias. Temperance consists in self-knowledge ib.
Questions of Sokrates thereupon. What good does self-knowledge
procure for us? What is the object known, in this case ? Answer: There 156
is no object of knowledge, distinct from the knowledge itself
Sokrates doubts the possibility of any knowledge, without a given
cognitum as its object. Analogies to prove that knowledge of 156
knowledge is impossible
All knowledge must be relative to some object 157
All properties are relative — every thing in nature has its characteristic
ib.
property with reference to something else
Even if cognition of cognition were possible, cognition of non-
cognition would be impossible. A man may know what he knows, but
he cannot know what he is ignorant of. He knows the fact that he 158
knows: but he does not know how much he knows, and how much he
does not know

Page 27

Temperance, therefore, as thus defined, would be of little or no value 159
But even granting the possibility of that which has just been denied,
still Temperance would be of little value. Suppose that all separate
ib.
work were well performed, by special practitioners, we should not
attain our end — Happiness
Which of the varieties of knowledge contributes most to well-doing or
160
happiness? That by which we know good and evil
Without the science of good and evil, the other special science will be
of little or of no service. Temperance is not the science of good and 161
evil, and is of little service
Sokrates confesses to entire failure in his research. He cannot find out
what temperance is: although several concessions have been made ib.
which cannot be justified
Temperance is and must be a good thing: but Charmides cannot tell
whether he is temperate or not ; since what temperance is remains 162
unknown
Expressions both from Charmides and Kritias of praise and devotion to
ib.
Sokrates, at the close of the dialogue. Dramatic ornament throughout
The Charmides is an excellent specimen of Dialogues of Search.
163
Abundance of guesses and tentatives, all ultimately disallowed
Trial and Error, the natural process of the human mind. Plato stands
alone in bringing to view and dramatising this part of the mental
164
process. Sokrates accepts for himself the condition of conscious
ignorance
Familiar words — constantly used, with much earnest feeling, but
never understood nor defined — ordinary phenomenon in human 165
society
Different ethical points of view in different Platonic dialogues 167
Self-knowledge is here declared to be impossible ib.

Page 28

In other dialogues, Sokrates declares self-knowledge to be essential
and inestimable. Necessity for the student to have presented to him ib.
dissentient points of view
Courage and Temperance are shown to have no distinct meaning,
168
except as founded on the general cognizance of good and evil
Distinction made between the special sciences and the science of Good
ib.
and Evil. Without this last, the special sciences are of no use
Knowledge, always relative to some object known. Postulate or
169
divination of a Science of Teleology
Courage and Temperance, handled both by Plato and by Aristotle.
170
Comparison between the two

CHAPTER XX.

LYSIS.

Analogy between Lysis and Charmides. Richness of dramatic incident
172
in both. Youthful beauty
Scenery and personages of the Lysis ib.
Origin of the conversation. Sokrates promises to give an example of
173
the proper way of talking to a youth, for his benefit
Conversation of Sokrates with Lysis ib.
Lysis is humiliated. Distress of Hippothalês 177
Lysis entreats Sokrates to talk in the like strain to Menexenus ib.
Value of the first conversation between Sokrates and Lysis, as an
177
illustration of the Platonico-Sokratic manner

Page 29

Sokrates begins to examine Menexenus respecting friendship. Who is
178
to be called a friend? Halt in the dialogue
Questions addressed to Lysis. Appeal to the maxims of the poets. Like
ib.
is the friend of like. Canvassed and rejected
Other poets declare that likeness is a cause of aversion; unlikeness, of
179
friendship. Reasons pro and con. Rejected
Confusion of Sokrates. He suggests, That the Indifferent (neither good
180
nor evil) is friend to the Good
Suggestion canvassed. If the Indifferent is friend to the Good, it is
determined to become so by the contact of felt evil, from which it is 180
anxious to escape
Principle illustrated by the philosopher. His intermediate condition —
181
not wise, yet painfully feeling his own ignorance
Sokrates dissatisfied. He originates a new suggestion. The Primum
Amabile, or object originally dear to us, per se: by relation or ib.
resemblance to which other objects become dear
The cause of love is desire. We desire that which is akin to us or our
182
own
Good is of a nature akin to every one, evil is alien to every one.
183
Inconsistency with what has been previously laid down
Failure of the enquiry. Close of the dialogue 184
Remarks. No positive result. Sokratic purpose in analysing the familiar
ib.
words — to expose the false persuasion of knowledge
Subject of Lysis. Suited for a Dialogue of Search. Manner of Sokrates,
multiplying defective explanations, and showing reasons why each is 185
defective
The process of trial and error is better illustrated by a search without
result than with result. Usefulness of the dialogue for self-working 186
minds

Page 30

Subject of friendship, handled both by the Xenophontic Sokrates, and
ib.
by Aristotle
Debate in the Lysis partly verbal, partly real. Assumptions made by the
Platonic Sokrates, questionable, such as the real Sokrates would have 188
found reason for challenging
Peculiar theory about friendship broached by Sokrates. Persons neither
good nor evil by nature, yet having a superficial tinge of evil, and 189
desiring good to escape from it
This general theory illustrated by the case of the philosopher or lover
of wisdom. Painful consciousness of ignorance the attribute of the 190
philosopher. Value set by Sokrates and Plato upon this attribute
Another theory of Sokrates. The Primum Amabile, or original and
primary object of Love. Particular objects are loved through 191
association with this. The object is Good
Statement by Plato of the general law of mental association ib.
Theory of the Primum Amabile, here introduced by Sokrates, with
numerous derivative objects of love. Platonic Idea. Generic
192
communion of Aristotle, distinguished by him from the feebler
analogical communion
Primum Amabile of Plato, compared with the Prima Amicitia of
Aristotle. Each of them is head of an analogical aggregate, not member 194
of a generic family
The Good and Beautiful, considered as objects of attachment ib.

CHAPTER XXI.

Page 31

EUTHYDEMUS.

Dramatic and comic exuberance of the Euthydêmus. Judgments of
195
various critics
Scenery and personages ib.
The two Sophists, Euthydemus and Dionysodorus: manner in which
196
they are here presented
Conversation carried on with Kleinias, first by Sokrates, next by the
ib.
two Sophists
Contrast between the two different modes of interrogation 197
Wherein this contrast does not consist 198
Wherein it does consist 199
Abuse of fallacies by the Sophists — their bidding for the applause of
ib.
the by-standers
Comparison of the Euthydêmus with the Parmenidês 200
Necessity of settling accounts with the negative, before we venture
upon the affirmative, is common to both: in the one the process is 201
solitary and serious; in the other, it is vulgarised and ludicrous
Opinion of Stallbaum and other critics about the Euthydêmus, that
Euthydêmus and Dionysodorus represent the way in which Protagoras 202
and Gorgias talked to their auditors
That opinion is unfounded. Sokrates was much more Eristic than
Protagoras, who generally manifested himself by continuous speech or ib.
lecture
Sokrates in the Euthydêmus is drawn suitably to the purpose of that
203
dialogue
The two Sophists in the Euthydêmus are not to be taken as real
204
persons, or representatives of real persons

Page 32

Colloquy of Sokrates with Kleinias — possession of good things is
ib.
useless, unless we also have intelligence how to use them
But intelligence — of what? It must be such intelligence, or such an
art, as will include both the making of what we want, and the right use 205
of it when made
Where is such an art to be found? The regal or political art looks like
it; but what does this art do for us? No answer can be found. Ends in 206
puzzle
Review of the cross-examination just pursued by Sokrates. It is very
207
suggestive — puts the mind upon what to look for
Comparison with other dialogues — Republic, Philêbus, Protagoras.
208
The only distinct answer is found in the Protagoras
The talk of the two Sophists, though ironically admired while it is
going on, is shown at the end to produce no real admiration, but the ib.
contrary
Mistaken representations about the Sophists — Aristotle’s definition
— no distinguishable line can be drawn between the Sophist and the 210
Dialectician
Philosophical purpose of the Euthydêmus — exposure of fallacies, in
211
Plato’s dramatic manner, by multiplication of particular examples
Aristotle (Soph. Elench.) attempts a classification of fallacies: Plato
212
enumerates them without classification
Fallacies of equivocation propounded by the two Sophists in the
ib.
Euthydêmus
Fallacies — à dicto secundum quid, ad dictum simpliciter — in the
213
Euthydêmus
Obstinacy shown by the two Sophists in their replies — determination
214
not to contradict themselves
Farther verbal equivocations ib.

Page 33

Fallacies involving deeper logical principles — contradiction is
215
impossible. — To speak falsely is impossible
Plato’s Euthydêmus is the earliest known attempt to set out and expose
fallacies — the only way of exposing fallacies is to exemplify the
216
fallacy by particular cases, in which the conclusion proved is known
aliunde to be false and absurd
Mistake of supposing fallacies to have been invented and propagated
by Athenian Sophists — they are inherent inadvertencies and liabilities
217
to error, in the ordinary process of thinking. Formal debate affords the
best means of correcting them
Wide-spread prevalence of erroneous belief, misguided by one or other
of these fallacies, attested by Sokrates, Plato, Bacon, &c., — complete 218
enumeration of heads of fallacies by Mill
Value of formal debate as a means for testing and confuting fallacies 221
Without the habit of formal debate, Plato could not have composed his
ib.
Euthydêmus, nor Aristotle the treatise De Sophisticis Elenchis
Probable popularity of the Euthydêmus at Athens — welcomed by all
222
the enemies of Dialectic
Epilogue of Plato to the Dialogue, trying to obviate this inference by
223
opponents — Conversation between Sokrates and Kriton
Altered tone in speaking of Euthydêmus — Disparagement of persons
224
half-philosophers, half-politicians
Kriton asks Sokrates for advice about the education of his sons —
Sokrates cannot recommend a teacher — tells him to search for 225
himself
Euthydêmus is here cited as representative of Dialectic and philosophy 226
Who is the person here intended by Plato, half-philosopher, half-
227
politician? Is it Isokrates?
Variable feeling at different times, between Plato and Isokrates 228

Page 34

CHAPTER XXII.

MENON.

Persons of the Dialogue 232
Question put by Menon — Is virtue teachable? Sokrates confesses that
ib.
he does not know what virtue is. Surprise of Menon
Sokrates stands alone in this confession. Unpopularity entailed by it 233
Answer of Menon — plurality of virtues, one belonging to each
different class and condition. Sokrates enquires for the property ib.
common to all of them
Analogous cases cited — definitions of figure and colour 235
Importance at that time of bringing into conscious view, logical
subordination and distinctions — Neither logic nor grammar had then ib.
been cast into system
Definition of virtue given by Menon: Sokrates pulls it to pieces 236
Menon complains that the conversation of Sokrates confounds him like
an electric shock — Sokrates replies that he is himself in the same
237
state of confusion and ignorance. He urges continuance of search by
both
But how is the process of search available to any purpose? No man
searches for what he already knows: and for what he does not know, it ib.
is useless to search, for he cannot tell when he has found it
Theory of reminiscence propounded by Sokrates — anterior ib.
immortality of the soul — what is called teaching is the revival and

Page 35

recognition of knowledge acquired in a former life, but forgotten
Illustration of this theory — knowledge may be revived by skilful
questions in the mind of a man thoroughly untaught. Sokrates 238
questions the slave of Menon
Enquiry taken up — Whether virtue is teachable? without determining
239
what virtue is
Virtue is knowledge — no possessions, no attributes, either of mind or
ib.
body, are good or profitable, except under the guidance of knowledge
Virtue, as being knowledge, must be teachable. Yet there are opposing
reasons, showing that it cannot be teachable. No teachers of it can be 239
found
Conversation of Sokrates with Anytus, who detests the Sophists, and
240
affirms that any one of the leading politicians can teach virtue
Confused state of the discussion. No way of acquiring virtue is shown ib.
Sokrates modifies his premisses — knowledge is not the only thing
ib.
which guides to good results — right opinion will do the same
Right opinion cannot be relied on for staying in the mind, and can
never give rational explanations, nor teach others — good practical 241
statesmen receive right opinion by inspiration from the Gods
All the real virtue that there is, is communicated by special inspiration
242
from the Gods
But what virtue itself is, remains unknown ib.
Remarks on the dialogue. Proper order for examining the different
ib.
topics, is pointed out by Sokrates
Mischief of debating ulterior and secondary questions when the
ib.
fundamental notions and word are unsettled
Doctrine of Sokrates in the Menon — desire of good alleged to be
243
universally felt — in what sense this is true

Page 36

Sokrates requires knowledge as the principal condition of virtue, but
244
does not determine knowledge, of what ?
Subject of Menon; same as that of the Protagoras — diversity of
245
handling — Plato is not anxious to settle a question and get rid of it
Anxiety of Plato to keep up and enforce the spirit of research 246
Great question discussed among the Grecian philosophers — criterion
ib.
of truth — Wherein consists the process of verification?
None of the philosophers were satisfied with the answer here made by
247
Plato — that verification consists in appeal to pre-natal experience
Plato’s view of the immortality of the soul — difference between the
249
Menon, Phædrus, and Phædon
Doctrine of Plato, that new truth may be elicited by skilful
ib.
examination out of the unlettered mind — how far correct ?
Plato’s doctrine about à priori reasonings — different from the modern
251
doctrine
Plato’s theory about pre-natal experience. He took no pains to ascertain
252
and measure the extent of post-natal experience
Little or nothing is said in the Menon about the Platonic Ideas or
253
Forms
What Plato meant by Causal Reasoning — his distinction between
ib.
knowledge and right opinion
This distinction compared with modern philosophical views 254
Manifestation of Anytus — intense antipathy to the Sophists and to
255
philosophy generally
The enemy of Sokrates is also the enemy of the sophists — practical
256
statesmen
The Menon brings forward the point of analogy between Sokrates and
257
the Sophists, in which both were disliked by the practical statesmen

Page 37

CHAPTER XXIII.

PROTAGORAS.

Scenic arrangement and personages of the dialogue 259
Introduction. Eagerness of the youthful Hippokrates to become
260
acquainted with Protagoras
Sokrates questions Hippokrates as to his purpose and expectations
ib.
from Protagoras
Danger of going to imbibe the instruction of a Sophist without
262
knowing beforehand what he is about to teach
Remarks on the Introduction. False persuasion of knowledge brought
263
to light
Sokrates and Hippokrates go to the house of Kallias. Company therein.
264
Respect shown to Protagoras
Questions of Sokrates to Protagoras. Answer of the latter, declaring the
antiquity of the sophistical profession, and his own openness in ib.
avowing himself a sophist
Protagoras prefers to converse in presence of the assembled company 266
Answers of Protagoras. He intends to train young men as virtuous
ib.
citizens
Sokrates doubts whether virtue is teachable. Reasons for such doubt.
ib.
Protagoras is asked to explain whether it is or not.
Explanation of Protagoras. He begins with a mythe 267

Page 38

Mythe. First fabrication of men by the Gods. Prometheus and
Epimetheus. Bad distribution of endowments to man by the latter. It is 267
partly amended by Prometheus
Prometheus gave to mankind skill for the supply of individual wants,
but could not give them the social art — Mankind are on the point of
268
perishing, when Zeus sends to them the dispositions essential for
society
Protagoras follows up his mythe by a discourse. Justice and the sense
of shame are not professional attributes, but are possessed by all 269
citizens and taught by all to all
Constant teaching of virtue. Theory of punishment 270
Why eminent men cannot make their sons eminent 271
Teaching by parents, schoolmaster, harpist, laws, dikastery, &c. ib.
All learn virtue from the same teaching by all. Whether a learner shall
272
acquire more or less of it, depends upon his own individual aptitude
Analogy of learning vernacular Greek. No special teacher thereof.
273
Protagoras teaches virtue somewhat better than others
The sons of great artists do not themselves become great artists 274
Remarks upon the mythe and discourse. They explain the manner in
which the established sentiment of a community propagates and 274
perpetuates itself
Antithesis of Protagoras and Sokrates. Whether virtue is to be
275
assimilated to a special art
Procedure of Sokrates in regard to the discourse of Protagoras — he
compliments it as an exposition, and analyses some of the fundamental 276
assumptions
One purpose of the dialogue. To contrast continuous discourse with
277
short cross-examining question and answer

Page 39

Questions by Sokrates — Whether virtue is one and indivisible, or
composed of different parts? Whether the parts are homogeneous or ib.
heterogeneous ?
Whether justice is just, and holiness holy? How far justice is like to
278
holiness? Sokrates protests against an answer, “If you please”
Intelligence and moderation are identical, because they have the same
279
contrary
Insufficient reasons given by Sokrates. He seldom cares to distinguish
ib.
different meanings of the same term
Protagoras is puzzled, and becomes irritated 280
Sokrates presses Protagoras farther. His purpose is, to test opinions and
ib.
not persons. Protagoras answers with angry prolixity
Remonstrance of Sokrates against long answers as inconsistent with
281
the laws of dialogue. Protagoras persists. Sokrates rises to depart
Interference of Kallias to get the debate continued. Promiscuous
conversation. Alkibiades declares that Protagoras ought to 282
acknowledge superiority of Sokrates in dialogue
Claim of a special locus standi and professorship for Dialectic, apart
ib.
from Rhetoric
Sokrates is prevailed upon to continue, and invites Protagoras to
ib.
question him
Protagoras extols the importance of knowing the works of the poets,
and questions about parts of a song of Simonides. Dissenting opinions 283
about the interpretation of the song
Long speech of Sokrates, expounding the purpose of the song, and
laying down an ironical theory about the numerous concealed sophists 283
at Krete and Sparta, masters of short speech
Character of this speech — its connection with the dialogue, and its
284
general purpose. Sokrates inferior to Protagoras in continuous speech

Page 40

Sokrates depreciates the value of debates on the poets. Their meaning
is always disputed, and you can never ask from themselves what it is. 285
Protagoras consents reluctantly to resume the task of answering
Purpose of Sokrates to sift difficulties which he really feels in his own
287
mind. Importance of a colloquial companion for this purpose
The interrupted debate is resumed. Protagoras says that courage differs
288
materially from the other branches of virtue
Sokrates argues to prove that courage consists in knowledge or
intelligence. Protagoras does not admit this. Sokrates changes his ib.
attack
Identity of the pleasurable with the good — of the painful with the
289
evil. Sokrates maintains it. Protagoras denies. Debate
Enquiry about knowledge. Is it the dominant agency in the mind? Or is
it overcome frequently by other agencies, pleasure or pain ? Both 290
agree that knowledge is dominant
Mistake of supposing that men act contrary to knowledge. We never
call pleasures evils, except when they entail a preponderance of pain, 291
or a disappointment of greater pleasures
Pleasure is the only good — pain the only evil. No man does evil
voluntarily, knowing it to be evil. Difference between pleasures 292
present and future — resolves itself into pleasure and pain
Necessary resort to the measuring art for choosing pleasures rightly —
293
all the security of our lives depend upon it
To do wrong, overcome by pleasure, is only a bad phrase for
294
describing what is really a case of grave ignorance
Reasoning of Sokrates assented to by all. Actions which conduct to
295
pleasures or freedom from pain, are honourable
Explanation of courage. It consists in a wise estimate of things terrible
ib.
and not terrible

Page 41

Reluctance of Protagoras to continue answering. Close of the
discussion. Sokrates declares that the subject is still in confusion, and
297
that he wishes to debate it again with Protagoras. Amicable reply of
Protagoras
Remarks on the dialogue. It closes without the least allusion to
298
Hippokrates
Two distinct aspects of ethics and politics exhibited: one under the
299
name of Protagoras; the other, under that of Sokrates
Order of ethical problems, as conceived by Sokrates ib.
Difference of method between him and Protagoras flows from this
300
difference of order. Protagoras assumes what virtue is, without enquiry
Method of Protagoras. Continuous lectures addressed to established
301
public sentiments with which he is in harmony
Method of Sokrates. Dwells upon that part of the problem which
ib.
Protagoras had left out
Antithesis between the eloquent lecturer and the analytical cross-
303
examiner
Protagoras not intended to be always in the wrong, though he is
ib.
described as brought to a contradiction
Affirmation of Protagoras about courage is affirmed by Plato himself
ib.
elsewhere
The harsh epithets applied by critics to Protagoras are not borne out by
the dialogue. He stands on the same ground as the common 304
consciousness
Aversion of Protagoras for dialectic. Interlude about the song of
305
Simonides
Ethical view given by Sokrates worked out at length clearly. Good and
evil consist in right or wrong calculation of pleasures and pains of the ib.
agent

Page 42

Protagoras is at first opposed to this theory 306
Reasoning of Sokrates 307
Application of that reasoning to the case of courage ib.
The theory which Plato here lays down is more distinct and specific
308
than any theory laid down in other dialogues
Remarks on the theory here laid down by Sokrates. It is too narrow,
309
and exclusively prudential
Comparison with the Republic 310
The discourse of Protagoras brings out an important part of the whole
311
case, which is omitted in the analysis by Sokrates
The Ethical End, as implied in the discourse of Protagoras, involves a
direct regard to the pleasures and pains of other persons besides the 312
agent himself
Plato’s reasoning in the dialogue is not clear or satisfactory, especially
313
about courage
Doctrine of Stallbaum and other critics is not correct. That the analysis
here ascribed to Sokrates is not intended by Plato as serious, but as a 314
mockery of the sophists
Grounds of that doctrine. Their insufficiency 315
Subject is professedly still left unsettled at the close of the dialogue 316

CHAPTER XXIV.

GORGIAS.

Persons who debate in the Gorgias. Celebrity of the historical Gorgias 317

Page 43

Introductory circumstances of the dialogue. Polus and Kalliklês 318
Purpose of Sokrates in questioning. Conditions of a good definition ib.
Questions about the definition of Rhetoric. It is the artisan of
319
persuasion
The Rhetor produces belief without knowledge. Upon what matters is
319
he competent to advise?
The Rhetor can persuade the people upon any matter, even against the
320
opinion of the special expert. He appears to know, among the ignorant
Gorgias is now made to contradict himself. Polus takes up the debate
321
with Sokrates
Polemical tone of Sokrates. At the instance of Polus he gives his own
definition of rhetoric. It is no art, but an empirical knack of catering for
ib.
the immediate pleasure of hearers, analogous to cookery. It is a branch
under the general head flattery
Distinction between the true arts which aim at the good of the body
and mind — and the counterfeit arts, which pretend to the same, but in 322
reality aim at immediate pleasure
Questions of Polus. Sokrates denies that the Rhetors have any real
323
power, because they do nothing which they really wish
All men wish for what is good for them. Despots and Rhetors, when
they kill any one, do so because they think it good for them. If it be
324
really not good, they do not do what they will, and therefore have no
real power
Comparison of Archelaus, usurping despot of Macedonia — Polus
affirms that Archelaus is happy, and that every one thinks so — 325
Sokrates admits that every one thinks so, but nevertheless denies it
Sokrates maintains — 1. That it is a greater evil to do wrong, than to
suffer wrong. 2. That if a man has done wrong, it is better for him to be 326
punished than to remain unpunished

Page 44

Sokrates offers proof — Definition of Pulchrum and Turpe — Proof of
327
the first point
Proof of the second point ib.
The criminal labours under a mental distemper, which though not
painful, is a capital evil. Punishment is the only cure for him. To be 328
punished is best for him
Misery of the Despot who is never punished. If our friend has done
wrong, we ought to get him punished: if our enemy, we ought to keep 329
him unpunished
Argument of Sokrates paradoxical — Doubt expressed by Kalliklês
330
whether he means it seriously
Principle laid down by Sokrates — That every one acts with a view to
ib.
the attainment of happiness and avoidance of misery
Peculiar view taken by Plato of Good — Evil — Happiness 331
Contrast of the usual meaning of these words, with the Platonic
ib.
meaning
Examination of the proof given by Sokrates — Inconsistency between
the general answer of Polus and his previous declarations — Law and 332
Nature
The definition of Pulchrum and Turpe, given by Sokrates, will not hold 334
Worse or better — for whom? The argument of Sokrates does not
specify. If understood in the sense necessary for his inference, the ib.
definition would be inadmissible
Plato applies to every one a standard of happiness and misery peculiar
to himself. His view about the conduct of Archelaus is just, but he does 335
not give the true reasons for it
If the reasoning of Plato were true, the point of view in which
336
punishment is considered would be reversed

Page 45

Plato pushes too far the analogy between mental distemper and bodily
distemper — Material difference between the two — Distemper must 337
be felt by the distempered persons
Kalliklês begins to argue against Sokrates — he takes a distinction
between Just by Law and Just by nature — Reply of Sokrates, that 338
there is no variance between the two, properly understood
What Kalliklês says is not to be taken as a sample of the teachings of
339
Athenian sophists. Kalliklês — rhetor and politician
Uncertainty of referring to Nature as an authority. It may be pleaded in
favour of opposite theories. The theory of Kalliklês is made to appear 340
repulsive by the language in which he expresses it
Sokrates maintains that self-command and moderation is requisite for
343
the strong man as well as for others. Kalliklês defends the negative
Whether the largest measure of desires is good for a man, provided he
has the means of satisfying them? Whether all varieties of desire are 344
good? Whether the pleasurable and the good are identical?
Kalliklês maintains that pleasurable and good are identical. Sokrates
refutes him. Some pleasures are good, others bad. A scientific adviser 345
is required to discriminate them
Contradiction between Sokrates in the Gorgias, and Sokrates in the
ib.
Protagoras
Views of critics about this contradiction 346
Comparison and appreciation of the reasoning of Sokrates in both
ib.
dialogues
Distinct statement in the Protagoras. What are good and evil, and upon
what principles the scientific adviser is to proceed in discriminating 347
them. No such distinct statement in the Gorgias
Modern ethical theories. Intuition. Moral sense — not recognised by
348
Plato in either of the dialogues

Page 46

In both dialogues the doctrine of Sokrates is self-regarding as respects
the agent: not considering the pleasures and pains of other persons, so 349
far as affected by the agent
Points wherein the doctrine of the two dialogues is in substance the
ib.
same, but differing in classification
Kalliklês, whom Sokrates refutes in the Gorgias, maintains a different
350
argument from that which Sokrates combats in the Protagoras
The refutation of Kalliklês by Sokrates in the Gorgias, is unsuccessful
— it is only so far successful as he adopts unintentionally the doctrine 351
of Sokrates in the Protagoras
Permanent elements — and transient elements — of human agency —
353
how each of them is appreciated in the two dialogues
In the Protagoras ib.
In the Gorgias 354
Character of the Gorgias generally — discrediting all the actualities of
355
life
Argument of Sokrates resumed — multifarious arts of flattery, aiming
357
at immediate pleasure
The Rhetors aim at only flattering the public — even the best past
Rhetors have done nothing else — citation of the four great Rhetors by 357
Kallikles
Necessity for temperance, regulation, order. This is the condition of
358
virtue and happiness
Impossible to succeed in public life, unless a man be thoroughly akin
359
to and in harmony with the ruling force
Danger of one who dissents from the public, either for better or for
ib.
worse

Page 47

Sokrates resolves upon a scheme of life for himself — to study
360
permanent good, and not immediate satisfaction
Sokrates announces himself as almost the only man at Athens, who
361
follows out the true political art. Danger of doing this
Mythe respecting Hades, and the treatment of deceased persons
therein, according to their merits during life — the philosopher who ib.
stood aloof from public affairs, will then be rewarded
Peculiar ethical views of Sokrates — Rhetorical or dogmatical
362
character of the Gorgias
He merges politics in Ethics — he conceives the rulers as spiritual
ib.
teachers and trainers of the community
Idéal of Plato — a despotic lawgiver or man-trainer, on scientific
principles, fashioning all characters pursuant to certain types of his 363
own
Platonic analogy between mental goodness and bodily health —
ib.
incomplete analogy — circumstances of difference
Sokrates in the Gorgias speaks like a dissenter among a community of
fixed opinions and habits. Impossible that a dissenter, on important 364
points, should acquire any public influence
Sokrates feels his own isolation from his countrymen. He is thrown
365
upon individual speculation and dialectic
Antithesis between philosophy and rhetoric ib.
Position of one who dissents, upon material points, from the fixed
366
opinions and creed of his countrymen
Probable feelings of Plato on this subject — Claim put forward in the
Gorgias of an independent locus standi for philosophy, but without the 367
indiscriminate cross-examination pursued by Sokrates
Importance of maintaining the utmost liberty of discussion. Tendency
368
of all ruling orthodoxy towards intolerance

Page 48

Issue between philosophy and rhetoric — not satisfactorily handled by
Plato. Injustice done to rhetoric. Ignoble manner in which it is 369
presented by Polus and Kalliklês
Perikles would have accepted the defence of rhetoric, as Plato has put
370
it into the mouth of Gorgias
The Athenian people recognise a distinction between the pleasurable
371
and the good: but not the same as that which Plato conceived
Rhetoric was employed at Athens in appealing to all the various
established sentiments and opinions. Erroneous inferences raised by 373
the Kalliklês of Plato
The Platonic Idéal exacts, as good, some order, system, discipline. But
order may be directed to bad ends as well as to good. Divergent ideas 374
about virtue
How to discriminate the right order from the wrong. Plato does not
375
advise us
The Gorgias upholds the independence and dignity of the dissenting
ib.
philosopher

CHAPTER XXV.

PHÆDON.

The Phædon is affirmative and expository 377
Situation and circumstances assumed in the Phædon. Pathetic interest
ib.
which they inspire

Page 49

Simmias and Kebês, the two collocutors with Sokrates. Their feelings
378
and those of Sokrates
Emphasis of Sokrates in insisting on freedom of debate, active exercise
379
of reason, and independent judgment for each reasoner
Anxiety of Sokrates that his friends shall be on their guard against
being influenced by his authority — that they shall follow only the 380
convictions of their own reason
Remarkable manifestation of earnest interest for reasoned truth and the
381
liberty of individual dissent
Phædon and Symposion — points of analogy and contrast 382
Phædon — compared with Republic and Timæus. No recognition of
383
the triple or lower souls. Antithesis between soul and body
Different doctrines of Plato about the soul. Whether all the three souls
385
are immortal, or the rational soul alone
The life and character of a philosopher is a constant struggle to
emancipate his soul from his body. Death alone enables him to do this 386
completely
Souls of the ordinary or unphilosophical men pass after death into the
bodies of different animals. The philosopher alone is relieved from all 387
communion with body
Special privilege claimed for philosophers in the Phædon apart from
388
the virtuous men who are not philosophers
Simmias and Kebês do not admit readily the immortality of the soul,
but are unwilling to trouble Sokrates by asking for proof. Unabated 390
interest of Sokrates in rational debate
Simmias and Kebês believe fully in the pre-existence of the soul, but
not in its post-existence. Doctrine — That the soul is a sort of harmony ib.
— refuted by Sokrates

Page 50

Sokrates unfolds the intellectual changes or wanderings through which
391
his mind had passed
First doctrine of Sokrates as to cause. Reasons why he rejected it ib.
Second doctrine. Hopes raised by the treatise of Anaxagoras 393
Disappointment because Anaxagoras did not follow out the optimistic
principle into detail. Distinction between causes efficient and causes 394
co-efficient
Sokrates could neither trace out the optimistic principle for himself,
nor find any teacher thereof. He renounced it, and embraced a third 395
doctrine about cause
He now assumes the separate existence of ideas. These ideas are the
396
causes why particular objects manifest certain attributes
Procedure of Sokrates if his hypothesis were impugned. He insists
upon keeping apart the discussion of the hypothesis and the discussion 397
of its consequences
Exposition of Sokrates welcomed by the hearers. Remarks upon it 398
The philosophical changes in Sokrates all turned upon different views
ib.
as to a true cause
Problems and difficulties of which Sokrates first sought solution 399
Expectations entertained by Sokrates from the treatise of Anaxagoras.
400
His disappointment. His distinction between causes and co-efficients
Sokrates imputes to Anaxagoras the mistake of substituting physical
agencies in place of mental. This is the same which Aristophanes and 401
others imputed to Sokrates
The supposed theory of Anaxagoras cannot be carried out, either by
Sokrates himself or any one else. Sokrates turns to general words, and 403
adopts the theory of ideas

Page 51

Vague and dissentient meanings attached to the word Cause. That is a
404
cause, to each man, which gives satisfaction to his inquisitive feelings
Dissension and perplexity on the question. — What is a cause?
407
revealed by the picture of Sokrates — no intuition to guide him
Different notions of Plato and Aristotle about causation, causes regular
and irregular. Inductive theory of causation, elaborated in modern ib.
times
Last transition of the mind of Sokrates from things to words — to the
adoption of the theory of ideas. Great multitude of ideas assumed, each 410
fitting a certain number of particulars
Ultimate appeal to hypothesis of extreme generality 411
Plato’s demonstration of the immortality of the soul rests upon the
412
assumption of the Platonic ideas. Reasoning to prove this
The soul always brings life, and is essentially living. It cannot receive
413
death: in other words, it is immortal
The proof of immortality includes pre-existence as well as post-
existence — animals as well as man — also the metempsychosis or 414
translation of the soul from one body to another
After finishing his proof that the soul is immortal, Sokrates enters into
a description, what will become of it after the death of the body. He 415
describes a Νεκυία
Sokrates expects that his soul is going to the islands of the blest. Reply
416
to Kriton about burying his body
Preparations for administering the hemlock. Sympathy of the gaoler.
ib.
Equanimity of Sokrates
Sokrates swallows the poison. Conversation with the gaoler 417
Ungovernable sorrow of the friends present. Self-command of
ib.
Sokrates. Last words to Kriton, and death

Page 52

Extreme pathos, and probable trustworthiness of these personal details 419
Contrast between the Platonic Apology and the Phædon ib.
Abundant dogmatic and poetical invention of the Phædon compared
421
with the profession of ignorance which we read in the Apology
Total renunciation and discredit of the body in the Phædon. Different
422
feeling about the body in other Platonic dialogues
Plato’s argument does not prove the immortality of the soul. Even if it
did prove that, yet the mode of pre-existence and the mode of post- 423
existence, of the soul, would be quite undetermined
The philosopher will enjoy an existence of pure soul unattached to any
425
body
Plato’s demonstration of the immortality of the soul did not appear
satisfactory to subsequent philosophers. The question remained 426
debated and problematical

Page 53

Page 54

CHAPTER XII.

Page 55

ALKIBIADES I. AND II.
ALKIBIADES I. — ON THE NATURE OF MAN.

Situation supposed in the
This dialogue is carried on between
dialogue. Persons — Sokrates
Sokrates and Alkibiades. It introduces
and Alkibiades.
Alkibiades as about twenty years of age,
having just passed through the period of youth,
and about to enter on the privileges and duties of a citizen. The real
dispositions and circumstances of the historical Alkibiades (magnificent
personal beauty, stature, and strength, high family and connections, great
wealth already possessed, since his father had died when he was a child, —
a full measure of education and accomplishments — together with
exorbitant ambition and insolence, derived from such accumulated
advantages) are brought to view in the opening address of Sokrates.
Alkibiades, during the years of youth which he had just passed, had been
surrounded by admirers who tried to render themselves acceptable to him,
but whom he repelled with indifference, and even with scorn. Sokrates had
been among them, constantly present and near to Alkibiades, but without
ever addressing a word to him. The youthful beauty being now exchanged
for manhood, all these admirers had retired, and Sokrates alone remains.
His attachment is to Alkibiades himself: to promise of mind rather than to
attractions of person. Sokrates has been always hitherto restrained, by his
divine sign or Dæmon, from speaking to Alkibiades. But this prohibition
has now been removed; and he accosts him for the first time, in the full
belief that he shall be able to give improving counsel, essential to the
success of that political career upon which the youth is about to enter.1

Page 56

1 Plato, Alkib. i. 103, 104, 105. Perikles is supposed to be still alive and
political leader of Athens — 104 B.

I have briefly sketched the imaginary situation to which this dialogue is
made to apply. The circumstances of it belong to Athenian manners of the
Platonic age.

Some of the critics, considering that the relation supposed between
Sokrates and Alkibiades is absurd and unnatural, allege this among their
reasons for denying the authenticity of the dialogue. But if any one reads
the concluding part of the Symposion — the authenticity of which has
never yet been denied by any critic — he will find something a great deal
more abnormal in what is there recounted about Sokrates and Alkibiades.

In a dialogue composed by Æschines Socraticus (cited by the rhetor
Aristeides — Περὶ Ῥητορικῆς, Or. xlv. p. 23-24), expressions of intense
love for Alkibiades are put into the mouth of Sokrates. Æschines was
γνήσιος ἑταῖρος Σωκράτους, not less than Plato. The different companions
of Sokrates thus agreed in their picture of the relation between him and
Alkibiades.

Exorbitant hopes and political
You are about to enter on public life (says
ambition of Alkibiades.
Sokrates to Alkibiades) with the most
inordinate aspirations for glory and
aggrandisement. You not only thirst for the acquisition of ascendancy such
as Perikles possesses at Athens, but your ambition will not be satisfied
unless you fill Asia with your renown, and put yourself upon a level with
Cyrus and Xerxes. Now such aspirations cannot be gratified except through
my assistance. I do not deal in long discourses such as you have been
accustomed to hear from others: I shall put to you only some short
interrogatories, requiring nothing more than answers to my questions.2

Page 57

2 Plato, Alkib. i. 106 B. Ἆρα ἐρωττᾷς εἴ τινα ἔχω εἰπεῖν λόγον μακρόν,
οἵους δὴ ἀκούειν εἴθισαι; οὐ γάρ ἐστι τοιοῦτον τὸ ἐμόν. I give here, as
elsewhere, not an exact translation, but an abstract.

Questions put by Sokrates, in
Sokr. — You are about to step forward as
reference to Alkibiades in his
adviser of the public assembly. Upon what
intended function as adviser of
points do you intend to advise them? Upon
the Athenians. What does he
points which you know better than they? Alk.
intend to advise them upon?
— Of course. Sokr. — All that you know, has
What has he learnt, and what
been either learnt from others or found out by
does he know?
yourself. Alk. — Certainly. Sokr. — But you
would neither have learnt any thing, nor found
out any thing, without the desire to learn or find out: and you would have
felt no such desire, in respect to that which you believed yourself to know
already. That which you now know, therefore, there was a time when you
believed yourself not to know? Alk. — Necessarily so. Sokr. — Now all that
you have learnt, as I am well aware, consists of three things — letters, the
harp, gymnastics. Do you intend to advise the Athenians when they are
debating about letters, or about harp-playing, or about gymnastics? Alk. —
Neither of the three. Sokr. — Upon what occasions, then, do you propose to
give advice? Surely, not when the Athenians are debating about
architecture, or prophetic warnings, or the public health: for to deliver
opinions on each of these matters, belongs not to you but to professional
men — architects, prophets, physicians; whether they be poor or rich, high-
born or low-born? If not then, upon what other occasions will you tender
your counsel? Alk. — When they are debating about affairs of their own.

Alkibiades intends to advise the
Sokr. — But about what affairs of their
Athenians on questions of war
own? Not about affairs of shipbuilding: for of
and peace. Questions of
that you know nothing. Alk. — When they are
Sokrates thereupon. We must
discussing war and peace, or any other

Page 58

fight those whom it is better to business concerning the city. Sokr. — You
fight — to what standard does mean when they are discussing the question
better refer? To just and unjust. with whom they shall make war or peace, and
in what manner? But it is certain that we must
fight those whom it is best to fight — also when it is best — and as long as
it is best. Alk. — Certainly. Sokr. — Now, if the Athenians wished to know
whom it was best to wrestle with, and when or how long it was best which
of the two would be most competent to advise them, you or the professional
trainer? Alk. — The trainer, undoubtedly. Sokr. — So, too, about playing the
harp or singing. But when you talk about better, in wrestling or singing,
what standard do you refer to? Is it not to the gymnastic or musical art? Alk.
— Yes. Sokr. — Answer me in like manner about war or peace, the subjects
on which you are going to advise your countrymen, whom, and at what
periods, it is better to fight, and better not to fight? What in this last case do
you mean by better? To what standard, or to what end, do you refer?3 Alk.
— I cannot say. Sokr. — But is it not a disgrace, since you profess to advise
your countrymen when and against whom it is better for them to war, — not
to be able to say to what end your better refers? Do not you know what are
the usual grounds and complaints urged when war is undertaken? Alk. —
Yes: complaints of having been cheated, or robbed, or injured. Sokr. —
Under what circumstances? Alk. — You mean, whether justly or unjustly?
That makes all the difference. Sokr. — Do you mean to advise the
Athenians to fight those who behave justly, or those who behave unjustly?
Alk. — The question is monstrous. Certainly not those who behave justly. It
would be neither lawful nor honourable. Sokr. — Then when you spoke
about better, in reference to war or peace, what you meant was juster —
you had in view justice and injustice? Alk. — It seems so.

3 Plato, Alkib. i. 108 E – 109 A.

Page 59

ἴθι δή, καὶ τὸ ἐν τῷ πολεμεῖν βέλτιον καὶ τὸ ἐν τῷ εἰρήνην ἄγειν, τοῦτο
τὸ βέλτιον τί ὀνομάζεις; ὥσπερ ἐκεῖ ἐφ’ ἐκάστῳ ἔλεγες τὸ ἄμεινον, ὅτι
μουσικώτερον, καὶ ἐπὶ τῷ ἑτερῳ, ὅτι γυμναστικώτερον· πειρῶ δὴ καὶ
ἐνταῦθα λέγειν τὸ βέλτιον.… πρὸς τί τεινει τὸ ἐν τῷ εἰρήνην τε ἄγειν
ἄμεινον καὶ τὸ ἐν τῷ πολεμεῖν οἷς δεῖ; Alkib. Ἀλλὰ σκοπῶν οὐ δύναμαι
ἐννοῆσαι.

How, or from whom, has
Sokr. — How is this? How do you know, or
Alkibiades learnt to discern or
where have you learnt, to distinguish just from
distinguish Just and Unjust? He
unjust? Have you frequented some master,
never learnt it from any one; he
without my knowledge, to teach you this? If
always knew it, even as a boy.
you have, pray introduce me to him, that I also
may learn it from him. Alk. — You are jesting.
Sokr. — Not at all: I love you too well to jest. Alk. — But what if I had no
master? Cannot I know about justice and injustice, without a master? Sokr.
— Certainly: you might find out for yourself, if you made search and
investigated. But this you would not do, unless you were under the
persuasion that you did not already know. Alk. — Was there not a time
when I really believed myself not to know it? Sokr. — Perhaps there may
have been: tell me when that time was. Was it last year? Alk. — No: last
year I thought that I knew. Sokr. — Well, then two years, three years, &c.,
ago? Alk. — No: the case was the same then, also, I thought that I knew.
Sokr. — But before that, you were a mere boy; and during your boyhood
you certainly believed yourself to know what was just and unjust; for I well
recollect hearing you then complain confidently of other boys, for acting
unjustly towards you. Alk. — Certainly: I was not then ignorant on the
point: I knew distinctly that they were acting unjustly towards me. Sokr. —
You knew, then, even in your boyhood, what was just and what was unjust?
Alk. — Certainly: I knew even then. Sokr. — At what moment did you first
find it out? Not when you already believed yourself to know: and what time

Page 60

was there when you did not believe yourself to know? Alk. — Upon my
word, I cannot say.

Answer amended. Alkibiades
Sokr. — Since, accordingly, you neither
learnt it from the multitude, as
found it out for yourself, nor learnt it from
he learnt to speak Greek. — The
others, how come you to know justice or
multitude cannot teach just and
injustice at all, or from what quarter? Alk. — I
unjust, for they are at variance
was mistaken in saying that I had not learnt it.
among themselves about it.
I learnt it, as others do, from the multitude.4
Sokr. — Your teachers are none of the best: no
Alkibiades is going to advise the
Athenians about what he does one can learn from them even such small
not know himself. matters as playing at draughts: much less,
what is just and unjust. Alk. — I learnt it from
them as I learnt to speak Greek, in which, too, I never had any special
teacher. Sokr. — Of that the multitude are competent teachers, for they are
all of one mind. Ask which is a tree or a stone, — a horse or a man, — you
get the same answer from every one. But when you ask not simply which
are horses, but also which horses are fit to run well in a race — when you
ask not merely about which are men, but which men are healthy or
unhealthy — are the multitude all of one mind, or all competent to answer?
Alk. — Assuredly not. Sokr. — When you see the multitude differing among
themselves, that is a clear proof that they are not competent to teach others.
Alk. — It is so. Sokr. — Now, about the question, What is just and unjust —
are the multitude all of one mind, or do they differ among themselves? Alk.
— They differ prodigiously: they not only dispute, but quarrel and destroy
each other, respecting justice and injustice, far more than about health and
sickness.5 Sokr. How, then, can we say that the multitude know what is just
and unjust, when they thus fiercely dispute about it among themselves? Alk.
— I now perceive that we cannot say so. Sokr. — How can we say,
therefore, that they are fit to teach others: and how can you pretend to know,

Page 61

who have learnt from no other teachers? Alk. — From what you say, it is
impossible.

4 Plato, Alkib. i. 110 D-E. ἔμαθον, οἶμαι, καὶ ἐγὼ ὥσπερ καὶ οἱ ἄλλοι …
παρὰ τῶν πολλῶν.

5 Plato, Alkib. i. 112 A. Sokr. Τί δὲ δὴ; νῦν περὶ τῶν δικαίων καὶ ἀδίκων
ἀνθρώπων καὶ πραγμάτων, οἱ πολλοὶ δοκοῦσί σοι ὁμολογεῖν αὐτοὶ ἑαυτοῖς
ἢ ἀλλήλοις; Alkib. Ἥκιστα, νὴ Δί’, ὦ Σώκρατες. Sokr. Τί δέ; μάλιστα περὶ
αὐτῶν διαφέρεσθαι; Alkib. πολύ γε.

Sokr. — No: not from what I say, but from what you say yourself. I
merely ask questions: it is you who give all the answers.6 And what you
have said amounts to this — that Alkibiades knows nothing about what is
just and unjust, but believes himself to know, and is going to advise the
Athenians about what he does not know himself?

6 Plato, Alkib. i. 112-113.

Answer farther amended. The
Alk. — But, Sokrates, the Athenians do not
Athenians do not generally
often debate about what is just and unjust.
debate about just or unjust —
They think that question self-evident; they
which they consider plain to
debate generally about what is expedient or
every one — but about
not expedient. Justice and expediency do not
expedient and inexpedient,
do not always coincide. Many persons commit
which are not coincident with
great crimes, and are great gainers by doing
just and unjust. But neither does
so: others again behave justly, and suffer from
Alkibiades know the expedient.
it.7 Sokr — Do you then profess to know what
He asks Sokrates to explain. is expedient or inexpedient? From whom have
Sokrates declines: he can do you learnt — or when did you find out for
nothing but question. yourself? I might ask you the same round of
questions, and you would be compelled to
answer in the same manner. But we will pass to a different point. You say

Page 62

that justice and expediency are not coincident. Persuade me of this, by
interrogating me as I interrogated you. Alk. — That is beyond my power.
Sokr. — But when you rise to address the assembly, you will have to
persuade them. If you can persuade them, you can persuade me. Assume me
to be the assembly, and practise upon me.8 Alk. — You are too hard upon
me, Sokrates. It is for you to speak and prove the point. Sokr — No: I can
only question: you must answer. You will be most surely persuaded when
the point is determined by your own answers.9

7 Plato, Alkib. i. 113 D. Οἶμαι μὲν ὀλιγάκις Ἀθηναίους βουλεύεσθαι
πότερα δικαιότερα ἢ ἀδικωτερα· τὰ μὲν γὰρ τοιαῦτα ἡγοῦνται δῆλα εἶναι,
&c.

8 Plato, Alkib. i. 114 B-C. This same argument is addressed by Sokrates to
Glaukon, in Xenoph. Memor. iii. 6, 14-15.

9 Plato, Alkib. i. 114 E.

Οὐκοῦν εἰ λέγεις ὅτι ταῦθ’ οὕτως ἔχει, μάλιστ’ ἂν εἴης πεπεισμένος;

Comment on the preceding —
Such is the commencing portion
Sokratic method — the
(abbreviated or abstracted) of Plato’s First
respondent makes the
Alkibiadês. It exhibits a very characteristic
discoveries for himself.
specimen of the Sokratico-Platonic method:
both in its negative and positive aspect. By the
negative, false persuasion of knowledge is exposed. Alkibiades believes
himself competent to advise about just and unjust, which he has neither
learnt from any teacher nor investigated for himself — which he has picked
up from the multitude, and supposes to be clear to every one, but about
which nevertheless there is so much difference of appreciation among the
multitude, that fierce and perpetual quarrels are going on. On the positive

Page 63

side, Sokrates restricts himself to the function of questioning: he neither
affirms nor denies any thing. It is Alkibiades who affirms or denies every
thing, and who makes all the discoveries for himself out of his own mind,
instigated indeed, but not taught, by the questions of his companion.

Alkibiades is brought to admit
By a farther series of questions, Sokrates
that whatever is just, is good,
next brings Alkibiades to the admission that
honourable, expedient: and that
what is just, is also honourable, good,
whoever acts honourably, both
expedient — what is unjust, is dishonourable,
does well, and procures for
evil, inexpedient: and that whoever acts justly,
himself happiness thereby.
and honourably, thereby acquires happiness.
Equivocal reasoning of Sokrates.
Admitting, first, that an act which is good,
honourable, just, expedient, &c., considered in
one aspect or in reference to some of its conditions — may be at the same
time bad, dishonourable, unjust, considered in another aspect or in reference
to other conditions; Sokrates nevertheless brings his respondent to admit,
that every act, in so far as it is just and honourable, is also good and
expedient.10 And he contends farther, that whoever acts honourably, does
well: now every man who does well, becomes happy, or secures good
things thereby: therefore the just, the honourable, and the good or
expedient, coincide.11 The argument, whereby this conclusion is here
established, is pointed out by Heindorf, Stallbaum, and Steinhart, as not
merely inconclusive, but as mere verbal equivocation and sophistry — the
like of which, however, we find elsewhere in Plato.12

10 Plato, Alkib. i. 115 B — 116 A.

Οὐκοῦν τὴν τοιαύτην βοηθείαν καλὴν μὲν λέγεις κατὰ τὴν ἐπιχείρησιν
τοῦ σῶσαι οὗς ἔδει· τοῦτο δ’ ἐστὶν ἀνδρία· … κακὴν δέ γε κατὰ τοὺς
θανάτους τε καὶ τὰ ἕλκη.…

Page 64

Οὐκοῦν ὧδε δίκαιον προσαγορεύειν ἑκάστην τῶν πράξεων· εἴπερ ᾖ
κακὸν ἀπεργάζεται κακὴν καλεῖς, καὶ ᾖ ἀγαθὸν ἀγαθὴν κλητέον.

Ἀρ’ οὖν καὶ ᾖ ἀγαθὸν καλόν, — ᾖ δὲ κακὸν αἰσχρόν; Ναί.

Compare Plato, Republic, v. p. 479, where he maintains that in every
particular case, what is just, honourable, virtuous, &c., is also unjust,
dishonourable, vicious, &c. Nothing remains unchanged, nor excludes the
contrary, except the pure, self-existent, Idea or general Concept. — αὐτὸ-
δικαιοσύνη, &c.

11 Plato, Alkib. i. 116 E.

12 The words εὖ πράττειν — εὐπραγία have a double sense, like our
“doing well”. Stallbaum, Proleg. p. 175; Steinhart, Einl. p. 149.

We have, p. 116 B, the equivocation between καλῶς πράττειν and εὖ
πράττειν, also with κακῶς πράττειν, p. 134 A, 135 A; compare Heindorf ad
Platon. Charmid. p. 172 A, p. 174 B; also Platon. Gorgias, p. 507 C, where
similar equivocal meanings occur.

Humiliation of Alkibiades.
Alkibiades is thus reduced to a state of
Other Athenian statesmen are
humiliating embarrassment, and stands
equally ignorant. But the real
convicted, by his own contradictions and
opponents, against whom
confession, of ignorance in its worst form: that
Alkibiades is to measure
is, of being ignorant, and yet believing himself
himself, are, the kings of Sparta
to know.13 But other Athenian statesmen are
and Persia. Eulogistic no wiser. Even Perikles is proved to be equally
description of those kings. To deficient — by the fact that he has never been
match them, Alkibiades must able to teach or improve any one else, not even
make himself as good as his own sons and those whom he loved best.14
possible. “At any rate” (contends Alkibiades) “I am as
good as my competitors, and can hold my

Page 65

ground against them.” But Sokrates reminds him that the real competitors
with whom he ought to compare himself, are foreigners, liable to become
the enemies of Athens, and against whom he, if he pretends to lead Athens,
must be able to contend. In an harangue of unusual length, Sokrates shows
that the kings of Sparta and Persia are of nobler breed, as well as more
highly and carefully trained, than the Athenian statesmen.15 Alkibiades
must be rescued from his present ignorance, and exalted, so as to be capable
of competing with these kings: which object cannot be attained except
through the auxiliary interposition of Sokrates. Not that Sokrates professes
to be himself already on this elevation, and to stand in need of no farther
improvement. But he can, nevertheless, help others to attain it for
themselves, through the discipline and stimulus of his interrogatories.16

13 Plato, Alkib. i. p. 118.

14 Plato, Alkib. i. p. 118-119.

15 Plato, Alkib. i. p. 120-124.

16 Plato, Alkib. i. p. 124.

But good — for what end, and
The dialogue then continues. Sokr. — We
under what circumstances?
wish to become as good as possible. But in
Abundant illustrative examples.
what sort of virtue? Alk. — In that virtue
which belongs to good men. Sokr. — Yes, but
good, in what matters? Alk. — Evidently, to men who are good in
transacting business. Sokr. — Ay, but what kind of business? business
relating to horses, or to navigation? If that be meant, we must go and
consult horse-trainers or mariners? Alk. — No, I mean such business as is
transacted by the most esteemed leaders in Athens. Sokr. — You mean the
intelligent men. Every man is good, in reference to that which he
understands: every man is bad, in reference to that which he does not
understand. Alk. — Of course. Sokr. — The cobbler understands

Page 66

shoemaking, and is therefore good at that: he does not understand weaving,
and is therefore bad at that. The same man thus, in your view, will be both
good and bad?17 Alk. — No: that cannot be. Sokr. — Whom then do you
mean, when you talk of the good? Alk. — I mean those who are competent
to command in the city. Sokr. — But to command whom or what — horses
or men? Alk. — To command men. Sokr. — But what men, and under what
circumstances? sick men, or men on shipboard, or labourers engaged in
harvesting, or in what occupations? Alk. — I mean, men living in social and
commercial relation with each other, as we live here; men who live in
common possession of the same laws and government. Sokr. — When men
are in communion of a sea voyage and of the same ship, how do we name
the art of commanding them, and to what purpose does it tend? Alk. — It is
the art of the pilot; and the purpose towards which it tends, is, bringing
them safely through the dangers of the sea. Sokr. — When men are in social
and political communion, to what purpose does the art of commanding
them tend? Alk. — Towards the better preservation and administration of
the city.18 Sokr. — But what do you mean by better? What is that, the
presence or absence of which makes better or worse? If in regard to the
management of the body, you put to me the same question, I should reply,
that it is the presence of health, and the absence of disease. What reply will
you make, in the case of the city? Alk. — I should say, when friendship and
unanimity among the citizens are present, and when discord and antipathy
are absent. Sokr. — This unanimity, of what nature is it? Respecting what
subject? What is the art or science for realising it? If I ask you what brings
about unanimity respecting numbers and measures, you will say the
arithmetical and the metrêtic art. Alk. — I mean that friendship and
unanimity which prevails between near relatives, father and son, husband
and wife. Sokr. — But how can there be unanimity between any two
persons, respecting subjects which one of them knows, and the other does
not know? For example, about spinning and weaving, which the husband

Page 67

does not know, or about military duties, which the wife does not know, how
can there be unanimity between the two? Alk. — No: there cannot be. Sokr.
— Nor friendship, if unanimity and friendship go together? Alk. —
Apparently there cannot. Sokr. — Then when men and women each perform
their own special duties, there can be no friendship between them. Nor can
a city be well administered, when each citizen performs his own special
duties? or (which is the same thing) when each citizen acts justly? Alk. —
Not so: I think there may be friendship, when each person performs his or
her own business. Sokr. — Just now you said the reverse. What is this
friendship or unanimity which we must understand and realise, in order to
become good men?

17 Plato, Alkib. i. p. 125 B.

Ὁ αὐτὸς ἄρα τούτῳ γε τῷ λόγῳ κακός τε καὶ ἀγαθός.

Plato slides unconsciously here, as in other parts of his reasonings, à
dicto secundum quid, ad dictum simpliciter.

18 Plato, Alkib. i. p. 126 A. τί δέ; ἢν σὺ καλεῖς εὐβουλίαν, εἰς τί ἐστιν; Alk.
Εἰς τὸ ἄμεινον τὴν πόλιν διοικεῖν καὶ σώζεσθαι. Sokr. Ἀμεινον δὲ διοικεῖται
καὶ σώζεται τίνος παραγιγνομένου ἢ ἀπογιγνομένου;

Alkibiades, puzzled and
Alk. — In truth, I am puzzled myself to say.
humiliated, confesses his
I find myself in a state of disgraceful
ignorance. Encouragement
ignorance, of which I had no previous
given by Sokrates. It is an
suspicion. Sokr. — Do not be discouraged. If
advantage to make such
you had made this discovery when you were
discovery in youth.
fifty years old, it would have been too late for
taking care of yourself and applying a remedy:
but at your age, it is the right time for making the discovery. Alk. — What
am I to do, now that I have made it? Sokr. — You must answer my

Page 68

questions. If my auguries are just, we shall soon be both of us better for the
process.19

19 Plato, Alkib. i. 127 D-E. Alk. Ἀλλὰ μὰ τοὺς θεούς, οὐδ’ αὐτὸς οἶδα ὅ τι
λέγω, κινδυνεύω δὲ καὶ πάλαι λεληθέναι ἐμαυτὸν αἴσχιστ’ ἔχων.

Sokr. Ἀλλὰ χρὴ θαῤῥεῖν· εἰ μὲν γὰρ αὐτὸ ᾖσθου πεπονθὼς
πεντηκονταέτης, χαλεπὸν ἂν ἦν σοι ἐπιμεληθῆναι σαυτοῦ· νῦν δὲ ἢν ἔχεις
ἡλικίαν, αὔτη ἐστίν, ἐν ᾗ δεῖ αὐτὸ αἰσθέσθαι.

Alk. Τί οὖν τὸν αἱσθόμενον χρὴ ποιεῖν;

Sokr. Ἀ π ο κ ρ ί ν ε σ θ α ι τ ὰ ἐ ρ ω τ ώ μ ε ν α , καὶ ἐὰν τοῦτο ποιῇς, ἂν
θεὸς ἐθέλῃ, εἴ τι δεῖ καὶ τῇ ἐμῇ μαντείᾳ πιστεύειν, σύ τε κἀγὼ βελτιόνως
σχήσομεν.

Platonic Dialectic — its actual
Here we have again, brought into prominent
effect — its anticipated effect —
relief, the dialectic method of Plato, under two
applicable to the season of
distinct aspects: 1. Its actual effects, in
youth.
exposing the false supposition of knowledge,
in forcing upon the respondent the humiliating
conviction, that he does not know familiar topics which he supposed to be
clear both to himself and to others. 2. Its anticipated effects, if continued, in
remedying such defect: and in generating out of the mind of the respondent,
real and living knowledge. Lastly, it is plainly intimated that this shock of
humiliation and mistrust, painful but inevitable, must be undergone in
youth.

Know Thyself — Delphian
The dialogue continues, in short questions
maxim — its urgent importance
and answers, of which the following is an

Page 69

— What is myself? My mind isabstract. Sokr. — What is meant by a man
myself. taking care of himself? Before I can take care
of myself, I must know what myself is: I must
know myself, according to the Delphian motto. I cannot make myself better,
without knowing what myself is.20 That which belongs to me is not myself:
my body is not myself, but an instrument governed by myself.21 My mind
or soul only, is myself. To take care of myself is, to take care of my mind.
At any rate, if this be not strictly true,22 my mind is the most important and
dominant element within me. The physician who knows his own body, does
not for that reason know himself: much less do the husbandman or the
tradesman, who know their own properties or crafts, know themselves, or
perform what is truly their own business.

20 Plato, Alkib. i. 129 B. τίν’ ἂν τρόπον εὑρεθείη α ὐ τ ὸ τ ὸ α ὐ τ ό ;

21 Plato, Alkib. i. 128-130. All this is greatly expanded in the dialogue —
p. 128 D: Οὐκ ἄρα ὄταν τῶν σαυτοῦ ἐπιμελῇ, σαυτοῦ ἐπιμέλει; This same
antithesis is employed by Isokrates, De Permutatione, sect. 309, p. 492,
Bekker. He recommends αὐτοῦ πρότερον ἢ τῶν αὐτοῦ ποιεῖσθαι τὴν
ἐπιμέλειαν.

22 Plato considers this point to be not clearly made out. Alkib. i. 130.

I cannot know myself, except by
Since temperance consists in self-
looking into another mind. Self-
knowledge, neither of these professional men,
knowledge is temperance.
as such, is temperate: their professions are of a
Temperance and Justice are the
vulgar cast, and do not belong to the virtuous
conditions both of happiness
life.23 How are we to know our own minds?
and of freedom. We know it by looking into another mind, and
into the most rational and divine portion
thereof: just as the eye can only know itself by looking into another eye,
and seeing itself therein reflected.24 It is only in this way that we can come

Page 70

to know ourselves, or become temperate: and if we do not know ourselves,
we cannot even know what belongs to ourselves, or what belongs to others:
all these are branches of one and the same cognition. We can have no
knowledge of affairs, either public or private: we shall go wrong, and shall
be unable to secure happiness either for ourselves or for others. It is not
wealth or power which are the conditions of happiness, but justice and
temperance. Both for ourselves individually, and for the public collectively,
we ought to aim at justice and temperance, not at wealth and power. The
evil and unjust man ought to have no power, but to be the slave of those
who are better than himself.25 He is fit for nothing but to be a slave: none
deserve freedom except the virtuous.

23 Plato, Alkib. i. 131 B.

24 Plato, Alkib. i. 133.

25 Plato, Alkib. i. 134-135 B-C.

Πρὶν δέ γε ἀρετὴν ἔχειν, τὸ ἄρχεσθαι ἄμεινον ὑπὸ τοῦ βελτίονος ἢ τὸ
ἄρχειν ἀνδρὶ, οὐ μόνον παιδί.… Πρέπει ἄρα τῷ κακῷ δουλεύειν· ἄμεινον
γάρ.

Alkibiades feels himself
Sokr. — How do you feel your own
unworthy to be free, and
condition now, Alkibiades. Are you worthy of
declares that he will never quit
freedom? Alk. — I feel but too keenly that I
Sokrates.
am not. I cannot emerge from this degradation
except by your society and help. From this
time forward I shall never leave you.26

26 Plato, Alkib. i. 135.

Page 71

ALKIBIADES II.

Second Alkibiades — situation
The other Platonic dialogue, termed the
supposed.
Second Alkibiades, introduces Alkibiades as
about to offer prayer and sacrifice to the Gods.

Danger of mistake in praying to
Sokr. — You seem absorbed in thought,
the Gods for gifts which may
Alkibiades, and not unreasonably. In
prove mischievous. Most men
supplicating the Gods, caution is required not
are unwise. Unwise is the
to pray for gifts which are really mischievous.
generic word: madmen, a
The Gods sometimes grant men’s prayers,
particular variety under it.
even when ruinously destructive; as they
granted the prayers of Œdipus, to the
destruction of his own sons. Alk. — Œdipus was mad: what man in his
senses would put up such a prayer? Sokr. — You think that madness is the
opposite of good sense or wisdom. You recognise men wise and unwise:
and you farther admit that every man must be one or other of the two, —
just as every man must be either healthy or sick: there is no third alternative
possible? Alk. — I think so. Sokr. — But each thing can have but one
opposite:27 to be unwise, and to be mad, are therefore identical? Alk. —
They are. Sokr. — Wise men are only few, the majority of our citizens are
unwise: but do you really think them mad? How could any of us live safely
in the society of so many mad-men? Alk. — No: it cannot be so: I was
mistaken. Sokr. — Here is the illustration of your mistake. All men who
have gout, or fever, or ophthalmia are sick; but all sick men have not gout,
or fever, or ophthalmia. So, too, all carpenters, or shoemakers, or sculptors,
are craftsmen; but all craftsmen are not carpenters, or shoemakers, or
sculptors. In like manner, all mad men are unwise; but all unwise men are

Page 72

not mad. Unwise comprises many varieties and gradations of which the
extreme is, being mad: but these varieties are different among themselves,
as one disease differs from another, though all agree in being disease and
one art differs from another, though all agree in being art.28

27 Plato, Alkib. ii. p. 139 B.

Καὶ μὴν δύο γε ὑπεναντία ἑνὶ πράγματι πῶς ἂν εἴη;

That each thing has one opposite, and no more, is asserted in the
Protagoras also, p. 192-193.

28 Plato, Alkib. ii. p. 139-140 A-B.

Καὶ γὰρ οἱ πυρέττοντες πάντες νοσοῦσιν, οὐ μένντοιοἱ νοσοῦντες πάντες
πυρέττουσιν οὐδὲ ποδαγρῶσιν οὐδέ γε ὀφθαλμιῶσιν· ἀλλὰ νόσος μὲν πᾶν
τὸ τοιοῦτόν ἐστι, διαφέρειν δέ φασιν οὓς δὴ καλοῦμεν ἰατρος τὴν
ἀπεργασίαν αὐτῶν· οὐ γὰρ πᾶσαι οὔτε ὅμοιαι οὔτε ὁμοίως διαπράττονται,
ἀλλὰ κατὰ τὴν αὐτῆς δύναμιν ἑκάστη.

Relation between a generic
(We may remark that Plato here, as in the
term, and the specific terms
Euthyphron, brings under especial notice one
comprehended under it, was not
of the most important distinctions in formal
then familiar.
logic — that between a generic between a term
and the various specific terms comprehended
under it. Possessing as yet no technical language for characterising this
distinction, he makes it understood by an induction of several separate but
analogous cases. Because the distinction is familiar now to instructed men,
we must not suppose that it was familiar then.)

Frequent cases, in which men
Sokr. — Whom do you call wise and
pray for supposed benefits, and
unwise? Is not the wise man, he who knows
find that when obtained, they
what it is proper to say and do — and the
unwise man, he who does not know? Alk. —

Page 73

are misfortunes. Every one Yes. Sokr. — The unwise man will thus often
fancies that he knows what is unconsciously say or do what ought not to be
beneficial: mischiefs of said or done? Though not mad like Œdipus, he
ignorance. will nevertheless pray to the Gods for gifts,
which will be hurtful to him if obtained. You,
for example, would be overjoyed if the Gods were to promise that you
should become despot not only over Athens, but also over Greece. Alk. —
Doubtless I should: and every one else would feel as I do. Sokr. — But what
if you were to purchase it with your life, or to damage yourself by the
employment of it? Alk. — Not on those conditions.29 Sokr. — But you are
aware that many ambitious aspirants, both at Athens and elsewhere (among
them, the man who just now killed the Macedonian King Archelaus, and
usurped his throne), have acquired power and aggrandisement, so as to be
envied by every one: yet have presently found themselves brought to ruin
and death by the acquisition. So, also, many persons pray that they may
become fathers; but discover presently that their children are the source of
so much grief to them, that they wish themselves again childless.
Nevertheless, though such reverses are perpetually happening, every one is
still not only eager to obtain these supposed benefits, but importunate with
the Gods in asking for them. You see that it is not safe even to accept
without reflection boons offered to you, much less to pray for boons to be
conferred.30 Alk. — I see now how much mischief ignorance produces.
Every one thinks himself competent to pray for what is beneficial to
himself; but ignorance makes him unconsciously imprecate mischief on his
own head.

29 Plato, Alkib. ii. p. 141.

30 Plato, Alkib. ii. p. 141-142.

Sokr. — You ought not to denounce ignorance in this unqualified manner.
You must distinguish and specify. Ignorance of what? and under what

Page 74

Mistake in predications about
modifications of persons and circumstances?
ignorance generally. We must
Alk. — How? Are there any matters or
discriminate. Ignorance of what?
circumstances in which it is better for a man to
Ignorance of good, is always
be ignorant, than to know? Sokr. — You will
mischievous: ignorance of other
see that there are such. Ignorance of good, or
things, not always.
ignorance of what is best, is always
mischievous: moreover, assuming that a man
knows what is best, then all other knowledge will be profitable to him. In
his special case, ignorance on any subject cannot be otherwise than hurtful.
But if a man be ignorant things of good, or of what is best, in his case
knowledge on other subjects will be more often hurtful than profitable. To a
man like Orestes, so misguided on the question, “What is good?” as to
resolve to kill his mother, it would be a real benefit, if for the time he did
not know his mother. Ignorance on that point, in his state of mind, would be
better for him than knowledge.31 Alk. — It appears so.

31 Plato, Alkib. ii. p. 144.

Wise public counsellors are few.
Sokr. — Follow the argument farther. When
Upon what ground do we call
we come forward to say or do any thing, we
these few wise? Not because they
either know what we are about to say and do,
possess merely special arts or
or at least believe ourselves to know it. Every
accomplishments, but because
statesman who gives counsel to the public,
they know besides, upon what
does so in the faith of such knowledge. Most
occasions and under what limits
citizens are unwise, and ignorant of good as
each of these accomplishments
well as of other things. The wise are but few,
ought to be used.
and by their advice the city is conducted. Now
upon what ground do we call these few, wise
and useful public counsellors? If a statesman knows war, but does not know
whether it is best to go to war, or at what juncture it is best — should we
call him wise? If he knows how to kill men, or dispossess them, or drive

Page 75

them into exile, — but does not know upon whom, or on what occasions, it
is good to inflict this treatment — is he a useful counsellor? If he can ride,
or shoot, or wrestle, well, — we give him an epithet derived from this
special accomplishment: we do not call him wise. What would be the
condition of a community composed of bowmen, horsemen, wrestlers,
rhetors, &c., accomplished and excellent each in his own particular craft,
yet none of them knowing what is good, nor when, nor on what occasions,
it is good to employ their craft? When each man pushes forward his own art
and speciality, without any knowledge whether it is good on the whole
either for himself or for the city, will not affairs thus conducted be reckless
and disastrous?32 Alk. — They will be very bad indeed.

32 Plato, Alkib. ii. p. 145.

Special accomplishments,
Sokr. — If, then, a man has no knowledge of
without the knowledge of the
good or of the better — if upon this cardinal
good or profitable, are oftener
point he obeys fancy without reason — the
hurtful than beneficial.
possession of knowledge upon special subjects
will be oftener hurtful than profitable to him;
because it will make him more forward in action, without any good result.
Possessing many arts and accomplishments, and prosecuting one after
another, but without the knowledge of good, — he will only fall into greater
trouble, like a ship sailing without a pilot. Knowledge of good is, in other
words, knowledge of what is useful and profitable. In conjunction with this,
all other knowledge is valuable, and goes to increase a man’s competence as
a counsellor: apart from this, all other knowledge will not render a man
competent as a counsellor, but will be more frequently hurtful than
beneficial.33 Towards right living, what we need is, the knowledge of good:
just as the sick stand in need of a physician, and the ship’s crew of a pilot.
Alk. — I admit your reasoning. My opinion is changed. I no longer believe
myself competent to determine what I ought to accept from the Gods, or

Page 76

what I ought to pray for. I incur serious danger of erring, and of asking for
mischiefs, under the belief that they are benefits.

33 Plato, Alkib. ii. 145 C:

Ὅστις ἄρα τι τῶν τοιούτων οἶδεν, ἐὰν μὲν παρέπηται αὐτῷ ἡ τ ο ῦ
βελτίστου ἐπιστήμη — αὕτη δ’ ἦν ἡ αὐτὴ δήπου
ἥ π ε ρ κ α ὶ ἡ τ ο ῦ ὠ φ ε λ ί μ ο υ — φρόνιμόν γε αὐτὸν φήσομεν καὶ
ἀποχρῶντα ξύμβουλου καὶ τῇ πόλει καὶ αὐτὸν αὑτῷ· τὸν δὲ μὴ τοιοῦτον,
τἀναντία τούτων. (Τουοῦτον is Schneider’s emendation for ποιοῦντα.) Ibid.
146 C: Οὐκοῦν φαμὲν πάλιν τοὺς πολλοὺς διημαρτηκέναι τοῦ βελτίστου,
ὡς τὰ πολλά γε, οἶμαι, ἄνευ νοῦ δόξῃ πεπιστευκότας; Ibid. 146 E: Ὁρᾷς
οὖν, ὅτε γ’ ἔφην κινδυνεύειν τό γε τῶν ἄλλων ἐπιστημῶν κτῆμα, ἐάν τις
ἄνευ τῆς τοῦ βελτίστου ἐπιστήμης κεκτημένος ᾖ, ὀλιγάκις μὲν ὠφελεῖν
βλάπτειν δὲ τὰ πλείω τον ἔχοντ’ αὐτό. Ibid. 147 A: Ὁ δὲ δὴ τὴν καλουμένην
πολυμάθειάν τε καὶ πολυτεχνίαν κεκτημένος, ὀρφανὸς δὲ ὢν ταύτης τῆς
ἐπιστήμης, ἀγόμενος δὲ ὑπὸ μιᾶς ἑκάστης τῶν ἄλλων, ἆρ’ οὐχὶ τῷ ὄντι
δικαίως πολλῷ χειμῶνι χρήσεται, ἅτ’, οἶμαι, ἄνευ κυβερνήτου διατελῶν ἐν
πελάγει, &c.

It is unsafe for Alkibiades to
Sokr. — The Lacedæmonians, when they
proceed with his sacrifice, until
offer sacrifice, pray simply that they may
he has learnt what is the proper
obtain what is honourable and good, without
language to address to the Gods.
farther specification. This language is
He renounces his sacrifice, and
acceptable to the Gods, more acceptable than
throws himself upon the counsel
the costly festivals of Athens. It has procured
of Sokrates.
for the Spartans more continued prosperity
than the Athenians have enjoyed.34 The Gods
honour wise and just men, that is, men who know what they ought to say
and do both towards Gods and towards men — more than numerous and
splendid offerings.35 You see, therefore, that it is not safe for you to proceed
with your sacrifice, until you have learnt what is the proper language to be

Page 77

used, and what are the really good gifts to be prayed for. Otherwise your
sacrifice will not prove acceptable, and you may even bring upon yourself
positive mischief.36 Alk. — When shall I be able to learn this, and who is
there to teach me? I shall be delighted to meet him. Sokr. — There is a
person at hand most anxious for your improvement. What he must do is,
first to disperse the darkness from your mind, next, to impart that which
will teach you to discriminate evil from good, which at present you are
unable to do. Alk. — I shall shrink from no labour to accomplish this object.
Until then, I postpone my intended sacrifice: and I tender my sacrificial
wreath to you, in gratitude for your counsel.37 Sokr. — I accept the wreath
as a welcome augury of future friendship and conversation between us, to
help us out of the present embarrassment.

34 Plato, Alkib. ii. p. 148.

35 Plato, Alkib. ii. p. 150.

36 Plato, Alkib. ii. p. 150.

37 Plato, Alkib. ii. p. 151.

Different critical opinions
The two dialogues, called First and Second
respecting these two dialogues.
Alkibiadês, of which I have just given some
account, resemble each other more than most
of the Platonic dialogues, not merely in the personages introduced, but in
general spirit, in subject, and even in illustrations. The First Alkibiadês was
recognised as authentic by all critics without exception, until the days of
Schleiermacher. Nay, it was not only recognised, but extolled as one of the
most valuable and important of all the Platonic compositions; proper to be

Page 78

studied first, as a key to all the rest. Such was the view of Jamblichus and
Proklus, transmitted to modern times; until it received a harsh contradiction
from Schleiermacher, who declared the dialogue to be both worthless and
spurious. The Second Alkibiadês was also admitted both by Thrasyllus, and
by the general body of critics in ancient times: but there were some persons
(as we learn from Athenæus)38 who considered it to be a work of
Xenophon; perceiving probably (what is the fact) that it bears much analogy
to several conversations which Xenophon has set down. But those who held
this opinion are not to be considered as of one mind with critics who reject
the dialogue as a forgery or imitation of Plato. Compositions emanating
from Xenophon are just as much Sokratic, probably even more Sokratic,
than the most unquestioned Platonic dialogues, besides that they must of
necessity be contemporary also. Schleiermacher has gone much farther:
declaring the Second as well as the First to be an unworthy imitation of
Plato.39

38 Athenæus, xi. p. 506.

39 See the Einleitung of Schleiermacher to Alkib. i. part ii. vol. iii. p. 293
seq. Einleitung to Alkib. ii. part i. vol. ii. p. 365 seq. His notes on the two
dialogues contain various additional reasons, besides what is urged in his
Introduction.

Grounds for disallowing them
Here Ast agrees with Schleiermacher fully,
— less strong against the Second
including both the First and Second Alkibiades
than against the First.
in his large list of the spurious. Most of the
subsequent critics go with Schleiermacher
only half-way: Socher, Hermann, Stallbaum, Steinhart, Susemihl, recognise
the First Alkibiadês, but disallow the Second.40 In my judgment,
Schleiermacher and Ast are more consistently right, or more consistently
wrong, in rejecting both, than the other critics who find or make so capital a
distinction between the two. The similarity of tone and topics between the

Page 79

two is obvious, and is indeed admitted by all. Moreover, if I were
compelled to make a choice, I should say that the grounds for suspicion are
rather less strong against the Second than against the First; and that
Schleiermacher, reasoning upon the objections admitted by his opponents as
conclusive against the Second, would have no difficulty in showing that his
own objections against the First were still more forcible. The long speech
assigned in the First Alkibiadês to Sokrates, about the privileges of the
Spartan and Persian kings,41 including the mention of Zoroaster, son of
Oromazes, and the Magian religion, appears to me more unusual with Plato
than anything which I find in the Second Alkibiadês. It is more
Xenophontic42 than Platonic.

40 Socher, Ueber Platon’s Schriften, p. 112. Stallbaum, Prolegg. to Alkib.
i. and ii. vol. v. pp. 171-304. K. F. Hermann, Gesch. und Syst. der Platon.
Philos. p. 420-439. Steinhart, Einleitungen to Alkib. i. and ii. in
Hieronymus Müller’s Uebersetzung des Platon’s Werke, vol. i. pp. 135-509.

41 Plato, Alkib. i. p. 121-124.

Whoever reads the objections in Steinhart’s Einleitung (p. 148-150)
against the First Alkibiadês, will see that they are quite as forcible as what
he urges against the Second; only, that in the case of the First, he gives
these objections their legitimate bearing, allowing them to tell against the
merit of the dialogue, but not against its authenticity.

42 See Xenoph. Œkonom. c. 4; Cyropæd. vii. 5, 58-64, viii. 1, 5-8-45;
Laced. Repub. c. 15.

The supposed grounds for
But I must here repeat, that because I find,
disallowance are in reality only
in this or any other dialogue, some
marks of inferiority.
peculiarities not usual with Plato, I do not feel
warranted thereby in declaring the dialogue
spurious. In my judgment, we must look for a large measure of diversity in

Page 80

the various dialogues; and I think it an injudicious novelty, introduced by
Schleiermacher, to set up a canonical type of Platonism, all deviations from
which are to be rejected as forgeries. Both the First and the Second
Alkibiadês appear to me genuine, even upon the showing of those very
critics who disallow them. Schleiermacher, Stallbaum, and Steinhart, all
admit that there is in both the dialogues a considerable proportion of
Sokratic and Platonic ideas: but they maintain that there are also other ideas
which are not Sokratic or Platonic, and that the texture, style, and prolixity
of the Second Alkibiadês (Schleiermacher maintains this about the First
also) are unworthy of Plato. But if we grant these premisses, the reasonable
inference would be, not to disallow it altogether, but to admit it as a work
by Plato, of inferior merit; perhaps of earlier days, before his powers of
composition had attained their maturity. To presume that because Plato
composed many excellent dialogues, therefore all that he composed must
have been excellent, is a pretension formally disclaimed by many critics,
and asserted by none.43 Steinhart himself allows that the Second Alkibiadês,
though not composed by Plato, is the work of some other author
contemporary, an untrained Sokratic disciple attempting to imitate Plato.44
But we do not know that there were any contemporaries who tried to imitate
Plato: though Theopompus accused him of imitating others, and called most
of his dialogues useless as well as false: while Plato himself, in his inferior
works, will naturally appear like an imitator of his better self.

43 Stallbaum (Prolegg. ad Alcib. i. p. 186) makes this general statement
very justly, but he as well as other critics are apt to forget it in particular
cases.

44 Steinhart, Einleitung, p. 516-519. Stallbaum and Boeckh indeed assign
the dialogue to a later period. Heindorf (ad Lysin, p. 211) thinks it the work
“antiqui auctoris, sed non Platonis”.

Page 81

Steinhart and others who disallow the authenticity of the Second
Alkibiadês insist much (p. 518) upon the enormity of the chronological
blunder, whereby Sokrates and Alkibiadês are introduced as talking about
the death of Archelaus king of Macedonia, who was killed in 399 B.C., in the
same year as Sokrates, and four years after Alkibiades. Such an
anachronism (Steinhart urges) Plato could never allow himself to commit.
But when we read the Symposion, we find Aristophanes in a company of
which Sokrates, Alkibiades, and Agathon form a part, alluding to the
διοίκισις of Mantineia, which took place in 386 B.C. No one has ever made
this glaring anachronism a ground for disallowing the Symposion. Steinhart
says that the style of the Second Alkibiadês copies Plato too closely (die
ängstlich platonisirende Sprache des Dialogs, p. 515), yet he agrees with
Stallbaum that in several places it departs too widely from Plato.

The two dialogues may probably
I agree with Schleiermacher and the other
be among Plato’s earlier
recent critics in considering the First and
compositions.
Second Alkibiadês to be inferior in merit to
Plato’s best dialogues; and I contend that their
own premisses justify no more. They may probably be among his earlier
productions, though I do not believe that the First Alkibiadês was composed
during the lifetime of Sokrates, as Socher, Steinhart, and Stallbaum
endeavour to show.45 I have already given my reasons, in a previous
chapter, for believing that Plato composed no dialogues at all during the
lifetime of Sokrates; still less in that of Alkibiadês, who died four years
earlier. There is certainly nothing in either Alkibiadês I. or II. to shake this
belief.

45 Stallbaum refers the composition of Alkib. i. to a time not long before
the accusation of Sokrates, when the enemies of Sokrates were
calumniating him in consequence of his past intimacy with Alkibiades (who
had before that time been killed in 404 B.C.) and when Plato was anxious to

Page 82

defend his master (Prolegg. p. 186). Socher and Steinhart (p. 210) remark
that such writings would do little good to Sokrates under his accusation.
They place the composition of the dialogue earlier, in 406 B.C. (Steinhart, p.
151-152), and they consider it the first exercise of Plato in the strict
dialectic method. Both Steinhart and Hermann (Gesch. Plat. Phil. p. 440)
think that the dialogue has not only a speculative but a political purpose; to
warn and amend Alkibiades, and to prevent him from surrendering himself
blindly to the democracy.

I cannot admit the hypothesis that the dialogue was written in 406 B.C.
(when Plato was twenty-one years of age, at most twenty-two), nor that it
had any intended bearing upon the real historical Alkibiades, who left
Athens in 415 B.C. at the head of the armament against Syracuse, was
banished three months afterwards, and never came back to Athens until
May 407 B.C. (Xenoph. Hellen. i. 4, 13; i. 5, 17). He then enjoyed four
months of great ascendancy at Athens, left it at the head of the fleet to Asia
in Oct. 407 B.C., remained in command of the fleet for about three months or
so, then fell into disgrace and retired to Chersonese, never revisiting
Athens. In 406 B.C. Alkibiades was again in banishment, out of the reach of
all such warnings as Hermann and Steinhart suppose that Plato intended to
address to him in Alkib. i.

Steinhart says (p. 152), “In dieser Zeit also, wenige Jahre nach seiner
triumphirenden Rückkehr, wo Alkibiades,” &c. Now Alkibiades left the
Athenian service, irrevocably, within less than one year after his triumphant
return.

Steinhart has not realised in his mind the historical and chronological
conditions of the period.

If we compare various colloquies of Sokrates in the Xenophontic
Memorabilia, we shall find Alkibiadês I. and II. very analogous to them

Page 83

Analogy with various dialogues
both in purpose and spirit. In Alkibiadês I. the
in the Xenophontic Memorabilia
situation conceived is the same as that of
— Purpose of Sokrates to
Sokrates and Glaukon, in the third book of the
humble presumptuous young
Memorabilia. Xenophon recounts how the
men.
presumptuous Glaukon, hardly twenty years of
age, fancied himself already fit to play a
conspicuous part in public affairs, and tried to force himself, in spite of
rebuffs and humiliations, upon the notice of the assembly.46 No
remonstrances of friends could deter him, nor could anything, except the
ingenious dialectic of Sokrates, convince him of his own impertinent
forwardness and exaggerated self-estimation. Probably Plato (Glaukon’s
elder brother) had heard of this conversation, but whether the fact be so or
not, we see the same situation idealised by him in Alkibiadês I., and worked
out in a way of his own. Again, we find in the Xenophontic Memorabilia
another colloquy, wherein Sokrates cross-questions, perplexes, and
humiliates, the studious youth Euthydemus,47 whom he regards as over-
confident in his persuasions and too well satisfied with himself. It was
among the specialties of Sokrates to humiliate confident young men, with a
view to their future improvement. He made his conversation “an instrument
of chastisement,” in the language of Xenophon: or (to use a phrase of Plato
himself in the Lysis) he conceived. “that the proper way of talking to youth
whom you love, was, not to exalt and puff them up, but to subdue and
humiliate them”.48

46 Xenoph. Memor. iii. 6.

47 Xenoph. Mem. iv. 2.

48 Xenoph. Mem. i. 4, 1. σκεψάμενοι μὴ μόνον ἃ ἐκεῖνος (Sokrates)
κ ο λ α σ τ η ρ ί ο υ ἕ ν ε κ α τούς πάντ’ οἰομένους εἰδέναι ἐρωτῶν ἤλεγχεν,
ἀλλὰ καὶ ἃ λέγων συνημέρευε τοῖς συνδιατρίβουσιν, &c. So in the Platonic
Lysis, the youthful Lysis says to Sokrates “Talk to Menexenus, ἵν’ αὐτὸν

Page 84

κολάσῃς” (Plat. Lysis, 211 B). And Sokrates himself says, a few lines
before (210 E), Οὕτω χρὴ τοῖς παιδικοῖς διαλέγεσθαι, ταπεινοῦντα καὶ
συστέλλοντα, καὶ μὴ ὥσπερ σὺ χαυνοῦντα καὶ διαθρύπτοντα.

Fitness of the name and
If Plato wished to idealise this feature in the
character of Alkibiades for
character of Sokrates, no name could be more
idealising this feature in
suitable to his purpose than that of Alkibiades:
Sokrates.
who, having possessed as a youth the greatest
personal beauty (to which Sokrates was
exquisitely sensible) had become in his mature life distinguished not less
for unprincipled ambition and insolence, than for energy and ability. We
know the real Alkibiadês both from Thucydides and Xenophon, and we also
know that Alkibiades had in his youth so far frequented the society of
Sokrates as to catch some of that dialectic ingenuity, which the latter was
expected and believed to impart.49 The contrast, as well as the
companionship, between Sokrates and Alkibiades was eminently suggestive
to the writers of Sokratic dialogues, and nearly all of them made use of it,
composing dialogues in which Alkibiades was the principal name and
figure.50 It would be surprising indeed if Plato had never done the same:
which is what we must suppose, if we adopt Schleiermacher’s view, that
both Alkibiadês I. and II. are spurious. In the Protagoras as well as in the
Symposion, Alkibiades figures; but in neither of them is he the principal
person, or titular hero, of the piece. In Alkibiadês I. and II., he is introduced
as the solitary respondent to the questions of Sokrates — κολαστηρίου
ἕνεκα: to receive from Sokrates a lesson of humiliation such as the
Xenophontic Sokrates administers to Glaukon and Euthydemus, taking care
to address the latter when alone.51

49 The sensibility of Sokrates to youthful beauty is as strongly declared in
the Xenophontic Memorabilia (i. 3, 8-14), as in the Platonic Lysis,
Charmidês, or Symposion.

Page 85

The conversation reported by Xenophon between Alkibiades, when not
yet twenty years of age, and his guardian Perikles, the first man in Athens
— wherein Alkibiades puzzles Perikles by a Sokratic cross-examination —
is likely enough to be real, and was probably the fruit of his sustained
society with Sokrates (Xen. Memor. i. 2, 40).

50 Stallbaum observes (Prolegg. ad Alcib. i. p. 215, 2nd ed.), “Ceterum
etiam Æschines, Euclides, Phædon, et Antisthenes, dialogos Alcibiadis
nomine inscriptos composuisse narrantur”.

Respecting the dialogues composed by Æschines, see the first note to this
chapter.

51 Xenoph. Mem. iv. 2, 8.

Plato’s manner of replying to
I conceive Alkibiadês I. and II. as composed
the accusers of Sokrates.
by Plato among his earlier writings (perhaps
Magical influence ascribed to
between 399-390 B.C.)52 giving an imaginary
picture of the way in which “Sokrates handled
the conversation of Sokrates.
every respondent just as he chose” (to use the
literal phrase of Xenophon53): taming even that most overbearing youth,
whom Aristophanes characterises as the lion’s whelp.54 In selecting
Alkibiades as the sufferer under such a chastising process, Plato rebuts in
his own ideal style that charge which Xenophon answers with prosaic
directness — the charge made against Sokrates by his enemies, that he
taught political craft without teaching ethical sobriety; and that he had
encouraged by his training the lawless propensities of Alkibiades.55 When
Schleiermacher, and others who disallow the dialogue, argue that the
inordinate insolence ascribed to Alkibiades, and the submissive deference
towards Sokrates also ascribed to him, are incongruous and incompatible
attributes, — I reply that such a conjunction is very improbable in any real
character. But this does not hinder Plato from combining them in one and

Page 86

the same ideal character, as we shall farther see when we come to the
manifestation of Alkibiades in the Symposion: in which dialogue we find a
combination of the same elements, still more extravagant and high-
coloured. Both here and there we are made to see that Sokrates, far from
encouraging Alkibiades, is the only person who ever succeeded in humbling
him. Plato attributes to the personality and conversation of Sokrates an
influence magical and almost superhuman: which Cicero and Plutarch,
proceeding probably upon the evidence of the Platonic dialogues, describe
as if it were historical fact. They represent Alkibiades as shedding tears of
sorrow and shame, and entreating Sokrates to rescue him from a sense of
degradation insupportably painful.56 Now Xenophon mentions Euthydemus
and other young men as having really experienced these profound and
distressing emotions.57 But he does not at all certify the same about
Alkibiades, whose historical career is altogether adverse to the hypothesis.
The Platonic picture is an idéal, drawn from what may have been actually
true about other interlocutors of Sokrates, and calculated to reply to Melêtus
and his allies.

52 The date which I here suppose for the composition of Alkib. i. (i.e. after
the death of Sokrates, but early in the literary career of Plato), is farther
sustained (against those critics who place it in 406 B.C. or 402 B.C. before the
death of Sokrates) by the long discourse (p. 121-124) of Sokrates about the
Persian and Spartan kings. In reference to the Persian monarchy Sokrates
says (p. 123 B), ἐπεί ποτ’ ἐγὼ ἥκουσα ἀνδρὸς ἀξιοπίστου τῶν
ἀναβεβηκότων παρὰ βασιλέα, ὃς ἔφη παρελθεῖν χώραν πάνυ πολλὴν καὶ
ἀγαθήν — ἣν καλεῖν τοὺς ἐπιχωρίους ζώνην τῆς βασιλέως γυναικός, &c.
Olympiodorus and the Scholiast both suppose that Plato here refers to
Xenophon and the Anabasis, in which a statement very like this is found (i.
4, 9). It is plain, therefore, that they did not consider the dialogue to have
been composed before the death of Sokrates. I think it very probable that
Plato had in his mind Xenophon (either his Anabasis, or personal

Page 87

communications with him); but at any rate visits of Greeks to the Persian
court became very numerous between 399-390 B.C., whereas Plato can
hardly have seen any such visitors at Athens in 406 B.C. (before the close of
the war), nor probably in 402 B.C., when Athens, though relieved from the
oligarchy, was still in a state of great public prostration. Between 399 B.C.
and the peace of Antalkidas (387 B.C.), visitors from Greece to the interior
of Persia became more and more frequent, the Persian kings interfering
very actively in Grecian politics. Plato may easily have seen during these
years intelligent Greeks who had been up to the Persian court on military or
political business. Both the Persian kings and the Spartan kings were then in
the maximum of power and ascendancy — it is no wonder therefore that
Sokrates should here be made to dwell upon their prodigious dignity in his
discourse with Alkibiades. Steinhart (Einl. p. 150) feels the difficulty of
reconciling this part of the dialogue with his hypothesis that it was
composed in 406 B.C.: yet he and Stallbaum both insist that it must have
been composed before the death of Sokrates, for which they really produce
no grounds at all.

53 Xen. Mem. i. 2, 14. τοῖς δὲ διαλεγομένοις αὐτῷ πᾶσι χρώμενον ἐν τοῖς
λόγοις ὅπως βούλοιτο.

54 Aristoph. Ran. 1431. οὐ χρὴ λέοντος σκύμνον ἐν πόλει τρέφειν.
Thucyd. vi. 15. φοβηθέντες γὰρ αὐτοῦ (Alkib.) οἱ πολλοὶ τὸ μέγεθος τῆς τε
κατὰ τὸ ἑαυτοῦ σῶμα παρανομίας ἐς τὴν δίαιταν, καὶ τῆς διανοίας ὧν καθ’
ἓν ἕκαστον, ἐν ὅτῳ γίγνοιτο, ἔπρασσεν, ὡς τυραννίδος ἐπιθυμοῦντι
πολέμιοι καθέστασαν, &c.

55 Xenoph. Memorab. i. 2, 17.

56 Cicero, Tusc. Disp. iii. 32, 77; Plutarch, Alkib. c. 4-6. Compare Plato,
Alkib. i. p. 127 D, 135 C; Symposion, p. 215-216.

Page 88

57 Xenoph. Memor. iv. 2, 39-40.

The purpose proclaimed by
Looking at Alkibiadês I. and II. in this point
Sokrates in the Apology is
of view, we shall find them perfectly Sokratic
followed out in Alkib. I. Warfare
both in topics proclaimed and in manner —
against the false persuasion of
whatever may be said about unnecessary
knowledge.
prolixity and common-place here and there.
The leading ideas of Alkibiadês I. may be
found, nearly all, in the Platonic Apology. That warfare, which Sokrates
proclaims in the Apology as having been the mission of his life, against the
false persuasion of knowledge, or against beliefs ethical and æsthetical,
firmly entertained without having been preceded by conscious study or
subjected to serious examination — is exemplified in Alkibiadês I. and II.
as emphatically as in any Platonic composition. In both these dialogues,
indeed (especially in the first), we find an excessive repetition of
specialising illustrations, often needless and sometimes tiresome: a defect
easily intelligible if we assume them to have been written when Plato was
still a novice in the art of dialogic composition. But both dialogues are fully
impregnated with the spirit of the Sokratic process, exposing, though with
exuberant prolixity, the firm and universal belief, held and affirmed by
every one even at the age of boyhood, without any assignable grounds or
modes of acquisition, and amidst angry discordance between the affirmation
of one man and another. The emphasis too with which Sokrates insists upon
his own single function of merely questioning, and upon the fact that
Alkibiades gives all the answers and pronounces all the self-condemnation
with his own mouth58 — is remarkable in this dialogue: as well as the
confidence with which he proclaims the dialogue as affording the only, but
effective, cure.59 The ignorance of which Alkibiades stands unexpectedly
convicted, is expressly declared to be common to him with the other
Athenian politicians: an exception being half allowed to pass in favour of
the semi-philosophical Perikles, whom Plato judges here with less severity

Page 89

than elsewhere60 — and a decided superiority being claimed for the Spartan
and Persian kings, who are extolled as systematically trained from
childhood.

58 Plato, Alkib. i. p. 112-113.

59 Plato, Alkib. i. p. 127 E.

60 Plato, Alkib. i. p. 118-120.

Difficulties multiplied for the
The main purpose of Sokrates is to drive
purpose of bringing Alkibiades
Alkibiades into self-contradictions, and to
to a conviction of his own
force upon him a painful consciousness of
ignorance.
ignorance and mental defect, upon grave and
important subjects, while he is yet young
enough to amend it. Towards this purpose he is made to lay claim to a
divine mission similar to that which the real Sokrates announces in the
Apology61 A number of perplexing questions and difficulties are
accumulated: it is not meant that these difficulties are insoluble, but that
they cannot be solved by one who has never seriously reflected on them —
by one who (as the Xenophontic Sokrates says to Euthydemus),62 is so
confident of knowing the subject that he has never meditated upon it at all.
The disheartened Alkibiades feels the necessity of improving himself and
supplicates the assistance of Sokrates:63 who reminds him that he must first
determine what “Himself” is. Here again we find ourselves upon the track
of Sokrates in the Platonic Apology, and under the influence of the
memorable inscription at Delphi — Nosce teipsum. Your mind is yourself;
your body is a mere instrument of your mind: your wealth and power are
simple appurtenances or adjuncts. To know yourself, which is genuine
Sophrosynê or temperance, is to know your mind: but this can only be done
by looking into another mind, and into its most intelligent compartment:

Page 90

just as the eye can only see itself by looking into the centre of vision of
another eye.64

61 Plato, Alkib. i. p. 124 C-127 E.

62 Xenoph. Mem. iv. 2, 36. Ἀλλὰ ταῦτα μέν, ἔφη ὁ Σωκράτης, ἴσως, διὰ τὸ
σφόδρα ποστεύειν εἰδέναι, οὐδ’ ἔσκεψαι.

63 Plato, Alkib. i. p. 128-132 A.

64 Plato, Alkib. i. p. 133.

A Platonic metaphor, illustrating the necessity for two separate minds co-
operating in dialectic colloquy.

Sokrates furnishes no means of
At the same time, when, after having
solving these difficulties. He
convicted Alkibiades of deplorable ignorance,
exhorts to Justice and Virtue —
Sokrates is called upon to prescribe remedies
but these are acknowledged
— all distinctness of indication disappears. It
Incognita.
is exacted only when the purpose is to bring
difficulties and contradictions to view: it is
dispensed with, when the purpose is to solve them. The conclusion is, that
assuming happiness as the acknowledged ultimate end,65 Alkibiades cannot
secure this either for himself or for his city, by striving for wealth and
power, private or public: he can only secure it by acquiring for himself, and
implanting in his country-men, justice, temperance, and virtue. This is
perfectly Sokratic, and conformable to what is said by the real Sokrates in
the Platonic Apology. But coming at the close of Alkibiadês I., it presents
no meaning and imparts no instruction: because Sokrates had shown in the
earlier part of the dialogue, that neither he himself, nor Alkibiades, nor the
general public, knew what justice and virtue were. The positive solution
which Sokrates professes to give, is therefore illusory. He throws us back
upon those old, familiar, emotional, associations, unconscious products and

Page 91

unexamined transmissions from mind to mind — which he had already
shown to represent the fancy of knowledge without the reality — deep-
seated belief without any assignable intellectual basis, or outward standard
of rectitude.

65 Plat. Alkibiad. i. p. 134.

Prolixity of Alkibiadês I. —
Throughout the various Platonic dialogues,
Extreme multiplication of
we find alternately two distinct and opposite
illustrative examples — How
methods of handling — the generalising of the
explained.
special, and the specialising of the general. In
Alkibiadês I, the specialising of the general
preponderates — as it does in most of the conversations of the Xenophontic
Memorabilia: the number of exemplifying particulars is unusually great.
Sokrates does not accept as an answer a general term, without illustrating it
by several of the specific terms comprehended under it: and this several
times on occasions when an instructed reader thinks it superfluous and
tiresome: hence, partly, the inclination of some modern critics to disallow
the dialogue. But we must recollect that though a modern reader practised
in the use of general terms may seize the meaning at once, an Athenian
youth of the Platonic age would not be sure of doing the same. No
conscious analysis had yet been applied to general terms: no grammar or
logic then entered into education. Confident affirmation, without fully
knowing the meaning of what is affirmed, is the besetting sin against which
Plato here makes war: and his precautions for exposing it are pushed to
extreme minuteness. So, too, in the Sophistês and Politikus, when he wishes
to illustrate the process of logical division and subdivision, he applies it to
cases so trifling and so multiplied, that Socher is revolted and rejects the
dialogues altogether. But Plato himself foresees and replies to the objection;
declaring expressly that his main purpose is, not to expound the particular
subject chosen, but to make manifest and familiar the steps and conditions

Page 92

of the general classifying process — and that prolixity cannot be avoided.66
We must reckon upon a similar purpose in Alkibiadês I. The dialogue is a
specimen of that which Aristotle calls Inductive Dialectic, as distinguished
from Syllogistic: the Inductive he considers to be plainer and easier,
suitable when you have an ordinary collocutor — the Syllogistic is the more
cogent, when you are dealing with a practised disputant.67

66 Plato, Politikus, 285-286.

67 Aristotel. Topic. i. 104, a. 16. Πόσα τῶν λόγων εἴδη τῶν διαλεκτικῶν
— ἔστι δὲ τὸ μὲν ἐπαγωγή, τὸ δὲ συλλογισμός… ἔστι δ’ ἡ μὲν ἐπαγωγὴ
πιθανώτερον καὶ σαφέστερον καὶ κατὰ τὴν αἴσθησιν γνωριμώτερον καὶ τοῖς
πολλοῖς κοινόν· ὁ δὲ συλλογισμὸς βιαστικώτερον καὶ πρὸς τοὺς
ἀντιλογικοὺς ἐνεργέστερον.

It has been seen that Alkibiadês I, though
Alkibiadês II. leaves its problem
avowedly undetermined.
professing to give something like a solution,
gives what is really no solution at all.
Alkibiadês II., similar in many respects, is here different, inasmuch as it
does not even profess to solve the difficulty which had been raised. The
general mental defect — false persuasion of knowledge without the reality
— is presented in its application to a particular case. Alkibiades is obliged
to admit that he does not know what he ought to pray to the Gods for:
neither what is good, to be granted, nor what is evil, to be averted. He relies
upon Sokrates for dispelling this mist from his mind: which Sokrates
promises to do, but adjourns for another occasion.

Sokrates commends the practice
Sokrates here ascribes to the Spartans, and
of praying to the Gods for
to various philosophers, the practice of putting
favours undefined — his views
up prayers in undefined language, for good
about the semi-regular, semi-
and honourable things generally. He
irregular agency of the Gods —
commends that practice. Xenophon tells us

Page 93

he prays to them for that the historical Sokrates observed it:68 but
premonitory warnings. he tells us also that the historical Sokrates,
though not praying for any special presents
from the Gods, yet prayed for and believed himself to receive special
irregular revelations and advice as to what was good to be done or avoided
in particular cases. He held that these special revelations were essential to
any tolerable life: that the dispensations of the Gods, though administered
upon regular principles on certain subjects and up to a certain point, were
kept by them designedly inscrutable beyond that point: but that the Gods
would, if properly solicited, afford premonitory warnings to any favoured
person, such as would enable him to keep out of the way of evil, and put
himself in the way of good. He declared that to consult and obey oracles
and prophets was not less a maxim of prudence than a duty of piety: for
himself, he was farther privileged through his divine sign or monitor, which
he implicitly followed.69 Such premonitory warnings were the only special
favour which he thought it suitable to pray for — besides good things
generally. For special presents he did not pray, because he professed not to
know whether any of the ordinary objects of desire were good or bad. He
proves in his conversation with Euthydêmus, that all those acquisitions
which are usually accounted means of happiness — beauty, strength,
wealth, reputation, nay, even good health and wisdom — are sometimes
good or causes of happiness, sometimes evil or causes of misery; and
therefore cannot be considered either as absolutely the one or absolutely the
other.70

68 Xenoph. Mem. i. 3, 2; Plat. Alk. ii. p. 143-148.

69 These opinions of Sokrates are announced in various passages of the
Xenophontic Memorabilia, i. 1, 1-10 — ἔφη δὲ δεῖν, ἃ μὲν μαθόντας ποιεῖν
ἔδωκαν οἱ θεοί, μανθάνειν· ἃ δὲ μὴ δῆλα τοῖς ἀνθρώποις ἐστί, πειρᾶσθαι

Page 94

διὰ μαντικῆς παρὰ τῶν θεῶν πυνθάνεσθαι· τοὺς θεοὺς γάρ, οἷς ἂν ὦσιν
ἵλεῳ, σημαίνειν — i. 3, 4; i. 4, 2-15; iv. 3, 12; iv. 7, 10; iv. 8, 5-11.

70 Xenoph. Memor. iv. 2, 31-32-36. Ταῦτα οὖν ποτὲ μὲν ὠφελοῦντα ποτὲ
δὲ βλάπτοντα, τί μᾶλλον ἀγαθὰ ἢ κακά ἐστιν;

Comparison of Alkibiadês II.
This impossibility of determining what is
with the Xenophontic
good and what is evil, in consequence of the
Memorabilia, especially the
uncertainty in the dispensations of the Gods
conversation of Sokrates with
and in human affairs — is a doctrine forcibly
Euthydemus. Sokrates not
insisted on by the Xenophontic Sokrates in his
always consistent with himself.
discourse with Euthydêmus, and much akin to
the Platonic Alkibiadês II., being applied to
the special case of prayer. But we must not suppose that Sokrates adheres to
this doctrine throughout all the colloquies of the Xenophontic Memorabilia:
on the contrary, we find him, in other places, reasoning upon such matters,
as health, strength, and wisdom, as if they were decidedly good.71 The fact
is, that the arguments of Sokrates, in the Xenophontic Memorabilia, vary
materially according to the occasion and the person with whom he is
discoursing: and the case is similar with the Platonic dialogues: illustrating
farther the questionable evidence on which Schleiermacher and other critics
proceed, when they declare one dialogue to be spurious, because it contains
reasoning inconsistent with another.

71 For example, Xen. Mem. iv. 5, 6 — σοφίαν τὸ μέγιστον ἀγαθόν, &c.

We find in Alkibiadês II. another doctrine which is also proclaimed by
Sokrates in the Xenophontic Memorabilia: that the Gods are not moved by
costly sacrifice more than by humble sacrifice, according to the
circumstances of the offerer:72 they attend only to the mind of the offerer,
whether he be just and wise: that is, “whether he knows what ought to be
done both towards Gods and towards men”.73

Page 95

72 Plato, Alkib. ii. p. 149-150; Xen. Mem. i. 3. Compare Plato, Legg. x. p.
885; Isokrat. ad Nikok.

73 Plato, Alkib. ii. p. 149 E, 150 B.

Remarkable doctrine of
But we find also in Alkibiadês II. another
Alkibiadês II. — that knowledge
doctrine, more remarkable. Sokrates will not
is not always Good. The
proclaim absolutely that knowledge is good,
knowledge of Good itself is
and that ignorance is evil. In some cases, he
indispensable: without that, the
contends, ignorance is good; and he
knowledge of other things is
discriminates which the cases are. That which
more hurtful than beneficial.
we are principally interested in knowing, is
Good, or The Best — The Profitable:74
phrases used as equivalent. The knowledge of this is good, and the
ignorance of it mischievous, under all supposable circumstances. And if a
man knows good, the more he knows of everything else, the better; since he
will sure to make a good use of his knowledge. But if he does not know
good, the knowledge of other things will be hurtful rather than beneficial to
him. To be skilful in particular arts and accomplishments, under the capital
mental deficiency supposed, will render him an instrument of evil and not
of good. The more he knows — and the more he believes himself to know
— the more forward will he be in acting, and therefore the greater amount
of harm will he do. It is better that he should act as little as possible. Such a
man is not fit to direct his own conduct, like a freeman: he must be directed
and controlled by others, like a slave. The greater number of mankind are
fools of this description — ignorant of good: the wise men who know good,
and are fit to direct, are very few. The wise man alone, knowing good,
follows reason: the rest trust to opinion, without reason.75 He alone is
competent to direct both his own conduct and that of the society.

74 Plato, Alkib. ii. p. 145 C. Ὅστις ἄρα τι τῶν τοιούτων οἶδεν, ἐὰν μὲν
παρέπηται αὐτῷ ἡ τοῦ βελτίστου ἐπιστήμη — αὐτὴ δ’ ἦν ἡ αὐτὴ δήπου

Page 96

ἡπερ καὶ ἡ τοῦ ὠφελίμου — also 146 B.

75 Plato, Alkib. ii. p. 146 A-D. ἄνευ νοῦ δόξῃ πεπιστευκότας.

The stress which is laid here upon the knowledge of good, as
distinguished from all other varieties of knowledge — the identification of
the good with the profitable, and of the knowledge of good with reason
(νοῦς), while other varieties of knowledge are ranked with opinion (δόξα)
— these are points which, under one phraseology or another, pervade many
of the Platonic dialogues. The old phrase of Herakleitus — Πολυμαθίη νόον
οὐ διδάσκει — “much learning does not teach reason” — seems to have
been present to the mind of Plato in composing this dialogue. The man of
much learning and art, without the knowledge of good, and surrendering
himself to the guidance of one or other among his accomplishments, is like
a vessel tossed about at sea without a pilot.76

76 Plato, Alkib. ii. p. 147 A. ὁ δὲ δὴ τὴν καλουμένην πολυμάθειάν τε καὶ
πολυτεχνίαν κεκτημένος, ὀρφανὸς δὲ ὢν ταύτης τῆς ἐπιστήμης, ἀγόμενος
δὲ ὑπὸ μιᾶς ἑκάστης τῶν ἄλλων, &c.

Knowledge of Good — appears
What Plato here calls the knowledge of
postulated and divined, in many
Good, or Reason — the just discrimination
of the Platonic dialogues, under
and comparative appreciation of Ends and
different titles.
Means — appears in the Politikus and
Euthydêmus, under the title of the Regal or
Political Art, of employing or directing77 the results of all other arts, which
are considered as subordinate: in the Protagoras, under the title of art of
calculation or mensuration: in the Philêbus, as measure and proportion: in
the Phædrus (in regard to rhetoric) as the art of turning to account, for the
main purpose of persuasion, all the special processes, stratagems,
decorations, &c., imparted by professional masters. In the Republic, it is
personified in the few venerable Elders who constitute the Reason of the

Page 97

society, and whose directions all the rest (Guardians and Producers) are
bound implicitly to follow: the virtue of the subordinates consisting in this
implicit obedience. In the Leges, it is defined as the complete subjection in
the mind, of pleasures and pains to right Reason,78 without which, no
special aptitudes are worth having. In the Xenophontic Memorabilia, it
stands as a Sokratic authority under the title of Sophrosynê or
Temperance:79 and the Profitable is declared identical with the Good, as the
directing and limiting principle for all human pursuits and proceedings.80

77 Plato, Politikus, 292 B, 304 B, 305 A; Euthydêmus, 291 B, 292 B.
Compare Xenophon, Œkonomicus, i. 8, 13.

78 Leges, iii. 689 A-D, 691 A.

79 Xenoph. Memor. i. 2. 17; iv. 3. 1.

80 Xenoph. Memor. iv. 6, 8; iv. 7, 7.

The Good — the Profitable —
But what are we to understand by the Good,
what is it? — How are we to
about which there are so many disputes,
know it? Plato leaves this
according to the acknowledgment of Plato as
undetermined.
well as of Sokrates? And what are we to
understand by the Profitable? In what relation
does it stand to the Pleasurable and the Painful?

These are points which Plato here leaves undetermined. We shall find
him again touching them, and trying different ways of determining them, in
the Protagoras, the Gorgias, the Republic, and elsewhere. We have here the
title and the postulate, but nothing more, of a comprehensive Teleology, or
right comparative estimate of ends and means one against another, so as to

Page 98

decide when, how far, under what circumstances, &c., each ought to be
pursued. We shall see what Plato does in other dialogues to connect this title
and postulate with a more definite meaning.

Page 99

CHAPTER XIII.

Page 100

HIPPIAS MAJOR — HIPPIAS MINOR.

Hippias Major — situation
Both these two dialogues are carried on
supposed — character of the
between Sokrates and the Eleian Sophist
dialogue. Sarcasm and mockery
Hippias. The general conception of Hippias —
against Hippias.
described as accomplished, eloquent, and
successful, yet made to say vain and silly
things — is the same in both dialogues: in both also the polemics of
Sokrates against him are conducted in a like spirit, of affected deference
mingled with insulting sarcasm. Indeed the figure assigned to Hippias is so
contemptible, that even an admiring critic like Stallbaum cannot avoid
noticing the “petulans pene et proterva in Hippiam oratio,” and intimating
that Plato has handled Hippias more coarsely than any one else. Such
petulance Stallbaum attempts to excuse by saying that the dialogue is a
youthful composition of Plato:1 while Schleiermacher numbers it among the
reasons for suspecting the dialogue, and Ast, among the reasons for
declaring positively that Plato is not the author.2 This last conclusion I do
not at all accept: nor even the hypothesis of Stallbaum, if it be tendered as
an excuse for improprieties of tone: for I believe that the earliest of Plato’s
dialogues was composed after he was twenty-eight years of age — that is,
after the death of Sokrates. It is however noway improbable, that both the
Greater and Lesser Hippias may have been among Plato’s earlier
compositions. We see by the Memorabilia of Xenophon that there was
repeated and acrimonious controversy between Sokrates and Hippias: so
that we may probably suppose feelings of special dislike, determining Plato
to compose two distinct dialogues, in which an imaginary Hippias is
mocked and scourged by an imaginary Sokrates.

Page 101

1 Stallbaum, Prolegg. in Hipp. Maj. p. 149-150; also Steinhart (Einleitung,
p. 42-43), who says, after an outpouring of his usual invective against the
Sophist: “Nevertheless the coarse jesting of the dialogue seems almost to
exceed the admissible limit of comic effect,” &c. Again, p. 50, Steinhart
talks of the banter which Sokrates carries on with Hippias, in a way not less
cruel (grausam) than purposeless, tormenting him with a string of
successive new propositions about the definition of the Beautiful, which
propositions, as fast as Hippias catches at them, he again withdraws of his
own accord, and thus at last dismisses him (as he had dismissed Ion)
uninstructed and unimproved, without even leaving behind in him the sting
of anger, &c.

It requires a powerful hatred against the persons called Sophists, to make
a critic take pleasure in a comedy wherein silly and ridiculous speeches are
fastened upon the name of one of them, in his own day not merely honoured
but acknowledged as deserving honour by remarkable and varied
accomplishments — and to make the critic describe the historical Hippias
(whom we only know from Plato and Xenophon — see Steinhart, note 7, p.
89; Socher, p. 221) as if he had really delivered these speeches, or
something equally absurd.

How this comedy may be appreciated is doubtless a matter of individual
taste. For my part, I agree with Ast in thinking it misplaced and
unbecoming: and I am not surprised that he wishes to remove the dialogue
from the Platonic canon, though I do not concur either in this inference, or
in the general principle on which it proceeds, viz., that all objections against
the composition of a dialogue are to be held as being also objections against
its genuineness as a work of Plato. The Nubes of Aristophanes, greatly
superior as a comedy to the Hippias of Plato, is turned to an abusive
purpose when critics put it into court as evidence about the character of the
real Sokrates.

Page 102

K. F. Hermann, in my judgment, takes a more rational view of the
Hippias Major (Gesch. und Syst. der Plat. Phil. p. 487-647). Instead of
expatiating on the glory of Plato in deriding an accomplished contemporary,
he dwells upon the logical mistakes and confusion which the dialogue
brings to view; and he reminds us justly of the intellectual condition of the
age, when even elementary distinctions in logic and grammar had been
scarcely attended to.

Both K. F. Hermann and Socher consider the Hippias to be not a juvenile
production of Plato, but to belong to his middle age.

2 Schleierm. Einleitung. p. 401; Ast, Platon’s Leben und Schriften, p. 457-
459.

Real debate between the
One considerable point in the Hippias Major
historical Sokrates and Hippias
appears to have a bearing on the debate
in the Xenophontic Memorabilia
between Sokrates and Hippias in the
— subject of that debate.
Xenophontic Memorabilia: in which debate,
Hippias taunts Sokrates with always
combating and deriding the opinions of others, while evading to give
opinions of his own. It appears that some antecedent debates between the
two had turned upon the definition of the Just, and that on these occasions
Hippias had been the respondent, Sokrates the objector. Hippias professes
to have reflected upon these debates, and to be now prepared with a
definition which neither Sokrates nor any one else can successfully assail,
but he will not say what the definition is, until Sokrates has laid down one
of his own. In reply to this challenge, Sokrates declares the Just to be
equivalent to the Lawful or Customary: he defends this against various
objections of Hippias, who concludes by admitting it.3 Probably this debate,
as reported by Xenophon, or something very like it, really took place. If so,
we remark with surprise the feebleness of the objections of Hippias, in a
case where Sokrates, if he had been the objector, would have found such

Page 103

strong ones — and the feeble replies given by Sokrates, whose talent lay in
starting and enforcing difficulties, not in solving them.4 Among the remarks
which Sokrates makes in illustration to Hippias, one is — that Lykurgus had
ensured superiority to Sparta by creating in the Spartans a habit of implicit
obedience to the laws.5 Such is the character of the Xenophontic debate.

3 Xenoph. Mem. iv. 4, 12-25.

4 Compare the puzzling questions which Alkibiades when a youth is
reported to have addressed to Perikles, and which he must unquestionably
have heard from Sokrates himself, respecting the meaning of the word
Νόμος (Xen. Mem. i. 2, 42). All the difficulties in determining the
definition of Νόμος, occur also in determining that of Νόμιμον, which
includes both Jus Scriptum and Jus Moribus Receptum.

5 Xen. Mem. iv. 4, 15.

Opening of the Hippias Major
Here, in the beginning of the Hippias Major,
— Hippias describes the
the Platonic Sokrates remarks that Hippias has
successful circuit which he had
been long absent from Athens: which absence,
made through Greece, and the
the latter explains, by saying that he has
renown as well as the gain
visited many cities in Greece, giving lectures
acquired by his lectures.
with great success, and receiving high pay:
and that especially he has often visited Sparta,
partly to give lectures, but partly also to transact diplomatic business for his
countrymen the Eleians, who trusted him more than any one else for such
duties. His lectures (he says) were eminently instructive and valuable for
the training of youth: moreover they were so generally approved, that even
from a small Sicilian town called Inykus, he obtained a considerable sum in
fees.

Upon this Sokrates asks — In which of the cities were your gains the
largest: probably at Sparta? Hip. — No; I received nothing at all at Sparta.

Page 104

Hippias had met with no success
Sokr. — How? You amaze me! Were not your
at Sparta. Why the Spartans did
lectures calculated to improve the Spartan
not admit his instructions —
youth? or did not the Spartans desire to have
their law forbids.
their youth improved? or had they no money?
Hip. — Neither one nor the other. The
Spartans, like others, desire the improvement of their youth: they also have
plenty of money: moreover my lectures were very beneficial to them as
well as to the rest.6 Sokr. — How could it happen then, that at Sparta, a city
great and eminent for its good laws, your valuable instructions were left
unrewarded; while you received so much at the inconsiderable town of
Inykus? Hip. — It is not the custom of the country, Sokrates, for the
Spartans to change their laws, or to educate their sons in a way different
from their ordinary routine. Sokr. — How say you? It is not the custom of
the country for the Spartans to do right, but to do wrong? Hip. — I shall not
say that, Sokrates. Sokr. — But surely they would do right, in educating
their children better and not worse? Hip. — Yes, they would do right: but it
is not lawful for them to admit a foreign mode of education. If any one
could have obtained payment there for education, I should have obtained a
great deal; for they listen to me with delight and applaud me: but, as I told
you, their law forbids.

6 Plato, Hipp. Maj. 283-284.

Question, What is law? The law-
Sokr. — Do you call law a hurt or benefit to
makers always aim at the
the city? Hip. — Law is enacted with a view
Profitable, but sometimes fail to
to benefit: but it sometimes hurts if it be badly
attain it. When they fail, they
enacted.7 Sokr. — But what? Do not the
fail to attain law. The lawful is enactors enact it as the maximum of good,
the Profitable: the Unprofitable without which the citizens cannot live a
is also unlawful. regulated life? Hip. — Certainly: they do so.
Sokr. — Therefore, when those who try to

Page 105

enact laws miss the attainment of good, they also miss the lawful and law
itself. How say you? Hip. — They do so, if you speak with strict propriety:
but such is not the language which men commonly use. Sokr. — What men?
the knowing? or the ignorant? Hip. — The Many. Sokr. — The Many; is it
they who know what truth is? Hip. — Assuredly not. Sokr. — But surely
those who do know, account the profitable to be in truth more lawful than
the unprofitable, to all men. Don’t you admit this? Hip. — Yes, I admit they
account it so in truth. Sokr. — Well, and it is so, too: the truth is as the
knowing men account it. Hip. — Most certainly. Sokr. — Now you affirm,
that it is more profitable to the Spartans to be educated according to your
scheme, foreign as it is, than according to their own native scheme. Hip. —
I affirm it, and with truth too. Sokr. — You affirm besides, that things more
profitable are at the same time more lawful? Hip. — I said so. Sokr. —
According to your reasoning, then, it is more lawful for the Spartan children
to be educated by Hippias, and more unlawful for them to be educated by
their fathers — if in reality they will be more benefited by you? Hip. — But
they will be more benefited by me. Sokr. — The Spartans therefore act
unlawfully, when they refuse to give you money and to confide to you their
sons? Hip. — I admit that they do: indeed your reasoning seems to make in
my favour, so that I am noway called upon to resist it. Sokr. — We find
then, after all, that the Spartans are enemies of law, and that too in the most
important matters — though they are esteemed the most exemplary
followers of law.8

Page 106

7 Plato, Hipp. Maj. 284 C-B.

8 Plato, Hipp. Maj. 285.

Comparison of the argument of
Perhaps Plato intended the above argument
the Platonic Sokrates with that
as a derisory taunt against the Sophist Hippias,
of the Xenophontic Sokrates.
for being vain enough to think his own tuition
better than that of the Spartan community. If
such was his intention, the argument might have been retorted against Plato
himself, for his propositions in the Republic and Leges: and we know that
the enemies of Plato did taunt him with his inability to get these schemes
adopted in any actual community. But the argument becomes interesting
when we compare it with the debate before referred to in the Xenophontic
Memorabilia, where Sokrates maintains against Hippias that the Just is
equivalent to the Lawful. In that Xenophontic dialogue, all the difficulties
which embarrass this explanation are kept out of sight, and Sokrates is
represented as gaining an easy victory over Hippias. In this Platonic
dialogue, the equivocal use of the word νόμιμον is expressly adverted to,
and Sokrates reduces Hippias to a supposed absurdity, by making him
pronounce the Spartans to be enemies of law: παρανομούς bearing a double
sense, and the proposition being true in one sense, false in the other. In the
argument of the Platonic Sokrates, a law which does not attain its intended
purpose of benefiting the community, is no law at all, — not lawful:9 so that
we are driven back again upon the objections of Alkibiades against Perikles
(in the Xenophontic Memorabilia) in regard to what constitutes a law. In the
argument of the Xenophontic Sokrates, law means a law actually
established, by official authority or custom — and the Spartans are

Page 107

produced as eminent examples of a lawfully minded community. As far as
we can assign positive opinion to the Platonic Sokrates in the Hippias
Major, he declares that the profitable or useful (being that which men
always aim at in making law) is The Lawful, whether actually established
or not: and that the unprofitable or hurtful (being that which men always
intend to escape) is The Unlawful, whether prescribed by any living
authority or not. This (he says) is the opinion of the wise men who know:
though the ignorant vulgar hold the contrary opinion. The explanation of τὸ
δίκαιον given by the Xenophontic Sokrates (τὸ δίκαιον = τὸ νόμιμον),
would be equivalent, if we construe τὸ νόμιμον in the sense of the Platonic
Sokrates (in Hippias Major) as an affirmation that The Just was the
generally useful — Τὸ δίκαιον = τὸ κοινῇ σύμφορον.

9 Compare a similar argument of Sokrates against Thrasymachus —
Republic, i. 339.

The Just or Good is the
There exists however in all this, a prevalent
beneficial or profitable. This is
confusion between Law (or the Lawful) as
the only explanation which Plato
actually established, and Law (or the Lawful)
ever gives and to this he does not
as it ought to be established, in the judgment
always adhere.
of the critic, or of those whom he follows: that
is (to use the phrase of Mr. Austin in his
‘Province of Jurisprudence’) Law as it would be, if it conformed to its
assumed measure or test. In the first of these senses, τὸ νόμιμον is not one
and the same, but variable according to place and time — one thing at
Sparta, another thing elsewhere: accordingly it would not satisfy the
demand of Plato’s mind, when he asks for an explanation of τὸ δίκαιον. It is
an explanation in the second of the two senses which Plato seeks — a
common measure or test applicable universally, at all times and places. In
so far as he ever finds one, it is that which I have mentioned above as
delivered by the Platonic Sokrates in this dialogue: viz., the Just or Good,

Page 108

that which ought to be the measure or test of Law and Positive Morality, is,
the beneficial or profitable. This (I repeat) is the only approach to a solution
which we ever find in Plato. But this is seldom clearly enunciated, never
systematically followed out, and sometimes, in appearance, even denied.

Lectures of Hippias at Sparta
I resume the thread of the Hippias Major.
not upon geometry, or
Sokrates asks Hippias what sort of lectures
astronomy, &c., but upon the
they were that he delivered with so much
question — What pursuits are
success at Sparta? The Spartans (Hippias
beautiful, fine, and honourable
replies) knew nothing and cared nothing about
for youth.
letters, geometry, arithmetic, astronomy: but
they took delight in hearing tales about heroes,
early ancestors, foundation-legends of cities, &c., which his mnemonic
artifice enabled him to deliver.10 The Spartans delight in you (observes
Sokrates) as children delight in old women’s tales. Yes (replies Hippias),
but that is not all: I discoursed to them also, recently, about fine and
honourable pursuits, much to their admiration: I supposed a conversation
between Nestor and Neoptolemus, after the capture of Troy, in which the
veteran, answering a question put by his youthful companion, enlarged
upon those pursuits which it was fine, honourable, beautiful for a young
man to engage in. My discourse is excellent, and obtained from the
Spartans great applause. I am going to deliver it again here at Athens, in the
school-room of Pheidostratus, and I invite you, Sokrates, to come and hear
it, with as many friends as you can bring.11

10 Plat. Hipp. Maj. 285 E.

11 Plat. Hipp. Maj. 286 A-B.

Page 109

Question put by Sokrates, in the
I shall come willingly (replied Sokrates).
name of a friend in the
But first answer me one small question, which
background, who has just been
will rescue me from a present embarrassment.
puzzling him with it — What is
Just now, I was shamefully puzzled in
the Beautiful?
conversation with a friend, to whom I had
been praising some things as honourable and
beautiful, — blaming other things as mean and ugly. He surprised me by the
interrogation — How do you know, Sokrates, what things are beautiful, and
what are ugly? Come now, can you tell me, What is the Beautiful? I, in my
stupidity, was altogether puzzled, and could not answer the question. But
after I had parted from him, I became mortified and angry with myself; and
I vowed that the next time I met any wise man, like you, I would put the
question to him, and learn how to answer it; so that I might be able to renew
the conversation with my friend. Your coming here is most opportune. I
entreat you to answer and explain to me clearly what the Beautiful is; in
order that I may not again incur the like mortification. You can easily
answer: it is a small matter for you, with your numerous attainments.

Hippias thinks the question easy
Oh — yes — a small matter (replies
to answer.
Hippias); the question is easy to answer. I
could teach you to answer many questions
harder than that: so that no man shall be able to convict you in dialogue.12

12 Plat. Hipp. Maj. 286 C-D.

Sokrates then proceeds to interrogate Hippias, in the name of the
absentee, starting one difficulty after another as if suggested by this
unknown prompter, and pretending to be himself under awe of so
impracticable a disputant.

Page 110

Justice, Wisdom, Beauty must
All persons are just, through Justice —
each be something. What is
wise, through Wisdom — good, through
Beauty, or the Beautiful?
Goodness or the Good — beautiful, through
Beauty or the Beautiful. Now Justice,
Wisdom, Goodness, Beauty or the Beautiful, must each be something. Tell
me what the Beautiful is?

Hippias does not understand the
Hippias does not conceive the question.
question. He answers by
Does the man want to know what is a beautiful
indicating one particularly
thing? Sokr. — No; he wants to know what is
beautiful object.
The Beautiful. Hip. — I do not see the
difference. I answer that a beautiful maiden is
a beautiful thing. No one can deny that.13

13 Plat. Hipp. Maj. 287 A.

Sokr. — My disputatious friend will not accept your answer. He wants
you to tell him, What is the Self-Beautiful? — that Something through
which all beautiful things become beautiful. Am I to tell him, it is because a
beautiful maiden is a beautiful thing? He will say — Is not a beautiful mare
a beautiful thing also? and a beautiful lyre as well? Hip. — Yes; — both of
them are so. Sokr. — Ay, and a beautiful pot, my friend will add, well
moulded and rounded by a skilful potter, is a beautiful thing too. Hip. —
How, Sokrates? Who can your disputatious friend be? Some ill-taught man,
surely; since he introduces such trivial names into a dignified debate. Sokr.
— Yes; that is his character: not polite, but vulgar, anxious for nothing else
but the truth. Hip. — A pot, if it be beautifully made, must certainly be
called beautiful; yet still, all such objects are unworthy to be counted as
beautiful, if compared with a maiden, a mare, or a lyre.

Page 111

Cross-questioning by Sokrates
Sokr. — I understand. You follow the
— Other things also are
analogy suggested by Herakleitus in his
beautiful; but each thing is
dictum — That the most beautiful ape is ugly,
beautiful only by comparison, or
if compared with the human race. So you say,
under some particular
the most beautiful pot is ugly, when compared
circumstances — it is sometimes
with the race of maidens. Hip — Yes. That is
beautiful, sometimes not
my meaning. Sokr. — Then my friend will ask
beautiful.
you in return, whether the race of maidens is
not as much inferior to the race of Gods, as the
pot to the maiden? whether the most beautiful maiden will not appear ugly,
when compared to a Goddess? whether the wisest of men will not appear an
ape, when compared to the Gods, either in beauty or in wisdom.14 Hip. —
No one can dispute it. Sokr. — My friend will smile and say — You forget
what was the question put. I asked you, What is the Beautiful? — the Self-
Beautiful: and your answer gives me, as the Self-Beautiful, something
which you yourself acknowledge to be no more beautiful than ugly? If I had
asked you, from the first, what it was that was both beautiful and ugly, your
answer would have been pertinent to the question. Can you still think that
the Self-Beautiful, — that Something, by the presence of which all other
things become beautiful, — is a maiden, or a mare, or a lyre?

14 Plat. Hipp. Maj. 289.

Second answer of Hippias —
Hip. — I have another answer to which
Gold, is that by the presence of
your friend can take no exception. That, by the
which all things become
presence of which all things become beautiful,
beautiful — scrutiny applied to
is Gold. What was before ugly, will (we all
the answer. Complaint by
know), when ornamented with gold, appear
Hippias about vulgar analogies.
beautiful. Sokr. — You little know what sort of
man my friend is. He will laugh at your
answer, and ask you — Do you think, then, that Pheidias did not know his

Page 112

profession as a sculptor? How came he not to make the statue of Athênê all
gold, instead of making (as he has done) the face, hands, and feet of ivory,
and the pupils of the eyes of a particular stone? Is not ivory also beautiful,
and particular kinds of stone? Hip. — Yes, each is beautiful, where it is
becoming. Sokr. — And ugly, where it is not becoming.15 Hip. —
Doubtless. I admit that what is becoming or suitable, makes that to which it
is applied appear beautiful: that which is not becoming or suitable, makes it
appear ugly. Sokr. — My friend will next ask you, when you are boiling the
beautiful pot of which we spoke just now, full of beautiful soup, what sort
of ladle will be suitable and becoming — one made of gold, or of fig-tree
wood? Will not the golden ladle spoil the soup, and the wooden ladle turn it
out good? Is not the wooden ladle, therefore, better than the golden? Hip.
— By Hêraklês, Sokrates! what a coarse and stupid fellow your friend is! I
cannot continue to converse with a man who talks of such matters. Sokr. —
I am not surprised that you, with your fine attire and lofty reputation, are
offended with these low allusions. But I have nothing to spoil by
intercourse with this man; and I entreat you to persevere, as a favour to me.
He will ask you whether a wooden soup-ladle is not more beautiful than a
ladle of gold, — since it is more suitable and becoming? So that though you
said — The Self-Beautiful is Gold — you are now obliged to acknowledge
that gold is not more beautiful than fig-tree wood?

15 Plat. Hipp. Maj. 290.

Third answer of Hippias —
Hip. — I acknowledge that it is so. But I
questions upon it — proof given
have another answer ready which will silence
that it fails of universal
your friend. I presume you wish me to indicate
application.
as The Beautiful, something which will never
appear ugly to any one, at any time, or at any
place.16 Sokr. — That is exactly what I desire. Hip. — Well, I affirm, then,
that to every man, always, and everywhere, the following is most beautiful.

Page 113

A man being healthy, rich, honoured by the Greeks, having come to old age
and buried his own parents well, to be himself buried by his own sons well
and magnificently. Sokr. — Your answer sounds imposing; but my friend
will laugh it to scorn, and will remind me again, that his question pointed to
the Beautiful itself17 — something which, being present as attribute in any
subject, will make that subject (whether stone, wood, man, God, action,
study, &c.) beautiful. Now that which you have asserted to be beautiful to
every one everywhere, was not beautiful to Achilles, who accepted by
preference the lot of dying before his father — nor is it so to the heroes, or
to the sons of Gods, who do not survive or bury their fathers. To some,
therefore, what you specify is beautiful — to others it is not beautiful but
ugly: that is, it is both beautiful and ugly, like the maiden, the lyre, the pot,
on which we have already remarked. Hip. — I did not speak about the Gods
or Heroes. Your friend is intolerable, for touching on such profanities.18
Sokr. — However, you cannot deny that what you have indicated is
beautiful only for the sons of men, and not for the sons of Gods. My friend
will thus make good his reproach against your answer. He will tell me, that
all the answers, which we have as yet given, are too absurd. And he may
perhaps at the same time himself suggest another, as he sometimes does in
pity for my embarrassment.

16 Plato, Hipp. Maj. 291 C-D.

17 Plato, Hipp. Maj. 292 D.

18 Plato, Hipp. Maj. 293 B.

Farther answers, suggested by
Sokrates then mentions, as coming from
Sokrates himself — 1. The
hints of the absent friend, three or four
Suitable or Becoming —
different explanations of the Self-Beautiful:
each of which, when first introduced, he
approves, and Hippias approves also: but each

Page 114

objections thereunto — it is of which he proceeds successively to test and
rejected. condemn. It is to be remarked that all of them
are general explanations: not consisting in
conspicuous particular instances, like those which had come from Hippias.
His explanations are the following: —

1. The suitable or becoming (which had before been glanced at). It is the
suitable or becoming which constitutes the Beautiful.19

19 Plato, Hipp. Maj. 293 E.

To this Sokrates objects: The suitable, or becoming, is what causes
objects to appear beautiful — not what causes them to be really beautiful.
Now the latter is that which we are seeking. The two conditions do not
always go together. Those objects, institutions, and pursuits which are
really beautiful (fine, honourable) very often do not appear so, either to
individuals or to cities collectively; so that there is perpetual dispute and
fighting on the subject. The suitable or becoming, therefore, as it is
certainly what makes objects appear beautiful, so it cannot be what makes
them really beautiful.20

20 Plato, Hipp. Maj. 294 B-E.

2. The useful or profitable —
2. The useful or profitable. — We call
objections — it will not hold.
objects beautiful, looking to the purpose which
they are calculated or intended to serve: the
human body, with a view to running, wrestling, and other exercises — a
horse, an ox, a cock, looking to the service required from them —
implements, vehicles on land and ships at sea, instruments for music and
other arts all upon the same principle, looking to the end which they
accomplish or help to accomplish. Laws and pursuits are characterised in
the same way. In each of these, we give the name Beautiful to the useful, in
so far as it is useful, when it is useful, and for the purpose to which it is

Page 115

useful. To that which is useless or hurtful, in the same manner, we give the
name Ugly.21

21 Plat. Hipp. Maj. 295 C-D.

Now that which is capable of accomplishing each end, is useful for such
end: that which is incapable, is useless. It is therefore capacity, or power,
which is beautiful: incapacity, or impotence, is ugly.22

22 Plat. Hipp. Maj. 295 E. Οὐκοῦν τὸ δυνατὸν ἕκαστον ἀπεργάζεσθαι, εἰς
ὅπερ δυνατόν, εἰς τοῦτο καὶ χρήσιμον· τὸ δὲ ἀδύνατον ἄχρηστον; …
Δύναμις μὲν ἄρα καλόν — ἀδυναμία δὲ αἰσχρόν;

Most certainly (replies Hippias): this is especially true in our cities and
communities, wherein political power is the finest thing possible, political
impotence, the meanest.

Yet, on closer inspection (continues Sokrates), such a theory will not
hold. Power is employed by all men, though unwillingly, for bad purposes:
and each man, through such employment of his power, does much more
harm than good, beginning with his childhood. Now power, which is useful
for the doing of evil, can never be called beautiful.23

23 Plat. Hipp. Maj. 296 C-D.

You cannot therefore say that Power, taken absolutely, is beautiful. You
must add the qualification — Power used for the production of some good,
is beautiful. This, then, would be the profitable — the cause or generator of
good.24 But the cause is different from its effect: the generator or father is
different from the generated or son. The beautiful would, upon this view, be
the cause of the good. But then the beautiful would be different from the
good, and the good different from the beautiful? Who can admit this? It is

Page 116

obviously wrong: it is the most ridiculous theory which we have yet hit
upon.25

24 Plat. Hipp. Maj. 297 B.

25 Plat. Hipp. Maj. 297 D-E. εἰ οἷόν τ’ ἐστίν, ἑκείνων εἶναι (κινδυνεύει)
γελοιότερος τῶν πρώτων.

3. The Beautiful is a variety of
3. The Beautiful is a particular variety of the
the Pleasurable — that which is
agreeable or pleasurable: that which
received through the eye and the
characterises those things which cause
ear.
pleasure to us through sight and hearing. Thus
the men, the ornaments, the works of painting
or sculpture, upon which we look with admiration,26 are called beautiful:
also songs, music, poetry, fable, discourse, in like manner; nay even laws,
customs, pursuits, which we consider beautiful, might be brought under the
same head.27

26 Plat. Hipp. Maj. 298 A-B.

27 Plat. Hipp. Maj. 298 D.

Professor Bain observes: — “The eye and the ear are the great avenues to
the mind for the æsthetic class of influences; the other senses are more or
less in the monopolist interest. The blue sky, the green woods, and all the
beauties of the landscape, can fill the vision of a countless throng of
admirers. So with the pleasing sounds, &c.” ‘The Emotions and the Will.’
ch. xiv. (The Æsthetic Emotions), sect. 2, p. 226, 3rd ed.

Objections to this last — What
The objector, however, must now be dealt
property is there common to
with. He will ask us — Upon what ground do
both sight and hearing, which
you make so marked a distinction between the
confers upon the pleasures of
pleasures of sight and hearing, and other

Page 117

these two senses the exclusive pleasures? Do you deny that these others
privilege of being beautiful? (those of taste, smell, eating, drinking, sex) are
really pleasures? No, surely (we shall reply);
we admit them to be pleasures, — but no one will tolerate us in calling
them beautiful: especially the pleasures of sex, which as pleasures are the
greatest of all, but which are ugly and disgraceful to behold. He will answer
— I understand you: you are ashamed to call these pleasures beautiful,
because they do not seem so to the multitude: but I did not ask you, what
seems beautiful to the multitude — I asked you, what is beautiful.28 You
mean to affirm, that all pleasures which do not belong to sight and hearing,
are not beautiful: Do you mean, all which do not belong to both? or all
which do not belong to one or the other? We shall reply — To either one of
the two — or to both the two. Well! but, why (he will ask) do you single out
these pleasures of sight and hearing, as beautiful exclusively? What is there
peculiar in them, which gives them a title to such distinction? All pleasures
are alike, so far forth as pleasures, differing only in the more or less. Next,
the pleasures of sight cannot be considered as beautiful by reason of their
coming through sight — for that reason would not apply to the pleasures of
hearing: nor again can the pleasures of hearing be considered as beautiful
by reason of their coming through hearing.29 We must find something
possessed as well by sight as by hearing, common to both, and peculiar to
them, — which confers beauty upon the pleasures of both and of each. Any
attribute of one, which does not also belong to the other, will not be
sufficient for our purpose.30 Beauty must depend upon some essential
characteristic which both have in common.31 We must therefore look out for
some such characteristic, which belongs to both as well as to each
separately.

28 Plato, Hipp. Maj. 298 E, 299 A.

Page 118

Μανθάνω, ἂν ἴσως φαίη, καὶ ἐγώ, ὅτι πάλαι αἰσχύνεσθε ταύτας τὰς
ἡδονὰς φάναι καλὰς εἶναι, ὅτι οὐ δοκεῖ τοῖς ἀνθρώποις· ἀλλ’ ἐγὼ οὐ τοῦτο
ἠρώτων, ὃ δ ο κ ε ῖ τ ο ῖ ς π ο λ λ ο ῖ ς κ α λ ὸ ν ε ἶ ν α ι , ἀλλ’ ὃ, τ ι
ἔστιν.

29 Plato, Hipp. Maj. 299 D-E.

30 Plato, Hipp. Maj. 300 B. A separate argument between Sokrates and
Hippias is here as it were interpolated; Hippias affirms that he does not see
how any predicate can be true of both which is not true of either separately.
Sokrates points out that two men are Both, even in number, while each is
One, an odd number. You cannot say of the two that they are one, nor can
you say of either that he is Both. There are two classes of predicates; some
which are true of either but not true of the two together, or vice versâ; some
again which are true of the two and true also of each one — such as just,
wise, handsome, &c. p. 301-303 B.

31 Plat. Hipp. Maj. 302 C. τῇ οὐσίᾳ τῇ ἐπ’ ἀμφότερα ἑπομένῃ ᾦμην, εἴπερ
ἀμφότερά ἐστι καλά, ταύτῃ δεῖν αὐτὰ καλὰ εἶναι, τῇ δὲ κατὰ τὰ ἕτερα
ἀπολειπομένῃ μή. καὶ ἕτι νῦν οἶομαι.

Answer — There is, belonging to
Now there is one characteristic which may
each and to both in common, the
perhaps serve. The pleasures of sight and
property of being innocuous and
hearing, both and each, are distinguished from
profitable pleasures — upon this
other pleasures by being the most innocuous
ground they are called beautiful.
and the best.32 It is for this reason that we call
them beautiful. The Beautiful, then, is
profitable pleasure — or pleasure producing good — for the profitable is,
that which produces good.33

Page 119

32 Plat. Hipp. Maj. 303 E. ὅτι ἀσινέσταται αὗται τῶν ἡδονῶν εἰσι καὶ
βέλτισται, καὶ ἀμφότεραι καὶ ἑκατέρα.

33 Plat. Hipp. Maj. 303 E. λέγετε δὴ τὸ καλὸν εἶναι, ἡ δ ο ν ὴ ν
ὠφέλιμον.

This will not hold — the
Nevertheless the objector will not be
Profitable is the cause of Good,
satisfied even with this. He will tell us — You
and is therefore different from
declare the Beautiful to be Pleasure producing
Good — to say that the beautiful
good. But we before agreed, that the
is the Profitable, is to say that it
producing agent or cause is different from
is different from Good but this
what is produced or the effect. Accordingly,
has been already declared
the Beautiful is different from the good: or, in
inadmissible.
other words, the Beautiful is not good, nor is
the Good beautiful — if each of them is a
different thing.34 Now these propositions we have already pronounced to be
inadmissible, so that your present explanation will not stand better than the
preceding.

34 Plat. Hipp. Maj. 303 E — 304 A. Οὔκουν ὠφέλιμον, φήσει, τὸ ποιοῦν
τἀγαθόν, τὸ δὲ ποιοῦν καὶ τὸ ποιούμενον, ἕτερον νῦν δὴ ἐφάνη, καὶ εἰς τὸν
πρότερον λόγον ἥκει ὑμῖν ὁ λόγος; ο ὔ τ ε γ ὰ ρ τ ὸ ἀ γ α θ ὸ ν ἂ ν ε ἴ η
καλὸν οὔτε τὸ καλὸν ἀγαθόν, εἴπερ ἄλλο αὐτῶν
ἑκάτερόν ἐστιν.

These last words deserve attention, because they coincide with the
doctrine ascribed to Antisthenes, which has caused so many hard words to
be applied to him (as well as to Stilpon) by critics, from Kolôtes
downwards. The general principle here laid down by Plato is — A is

Page 120

something different from B, therefore A is not B and B is not A. In other
words, A cannot be predicated of B nor B of A. Antisthenes said in like
manner — Ἄνθρωπος and Ἀγαθὸς are different from each other, therefore
you cannot say Ἄνθρωπος ἐστιν ἀγαθός. You can only say Ἄνθρωπος ἐστιν
Ἄνθρωπος — Ἀγαθός ἐστιν ἀγαθός.

I have touched farther upon this point in my chapter upon Antisthenes
and the other Viri Sokratici.

Remarks upon the Dialogue —
Thus finish the three distinct explanations of
the explanations ascribed to
Τὸ καλὸν, which Plato in this dialogue causes
Hippias are special conspicuous
to be first suggested by Sokrates, successively
examples: those ascribed to
accepted by Hippias, and successively refuted
Sokrates are attempts to assign
by Sokrates. In comparing them with the three
some general concept.
explanations which he puts into the mouth of
Hippias, we note this distinction: That the
explanations proposed by Hippias are conspicuous particular
exemplifications of the Beautiful, substituted in place of the general
concept: as we remarked, in the Dialogue Euthyphron, that the explanations
of the Holy given by Euthyphron in reply to Sokrates, were of the same
exemplifying character. On the contrary, those suggested by Sokrates keep
in the region of abstractions, and seek to discover some more general
concept, of which the Beautiful is only a derivative or a modification, so as
to render a definition of it practicable. To illustrate this difference by the
language of Dr. Whewell respecting many of the classifications in Natural
History, we may say — That according to the views here represented by
Hippias, the group of objects called beautiful is given by Type, not by

Page 121

Definition:35 while Sokrates proceeds like one convinced that some
common characteristic attribute may be found, on which to rest a
Definition. To search for Definitions of general words, was (as Aristotle
remarks) a novelty, and a valuable novelty, introduced by Sokrates. His
contemporaries, the Sophists among them, were not accustomed to it: and
here the Sophist Hippias (according to Plato’s frequent manner) is derided
as talking nonsense,36 because, when asked for an explanation of The Self-
Beautiful, he answers by citing special instances of beautiful objects. But
we must remember, first, that Sokrates, who is introduced as trying several
general explanations of the Self-Beautiful, does not find one which will
stand: next, that even if one such could be found, particular instances can
never be dispensed with, in the way of illustration; lastly, that there are
many general terms (the Beautiful being one of them) of which no
definitions can be provided, and which can only be imperfectly explained,
by enumerating a variety of objects to which the term in question is
applied.37 Plato thought himself entitled to objectivise every general term,
or to assume a substantive Ens, called a Form or Idea, corresponding to it.
This was a logical mistake quite as serious as any which we know to have
been committed by Hippias or any other Sophist. The assumption that
wherever there is a general term, there must also be a generic attribute
corresponding to it — is one which Aristotle takes much pains to negative:
he recognises terms of transitional analogy, as well as terms equivocal:
while he also especially numbers the Beautiful among equivocal terms.38

35 See Dr. Whewell’s ‘History of the Inductive Sciences,’ ii. 120 seq.; and
Mr. John Stuart Mill’s ‘System of Logic,’ iv. 8, 3.

I shall illustrate this subject farther when I come to the dialogue called
Lysis.

Page 122

36 Stallbaum, in his notes, bursts into exclamations of wonder at the
incredible stupidity of Hippias — “En hominis stuporem prorsus
admirabilem,” p. 289 E.

37 Mr. John Stuart Mill observes in his System of Logic, i. 1, 5: “One of
the chief sources of lax habits of thought is the custom of using connotative
terms without a distinctly ascertained connotation, and with no more precise
notion of their meaning than can be loosely collected from observing what
objects they are used to denote. It is in this manner that we all acquire, and
inevitably so, our first knowledge of our vernacular language. A child learns
the meaning of Man, White, &c., by hearing them applied to a number of
individual objects, and finding out, by a process of generalisation of which
he is but imperfectly conscious, what those different objects have in
common. In many cases objects bear a general resemblance to each other,
which leads to their being familiarly classed together under a common
name, while it is not immediately apparent what are the particular attributes
upon the possession of which in common by them all their general
resemblance depends. In this manner names creep on from subject to
subject until all traces of a common meaning sometimes disappear, and the
word comes to denote a number of things not only independently of any
common attribute, but which have actually no attribute in common, or none
but what is shared by other things to which the name is capriciously
refused. It would be well if this degeneracy of language took place only in
the hands of the untaught vulgar; but some of the most remarkable instances
are to be found in terms of art, and among technically educated persons,
such as English lawyers. Felony, e.g., is a law-term with the sound of which
all are familiar: but there is no lawyer who would undertake to tell what a
felony is, otherwise than by enumerating the various offences so called.
Originally the word felony had a meaning; it denoted all offences, the
penalty of which included forfeiture of lands or goods, but subsequent Acts
of Parliament have declared various offences to be felonies without

Page 123

enjoining that penalty, and have taken away that penalty from others which
continue nevertheless to be called felonies, insomuch that the acts so called
have now no property whatever in common save that of being unlawful and
punishable.”

38 Aristot. Topic, i. 106, a. 21. Τὰ πολλαχῶς λεγόμενα — τὰ πλεοναχῶς
λεγόμενα — are perpetually noted and distinguished by Aristotle.

Analogy between the
We read in the Xenophontic Memorabilia a
explanations here ascribed to
dialogue between Sokrates and Aristippus, on
Sokrates, and those given by the
this same subject — What is the Beautiful,
Xenophontic Sokrates in the
which affords a sort of contrast between the
Memorabilia.
Dialogues of Search and those of Exposition.
In the Hippias Major, we have the problem
approached on several different sides, various suggestions being proposed,
and each successively disallowed, on reasons shown, as failures: while in
the Xenophontic dialogue, Sokrates declares an affirmative doctrine, and
stands to it — but no pains are taken to bring out the objections against it
and rebut them. The doctrine is, that the Beautiful is coincident with the
Good, and that both of them are resolvable into the Useful: thus all
beautiful objects, unlike as they may be to the eye or touch, bear that name
because they have in common the attribute of conducing to one and the
same purpose — the security, advantage, or gratification, of man, in some
form or other. This is one of the three explanations broached by the Platonic
Sokrates, and afterwards refuted by him, in the Hippias: while his
declaration (which Hippias puts aside as unseemly) — that a pot and a
wooden soup-ladle conveniently made are beautiful is perfectly in harmony
with that of the Xenophontic Sokrates, that a basket for carrying dung is
beautiful, if it performs its work well.39 We must moreover remark, that the
objections whereby the Platonic Sokrates, after proposing the doctrine and
saying much in its favour, finds himself compelled at last to disallow it —

Page 124

these objections are not produced and refuted, but passed over without
notice, in the Xenophontic dialogue, wherein Sokrates affirms it
decidedly.40 The affirming Sokrates, and the objecting Sokrates, are not on
the stage at once.

39 Xen. Mem. iii. 6, 2, 7; iv. 6, 8.

Plato, Hipp. Maj. 288 D, 290 D.

I am obliged to translate the words τὸ Καλόν by the Beautiful or beauty,
to avoid a tiresome periphrasis. But in reality the Greek words include more
besides: they mean also the fine, the honourable or that which is worthy of
honour, the exalted, &c. If we have difficulty in finding any common
property connoted by the English word, the difficulty in the case of the
Greek word is still greater.

40 In regard to the question, Wherein consists Τὸ Καλόν? and objections
against the theory of the Xenophontic Sokrates, it is worth while to compare
the views of modern philosophers. Dugald Stewart says (on the Beautiful,
‘Philosophical Essays,’ p. 214 seq.), “It has long been a favourite problem
with philosophers to ascertain the common quality or qualities which entitle
a thing to the denomination of Beautiful. But the success of their
speculations has been so inconsiderable, that little can be inferred from
them except the impossibility of the problem to which they have been
directed. The speculations which have given occasion to these remarks have
evidently originated in a prejudice which has descended to modern times
from the scholastic ages. That when a word admits of a variety of
significations, these different significations must all be species of the same
genus, and must consequently include some essential idea common to every
individual to which the generic term can be applied. Of this principle,
which has been an abundant source of obscurity and mystery in the different
sciences, it would be easy to expose the unsoundness and futility. Socrates,

Page 125

whose plain good sense appears, on this as on other occasions, to have
fortified his understanding to a wonderful degree against the metaphysical
subtleties which misled his successors, was evidently apprised fully of the
justice of the foregoing remarks, if any reliance can be placed on the
account given by Xenophon of his conversation with Aristippus about the
Good and the Beautiful,” &c.

Stewart then proceeds to translate a portion of the Xenophontic dialogue
(Memorab. iii. 8). But unfortunately he does not translate the whole of it. If
he had he would have seen that he has misconceived the opinion of
Sokrates, who maintains the very doctrine here disallowed by Stewart, viz.,
That there is an essential idea common to all beautiful objects, the fact of
being conducive to human security, comfort, or enjoyment. This is
unquestionably an important common property, though the multifarious
objects which possess it may be unlike in all other respects.

As to the general theory I think that Stewart is right: it is his compliment
to Sokrates, on this occasion, which I consider misplaced. He certainly
would not have agreed with Sokrates (nor should I agree with him) in
calling by the epithet beautiful a basket for carrying dung when well made
for its own purpose, or a convenient boiling-pot, or a soup-ladle made of
fig-tree wood, as the Platonic Sokrates affirms in the Hippias (288 D, 290
D). The Beautiful and the Useful sometimes coincide; more often or at least
very often, they do not. Hippias is made to protest, in this dialogue, against
the mention of such vulgar objects as the pot and the ladle; and this is
apparently intended by Plato as a defective point in his character, denoting
silly affectation and conceit, like his fine apparel. But Dugald Stewart
would have agreed in the sentiment ascribed to Hippias — that vulgar and
mean objects have no place in an inquiry into the Beautiful; and that they
belong, when well-formed for their respective purposes, to the category of
the Useful.

Page 126

The Xenophontic Sokrates in the Memorabilia is mistaken in
confounding the Beautiful with the Good and the Useful. But his remarks
are valuable in another point of view, as they insist most forcibly on the
essential relativity both of the Beautiful and the Good.

The doctrine of Dugald Stewart is supported by Mr. John Stuart Mill
(‘System of Logic,’ iv. 4, 5, p. 220 seq.); and Professor Bain has expounded
the whole subject still more fully in a chapter (xiv. p. 225 seq., on the
Æsthetic Emotions) of his work on the Emotions and the Will.

The concluding observations of this dialogue, interchanged between
Hippias and Sokrates, are interesting as bringing out the antithesis between
rhetoric and dialectic — between the concrete and exemplifying, as
contrasted with the abstract and analytical. Immediately after Sokrates has
brought his own third suggestion to an inextricable embarrassment, Hippias
remarks —

Concluding thrust exchanged
“Well, Sokrates, what do you think now of
between Hippias and Sokrates.
all these reasonings of yours? They are what I
declared them to be just now, — scrapings and
parings of discourse, divided into minute fragments. But the really beautiful
and precious acquirement is, to be able to set out well and finely a regular
discourse before the Dikastery or the public assembly, to persuade your
auditors, and to depart carrying with you not the least but the greatest of all
prizes — safety for yourself, your property, and your friends. These are the
real objects to strive for. Leave off your petty cavils, that you may not look
like an extreme simpleton, handling silly trifles as you do at present.”41

“My dear Hippias,” (replies Sokrates) “you are a happy man, since you
know what pursuits a man ought to follow, and have yourself followed
them, as you say, with good success. But I, as it seems, am under the grasp
of an unaccountable fortune: for I am always fluctuating and puzzling

Page 127

myself, and when I lay my puzzle before you wise men, I am requited by
you with hard words. I am told just what you have now been telling me, that
I busy myself about matters silly, petty, and worthless. When on the
contrary, overborne by your authority, I declare as you do, that it is the
finest thing possible to be able to set out well and beautifully a regular
discourse before the public assembly, and bring it to successful conclusion
— then there are other men at hand who heap upon me bitter reproaches:
especially that one man, my nearest kinsman and inmate, who never omits
to convict me. When on my return home he hears me repeat what you have
told me, he asks, if I am not ashamed of my impudence in talking about
beautiful (honourable) pursuits, when I am so manifestly convicted upon
this subject, of not even knowing what the Beautiful (Honourable) is. How
can you (he says), being ignorant what the Beautiful is, know who has set
out a discourse beautifully and who has not — who has performed a
beautiful exploit and who has not? Since you are in a condition so
disgraceful, can you think life better for you than death? Such then is my
fate — to hear disparagement and reproaches from you on the one side, and
from him on the other. Necessity however perhaps requires that I should
endure all these discomforts: for it will be nothing strange if I profit by
them. Indeed I think that I have already profited both by your society,
Hippias, and by his: for I now think that I know what the proverb means —
Beautiful (Honourable) things are difficult.”42

41 Plat. Hipp. Maj. 304 A.

42 Plat. Hipp. Maj. 304 D-E.

Rhetoric against Dialectic.
Here is a suitable termination for one of the
Dialogues of Search: “My mind has been
embarrassed by contradictions as yet unreconciled, but this is a stage
indispensable to future improvement”. We have moreover an interesting
passage of arms between Rhetoric and Dialectic: two contemporaneous and

Page 128

contending agencies, among the stirring minds of Athens, in the time of
Plato and Isokrates. The Rhetor accuses the Dialectician of departing from
the conditions of reality — of breaking up the integrity of those concretes,
which occur in nature each as continuous and indivisible wholes. Each of
the analogous particular cases forms a continuum or concrete by itself,
which may be compared with the others, but cannot be taken to pieces, and
studied in separate fragments.43 The Dialectician on his side treats the
Abstract (τὸ καλὸν) as the real Integer, and the highest abstraction as the
first of all integers, containing in itself and capable of evolving all the
subordinate integers: the various accompaniments, which go along with
each Abstract to make up a concrete, he disregards as shadowy and transient
disguises.

43 Plat. Hipp. Maj. 301 B. Ἀλλὰ γὰρ δὴ σύ, ὦ Σώκρατες, τὰ μὲν ὅλα τῶν
πραγμάτων οὐ σκοπεῖς, οὐδ’ ἐκεῖνοι, οἷς σὺ εἴωθας διαλέγεσθαι, κρούετε δὲ
ἀπολαμβάνοντες τὸ καλὸν καὶ ἕκαστον τῶν ὄντων ἐν τοῖς λόγοις
κατατέμνοντες· διὰ ταῦτα οὕτω μεγάλα ὑμᾶς λανθάνει καὶ δ ι α ν ε κ ῆ
σ ώ μ α τ α τ ῆ ς ο ὐ σ ί α ς π ε φ υ κ ό τ α . Compare 301 E.

The words διανεκῆ σώματα τῆς οὐσίας πεφυκότα correspond as nearly as
can be to the logical term Concrete, opposed to Abstract. Nature furnishes
only Concreta, not Abstracta.

Men who dealt with real life,
Hippias accuses Sokrates of never taking
contrasted with the speculative
into his view Wholes, and of confining his
and analytical philosophers.
attention to separate parts and fragments,
obtained by logical analysis and subdivision.
Aristophanes, when he attacks the Dialectic of Sokrates, takes the same
ground, employing numerous comic metaphors to illustrate the small and
impalpable fragments handled, and the subtle transpositions which they
underwent in the reasoning. Isokrates again deprecates the over-subtlety of
dialectic debate, contrasting it with discussions (in his opinion) more useful;

Page 129

wherein entire situations, each with its full clothing and assemblage of
circumstances, were reviewed and estimated.44 All these are protests, by
persons accustomed to deal with real life, and to talk to auditors both
numerous and commonplace, against that conscious analysis and close
attention to general and abstract terms, which Sokrates first insisted on and
transmitted to his disciples. On the other side, we have the emphatic
declaration made by the Platonic Sokrates (and made still earlier by the
Xenophontic45 or historical Sokrates) — That a man was not fit to talk
about beautiful things in the concrete — that he had no right to affirm or
deny that attribute, with respect to any given subject — that he was not
even fit to live unless he could explain what was meant by The Beautiful, or
Beauty in the abstract. Here are two distinct and conflicting intellectual
habits, the antithesis between which, indicated in this dialogue, is described
at large and forcibly in the Theætêtus.46

44 Aristophan. Nubes, 130. λόγων ἀκριβῶν σχινδαλάμους — παιπάλη.
Nub. 261, Aves, 430. λεπτοτάτων λήρων ἱερεῦ, Nub. 359. γνώμαις λεπταις,
Nub. 1404. σκαριφισμοῖσι λήρων, Ran. 1497. σμιλεύματα — id. 819.
Isokrates, Πρὸς Νικοκλέα, s. 69, antithesis of the λόγοι πολιτικοὶ and λόγοι
ἐριστικοί — μάλιστα μὲν καὶ ἀπὸ των καιρῶν θεωρεῖν συμβουλεύοντας, εἰ
δὲ μὴ, κ α θ ’ ὅ λ ω ν τ ῶ ν π ρ α γ μ ά τ ω ν λέγοντας — which is almost
exactly the phrase ascribed to Hippias by Plato in this Hippias Major. Also
Isokrates, Contra Sophistas, s. 24-25, where he contrasts the useless
λογίδια, debated by the contentious dialecticians (Sokrates and Plato being
probably included in this designation), with his own λόγοι πολιτικοί.
Compare also Isokrates, Or. xv. De Permutatione, s. 211-213-285-287.

45 Xen. Mem. i. 1, 16.

46 Plato, Theætêt. pp. 173-174-175.

Page 130

Concrete Aggregates — abstract
When Hippias accuses Sokrates of
or logical Aggregates. Distinct
neglecting to notice Wholes or Aggregates,
aptitudes required by Aristotle
this is true in the sense of Concrete Wholes —
for the Dialectician.
the phenomenal sequences and co-existences,
perceived by sense or imagined. But the
Universal (as Aristotle says)47 is one kind of Whole: a Logical Whole,
having logical parts. In the minds of Sokrates and Plato, the Logical Whole
separable into its logical parts and into them only, were preponderant.

47 Aristot. Physic. i. 1. τὸ γὰρ ὅλον κατὰ τὴν αἴσθησιν γνωριμώτερον, τ ὸ
δὲ καθόλου ὅλον τι ἐστι· πολλὰ γὰρ περιλαμβάνει
ὡ ς μ έ ρ η τ ὸ κ α θ ό λ ο υ . Compare Simplikius, Schol. Brandis ad loc.
p. 324, a. 10-26.

Antithesis of Absolute and
One other point deserves peculiar notice, in
Relative, here brought into
the dialogue under our review. The problem
debate by Plato, in regard to the
started is, What is the Beautiful — the Self-
Idea of Beauty.
Beautiful, or Beauty per se: and it is assumed
that this must be Something,48 that from the
accession of which, each particular beautiful thing becomes beautiful. But
Sokrates presently comes to make a distinction between that which is really
beautiful and that which appears to be beautiful. Some things (he says)
appear beautiful, but are not so in reality: some are beautiful, but do not
appear so. The problem, as he states it, is, to find, not what that is which
makes objects appear beautiful, but what it is that makes them really
beautiful. This distinction, as we find it in the language of Hippias, is one of
degree only:49 that is beautiful which appears so to every one and at all
times. But in the language of Sokrates, the distinction is radical: to be
beautiful is one thing, to appear beautiful is another; whatever makes a
thing appear beautiful without being so in reality, is a mere engine of deceit,

Page 131

and not what Sokrates is enquiring for.50 The Self-Beautiful or real Beauty
is so, whether any one perceives it to be beautiful or not: it is an Absolute,
which exists per se, having no relation to any sentient or percipient
subject.51 At any rate, such is the manner in which Plato conceives it, when
he starts here as a problem to enquire, What it is.

48 Plato, Hipp. Maj. 286 K. αὐτὸ τὸ καλὸν ὅ, τι ἔστιν. Also 287 D, 289 D.

49 Plato, Hipp. Maj. 291 D, 292 E.

50 Plato, Hipp. Maj. 294 A-B, 299 A.

51 Dr. Hutcheson, in his inquiry into the Original of our Ideas of Beauty
and Virtue, observes (sect. i. and ii. p. 14-16): —

“Beauty is either original or comparative, or, if any like the terms better,
absolute or relative; only let it be observed, that by absolute or original, is
not understood any quality supposed to be in the object, which should of
itself be beautiful, without relation to any mind which perceives it. For
Beauty, like other names of sensible ideas, properly denotes the perception
of some mind.… Our inquiry is only about the qualities which are beautiful
to men, or about the foundation of their sense of beauty, for (as above
hinted) Beauty has always relation to the sense of some mind; and when we
afterwards show how generally the objects that occur to us are beautiful, we
mean that such objects are agreeable to the sense of men, &c.”

The same is repeated, sect. iv. p. 40; sect. vi. p. 72.

Herein we note one of the material points of disagreement between Plato
and his master: for Sokrates (in the Xenophontic Memorabilia) affirms
distinctly that Beauty is altogether relative to human wants and
appreciations. The Real and Absolute, on the one hand, wherein alone
resides truth and beauty — as against the phenomenal and relative, on the

Page 132

other hand, the world of illusion and meanness — this is an antithesis which
we shall find often reproduced in Plato. I shall take it up more at large,
when I come to discuss his argument against Protagoras in the Theætêtus.

Hippias Minor — characters
I now come to the Lesser Hippias: in which
and situation supposed.
(as we have already seen in the Greater) that
Sophist is described by epithets, affirming
varied and extensive accomplishments, as master of arithmetic, geometry,
astronomy, poetry (especially that of Homer), legendary lore, music,
metrical and rhythmical diversities, &c. His memory was prodigious, and
he had even invented for himself a technical scheme for assisting memory.
He had composed poems, epic, lyric, and tragic, as well as many works in
prose: he was, besides, a splendid lecturer on ethical and political subjects,
and professed to answer any question which might be asked. Furthermore,
he was skilful in many kinds of manual dexterity: having woven his own
garments, plaited his own girdle, made his own shoes, engraved his own
seal-ring, and fabricated for himself a curry-comb and oil-flask.52 Lastly, he
is described as wearing fine and showy apparel. What he is made to say is
rather in harmony with this last point of character, than with the preceding.
He talks with silliness and presumption, so as to invite and excuse the
derisory sting of Sokrates, There is a third interlocutor, Eudikus: but he says
very little, and other auditors are alluded to generally, who say nothing.53

52 Plato, Hipp. Minor, 368.

53 Plato, Hipp. Minor, 369 D, 373 B.

Page 133

Ast rejects both the dialogues called by the name of Hippias, as not
composed by Plato. Schleiermacher doubts about both, and rejects the
Hippias Minor (which he considers as perhaps worked up by a Platonic
scholar from a genuine sketch by Plato himself) but will not pass the same
sentence upon the Hippias Major (Schleierm. Einleit. vol. ii. pp. 293-296;
vol. v. 399-403. Ast, Platon’s Leben und Schriften, pp. 457-464).

Stallbaum defends both the dialogues as genuine works of Plato, and in
my judgment with good reason (Prolegg. ad Hipp. Maj. vol. iv. pp. 145-
150; ad Hipp. Minor, pp. 227-235). Steinhart (Einleit. p. 99) and Socher
(Ueber Platon, p. 144 seq., 215 seq.) maintain the same opinion on these
dialogues as Stallbaum. It is to be remarked that Schleiermacher states the
reasons both for and against the genuineness of the dialogues; and I think
that even in his own statement the reasons for preponderate. The reasons
which both Schleiermacher and Ast produce as proving the spuriousness,
are in my view quite insufficient to sustain their conclusion. There is bad
taste, sophistry, an overdose of banter and derision (they say very truly), in
the part assigned to Sokrates: there are also differences of view, as
compared with Sokrates in other dialogues; various other affirmations (they
tell us) are not Platonic. I admit much of this, but I still do not accept their
conclusion. These critics cannot bear to admit any Platonic work as genuine
unless it affords to them ground for superlative admiration and glorification
of the author. This postulate I altogether contest; and I think that differences
of view, as between Sokrates in one dialogue and Sokrates in another, are
both naturally to be expected and actually manifested (witness the
Protagoras and Gorgias). Moreover Ast designates (p. 404) a doctrine as
“durchaus unsokratisch” which Stallbaum justly remarks (p. 233) to have
been actually affirmed by Sokrates in the Xenophontic Memorabilia.
Stallbaum thinks that both the two dialogues (Socher, that the Hippias
Minor only) were composed by Plato among his earlier works, and this may
probably be true. The citation and refutation of the Hippias Minor by

Page 134

Aristotle (Metaphys. Δ. 1025, a. 6) counts with me as a strong corroborative
proof that the dialogue is Plato’s work. Schleiermacher and Ast set this
evidence aside because Aristotle does not name Plato as the author. But if
the dialogue had been composed by any one less celebrated than Plato,
Aristotle would have named the author. Mention by Aristotle, though
without Plato’s name, is of greater value to support the genuineness than the
purely internal grounds stated by Ast and Schleiermacher against it.

Hippias has just delivered a
In the Hippias Minor, that Sophist appears
lecture, in which he extols
as having just concluded a lecture upon
Achilles as better than Odysseus
Homer, in which he had extolled Achilles as
— the veracious and
better than Odysseus: Achilles being depicted
straightforward hero better than
as veracious and straightforward, Odysseus as
the mendacious and crafty.
mendacious and full of tricks. Sokrates, who
had been among the auditors, cross-examines
Hippias upon the subject of this affirmation.

Homer (says Hippias) considers veracious men, and mendacious men, to
be not merely different, but opposite: and I agree with him. Permit me
(Sokrates remarks) to ask some questions about the meaning of this from
you, since I cannot ask any from Homer himself. You will answer both for
yourself and him.54

54 Plat. Hipp. Minor, 365 C-D.

The remark here made by Sokrates — “The poet is not here to answer for
himself, so that you cannot put any questions to him” is a point of view
familiar to Plato: insisted upon forcibly in the Protagoras (347 E), and
farther generalised in the Phædrus, so as to apply to all written matter
compared with personal converse (Phædrus, p. 275 D).

This ought to count, so far as it goes, as a fragment of proof that the
Hippias Minor is a genuine work of Plato, instead of which Schleiermacher

Page 135

treats it (p. 295) as evincing a poor copy, made by some imitator of Plato,
from the Protagoras.

Mendacious men (answers Hippias, to a string of questions, somewhat
prolix) are capable, intelligent, wise: they are not incapable or ignorant. If a
man be incapable of speaking falsely, or ignorant, he is not mendacious.
Now the capable man is one who can make sure of doing what he wishes to
do, at the time and occasion when he does wish it, without let or
hindrance.55

55 Plat. Hipp. Minor, 366 B-C.

This is contested by Sokrates.
You, Hippias (says Sokrates), are expert on
The veracious man and the
matters of arithmetic: you can make sure of
mendacious man are one and
answering truly any question put to you on the
the same — the only man who
subject. You are better on the subject than the
can answer truly if he chooses, is
ignorant man, who cannot make sure of doing
he who can also answer falsely if
the same. But as you can make sure of
he chooses, i.e. the knowing man
answering truly, so likewise you can make
— the ignorant man cannot
sure of answering falsely, whenever you
make sure of doing either the
choose to do so. Now the ignorant man cannot
one or the other.
make sure of answering falsely. He may, by
reason of his ignorance, when he wishes to
answer falsely, answer truly without intending it. You, therefore, the
intelligent man and the good in arithmetic, are better than the ignorant and
the bad for both purposes — for speaking falsely, and for speaking truly.56

Page 136

56 Plato, Hippias Minor, 366 E. Πότερον σὺ ἂν μάλιστα ψεύδοιο καὶ ἀεὶ
κατὰ ταὐτὰ ψευδῆ λέγοις περὶ τούτων, βουλόμενος ψεύδεσθαι καὶ
μηδέποτε ἀληθῆ ἀποκρίνεσθαι; ἤ ὁ ἀμαθὴς εἰς λογισμοὺς δύναιτ’ ἂν σοῦ
μᾶλλον ψεύδεσθαι βουλομένου; ἢ ὁ μὲν ἀμαθὴς πολλάκις ἂν βουλόμενος
ψευδῆ λέγειν τἀληθῆ ἂν εἴποι ἄκων, εἰ τύχοι, διὰ τὸ μὴ εἰδέναι — σὺ δὲ ὁ
σοφός, εἴπερ βούλοιο ψεύδεσθαι, ἀεὶ ἂν κατὰ τὰ αὐτὰ ψεύδοιο;

Analogy of special arts — it is
What is true about arithmetic, is true in
only the arithmetician who can
other departments also. The only man who can
speak falsely on a question of
speak falsely whenever he chooses is the man
arithmetic when he chooses.
who can speak truly whenever he chooses.
Now, the mendacious man, as we agreed, is
the man who can speak falsely whenever he chooses. Accordingly, the
mendacious man, and the veracious man, are the same. They are not
different, still less opposite: nay, the two epithets belong only to one and the
same person. The veracious man is not better than the mendacious —
seeing that he is one and the same.57

57 Plato, Hipp. Minor, 367 C, 368 E, 369 A-B.

You see, therefore, Hippias, that the distinction, which you drew and
which you said that Homer drew, between Achilles and Odysseus, will not
hold. You called Achilles veracious, and Odysseus, mendacious: but if one
of the two epithets belongs to either of them, the other must belong to him
also.58

58 Plat. Hipp. Minor, 360 B.

View of Sokrates respecting
Sokrates then tries to make out that Achilles
Achilles in the Iliad. He thinks
speaks falsehood in the Iliad, and speaks it
that Achilles speaks falsehood
very cleverly, because he does so in a way to
cleverly. Hippias maintains that
escape detection from Odysseus himself. To
this Hippias replies, that if Achilles ever

Page 137

if Achilles ever speaks falsehood, speaks falsehood, he does it innocently,
it is with an innocent purpose, without any purpose of cheating or injuring
whereas Odysseus does the like any one; whereas the falsehoods of Odysseus
with fraudulent purpose. are delivered with fraudulent and wicked
intent.59 It is impossible (he contends) that
men who deceive and do wrong wilfully and intentionally, should be better
than those who do so unwillingly and without design. The laws deal much
more severely with the former than with the latter.60

59 Plat. Hipp. Minor, 370 E.

60 Plat. Hipp. Minor, 372 A.

Issue here taken — Sokrates
Upon this point, Hippias (says Sokrates), I
contends that those who hurt, or
dissent from you entirely. I am, unhappily, a
cheat, or lie wilfully, are better
stupid person, who cannot find out the reality
than those who do the like
of things: and this appears plainly enough
unwillingly — he entreats
when I come to talk with wise men like you,
Hippias to enlighten him and
for I always find myself differing from you.
answer his questions.
My only salvation consists in my earnest
anxiety to put questions and learn from you,
and in my gratitude for your answers and teaching. I think that those who
hurt mankind, or cheat, or lie, or do wrong, wilfully — are better than those
who do the same unwillingly. Sometimes, indeed, from my stupidity, the
opposite view presents itself to me, and I become confused: but now, after
talking with you, the fit of confidence has come round upon me again, to
pronounce and characterise the persons who do wrong unwillingly, as worse

Page 138

than those who do wrong wilfully. I entreat you to heal this disorder of my
mind. You will do me much more good than if you cured my body of a
distemper. But it will be useless for you to give me one of your long
discourses: for I warn you that I cannot follow it. The only way to confer
upon me real service, will be to answer my questions again, as you have
hitherto done. Assist me, Eudikus, in persuading Hippias to do so.

Assistance from me (says Eudikus) will hardly be needed, for Hippias
professed himself ready to answer any man’s questions.

Yes — I did so (replies Hippias) — but Sokrates always brings trouble
into the debate, and proceeds like one disposed to do mischief.

Eudikus repeats his request, and Hippias, in deference to him, consents to
resume the task of answering.61

61 Plat. Hipp. Min. 373 B.

Questions of Sokrates —
Sokrates then produces a string of
multiplied analogies of the
questions, with a view to show that those who
special arts. The unskilful artist,
do wrong wilfully, are better than those who
who runs, wrestles, or sings
do wrong unwillingly. He appeals to various
badly, whether he will or not, is
analogies. In running, the good runner is he
worse than the skilful, who can
who runs quickly, the bad runner is he who
sing well when he chooses, but
runs slowly. What is evil and base in running
can also sing badly when he
is, to run slowly. It is the good runner who
chooses.
does this evil wilfully: it is the bad runner who
does it unwillingly.62 The like is true about
wrestling and other bodily exercises. He that is good in the body, can work
either strongly or feebly, — can do either what is honourable or what is
base; so that when he does what is base, he does it wilfully. But he that is
bad in the body does what is base unwillingly, not being able to help it.63

Page 139

62 Plat. Hipp. Min. 373 D-E.

63 Plat. Hipp. Min. 374 B.

What is true about the bodily movements depending upon strength, is not
less true about those depending on grace and elegance. To be wilfully
ungraceful, belongs only to the well-constituted body: none but the badly-
constituted body is ungraceful without wishing it. The same, also, about the
feet, voice, eyes, ears, nose: of these organs, those which act badly through
will and intention, are preferable to those which act badly without will or
intention. Lameness of feet is a misfortune and disgrace: feet which go lame
only by intention are much to be preferred.64

64 Plat. Hipp. Min. 374 C-D.

Again, in the instruments which we use, a rudder or a bow, — or the
animals about us, horses or dogs, — those are better with which we work
badly when we choose; those are worse, with which we work badly without
design, and contrary to our own wishes.

It is better to have the mind of a
It is better to have the mind of a bowman
bowman who misses his mark
who misses his mark by design, than that of
only by design, than that of one
one who misses when he tries to hit. The like
who misses even when he
about all other arts — the physician, the
intends to hit.
harper, the flute-player. In each of these artists,
that mind is better, which goes wrong only
wilfully — that mind is worse, which goes wrong unwillingly, while
wishing to go right. In regard to the minds of our slaves, we should all

Page 140

prefer those which go wrong only when they choose, to those which go
wrong without their own choice.65

65 Plat. Hipp. Min. 376 B-D.

Having carried his examination through this string of analogous
particulars, and having obtained from Hippias successive answers — “Yes
— true in that particular case,” Sokrates proceeds to sum up the result:—

Sokr. — Well! should we not wish to have our own minds as good as
possible? Hip. — Yes. Sokr. — We have seen that they will be better if they
do mischief and go wrong wilfully, than if they do so unwillingly? Hip. —
But it will be dreadful, Sokrates, if the willing wrong-doers are to pass for
better men than the unwilling.

Dissent and repugnance of
Sokr. — Nevertheless — it seems so: from
Hippias.
what we have said. Hip. — It does not seem so
to me. Sokr. — I thought that it would have
seemed so to you, as it does to me. However, answer me once more — Is
not justice either a certain mental capacity? or else knowledge? or both
together?66 Hip. — Yes! it is. Sokr. — If justice be a capacity of the mind,
the more capable mind will also be the juster: and we have already seen that
the more capable soul is the better. Hip. — We have. Sokr. — If it be
knowledge, the more knowing or wiser mind will of course be the juster: if
it be a combination of both capacity and knowledge, that mind which is
more capable as well as more knowing, — will be the juster that which is
less capable and less knowing, will be the more unjust. Hip. — So it
appears. Sokr. — Now we have shown that the more capable and knowing
mind is at once the better mind, and more competent to exert itself both
ways — to do what is honourable as well as what is base — in every
employment. Hip. — Yes. Sokr. — When, therefore, such a mind does what
is base, it does so wilfully, through its capacity or intelligence, which we

Page 141

have seen to be of the nature of justice? Hip. — It seems so. Sokr. — Doing
base things, is acting unjustly: doing honourable things, is acting justly.
Accordingly, when this more capable and better mind acts unjustly, it will
do so wilfully; while the less capable and worse mind will do so without
willing it? Hip. — Apparently.

66 Plat. Hipp. Min. 375 D. ἡ δικαιοσύνη οὐχι ἢ δύναμίς τίς ἐστιν, ἢ
ἐπιστήμη, ἢ ἀμφότερα;

Conclusion — That none but the
Sokr. — Now the good man is he that has
good man can do evil wilfully:
the good mind: the bad man is he that has the
the bad man does evil
bad mind. It belongs therefore to the good man
unwillingly. Hippias cannot
to do wrong wilfully, to the bad man, to do
resist the reasoning, but will not
wrong without wishing it — that is, if the good
accept the conclusion —
man be he that has the good mind? Hip. —
Sokrates confesses his
But that is unquestionable — that he has it.
perplexity.
Sokr. — Accordingly, he that goes wrong and
does base and unjust things wilfully, if there
be any such character — can be no other than the good man. Hip. — I do
not know how to concede that to you, Sokrates.67 Sokr. — Nor I, how to
concede it to myself, Hippias: yet so it must appear to us, now at least, from
the past debate. As I told you long ago, I waver hither and thither upon this
matter; my conclusions never remain the same. No wonder indeed that I and
other vulgar men waver; but if you wise men waver also, that becomes a
fearful mischief even to us, since we cannot even by coming to you escape
from our embarrassment.68

67 Plat. Hipp. Min. 375 E, 376 B.

68 Plato, Hipp. Min. 376 C.

Page 142

I will here again remind the reader, that in this, as in the other dialogues,
the real speaker is Plato throughout: and that it is he alone who prefixes the
different names to words determined by himself.

Remarks on the dialogue. If the
Now, if the dialogue just concluded had
parts had been inverted, the
come down to us with the parts inverted, and
dialogue would have been cited
with the reasoning of Sokrates assigned to
by critics as a specimen of the
Hippias, most critics would probably have
sophistry and corruption of the
produced it as a tissue of sophistry justifying
Sophists.
the harsh epithets which they bestow upon the
Athenian Sophists — as persons who
considered truth and falsehood to be on a par — subverters of morality —
and corruptors of the youth of Athens.69 But as we read it, all that, which in
the mouth of Hippias would have passed for sophistry, is here put forward
by Sokrates; while Hippias not only resists his conclusions, and adheres to
the received ethical sentiment tenaciously, even when he is unable to defend
it, but hates the propositions forced upon him, protests against the perverse
captiousness of Sokrates, and requires much pressing to induce him to
continue the debate. Upon the views adopted by the critics, Hippias ought
to receive credit for this conduct, as a friend of virtue and morality. To me,
such reluctance to debate appears a defect rather than a merit; but I cite the
dialogue as illustrating what I have already said in another place — that
Sokrates and Plato threw out more startling novelties in ethical doctrine,
than either Hippias or Protagoras, or any of the other persons denounced as
Sophists.

69 Accordingly one of the Platonic critics, Schwalbe (Œuvres de Platon, p.
116), explains Plato’s purpose in the Hippias Minor by saying, that Sokrates
here serves out to the Sophists a specimen of their own procedure, and
gives them an example of sophistical dialectic, by defending a sophistical

Page 143

thesis in a sophistical manner: That he chooses and demonstrates at length
the thesis — the liar is not different from the truth-teller — as an exposure
of the sophistical art of proving the contrary of any given proposition, and
for the purpose of deriding and unmasking the false morality of Hippias,
who in this dialogue talks reasonably enough.

Schwalbe, while he affirms that this is the purpose of Plato, admits that
the part here assigned to Sokrates is unworthy of him; and Steinhart
maintains that Plato never could have had any such purpose, “however
frequently” (Steinhart says), “sophistical artifices may occur in this
conversation of Sokrates, which artifices Sokrates no more disdained to
employ than any other philosopher or rhetorician of that day” (“so häufig
auch in seinen Erörterungen sophistische Kunstgriffe vorkommen mögen,
die Sokrates eben so wenig verschmaht hat, als irgend ein Philosoph oder
Redekünstler dieser Zeit”). Steinhart, Einleitung zum Hipp. Minor, p. 109.

I do not admit the purpose here ascribed to Plato by Schwalbe, but I refer
to the passage as illustrating what Platonic critics think of the reasoning
assigned to Sokrates in the Hippias Minor, and the hypotheses which they
introduce to colour it.

The passage cited from Steinhart also — that Sokrates no more disdained
to employ sophistical artifices than any other philosopher or rhetorician of
the age — is worthy of note, as coming from one who is so very bitter in his
invectives against the sophistry of the persons called Sophists, of which we
have no specimens left.

Polemical purpose of the
That Plato intended to represent this
dialogue — Hippias humiliated
accomplished Sophist as humiliated by
by Sokrates.
Sokrates, is evident enough: and the words put
into his mouth are suited to this purpose. The
eloquent lecturer, so soon as his admiring crowd of auditors has retired,

Page 144

proves unable to parry the questions of a single expert dialectician who
remains behind, upon a matter which appears to him almost self-evident,
and upon which every one (from Homer downward) agrees with him.
Besides this, however, Plato is not satisfied without making him say very
simple and absurd things. All this is the personal, polemical, comic scope of
the dialogue. It lends (whether well-placed or not) a certain animation and
variety, which the author naturally looked out for, in an aggregate of
dialogues all handling analogous matters about man and society.

But though the polemical purpose of the dialogue is thus plain, its
philosophical purpose perplexes the critics considerably. They do not like to
see Sokrates employing sophistry against the Sophists: that is, as they think,
casting out devils by the help of Beelzebub. And certainly, upon the theory
which they adopt, respecting the relation between Plato and Sokrates on one
side, and the Sophists on the other, I think this dialogue is very difficult to
explain. But I do not think it is difficult, upon a true theory of the Platonic
writings.

Philosophical purpose of the
In a former chapter, I tried to elucidate the
dialogue — theory of the
general character and purpose of those
Dialogues of Search generally,
Dialogues of Search, which occupy more than
and of Knowledge as understood
half the Thrasyllean Canon, and of which we
by Plato.
have already reviewed two or three specimens
— Euthyphron, Alkibiadês, &c. We have seen
that they are distinguished by the absence of any affirmative conclusion:
that they prove nothing, but only, at the most, disprove one or more
supposable solutions: that they are not processes in which one man who
knows communicates his knowledge to ignorant hearers, but in which all
are alike ignorant, and all are employed, either in groping, or guessing, or
testing the guesses of the rest. We have farther seen that the value of these
Dialogues depends upon the Platonic theory about knowledge; that Plato

Page 145

did not consider any one to know, who could not explain to others all that
he knew, reply to the cross-examination of a Sokratic Elenchus, and cross-
examine others to test their knowledge: that knowledge in this sense could
not be attained by hearing, or reading, or committing to memory a theorem,
together with the steps of reasoning which directly conducted to it: — but
that there was required, besides, an acquaintance with many counter-
theorems, each having more or less appearance of truth; as well as with
various embarrassing aspects and plausible delusions on the subject, which
an expert cross-examiner would not fail to urge. Unless you are practised in
meeting all the difficulties which he can devise, you cannot be said to know.
Moreover, it is in this last portion of the conditions of knowledge, that most
aspirants are found wanting.

The Hippias is an
Now the Greater and Lesser Hippias are
exemplification of this theory —
peculiar specimens of these Dialogues of
Sokrates sets forth a case of
Search, and each serves the purpose above
confusion, and avows his
indicated. The Greater Hippias enumerates a
inability to clear it up.
string of tentatives, each one of which ends in
Confusion shown up in the
acknowledged failure: the Lesser Hippias
Lesser Hippias — Error in the
enunciates a thesis, which Sokrates proceeds
Greater.
to demonstrate, by plausible arguments such
as Hippias is forced to admit. But though
Hippias admits each successive step, he still mistrusts the conclusion, and
suspects that he has been misled — a feeling which Plato70 describes
elsewhere as being frequent among the respondents of Sokrates. Nay,
Sokrates himself shares in the mistrust — presents himself as an unwilling
propounder of arguments which force themselves upon him,71 and
complains of his own mental embarrassment. Now you may call this
sophistry, if you please; and you may silence its propounders by calling
them hard names. But such ethical prudery — hiding all the uncomfortable
logical puzzles which start up when you begin to analyse an established

Page 146

sentiment, and treating them as non-existent because you refuse to look at
them — is not the way, to attain what Plato calls knowledge. If there be any
argument, the process of which seems indisputable, while yet its conclusion
contradicts, or seems to contradict, what is known, upon other evidence —
the full and patient analysis of that argument is indispensable, before you
can become master of the truth and able to defend it. Until you have gone
through such analysis, your mind must remain in that state of confusion
which is indicated by Sokrates at the end of the Lesser Hippias. As it is a
part of the process of Search, to travel in the path of the Greater Hippias —
that is, to go through a string of erroneous solutions, each of which can be
proved, by reasons shown, to be erroneous: so it is an equally important part
of the same process, to travel in the path of the Lesser Hippias — that is, to
acquaint ourselves with all those arguments, bearing on the case, in which
two contrary conclusions appear to be both of them plausibly demonstrated,
and in which therefore we cannot as yet determine which of them is
erroneous — or whether both are not erroneous. The Greater Hippias
exhibits errors, — the Lesser Hippias puts before us confusion. With both
these enemies the Searcher for truth must contend: and Bacon tells us, that
confusion is the worst enemy of the two — “Citius emergit veritas ex
errore, quam ex confusione”. Plato, in the Lesser Hippias, having in hand a
genuine Sokratic thesis, does not disdain to invest Sokrates with the task
(sophistical, as some call it, yet not the less useful and instructive) of setting
forth at large this case of confusion, and avowing his inability to clear it up.
It is enough for Sokrates that he brings home the painful sense of confusion
to the feelings of his hearer as well as to his own. In that painful sentiment
lies the stimulus provocative of farther intellectual effort.72 The dialogue
ends but the process of search, far from ending along with it, is
emphatically declared to be unfinished, and, to be in a condition not merely
unsatisfactory but intolerable, not to be relieved except by farther
investigation, which thus becomes a necessary sequel.

Page 147

70 Plato, Republ. vi. 487 B.

Καὶ ὁ Ἀδείμαντος, Ὦ Σώκρατες, ἔφη, πρὸς μὲν ταῦτά σοι οὐδεὶς ἂν οἷος
τ’ εἴη ἀντειπεῖν· ἀλλὰ γὰρ τοιόνδε τι πάσχουσιν οἱ ἀκούοντες ἐκάστοτε ἂ
νῦν λέγεις· ἡγοῦνται δι’ ἀπειρίαν τοῦ ἐρωτᾷν καὶ ἀποκρίνεσθαι ὑπὸ τοῦ
λόγου παρ’ ἕκαστον τὸ ἐρώτημα σμικρὸν παραγόμενοι, ἀθροισθέντων τῶν
σμικρῶν ἐπὶ τελευτῆς τῶν λόγων, μέγα τὸ σφάλμα καὶ ἐναντίον τοῖς
πρώτοις ἀναφαίνεσθαι … ἐπει τό γε ἀληθὲς οὐδέν τι μᾶλλον ταύτῃ ἔχειν.

This passage, attesting the effect of the Sokratic examination upon the
minds of auditors, ought to be laid to heart by those Platonic critics who
denounce the Sophists for generating scepticism and uncertainty.

71 Plato, Hipp. Minor, 373 B; also the last sentence of the dialogue.

72 See the passage in Republic, vii. 523-524, where the τὸ παρακλητικὸν
καὶ ἐγερτικὸν τῆς νοήσεως is declared to arise from the pain of a felt
contradiction.

There are two circumstances which lend particular interest to this
dialogue — Hippias Minor. 1. That the thesis out of which the confusion
arises, is one which we know to have been laid down by the historical
Sokrates himself. 2. That Aristotle expressly notices this thesis, as well as
the dialogue in which it is contained, and combats it.

The thesis maintained here by
Sokrates in his conversation with the
Sokrates, is also affirmed by the
youthful Euthydemus (in the Xenophontic
historical Sokrates in the
Memorabilia) maintains, that of two persons,
Xenophontic Memorabilia.
each of whom deceives his friends in a manner
to produce mischief, the one who does so
wilfully is not so unjust as the one who does so unwillingly.73 Euthydemus
(like Hippias in this dialogue) maintains the opposite, but is refuted by
Sokrates; who argues that justice is a matter to be learnt and known like

Page 148

letters; that the lettered man, who has learnt and knows letters, can write
wrongly when he chooses, but never writes wrongly unless he chooses —
while it is only the unlettered man who writes wrongly unwillingly and
without intending it: that in like manner the just man, he that has learnt and
knows justice, never commits injustice unless when he intends it — while
the unjust man, who has not learnt and does not know justice, commits
injustice whether he will or not. It is the just man therefore, and none but
the just man (Sokrates maintains), who commits injustice knowingly and
wilfully: it is the unjust man who commits injustice without wishing or
intending it.74

73 Xen. Mem. iv. 2, 19. τῶν δὲ δὴ τοὺς φίλους ἐξαπατώντων ἐπὶ βλαβῇ
(ἵνα μηδὲ τοῦτο παραλείπωμεν ἄσκεπτον) πότερος ἀδικώτερός ἐστιν, ὁ
ἑκὼν ἢ ὁ ἄκων;

The natural meaning of ἐπὶ βλαβῇ would be, “for the purpose of
mischief”; and Schneider, in his Index, gives “nocendi causâ”. But in that
meaning the question would involve an impossibility, for the words ὁ ἄκων
exclude any such purpose.

74 Xen. Mem. iv. 2, 19-22.

This is the same view which is worked out by the Platonic Sokrates in the
Hippias Minor: beginning with the antithesis between the veracious and
mendacious man (as Sokrates begins in Xenophon); and concluding with
the general result — that it belongs to the good man to do wrong wilfully, to
the bad man to do wrong unwillingly.

Aristotle combats the thesis.
Aristotle,75 in commenting upon this
Arguments against it. doctrine of the Hippias Minor, remarks justly,
that Plato understands the epithets veracious
and mendacious in a sense different from that which they usually bear. Plato
understands the words as designating one who can tell the truth if he

Page 149

chooses — one who can speak falsely if he chooses: and in this sense he
argues plausibly that the two epithets go together, and that no man can be
mendacious unless he be also veracious. Aristotle points out that the
epithets in their received meaning are applied, not to the power itself, but to
the habitual and intentional use of that power. The power itself is doubtless
presupposed or implied as one condition to the applicability of the epithets,
and is one common condition to the applicability of both epithets: but the
distinction, which they are intended to draw, regards the intentions and
dispositions with which the power is employed. So also Aristotle observes
that Plato’s conclusion — “He that does wrong wilfully is a better man than
he that does wrong unwillingly,” is falsely collected from induction or
analogy. The analogy of the special arts and accomplishments, upon which
the argument is built, is not applicable. Better has reference, not to the
amount of intelligence but to the dispositions and habitual intentions;
though it presupposes a certain state and amount of intelligence as
indispensable.

75 Aristotel. Metaphys. Δ. p. 1025, a. 8; compare Ethic. Nikomach. iv. p.
1127, b. 16.

Mistake of Sokrates and Plato in
Both Sokrates and Plato (in many of his
dwelling too exclusively on the
dialogues) commit the error of which the
intellectual conditions of human
above is one particular manifestation — that
conduct.
of dwelling exclusively on the intellectual
conditions of human conduct,76 and omitting
to give proper attention to the emotional and volitional, as essentially co-
operating or preponderating in the complex meaning of ethical attributes.
The reasoning ascribed to the Platonic Sokrates in the Hippias Minor
exemplifies this one-sided view. What he says is true, but it is only a part of
the truth. When he speaks of a person “who does wrong unwillingly,” he
seems to have in view one who does wrong without knowing that he does

Page 150

so: one whose intelligence is so defective that he does not know when he
speaks truth and when he speaks falsehood. Now a person thus unhappily
circumstanced must be regarded as half-witted or imbecile, coming under
the head which the Xenophontic Sokrates called madness:77 unfit to
perform any part in society, and requiring to be placed under tutelage.
Compared with such a person, the opinion of the Platonic Sokrates may be
defended — that the mendacious person, who can tell truth when he
chooses, is the better of the two in the sense of less mischievous or
dangerous. But he is the object of a very different sentiment; moreover, this
is not the comparison present to our minds when we call one man
veracious, another man mendacious. We always assume, in every one, a
measure of intelligence equal or superior to the admissible minimum; under
such assumption, we compare two persons, one of whom speaks to the best
of his knowledge and belief, the other, contrary to his knowledge and belief.
We approve the former and disapprove the latter, according to the different
intention and purpose of each (as Aristotle observes); that is, looking at
them under the point of view of emotion and volition — which is logically
distinguishable from the intelligence, though always acting in conjunction
with it.

76 Aristotle has very just observations on these views of Sokrates, and on
the incompleteness of his views when he resolved all virtue into knowledge,
all vice into ignorance. See, among other passages, Aristot. Ethica Magna, i.
1182, a. 16; 1183, b. 9; 1190, b. 28; Ethic. Eudem. i. 1216, b, 4. The
remarks of Aristotle upon Sokrates and Plato evince a real progress in
ethical theory.

77 Xen. Mem. iii. 9, 7. τοὺς διημαρτηκότας, ὧν οἱ πολλοὶ γιγνώσκουσι,
μαινομένους καλεῖν, &c.

Again, the analogy of the special arts, upon which the Platonic Sokrates
dwells in the Hippias Minor, fails in sustaining his inference. By a good

Page 151

They rely too much on the
runner, wrestler, harper, singer, speaker, &c.,
analogy of the special arts —
we undoubtedly mean one who can, if he
They take no note of the tacit
pleases, perform some one of these operations
assumptions underlying the
well; although he can also, if he pleases,
epithets of praise and blame.
perform them badly. But the epithets good or
bad, in this case, consider exclusively that
element which was left out, and leave out that element which was
exclusively considered, in the former case. The good singer is declared to
stand distinguished from the bad singer, or from the ἰδιώτης, who, if he
sings at all, will certainly sing badly, by an attribute belonging to his
intelligence and vocal organs. To sing well is a special accomplishment,
which is possessed only by a few, and which no man is blamed for not
possessing. The distinction between such special accomplishments, and
justice or rectitude of behaviour, is well brought out in the speech which
Plato puts into the mouth of the Sophist Protagoras.78 “The special artists
(he says) are few in number: one of them is sufficient for many private
citizens. But every citizen, without exception, must possess justice and a
sense of shame: if he does not, he must be put away as a nuisance —
otherwise, society could not be maintained.” The special artist is a citizen
also; and as such, must be subject to the obligations binding on all citizens
universally. In predicating of him that he is good or bad as a citizen, we
merely assume him to possess the average intelligence, of the community;
and the epithet declares whether his emotional and volitional attributes
exceed, or fall short of, the minimum required in the application of that
intelligence to his social obligations. It is thus that the words good or bad
when applied to him as a citizen, have a totally different bearing from that
which the same words have when applied to him in his character of special
artist.

78 Plato, Protagoras, 322.

Page 152

Value of a Dialogue of Search,
The value of these debates in the Platonic
that it shall be suggestive, and
dialogues consists in their raising questions
that it shall bring before us
like the preceding, for the reflection of the
different aspects of the question
reader — whether the Platonic Sokrates may
under review.
or may not be represented as taking what we
think the right view of the question. For a
Dialogue of Search, the great merit is, that it should be suggestive; that it
should bring before our attention the conditions requisite for a right and
proper use of these common ethical epithets, and the state of circumstances
which is tacitly implied whenever any one uses them. No man ever learns to
reflect upon the meaning of such familiar epithets, which he has been using
all his life — unless the process be forced upon his attention by some
special conversation which brings home to him an uncomfortable sentiment
of perplexity and contradiction. If a man intends to acquire any grasp of
ethical or political theory, he must render himself master, not only of the
sound arguments and the guiding analogies but also of the unsound
arguments and the misleading analogies, which bear upon each portion of it.

Antithesis between Rhetoric and
There is one other point of similitude
Dialectic.
deserving notice, between the Greater and
Lesser Hippias. In both of them, Hippias
makes special complaint of Sokrates, for breaking the question in pieces
and picking out the minute puzzling fragments — instead of keeping it
together as a whole, and applying to it the predicates which it merits when
so considered.79 Here is the standing antithesis between Rhetoric and
Dialectic: between those unconsciously acquired mental combinations
which are poured out in eloquent, impressive, unconditional, and
undistinguishing generalities — and the logical analysis which resolves the
generality into its specialities, bringing to view inconsistencies,
contradictions, limits, qualifications, &c. I have already touched upon this
at the close of the Greater Hippias.

Page 153

79 Plato, Hipp. Min. 369 B-C. Ὦ Σώκρατες, ἀεὶ σύ τινας τοιούτους
πλέκεις λόγους, καὶ ἀπολαμβάνων ὅ ἂν ᾖ δυσχερέστατον τοῦ λόγου, τούτου
ἔχει κατὰ σμικρὸν ἐφαπτόμενος, καὶ οὐχ ὅλω ἀγωνίζει τῷ πράγματι, περὶ
ὅτου ἂν ὁ λόγος ᾖ, &c.

A remark of Aristotle (Topica, viii. 164, b. 2) illustrates this dissecting
function of the Dialectician.

ἔστι γάρ, ὡς ἁπλῶς εἰπεῖν, διαλεκτικὸς ὁ προτατικὸς καὶ ἐνστατικός· ἔστι
δὲ τὸ μὲν προτείνεσθαι, ἓν ποιεῖν τὰ πλείω (δεῖ γὰρ ἓν ὅλῳ ληφθῆναι πρὸς ὃ
ὁ λόγος), τὸ δ’ ἐνίστασθαι, τὸ ἑν πολλά· ἢ γὰρ διαιρεῖ, ἢ ἀναιρεῖ, τὸ μὲν
διδούς, τὸ δὲ οὔ, τῶν προτεινομένων.

Page 154

CHAPTER XIV.

Page 155

HIPPARCHUS — MINOS.
In these two dialogues, Plato sets before us two farther specimens of that
error and confusion which beset the enquirer during his search after
“reasoned truth”. Sokrates forces upon the attention of a companion two of
the most familiar words of the market-place, to see whether a clear
explanation of their meaning can be obtained.

Hipparchus — Question —
In the dialogue called Hipparchus, the
What is the definition of Lover
debate turns on the definition of τὸ φιλοκερδὲς
of Gain? He is one who thinks it
or ὁ φιλοκερδής — the love of gain or the
right to gain from things worth
lover of gain. Sokrates asks his Companion to
nothing. Sokrates cross-
define the word. The Companion replies — He
examines upon this explanation.
is one who thinks it right to gain from things
No man expects to gain from
worth nothing.1 Does he do this (asks
things which he knows to be Sokrates) knowing that the things are worth
worth nothing: in this sense, no nothing? or not knowing? If the latter, he is
man is a lover of gain. simply ignorant. He knows it perfectly well (is
the reply). He is cunning and wicked; and it is
because he cannot resist the temptation of gain, that he has the impudence
to make profit by such things, though well aware that they are worth
nothing. Sokr. — Suppose a husbandman, knowing that the plant which he
is tending is worthless — and yet thinking that he ought to gain by it: does
not that correspond to your description of the lover of gain? Comp. — The
lover of gain, Sokrates, thinks that he ought to gain from every thing. Sokr.
— Do not answer in that reckless manner,2 as if you had been wronged by
any one; but answer with attention. You agree that the lover of gain knows
the value of that from which he intends to derive profit; and that the
husbandman is the person cognizant of the value of plants. Comp. — Yes: I

Page 156

agree. Sokr. — Do not therefore attempt, you are so young, to deceive an
old man like me, by giving answers not in conformity with your own
admissions; but tell me plainly, Do you believe that the experienced
husbandman, when he knows that he is planting a tree worth nothing, thinks
that he shall gain by it? Comp. — No, certainly: I do not believe it.

1 Plato, Hipparch. 225 A. οἳ ἂν κερδαίνειν ἀξιῶσιν ἀπὸ τῶν μηδενὸς
ἀξίων.

2 Plato, Hipparch. 225 C.

Sokrates then proceeds to multiply illustrations to the same general point.
The good horseman does not expect to gain by worthless food given to his
horse: the good pilot, by worthless tackle put into his ship: the good
commander, by worthless arms delivered to his soldiers: the good fifer,
harper, bowman, by employing worthless instruments of their respective
arts, if they know them to be worthless.

Gain is good. Every man loves
None of these persons (concludes Sokrates)
good: therefore all men are
correspond to your description of the lover of
lovers of gain.
gain. Where then can you find a lover of gain?
On your explanation, no man is so.3 Comp. —
I mean, Sokrates, that the lovers of gain are those, who, through greediness,
long eagerly for things altogether petty and worthless; and thus display a
love of gain.4 Sokr. — Not surely knowing them to be worthless — for this
we have shown to be impossible — but ignorant that they are worthless,
and believing them to be valuable. Comp. — It appears so. Sokr. — Now
gain is the opposite of loss: and loss is evil and hurt to every one: therefore
gain (as the opposite of loss) is good. Comp. — Yes. Sokr. — It appears
then that the lovers of good are those whom you call lovers of gain? Comp.
— Yes: it appears so. Sokr. — Do not you yourself love good — all good
things? Comp. — Certainly. Sokr. — And I too, and every one else. All men

Page 157

love good things, and hate evil. Now we agreed that gain was a good: so
that by this reasoning, it appears that all men are lovers of gain while by the
former reasoning, we made out that none were so.5 Which of the two shall
we adopt, to avoid error. Comp. — We shall commit no error, Sokrates, if
we rightly conceive the lover of gain. He is one who busies himself upon,
and seeks to gain from, things from which good men do not venture to gain.

3 Plat. Hipparch. 226 D.

4 Plat. Hipparch. 226 D. Ἀλλ’ ἐγὼ, ὦ Σώκρατες, βούλομαι λέγειν τούτους
φιλοκερδεῖς εἶναι, οἳ ἑκάστοτε ὑπὸ ἀπληστίας καὶ πανὺ σμικρὰ καὶ ὀλίγου
ἄξια καὶ οὐδενὸς γλίχονται ὑπερφυῶς καὶ φιλοκερδοῦσιν.

5 Plat. Hipparch. 227 C.

Apparent contradiction.
Sokr. — But, my friend, we agreed just now,
Sokrates accuses the companion
that gain was a good, and that all men always
of trying to deceive him.
love good. It follows therefore, that good men
Accusation is retorted upon
as well as others love all gains, if gains are
Sokrates.
good things. Comp. — Not, certainly, those
gains by which they will afterwards be hurt.
Sokr. — Be hurt: you mean, by which they will become losers. Comp. — I
mean that and nothing else. Sokr. — Do they become losers by gain, or by
loss? Comp. — By both: by loss, and by evil gain. Sokr. — Does it appear
to you that any useful and good thing is evil? Comp. — No. Sokr. — Well!
we agreed just now that gain was the opposite of loss, which was evil; and
that, being the opposite of evil, gain was good. Comp. — That was what we
agreed. Sokr. — You see how it is: you are trying to deceive me: you
purposely contradict what we just now agreed upon. Comp. — Not at all, by
Zeus: on the contrary, it is you, Sokrates, who deceive me, wriggling up and
down in your talk, I cannot tell how.6 Sokr. — Be careful what you say: I
should be very culpable, if I disobeyed a good and wise monitor. Comp. —

Page 158

Whom do you mean: and what do you mean? Sokr. — Hipparchus, son of
Peisistratus.

Page 159

6 Plat. Hipparch. 228 A. Sokr. — Ὁρᾷς οὖν; ἐπιχειρεῖς με ἐξαπατᾷν,
ἐπίτηδες ἐναντία λέγων οἷς ἄρτι ὡμολογήσαμεν. Comp. Οὐ μὰ Δί’, ὦ
Σώκρατες· ἀλλὰ τοὐναντίον σὺ ἐμὲ ἐξαπατᾷς, καὶ οὐκ οἶδα ὁπῇ ἐν τοῖς
λόγοις ἄνω καὶ κάτω στρέφεις.

Precept inscribed formerly by
Sokrates then describes at some length the
Hipparchus the Peisistratid —
excellent character of Hipparchus: his
”Never deceive a friend”.
beneficent rule, his wisdom, his anxiety for the
Eulogy of Hipparchus by
moral improvement of the Athenians: the
Sokrates.
causes, different from what was commonly
believed, which led to his death; and the
wholesome precepts which he during his life had caused to be inscribed on
various busts of Hermes throughout Attica. One of these busts or Hermæ
bore the words — Do not deceive a friend.7

7 Plat. Hipparch. 228 B-229 D.

The picture here given of Hipparchus deserves notice. We are informed
that he was older than his brother Hippias, which was the general belief at
Athens, as Thucydides (i. 20, vi. 58) affirms, though himself contradicting
it, and affirming that Hippias was the elder brother. Plato however agrees
with Thucydides in this point, that the three years after the assassination of
Hipparchus, during which Hippias ruled alone, were years of oppression
and tyranny; and that the hateful recollection of the Peisistratidæ, which
always survived in the minds of the Athenians, was derived from these three
last years.

The picture which Plato here gives of Hipparchus is such as we might
expect from a philosopher. He dwells upon the pains which Hipparchus
took to have the recitation of the Homeric poems made frequent and

Page 160

complete: also upon his intimacy with the poets Anakreon and Simonides.
The colouring which Plato gives to the intimacy between Aristogeiton and
Harmodius is also peculiar. The ἐραστὴς is represented by Plato as eager for
the education and improvement of the ἐρώμενος; and the jealousy felt
towards Hipparchus is described as arising from the distinguished
knowledge and abilities of Hipparchus, which rendered him so much
superior and more effective as an educator.

The Companion resumes: Apparently, Sokrates, either you do not account
me your friend, or you do not obey Hipparchus: for you are certainly
deceiving me in some unaccountable way in your talk. You cannot persuade
me to the contrary.

Sokrates allows the companion
Sokr. — Well then! in order that you may
to retract some of his answers.
not think yourself deceived, you may take
The companion affirms that
back any move that you choose, as if we were
some gain is good, other gain is
playing at draughts. Which of your admissions
evil.
do you wish to retract — That all men desire
good things? That loss (to be a loser) is evil?
That gain is the opposite of loss: that to gain is the opposite of to lose? That
to gain, as being the opposite of evil is a good thing? Comp. — No. I do not
retract any one of these. Sokr. — You think then, it appears, that some gain
is good, other gain evil? Comp. — Yes, that is what I do think.8 Sokr. —
Well, I give you back that move: let it stand as you say. Some gain is good:
other gain is bad. But surely the good gain is no more gain, than the bad
gain: both are gain, alike and equally. Comp. — How do you mean?

8 Plat. Hipparch. 229 E, 230 A.

Questions by Sokrates — bad
Sokrates then illustrates his question by two
gain is gain, as much as good
or three analogies. Bad food is just as much
gain. What is the common
food, as good food: bad drink, as much drink

Page 161

property, in virtue of which both as good drink: a good man is no more man
are called Gain? Every than a bad man.9
acquisition, made with no
Sokr. — In like manner, bad gain, and good
outlay, or with a smaller outlay,
is gain. Objections — the
gain, are (both of them) gain alike — neither
acquisition may be evil —
of them more or less than the other. Such
embarrassment confessed.
being the case, what is that common quality
possessed by both, which induces you to call
them by the same name Gain?10 Would you call Gain any acquisition which
one makes either with a smaller outlay or with no outlay at all?11 Comp. —
Yes. I should call that gain. Sokr. — For example, if after being at a
banquet, not only without any outlay, but receiving an excellent dinner, you
acquire an illness? Comp. — Not at all: that is no gain. Sokr. — But if from
the banquet you acquire health, would that be gain or loss? Comp. — It
would be gain. Sokr. — Not every acquisition therefore is gain, but only
such acquisitions as are good and not evil: if the acquisition be evil, it is
loss. Comp. — Exactly so. Sokr. — Well, now, you see, you are come round
again to the very same point: Gain is good. Loss is evil. Comp. — I am
puzzled what to say.12 Sokr. — You have good reason to be puzzled.

9 Plat. Hipparch. 230 C.

10 Plat. Hipparch. 230 E. διὰ τί ποτε ἀμφότερα αὐτὰ κέρδος καλεῖς; τί
ταὐτὸν ἐν ἀμφοτέροις ὁρῶν;

11 Plat. Hipparch. 231 A.

12 Plat. Hipparch. 231 C. Sokr. Ὁρᾷς οὖν, ὡς πάλιν αὖ περιτρέχεις εἰς τὸ
αὐτὸ — τὸ μὲν κέρδος ἀγαθὸν φαίνεται, ἡ δὲ ζημία κακόν; Comp. Ἀπορῶ
ἔγωγε ὃ, τι εἴπω. Sokr. Οὐκ ἀδίκως γε σὺ ἀπορῶν.

But tell me: you say that if a man lays out little and acquires much, that is
gain? Comp. — Yes: but not if it be evil: it is gain, if it be good, like gold or

Page 162

It is essential to gain, that the
silver. Sokr. — I will ask you about gold and
acquisition made shall be
silver. Suppose a man by laying out one pound
greater not merely in quantity,
of gold acquires two pounds of silver, is it gain
but also in value, than the
or loss? Comp. — It is loss, decidedly,
outlay. The valuable is the
Sokrates: gold is twelve times the value of
profitable — the profitable is the
silver. Sokr. — Nevertheless he has acquired
good. Conclusion comes back.
more: double is more than half. Comp. — Not
That Gain is Good.
in value: double silver is not more than half
gold. Sokr. — It appears then that we must
include value as essential to gain, not merely quantity. The valuable is gain:
the valueless is no gain. The valuable is that which is valuable to possess: is
that the profitable, or the unprofitable? Comp. — It is the profitable. Sokr.
— But the profitable is good? Comp. — Yes: it is. Sokr. — Why then, here,
the same conclusion comes back to us as agreed, for the third or fourth
time. The gainful is good. Comp. — It appears so.13

13 Plato, Hipparch. 231 D-E, 232 A.

Recapitulation. The debate has
Sokr. — Let me remind you of what has
shown that all gain is good, and
passed. You contended that good men did not
that there is no evil gain — all
wish to acquire all sorts of gain, but only such
men are lovers of gain — no
as were good, and not such as were evil. But
man ought to be reproached for
now, the debate has compelled us to
being so. The companion is
acknowledge that all gains are good, whether
compelled to admit this, though
small or great. Comp. — As for me, Sokrates,
he declares that he is not
the debate has compelled me rather than
persuaded.
persuaded me.14 Sokr. — Presently, perhaps, it
may even persuade you. But now, whether you
have been persuaded or not, you at least concur with me in affirming that all
gains, whether small or great, are good. That all good men wish for all good
things. Comp. — I do concur. Sokr. — But you yourself stated that evil men

Page 163

love all gains, small and great? Comp. — I said so. Sokr. — According to
your doctrine then, all men are lovers of gain, the good men as well as the
evil? Comp. — Apparently so. Sokr. — It is therefore wrong to reproach
any man as a lover of gain: for the person who reproaches is himself a lover
of gain, just as much.

14 Plat. Hipparch. 232 A-B. Sokr. Οὐκοῦν νῦν πάντα τὰ κέρδη ὁ λόγος
ἡμᾶς ἠνάγκακε καὶ σμικρὰ καὶ μεγάλα ὁμολογεῖν ἀγαθὰ εἶναι; Comp.
Ἠνάγκακε γάρ, ὦ Σώκρατες, μᾶλλον ἐμέ γε ἢ πέπεικεν. Sokr. Ἀλλ’ ἴσως
μετὰ τοῦτο καὶ πείσειεν ἂν.

Minos. Question put by Sokrates
The Minos, like the Hipparchus, is a
to the companion. What is Law,
dialogue carried on between Sokrates and a
or The Law? All law is the same,
companion not named. It relates to Law, or
quatenus law: what is the
The Law —
common constituent attribute? Sokr. — What is Law (asks Sokrates)?
Comp. — Respecting what sort of Law do you
enquire (replies the Companion)? Sokr. — What! is there any difference
between one law and another law, as to that identical circumstance, of being
Law? Gold does not differ from gold, so far as the being gold is concerned
— nor stone from stone, so far as being stone is concerned. In like manner,
one law does not differ from another, all are the same, in so far as each is
Law alike:— not, one of them more, and another less. It is about this as a
whole that I ask you — What is Law?

Answer — Law is, 1. The
Comp. — What should Law be, Sokrates,
consecrated and binding
other than the various assemblage of
customs. 2. The decree of the
consecrated and binding customs and beliefs?
15 Sokr. — Do you think, then, that discourse
city. 3. Social or civic opinion.
is, the things spoken: that sight is, the things
seen? that hearing is, the things heard? Or are they not distinct, in each of

Page 164

the three cases — and is not Law also one thing, the various customs and
beliefs another? Comp. — Yes! I now think that they are distinct.16 Sokr. —
Law is that whereby these binding customs become binding. What is it?
Comp. — Law can be nothing else than the public resolutions and decrees
promulgated among us. Law is the decree of the city.17 Sokr. — You mean,
that Law is social opinion. Comp. — Yes I do.

15 Plato, Minos, 313 B. Τί οὖν ἄλλο νόμος εἴη ἂν ἀλλ’ ἢ τὰ νομιζόμενα;

16 Plato, Minos, 313 B-C.

I pass over here an analogy started by Sokrates in his next question; as
ὄψις to τὰ ὁρώμενα, so νόμος to τὰ νομιζόμενα, &c.

17 Plato, Minos, 814 A. ἐπειδὴ νόμῳ τὰ νομιζόμενα νομίζεται, τίνι ὄντι τῷ
νόμῳ νομίζεται;

Cross-examination by Sokrates
Sokr. — Perhaps you are right: but let us
— just and lawfully-behaving
examine. You call some persons wise:— they
men are so through law; unjust
are wise through wisdom. You call some just:
and lawless men are so through
— they are just through justice. In like
the absence of law. Law is highly
manner, the lawfully-behaving men are so
honourable and useful:
through law: the lawless men are so through
lawlessness is ruinous.
lawlessness. Now the lawfully-behaving men
Accordingly, bad decrees of the
are just: the lawless men are unjust. Comp. —
city — or bad social opinion —
It is so. Sokr. — Justice and Law, are highly
cannot be law.
honourable: injustice and lawlessness, highly
dishonourable: the former preserves cities, the
latter ruins them. Comp. — Yes — it does. Sokr. — Well, then! we must
consider law as something honourable; and seek after it, under the
assumption that it is a good thing. You defined law to be the decree of the
city: Are not some decrees good, others evil? Comp. — Unquestionably.
Sokr. — But we have already said that law is not evil. Comp. — I admit it.

Page 165

Sokr. — It is incorrect therefore to answer, as you did broadly, that law is
the decree of the city. An evil decree cannot be law. Comp. — I see that it is
incorrect.18

18 Plato, Minos, 314 B-C-D.

Suggestion by Sokrates — Law
Sokr. — Still — I think, myself, that law is
is the good opinion of the city —
opinion of some sort; and since it is not evil
but good opinion is true opinion,
opinion, it must be good opinion. Now good
or the finding out of reality. Law
opinion is true opinion: and true opinion is, the
therefore wishes (tends) to be
finding out of reality. Comp. — I admit it.
the finding out of reality, though
Sokr. — Law therefore wishes or tends to be,
it does not always succeed in
the finding out of reality.19 Comp. — But,
doing so. Sokrates, if law is the finding out of reality —
if we have therein already found out realities
— how comes it that all communities of men do not use the same laws
respecting the same matters? Sokr. — The law does not the less wish or tend
to find out realities; but it is unable to do so. That is, if the fact be true as
you state — that we change our laws, and do not all of us use the same.
Comp. — Surely, the fact as a fact is obvious enough.20

19 Plato, Minos, 315 A. Οὐκοῦν ἡ ἀληθὴς δόξα τοῦ ὄντος ἐστιν ἐξεύρεσις;
… ὁ νόμος ἄρα βούλεται τοῦ ὄντος εἶναι ἐξεύρεσις;

20 Plato, Minos, 315 A-B.

(The Companion here enumerates some remarkable local rites, venerable
in one place, abhorrent in another, such as the human sacrifices at Carthage,

Page 166

Objection taken by the
&c., thus lengthening his answer much beyond
Companion — That there is
what it had been before. Sokrates then
great discordance of laws in
continues):
different places — he specifies Sokr. — Perhaps you are right, and these
several cases of such matters have escaped me. But if you and I go
discordance at some length. on making long speeches each for ourselves,
Sokrates reproves his prolixity, we shall never come to an agreement. If we
and requests him to confine are to carry on our research together, we must
himself to question or answer. do so by question and answer. Question me, if
you prefer:— if not, answer me. Comp. — I
am quite ready, Sokrates, to answer whatever you ask.

Farther questions by Sokrates
Sokr. — Well, then! do you think that just
— Things heavy and light, just
things are just and unjust things are unjust?
and unjust, honourable and
Comp. — I think they are. Sokr. — Do not all
dishonourable, &c., are so, and
men in all communities, among the Persians as
are accounted so everywhere.
well as here, now as well as formerly, think so
Real things are always
too? Comp. — Unquestionably they do. Sokr.
accounted real. Whoever fails in
— Are not things which weigh more,
attaining the real, fails in
accounted heavier; and things which weigh
attaining the lawful.
less, accounted lighter, here, at Carthage, and
everywhere else?21 Comp. — Certainly. Sokr.
— It seems, then, that honourable things are accounted honourable
everywhere, and dishonourable things dishonourable? not the reverse.
Comp. — Yes, it is so. Sokr. — Then, speaking universally, existent things
or realities (not non-existents) are accounted existent and real, among us as
well as among all other men? Comp. — I think they are. Sokr. — Whoever
therefore fails in attaining the real fails in attaining the lawful.22 Comp. —
As you now put it, Sokrates, it would seem that the same things are
accounted lawful both by us at all times, and by all the rest of mankind

Page 167

besides. But when I reflect that we are perpetually changing our laws, I
cannot persuade myself of what you affirm.

21 Plato, Minos, 316 A. Πότερον δὲ τὰ πλεῖον ἔλκοντα βαρύτερα
νομίζεται ἐνθάδε, τὰ δὲ ἔλαττον, κουφότερα, ἢ τοὐναντίον;

The verb νομίζεται deserves attention here, being the same word as has
been employed in regard to law, and derived from νόμος.

22 Plato, Minos, 316 B. οὐκοῦν, ὡς κατὰ πάντων εἰπεῖν, τὰ ὄντα νομίζεται
εἶναι, οὐ τὰ μὴ ὄντα, καὶ παρ’ ἡμῖν καὶ παρὰ τοῖς ἄλλοις ἅπασιν. Comp.
Ἔμοιγε δοκεῖ. Sokr. Ὃς ἂν ἄρα τοῦ ὄντος ἁμαρτάνῃ, τοῦ νομίμου
ἁμαρτάνει.

There are laws of health and of
Sokr. — Perhaps you do not reflect that
cure, composed by the few
pieces on the draught-board, when their
physicians wise upon those
position is changed, still remain the same. You
subjects, and unanimously
know medical treatises: you know that
declared by them. So also there
physicians are the really knowing about
are laws of farming, gardening,
matters of health: and that they agree with
cookery, declared by the few
each other in writing about them. Comp. —
wise in those respective pursuits.
Yes — I know that. Sokr. — The case is the
In like manner, the laws of a city
same whether they be Greeks or not Greeks:
are the judgments declared by
Those who know, must of necessity hold the
the few wise men who know how
same opinion with each other, on matters
to rule.
which they know: always and everywhere.
Comp. — Yes — always and everywhere.
Sokr. — Physicians write respecting matters of health what they account to
be true, and these writings of theirs are the medical laws? Comp. —
Certainly they are. Sokr. — The like is true respecting the laws of farming
— the laws of gardening — the laws of cookery. All these are the writings

Page 168

of persons, knowing in each of the respective pursuits? Comp. — Yes.23
Sokr. — In like manner, what are the laws respecting the government of a
city? Are they not the writings of those who know how to govern — kings,
statesmen, and men of superior excellence? Comp. — Truly so. Sokr. —
Knowing men like these will not write differently from each other about the
same things, nor change what they have once written. If, then, we see some
doing this, are we to declare them knowing or ignorant? Comp. — Ignorant
— undoubtedly.

23 Plato, Minos, 316 D-E.

That which is right is the regal
Sokr. — Whatever is right, therefore, we
law, the only true and real law
may pronounce to be lawful; in medicine,
— that which is not right, is not
gardening, or cookery: whatever is not right,
law, but only seems to be law in
not to be lawful but lawless. And the like in
the eyes of the ignorant.
treatises respecting just and unjust, prescribing
how the city is to be administered: That which
is right, is the regal law — that which is not right, is not so, but only seems
to be law in the eyes of the ignorant — being in truth lawless. Comp. —
Yes. Sokr. — We were correct therefore in declaring Law to be the finding
out of reality. Comp. — It appears so.24 Sokr. — It is the skilful
husbandman who gives right laws on the sowing of land: the skilful
musician on the touching of instruments: the skilful trainer, respecting
exercise of the body: the skilful king or governor, respecting the minds of
the citizens. Comp. — Yes — it is.25

24 Plato, Minos, 317 C. τὸ μὲν ὀρθὸν νόμος ἐστὶ βασιλικός· τὸ δὲ μὴ
ὀρθόν οὔ, ὃ δοκεῖ νόμος εἶναι τοῖς εἰδόσιν· ἔστι γὰρ ἄνομον.

25 Plato, Minos, 318 A.

Page 169

Minos, King of Krete — his laws
Sokr. — Can you tell me which of the
were divine and excellent, and
ancient kings has the glory of having been a
have remained unchanged from
good lawgiver, so that his laws still remain in
time immemorial.
force as divine institutions? Comp. — I cannot
tell. Sokr. — But can you not say which
among the Greeks have the most ancient laws? Comp. — Perhaps you mean
the Lacedæmonians and Lykurgus? Sokr. — Why, the Lacedæmonian laws
are hardly more than three hundred years old: besides, whence is it that the
best of them come? Comp. — From Krete, they say. Sokr. — Then it is the
Kretans who have the most ancient laws in Greece? Comp. — Yes. Sokr. —
Do you know those good kings of Krete, from whom these laws are derived
— Minos and Rhadamanthus, sons of Zeus and Europa? Comp. —
Rhadamanthus certainly is said to have been a just man, Sokrates; but
Minos quite the reverse — savage, ill-tempered, unjust. Sokr. — What you
affirm, my friend, is a fiction of the Attic tragedians. It is not stated either
by Homer or Hesiod, who are far more worthy of credit than all the
tragedians put together. Comp. — What is it that Homer and Hesiod say
about Minos?26

26 Plato, Minos, 318 E.

Question about the character of
Sokrates replies by citing, and commenting
Minos — Homer and Hesiod
upon, the statements of Homer and Hesiod
declare him to have been
respecting Minos, as the cherished son,
admirable, the Attic tragedians
companion, and pupil, of Zeus; who bestowed
defame him as a tyrant, because
upon him an admirable training, teaching him
he was an enemy of Athens.
wisdom and justice, and thus rendering him
consummate as a lawgiver and ruler of men. It
was through these laws, divine as emanating from the teaching of Zeus, that
Krete (and Sparta as the imitator of Krete) had been for so long a period
happy and virtuous. As ruler of Krete, Minos had made war upon Athens,

Page 170

and compelled the Athenians to pay tribute. Hence he had become odious to
the Athenians, and especially odious to the tragic poets who were the great
teachers and charmers of the crowd. These poets, whom every one ought to
be cautious of offending, had calumniated Minos as the old enemy of
Athens.27

27 Plato, Minos, 319-320.

That Minos was really
But that these tales are mere calumny
admirable — and that he has
(continues Sokrates), and that Minos was truly
found out truth and reality
a good lawgiver, and a good shepherd (νομεὺς
respecting the administration of
ἀγαθός) of his people — we have proof
the city — we may be sure from
through the fact, that his laws still remain
the fact that his laws have
unchanged: which shows that he has really
remained so long unaltered.
found out truth and reality respecting the
administration of a city.28 Comp. — Your view
seems plausible, Sokrates. Sokr. — If I am right, then, you think that the
Kretans have more ancient laws than any other Greeks? and that Minos and
Rhadamanthus are the best of all ancient lawgivers, rulers, and shepherds of
mankind? Comp. — I think they are.

28 Plato, Minos, 321 B. τοῦτο μέγιστον σημεῖον, ὅτι ἀκίνητοι αὐτοῦ οἱ
νόμοι εἰσίν, ἄτε τοῦ ὄντος περὶ πόλεως οἰκήσεως ἐξευρόντος εὖ τὴν
ἀλήθειαν.

The question is made more
Sokr. — Now take the case of the good
determinate — What is it that
lawgiver and good shepherd for the body — If
the good lawgiver prescribes
we were asked, what it is that he prescribes for
and measures out for the health
the body, so as to render it better? we should

Page 171

of the mind, as the physician answer, at once, briefly, and well, by saying —
measures out food and exercise food and labour: the former to sustain the
for the body? Sokrates cannot body, the latter to exercise and consolidate it.
tell. Close. Comp. — Quite correct. Sokr. — And if after
that we were asked, What are those things
which the good lawgiver prescribes for the mind to make it better, what
should we say, so as to avoid discrediting ourselves? Comp. — I really
cannot tell. Sokr. — But surely it is discreditable enough both for your mind
and mine — to confess, that we do not know upon what it is that good and
evil for our minds depends, while we can define upon what it is that the
good or evil of our bodies depends?29

29 Plato, Minos, 321 C-B.

The Hipparchus and Minos are
I have put together the two dialogues
analogous to each other, and
Hipparchus and Minos, partly because of the
both of them inferior works of
analogy which really exists between them,
Plato, perhaps unfinished.
partly because that analogy is much insisted
on by Boeckh, Schleiermacher, Stallbaum, and
other recent critics; who not only strike them both out of the list of Platonic
works, but speak of them with contempt as compositions. On the first point,
I dissent from them altogether: on the second, I agree with them thus far —
that I consider the two dialogues inferior works of Plato:— much inferior to
his greatest and best compositions, — certainly displaying both less genius
and less careful elaboration — probably among his early performances —
perhaps even unfinished projects, destined for a farther elaboration, which

Page 172

they never received, and not published until after his decease. Yet in
Hipparchus as well as in Minos, the subjects debated are important as
regards ethical theory. Several questions are raised and partially canvassed:
no conclusion is finally attained. These characteristics they have in common
with several of the best Platonic dialogues.

Hipparchus — Double meaning
In Hipparchus, the question put by Sokrates
of φιλοκερδὴς and κέρδος.
is, about the definition of ὁ φιλοκερδὴς (the
lover of gain), and of κέρδος itself — gain.
The first of these two words (like many in Greek as well as in English) is
used in two senses. In its plain, etymological sense, it means an attribute
belonging to all men: all men love gain, hate loss. But since this is
predicable of all, there is seldom any necessity for predicating it of any one
man or knot of men in particular. Accordingly, when you employ the epithet
as a predicate of A or B, what you generally mean is, to assert something
more than its strict etymological meaning: to declare that he has the
attribute in unusual measure; or that he has shown himself, on various
occasions, wanting in other attributes, which on those occasions ought, in
your judgment, to have countervailed it. The epithet thus comes to connote
a sentiment of blame or reproach, in the mind of the speaker.30

30 Aristotle adverts to this class of ethical epithets, connoting both an
attribute in the person designated and an unfavourable sentiment in the
speaker (Ethic. Nikom. ii. 6, p. 1107, a. 9). Οὐ πᾶσα δ’ ἐπιδέχεται πρᾶξις,
οὐδὲ πᾶν πάθος, τὴν μεσότητα· ἔνια γὰρ εὐθὺς ὠνόμασται συνειλημμένα
μετὰ τῆς φαυλότητος, οἶον, &c.

State or mind of the agent, as to
The Companion or Collocutor, being called
knowledge, frequent inquiry in
upon by Sokrates to explain τὸ φιλοκερδὲς,
Plato. No tenable definition
defines it in this last sense, as conveying or
found.
connoting a reproach. He gives three different
explanations of it (always in this sense), each

Page 173

of which Sokrates shows to be untenable. A variety of parallel cases are
compared, and the question is put (so constantly recurring in Plato’s
writings), what is the state of the agent’s mind as to knowledge? The cross-
examination makes out, that if the agent be supposed to know, — then there
is no man corresponding to the definition of a φιλοκερδής: if the agent be
supposed not to know — then, on the contrary, every man will come under
the definition. The Companion is persuaded that there is such a thing as
“love of gain” in the blamable sense. Yet he cannot find any tenable
definition, to discriminate it from “love of gain” in the ordinary or innocent
sense.

Admitting that there is bad gain,
The same question comes back in another
as well as good gain, what is the
form, after Sokrates has given the liberty of
meaning of the word gain? None
retractation. The Collocutor maintains that
is found.
there is bad gain, as well as good gain. But
what is that common, generic, quality,
designated well as good by the word gain, apart from these two distinctive
epithets? He cannot find it out or describe it. He gives two definitions, each
of which is torn up by Sokrates. To deserve the name of gain, that which a
man acquires must be good; and it must surpass, in value as well as in
quantity, the loss or outlay which he incurs in order to acquire it. But when
thus understood, all gains are good. There is no meaning in the distinction
between good and bad gains: all men are lovers of gain.

Purpose of Plato in the dialogue
With this confusion, the dialogue closes.
— to lay bare the confusion, and
The Sokratic notion of good, as what every
to force the mind of the
one loves — evil as what every one hates —
respondent into efforts for
also of evil-doing, as performed by every evil-
clearing it up.
doer only through ignorance or mistake is
brought out and applied to test the ethical
phraseology of a common-place respondent. But it only serves to lay bare a

Page 174

state of confusion and perplexity, without clearing up any thing. Herein, so
far as I can see, lies Plato’s purpose in the dialogue. The respondent is made
aware of the confusion, which he did not know before; and this, in Plato’s
view, is a progress. The respondent cannot avoid giving contradictory
answers, under an acute cross-examination: but he does not adopt any new
belief. He says to Sokrates at the close — “The debate has constrained
rather than persuaded me”.31 This is a simple but instructive declaration of
the force put by Sokrates upon his collocutors; and of the reactionary effort
likely to be provoked in their minds, with a view to extricate themselves
from a painful sense of contradiction. If such effort be provoked, Plato’s
purpose is attained.

31 Plato, Hipparch. 232 B. ἠνάγκακε γὰρ (ὁ λόγος) μᾶλλον ἐμέ γε ἢ
πέπεικεν.

One peculiarity there is, analogous to what we have already seen in the
Hippias Major. It is not merely the Collocutor who charges Sokrates, but
also Sokrates who accuses the Collocutor — each charging the other with
attempts to deceive a friend.32 This seems intended by Plato to create an
occasion for introducing what he had to say about Hipparchus — apropos
of the motto on the Hipparchean Hermes — μὴ φίλον ἐξαπάτα.

32 Plato, Hipparch. 225 E, 228 A.

Historical narrative and
The modern critics, who proclaim the
comments given in the dialogue
Hipparchus not to be the work of Plato, allege
respecting Hipparchus — afford
as one of the proofs of spuriousness, the
no ground for declaring the
occurrence of this long narrative and comment
dialogue to be spurious.
upon the historical Hipparchus and his
behaviour; which narrative (the critics
maintain) Plato would never have introduced, seeing that it contributes
nothing to the settlement of the question debated. But to this we may reply,

Page 175

first, That there are other dialogues33 (not to mention the Minos) in which
Plato introduces recitals of considerable length, historical or quasi-historical
recitals; bearing remotely, or hardly bearing at all, upon the precise question
under discussion; next, — That even if no such analogies could be cited,
and if the case stood single, no modern critic could fairly pretend to be so
thoroughly acquainted with Plato’s views and the surrounding
circumstances, as to put a limit on the means which Plato might choose to
take, for rendering his dialogues acceptable and interesting. Plato’s political
views made him disinclined to popular government generally, and to the
democracy of Athens in particular. Conformably with such sentiment, he is
disposed to surround the rule of the Peisistratidæ with an ethical and
philosophical colouring: to depict Hipparchus as a wise man busied in
instructing and elevating the citizens; and to discredit the renown of
Harmodius and Aristogeiton, by affirming them to have been envious of
Hipparchus, as a philosopher who surpassed themselves by his own mental
worth. All this lay perfectly in the vein of Plato’s sentiment; and we may
say the same about the narrative in the Minos, respecting the divine
parentage and teaching of Minos, giving rise to his superhuman efficacy as
a lawgiver and ruler. It is surely very conceivable, that Plato, as a composer
of ethical dialogues or dramas, might think that such recitals lent a charm or
interest to some of them. Moreover, something like variety, or distinctive
features as between one dialogue and another, was a point of no
inconsiderable moment. I am of opinion that Plato did so conceive these
narratives. But at any rate, what I here contend is, that no modern critics
have a right to assume as certain that he did not.

33 See Alkibiad. ii. pp. 142-149-150; Alkibiad. i. pp. 121-122: Protagoras,
342-344; Politikus, 268 D., σχεδὸν παιδιὰν ἐγκερασαμένους and the two or
three pages which follow.

Page 176

F. A. Wolf, and various critics after him, contend that the genuineness of
the Hipparchus was doubted in antiquity, on the authority of Ælian, V. H.
viii. 2. But I maintain that this is not the meaning of the passage, unless
upon the supposition that the word μαθητὴς is struck out of the text
conjecturally. The passage may be perfectly well construed, leaving
μαθητὴς in the text: we must undoubtedly suppose the author to have made
an assertion historically erroneous: but this is nowise impossible in the case
of Ælian. If you construe the passage as it stands, without such conjectural
alteration, it does not justify Wolf’s inference.

Minos. Question — What is the
I now come to the Minos. The subject of
characteristic property connoted
this dialogue is, the explanation or definition
by the word νόμος or law?
of Law. Sokrates says to his Companion or
Collocutor, — Tell me what is the generic
constituent of Law: All Laws are alike quatenus Law. Take no note of the
difference between one law and another, but explain to me what
characteristic property it is, which is common to all Law, and is implied in
or connoted by the name Law.

This question is logically the same as that which Sokrates asks in the
Hipparchus with reference to κέρδος or gain.

This question was discussed by
That the definition of νόμος or Law was
the historical Sokrates,
discussed by Sokrates, we know, not only
Memorabilia of Xenophon.
from the general description of his debates
given in Xenophon, but also from the
interesting description (in that author) of the conversation between the
youthful Alkibiades and Perikles.34 The interrogations employed by
Alkibiades on that occasion are Sokratic, and must have been derived,
directly or indirectly, from Sokrates. They are partially analogous to the
questions of Sokrates in the dialogue Minos, and they end by driving
Perikles into a confusion, left unexplained, between Law and Lawlessness.

Page 177

34 Xen. Mem. i. 1, 16; i. 2, 42-46.

Definitions of law — suggested
Definitions of νόμος are here given by the
and refuted. Law includes, as a
Companion, who undergoes a cross-
portion of its meaning, justice,
examination upon them. First, he says, that
goodness, usefulness, &c. Bad
Νόμος = τὰ νομιζόμενα. But this is rejected by
decrees are not laws.
Sokrates, who intimates that Law is not the
aggregate of laws enacted or of customs held
binding: but that which lies behind these laws and customs, imparting to
them their binding force.35 We are to enquire what this is. The Companion
declares that it is the public decree of the city: political or social opinion.
But this again Sokrates contests: putting questions to show that Law
includes, as a portion of its meaning, justice, goodness, beauty, and
preservation of the city with its possessions; while lawlessness includes
injustice, evil, ugliness, and destruction. There can be no such thing as bad
or wicked law.36 But among decrees of the city, some are bad, some are
good. Therefore to define Law as a decree of the city, thus generally, is
incorrect. It is only the good decree, not the bad decree, which is Law. Now
the good decree or opinion, is the true opinion: that is, it is the finding out
of reality. Law therefore wishes or aims to be the finding out of reality: and
if there are differences between different nations, this is because the power
to find out does not always accompany the wish to find out.

35 Plato, Minos, 314 A. ἐπειδὴ νόμῳ τὰ νομιζόμενα νομίζεται, τίνι ὄντι τῷ
νόμῳ νομίζεται;

36 Plato, Minos, 314 E. καὶ μὴν νόμος γε οὐκ ἦν πονηρός.

Sokrates affirms that law is
As to the assertion — that Law is one thing
everywhere the same — it is the
here, another thing there, one thing at one
declared judgment and
time, another thing at another — Sokrates
command of the Wise man upon
contests it. Just things are just (he says)

Page 178

the subject to which it refers — everywhere and at all times; unjust things are
it is truth and reality, found out unjust also. Heavy things are heavy, light
and certified by him. things light, at one time, as well as at another.
So also honourable things are everywhere
honourable, base things everywhere base. In general phrase, existent things
are everywhere existent,37 non-existent things are not existent. Whoever
therefore fails to attain the existent and real, fails to attain the lawful and
just. It is only the man of art and knowledge, in this or that department, who
attains the existent, the real, the right, true, lawful, just. Thus the
authoritative rescripts or laws in matters of medicine, are those laid down
by practitioners who know that subject, all of whom agree in what they lay
down: the laws of cookery, the laws of agriculture and of gardening — are
rescripts delivered by artists who know respectively each of those subjects.
So also about Just and Unjust, about the political and social arrangements of
the city — the authoritative rescripts or laws are, those laid down by the
artists or men of knowledge in that department, all of whom agree in laying
down the same: that is, all the men of art called kings or lawgivers. It is
only the right, the true, the real — that which these artists attain — which is
properly a law and is entitled to be so called. That which is not right is not a
law, — ought not to be so called — and is only supposed to be a law by the
error of ignorant men.38

37 M. Boeckh remarks justly in his note on this passage — “neque enim
illud demonstratum est, eadem omnibus legitima esse — sed tantum,
notionem” (rather the sentiment or emotion) “legitimi omnibus eandem
esse. Sed omnia scriptor hic confundit.”

38 Plato, Minos, 317 C.

Reasoning of Sokrates in the
That the reasoning of Sokrates in this
Minos is unsound, but Platonic.
dialogue is confused and unsound (as M.
Boeckh and other critics have remarked), I

Page 179

The Good, True, and Real, perfectly agree. But it is not the less
coalesce in the mind of Plato — completely Platonic; resting upon views and
he acknowledges nothing to be doctrines much cherished and often
Law, except what he thinks reproduced by Plato. The dialogue Minos
ought to be Law. presents, in a rude and awkward manner,
without explanation or amplification, that
worship of the Abstract and the Ideal, which Plato, in other and longer
dialogues, seeks to diversify as well as to elaborate. The definitions of Law
here combated and given by Sokrates, illustrate this. The good, the true, the
right, the beautiful, the real — all coalesce in the mind of Plato. There is
nothing (in his view) real, except The Good, The Just, &c. (τὸ αὐτο-ἀγαθὸν;
αὐτο-δίκαιον — Absolute Goodness and Justice): particular good and just
things have no reality, they are no more good and just than bad and unjust
— they are one or the other, according to circumstances — they are ever
variable, floating midway between the real and unreal.39 The real alone is
knowable, correlating with knowledge or with the knowing Intelligence
Νοῦς. As Sokrates distinguishes elsewhere τὸ δίκαιον or αὐτο-δίκαιον from
τὰ δίκαια — so here he distinguishes (νόμος from τὰ νομιζόμενα) Law,
from the assemblage of actual commands or customs received as laws
among mankind. These latter are variable according to time and place; but
Law is always one and the same. Plato will acknowledge nothing to be Law,
except that which (he thinks) ought to be Law: that which emanates from a
lawgiver of consummate knowledge, who aims at the accomplishment of
the good and the real, and knows how to discover and realise that end. So
far as “the decree of the city” coincides with what would have been enacted
by this lawgiver (i. e. so far as it is good and right), Sokrates admits it as a
valid explanation of Law; but no farther. He considers the phrase bad law to
express a logical impossibility, involving a contradiction in adjecto.40 What
others call a bad law, he regards as being no real law, but only a fallacious
image, mistaken for such by the ignorant. He does not consider such

Page 180

ignorant persons as qualified to judge: he recognises only the judgment of
the knowing one or few, among whom he affirms that there can be no
difference of opinion. Every one admits just things to be just, — unjust
things to be unjust, — heavy things to be heavy, — the existent and the real,
to be the existent and the real. If then the lawgiver in any of his laws fails to
attain this reality, he fails in the very purpose essential to the conception of
law:41 i. e. his pretended law is no law at all.

39 See the remarkable passage in the fifth book of the Republic, pp. 479-
480; compare vii. 538 E.

40 Plato, Minos, 314 D.

The same argument is brought to bear by the Platonic Sokrates against
Hippias in the Hippias Major, 284-285. If the laws are not really profitable,
which is the only real purpose for which they were established, they are no
laws at all. The Spartans are παράνομοι. Some of the answers assigned to
Hippias (284 D) are pertinent enough; but he is overborne.

41 Plato, Minos, 316 B. Ὃς ἂν ἄρα τοῦ ὄντος ἁμαρτάνη, τοῦ νομίμου
ἁμαρτάνει.

Plato worships the Ideal of his
By Law then, Plato means — not the
own mind — the work of
assemblage of actual positive rules, nor any
systematic constructive theory
general property common to and characteristic
by the Wise Man.
of them, nor the free determination of an
assembled Demos as distinguished from the
mandates of a despot — but the Type of Law as it ought to be, and as it
would be, if prescribed by a perfectly wise ruler, aiming at good and
knowing how to realise it. This, which is the ideal of his own mind, Plato
worships and reasons upon as if it were the only reality; as Law by nature,
or natural Law, distinguished from actual positive laws: which last have
either been set by some ill-qualified historical ruler, or have grown up

Page 181

insensibly. Knowledge, art, philosophy, systematic and constructive, applied
by some one or few exalted individuals, is (in his view) the only cause
capable of producing that typical result which is true, good, real, permanent,
and worthy of the generic name.

Different applications of this
In the Minos, this general Platonic view is
general Platonic view, in the
applied to Law: in the Politikus, to
Minos, Politikus, Kratylus, &c.
government and social administration: in the
Natural Rectitude of Law,
Kratylus, to naming or language. In the
Government, Names, &c.
Politikus, we find the received classification of
governments (monarchy, aristocracy, and
democracy) discarded as improper; and the assertion advanced, That there
is only one government right, true, genuine, really existing — government
by the uncontrolled authority and superintendence of the man of exalted
intelligence: he who is master in the art of governing, whether such man do
in fact hold power anywhere or not. All other governments are degenerate
substitutes for this type, some receding from it less, some more.42 Again, in
the Kratylus, where names and name-giving are discussed, Sokrates43
maintains that things can only be named according to their true and real
nature — that there is, belonging to each thing, one special and appropriate
Name-Form, discernible only by the sagacity of the intelligent Lawgiver:
who alone is competent to bestow upon each thing its right, true, genuine,
real name, possessing rectitude by nature (ὀρθότης φύσει).44 This Name-
Form (according to Sokrates) is the same in all languages in so far as they
are constructed by different intelligent Lawgivers, although the letters and
syllables in which they may clothe the Form are very different.45 If names
be not thus apportioned by the systematic purpose of an intelligent
Lawgiver, but raised up by insensible and unsystematic growth — they will
be unworthy substitutes for the genuine type, though they are the best which

Page 182

actual societies possess; according to the opinion announced by Kratylus in
that same dialogue, they will not be names at all.46

42 Plato, Politikus, 293 C-E. ταύτην ὀρθὴν διαφερόντως εἶναι καὶ μόνην
πολιτείαν, ἐν ᾗ τις ἂν εὕρισκοι τοὺς ἄρχοντας ἀληθῶς ἐπιστήμονας καὶ οὐ
δοκοῦντας μόνον … τότε καὶ κατὰ τοὺς τοιούτους ὅρους ἡμῖν μόνην ὀρθὴν
πολιτείαν εἶναι ῥητέον. ὅσας δὲ ἄλλας λέγομεν, ο ὐ γ ν η σ ί α ς ο ὐ δ ’
ὄ ν τ ω ς ο ὔ σ α ς λ ε κ τ έ ο ν , ἀλλὰ μεμιμημένας ταύτην, ἅς μὲν εὐνόμους
λέγομεν, ἐπὶ τὰ καλλίω, τὰς δὲ ἄλλας ἐπὶ τὰ αἰσχίονα μεμιμῆσθαι.

The historical (Xenophontic) Sokrates asserts this same position in
Xenophon’s Memorabilia (iii. 9, 10). “Sokrates said that Kings and Rulers
were those who knew how to command, not those who held the sceptre or
were chosen by election or lot, or had acquired power by force or fraud,”
&c.

The Kings of Sparta and Macedonia, the Βουλὴ and Δῆμος of Athens, the
Despot of Syracuse or Pheræ are here declared to be not real rulers at all.

43 Plato, Kratylus, 387 D.

44 Plato, Kratyl. 388 A-E.

45 Plato, Kratyl. 389 E, 390 A, 432 E. Οὐκοῦν οὔτως ἀξιώσεις καὶ τὸν
νομοθέτην τόν τε ἐνθάδε καὶ τὸν ἐν τοῖς βαρβάροις, ἕως ἂν τὸ τοῦ
ὀνόματος εἶδος ἀποδιδῷ τὸ προσῆκον ἑκάστῳ ἐν ὁποιαισοῦν συλλαβαῖς,
οὐδὲν χείρω νομοθέτην εἶναι τὸν ἐνθάδε ἢ τὸν ὁπουοῦν ἄλλοθι; Compare
this with the Minos, 315 E, 316 D, where Sokrates evades, by an hypothesis
very similar, the objection made by the collocutor, that the laws in one
country are very different from those in another — ἴσως γὰρ οὐκ ἐννοεῖς
ταῦτα μεταπεττευόμενα ὅτι ταὐτά ἐστιν.

46 Plato, Kratyl. 430 A, 432 A, 433 D, 435 C.

Page 183

Kratylus says that a name badly given is no name at all; just as Sokrates
says in the Minos that a bad law is no law at all.

Eulogy on Minos, as having
The Kretan Minos (we here find it
established laws on this divine
affirmed), son, companion, and pupil of Zeus,
type or natural rectitude.
has learnt to establish laws of this divine type
or natural rectitude: the proof of which is, that
the ancient Kretan laws have for immemorial ages remained, and still do
remain,47 unchanged. But when Sokrates tries to determine, Wherein
consists this Law-Type? What is it that the wise Lawgiver prescribes for the
minds of the citizens — as the wise gymnastic trainer prescribes proper
measure of nourishment and exercise for their bodies? — the question is
left unanswered. Sokrates confesses with shame that he cannot answer it:
and the dialogue ends in a blank. The reader — according to Plato’s manner
— is to be piqued and shamed into the effort of meditating the question for
himself.

47 Plato, Minos, 319 B, 321 A.

The Minos was arranged by
An attempt to answer this question will be
Aristophanes at first in a Trilogy
found in Plato’s Treatise De Legibus — in the
along with the Leges.
projected Kretan colony, of which he there
sketches the fundamental laws. Aristophanes
of Byzantium very naturally placed this treatise as sequel to the Minos;
second in the Trilogy of which the Minos was first.48

48 I reserve for an Appendix some further remarks upon the genuineness
of Hipparchus and Minos.

Page 184

Explanations of the word Law
Whoever has followed the abstract of the
— confusion in its meaning.
Minos, which I have just given, will remark
the different explanations of the word Law —
both those which are disallowed, and that which is preferred, though left
incomplete, by Sokrates. On this same subject, there are in many writers,
modern as well an ancient, two distinct modes of confusion traceable —
pointed out by eminent recent jurists, such as Mr. Bentham, Mr. Austin, and
Mr. Maine. 1. Between Law as it is, and Law as it ought to be. 2. Between
Laws Imperative, set by intelligent rulers, and enforced by penal sanction
— and Laws signifying uniformities of fact expressed in general terms,
such as the Law of Gravitation, Crystallisation, &c. — We can hardly say
that in the dialogue Minos, Plato falls into the first of these two modes of
confusion: for he expressly says that he only recognises the Ideal of Law, or
Law as it ought to be (actual Laws everywhere being disallowed, except in
so far as they conform thereunto). But he does fall into the second, when he
identifies the Lawful with the Real or Existent. His Ideal stands in place of
generalisations of fact.

There is also much confusion, if we compare the Minos with other
dialogues; wherein Plato frequently talks of Laws as the laws and customs
actually existing or imperative in any given state — Athens, Sparta, or
elsewhere (Νόμος = τὰ νομιζόμενα, according to the first words in the
Minos). For example, in the harangue which he supposes to be addressed to
Sokrates in the Kriton, and which he invests with so impressive a character
— the Laws of Athens are introduced as speakers: but according to the
principles laid down in the Minos, three-fourths of the Laws of Athens
could not be regarded as laws at all. If therefore we take Plato’s writings
throughout, we shall not find that he is constant to one uniform sense of the
word Law, or that he escapes the frequent confusion between Law as it
actually exists and Law as it ought to be.49

Page 185

49 The first explanation of νόμος advanced by the Companion in reply to
Sokrates (viz. Νόμος = τὰ νομιζόμενα, coincides substantially with the
meaning of Νόμος βασιλεὺς in Pindar and Herodotus (see above, chap.
viii.), who is an imaginary ruler, occupying a given region, and enforcing τὰ
νομιζόμενα. It coincides also with the precept Νόμῳ πόλεως, as prescribed
by the Pythian priestess to applicants who asked advice about the proper
forms of religious worship (Xen. Mem. i. 3, 1); though this precept, when
Cicero comes to report it (Legg. ii. 16, 40), appears divested of its
simplicity, and over-clouded with the very confusion touched upon in my
text. Aristotle does not keep clear of the confusion (compare Ethic. Nikom.
i. 1, 1094, b. 16, and v. 5, 1130, b. 24). I shall revert again to the distinction
between νόμος and φύσις, in touching on other Platonic dialogues. Cicero
expressly declares (Legg. ii. 5, 11), conformably to what is said by the
Platonic Sokrates in the Minos, that a bad law, however passed in regular
form, is no law at all; and this might be well if he adhered consistently to
the same phraseology, but he perpetually uses, in other places, the words
Lex and Leges to signify laws actually in force at Rome, good or bad.

Mr. Bentham gives an explanation of Law or The Law, which coincides
with Νόμος = τὰ νομιζόμενα. He says (Principles of Morals and
Legislation, vol. ii. ch. 17, p. 257, ed. 1823), “Now Law, or The Law, taken
indefinitely, is an abstract and collective term, which, when it means
anything, can mean neither more nor less than the sum total of a number of
individual laws taken together”.

Mr. Austin in his Lectures, ‘The Province of Jurisprudence Determined’,
has explained more clearly and copiously than any antecedent author, the
confused meanings of the word Law adverted to in my text. See especially
his first lecture and his fifth, pp. 88 seq. and 171 seq., 4th ed.

Page 186

Page 187

APPENDIX.
In continuing to recognise Hipparchus and Minos as Platonic works,
contrary to the opinion of many modern critics, I have to remind the reader,
not only that both are included in the Canon of Thrasyllus, but that the
Minos was expressly acknowledged by Aristophanes of Byzantium, and
included by him among the Trilogies: showing that it existed then (220 B.C.)
in the Alexandrine Museum as a Platonic work. The similarity between the
Hipparchus and Minos is recognised by all the Platonic critics, most of
whom declare that both of them are spurious. Schleiermacher affirms and
vindicates this opinion in his Einleitung and notes: but it will be convenient
to take the arguments advanced to prove the spuriousness, as they are set
forth by M. Boeckh, in his “Comment. in Platonis qui vulgo fertur
Minoem”: in which treatise, though among his early works, the case is
argued with all that copious learning and critical ability, which usually
adorn his many admirable contributions to the improvement of philology.

M. Boeckh not only rejects the pretensions of Hipparchus and Minos to
be considered as works of Plato, but advances an affirmative hypothesis to
show what they are. He considers these two dialogues, together with those
De Justo, and De Virtute (two short dialogues in the pseudo-Platonic list,
not recognised by Thrasyllus) as among the dialogues published by Simon;
an Athenian citizen and a shoemaker by trade, in whose shop Sokrates is
said to have held many of his conversations. Simon is reported to have
made many notes of these conversations, and to have composed and
published, from them, a volume of thirty-three dialogues (Diog. L. ii. 122),
among the titles of which there are two — Περὶ Φιλκερδοῦς and Περὶ
Νόμου. Simon was, of course, contemporary with Plato; but somewhat
older in years. With this part of M. Boeckh’s treatise, respecting the

Page 188

supposed authorship of Simon, I have nothing to do. I only notice the
arguments by which he proposes to show that Hipparchus and Minos are
not works of Plato.

In the first place, I notice that M. Boeckh explicitly recognises them as
works of an author contemporary with Plato, not later than 380 B.C. (p. 46).
Hereby many of the tests, whereby we usually detect spurious works,
become inapplicable.

In the second place, he admits that the dialogues are composed in good
Attic Greek, suitable to the Platonic age both in character and manners —
“At veteris esse et Attici scriptoris, probus sermo, antiqui mores, totus
denique character, spondeat,” p. 32.

The reasons urged by M. Boeckh to prove the spuriousness of the Minos,
are first, that it is unlike Plato — next, that it is too much like Plato.
“Dupliciter dialogus a Platonis ingenio discrepat: partim quod parum,
partim quod nimium, similis ceteris ejusdem scriptis sit. Parum similis est
in rebus permultis. Nam cum Plato adhuc vivos ac videntes aut nuper
defunctos notosque homines, ut scenicus poeta actores, moribus ingeniisque
accurate descriptis, nominatim producat in medium — in isto opusculo cum
Socrate colloquens persona plané incerta est ac nomine carens: quippe cum
imperitus scriptor esset artis illius colloquiis suis dulcissimas veneres illas
inferendi, quæ ex peculiaribus personarum moribus pingendis redundant,
atque à Platone ut flores per amplos dialogorum hortos sunt disseminatæ”
(pp. 7-8): again, p. 9, it is complained that there is an “infinitus secundarius
collocutor” in the Hipparchus.

Now the sentence, just transcribed from M. Boeckh, shows that he had in
his mind as standard of comparison, a certain number of the Platonic works,
but that he did not take account of all of them. The Platonic Protagoras
begins with a dialogue between Sokrates and an unknown, nameless person;

Page 189

to whom Sokrates, after a page of conversation with him, recounts what has
just passed between himself, Protagoras, and others. Next, if we turn to the
Sophistês and Politikus, we find that in both of them, not simply the
secundarius collocutor, but even the principal speaker, is an unknown and
nameless person, described only as a Stranger from Elea, and never before
seen by Sokrates. Again, in the Leges, the principal speaker is only an
Ἀθηναῖος ξένος, without a name. In the face of such analogies, it is unsafe
to lay down a peremptory rule, that no dialogue can be the work of Plato,
which acknowledges as collocutor an unnamed person.

Then again — when M. Boeckh complains that the Hipparchus and
Minos are destitute of those “flores et dulcissimæ Veneres” which Plato is
accustomed to spread through his dialogues — I ask, Where are the
“dulcissimæ Veneres” in the Parmenidês, Sophistês, Politikus, Leges,
Timæus, Kritias? I find none. The presence of “dulcissimæ Veneres” is not a
condition sine quâ non, in every composition which pretends to Plato as its
author: nor can the absence of them be admitted as a reason for disallowing
Hipparchus and Minos.

The analogy of the Sophistês and Politikus (besides Symposium,
Republic, and Leges) farther shows, that there is nothing wonderful in
finding the titles of Hipparchus and Minos derived from the subjects (Περὶ
Φιλκερδοῦς and Περὶ Νόμου), not from the name of one of the collocutors:
— whether we suppose the titles to have been bestowed by Plato himself, or
by some subsequent editor (Boeckh, p. 10).

To illustrate his first ground of objection — Dissimilarity between the
Minos and the true Platonic writings — M. Boeckh enumerates (pp. 12-23)
several passages of the dialogue which he considers unplatonic. Moreover,
he includes among them (p. 12) examples of confused and illogical
reasoning. I confess that to me this evidence is noway sufficient to prove
that Plato is not the author. That certain passages may be picked out which

Page 190

are obscure, confused, inelegant — is certainly no sufficient evidence. If I
thought so, I should go along with Ast in rejecting the Euthydêmus, Menon,
Lachês, Charmidês, Lysis, &c., against all which Ast argues as spurious,
upon evidence of the same kind. It is not too much to say, that against
almost every one of the dialogues, taken severally, a case of the same kind,
more or less plausible, might be made out. You might in each of them find
passages peculiar, careless, awkwardly expressed. The expression τὴν
ἀνθρωπείαν ἀγέλην τοῦ σώματος, which M. Boeckh insists upon so much
as improper, would probably have been considered as a mere case of faulty
text, if it had occurred in any other dialogue: and so it may fairly be
considered in the Minos.

Moreover as to faults of logic and consistency in the reasoning, most
certainly these cannot be held as proving the Minos not to be Plato’s work. I
would engage to produce, from most of his dialogues, defects of reasoning
quite as grave as any which the Minos exhibits. On the principle assumed
by M. Boeckh, every one who agreed with Panætius in considering the
elaborate proof given in the Phædon, of the immortality of the soul, as
illogical and delusive — would also agree with Panætius in declaring that
the Phædon was not the work of Plato. It is one question, whether the
reasoning in any dialogue be good or bad: it is another question, whether
the dialogue be written by Plato or not. Unfortunately, the Platonic critics
often treat the first question as if it determined the second.

M. Boeckh himself considers that the evidence arising from dissimilarity
(upon which I have just dwelt) is not the strongest part of his case. He relies
more upon the evidence arising from too much similarity, as proving still
more clearly the spuriousness of the Minos. “Jam pergamus ad alteram
partem nostræ argumentationis, eamque etiam firmiorem, de nimia
similitudine Platonicorum aliquot locorum, quæ imitationem doceat
subesse. Nam de hoc quidem conveniet inter omnes doctos et indoctos,

Page 191

Platonem se ipsum haud posse imitari: nisi si quis dubitet de sanâ ejus
mente” (p. 23). Again, p. 26, “Jam vero in nostro colloquio Symposium,
Politicum, Euthyphronem, Protagoram, Gorgiam, Cratylum, Philêbum,
dialogos expressos ac tantum non compilatos reperies”. And M. Boeckh
goes on to specify various passages of the Minos, which he considers to
have been imitated, and badly imitated, from one or other of these
dialogues.

I cannot agree with M. Boeckh in regarding this nimia similitudo as the
strongest part of his case. On the contrary, I consider it as the weakest:
because his own premisses (in my judgment) not only do not prove his
conclusion, but go far to prove the opposite. When we find him insisting, in
such strong language, upon the great analogy which subsists between the
Minos and seven of the incontestable Platonic dialogues, this is surely a fair
proof that its author is the same as their author. To me it appears as
conclusive as internal evidence ever can be; unless there be some disproof
aliunde to overthrow it. But M. Boeckh produces no such disproof. He
converts these analogies into testimony in his own favour, simply by
bestowing upon them the name imitatio, — stulta imitatio (p. 27). This
word involves an hypothesis, whereby the point to be proved is assumed —
viz.: difference of authorship. “Plato cannot have imitated himself” (M.
Boeckh observes). I cannot admit such impossibility, even if you describe
the fact in that phrase: but if you say “Plato in one dialogue thought and
wrote like Plato in another” — you describe the same fact in a different
phrase, and it then appears not merely possible but natural and probable.
Those very real analogies, to which M. Boeckh points in the word imitatio,
are in my judgment cases of the Platonic thought in one dialogue being like
the Platonic thought in another. The similitudo, between Minos and these
other dialogues, can hardly be called nimia, for M. Boeckh himself points
out that it is accompanied with much difference. It is a similitude, such as
we should expect between one Platonic dialogue and another: with this

Page 192

difference, that whereas, in the Minos, Plato gives the same general views
in a manner more brief, crude, abrupt — in the other dialogues he works
them out with greater fulness of explanation and illustration, and some
degree of change not unimportant. That there should be this amount of
difference between one dialogue of Plato and another appears to me
perfectly natural. On the other hand — that there should have been a
contemporary falsarius (scriptor miser, insulsus, vilissimus, to use phrases
of M. Boeckh), who studied and pillaged the best dialogues of Plato, for the
purpose of putting together a short and perverted abbreviation of them —
and who contrived to get his miserable abbreviation recognised by the
Byzantine Aristophanes among the genuine dialogues notwithstanding the
existence of the Platonic school — this, I think highly improbable.

I cannot therefore agree with M. Boeckh in thinking, that “ubique se
prodens Platonis imitatio” (p. 31) is an irresistible proof of spuriousness:
nor can I think that his hypothesis shows itself to advantage, when he says,
p. 10 — “Ipse autem dialogus (Minos) quum post Politicum compositus sit,
quod quædam in eo dicta rebus ibi expositis manifesté nitantur, ut paullo
post ostendemus — quis est qui artificiosissimum philosophum, postquam
ibi (in Politico) accuratius de naturâ legis egisset, de eâ iterum putet
negligenter egisse?” — I do not think it so impossible as it appears to M.
Boeckh, that a philosopher, after having written upon a given subject
accuratius, should subsequently write upon it negligenter. But if I granted
this ever so fully, I should still contend that there remains another
alternative. The negligent workmanship may have preceded the accurate: an
alternative which I think is probably the truth, and which has nothing to
exclude it except M. Boeckh’s pure hypothesis, that the Minos must have
been copied from the Politikus.

While I admit then that the Hipparchus and Minos are among the inferior
and earlier compositions of Plato, I still contend that there is no ground for

Page 193

excluding them from the list of his works. Though the Platonic critics of
this century are for the most part of an adverse opinion, I have with me the
general authority of the critics anterior to this century — from Aristophanes
of Byzantium down to Bentley and Ruhnken — see Boeckh, pp. 7-32.

Yxem defends the genuineness of the Hipparchus — (Ueber Platon’s
Kleitophon, p. 8. Berlin, 1846).

Page 194

CHAPTER XV.

Page 195

THEAGES.

Theagês — has been declared
This is among the dialogues declared by
spurious by some modern critics
Schleiermacher, Ast, Stallbaum, and various
— grounds for such opinion not
other modern critics, to be spurious and
sufficient.
unworthy of Plato: the production of one who
was not merely an imitator, but a bad and silly
imitator.1 Socher on the other hand defends the dialogue against them,
reckoning it as a juvenile production of Plato.2 The arguments which are
adduced to prove its spuriousness appear to me altogether insufficient. It
has some features of dissimilarity with that which we read in other
dialogues — these the above-mentioned critics call un-Platonic: it has other
features of similarity — these they call bad imitation by a falsarius: lastly, it
is inferior, as a performance, to the best of the Platonic dialogues. But I am
prepared to expect (and have even the authority of Schleiermacher for
expecting) that some dialogues will be inferior to others. I also reckon with
certainty, that between two dialogues, both genuine, there will be points of
similarity as well as points of dissimilarity. Lastly, the critics find marks of
a bad, recent, un-Platonic style: but Dionysius of Halikarnassus — a judge
at least equally competent upon such a matter — found no such marks. He
expressly cites the dialogue as the work of Plato,3 and explains the peculiar
phraseology assigned to Demodokus by remarking, that the latter is
presented as a person of rural habits and occupations.

1 Stallbaum, Proleg. pp. 220-225, “ineptus tenebrio,” &c. Schleiermacher,
Einleitung, part ii. v. iii. pp. 247-252. Ast, Platon’s Leben und Schriften, pp.
495-497.

Page 196

Ast speaks with respect (differing in this respect from the other two) of
the Theagês as a composition, though he does not believe it to be the work
of Plato. Schleiermacher also admits (see the end of his Einleitung) that the
style in general has a good Platonic colouring, though he considers some
particular phrases as un-Platonic.

2 Socher, Ueber Platon, pp. 92-102. M. Cobet also speaks of it as a work
of Plato (Novæ Lectiones, &c., p. 624. Lugd. Bat. 1858).

3 Dionys. Hal. Ars Rhetor. p. 405, Reiske. Compare Theagês, 121 D. εἰς τὸ
ἄστυ καταβαίνοντες.

In general, in discussions on the genuineness of any of the Platonic
dialogues, I can do nothing but reply to the arguments of those critics who
consider them spurious. But in the case of the Theagês there is one
argument which tends to mark Plato positively as the author.

In the Theagês, p. 125, the senarius σοφοὶ τύραννοι τῶν σοφῶν συνουσίᾳ
is cited as a verse of Euripides. Now it appears that this is an error of
memory, and that the verse really belongs to Sophokles, ἐν Αἴαντι Λοκρῷ. If
the error had only appeared in this dialogue, Stallbaum would probably
have cited it as one more instance of stupidity on the part of the ineptus
tenebrio whom he supposes to have written the dialogue. But unfortunately
the error does not belong to the Theagês alone. It is found also in the
Republic (viii. 568 B), the most unquestionable of all the Platonic
compositions. Accordingly, Schleiermacher tells us in his note that the
falsarius of the Theagês has copied this error out of the above-named
passage of the Republic of Plato (notes, p. 500).

This last supposition of Schleiermacher appears to me highly improbable.
Since we know that the mistake is one made by Plato himself, surely we
ought rather to believe that he made it in two distinct compositions. In other
words, the occurrence of the same exact mistake in the Republic and the

Page 197

Theagês affords strong presumption that both are by the same author —
Plato.

Persons of the dialogue —
Demodokus, an elderly man (of rank and
Sokrates, with Demodokus and
landed property), and his youthful son
Theagês, father and son.
Theagês, have come from their Deme to
Theagês (the son), eager to
Athens, and enter into conversation with
acquire knowledge, desires to be
Sokrates: to whom the father explains, that
placed under the teaching of a
Theagês has contracted, from the conversation
Sophist.
of youthful companions, an extraordinary
ardour for the acquisition of wisdom. The son
has importuned his father to put him under the tuition of one of the
Sophists, who profess to teach wisdom. The father, though not unwilling to
comply with the request, is deterred by the difficulty of finding a good
teacher and avoiding a bad one. He entreats the advice of Sokrates, who
invites the young man to explain what it is that he wants, over and above
the usual education of an Athenian youth of good family (letters, the harp,
wrestling, &c.), which he has already gone through.4

4 Plato, Theagês, 122.

Sokrates questions Theagês,
Sokr. — You desire wisdom: but what kind
inviting him to specify what he
of wisdom? That by which men manage
wants.
chariots? or govern horses? or pilot ships?
Theag. — No: that by which men are
governed. Sokr. — But what men? those in a state of sickness — or those
who are singing in a chorus — or those who are under gymnastic training?
Each of these classes has its own governor, who bears a special title, and
belongs to a special art by itself — the medical, musical, gymnastic, &c.
Theag. — No: I mean that wisdom by which we govern, not these classes
alone, but all the other residents in the city along with them — professional
as well as private — men as well as women.5

Page 198

5 Plato, Theagês, 124 A-B. Schleiermacher (Einleit. p. 250) censures the
prolixity of the inductive process in this dialogue, and the multitude of
examples here accumulated to prove a general proposition obvious enough
without proof. Let us grant this to be true; we cannot infer from it that the
dialogue is not the work of Plato. By very similar arguments Socher
endeavours to show that the Sophistês and the Politikus are not works of
Plato, because in both these dialogues logical division and differentiation is
accumulated with tiresome prolixity, and applied to most trivial subjects.
But Plato himself (in Politikus, pp. 285-286) explains why he does so, and
tells us that he wishes to familiarise his readers with logical subdivision and
classification as a process. In like manner I maintain that prolixity in the
λόγοι ἐπακτικοί is not to be held as proof of spurious authorship, any more
than prolixity in the process of logical subdivision and classification.

I noticed the same objection in the case of the First Alkibiadês.

Theagês desires to acquire that
Sokrates now proves to Theagês, that this
wisdom by which he can govern
function and power which he is desirous of
freemen with their own consent.
obtaining, is, the function and power of a
despot: and that no one can aid him in so
culpable a project. I might yearn (says Theagês) for such despotic power
over all: so probably would you and every other man. But it is not that to
which I now aspire. I aspire to govern freemen, with their own consent; as
was done by Themistokles, Perikles, Kimon, and other illustrious
statesmen,6 who have been accomplished in the political art.

6 Plato, Theagês, 126 A.

Sokr. — Well, if you wished to become accomplished in the art of
horsemanship, you would put yourself under able horsemen: if in the art of
darting the javelin, under able darters. By parity of reasoning, since you
seek to learn the art of statesmanship, you must frequent able statesmen.7

Page 199

7 Plato, Theagês, 126 C.

Incompetence of the best
Theag. — No, Sokrates. I have heard of the
practical statesmen to teach any
language which you are in the habit of using to
one else. Theagês requests that
others. You pointed out to them that these
Sokrates will himself teach him.
eminent statesmen cannot train their own sons
to be at all better than curriers: of course
therefore they cannot do me any good.8 Sokr. — But what can your father
do for you better than this, Theagês? What ground have you for
complaining of him? He is prepared to place you under any one of the best
and most excellent men of Athens, whichever of them you prefer. Theag. —
Why will not you take me yourself, Sokrates? I look upon you as one of
these men, and I desire nothing better.9

8 Plato, Theagês, 126 D. Here again Stallbaum (p. 222) urges, among his
reasons for believing the dialogue to be spurious — How absurd to
represent the youthful Theagês as knowing what arguments Sokrates had
addressed to others! But the youthful Theætêtus is also represented as
having heard from others the cross-examinations made by Sokrates
(Theætêt. 148 E). So likewise the youthful sons of Lysimachus — (Lachês,
181 A); compare also Lysis, 211 A.

9 Plato, Theagês, 127 A.

Demodokus joins his entreaties with those of Theagês to prevail upon
Sokrates to undertake this function. But Sokrates in reply says that he is less
fit for it than Demodokus himself, who has exercised high political duties,
with the esteem of every one; and that if practical statesmen are considered
unfit, there are the professional Sophists, Prodikus, Gorgias, Polus, who
teach many pupils, and earn not merely good pay, but also the admiration
and gratitude of every one — of the pupils as well as their senior
relatives.10

Page 200

10 Plato, Theagês, 127 D-E, 128 A.

Sokrates declares that he is not
Sokr. — I know nothing of the fine things
competent to teach — that he
which these Sophists teach: I wish I did know.
knows nothing except about
I declare everywhere, that I know nothing
matters of love. Theagês
whatever except one small matter — what
maintains that many of his
belongs to love. In that, I surpass every one
young friends have profited
else, past as well as present.11 Theag. —
Sokrates is only mocking us. I know youths
largely by the conversation of
Sokrates. (of my own age and somewhat older), who
were altogether worthless and inferior to every
one, before they went to him; but who, after they had frequented his society,
became in a short time superior to all their former rivals. The like will
happen with me, if he will only consent to receive me.12

11 Plato, Theagês, 128 B. ἀλλὰ καὶ λέγω δήπου ἀεί, ὅτι ἐγὼ τυγχάνω, ὡς
ἔπος εἰπεῖν, οὐδὲν ἐπιστάμενος πλήν γε σμικροῦ τινὸς μαθήματος, τῶν
ἐρωτικῶν, τοῦτο μέντοι τὸ μάθημα παρ’ ὁντινοῦν ποιοῦμαι δεινὸς εἶναι, καὶ
τῶν προγεγονότων ἀνθρώπων καὶ τῶν νῦν.

12 Plato, Theagês, 128 C.

Sokrates explains how this has
Sokr. — You do not know how this happens;
sometimes happened — he
I will explain it to you. From my childhood, I
recites his experience of the
have had a peculiar superhuman something
divine sign or Dæmon.
attached to me by divine appointment: a voice,
which, whenever it occurs, warns me to
abstain from that which I am about to do, but never impels me.13 Moreover,
when any one of my friends mentions to me what he is about to do, if the

Page 201

voice shall then occur to me it is a warning for him to abstain. The
examples of Charmides and Timarchus (here detailed by Sokrates) prove
what I say: and many persons will tell you how truly I forewarned them of
the ruin of the Athenian armament at Syracuse.14 My young friend Sannion
is now absent, serving on the expedition under Thrasyllus to Ionia: on his
departure, the divine sign manifested itself to me, and I am persuaded that
some grave calamity will befall him.

13 Plato, Theagês, 128 D. ἐστι γάρ τι θείᾳ μοίρᾳ παρεπόμενον ἐμοὶ ἐκ
παιδὸς ἀρξάμενον δαιμόνιον· ἔστι δὲ τοῦτο φωνή, ἢ ὅταν γένηται, ἀεί μοι
σημαίνει, ὃ ἂν μέλλω πράττειν, τούτου ἀποτροπήν, προτρέπει δὲ οὐδέποτε.

14 Plato, Theag. 129.

The Dæmon is favourable to
These facts I mention to you (Sokrates
some persons, adverse to others.
continues) because it is that same divine
Upon this circumstance it
power which exercises paramount influence
depends how far any companion
over my intercourse with companions.15
profits by the society of Towards many, it is positively adverse; so that
Sokrates. Aristeides has not I cannot even enter into companionship with
learnt anything from Sokrates, them. Towards others, it does not forbid, yet
yet has improved much by being neither does it co-operate: so that they derive
near to him. no benefit from me. There are others again in
whose case it co-operates; these are the
persons to whom you allude, who make rapid progress.16 With some, such
improvement is lasting: others, though they improve wonderfully while in
my society, yet relapse into commonplace men when they leave me.
Aristeides, for example (grandson of Aristeides the Just), was one of those
who made rapid progress while he was with me. But he was forced to
absent himself on military service; and on returning, he found as my
companion Thucydides (son of Melesias), who however had quarrelled with
me for some debate of the day before. I understand (said Aristeides to me)

Page 202

that Thucydides has taken offence and gives himself airs; he forgets what a
poor creature he was, before he came to you.17 I myself, too, have fallen
into a despicable condition. When I left you, I was competent to discuss
with any one and make a good figure, so that I courted debate with the most
accomplished men. Now, on the contrary, I avoid them altogether — so
thoroughly am I ashamed of my own incapacity. Did the capacity (I,
Sokrates, asked Aristeides) forsake you all at once, or little by little? Little
by little, he replied. And when you possessed it (I asked), did you get it by
learning from me? or in what other way? I will tell you, Sokrates (he
answered), what seems incredible, yet is nevertheless true.18 I never learnt
from you any thing at all. You yourself well know this. But I always made
progress, whenever I was along with you, even if I were only in the same
house without being in the same room; but I made greater progress, if I was
in the same room — greater still, if I looked in your face, instead of turning
my eyes elsewhere — and the greatest of all, by far, if I sat close and
touching you. But now (continued Aristeides) all that I then acquired has
dribbled out of me.19

15 Plato, Theagês, 129 E. ταῦτα δὴ πάντα εἴρηκά σοι, ὅτι ἡ δύναμις αὕτη
τοῦ δαιμονίου τούτου καὶ εἰς τὰς συνουσίας τῶν μετ’ ἐμοῦ
συνδιατριβόντων τὸ ἅπαν δύναται. πολλοῖς μὲν γὰρ ἐναντιοῦται, καὶ οὐκ
ἔστι τούτοις ὠφεληθηναι μετ’ ἐμοῦ διατρίβουσιν.

16 Plato, Theag. 129 E. οἷς δ’ ἂν συλλάβηται τῆς συνουσίας ἡ τοῦ
δαιμόνιου δύναμις, οὗτοι εἰσιν ὧν καὶ σὺ ᾔσθησαι· ταχὺ γὰρ παραχρῆμα
ἐπιδιδόασιν.

17 Plato, Theag. 130 A-B. Τί δαί; οὐκ οἶδεν, ἔφη, πρὶν σοὶ συγγενέσθαι,
οἷον ἦν τὸ ἀνδράποδον;

18 Plato, Theag. 130 D. Ἡνίκα δέ σοι παρεγένετο (ἡ δύναμις), πότερον
μαθόντι παρ’ ἐμοῦ τι παρεγένετο, ἤ τινι ἄλλῳ τρόπῳ; Ἐγώ σοι, ἔφη, ἐρῶ, ὦ

Page 203

Σώκρατες, ἄπιστον μὲν νὴ τοὺς θεούς, ἀληθὲς δέ. ἐγὼ γὰρ ἔμαθον μὲν παρὰ
σοῦ οὐδὲν πώποτε, ὡς αὐτὸς οἶσθα· ἐπεδίδουν δὲ ὁποτε σοι συνείην, κἂν εἰ
ἐν τῇ αὐτῇ μόνον οἰκίᾳ εἴην, μὴ ἐν τῷ αὐτῷ δὲ οἰκήματι, &c.

19 Plato, Theag. 130 E. πολὺ δὲ μάλιστα καὶ πλεῖστον ἐπεδίδουν, ὁπότε
παρ’ αὐτόν σε καθοίμην ἐχόμενός σου καὶ ἁπτόμενος. νῦν δέ, ἦ δ’ ὅς, πᾶσα
ἐκείνη ἣ ἕξις ἐξεῤῥύηκεν.

Theagês expresses his anxiety to
Sokr. — I have now explained to you,
be received as the companion of
Theagês, what it is to become my companion.
Sokrates.
If it be the pleasure of the God, you will make
great and rapid progress: if not, not. Consider,
therefore, whether it is not safer for you to seek instruction from some of
those who are themselves masters of the benefits which they impart, rather
than to take your chance of the result with me.20 Theag. — I shall be glad,
Sokrates, to become your companion, and to make trial of this divine
coadjutor. If he shows himself propitious, that will be the best of all: if not,
we can then take counsel, whether I shall try to propitiate him by prayer,
sacrifice, or any other means which the prophets may recommend or
whether I shall go to some other teacher.21

20 Plato, Theag. 130 E. ὅρα οὖν μή σοι ἀσφαλέστερον ᾖ παρ’ ἐκείνων τινὶ
παιδεύεσθαι, οἳ ἐγκρατεῖς αὐτοί εἰσι τῆς ὠφελείας, ἢν ὠφελοῦσι τοὺς
ἀνθρώπους, μᾶλλον ἢ παρ’ ἐμοῦ ὅ, τι ἂν τύχῃ, τοῦτο πρᾶξαι.

21 Plato, Theag. 131 A.

Remarks on the Theagês —
The Theagês figured in the list of Thrasyllus
analogy with the Lachês.
as first in the fifth Tetralogy: the other three

Page 204

members of the same Tetralogy being Charmidês, Lachês, Lysis. Some
persons considered it suitable to read as first dialogue of all.22 There are
several points of analogy between the Theagês and the Lachês, though with
a different turn given to them. Aristeides and Thucydides are mentioned in
both of them: Sokrates also is solicited to undertake the duty of teacher. The
ardour of the young Theagês to acquire wisdom reminds us of Hippokrates
at the beginning of the Protagoras. The string of questions put by Sokrates
to Theagês, requiring that what is called wisdom shall be clearly defined
and specialised, has its parallel in many of the Platonic dialogues. Moreover
the declaration of Sokrates, that he knows nothing except about matters of
love, but that in them he is a consummate master — is the same as what he
explicitly declares both in the Symposion and other dialogues.23

22 Diog. L. iii. 59-61.

23 Symposion, 177 E. οὔτε γὰρ ἄν που ἐγὼ ἀποφήσαιμι, ὃς οὐδέν φημι
ἄλλο ἐπίστασθαι ἢ τὰ ἐρωτικά. Compare the same dialogue, p. 212 B, 216
C. Phædrus, 227 E, 257 A; Lysis, 204 B. Compare also Xenoph. Memor. ii.
6, 28; Xenoph. Sympos. iv. 27.

It is not reasonable to treat this declaration of Sokrates, in the Theagês, as
an evidence that the dialogue is the work of a falsarius, when a declaration
quite similar is ascribed to Sokrates in other Platonic dialogues.

Chief peculiarity of the Theagês
But the chief peculiarity of the Theagês
— stress laid upon the divine
consists in the stress which is laid upon the
sign or Dæmon.
Dæmon, the divine voice, the inspiration of
Sokrates. This divine auxiliary is here
described, not only as giving a timely check or warning to Sokrates, when
either he or his friends contemplated any inauspicious project — but also as
intervening, in the case of those youthful companions with whom he
conversed, to promote the improvement of one, to obstruct that of others; so

Page 205

that whether Sokrates will produce any effect or not in improving any one,
depends neither upon his own efforts nor upon those of the recipient, but
upon the unpredictable concurrence of a divine agency.24

24 See some remarks on this point in Appendix.

Plato employs this divine sign
Plato employs the Sokratic Dæmon, in the
here to render some explanation
Theagês, for a philosophical purpose, which, I
of the singularity and
think, admits of reasonable explanation.
eccentricity of Sokrates, and of
During the eight (perhaps ten) years of his
his unequal influence upon
personal communion with Sokrates, he had
different companions.
had large experience of the variable and
unaccountable effect produced by the Sokratic
conversation upon different hearers: a fact which is also attested by the
Xenophontic Memorabilia. This difference of effect was in no way
commensurate to the unequal intelligence of the hearers. Chærephon,
Apollodôrus, Kriton, seem to have been ordinary men:—25 while Kritias
and Alkibiades, who brought so much discredit both upon Sokrates and his
teaching, profited little by him, though they were among the ablest pupils
that he ever addressed: moreover Antisthenes, and Aristippus, probably did
not appear to Plato (since he greatly dissented from their philosophical
views) to have profited much by the common companionship with Sokrates.
Other companions there must have been also personally known to Plato,
though not to us: for we must remember that Sokrates passed his whole day
in talking with all listeners. Now when Plato in after life came to cast the
ministry of Sokrates into dramatic scenes, and to make each scene
subservient to the illustration of some philosophical point of view, at least a
negative — he was naturally led to advert to the Dæmon or divine
inspiration, which formed so marked a feature in the character of his master.
The concurrence or prohibition of this divine auxiliary served to explain
why it was that the seed, sown broadcast by Sokrates, sometimes fructified,

Page 206

and sometimes did not fructify, or speedily perished afterwards — when no
sufficient explanatory peculiarity could be pointed out in the ground on
which it fell. It gave an apparent reason for the perfect singularity of the
course pursued by Sokrates: for his preternatural acuteness in one direction,
and his avowed incapacity in another: for his mastery of the Elenchus,
convicting men of ignorance, and his inability to supply them with
knowledge: for his refusal to undertake the duties of a teacher. All these are
mysterious features of the Sokratic character. The intervention of the
Dæmon appears to afford an explanation, by converting them into religious
mysteries: which, though it be no explanation at all, yet is equally
efficacious by stopping the mouth of the questioner, and by making him
believe that it is guilt and impiety to ask for explanation — as Sokrates
himself declared in regard to astronomical phenomena, and as Herodotus
feels, when his narrative is crossed by strange religious legends.26

25 Xenophon, Apol. Sokr. 28. Ἀπολλόδωρος — ἐπιθυμήτης μὲν ἰσχυρῶς
αὐτοῦ, ἄλλως δ’ εὐήθης. — Plat. Phædon, 117 D.

26 Xen. Mem. iv. 7, 5-6; Herodot. ii. 3, 45-46.

Sokrates, while continually
In this manner, the Theagês is made by
finding fault with other
Plato to exhibit one way of parrying the
teachers, refused to teach
difficulty frequently addressed to Sokrates by
himself — difficulty of finding
various hearers: “You tell us that the leading
an excuse for his refusal. The
citizens cannot even teach their own sons, and
Theagês furnishes an excuse.
that the Sophists teach nothing worth having:
you perpetually call upon us to seek for better
teachers, without telling us where such are to be found. We entreat you to
teach us yourself, conformably to your own views.”

If a leader of political opposition, after years employed in denouncing
successive administrators as ignorant and iniquitous, refuses, when invited,

Page 207

to take upon himself the business of administration — an intelligent admirer
must find some decent pretence to colour the refusal. Such a pretence is
found for Sokrates in the Theagês: “I am not my own master on this point. I
am the instrument of a divine ally, without whose active working I can
accomplish nothing: who forbids altogether my teaching of one man —
tolerates, without assisting, my unavailing lessons to another — assists
efficaciously in my teaching of a third, in which case alone the pupil
receives any real benefit. The assistance of this divine ally is given or
withheld according to motives of his own, which I cannot even foretell,
much less influence. I should deceive you therefore if I undertook to teach,
when I cannot tell whether I shall do good or harm.”

The reply of Theagês meets this scruple. He asks permission to make the
experiment, and promises to propitiate the divine auxiliary by prayer and
sacrifice; under which reserve Sokrates gives consent.

Plato does not always, nor in
It is in this way that the Dæmon or divine
other dialogues, allude to the
auxiliary serves the purpose of reconciling
divine sign in the same way. Its
what would otherwise be an inconsistency in
character and working
the proceedings of Sokrates. I mean, that such
essentially impenetrable.
is the purpose served in this dialogue: I know
Sokrates a privileged person.
perfectly that Plato deals with the case
differently elsewhere: but I am not bound (as I
have said more than once) to force upon all the dialogues one and the same
point of view. That the agency of the Gods was often and in the most
important cases, essentially undiscoverable and unpredictable, and that in
such cases they might sometimes be prevailed on to give special warnings
to favoured persons — were doctrines which the historical Sokrates in
Xenophon asserts with emphasis.27 The Dæmon of Sokrates was believed,
both by himself and his friends, to be a special privilege and an extreme
case of divine favour and communication to him.28 It was perfectly

Page 208

applicable to the scope of the Theagês, though Plato might not choose
always to make the same employment of it. It is used in the same general
way in the Theætêtus;29 doubtless with less expansion, and blended with
another analogy (that of the mid-wife) which introduces a considerable
difference.30

27 Xenoph. Memor. i. 1, 8-9-19.

Euripid. Hecub. 944.

φύρουσι δ’ αὐτὰ θεοὶ πάλιν τε καὶ πρόσω,
ταραγμὸν ἐντιθέντες, ὡς ἀγνωσίᾳ
σέβωμεν αὐτούς.

28 Xenoph. Mem. iv. 3, 12.

29 Plato, Theætêt. 150 D-E.

30 Plato, Apolog. Sokr. 33 C. ἐμοὶ δὲ τοῦτο, ὡς ἐγώ φημι, προστέτακται
ὑπὸ τοοῦ θεοῦ πράττειν καὶ ἐκ μαντειῶν καὶ ἐξ ἐνυπνίων καὶ παντὶ τρόπῳ,
ᾧπέρ τίς ποτε καὶ ἄλλη θεία μοιόρα ἀνθρώπῳ καὶ ὁτιοῦν προσέταξε
πράττειν. 40 A. ἡ γὰρ εἰωθυῖά μοι μαντικὴ ἡ τοῦ δαιμονίου ἐν μὲν τῷ
πρόσθεν χ ρ ό ν ῳ π α ν τ ὶ π ά ν υ π υ κ ν ὴ ἀ ε ὶ ἦ ν κ α ὶ π ά ν υ ἐ π ὶ
σ μ ι κ ρ ο ῖ ς ἐ ν α ν τ ι ο υ μ έ ν η , εἴ τι μέλλοιμι μὴ ὀρθῶς πράξειν.
Compare Xenophon, Memor. iv. 8, 5; Apol. Sokr. c. 13.

Page 209

APPENDIX.
Τὸ δαιμόνιον σημεῖον.

Here is one of the points most insisted on by Schleiermacher and
Stallbaum, as proving that the Theagês is not the work of Plato. These
critics affirm (to use the language of Stallbaum, Proleg. p. 220) “Quam
Plato alias de Socratis dæmonio prodidit sententiam, ea longissimè recedit
ab illâ ratione, quæ in hoc sermone exposita est”. He says that the
representation of the Dæmon of Sokrates, given in the Theagês, has been
copied from a passage in the Theætêtus, by an imitator who has not
understood the passage, p. 150, D, E. But Socher (p. 97) appears to me to
have shown satisfactorily, that there is no such material difference as these
critics affirm between this passage of the Theætêtus and the Theagês. In the
Theætêtus, Sokrates declares, that none of his companions learnt any thing
from him, but that all of them οἷσπερ ἂν ὁ θεὸς παρείκῃ (the very same
term is used at the close of the Theagês — 131 A, ἐὰν μὲν παρείκῃ ἡμῖν —
τὸ δαιμόνιον) made astonishing progress and improvement in his company.
Stallbaum says, “Itaque ὁ θεὸς, qui ibi memoratur, non est Socratis
dæmonium, sed potius deus i.e. sors divina. Quod non perspiciens noster
tenebrio protenus illud dæmonium, quod Socrates sibi semper adesse
dictitabat, ad eum dignitatis et potentiæ gradum evexit, ut, &c.” I agree with
Socher in thinking that the phrase ὁ θεὸς in the Theætêtus has substantially
the same meaning as τὸ δαιμόνιον in the Theagês. Both Schleiermacher
(Notes on the Apology, p. 432) and Ast (p. 482), have notes on the phrase τὸ
δαιμόνιον — and I think the note of Ast is the more instructive of the two.
In Plato and Xenophon, the words τὸ δαιμόνιον, τὸ θεῖον, are in many cases
undistinguishable in meaning from ὁ δαίμων, ὁ θεός. Compare the Phædrus,
242 E, about θεὸς and θεῖόν τι. Sokrates, in his argument against Meletus in

Page 210

the Apology (p. 27) emphatically argues that no man could believe in any
thing δαιμόνιον, without also believing in δαιμόνες. The special θεῖόν τι καὶ
δαιμόνιον (Apol. p. 31 C), which presented itself in regard to him and his
proceedings, was only one of the many modes in which (as he believed) ὁ
θεός commanded and stimulated him to work upon the minds of the
Athenians:— ἐμοὶ δὲ τοῦτο, ὡς ἐγώ φημι, προστέτακται ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ
πράττειν καὶ ἐκ μαντειῶν καὶ ἐξ ἐνυπνίων καὶ παντὶ τρόπῳ, ᾧπέρ τίς ποτε
καὶ ἄλλη θεία μοῖρα ἀνθρώπῳ καὶ ὁτιοῦν προσέταξε πράττειν (Apol. p. 33
C). So again in Apol. p. 40 A, B, ἡ εἰωθυῖά μοι μαντικὴ ἡ τοῦ δαιμονίου —
and four lines afterwards we read the very same fact intimated in the words,
τὸ τοῦ θεοῦ σημεῖον, where Sokratis dæmonium — and Deus — are
identified: thus refuting the argument above cited from Stallbaum. There is
therefore no such discrepancy, in reference to τὸ δαιμόνιον, as Stallbaum
and Schleiermacher contend for. We perceive indeed this difference
between them — that in the Theætêtus, the simile of the obstetric art is
largely employed, while it is not noticed in the Theagês. But we should
impose an unwarrantable restriction upon Plato’s fancy, if we hindered him
from working out his variety and exuberance of metaphors, and from
accommodating each dialogue to the metaphor predominant with him at the
time.

Moreover, in respect to what is called the Dæmon of Sokrates, we ought
hardly to expect that either Plato or Xenophon would always be consistent
even with themselves. It is unsafe for a modern critic to determine
beforehand, by reason or feelings of his own, in what manner either of them
would speak upon this mysterious subject. The belief and feeling of a divine
intervention was very real on the part of both, but their manner of
conceiving it might naturally fluctuate: and there was, throughout all the
proceedings of Sokrates, a mixture of the serious and the playful, of the
sublime and the eccentric, of ratiocinative acuteness with impulsive
superstition — which it is difficult to bring into harmonious interpretation.

Page 211

Such heterogeneous mixture is forcibly described in the Platonic
Symposium, pp. 215-222. When we consider how undefined, and
undefinable, the idea of this δαιμόνιον was, we cannot wonder if Plato
ascribes to it different workings and manifestations at different times.
Stallbaum affirms that it is made ridiculous in the Theagês: and Kühner
declares that Plutarch makes it ridiculous, in his treatise De Genio Sokratia
(Comm. ad. Xenoph. Memor. p. 23). But this is because its agency is
described more in detail. You can easily present it in a ridiculous aspect, by
introducing it as intervening on petty and insignificant matters. Now it is
remarkable, that in the Apology, we are expressly told that it actually did
intervene on the most trifling occasions — πάνυ ἐπὶ σμικροῖς ἐναντιουμένη.
The business of an historian of philosophy is, to describe it as it was really
felt and believed by Sokrates and Plato — whether a modern critic may
consider the description ridiculous or not.

When Schleiermacher says (Einleitung, p. 248), respecting the falsarius
whom he supposes to have written the Theagês — “Damit ist ihm begegnet,
auf eine höchst verkehrte Art wunderbar zusammenzurühren diese göttliche
Schickung, und jenes persönliche Vorgefühl welches dem Sokrates zur
göttlichen Stimme ward”. — I contend that the mistake is chargeable to
Schleiermacher himself, for bisecting into two phenomena that which
appears in the Apology as the same phenomenon under two different names
— τὸ δαιμόνιον — τὸ τοῦ θεοῦ σημεῖον. Besides, to treat the Dæmon as a
mere “personal presentiment” of Sokrates, may be a true view:— but it is
the view of one who does not inhale the same religious atmosphere as
Sokrates, Plato, and Xenophon. It cannot therefore be properly applied in
explaining their sayings or doings. Kühner, who treats the Theagês as not
composed by Plato, grounds this belief partly on the assertion, that the
δαιμόνιον of Sokrates is described therein as something peculiar to
Sokrates; which, according to Kühner, was the fiction of a subsequent time.
By Sokrates and his contemporaries (Kühner says) it was considered “non

Page 212

sibi soli tanquam proprium quoddam beneficium a Diis tributum, sed
commune sibi esse cum cæteris hominibus” (pp. 20-21). I dissent entirely
from this view, which is contradicted by most of the passages noticed even
by Kühner himself. It is at variance with the Platonic Apology, as well as
with the Theætêtus (150 D), and Republic (vi. 496 C). Xenophon does
indeed try, in the first Chapter of the Memorabilia, as the defender of
Sokrates, to soften the invidia against Sokrates, by intimating that other
persons had communications from the Gods as well as he. But we see
plainly, even from other passages of the Memorabilia, that this was not the
persuasion of Sokrates himself, nor of his friends, nor of his enemies. They
all considered it (as it is depicted in the Theagês also) to be a special
privilege and revelation.

Page 213

Page 214

CHAPTER XVI.

Page 215

ERASTÆ OR ANTERASTÆ — RIVALES.
The main subject of this short dialogue is — What is philosophy? ἡ
φιλοσοφία — τὸ φιλοσοφεῖν. How are we to explain or define it? What is its
province and purport?

Erastæ — subject and persons
Instead of the simple, naked, self-
of the dialogue — dramatic
introducing, conversation, which we read in the
introduction — interesting
Menon, Hipparchus, Minos, &c. Sokrates
youths in the palæstra.
recounts a scene and colloquy, which occurred
when he went into the house of Dionysius the
grammatist or school-master,1 frequented by many elegant and high-born
youths as pupils. Two of these youths were engaged in animated debate upon
some geometrical or astronomical problem, in the presence of various
spectators; and especially of two young men, rivals for the affection of one
of them. Of these rivals, the one is a person devoted to music, letters,
discourse, philosophy:— the other hates and despises these pursuits,
devoting himself to gymnastic exercise, and bent on acquiring the maximum
of athletic force.2 It is much the same contrast as that between the brothers
Amphion and Zethus in the Antiopê of Euripides — which is beautifully
employed as an illustration by Plato in the Gorgias.3

1 Plato, Erastæ, 132. εἰς Διονυσίου τοῦ γραμματιστοῦ εἰσῆλθον, καὶ εἶδον
αὐτόθι τῶν τε νέων τοὺς ἐπιεικεστάτους δοκοῦντας εἶναι τὴν ἰδέαν καὶ
πατέρων εὐδοκίμων καὶ τούτων ἐραστάς.

2 Plato, Erast. 132 E.

3 Plato, Gorgias, 485-486. Compare Cicero De Oratore, ii. 37, 156.

Page 216

Two rival Erastæ — one of them
As soon as Sokrates begins his
literary, devoted to philosophy
interrogatories, the two youths relinquish4 their
— the other gymnastic, hatinggeometrical talk, and turn to him as attentive
philosophy. listeners. Their approach affects his emotions
hardly less than those of the Erastes. He first
enquires from the athletic Erastes, What is it that these two youths are so
intently engaged upon? It must surely be something very fine, to judge by
the eagerness which they display? How do you mean fine (replies the
athlete)? They are only prosing about astronomical matters — talking
nonsense — philosophising! The literary rival, on the contrary, treats this
athlete as unworthy of attention, speaks with enthusiastic admiration of
philosophy, and declares that all those to whom it is repugnant are degraded
specimens of humanity.

4 The powerful sentiment of admiration ascribed to Sokrates in the
presence of these beautiful youths deserves notice as a point in his character.
Compare the beginning of the Charmidês and the Lysis.

Question put by Sokrates —
Sokr. — You think philosophy a fine thing?
What is philosophy? It is the
But you cannot tell whether it is fine or not,
perpetual accumulation of
unless you know what it is.5 Pray explain to me
knowledge, so as to make the what philosophy is. Erast. — I will do so
largest sum total. readily. Philosophy consists in the perpetual
growth of a man’s knowledge — in his going
on perpetually acquiring something new, both in youth and in old age, so
that he may learn as much as possible during life. Philosophy is polymathy.6
Sokr. — You think philosophy not only a fine thing, but good? Erast. — Yes
— very good. Sokr. — But is the case similar in regard to gymnastic? Is a
man’s bodily condition benefited by taking as much exercise, or as much
nourishment, as possible? Is such very great quantity good for the body?7

5 Plat. Erast. 133 A-B.

Page 217

6 Plato, Erast. 133 D. τὴν φιλοσοφίαν — πολυμάθειαν.

7 Plato, Erast. 133 E.

In the case of the body, it is not
It appears after some debate (in which the
the maximum of exercise which
other or athletic Erastes sides with Sokrates8)
does good, but the proper, that in regard to exercise and food it is not the
measured quantity. For the great quantity or the small quantity, which is
mind also, it is not the maximum good for the body — but the moderate or
of knowledge, but the measured measured quantity.9 For the mind, the case is
quantity which is good. Who is admitted to be similar. Not the much, nor the
the judge to determine this little, of learning is good for it but the right or
measure? measured amount. Sokr. — And who is the
competent judge, how much of either is right
measure for the body? Erast. — The physician and the gymnastic trainer.
Sokr. — Who is the competent judge, how much seed is right measure for
sowing a field? Erast. — The farmer. Sokr. — Who is the competent judge,
in reference to the sowing and planting of knowledge in the mind, which
varieties are good, and how much of each is right measure?

8 Plat. Erast. 134 B-C. The literary Erastes says to Sokrates, “To you, I have
no objection to concede this point, and to admit that my previous answer
must be modified. But if I were to debate the point only with him (the
athletic rival), I could perfectly well have defended my answer, and even
worse answer still, for he is quite worthless (οὐδὲν γάρ ἐστι).”

This is a curious passage, illustrating the dialectic habits of the day, and
the pride felt in maintaining an answer once given.

9 Plato, Erastæ, 134 B-D. τὰ μέτρια μάλιστα ὠφελεῖν, ἀλλὰ μὴ τὰ πολλὰ
μηδὲ τὰ ὀλίγα.

Page 218

No answer given. What is the
The question is one which none of the
best conjecture? Answer of the
persons present can answer.10 None of them
literary Erastes. A man must can tell who is the special referee, about
learn that which will yield to training of mind; corresponding to the
him the greatest reputation as a physician or the farmer in the analogous cases.
philosopher — as much as will Sokrates then puts a question somewhat
enable him to talk like an different: Sokr. — Since we have agreed, that
intelligent critic, though not to the man who prosecutes philosophy ought not
practise. to learn many things, still less all things —
what is the best conjecture that we can make,
respecting the matters which he ought to learn? Erast. — The finest and
most suitable acquirements for him to aim at, are those which will yield to
him the greatest reputation as a philosopher. He ought to appear
accomplished in every variety of science, or at least in all the more
important; and with that view, to learn as much of each as becomes a
freeman to know:— that is, what belongs to the intelligent critic, as
distinguished from the manual operative: to the planning and superintending
architect, as distinguished from the working carpenter.11 Sokr. — But you
cannot learn even two different arts to this extent — much less several
considerable arts. Erast. — I do not of course mean that the philosopher can
be supposed to know each of them accurately, like the artist himself — but
only as much as may be expected from the free and cultivated citizen. That
is, he shall be able to appreciate, better than other hearers, the observations
made by the artist: and farther to deliver a reasonable opinion of his own, so
as to be accounted, by all the hearers, more accomplished in the affairs of
the art than themselves.12

10 Plato, Erast. 134 E, 135 A.

11 Plat. Erast. 135 B. ὅσα ξυνέσεως ἔχεται, μὴ ὅσα χειρουργίας.

12 Plat. Erast. 135 D.

Page 219

The philosopher is one who is
Sokr. — You mean that the philosopher is to
second-best in several different
be second-best in several distinct pursuits: like
arts — a Pentathlus — who
the Pentathlus, who is not expected to equal
talks well upon each.
either the runner or the wrestler in their own
separate departments, but only to surpass
competitors in the five matches taken together.13 Erast. — Yes — I mean
what you say. He is one who does not enslave himself to any one matter, nor
works out any one with such strictness as to neglect all others: he attends to
all of them in reasonable measure.14

13 Plat. Erast. 135 E, 136 A. καὶ οὕτως γίγνεσθαι περὶ πάντα ὕπακρόν τινα
ἄνδρα τὸν πεφιλοσοφηκότα. The five matches were leaping, running,
throwing the quoit and the javelin, wrestling.

14 Plat. Erast. 136 B. ἀλλὰ πάντων μετρίως ἐφῆφθαι.

On what occasions can such
Upon this answer Sokrates proceeds to
second-best men be useful?
cross-examine: Sokr. — Do you think that good
There are always regular
men are useful, bad men useless? Erast. — Yes
practitioners at hand, and no
I do. Sokr. — You think that philosophers, as
one will call in the second-best
you describe them, are useful? Erast. —
man when he can have the
Certainly: extremely useful. Sokr. — But tell
regular practitioner.
me on what occasions such second-best men
are useful: for obviously they are inferior to
each separate artist. If you fall sick will you send for one of them, or for a
professional physician? Erast. — I should send for both. Sokr. — That is no
answer: I wish to know, which of the two you will send for first and by
preference? Erast. — No doubt I shall send for the professional physician.
Sokr. — The like also, if you are in danger on shipboard, you will entrust
your life to the pilot rather than to the philosopher: and so as to all other
matters, as long as a professional man is to be found, the philosopher is of
no use? Erast. — So it appears. Sokr. — Our philosopher then is one of the

Page 220

useless persons: for we assuredly have professional men at hand. Now we
agreed before, that good men were useful, bad men useless.15 Erast. — Yes;
that was agreed.

15 Plat. Erast. 136 C-D.

Philosophy cannot consist in
Sokr. — If then you have correctly defined a
multiplication of learned
philosopher to be one who has a second-rate
acquirements.
knowledge on many subjects, he is useless so
long as there exist professional artists on each
subject. Your definition cannot therefore be correct. Philosophy must be
something quite apart from this multifarious and busy meddling with
different professional subjects, or this multiplication of learned
acquirements. Indeed I fancied, that to be absorbed in professional subjects
and in variety of studies, was vulgar and discreditable rather than
otherwise.16

16 Plato, Erast. 137 B.

Let us now, however (continues Sokrates), take up the matter in another
way. In regard to horses and dogs, those who punish rightly are also those
who know how to make them better, and to discriminate with most exactness
the good from the bad? Erast. — Yes: such is the fact.

Sokrates changes his course of
Sokr. — Is not the case similar with men? Is
examination — questions put to
it not the same art, which punishes men rightly,
show that there is one special
makes them better, and best distinguishes the
art, regal and political, of
good from the bad? whether applied to one,
administering and
few, or many? Erast. — It is so.17 Sokr. — The
art or science, whereby men punish evil-doers
discriminating the bad from the
good. rightly, is the judicial or justice: and it is by the
same that they know the good apart from the
bad, either one or many. If any man be a stranger to this art, so as not to

Page 221

know good men apart from bad, is he not also ignorant of himself, whether
he be a good or a bad man? Erast. — Yes: he is. Sokr. — To be ignorant of
yourself, is to be wanting in sobriety or temperance; to know yourself is to
be sober or temperate. But this is the same art as that by which we punish
rightly — or justice. Therefore justice and temperance are the same: and the
Delphian rescript, Know thyself, does in fact enjoin the practice both of
justice and of sobriety.18 Erast. — So it appears. Sokr. — Now it is by this
same art, when practised by a king, rightly punishing evil-doers, that cities
are well governed; it is by the same art practised by a private citizen or
house-master, that the house is well-governed: so that this art, justice or
sobriety, is at the same time political, regal, economical; and the just and
sober man is at once the true king, statesman, house-master.19 Erast. — I
admit it.

17 Plato, Erast. 137 C-D.

18 Plato, Erast. 138 A.

19 Plato, Erast. 138 C.

In this art the philosopher must
Sokr. — Now let me ask you. You said that it
not only be second-best,
was discreditable for the philosopher, when in
competent to talk — but he must
company with a physician or any other
be a fully qualified practitioner,
craftsman talking about matters of his own
competent to act.
craft, not to be able to follow what he said and
comment upon it. Would it not also be
discreditable to the philosopher, when listening to any king, judge, or house-
master, about professional affairs, not to be able to understand and
comment? Erast. — Assuredly it would be most discreditable upon matters
of such grave moment. Sokr. — Shall we say then, that upon these matters
also, as well as all others, the philosopher ought to be a Pentathlus or
second-rate performer, useless so long as the special craftsman is at hand? or

Page 222

shall we not rather affirm, that he must not confide his own house to any one
else, nor be the second-best within it, but must himself judge and punish
rightly, if his house is to be well administered? Erast. — That too I admit.20
Sokr. — Farther, if his friends shall entrust to him the arbitration of their
disputes, — if the city shall command him to act as Dikast or to settle any
difficulty, — in those cases also it will be disgraceful for him to stand
second or third, and not to be first-rate? Erast. — I think it will be. Sokr. —
You see then, my friend, philosophy is something very different from much
learning and acquaintance with multifarious arts or sciences.21

20 Plato, Erast. 138 E. Πότερον οὖν καὶ περὶ ταῦτα λέγωμεν, πένταθλον
αὐτὸν δεῖν εἶναι καὶ ὕπακρον, τὰ δευτερεῖα ἔχοντα πάντων, τὸν φιλόσοφον,
καὶ ἀχρεῖον εἶναι, ἕως ἂν τούτων τις ᾖ; ἢ πρῶτον μὲν τὴν αὑτοῦ οἰκίαν οὐκ
ἀλλῳ ἐπιτρεπτέον οὐδε τὰ δευτερεῖα ἐν τούτῳ ἑκτέον, ἀλλ’ αὐτὸν
κολαστέον δικάζοντα ὀρθῶς, εἰ μέλλει εὖ οἰκεῖσθαι αὐτοῦ ἡ οἰκία;

21 Plato, Erast. 139 A. Πολλοῦ ἄρα δεῖ ἡμῖν, ὦ βέλτιστε, τὸ φιλοσοφεῖν
πολυμάθειά τε εἶναι καὶ ἡ περὶ τὰς τέχνας πραγματεία.

Close of the dialogue —
Upon my saying this (so Sokrates concludes
humiliation of the literary
his recital of the conversation) the literary one
Erastes.
of the two rivals was ashamed and held his
peace; while the gymnastic rival declared that I
was in the right, and the other hearers also commended what I had said.

Remarks — animated manner
The antithesis between the philo-gymnast,
of the dialogue.
hater of philosophy, — and the enthusiastic
admirer of philosophy, who nevertheless
cannot explain what it is — gives much point and vivacity to this short

Page 223

dialogue. This last person is exhibited as somewhat presumptuous and
confident; thus affording a sort of excuse for the humiliating cross-
examination put upon him by Sokrates to the satisfaction of his stupid rival.
Moreover, the dramatic introduction is full of animation, like that of the
Charmidês and Lysis.

Besides the animated style of the dialogue, the points raised for discussion
in it are of much interest. The word philosophy has at all times been vague
and ambiguous. Certainly no one before Sokrates — probably no one before
Plato — ever sought a definition of it. In no other Platonic dialogue than
this, is the definition of it made a special topic of research.

Definition of philosophy — here
It is here handled in Plato’s negative,
sought for the first time —
elenchtic, tentative, manner. By some of his
Platonic conception of measure
contemporaries, philosophy was really
— referee not discovered.
considered as equivalent to polymathy, or to
much and varied knowledge: so at least Plato
represents it as being considered by Hippias the Sophist, contrary to the
opinion of Protagoras.22 The exception taken by Sokrates to a definition
founded on simple quantity, without any standard point of sufficiency by
which much or little is to be measured, introduces that governing idea of τὸ
μέτριον (the moderate, that which conforms to a standard measure) upon
which Plato insists so much in other more elaborate dialogues. The
conception of a measure, of a standard of measurement — and of conformity
thereunto, as the main constituent of what is good and desirable — stands
prominent in his mind,23 though it is not always handled in the same way.
We have seen it, in the Second Alkibiadês, indicated under another name as
knowledge of Good or of the Best: without which, knowledge on special
matters was declared to be hurtful rather than useful.24 Plato considers that
this Measure is neither discernible nor applicable except by a specially
trained intelligence. In the Erastæ as elsewhere, such an intelligence is called

Page 224

for in general terms: but when it is asked, Where is the person possessing
such intelligence, available in the case of mental training — neither Sokrates
nor any one else can point him out. To suggest a question, and direct
attention to it, yet still to leave it unanswered — is a practice familiar with
Plato. In this respect the Erastæ is like other dialogues. The answer, if any,
intended to be understood or divined, is, that such an intelligence is the
philosopher himself.

22 Plato, Protag. 318 E. Compare too, the Platonic dialogues, Hippias
Major and Minor.

23 See about ἡ τοῦ μετρίου φύσις as οὐσία — as ὄντως γιγνόμενον. —
Plato, Politikus, 283-284. Compare also the Philêbus, p. 64 D, and the
Protagoras, pp. 356-357, where ἡ μετρητικὴ τέχνη is declared to be the
principal saviour of life and happiness.

24 Plato, Alkib. ii. 145-146; supra, ch. xii. p. 16.

View taken of the second-best
The second explanation of philosophy here
critical talking man, as
given — that the philosopher is one who is
compared with the special
second-best in many departments, and a good
proficient and practitioner.
talker upon all, but inferior to the special
master in each — was supposed by Thrasyllus
in ancient times to be pointed at Demokritus. By many Platonic critics, it is
referred to those persons whom they single out to be called Sophists. I
conceive it to be applicable (whether intended or not) to the literary men
generally of that age, the persons called Sophists included. That which
Perikles expressed by the word, when he claimed the love of wisdom and the
love of beauty as characteristic features of the Athenian citizen — referred
chiefly to the free and abundant discussion, the necessity felt by every one
for talking over every thing before it was done, yet accompanied with full
energy in action as soon as the resolution was taken to act.25 Speech, ready

Page 225

and pertinent, free conflict of opinion on many different topics — was the
manifestation and the measure of knowledge acquired. Sokrates passed his
life in talking, with every one indiscriminately, and upon each man’s
particular subject; often perplexing the artist himself. Xenophon recounts
conversations with various professional men — a painter, a sculptor, an
armourer — and informs us that it was instructive to all of them, though
Sokrates was no practitioner in any craft.26 It was not merely Demokritus,
but Plato and Aristotle also, who talked or wrote upon almost every subject
included in contemporary observation. The voluminous works of Aristotle,
— the Timæus, Republic, and Leges, of Plato, — embrace a large variety of
subjects, on each of which, severally taken, these two great men were
second-best or inferior to some special proficient. Yet both of them had
judgments to give, which it was important to hear, upon all subjects:27 and
both of them could probably talk better upon each than the special proficient
himself. Aristotle, for example, would write better upon rhetoric than
Demosthenes — upon tragedy, than Sophokles. Undoubtedly, if an oration
or a tragedy were to be composed — if resolution or action were required on
any real state of particular circumstances — the special proficient would be
called upon to act: but it would be a mistake to infer from hence, as the
Platonic Sokrates intimates in the Erastæ, that the second-best, or theorizing
reasoner, was a useless man. The theoretical and critical point of view, with
the command of language apt for explaining and defending it, has a value of
its own; distinct from, yet ultimately modifying and improving, the practical.
And such comprehensive survey and comparison of numerous objects,
without having the attention exclusively fastened or enslaved to any one of
them, deserves to rank high as a variety of intelligence whether it be adopted
as the definition of a philosopher, or not.

25 Thucyd. ii. 39 fin. — 40. καὶ ἔν τε τούτοις τὴν πόλιν ἀξίαν εἶναι
θαυμάζεσθαι, καὶ ἔτι ἐν ἄλλοις. φιλοκαλοῦμεν γὰρ μετ’ εὐτελείας καὶ
φιλοσοφοῦμεν ἄνευ μαλακίας, &c., and the remarkable sequel of the same

Page 226

chapter about the intimate conjunction of abundant speech with energetic
action in the Athenian character.

26 Xen. Mem. iii. 10; iii. 11; iii. 12.

27 The πένταθλος or ὕπακρος whom Plato criticises in this dialogue,
coincides with what Aristotle calls “the man of universal education or
culture”. — Ethic. Nikom. I. i. 1095, a. 1. ἕκαστος δὲ κρίνει καλῶς ἃ
γιγνώσκει, καὶ τούτων ἐστὶν ἀγαθὸς κριτής· καθ’ ἕκαστον ἄρα, ὁ
πεπαιδευμένος· ἁπλῶς δέ, ὁ περὶ πᾶν πεπαιδευμένος.

Plato’s view — that the
Plato undoubtedly did not conceive the
philosopher has a province
definition of the philosopher in the same way
special to himself, distinct from
as Sokrates. The close of the Erastæ is
other specialties — dimly
employed in opening a distant and dim view of
indicated — regal or political
the Platonic conception. We are given to
art.
understand, that the philosopher has a province
of his own, wherein he is not second-best, but a
first-rate actor and adviser. To indicate, in many different ways, that there is
or must be such a peculiar, appertaining to philosophy — distinct from,
though analogous to, the peculiar of each several art — is one leading
purpose in many Platonic dialogues. But what is the peculiar of the
philosopher? Here, as elsewhere, it is marked out in a sort of misty outline,
not as by one who already knows and is familiar with it, but as one who is
trying to find it without being sure that he has succeeded. Here, we have it
described as the art of discriminating good from evil, governing, and
applying penal sanctions rightly. This is the supreme art or science, of which
the philosopher is the professor; and in which, far from requiring advice
from others, he is the only person competent both to advise and to act: the
art which exercises control over all other special arts, directing how far, and
on what occasions, each of them comes into appliance. It is philosophy,
looked at in one of its two aspects: not as a body of speculative truth, to be

Page 227

debated, proved, and discriminated from what cannot be proved or can be
disproved — but as a critical judgment bearing on actual life, prescribing
rules or giving directions in particular cases, with a view to the attainment of
foreknown ends, recognised as expetenda.28 This is what Plato understands
by the measuring or calculating art, the regal or political art, according as we
use the language of the Protagoras, Politikus, Euthydêmus, Republic. Both
justice and sobriety are branches of this art; and the distinction between the
two loses its importance when the art is considered as a whole — as we find
both in the Erastæ and in the Republic.29

28 The difference between the second explanation of philosophy and the
third explanation, suggested in the Erastæ, will be found to coincide pretty
nearly with the distinction which Aristotle takes much pains to draw
between σοφία and φρόνησις. — Ethic. Nikomach. vi. 5, pp. 1140-1141;
also Ethic. Magn. i. pp. 1197-1198.

29 See Republic, iv. 433 A; Gorgias, 526 C; Charmidês 164 B; and
Heindorf’s note on the passage in the Charmidês.

Philosopher — the supreme
Here, in the Erastæ, this conception of the
artist controlling other artists.
philosopher as the supreme artist controlling all
other artists, is darkly indicated and crudely
sketched. We shall find the same conception more elaborately illustrated in
other dialogues; yet never passing out of that state.

Page 228

APPENDIX.
This is one of the dialogues declared to be spurious by Schleiermacher,
Ast, Socher, and Stallbaum, all of them critics of the present century. In my
judgment, their grounds for such declaration are altogether inconclusive.
They think the dialogue an inferior composition, unworthy of Plato; and they
accordingly find reasons, more or less ingenious, for relieving Plato from the
discredit of it. I do not think so meanly of the dialogue as they do; but even
if I did, I should not pronounce it to be spurious, without some evidence
bearing upon that special question. No such evidence, of any value, is
produced.

It is indeed contended, on the authority of a passage in Diogenes (ix. 37),
that Thrasyllus himself doubted of the authenticity of the Erastæ. The
passage is as follows, in his life of Demokritus — εἴπερ οἱ Ἀντερασταὶ
Πλάτωνός εἰσι, φησὶ Θράσυλλος, οὗτος ἂν εἴη ὁ παραγενόμενος ἀνώνυμος,
τῶν περὶ Οἰνοπίδην καὶ Ἀναξαγόραν ἕτερος, ἐν τῇ πρὸς Σωκράτην ὁμιλίᾳ
διαλεγόμενος περὶ φιλοσοφίας· ᾧ, φησίν, ὡς πεντάθλῳ ἔοικεν ὁ φιλόσοφος·
καὶ ἦν ὡς ἀληθῶς ἐν φιλοσοφίᾳ πένταθλος (Demokritus).

Now in the first place, Schleiermacher and Stallbaum both declare that
Thrasyllus can never have said that which Diogenes here makes him say
(Schleierm. p. 510; Stallbaum, Prolegg. ad. Erast. p. 266, and not. p. 273).

Next, it is certain that Thrasyllus did consider it the undoubted work of
Plato, for he enrolled it in his classification, as the third dialogue in the
fourth tetralogy (Diog. L. iii. 59).

Yxem, who defends the genuineness of the Erastæ (Ueber Platon’s
Kleitophon, pp. 6-7, Berlin, 1846), insists very properly on this point; not
merely as an important fact in itself, but as determining the sense of the

Page 229

words εἴπερ οἱ Ἀντερασταὶ Πλάτωνός εἰσι, and as showing that the words
rather affirm, than deny, the authenticity of the dialogue. “If the Anterastæ
are the work of Plato, as they are universally admitted to be.” You must
supply the parenthesis in this way, in order to make Thrasyllus consistent
with himself. Yxem cites a passage from Galen, in which εἴπερ is used, and
in which the parenthesis must be supplied in the way indicated: no doubt at
all being meant to be hinted. And I will produce another passage out of
Diogenes himself, where εἴπερ is used in the same way; not as intended to
convey the smallest doubt, but merely introducing the premiss for a
conclusion immediately following. Diogenes says, respecting the Platonic
Ideas, εἴπερ ἐστὶ μνήμη, τὰς ἰδέας ἐν τοῖς οὖσιν ὑπάρχειν (iii. 15). He does
not intend to suggest any doubt whether there be such a fact as memory.
Εἴπερ is sometimes the equivalent of ἐπειδήπερ: as we learn from Hermann
ad Viger. VIII. 6, p. 512.

There is therefore no fair ground for supposing that Thrasyllus doubted
the genuineness of the Erastæ. And when I read what modern critics say in
support of their verdict of condemnation, I feel the more authorised in
dissenting from it. I will cite a passage or two from Stallbaum.

Stallbaum begins his Prolegomena as follows, pp. 205-206: “Quanquam
hic libellus genus dicendi habet purum, castum, elegans, nihil ut inveniri
queat quod à Platonis aut Xenophontis elegantiâ, abhorreat — tamen quin à
Boeckhio, Schleiermachero, Astio, Sochero, Knebelio, aliis jure meritoque
pro suppositicio habitus sit, haudquaquam dubitamus. Est enim materia
operis adeo non ad Platonis mentem rationemque elaborata, ut potius cuivis
alii Socraticorum quam huic rectè adscribi posse videatur.”

After stating that the Erastæ may be divided into two principal sections,
Stallbaum proceeds:— “Neutra harum partium ita tractata est, ut nihil
desideretur, quod ad justam argumenti explicationem merito requiras —

Page 230

nihil inculcatum reperiatur, quod vel alio modo illustratum vel omnino
omissum esse cupias”.

I call attention to this sentence as a fair specimen of the grounds upon
which the Platonic critics proceed when they strike dialogues out of the
Platonic Canon. If there be anything wanting in it which is required for what
they consider a proper setting forth of the argument — if there be anything
which they would desire to see omitted or otherwise illustrated — this is
with them a reason for deciding that it is not Plato’s work. That is, if there be
any defects in it of any kind, it cannot be admitted as Plato’s work; — his
genuine works have no defects. I protest altogether against this ratio
decidendi. If I acknowledged it and applied it consistently I should strike out
every dialogue in the Canon. Certainly, the presumption in favour of the
Catalogue of Thrasyllus must be counted as nil, if it will not outweigh such
feeble counter-arguments as these.

One reason given by Stallbaum for considering the Erastæ as spurious is,
that the Sophists are not derided in it. “Quis est igitur, qui Platonem sibi
persuadeat illos non fuisse castigaturum, et omnino non significaturum,
quinam illi essent, adversus quos hanc disputationem instituisset?” It is
strange to be called on by learned men to strike out all dialogues from the
Canon in which there is no derision of the Sophists. Such derision exists
already in excess: we hear until we are tired how mean it is to receive money
for lecturing. Again, Stallbaum says that the persons whose opinions are
here attacked are not specified by name. But who are the εἰδῶν φίλοι,
attacked in the Sophistês? They are not specified by name, and critics differ
as to the persons intended.

Page 231

Page 232

CHAPTER XVII.

Page 233

ION.

Ion. Persons of the dialogue.
The dialogue called Ion is carried on
Difference of opinion among
between Sokrates and the Ephesian rhapsode
modern critics as to its
Ion. It is among those disallowed by Ast, first
genuineness.
faintly defended, afterwards disallowed, by
Schleiermacher,1 and treated contemptuously
by both. Subsequent critics, Hermann,2 Stallbaum, Steinhart, consider it as
genuine, yet as an inferior production, of little worth, and belonging to
Plato’s earliest years.

1 Schleiermacher, Einleit. zum Ion, p. 261-266; Ast, Leben und Schriften
des Platon, p. 406.

2 K. F. Hermann, Gesch. und Syst. der Plat. Phil. pp. 437-438; Steinhart,
Einleitung, p. 15.

Rhapsodes as a class in Greece.
I hold it to be genuine, and it may be
They competed for prizes at the
comparatively early; but I see no ground for the
festivals. Ion has been
disparaging criticism which has often been
triumphant.
applied to it. The personage whom it introduces
to us as subjected to the cross-examination of
Sokrates is a rhapsode of celebrity; one among a class of artists at that time
both useful and esteemed. They recited or sang,3 with appropriate accent and
gesture, the compositions of Homer and of other epic poets: thus serving to
the Grecian epic, the same purpose as the actors served to the dramatic, and
the harp-singers (κιθαρῳδοὶ) to the lyric. There were various solemn
festivals such as that of Æsculapius at Epidaurus, and (most especially) the

Page 234

Panathenæa at Athens, where prizes were awarded for the competition of the
rhapsodes. Ion is described as having competed triumphantly in the festival
at Epidaurus, and carried off the first prize. He appeared there in a splendid
costume, crowned with a golden wreath, amidst a crowd which is described
as containing more than 20,000 persons.4

3 The word ᾄδειν is in this very dialogue (532 D, 535 A) applied to the
rhapsoding of Ion.

4 Plato, Ion, 535 D.

Functions of the Rhapsodes.
Much of the acquaintance of cultivated
Recitation — Exposition of the
Greeks with Homer and the other epic poets
poets. Arbitrary exposition of
was both acquired and maintained through such
the poets was then frequent.
rhapsodes; the best of whom contended at the
festivals, while others, less highly gifted as to
vocal power and gesticulation, gave separate declamations and lectures of
their own, and even private lessons to individuals.5 Euthydêmus, in one of
the Xenophontic conversations with Sokrates, and Antisthenes in the
Xenophontic Symposion, are made to declare that the rhapsodes as a class
were extremely silly. This, if true at all, can apply only to the expositions
and comments with which they accompanied their recital of Homer and
other poets. Moreover we cannot reasonably set it down (though some
modern critics do so) as so much incontestable truth: we must consider it as
an opinion delivered by one of the speakers in the conversation, but not
necessarily well founded.6 Unquestionably, the comments made upon
Homer (both in that age and afterwards) were often fanciful and misleading.
Metrodorus, Anaxagoras, and others, resolved the Homeric narrative into
various allegories, physical, ethical, and theological: and most men who had
an opinion to defend, rejoiced to be able to support or enforce it by some
passages of Homer, well or ill-explained — just as texts of the Bible are
quoted in modern times. In this manner, Homer was pressed into the service

Page 235

of every disputant; and the Homeric poems were presented as containing, or
at least as implying, doctrines quite foreign to the age in which they were
composed.7

5 Xen. Sympos. iii. 6. Nikêratus says that he heard the rhapsodes nearly
every day. He professes to be able to repeat both the Iliad and the Odyssey
from memory.

6 Xen. Mem. iv. 2, 10; Sympos. iii. 6; Plato, Ion, 530 E.

Steinhart cites this judgment about the rhapsodes as if it had been
pronounced by the Xenophontic Sokrates himself, which is not the fact
(Steinhart, Einleitung p. 3).

7 Diogenes Laert. ii. 11; Nitzsch, Die Heldensage des Griechen, pp. 74-78;
Lobeck, Agloaphamus, p. 157.

Seneca, Epistol. 88: “modo Stoicum Homerum faciunt — modo
Epicureum … modo Peripateticum, tria genera bonorum inducentem: modo
Academicum, incerta omnia dicentem. Apparet nihil horum esse in illo, cui
omnia insunt: ista enim inter se dissident.”

The popularity of the Rhapsodes
The Rhapsodes, in so far as they interpreted
was chiefly derived from their
Homer, were probably not less disposed than
recitation. Powerful effect which
others to discover in him their own fancies. But
they produced.
the character in which they acquired most
popularity, was, not as expositors, but as
reciters, of the poems. The powerful emotion which, in the process of
reciting, they both felt themselves and communicated to their auditors, is
declared in this dialogue: “When that which I recite is pathetic (says Ion),
my eyes are filled with tears: when it is awful or terrible, my hair stands on
end, and my heart leaps. Moreover I see the spectators also weeping,
sympathising with my emotions, and looking aghast at what they hear.”8

Page 236

This assertion of the vehement emotional effect produced by the words of
the poet as declaimed or sung by the rhapsode, deserves all the more credit
— because Plato himself, far from looking upon it favourably, either derides
or disapproves it. Accepting it as a matter of fact, we see that the influence
of rhapsodes, among auditors generally, must have been derived more from
their efficacy as actors than from their ability as expositors.

8 Plato, Ion, 535 C-E.

The description here given is the more interesting because it is the only
intimation remaining of the strong effect produced by these rhapsodic
representations.

Ion both reciter and expositor —
Ion however is described in this dialogue as
Homer was considered more as
combining the two functions of reciter and
an instructor than as a poet.
expositor: a partnership like that of Garrick and
Johnson, in regard to Shakspeare. It is in the
last of the two functions, that Sokrates here examines him: considering
Homer, not as a poet appealing to the emotions of hearers, but as a teacher
administering lessons and imparting instruction. Such was the view of
Homer entertained by a large proportion of the Hellenic world. In that
capacity, his poems served as a theme for rhapsodes, as well as for various
philosophers and Sophists who were not rhapsodes, nor accomplished
reciters.

Plato disregards and
The reader must keep in mind, in following
disapproves the poetic or
the questions put by Sokrates, that this
emotional working.
pædagogic and edifying view of Homer is the
only one present to the men of the Sokratic
school — and especially to Plato. Of the genuine functions of the gifted
poet, who touches the chords of strong and diversified emotion — “qui
pectus inaniter angit, Irritat, mulcet, falsis terroribus implet” (Horat. Epist.
II. 1, 212) — Plato takes no account: or rather, he declares open war against

Page 237

them, either as childish delusions9, or as mischievous stimulants, tending to
exalt the unruly elements of the mind, and to overthrow the sovereign
authority of reason. We shall find farther manifestations on this point in the
Republic and Leges.

9 The question of Sokrates (Ion, 535 D), about the emotion produced in the
hearers by the recital of Homer’s poetry, bears out what is here asserted.

Ion devoted himself to Homer
Ion professes to have devoted himself to the
exclusively. Questions of
study of Homer exclusively, neglecting other
Sokrates to him — How
poets: so that he can interpret the thoughts, and
happens it that you cannot talk
furnish reflections upon them, better than any
equally upon other poets? The
other expositor.10 How does it happen (asked
poetic art is one. Sokrates) that you have so much to say about
Homer, and nothing at all about other poets?
Homer may be the best of all poets: but he is still only one of those who
exercise the poetic art, and he must necessarily talk about the same subjects
as other poets. Now the art of poetry is One altogether — like that of
painting, sculpture, playing on the flute, playing on the harp, rhapsodizing,
&c.11 Whoever is competent to judge and explain one artist, — what he has
done well and what he has done ill, — is competent also to judge any other
artist in the same profession.

10 Plato, Ion, 536 E.

11 Plato, Ion, 531 A, 532 C-D. ποιητικὴ πού ἐστι τὸ ὅλον … Οὐκοῦν
ἐπειδὰν λάβῃ τις καὶ ἄλλην τέχνην ἡντινοῦν ὅλην, ὁ αὐτὸς τρόπος τῆς
σκέψεώς ἐστι περὶ ἁπασῶν τῶν τεχνῶν; 533 A.

I cannot explain to you how it happens (replies Ion): I only know the fact
incontestably — that when I talk about Homer, my thoughts flow
abundantly, and every one tells me that my discourse is excellent. Quite the
reverse, when I talk of any other poet.12

Page 238

12 Plato, Ion, 533 C.

Explanation given by Sokrates.
I can explain it (says Sokrates). Your talent
Both the Rhapsode and the Poet
in expounding Homer is not an art, acquired by
work, not by art and system, but
system and method — otherwise it would have
by divine inspiration. Fine poets
been applicable to other poets besides. It is a
are bereft of their reason, and
special gift, imparted to you by divine power
possessed by inspiration from
and inspiration. The like is true of the poet
some God.
whom you expound. His genius does not spring
from art, system, or method: it is a special gift
emanating from the inspiration of the Muses.13 A poet is a light, airy, holy,
person, who cannot compose verses at all so long as his reason remains
within him.14 The Muses take away his reason, substituting in place of it
their own divine inspiration and special impulse, either towards epic,
dithyramb, encomiastic hymns, hyporchemata, &c., one or other of these.
Each poet receives one of these special gifts, but is incompetent for any of
the others: whereas, if their ability had been methodical or artistic, it would
have displayed itself in all of them alike. Like prophets, and deliverers of
oracles, these poets have their reason taken away, and become servants of
the Gods.15 It is not they who, bereft of their reason, speak in such sublime
strains: it is the God who speaks to us, and speaks through them. You may
see this by Tynnichus of Chalkis; who composed his Pæan, the finest of all
Pæans, which is in every one’s mouth, telling us himself, that it was the
invention of the Muses — but who never composed anything else worth
hearing. It is through this worthless poet that the God has sung the most
sublime hymn:16 for the express purpose of showing us that these fine
compositions are not human performances at all, but divine: and that the
poet is only an interpreter of the Gods, possessed by one or other of them, as
the case may be.

Page 239

13 Plato, Ion, 533 E — 534 A. πάντες γὰρ οἵ τε τῶν ἐπῶν ποιηταὶ οἱ ἀγαθοὶ
οὐκ ἐκ τέχνης ἀλλ’ ἔνθεοι ὄντες καὶ κατεχόμενοι πάντα ταῦτα τὰ καλὰ
λέγουσι ποιήματα, καὶ οἱ μελοποιοὶ οἱ ἀγαθοὶ ὡσαύτως· ὥσπερ οἱ
κορυβαντιντιῶτες οὐκ ἔμφρονες ὄντες ὀρχοῦνται, οὕτω καὶ οἱ μελοποιοὶ οὐκ
ἔμφρονες ὄντες τὰ καλὰ μέλη ταῦτα ποιοῦσιν, &c.

14 Plato, Ion, 534 B. κοῦφον γὰρ χρῆμα ποιητής ἐστι καὶ πτηνὸν καὶ ἱερόν,
καὶ οὐ πρότερον οἷός τε ποιεῖν πρὶν ἂν ἔνθεός τε γένηται καὶ ἔκφρων καὶ ὁ
νοῦς μηκέτι ἐν αὐτῷ ἐνῇ· ἕως δ’ ἂν τουτὶ ἔχῃ τὸ κτῆμα, ἀδύνατος πᾶς ποιεῖν
ἐστιν ἄνθρωπος καὶ χρησμῳδεῖν.

15 Plato. Ion, 534 C-D. διὰ ταῦτα δὲ ὁ θεὸς ἐξαιρούμενος τούτων τὸν νοῦν
τούτοις χρῆται ὑπηρέταις καὶ τοῖς χρησμῳδοῖς καὶ τοῖς μάντεσι τοῖς θείοις,
ἵνα ἡμεῖς οἱ ἀκούοντες εἰδῶμεν, ὅτι οὐχ οὗτοί εἰσιν οἱ ταῦτα λέγοντες οὕτω
πολλοῦ ἄξια, ἀλλ’ ὁ θεὸς αὐτός ἐστιν ὁ λέγων, διὰ τούτων δὲ φθέγγεται πρὸς
ἡμᾶς.

16 Plato, Ion. 534 E. ταῦτα ἐνδεικνύμενος ὁ θεὸς ἐξεπίτηδες διὰ τοῦ
φαυλοτάτου ποιητοῦ τὸ κάλλιστον μέλος ᾖσεν.

Analogy of the Magnet, which
Homer is thus (continues Sokrates) not a
holds up by attraction successive
man of art or reason, but the interpreter of the
stages of iron rings. The Gods
Gods; deprived of his reason, but possessed,
first inspire Homer, then act
inspired, by them. You, Ion, are the interpreter
through him and through Ion
of Homer: and the divine inspiration, carrying
upon the auditors.
away your reason, is exercised over you
through him. It is in this way that the influence
of the Magnet is shown, attracting and holding up successive stages of iron
rings.17 The first ring is in contact with the Magnet itself: the second is
suspended to the first, the third to the second, and so on. The attractive
influence of the Magnet is thus transmitted through a succession of different
rings, so as to keep suspended several which are a good way removed from

Page 240

itself. So the influence of the Gods is exerted directly and immediately upon
Homer: through him, it passes by a second stage to you: through him and
you, it passes by a third stage to those auditors whom you so powerfully
affect and delight, becoming however comparatively enfeebled at each stage
of transition.

17 Plato, Ion, 533 D-E.

This comparison forms the
The passage and comparison here given by
central point of the dialogue. It
Sokrates — remarkable as an early description
is an expansion of a judgment
of the working of the Magnet — forms the
delivered by Sokrates in the
central point or kernel of the dialogue called
Apology.
Ion. It is an expansion of a judgment delivered
by Sokrates himself in his Apology to the
Dikasts, and it is repeated in more than one place by Plato.18 Sokrates
declares in his Apology that he had applied his testing cross-examination to
several excellent poets; and that finding them unable to give any rational
account of their own compositions, he concluded that they composed
without any wisdom of their own, under the same inspiration as prophets
and declarers of oracles. In the dialogue before us, this thought is strikingly
illustrated and amplified.

18 Plato, Apol. Sokr. p. 22 D; Plato, Menon, p. 99 D.

Platonic Antithesis: systematic
The contrast between systematic,
procedure distinguished from
professional, procedure, deliberately taught and
unsystematic: which latter was
consciously acquired, capable of being
either blind routine, or madness
defended at every step by appeal to intelligible
inspired by the Gods. Varieties
rules founded upon scientific theory, and
of madness, good and bad.
enabling the person so qualified to impart his
qualification to others — and a different
procedure purely impulsive and unthinking, whereby the agent, having in his

Page 241

mind a conception of the end aimed at, proceeds from one intermediate step
to another, without knowing why he does so or how he has come to do so,
and without being able to explain his practice if questioned or to impart it to
others — this contrast is a favourite one with Plato. The last-mentioned
procedure — the unphilosophical or irrational — he conceives under
different aspects: sometimes as a blind routine or insensibly acquired
habit,19 sometimes as a stimulus applied from without by some God,
superseding the reason of the individual. Such a condition Plato calls
madness, and he considers those under it as persons out of their senses. But
he recognises different varieties of madness, according to the God from
whom it came: the bad madness was a disastrous visitation and distemper —
the good madness was a privilege and blessing, an inspiration superior to
human reason. Among these privileged madmen he reckoned prophets and
poets; another variety under the same genus, is, that mental love, between a
well-trained adult, and a beautiful, intelligent, youth, which he regards as the
most exalted of all human emotions.20 In the Ion, this idea of a privileged
madness — inspiration from the Gods superseding reason — is applied not
only to the poet, but also to the rhapsode who recites the poem, and even to
the auditors whom he addresses. The poet receives the inspiration directly
from the Gods: he inoculates the rhapsode with it, who again inoculates the
auditors — the fervour is, at each successive communication, diminished.
The auditor represents the last of the rings; held in suspension, through the
intermediate agency of other rings, by the inherent force of the magnet.21

19 Plato, Phædon, 82 A; Gorgias, 463 A, 486 A.

20 This doctrine is set forth at length by Sokrates in the Platonic Phædrus,
in the second discourse of Sokrates about Eros, pp. 244-245-249 D.

21 Plato, Ion, 535 E. οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ θεατὴς τῶν δακτυλίων ὁ ἔσχατος … ὁ
δὲ μέσος σὺ ὁ ῥαψῳδὸς καὶ ὑποκριτὴς, ὁ δὲ πρῶτος, αὐτὸς ὁ ποιητής.

Page 242

Special inspiration from the
We must remember, that privileged
Gods was a familiar fact in
communications from the Gods to men, and
Grecian life. Privileged
special persons recipient thereof, were
communications from the Gods
acknowledged and witnessed everywhere as a
to Sokrates — his firm belief in
constant phenomenon of Grecian life. There
them.
were not only numerous oracular temples,
which every one could visit to ask questions in
matters of doubt — but also favoured persons who had received from the
Gods the gift of predicting the future, of interpreting omens, of determining
the good or bad indications furnished by animals sacrificed.22 In every town
or village — or wherever any body of men were assembled — there were
always persons who prophesied or delivered oracles, and to whom special
revelations were believed to be vouchsafed, during periods of anxiety. No
one was more familiar with this fact than the Sokratic disciples: for Sokrates
himself had perhaps a greater number of special communications from the
Gods than any man of his age: his divine sign having begun when he was a
child, and continuing to move him frequently, even upon small matters, until
his death: though the revelations were for the most part negative, not
affirmative — telling him often what was not to be done — seldom what
was to be done — resembling in this respect his own dialogues with other
persons. Moreover Sokrates inculcated upon his friends emphatically, that
they ought to have constant recourse to prophecy: that none but impious men
neglected to do so: that the benevolence of the Gods was nowhere more
conspicuous than in their furnishing such special revelations and warnings,
to persons whom they favoured: that the Gods administered the affairs of the
world partly upon principles of regular sequence, so that men by diligent
study might learn what they were to expect, — but partly also, and by
design, in a manner irregular and undecypherable, such that it could not be
fathomed by any human study, and could not be understood except through
direct and special revelation from themselves.23

Page 243

22 Not only the χρησμολόγοι, μάντεις oracular temples, &c., are often
mentioned in Herodotus, Thucydides, Xenophon, &c., but Aristotle also
recognises οἱ νυμφόληπτοι καὶ θεόληπτοι τῶν ἀνθρώπων, ἐπιπνοίᾳ
δαιμονίου τινὸς ὥσπερ ἐνθουσιάζοντες, as a real and known class of
persons. See Ethic. Eudem. i. p. 1214, a. 23; Ethic. Magna, ii. p. 1207, b. 8.

The μάντις is a recognised profession, the gift of Apollo, not merely
according to Homer, but according to Solon (Frag. xi. 52, Schn.):

Ἄλλον μάντιν ἔθηκεν ἄναξ ἑκάεργος Ἀπόλλων,
ἔγνω δ’ ἀνδρὶ κακὸν τηλόθεν ἐρχόμενον, &c.

23 These views of Sokrates are declared in the Memorabilia of Xenophon,
i. 1, 6-10; i. 4, 2-18; iv. 3, 12.

It is plain from Xenophon (Mem. i. 1, 3) that many persons were offended
with Sokrates because they believed, — or at least because he affirmed —
that he received more numerous and special revelations from the Gods than
any one else.

Condition of the inspired person
Here, as well as elsewhere, Plato places
— his reason is for the time
inspiration, both of the prophet and the poet, in
withdrawn.
marked contrast with reason and intelligence.
Reason is supposed to be for the time
withdrawn or abolished, and inspiration is introduced by the Gods into its
place. “When Monarch Reason sleeps, this mimic wakes.” The person
inspired (prophet or poet) becomes for the time the organ of an extraneous
agency, speaking what he neither originates nor understands. The genuine
gift of prophecy24 (Plato says) attaches only to a disabled, enfeebled,
distempered, condition of the intelligence; the gift of poetry is conferred by
the Gods upon the most inferior men, as we see by the case of Tynnichus —

Page 244

whose sublime pæan shows us, that it is the Gods alone who utter fine
poetry through the organs of a person himself thoroughly incompetent.

24 Plato, Timæus, 71 E. ἱκανὸν δὲ σημεῖον ὡς μαντικὴν ἀφροσύνῃ θεὸς
ἀνθρωπίνῃ δέδωκεν· οὐδεὶς γὰρ ἔννους ἐφάπτεται μαντικῆς ἐνθέου καὶ
ἀληθοῦς, ἀλλ’ ἢ καθ’ ὕπνον τὴν τῆς φρονήσεως πεδηθεὶς δύναμιν, ἢ διὰ
νόσον ἤ τινα ἐνθουσιασμὸν παραλλάξας.

Compare Plato, Menon, pp. 99-100. οἱ χρησμῳδοί τε καὶ οἱ θεομάντεις …
λέγουσι μὲν ἀληθῆ καὶ πολλὰ ἴσασι δὲ οὐδὲν ὧν λέγουσι. Compare Plato,
Legg. iv. 719.

Ion does not admit himself to be
It is thus that Plato, setting before himself a
inspired and out of his mind.
process of systematised reason, — originating
in a superior intellect, laying down universal
principles and deducing consequences from them — capable of being
consistently applied, designedly taught, and defended against objections —
enumerates the various mental conditions opposed to it, and ranks
inspiration as one of them. In this dialogue, Sokrates seeks to prove that the
success of Ion as a rhapsode depends upon his being out of his mind or
inspired. But Ion does not accept the compliment: Ion. — You speak well,
Sokrates; but I should be surprised if you spoke well enough to create in me
the new conviction, that I am possessed and mad when I eulogize Homer. I
do not think that you would even yourself say so, if you heard me discourse
on the subject.25

25 Plato, Ion, 536 E.

Homer talks upon all subjects —
Sokr. — But Homer talks upon all subjects.
Is Ion competent to explain what
Upon which of them can you discourse? Ion.
Homer says upon all of them?
— Upon all. Sokr. — Not surely on such as
belong to special arts, professions. Each
portion of the matter of knowledge is included

Page 245

Rhapsodic art. What is its under some special art, and is known through
province? that art by those who possess it. Thus, you and
I, both of us, know the number of our fingers;
we know it through the same art, which both of us possess — the
arithmetical. But Homer talks of matters belonging to many different arts or
occupations, that of the physician, the charioteer, the fisherman, &c. You
cannot know these; since you do not belong to any of these professions, but
are a rhapsode. Describe to me what are the matters included in the
rhapsodic art. The rhapsodic art is one art by itself, distinct from the medical
and others: it cannot know every thing; tell me what matters come under its
special province.26 Ion. — The rhapsodic art does not know what belongs to
any one of the other special arts: but that of which it takes cognizance, and
that which I know, is, what is becoming and suitable to each variety of
character described by Homer: to a man or woman — to a freeman or slave
— to the commander who gives orders or to the subordinate who obeys
them, &c. This is what belongs to the peculiar province of the rhapsode to
appreciate and understand.27 Sokr. — Will the rhapsode know what is
suitable for the commander of a ship to say to his seamen, during a
dangerous storm, better than the pilot? Will the rhapsode know what is
suitable for one who gives directions about the treatment of a sick man,
better than the physician? Will the rhapsode know what is suitable to be said
by the herdsman when the cattle are savage and distracted, or to the female
slaves when busy in spinning? Ion. — No: the rhapsode will not know these
things so well as the pilot, the physician, the grazier, the mistress, &c.28
Sokr. — Will the rhapsode know what is suitable for the military commander
to say, when he is exhorting his soldiers? Ion. — Yes: the rhapsode will
know this well: at least I know it well.

26 Plato, Ion, 538-539.

Page 246

27 Plato, Ion, 540 A. ἂ τῷ ῥαψῳδῷ προσήκει καὶ σκοπεῖσθαι καὶ διακρίνειν
παρὰ τοὺς ἄλλους ἀνθρώπους, 539 E.

28 Plato, Ion, 540 B-C.

The Rhapsode does not know
Sokr. — Perhaps, Ion, you are not merely a
special matters, such as the craft
rhapsode, but possess also the competence for
of the pilot, physician, farmer,
being a general. If you know matters belonging
&c., but he knows the business
to military command, do you know them in
of the general, and is competent
your capacity of general, or in your capacity of
to command soldiers, having
rhapsode? Ion. — I think there is no difference.
learnt it from Homer.
Sokr. — How say you? Do you affirm that the
rhapsodic art, and the strategic art, are one?
Ion. — I think they are one. Sokr. — Then whosoever is a good rhapsode, is
also a good general? Ion. — Unquestionably. Sokr. — And of course,
whoever is a good general, is also a good rhapsode? Ion. — No: I do not
think that. Sokr. — But you do maintain, that whosoever is a good rhapsode,
is also a good general? Ion. — Decidedly. Sokr. — You are yourself the best
rhapsode in Greece? Ion. — By far. Sokr. — Are you then also the best
general in Greece? Ion. — Certainly I am, Sokrates: and that too, by having
learnt it from Homer.29

29 Plato, Ion, 540 D — 541 B.

After putting a question or two, not very forcible, to ask how it happens
that Ion, being an excellent general, does not obtain a military appointment
from Athens, Sparta, or some other city, Sokrates winds up the dialogue as
follows:—

Conclusion. Ion expounds
Well, Ion, if it be really true that you possess
Homer, not with any knowledge
a rational and intelligent competence to
illustrate the beauties of Homer, you wrong and
deceive me, because after promising to deliver

Page 247

of what he says, but by divine to me a fine discourse about Homer, you will
inspiration. not even comply with my preliminary entreaty
— that you will first tell me what those matters
are, on which your superiority bears. You twist every way like Proteus, until
at last you slip through my fingers and appear as a general. If your powers of
expounding Homer depend on art and intelligence, you are a wrong-doer and
deceiver, for not fulfilling your promise to me. But you are not chargeable
with wrong, if the fact be as I say; that is, if you know nothing about Homer,
but are only able to discourse upon him finely and abundantly, through a
divine inspiration with which you are possessed by him. Choose whether
you wish me to regard you as a promise-breaker, or as a divine man. Ion. —
I choose the last: it is much better to be regarded as a divine man.30

30 Plato, Ion, 541 E — 542 A. εἰ μὲν ἀληθή λέγεις, ὡς τέχνῃ καὶ ἐπιστήμῃ
οἷός τε εἶ Ὅμηρου ἐπαινεῖν, ἀδικεῖς . . . εἰ δὲ μὴ τεχνικὸς εἶ, ἀλλὰ θείᾳ μοίρᾳ
κατεχόμενος ἐξ Ὁμήρου μηδὲν εἰδὼς πολλὰ καὶ καλὰ λέγεις περὶ τοῦ
ποιητοῦ, ὥσπερ ἐγὼ εἶπον περὶ σοῦ, οὐδὲν ἀδικεῖς· ἑλοῦ οὖν, πότερα βούλει
νομίζεσθαι ὑφ’ ἡμῶν ἄδικος ἀνὴρ εἶναι ἢ θεῖος.

The generals in Greece usually
It seems strange to read such language put
possessed no professional
into Ion’s mouth (we are not warranted in
experience — Homer and the
regarding it as what any rhapsode ever did say),
poets were talked of as the great
as the affirmation — that every good rhapsode
teachers — Plato’s view of the
was also a good general, and that he had
poet, as pretending to know
become the best of generals simply through
everything, but really knowing
complete acquaintance with Homer. But this is
nothing.
only a caricature of a sentiment largely
prevalent at Athens, according to which the

Page 248

works of the poets, especially the Homeric poems, were supposed to be a
mine of varied instruction, and were taught as such to youth.31 In Greece,
the general was not often required (except at Sparta, and not always even
there) to possess professional experience.32 Sokrates, in one of the
Xenophontic conversations, tries to persuade Nikomachides, a practised
soldier (who had failed in getting himself elected general, because a
successful Chorêgus had been preferred to him), how much the qualities of
an effective Chorêgus coincided with those of an effective general.33 The
poet Sophokles was named by the Athenians one of the generals of the very
important armament for reconquering Samos: though Perikles, one of his
colleagues, as well as his contemporary declared that he was an excellent
poet, but knew nothing of generalship.34 Plato frequently seeks to make it
evident how little the qualities required for governing numbers, either civil
or military, were made matter of professional study or special teaching. The
picture of Homer conveyed in the tenth book of the Platonic Republic is, that
of a man who pretends to know everything, but really knows nothing: an
imitative artist, removed by two stages from truth and reality, — who gives
the shadows of shadows, resembling only enough to satisfy an ignorant
crowd. This is the picture there presented of poets generally, and of Homer
as the best among them. The rhapsode Ion is here brought under the same
category as the poet Homer, whom he has by heart and recites. The whole
field of knowledge is assumed to be distributed among various specialties,
not one of which either of the two can claim. Accordingly, both of them
under the mask of universal knowledge, conceal the reality of universal
ignorance.

31 Aristophan. Ranæ, 1032.

Ὀρφεὺς μὲν γὰρ τελετάς θ’ ἡμῖν κατέδειξε φόνων τ’ ἀπέχεσθαι
Μουσαῖος δ’ ἐξακέσεις τε νόσων καὶ χρησμούς, Ἡσίοδος δὲ
Γῆς ἐργασίας, καρπῶν ὥρας, ἀρότους· ὁ δὲ θεῖος Ὅμηρος

Page 249

Ἀπὸ τοῦ τιμὴν καὶ κλέος ἔσχειν, πλὴν τοῦδ’, ὅτι χρήστ’ ἐδίδαξε.
Τάξεις, ἀρετάς, ὁπλίσεις ἀνδρῶν; …
Ἀλλ’ ἄλλους τοι πολλοὺς ἀγαθοὺς (ἐδίδαξεν), ὧν ἦν καὶ Λάμαχος ἥρως.

See these views combated by Plato, Republ. x. 599-600-606 E.

The exaggerated pretension here ascribed to Ion makes him look
contemptible — like the sentiment ascribed to him, 535 E, “If I make the
auditors weep, I myself shall laugh and pocket money,” &c.

32 Xenoph. Memor. iii. 5, 21, in the conversation between the younger
Perikles and Sokrates — τῶν δὲ στρατηγῶν οἱ πλεῖστοι αὐτοσχεδιάζουσιν.
Also iii. 5, 24.

Compare, respecting the generals, the striking lines of Euripides, Androm.
698, and the encomium of Cicero (Academ. Prior. 2, 1) respecting the
quickness and facility with which Lucullus made himself an excellent
general.

33 Xen. Mem. iii. 4, especially iii. 4, 6, where Nikomachides asks with
surprise, λέγεις σύ, ὦ Σώκρατες, ὡς τοῦ αὐτοῦ ἀνδρός ἐστι χορηγεῖν τε
καλῶς καὶ στρατηγεῖν;

34 See the very curious extract from the contemporary Ion of Chios, in
Athenæus, xiii. 604. Aristophanes of Byzantium says that the appointment of
Sophokles to this military function arose from the extra-ordinary popularity
of his tragedy Antigonê, exhibited a little time before. See Boeckh’s valuable
‘Dissertation on the Antigonê,’ appended to his edition thereof, pp. 121-124.

Knowledge, opposed to divine
Ion is willing enough (as he promises) to
inspiration without knowledge.
exhibit before Sokrates one of his eloquent
discourses upon Homer. But Sokrates never
permits him to arrive at it: arresting him always by preliminary questions,
and requiring him to furnish an intelligible description of the matter which

Page 250

his discourse is intended to embrace, and thus to distinguish it from other
matters left untouched. A man who cannot comply with this requisition, —
who cannot (to repeat what I said in a previous chapter) stand a Sokratic
cross-examination on the subject — possesses no rational intelligence of his
own proceedings: no art, science, knowledge, system, or method. If as a
practitioner he executes well what he promises (which is often the case), and
attains success — he does so either by blind imitation of some master, or
else under the stimulus and guidance of some agency foreign to himself —
of the Gods or Fortune.

This is the Platonic point of view; developed in several different ways and
different dialogues, but hardly anywhere more conspicuously than in the Ion.

Illustration of Plato’s opinion
I have observed that in this dialogue, Ion is
respecting the uselessness of
anxious to embark on his eloquent expository
written geometrical treatises.
discourse, but Sokrates will not allow him to
begin: requiring as a preliminary stage that
certain preliminary difficulties shall first be cleared up. Here we have an
illustration of Plato’s doctrine, to which I adverted in a former chapter,35 —
that no written geometrical treatise could impart a knowledge of geometry to
one ignorant thereof. The geometrical writer begins by laying down a string
of definitions and axioms; and then strikes out boldly in demonstrating his
theorems. But Plato would refuse him the liberty of striking out, until he
should have cleared up the preliminary difficulties about the definitions and
axioms themselves. This the geometrical treatise does not even attempt.36

Chap. viii. p. 353.

36 Compare Plato, Republic, vi. 510 C; vii. 538 C-D.

Page 251

Page 252

CHAPTER XVIII.

Page 253

LACHES.
The main substance of this dialogue consists of a discussion, carried on by
Sokrates with Nikias and Lachês, respecting Courage. Each of the two latter
proposes an explanation of Courage: Sokratês criticises both of them, and
reduces each to a confessed contradiction.

Lachês. Subject and persons of
The discussion is invited, or at least
the dialogue, Whether it is
dramatically introduced, by two elderly men —
useful that two young men
Lysimachus, son of Aristeides the Just, — and
should receive lessons from a
Melêsias, son of Thucydides the rival of
master of arms. Nikias and
Perikles. Lysimachus and Melêsias, confessing
Lachês differ in opinion.
with shame that they are inferior to their
fathers, because their education has been
neglected, wish to guard against the same misfortune in the case of their own
sons: respecting the education of whom, they ask the advice of Nikias and
Lachês. The question turns especially upon the propriety of causing their
sons to receive lessons from a master of arms just then in vogue. Nikias and
Lachês, both of them not merely distinguished citizens but also commanders
of Athenian armies, are assumed to be well qualified to give advice.
Accordingly they deliver their opinions: Nikias approving such lessons as
beneficial, in exalting the courage of a young man, and rendering him
effective on the field of battle: while Lachês takes an opposite view,
disparages the masters of arms as being no soldiers, and adds that they are
despised by the Lacedæmonians, to whose authority on military matters
general deference was paid in Greece.1 Sokratês, — commended greatly by
Nikias for his acuteness and sagacity, by Lachês for his courage in the battle
of Delium, — is invited to take part in the consultation. Being younger than

Page 254

both, he waits till they have delivered their opinions, and is then called upon
to declare with which of the two his own judgment will concur.2

1 Plato, Lachês, 182-183.

2 Plato, Lachês, 184 D.

Nikias is made to say that Sokrates has recently recommended to him
Damon, as a teacher of μουσικὴ to his sons, and that Damon had proved an
admirable teacher as well as companion (180 D). Damon is mentioned by
Plato generally with much eulogy.

Sokrates is invited to declare his
Sokr. — The question must not be
opinion. He replies that the
determined by a plurality of votes, but by
point cannot be decided without
superiority of knowledge.3 If we were debating
a competent professional judge. about the proper gymnastic discipline for these
young men, we should consult a known artist
or professional trainer, or at least some one who had gone through a course
of teaching and practice under the trainer. The first thing to be enquired
therefore is, whether, in reference to the point now under discussion, there
be any one of us professionally or technically competent, who has studied
under good masters, and has proved his own competence as a master by
producing well-trained pupils. The next thing is, to understand clearly what
it is, with reference to which such competence is required.4 Nikias. —
Surely the point before us is, whether it be wise to put these young men
under the lessons of the master of arms? That is what we want to know. Sokr.
— Doubtless it is: but that is only one particular branch of a wider and more
comprehensive enquiry. When you are considering whether a particular
ointment is good for your eyes, it is your eyes, and their general benefit,
which form the subject of investigation — not the ointment simply. The
person to assist you will be, he who understands professionally the general
treatment of the eyes. So in this case, you are enquiring whether lessons in

Page 255

arms will be improving for the minds and character of your sons. Look out
therefore for some one who is professionally competent, from having
studied under good masters, in regard to the general treatment of the mind.5
Lachês. — But there are various persons who, without ever having studied
under masters, possess greater technical competence than others who have
so studied. Sokr. — There are such persons: but you will never believe it
upon their own assurance, unless they can show you some good special
work actually performed by themselves.

3 Plato, Lachês, 184 E. ἐπιστήμῃ δεῖ κρίνεσθαι ἀλλ’ οὐ πλήθει τὸ μέλλον
καλῶς κριθήσεσθαι.

4 Plato, Lachês, 185 C.

5 Plato, Lachês, 185 E. εἴ τις ἡμῶν τεχνικὸς περὶ ψυχῆς θεραπείαν, καὶ οἷός
τε καλῶς τοῦτο θεραπεῦσαι, καὶ ὅτῳ διδάσκαλοι ἀγαθοὶ γεγόνασι, τοῦτο
σκεπτέον.

Those who deliver an opinion
Sokr. — Now then, Lysimachus, since you
must begin by proving their
have invited Lachês and Nikias, as well as me,
competence to judge — Sokrates
to advise you on the means of most effectively
avows his own incompetence.
improving the mind of your son, it is for us to
show you that we possess competent
professional skill respecting the treatment of the youthful mind. We must
declare to you who are the masters from whom we have learnt, and we must
prove their qualifications. Or if we have had no masters, we must
demonstrate to you our own competence by citing cases of individuals,
whom we have successfully trained, and who have become incontestably
good under our care. If we can fulfil neither of these two conditions, we
ought to confess our incompetence and decline advising you. We must not
begin to try our hands upon so precious a subject as the son of a friend, at
the hazard of doing him more harm than good.6

Page 256

6 Plato, Lachês, 186 B.

As to myself, I frankly confess that I have neither had any master to
impart to me such competence, nor have I been able to acquire it by my own
efforts. I am not rich enough to pay the Sophists, who profess to teach it. But
as to Nikias and Lachês, they are both older and richer than I am: so that
they may well have learnt it from others, or acquired it for themselves. They
must be thoroughly satisfied of their own knowledge on the work of
education; otherwise they would hardly have given such confident opinions,
pronouncing what pursuits are good or bad for youth. For my part, I trust
them implicitly: the only thing which surprises me, is, that they dissent from
each other.7 It is for you therefore, Lysimachus, to ask Nikias and Lachês, —
Who have been their masters? Who have been their fellow-pupils? If they
have been their own masters, what proof can they produce of previous
success in teaching, and what examples can they cite of pupils whom they
have converted from bad to good?8

7 Plato, Lachês, 186 C-D. δοκοῦσι δή μοι δυνατοὶ εἶναι παιδεῦσαι
ἄνθρωπον· οὐ γὰρ ἂν ποτε ἀδεῶς ἀπεφαίνοντο περὶ ἐπιτηδευμάτων νέῳ
χρηστῶν τε καὶ πονηρῶν, εἰ μὴ αὐτοῖς ἐπίστευον ἱκανῶς εἰδέναι. τὰ μὲν οὖν
ἄλλα, ἔγωγε τούτοις πιστεύω, ὅτι δὲ διαφέρεσθον ἀλλήλοιν, ἐθαύμασα.

8 Plato, Lachês, 186-187.

Nikias and Lachês submit to be
Nikias. — I knew from the beginning that
cross-examined by Sokrates.
we should both of us fall under the cross-
examination of Sokrates, and be compelled to
give account of our past lives. For my part, I have already gone through this
scrutiny before, and am not averse to undergo it again. Lachês. — And I,
though I have never experienced it before, shall willingly submit to learn
from Sokrates, whom I know to be a man thoroughly courageous and honest

Page 257

in his actions. I hate men whose lives are inconsistent with their talk.9 —
Thus speak both of them.

9 Plato, Lachês, 188.

“Ego odi homines ignavâ operâ et philosophiâ sententiâ,” is a line cited by
Cicero out of one of the Latin comic writers.

Both of them give opinions
This portion of the dialogue, which forms a
offhand, according to their
sort of preamble to the main discussion, brings
feelings on the special case —
out forcibly some of the Platonic points of
Sokrates requires that the
view. We have seen it laid down in the Kriton
question shall be generalised,
— That in questions about right and wrong,
and examined as a branch of
good and evil, &c., we ought not to trust the
education.
decision of the Many, but only that of the One
Wise Man. Here we learn something about the
criteria by which this One man may be known. He must be one who has
gone through a regular training under some master approved in ethical or
educational teaching: or, if he cannot produce such a certificate, he must at
least cite sufficient examples of men whom he has taught well himself. This
is the Sokratic comparison, assimilating the general art of living well to the
requirements of a special profession, which a man must learn through
express teaching, from a master who has proved his ability, and through
conscious application of his own. Nikias and Lachês give their opinions
offhand and confidently, upon the question whether lessons from the master
of arms be profitable to youth or not. Plato, on the contrary, speaking
through Sokrates, points out that this is only one branch of the more
comprehensive question as to education generally — “What are the qualities

Page 258

and habits proper to be imparted to youth by training? What is the proper
treatment of the mind? No one is competent to decide the special question,
except he who has professionally studied the treatment of the mind.” To deal
with the special question, without such preliminary general preparation,
involves rash and unverified assumptions, which render any opinion so
given dangerous to act upon. Such is the judgment of the Platonic Sokrates,
insisting on the necessity of taking up ethical questions in their most
comprehensive aspect.

Appeal of Sokrates to the
Consequent upon this preamble, we should
judgment of the One Wise Man
expect that Lachês and Nikias would be made
— this man is never seen or
to cite the names of those who had been their
identified.
masters; or to produce some examples of
persons effectively taught by themselves. This
would bring us a step nearer to that One Wise Man — often darkly
indicated, but nowhere named or brought into daylight — from whom alone
we can receive a trustworthy judgment. But here, as in the Kriton and so
many other Platonic dialogues, we get only a Pisgah view of our promised
adviser — nothing more. The discussion takes a different turn.

We must know what virtue is,
Sokr. — “We will pursue a line of enquiry
before we give an opinion on
which conducts to the same result; and which
education. Virtue, as a whole, is
starts even more decidedly from the
too large a question. We will
beginning.10 We are called upon to advise by
what means virtue can be imparted to these
enquire about one branch of
virtue — courage. youths, so as to make them better men. Of
course, this implies that we know what virtue
is: otherwise how can we give advice as to the means of acquiring it?

Page 259

Lachês. — We could give no advice at all. Sokr. — We affirm ourselves
therefore to know what virtue is? Lachês. — We do. Sokr. — Since therefore
we know, we can farther declare what it is.11 Lachês. — Of course we can.
Sokr. — Still, we will not at once enquire as to the whole of virtue, which
might be an arduous task, but as to a part of it — Courage: that part to which
the lessons of the master of arms are supposed to tend. We will first enquire
what courage is: after that has been determined, we will then consider how it
can best be imparted to these youths.”

10 Plato, Lachês, 189 E. καὶ ἡ τοιάδε σκέψις εἰς ταὐτὸν φέρει, σχεδὸν δέ τι
καὶ μᾶλλον ἐξ ἀρχῆς εἴη ἂν.

11 Plato, Lachês, 190 C. φαμὲν ἄρα, ὦ Λάχης, εἰδέναι αὐτὸ (τὴν ἀρετὴν) ὅ,
τι ἔστι. Φαμὲν μέντοι. Οὐκοῦν ὅ γε ἴσμεν, κἂν εἴποιμεν δήπου, τί ἔστι. Πῶς
γὰρ οὔ;

“Try then if you can tell me, Lachês, what courage is. Lachês. — There is
no difficulty in telling you that. Whoever keeps his place in the rank, repels
the enemy, and does not run away, is a courageous man.”12

12 Plato, Lachês, 190 D-E.

Question — what is courage?
Here is the same error in replying, as was
Lachês answers by citing one
committed by Euthyphron when asked, What is
particularly manifest case of
the Holy? and by Hippias, about the Beautiful.
courage. Mistake of not giving a
One particular case of courageous behaviour,
general explanation.
among many, is indicated, as if it were an
explanation of the whole: but the general
feature common to all acts of courage is not declared. Sokrates points out
that men are courageous, not merely among hoplites who keep their rank
and fight, but also among the Scythian horsemen who fight while running
away; others also are courageous against disease, poverty, political adversity,
pain and fear of every sort; others moreover, against desires and pleasures.

Page 260

What is the common attribute which in all these cases constitutes Courage?
If you asked me what is quickness — common to all those cases when a man
runs, speaks, plays, learns, &c., quickly — I should tell you that it was that
which accomplished much in a little time. Tell me in like manner, what is the
common fact or attribute pervading all cases of courage?

Lachês at first does not understand the question:13 and Sokrates elucidates
it by giving the parallel explanation of quickness. Here, as elsewhere, Plato
takes great pains to impress the conception in its full generality, and he
seems to have found difficulty in making others follow him.

13 Plato, Lachês, 191-192.

πάλιν οὖν πειρῶ εἰπεῖν ἀνδρείαν πρῶτον, τί ὂν ἐν πᾶσι τούτοις ταὐτόν
ἐστιν. ἢ οὔπω καταμανθάνεις ὃ λέγω; Lachês. Οὐ πάνυ τι.… Sokr. πειρῶ δὴ
τὴν ἀνδρείαν οὕτως εἰπειν, τίς οὖσα δύναμις ἡ αὐτὴ ἐν ἡδονῇ καὶ ἐν λύπῃ
καὶ ἐν ἅπασιν οἷς νῦν δὴ ἐλέγομεν αὐτὴν εἶναι, ἔπειτ’ ἀνδρεία κέκληται.

Second answer. Courage is a
Lachês then gives a general definition of
sort of endurance of the mind.
courage. It is a sort of endurance of the mind.14
Sokrates points out that the
Surely not all endurance (rejoins Sokrates)?
answer is vague and incorrect.
You admit that courage is a fine and
Endurance is not always
honourable thing. But endurance without
courage: even intelligent
intelligence is hurtful and dishonourable: it
endurance is not always
cannot therefore be courage. Only intelligent
courage.
endurance, therefore, can be courage. And then
what is meant by intelligent? Intelligent — of
what — or to what end? A man, who endures the loss of money,
understanding well that he will thereby gain a larger sum, is he courageous?
No. He who endures fighting, knowing that he has superior skill, numbers,
and all other advantages on his side, manifests more of intelligent
endurance, than his adversary who knows that he has all these advantages

Page 261

against him, yet who nevertheless endures fighting. Nevertheless this latter
is the most courageous of the two.15 Unintelligent endurance is in this case
courage: but unintelligent endurance was acknowledged to be bad and
hurtful, and courage to be a fine thing. We have entangled ourselves in a
contradiction. We must at least show our own courage, by enduring until we
can get right. For my part (replies Lachês) I am quite prepared for such
endurance. I am piqued and angry that I cannot express what I conceive. I
seem to have in my mind clearly what courage is: but it escapes me
somehow or other, when I try to put it in words.16

14 Plato, Lachês, 192 B. καρτερία τις τῆς ψυχῆς.

15 Plato, Lachês, 192 D-E. ἡ φρόνιμος καρτερία … ἴδωμεν δή, ἡ ε ἰ ς τ ί
φρόνιμος· ἢ ἡ εἰς ἅπαντα καὶ τὰ μεγάλα καὶ τὰ σμικρά;

16 Plato, Lachês, 193 C, 194 B.

Sokrates now asks aid from Nikias. Nikias. — My explanation of courage
is, that it is a sort of knowledge or intelligence. Sokr. — But what sort of
intelligence? Not certainly intelligence of piping or playing the harp.
Intelligence of what?

Confusion. New answer given by
Nikias. — Courage is intelligence of things
Nikias. Courage is a sort of
terrible, and things not terrible, both in war and
intelligence — the intelligence of
in all other conjunctures. Lachês. — What
things terrible and not terrible.
nonsense! Courage is a thing totally apart from
Objections of Lachês.
knowledge or intelligence.17 The intelligent
physician knows best what is terrible, and what
is not terrible, in reference to disease: the husbandman, in reference to
agriculture. But they are not for that reason courageous. Nikias. — They are
not; but neither do they know what is terrible, or what is not terrible.
Physicians can predict the result of a patient’s case: they can tell what may
cure him, or what will kill him. But whether it be better for him to die or to

Page 262

recover — that they do not know, and cannot tell him. To some persons,
death is a less evil than life:— defeat, than victory:— loss of wealth, than
gain. None except the person who can discriminate these cases, knows what
is really terrible and what is not so. He alone is really courageous.18 Lachês.
— Where is there any such man? It can be only some God. Nikias feels
himself in a puzzle, and instead of confessing it frankly as I have done, he is
trying to help himself out by evasions more fit for a pleader before the
Dikastery.19

17 Plato, Lachês, 195 A. τὴν τῶν δεινων καὶ θαῤῥαλέων ἐπιστήμην καὶ ἐν
πολέμῳ καὶ ἐν τοῖς ἄλλοις ἅπασιν. Lachês. — Ὡς ἄτοπα λέγει! — χωρὶς δή
που σοφία ἐστὶν ἀνδρείας.

It appears from two other passages (195 E, and 198 B) that θαῤῥάλεος
here is simply the negation of δεινὸς and cannot be translated by any
affirmative word.

18 Plato, Lachês, 195-196.

19 Plato, Lachês, 196 B.

Questions of Sokrates to Nikias.
Sokr. — You do not admit, then, Nikias, that
It is only future events, not past
lions, tigers, boars, &c., and such animals, are
or present, which are terrible;
courageous? Nikias. — No: they are without
but intelligence of future events
fear — simply from not knowing the danger —
cannot be had without
like children: but they are not courageous,
intelligence of past or present.
though most people call them so. I may call
them bold, but I reserve the epithet courageous
for the intelligent. Lachês. — See how Nikias strips those, whom every one
admits to be courageous, of this honourable appellation! Nikias. — Not
altogether, Lachês: I admit you, and Lamachus, and many other Athenians,
to be courageous, and of course therefore intelligent. Lachês. — I feel the
compliment: but such subtle distinctions befit a Sophist rather than a general

Page 263

in high command.20 Sokr. — The highest measure of intelligence befits one
in the highest command. What you have said, Nikias, deserves careful
examination. You remember that in taking up the investigation of courage,
we reckoned it only as a portion of virtue: you are aware that there are other
portions of virtue, such as justice, temperance, and the like. Now you define
courage to be, intelligence of what is terrible or not terrible: of that which
causes fear, or does not cause fear. But nothing causes fear, except future or
apprehended evils: present or past evils cause no fear. Hence courage, as you
define it, is intelligence respecting future evils, and future events not evil.
But how can there be intelligence respecting the future, except in
conjunction with intelligence respecting the present and the past? In every
special department, such as medicine, military proceedings, agriculture, &c.,
does not the same man, who knows the phenomena of the future, know also
the phenomena of present and past? Are they not all inseparable
acquirements of one and the same intelligent mind?21

20 Plato, Lachês, 197. Καὶ γὰρ πρέπει, ὦ Σώκρατες, σοφιστῇ τὰ τοιαῦτα
μᾶλλον κομψεύεσθαι ἢ ἀνδρὶ ὃν ἡ πόλις ἀξιοῖ αὑτῆς προϊστάναι.

Assuredly the distinctions which here Plato puts into the mouth of Nikias
are nowise more subtle than those which he is perpetually putting into the
mouth of Sokrates. He cannot here mean to distinguish the Sophists from
Sokrates, but to distinguish the dialectic talkers, including both one and the
other, from the active political leaders.

21 Plato, Lachês, 198 D. περὶ ὅσων ἐστὶν ἐπιστήμη, οὐκ ἄλλη μὲν εἶναι
περὶ γεγονότος, εἰδέναι ὅπῃ γέγονεν, ἄλλη δὲ περὶ γιγνομένων, ὅπῃ γίγνεται,
ἄλλη δὲ ὅπῃ ἂν κάλλιστα γένοιτο καὶ γενήσεται τὸ μήπω γεγονός — ἀλλ’ ἡ
αὐτή. οἷον περὶ τὸ ὑγιεινὸν εἰς ἅπαντας τοὺς χρόνους οὐκ ἄλλη τις ἢ ἡ
ἰατρική, μία οὖσα, ἐφορᾷ καὶ γιγνόμενα καὶ γεγονότα καὶ γενησόμενα, ὅπῃ
γενήσεται.

Page 264

199 B. ἡ δέ γ’ αὐτὴ ἐπιστήμη τῶν αὐτῶν καὶ μελλόντων καὶ πάντως
ἐχόντων εἶναι [ὡμολόγηται].

Courage therefore must be
Since therefore courage, according to your
intelligence of good and evil
definition, is the knowledge of futurities evil
generally. But this definition
and not evil, or future evil and good — and
would include the whole of
since such knowledge cannot exist without the
virtue, and we declared that
knowledge of good and evil generally — it
courage was only a part thereof.
follows that courage is the knowledge of good
It will not hold therefore as a
and evil generally.22 But a man who knows
definition of courage. thus much, cannot be destitute of any part of
virtue. He must possess temperance and justice
as well as courage. Courage, therefore, according to your definition, is not
only a part of virtue, it is the whole. Now we began the enquiry by stating
that it was only a part of virtue, and that there were other parts of virtue
which it did not comprise. It is plain therefore that your definition of courage
is not precise, and cannot be sustained. We have not yet discovered what
courage is.23

22 Plato, Lachês, 199 C. κατὰ τὸν σὸν λόγον οὐ μόνον δεινῶν τε καὶ
θαῤῥαλέων ἡ ἐπιστήμη ἀνδρεία ἐστίν, ἀλλὰ σχεδόν τι ἡ περὶ πάντων ἀγαθῶν
τε καὶ κακῶν καὶ πάντως ἐχόντων, &c.

23 Plato, Lachês, 199 E. Οὐκ ἄρα εὐρήκαμεν, ἀνδρεία ὅ, τι ἔστιν.

Remarks. Warfare of Sokrates
Here ends the dialogue called Lachês,
against the false persuasion of
without any positive result. Nothing is proved
knowledge. Brave generals
except the ignorance of two brave and eminent
generals respecting the moral attribute known

Page 265

deliver opinions confidently by the name Courage: which nevertheless they
about courage without knowing are known to possess, and have the full
what it is. sentiment and persuasion of knowing perfectly;
so that they give confident advice as to the
means of imparting it. “I am unaccustomed to debates like these” (says
Lachês): “but I am piqued and mortified — because I feel that I know well
what Courage is, yet somehow or other I cannot state my own thoughts in
words.” Here is a description24 of the intellectual deficiency which Sokrates
seeks to render conspicuous to the consciousness, instead of suffering it to
remain latent and unknown, as it is in the ordinary mind. Here, as elsewhere,
he impugns the false persuasion of knowledge, and the unconscious
presumption of estimable men in delivering opinions upon ethical and social
subjects, which have become familiar and interwoven with deeply rooted
associations, but have never been studied under a master, nor carefully
analysed and discussed, nor looked at in their full generality. This is a mental
defect which he pronounces to be universal: belonging not less to men of
action like Nikias and Lachês, than to Sophists and Rhetors like Protagoras
and Gorgias.

Page 266

24 Plato, Lachês, 194. Καίτοι ἀήθης γ’ εἰμὶ (Lachês) τῶν τοιούτων λόγων·
ἀλλά τίς με καὶ φιλονεικία εἴληφε πρὸς τὰ εἰρημένα, καὶ ὡς ἀληθῶς
ἀγανακτῶ, εἰ οὑτωσὶ ἂ νοῶ μὴ οἷός τ’ εἰμὶ εἰπεῖν· νοεῖν μὲν γὰρ ἔμοιγε
δοκῶ περὶ ἀνδρείας ὅ, τι ἔστιν, οὐκ οἶδα δ’ ὅπῃ με ἄρτι διέφυγεν, ὥστε μὴ
ξυλλαβεῖν τῷ λόγῳ αὐτὴν καὶ εἰπεῖν ὅ, τι ἔστιν.

Compare the Charmidês p. 159 A, 160 D, where Sokrates professes to tell
Charmides, If temperance is really in you, you can of course inform us what
it is.

No solution given by Plato.
Here, as elsewhere, Plato (or the Platonic
Apparent tendency of his mind,
Sokrates) exposes the faulty solutions of
in looking for a solution.
others, but proposes no better solution of his
Intelligence — cannot be
own, and even disclaims all ability to do so.
understood without reference to
We may nevertheless trace, in the refutation
some object or end.
which he gives of the two unsatisfactory
explanations, hints guiding the mind into that
direction in which Plato looks to supply the deficiency. Thus when Lachês,
after having given as his first answer (to the question, What is Courage?) a
definition not even formally sufficient, is put by Sokrates upon giving his
second answer, — That Courage is intelligent endurance: Sokrates asks
him25 — “Yes, intelligent: but intelligent to what end? Do you mean, to all
things alike, great as well as little?” We are here reminded that intelligence,
simply taken, is altogether undefined; that intelligence must relate to
something — and when human conduct is in question, must relate to some
end; and that the Something, and the End, to which it relates, must be set
forth, before the proposition can be clearly understood.

25 Plato, Lachês, 192 D.

ἡ φρόνιμος καρτερία … ἴδωμεν δή, ἡ εἰς τι φρόνιμος· ἢ ἡ εἰς ἅπαντα καὶ
τὰ μεγάλα καὶ τὰ σμικρά;

Page 267

Object — is supplied in the
Coming to the answer given by Nikias, we
answer of Nikias. Intelligence —
perceive that this deficiency is in a certain
of things terrible and not
manner supplied. Courage is said to consist in
terrible. Such intelligence is not
knowledge: in knowledge of things terrible,
possessed by professional artists.
and things not terrible. When Lachês applies
his cross-examination to the answer, the
manner in which Nikias defends it puts us upon a distinction often brought
to view, though not always adhered to, in the Platonic writings. There can
be no doubt that death, distemper, loss of wealth, defeat, &c. are terrible
things (i.e. the prospect of them inspires fear) in the estimation of mankind
generally. Correct foresight of such contingencies, and of the antecedents
tending to produce or avert them, is possessed by the physician and other
professional persons: who would therefore, it should seem, possess the
knowledge of things terrible and not terrible. But Nikias denies this. He
does not admit that the contingencies here enumerated are, always or
necessarily, proper objects of fear. In some cases, he contends, they are the
least of two evils. Before you can be said to possess the knowledge of
things terrible and not terrible, you must be able to take correct measure not
only of the intervening antecedents or means, but also of the end itself as
compared with other alternative ends: whether, in each particular case, it be
the end most to be feared, or the real evil under the given circumstances.
The professional man can do the former, but he cannot do the latter. He
advises as to means, and executes: but he assumes his own one end as an
indisputable datum. The physician seeks to cure his patient, without ever
enquiring whether it may not be a less evil for such patient to die than to
survive.

Postulate of a Science of Ends,
The ulterior, yet not less important, estimate
or Teleology, dimly indicated by
of the comparative worth of different ends, is
Plato. The Unknown Wise Man
reserved for that unknown master whom
Nikias himself does not farther specify, and

Page 268

— correlates with the whom Lachês sets aside as nowhere to be
undiscovered Science of Ends. found, under the peculiar phrase of “some
God”. Subjectively considered, this is an
appeal to the judgment of that One Wise Man, often alluded to by Plato as
an absent Expert who might be called into court — yet never to be found at
the exact moment, nor produced in visible presence: Objectively
considered, it is a postulate or divination of some yet undiscovered
Teleology or Science of Ends: that Science of the Good, which (as we have
already noticed in Alkibiadês II.) Plato pronounces to be the crowning and
capital science of all — and without which he there declared, that
knowledge on all other topics was useless and even worse than useless.26
The One Wise Man — the Science of Good — are the Subject and Object
corresponding to each other, and postulated by Plato. None but the One
Wise Man can measure things terrible and not terrible: none else can
estimate the good or evil, or the comparative value of two alternative evils,
in each individual case. The items here directed to be taken into the
calculation, correspond with what is laid down by Sokrates in the
Protagoras, not with that laid down in the Gorgias: we find here none of that
marked antithesis between pleasure and good — between pain and evil —
upon which Sokrates expatiates in the Gorgias.

26 Plato, Alkib. ii. 146-147. See above, ch. xii. p. 16.

Perfect condition of the
This appears still farther when the cross-
intelligence — is the one
examination is taken up by Sokrates instead of
sufficient condition of virtue.
by Lachês. We are then made to perceive, that
the knowledge of things terrible and not
terrible is a part, but an inseparable part, of the knowledge of good and evil
generally: the lesser cannot be had without the greater — and the greater
carries with it not merely courage, but all the other virtues besides. None
can know good or evil generally except the perfectly Wise Man. The perfect

Page 269

condition of the Intelligence, is the sole and all-sufficient condition of
virtue. None can possess one mode of virtue separately.

This is the doctrine to which the conclusion of the Lachês points, though
the question debated is confessedly left without solution. It is a doctrine
which seems to have been really maintained by the historical Sokrates, and
is often implied in the reasonings of the Platonic Sokrates, but not always
nor consistently.

Dramatic contrast between
In reference to this dialogue, the dramatic
Lachês and Sokrates, as cross-
contrast is very forcible, between the cross-
examiners.
examination carried on by Lachês, and that
carried on by Sokrates. The former is pettish
and impatient, bringing out no result, and accusing the respondent of cavil
and disingenuousness: the latter takes up the same answer patiently,
expands it into the full generality wrapped up in it, and renders palpable its
inconsistency with previous admissions.

Page 270

APPENDIX.
Ast is the only critic who declares the Lachês not to be Plato’s work
(Platon’s Leben und Schr. pp. 451-456). He indeed even finds it difficult to
imagine how Schleiermacher can accept it as genuine (p. 454). He justifies
this opinion by numerous reasons — pointing out what he thinks glaring
defects, absurdity, and bad taste, both in the ratiocination and in the
dramatic handling, also dicta alleged to be un-Platonic. Compare
Schleiermacher’s Einleitung zum Lachês, p. 324 seq.

I do not concur with Ast in the estimation of those passages which serve
as premisses to his conclusion. But even if I admitted his premisses, I still
should not admit his conclusion. I should conclude that the dialogue was an
inferior work of Plato, but I should conclude nothing beyond. Stallbaum
(Prolegg. ad Lachet. p. 29-30, 2nd ed.) and Socher discover “adolescentiæ
vestigia” in it, which are not apparent to me.

Socher, Stallbaum, and K. F. Hermann pass lightly over the objections of
Ast; and Steinhart (Einleit. p. 355) declares them to be unworthy of a
serious answer. For my part, I draw from these dissensions among the
Platonic critics a conviction of the uncertain evidence upon which all of
them proceed. Each has his own belief as to what Plato must say, ought to
say, and could not have said; and each adjudicates thereupon with a degree
of confidence which surprises me. The grounds upon which Ast rejects
Lachês, Charmidês, and Lysis, though inconclusive, appear to me not more
inconclusive than those on which he and other critics reject the Erastæ,
Theagês. Hippias Major, Alkibiadês II., &c.

The dates which Stallbaum, Schleiermacher, Socher, and Steinhart assign
to the Lachês (about 406-404 B.C.) are in my judgment erroneous. I have

Page 271

already shown my reasons for believing that not one of the Platonic
dialogues was composed until after the death of Sokrates. The hypotheses
also of Steinhart (p. 357) as to the special purposes of Plato in composing
the dialogue are unsupported by any evidence; and are all imagined so as to
fit his supposition as to the date. So also Schleiermacher tells us that a
portion of the Lachês is intended by Plato as a defence of himself against
accusations which had been brought against him, a young man, for
impertinence in having attacked Lysias in the Phædrus, and Protagoras in
the Protagoras, both of them much older than Plato. But Steinhart justly
remarks that this explanation can only be valid if we admit
Schleiermacher’s theory that the Phædrus and the Protagoras are earlier
compositions than the Lachês, which theory Steinhart and most of the
others deny. Steinhart himself adapts his hypotheses to his own idea of the
date of the Lachês: and he is open to the same remark as he himself makes
upon Schleiermacher.

Page 272

CHAPTER XIX.

Page 273

CHARMIDES.
As in Lachês, we have pursued an enquiry into the nature of Courage —
so in Charmidês, we find an examination of Temperance, Sobriety,
Moderation.1 Both dialogues conclude without providing any tenable
explanation. In both there is an abundant introduction — in Charmidês,
there is even the bustle of a crowded palæstra, with much dramatic incident
— preluding to the substantive discussion. I omit the notice of this dramatic
incident, though it is highly interesting to read.

1 I translate σωφροσύνη Temperance, though it is very inadequate, but I
know no single English word better suited.

Scene and personages of the
The two persons with whom Sokrates here
dialogue. Crowded palæstra.
carries on the discussion, are Charmides and
Emotions of Sokrates.
Kritias; both of whom, as historical persons,
were active movers in the oligarchical
government of the Thirty, with its numerous enormities. In this dialogue,
Charmides appears as a youth just rising into manhood, strikingly beautiful
both in face and stature: Kritias his cousin is an accomplished literary man
of mature age. The powerful emotion which Sokrates describes himself as
experiencing,2 from the sight and close neighbourhood of the beautiful
Charmides, is remarkable, as a manifestation of Hellenic sentiment. The
same exaltation of the feelings and imagination, which is now produced
only by beautiful women, was then excited chiefly by fine youths.
Charmides is described by Kritias as exhibiting dispositions at once
philosophical and poetical:3 illustrating the affinity of these two intellectual
veins, as Plato conceived them. He is also described as eminently temperate
and modest:4 from whence the questions of Sokrates take their departure.

Page 274

2 Plato, Charm. 154 C. Ficinus, in his Argumentum to this dialogue (p.
767), considers it as mainly allegorical, especially the warm expressions of
erotic sentiment contained therein, which he compares to the Song of
Solomon. “Etsi omnia in hoc dialogo mirificam habeant allegoriam,
amatoria maxime, non aliter quam Cantica Salomonis — mutavi tamen
nonnihil — nonnihil etiam prætermisi. Quæ enim consonabant
castigatissimis auribus Atticorum, rudioribus fortè auribus minimé
consonarent.”

3 Plato, Charm. 155 A.

4 Plato, Charm. 157 D. About the diffidence of Charmides in his younger
years, see Xen. Mem. iii. 7, 1.

Question, What is Temperance?
You are said to be temperate, Charmides
addressed by Sokrates to the
(says Sokrates). If so, your temperance will
temperate Charmides. Answer,
surely manifest itself within you in some way,
It is a kind of sedateness or
so as to enable you to form and deliver an
slowness.
opinion, What Temperance is. Tell us in plain
language what you conceive it to be.
Temperance, replies Charmides (after some hesitation),5 consists in doing
every thing in an orderly and sedate manner, when we walk in the highway,
or talk, or perform other matters in the presence of others. It is, in short, a
kind of sedateness or slowness.

5 Plato, Charm. 159 B. τὸ κοσμίως πάντα πράττειν καὶ ἡσυχῇ, ἔν τε ταῖς
ὁδοῖς βαδίζειν καὶ διαλέγεσθαι … συλλήβδην ἡσυχιότης τις.

But Temperance is a fine or
Sokrates begins his cross-examination upon
honourable thing, and slowness
this answer, in the same manner as he had
is, in many or most cases, not
begun it with Laches in respect to courage.

Page 275

fine or honourable, but the Sokr. — Is not temperance a fine and
contrary. Temperance cannot be honourable thing? Does it not partake of the
slowness. essence and come under the definition, of what
is fine or and honourable?6 Char. —
Undoubtedly it does. Sokr. — But if we specify in detail our various
operations, either of body or mind — such as writing, reading, playing on
the harp, boxing, running, jumping, learning, teaching, recollecting,
comprehending, deliberating, determining, &c. — we shall find that to do
them quickly is more fine and honourable than to do them slowly. Slowness
does not, except by accident, belong to the fine and honourable: therefore
temperance, which does so belong to it, cannot be a kind of slowness.7

6 Plato, Charm. 159 C — 160 D. οὐ τῶν καλῶν μέντοι ἡ σωφροσύνη
ἐστίν; … ἐπειδὴ ἐ ν τ ῷ λ ό γ ῳ τῶν καλῶν τι ἡμῖν ἡ σωφροσύνη ὑπετέθη.

7 Plato, Charm. 160 C.

Second answer. Temperance is a
Charmides next declares Temperance to be
variety of the feeling of shame.
a variety of the feeling of shame or modesty.
Refuted by Sokrates.
But this (observes Sokrates) will not hold
more than the former explanation: since
Homer has pronounced shame not to be good, for certain persons and under
certain circumstances.8

8 Plato, Charm. 161 A.

Third answer. Temperance
“Temperance consists in doing one’s own
consists in doing one’s own
business.” Here we have a third explanation,
business. Defended by Kritias.
proposed by Charmides and presently
Sokrates pronounces it a riddle,
espoused by Kritias. Sokrates professes not to
understand it, and pronounces it to be like a

Page 276

and refutes it. Distinction riddle.9 Every tradesman or artisan does the
between making and doing. business of others as well as his own. Are we
to say for that reason that he is not temperate?
I distinguish (says Kritias) between making and doing: the artisan makes for
others, but he does not do for others, and often cannot be said to do at all.
To do, implies honourable, profitable, good, occupation: this alone is a
man’s own business, and this I call temperance. When a man acts so as to
harm himself, he does not do his own business.10 The doing of good things,
is temperance.11

9 Plato, Charm. 161 C — 162 B. σωφροσύνη — τὸ τὰ αὑτοῦ πράττειν …
αἰνίγματί τινι ἔοικεν.

There is here a good deal of playful vivacity in the dialogue: Charmidês
gives this last answer, which he has heard from Kritias, who is at first not
forward to defend it, until Charmides forces him to come forward, by hints
and side-insinuations. This is the dramatic art and variety of Plato,
charming to read, but not bearing upon him as a philosopher.

10 Plato, Charm. 163 C-D. τὰ καλῶς καὶ ὠφελίμως ποιούμενα … οἰκεῖα
μόνα τὰ τοιαῦτα ἡγεῖσθαι, τὰ δὲ βλαβερὰ πάντα ἀλλότρια … ὅτι τὰ οἰκεῖά
τε καὶ τὰ αὑτοῦ ἀγαθὰ καλοίης, καὶ τὰς τῶν ἀγαθῶν ποιήσεις πράξεις.

11 Plato, Charm. 163 E. τὴν τῶν ἀγαθῶν πρᾶξιν σωφροσύνην εἶναι σαφῶς
σοι διορίζομαι.

Fourth answer, by Kritias.
Sokr. — Perhaps it is. But does the well-
Temperance consists in self-
doer always and certainly know that he is
knowledge.
doing well? Does the temperate man know his
own temperance? Krit. — He certainly must.
Indeed I think that the essence of temperance is, Self-knowledge. Know
thyself is the precept of the Delphian God, who means thereby the same as

Page 277

if he had said — Be temperate. I now put aside all that I have said before,
and take up this new position, That temperance consists in a man’s knowing
himself. If you do not admit it, I challenge your cross-examination.12

12 Plato, Charm. 164-165.

Questions of Sokrates
Sokr. — I cannot tell you whether I admit it
thereupon. What good does self-
or not, until I have investigated. You address
knowledge procure for us? What
me as if I professed to know the subject: but it
is the object known, in this case?
is because I do not know, that I examine, in
Answer: There is no object of
conjunction with you, each successive
knowledge, distinct from the
answer.13 If temperance consists in knowing, it
knowledge itself. must be a knowledge of something. Krit. — It
is so: it is knowledge of a man’s self. Sokr. —
What good does this knowledge procure for us? as medical knowledge
procures for us health — architectural knowledge, buildings, &c.? Krit. —
It has no object positive result of analogous character: but neither have
arithmetic nor geometry. Sokr. — True, but in arithmetic and geometry, we
can at least indicate a something known, distinct from the knowledge.
Number and proportion are distinct from arithmetic, the science which takes
cognizance of them. Now what is that, of which temperance is the
knowledge, — distinct from temperance itself? Krit. — It is on this very
point that temperance differs from all the other cognitions. Each of the
others is knowledge of something different from itself, but not knowledge
of itself: while temperance is knowledge of all the other sciences and of
itself also.14 Sokr. — If this be so, it will of course be a knowledge of
ignorance, as well as a knowledge of knowledge? Krit. — Certainly.

13 Plato, Charm. 165 C.

14 Plato, Charm. 166 C. αἱ μὲν ἄλλαι πᾶσαι ἄλλου εἰσὶν ἐπιστῆμαι,
ἑαυτῶν δ’ οὔ· ἡ δὲ μόνη τῶν τε ἄλλων ἐπιστημῶν ἐπιστήμη ἐστὶ καὶ αὐτὴ

Page 278

ἑαυτης. So also 166 E.

Sokrates doubts the possibility
Sokr. — According to your explanation,
of any knowledge, without a
then, it is only the temperate man who knows
given cognitum as its object.
himself. He alone is able to examine himself,
Analogies to prove that
and thus to find out what he really knows and
knowledge of knowledge is
does not know: he alone is able to examine
impossible.
others, and thus to find out what each man
knows, or what each man only believes
himself to know without really knowing. Temperance, or self-knowledge, is
the knowledge what a man knows, and what he does not know.15 Now two
questions arise upon this: First, is it possible for a man to know, that he
knows what he does know, and that he does not know what he does not
know? Next, granting it to be possible, in what way do we gain by it? The
first of these two questions involves much difficulty. How can there be any
cognition, which is not cognition of a given cognitum, but cognition merely
of other cognitions and non-cognitions? There is no vision except of some
colour, no audition except of some sound: there can be no vision of visions,
or audition of auditions. So likewise, all desire is desire of some pleasure;
there is no desire of desires. All volition is volition of some good; there is
no volition of volitions: all love applies to something beautiful — there is
no love of other loves. The like is true of fear, opinion, &c. It would be
singular therefore, if contrary to all these analogies, there were any
cognition not of some cognitum, but of itself and other cognitions.16

15 Plato, Charm. 167 A.

16 Plato, Charm. 167-168.

All knowledge must be relative
It is of the essence of cognition to be
to some object.
cognition of something, and to have its
characteristic property with reference to some

Page 279

correlate.17 What is greater, has its property of being greater in relation to
something else, which is less — not in relation to itself. It cannot be greater
than itself, for then it would also be less than itself. It cannot include in
itself the characteristic property of the correlatum as well as that of the
relatum. So too about what is older, younger, heavier, lighter: there is
always a something distinct, to which reference is made. Vision does not
include in itself both the property of seeing, and that of being seen: the
videns is distinct from the visum. A movement implies something else to be
moved: a heater something else to be heated.

17 Plato, Charm. 168 B. ἔστι μὲν αὑτὴ ἡ ἐπιστήμη τινὸς ἐπιστήμη, καὶ ἔχει
τινα τοιαύτην δύναμιν ὥστε τινὸς εἶναι.

All properties are relative —
In all these cases (concludes Sokrates) the
every thing in nature has its
characteristic property is essentially relative,
characteristic property with
implying something distinguishable from, yet
reference to something else.
correlating with, itself. May we generalise the
proposition, and affirm, That all properties are
relative, and that every thing in nature has its characteristic property with
reference, not to itself, but to something else? Or is this true only of some
things and not of all — so that cognition may be something in the latter
category?

This is an embarrassing question, which I do not feel qualified to decide:
neither the general question, whether there be any cases of characteristic
properties having no reference to any thing beyond themselves, and
therefore not relative, but absolute — nor the particular question, whether
cognition be one of those cases, implying no separate cognitum, but being
itself both relatum and correlatum — cognition of cognition.18

18 Plato, Charm. 168-169. 169 A: μεγάλου δή τινος ἀνδρὸς δεῖ, ὅστις
τοῦτο κατὰ πάντων ἱκανῶς διαιρήσεται, πότερον οὐδὲν τῶν ὄντων τὴν

Page 280

αὑτοῦ δύναμιν αὐτὸ πρὸς ἑαυτὸ πέφυκεν ἔχειν, ἀλλὰ πρὸς ἀλλὸ — ἢ τὰ
μέν, τὰ δ’ οὔ· καὶ εἰ ἔστιν αὖ ἅτινα αὐτὰ πρὸς ἑαυτὰ ἔχει, ἆρ’ ἐν τούτοις
ἐστὶν ἐπιστήμη, ἣν δὴ ἡμεῖς σωφροσύνην φαμὲν εἶναι. ἐγὼ μὲν οὐ πιστεύω
ἐμαυτῷ ἱκανὸς εἶναι ταῦτα διελέσθαι.

But even if cognition of cognition be possible, I shall not admit it as an
explanation of what temperance is, until I have satisfied myself that it is
beneficial. For I have a presentiment that temperance must be something
beneficial and good.19

19 Plato, Charm. 169 B. ὠφελιμόν τι κἀγαθὸν μαντεύομαι εἶναι.

Even if cognition of cognition
Let us concede for the present discussion
were possible, cognition of non-
(continues Sokrates) that cognition of
cognition would be impossible. A
cognition is possible. Still how does this prove
man may know what he knows,
that there can be cognition of non-cognition?
but he cannot know what he is
that a man can know both what he knows and
ignorant of. He knows the fact
what he does not know? For this is what we
that he knows: but he does not
declared self-knowledge and temperance to
know how much he knows, and
be.20 To have cognition of cognition is one
how much he does not know. thing: to have cognition of non-cognition is a
different thing, not necessarily connected with
it. If you have cognition of cognition, you will be enabled to distinguish that
which is cognition from that which is not — but no more. Now the
knowledge or ignorance of the matter of health is known by medical
science: that of justice known by political science. The knowledge of
knowledge simply — cognition of cognition — is different from both. The
person who possesses this last only, without knowing either medicine or
politics, will become aware that he knows something and possesses some
sort of knowledge, and will be able to verify so much with regard to others.
But what it is that he himself knows, or that others know, he will not
thereby be enabled to find out: he will not distinguish whether that which is

Page 281

known belong to physiology or to politics; to do this, special acquirements
are needed. You, a temperate man therefore, as such, do not know what you
know and what you do not know; you know the bare fact, that you know
and that you do not know. You will not be competent to cross-examine any
one who professes to know medicine or any other particular subject, so as
to ascertain whether the man really possesses what he pretends to possess.
There will be no point in common between you and him. You, as a
temperate man, possess cognition of cognition, but you do not know any
special cognitum: the special man knows his own special cognitum but is a
stranger to cognition generally. You cannot question him, nor criticise what
he says or performs, in his own specialty — for of that you are ignorant:—
no one can do it except some fellow expert. You can ascertain that he
possesses some knowledge: but whether he possesses that particular
knowledge to which he lays claim, or whether he falsely pretends to it, you
cannot ascertain:— since, as a temperate man, you know only cognition and
non-cognition generally. To ascertain this point, you must be not only a
temperate man, but a man of special cognition besides.21 You can question
and test no one, except another temperate man like yourself.

20 Plato, Charm. 169 D. νῦν μὲν τοῦτο ξυγχωρήσωμεν, δυνατὸν εἶναι,
γενέσθαι ἐπιστήμην ἐπιστήμης — ἴθι δὴ οὖν, εἰ ὅ, τι μάλιστα δυνατὸν
τοῦτο, τί μᾶλλον οἷόν τέ ἐστιν εἰδέναι ἅ τέ τις οἶδε καὶ ἃ μή; τοῦτο γὰρ
δήπου ἔφαμεν εἶναι τὸ γιγνώσκειν αὑτὸν καὶ σωφρονεῖν.

21 Plato, Charm. 170-171. 171 C: Παντὸς ἄρα μᾶλλον, εἰ ἡ σωφροσύνη
ἐπιστήμης ἐπιστήμη μόνον ἐστὶ καὶ ἀνεπιστημοσύνης, οὖτε ἰατρὸν
διακρῖναι οἵα τε ἔσται ἐπιστάμενον τὰ τῆς τέχνης, ἢ μὴ ἐπιστάμενον
προσποιούμενον δὲ ἢ οἰόμενον, οὔτε ἄλλον οὐδένα τῶν ἐπισταμένων καὶ
ὁτιοῦν, πλήν γε τὸν αὑτοῦ ὁμότεχνον, ὥσπερ οἱ ἄλλοι δημιουργοί.

But if this be all that temperance can do, of what use is it to us (continues
Sokrates)? It is indeed a great benefit to know how much we know, and

Page 282

Temperance, therefore, as thus
how much we do not know: it is also a great
defined, would be of little or no
benefit to know respecting others, how much
value.
they know, and how much they do not know. If
thus instructed, we should make fewer
mistakes: we should do by ourselves only what we knew how to do, — we
should commit to others that which they knew how to do, and which we did
not know. But temperance (meaning thereby cognition of cognition and of
non-cognition generally) does not confer such instruction, nor have we
found any science which does.22 How temperance benefits us, does not yet
appear.

22 Plato, Charm. 172 A. ὁρᾷς, ὅτι οὐδαμοῦ ἐπιστήμη οὐδεμία τοιαύτη
οὖσα πέφανται.

But even granting the possibility
But let us even concede — what has been
of that which has just been
just shown to be impossible — that through
denied, still Temperance would
temperance we become aware of what we do
be of little value. Suppose that
know and what we do not know. Even upon
all separate work were well
this hypothesis, it will be of little service to us.
performed, by special
We have been too hasty in conceding that it
practitioners, we should not
would be a great benefit if each of us did only
attain our end — Happiness.
what he knew, committing to others to do only
what they knew. I have an awkward suspicion
(continues Sokrates) that after all, this would be no great benefit.23 It is true
that upon this hypothesis, all operations in society would be conducted
scientifically and skilfully. We should have none but competent pilots,
physicians, generals, &c., acting for us, each of them doing the work for
which he was fit. The supervision exercised by temperance (in the sense
above defined) would guard us against all pretenders. Let us even admit that
as to prediction of the future, we should have none but competent and
genuine prophets to advise us; charlatans being kept aloof by this same

Page 283

supervision. We should thus have every thing done scientifically and in a
workmanlike manner. But should we for that reason do well and be happy?
Can that be made out, Kritias?24

23 Plato, Charm. 172-173.

24 Plato, Charm. 173 C-D. κατεσκευασμένον δὴ οὕτω τὸ ἀνθρώπινον
γένος ὅτι μὲν ἐπιστημόνως ἂν πράττοι καὶ ζῷη, ἔπομαι — ὅτι δ’
ἐπιστημόνως ἂν πράτοντες εὖ ἂν πράττοιμεν καὶ εὐδαιμονοῖμεν, τοῦτο δὲ
οὔπω δυνάμεθα μαθεῖν, ὦ φίλε Κριτία.

Which of the varieties of
Krit. — You will hardly find the end of
knowledge contributes most to
well-doing anywhere else, if you deny that it
well-doing or happiness? That
follows on doing scientifically or according to
by which we know good and
knowledge.25 Sokr. — But according to
evil. knowledge, of what? Of leather-cutting,
brazen work, wool, wood, &c.? Krit. — No,
none of these. Sokr. — Well then, you see, we do not follow out consistently
your doctrine — That the happy man is he who lives scientifically, or
according to knowledge. For all these men live according to knowledge,
and still you do not admit them to be happy. Your definition of happiness
applies only to some portion of those who live according to knowledge, but
not to all. How are we to distinguish which of them? Suppose a man to
know every thing past, present, and future; which among the fractions of
such omniscience would contribute most to make him happy? Would they
all contribute equally? Krit. — By no means. Sokr. — Which of them then
would contribute most? Would it be that by which he knew the art of
gaming? Krit. — Certainly not. Sokr. — Or that by which he knew the art of
computing? Krit. — No. Sokr. — Or that by which he knew the conditions
of health? Krit. — That will suit better. Sokr. — But which of them most of
all? Krit. — That by which he knew good and evil.26

Page 284

25 Plato, Charm. 173 D. Ἀλλὰ μέντοι, ἦ δ’ ὅς, οὐ ῥᾳδίως εὑρήσεις ἄλλο τι
τέλος τοῦ εὖ πράττειν ἐὰν τὸ ἐπιστημόνως ἀτιμάσης.

26 Plato, Charm. 174.

Without the science of good and
Sokr. — Here then, you have been long
evil, the other special science
dragging me round in a circle, keeping back
will be of little or of no service.
the fact, that well-doing and happiness does
Temperance is not the science of
not arise from living according to science
good and evil, and is of little
generally, not of all other matters taken
service.
together — but from living according to the
science of this one single matter, good and
evil. If you exclude this last, and leave only the other sciences, each of these
others will work as before: the medical man will heal, the weaver will
prepare clothes, the pilot will navigate his vessel, the general will conduct
his army — each of them scientifically. Nevertheless, that each of these
things shall conduce to our well-being and profit, will be an impossibility, if
the science of good and evil be wanting.27 Now this science of good and
evil, the special purpose of which is to benefit us,28 is altogether different
from temperance; which you have defined as the science of cognition and
non-cognition, and which appears not to benefit us at all. Krit. — Surely it
does benefit us: for it presides over and regulates all the other sciences, and
of course regulates this very science, of good and evil, among the rest. Sokr.
— In what way can it benefit us? It does not procure for us any special
service, such as good health: that is the province of medicine: in like
manner, each separate result arises from its own producing art. To confer
benefit is, as we have just laid down, the special province of the science of
good and evil.29 Temperance, as the science of cognition and non-cognition,
cannot work any benefit at all.

27 Plato, Charm. 174 C-D. ἐπεὶ εἰ θέλεις ἐξελεῖν ταύτην τὴν ἐπιστήμην (of
good and evil) ἐκ τῶν ἄλλων ἐπιστημῶν, ἧττόν τι ἡ μὲν ἰατρικὴ ὑγιαίνειν

Page 285

ποιήσει, ἡ δὲ σκυτικὴ ὑποδεδέσθαι, ἡ δὲ ὑφαντικὴ ἡμφιέσθαι, ἡ δὲ
κυβερνητικὴ κωλύσει ἐν τῇ θαλάττῃ ἀποθνήσκειν καὶ ἡ στρατηγικὴ ἐν
πολέμῳ; Οὐδὲν ἧττον, ἔφη. Ἀλλὰ τὸ εὖ τε τούτων ἕκαστα γίγνεσθαι καὶ
ὠφελίμως ἀπολελοιπὸς ἡμᾶς ἔσται ταύτης ἀπούσης.

28 Plato, Charm. 174 D. ἧς ἔργον ἐστὶ τὸ ὠφελεῖν ἡμᾶς, &c.

29 Plato, Charm. 175 A. Οὐκ ἄρα ὑγιείας ἔσται δημιουργός (ἡ
σοφροσύνη). Οὐ δῆτα. Ἄλλης γὰρ ἦν τέχνης ὑγιεία, ἢ οὔ; Ἄλλης. Οὐδ’ ἄρα
ὠφελείας, ὦ ἕταιρε· ἄλλῃ γὰρ αὖ ἀπέδομεν τοῦτο τὸ ἔργον τέχνῃ νῦν δή· ἦ
γάρ; Πάνυ γε. Πῶς οὖν ὠφέλιμος ἔσται ἡ σωφροσύνη, οὐδεμιᾶς ὠφελείας
οὖσα δημιουργός; Οὐδαμῶς, ὦ Σώκρατες, ἔοικέ γε.

Sokrates confesses to entire
Thus then, concludes Sokrates, we are
failure in his research. He
baffled in every way: we cannot find out what
cannot find out what
temperance is, nor what that name has been
temperance is: although several
intended to designate. All our tentatives have
concessions have been made
failed; although, in our anxiety to secure some
which cannot be justified.
result, we have accepted more than one
inadmissible hypothesis. Thus we have
admitted that there might exist cognition of cognition, though our
discussion tended to negative such a possibility. We have farther granted,
that this cognition of cognition, or science of science, might know all the
operations of each separate and special science: so that the temperate man
(i.e. he who possesses cognition of cognition) might know both what he
knows and what he does not know: might know, namely, that he knows the
former and that he does not know the latter. We have granted this, though it
is really an absurdity to say, that what a man does not know at all, he
nevertheless does know after a certain fashion.30 Yet after these multiplied
concessions against strict truth, we have still been unable to establish our
definition of temperance: for temperance as we defined it has, after all,
turned out to be thoroughly unprofitable.

Page 286

30 Plato, Charm. 175 B. καὶ γὰρ ἐπιστήμην ἐπιστήμης εἶναι
ξυνεχωρήσαμεν, οὐκ ἐῶντος τοῦ λόγου οὐδὲ φάσκοντος εἶναι· καὶ ταύτῃ αὖ
τῇ ἐπιστήμῃ καὶ τὰ τῶν ἄλλων ἐπιστημῶν ἔργα γιγνώσκειν ξυνεχωρήσαμεν,
οὐδὲ τοῦτ’ ἐῶντος τοῦ λόγου, ἵνα δὴ ἡμῖν γένοιτο ὁ σώφρων ἐπιστήμων ὧν
τε οἶδεν, ὅτι οἶδε, καὶ ὧν μὴ οἶδεν, ὅτι οὐκ οἶδε. τοῦτο μὲν δὴ καὶ
παντάπασι μεγαλοπρεπῶς ξυνεχωρήσαμεν, οὐδ’ ἐπισκεψάμενοι τὸ
ἀδύνατον εἶναι ἅ τις μὴ οἶδε μηδαμῶς, ταῦτα εἰδέναι ἁμῶς γέ πως· ὅτι γὰρ
οὐκ οἶδε, φησὶν αὐτὰ εἰδέναι ἡ ἡμετέρα ὁμολογία. καίτοι, ὡς ἐγῶμαι,
οὐδενὸς ὅτου οὐχὶ ἀλογώτερον τοῦτ’ ἂν φανείη. This would not appear an
absurdity to Aristotle. See Analyt. Priora, ii. p. 67, a. 21; Anal. Post. i. 71, a.
28.

Temperance is and must be a
It is plain that we have taken the wrong
good thing: but Charmides
road, and that I (Sokrates) do not know how to
cannot tell whether he is
conduct the enquiry. For temperance, whatever
temperate or not; since what
it may consist in, must assuredly be a great
temperance is remains
benefit: and you, Charmides, are happy if you
unknown.
possess it. How can I tell (rejoins Charmides)
whether I possess it or not: since even men
like you and Kritias cannot discover what it is?31

31 Plato, Charm. 176 A.

Here ends the dialogue called Charmidês32 after the interchange of a few
concluding compliments, forming part of the great dramatic richness which

Page 287

Expressions both from
characterises this dialogue from the beginning.
Charmides and Kritias of praise
I make no attempt to reproduce this latter
and devotion to Sokrates, at the
attribute; though it is one of the peculiar merits
close of the dialogue. Dramatic
of Plato in reference to ethical enquiry,
ornament throughout.
imparting to the subject a charm which does
not naturally belong to it. I confine myself to
the philosophical bearing of the dialogue. According to the express
declaration of Sokrates, it ends in nothing but disappointment. No positive
result is attained. The problem — What is Temperance? — remains
unsolved, after four or five different solutions have been successively tested
and repudiated.

32 See Appendix at end of chapter.

The Charmides is an excellent
The Charmidês (like the Lachês) is a good
specimen of Dialogues of Search.
illustrative specimen of those Dialogues of
Abundance of guesses and
Search, the general character and purpose of
tentatives, all ultimately
which I have explained in my eighth chapter.
disallowed.
It proves nothing: it disproves several
hypotheses: but it exhibits (and therein
consists its value) the anticipating, guessing, tentative, and eliminating
process, without which no defensible conclusions can be obtained —
without which, even if such be found, no advocate can be formed capable of
defending them against an acute cross-examiner. In most cases, this
tentative process is forgotten or ignored: even when recognised as a reality,
it is set aside with indifference, often with ridicule. A writer who believes
himself to have solved any problem, publishes his solution together with the
proofs; and acquires deserved credit for it, if those proofs give satisfaction.
But he does not care to preserve, nor do the public care to know, the steps
by which such solution has been reached. Nevertheless in most cases, and
in all cases involving much difficulty, there has been a process, more or less

Page 288

tedious, of tentative and groping — of guesses at first hailed as promising,
then followed out to a certain extent, lastly discovered to be untenable. The
history of science,33 astronomical, physical, chemical, physiological, &c.,
wherever it has been at all recorded, attests this constant antecedence of a
period of ignorance, confusion, and dispute, even in cases where ultimately
a solution has been found commanding the nearly unanimous adhesion of
the scientific world. But on subjects connected with man and society, this
period of dispute and confusion continues to the present moment. No
unanimity has ever been approached, among nations at once active in
intellect and enjoying tolerable liberty of dissent. Moreover — apart from
the condition of different sciences among mature men — we must
remember that the transitive process, above described, represents the
successive stages by which every adult mind has been gradually built up
from infancy. Trial and error — alternate guess and rejection, generation
and destruction of sentiments and beliefs — is among the most widespread
facts of human intelligence.34 Even those ordinary minds, which in mature
life harden with the most exemplary fidelity into the locally prevalent type
of orthodoxy, — have all in their earlier years gone through that semi-fluid
and indeterminate period, in which the type to come is yet a matter of doubt
— in which the head might have been permanently lengthened or
permanently flattened, according to the direction in which pressure was
applied.

33 It is not often that historians of science take much pains to preserve and
bring together the mistaken guesses and tentatives which have preceded
great physical discoveries. One instance in which this has been ably and
carefully done is in the ‘Biography of Cavendish,’ the chemist and natural
philosopher, by Dr. Geo. Wilson.

The great chemical discovery of the composition of water, accomplished
during the last quarter of the eighteenth century, has been claimed as the

Page 289

privilege of three eminent scientific men — Cavendish, Watt, and Lavoisier.
The controversy on the subject, voluminous and bitter, has been the means
of recording each successive scientific phase and point of view. It will be
found admirably expounded in this biography. Wilson sets forth the
misconceptions, confusion of ideas, approximations to truth seen but not
followed out, &c., which prevailed upon the scientific men of that day,
especially under the misleading influence of the “phlogiston theory,” then
universally received.

To Plato such a period of mental confusion would have been in itself an
interesting object for contemplation and description. He might have
dramatised it under the names of various disputants, with the cross-
examining Elenchus, personified in Sokrates, introduced to stir up the
debate, either by first advocating, then refuting, a string of successive
guesses and dreams (Charmidês, 173 A) of his own, or by exposing similar
suggestions emanating from others; especially in regard to the definition of
phlogiston, an entity which then overspread and darkened all chemical
speculation, but which every theorist thought himself obliged to define. The
dialogues would have ended (as the Protagoras, Lysis, Charmidês, &c., now
end) by Sokrates deriding the ill success which had attended them in the
search for an explanation, and by his pointing out that while all the theorists
talked familiarly about phlogiston as a powerful agent, none of them could
agree what it was.

See Dr. Wilson’s ‘Biography of Cavendish,’ pp. 36-198-320-325, and
elsewhere.

34 It is strikingly described by Plato in one of the most remarkable
passages of the speech of Diotima in the Symposion, pp. 207-208.

Trial and Error, the natural
We shall follow Plato towards the close of
process of the human mind.
his career (Treatise De Legibus), into an

Page 290

Plato stands alone in bringing to imperative and stationary orthodoxy of his
view and dramatising this part own: but in the dialogues which I have already
of the mental process. Sokrates reviewed, as well as in several others which I
accepts for himself the condition shall presently notice, no mention is made of
of conscious ignorance. any given affirmative doctrine as
indispensable to arrive at ultimately. Plato here
concentrates his attention upon the indeterminate period of the mind:
looking upon the mind not as an empty vessel, requiring to be filled by
ready-made matter from without — nor as a blank sheet, awaiting a foreign
hand to write characters upon it — but as an assemblage of latent
capacities, which must be called into action by stimulus and example, but
which can only attain improvement through multiplied trials and multiplied
failures. Whereas in most cases these failures are forgotten, the peculiarity
of Plato consists in his bringing them to view with full detail, explaining the
reasons of each. He illustrates abundantly, and dramatises with the greatest
vivacity, the intellectual process whereby opinions are broached, at first
adopted, then mistrusted, unmade, and re-made — or perhaps not re-made
at all, but exchanged for a state of conscious ignorance. The great hero and
operator in this process is the Platonic Sokrates, who accepts for himself
this condition of conscious ignorance, and even makes it a matter of
comparative pride, that he stands nearly alone in such confession.35 His
colloquial influence, working powerfully and almost preternaturally,36 not
only serves both to spur and to direct the activity of hearers still youthful
and undecided, but also exposes those who have already made up their
minds and confidently believe themselves to know. Sokrates brings back
these latter from the false persuasion of knowledge to the state of conscious
ignorance, and to the prior indeterminate condition of mind, in which their
opinions have again to be put together by the tentative and guessing
process. This tentative process, prosecuted under the drill of Sokrates, is in

Page 291

itself full of charm and interest for Plato, whether it ends by finding a good
solution or only by discarding a bad one.

35 Plato, Apolog. Sokr. pp. 21-22-23.

36 Plato, Symposion, 213 E, 215-216; Menon, 80 A-B.

Familiar words — constantly
The Charmidês is one of the many Platonic
used, with much earnest feeling,
dialogues wherein such intellectual
but never understood nor
experimentation appears depicted without any
defined — ordinary
positive result: except as it adds fresh matter to
phenomenon in human society.
illustrate that wide-spread mental fact, —
(which has already come before the reader, in
Euthyphron, Alkibiadês, Hippias, Erastæ, Lachês, &c., as to holiness,
beauty, philosophy, courage, &c., and is now brought to view in the case of
temperance also; all of them words in every one’s mouth, and tacitly
assumed by every one as known quantities) the perpetual and confident
judgments which mankind are in the habit of delivering — their
apportionment of praise and blame, as well as of reward and punishment
consequent on praise and blame — without any better basis than that of
strong emotion imbibed they know not how, and without being able to
render any rational explanation even of the familiar words round which
such emotions are grouped. No philosopher has done so much as Plato to
depict in detail this important fact — the habitual condition of human
society, modern as well as ancient, and for that very reason generally
unnoticed.37 The emotional or subjective value of temperance is all that
Sokrates determines, and which indeed he makes his point of departure.
Temperance is essentially among the fine, beautiful, honourable, things:38
but its rational or objective value (i.e., what is the common object
characterising all temperate acts or persons), he cannot determine. Here
indeed Plato is not always consistent with himself: for we shall come to
other dialogues wherein he professes himself incompetent to say whether a

Page 292

thing be beautiful or not, until it be determined what the thing is:39 and we
have already found Sokrates declaring (in the Hippias Major), that we
cannot determine whether any particular object is beautiful or not, until we
have first determined, What is Beauty in the Absolute, or the Self-
Beautiful? a problem nowhere solved by Plato.

37 “Whoever has reflected on the generation of ideas in his own mind, or
has investigated the causes of misunderstandings among mankind, will be
obliged to proclaim as a fact deeply seated in human nature — That most of
the misunderstandings and contradictions among men, most of the
controversies and errors both in science and in society, arise usually from
our assuming (consciously or unconsciously) fundamental maxims and
fundamental facts as if they were self-evident, and as if they must be
assumed by every one else besides. Accordingly we never think of closely
examining them, until at length experience has taught us that these self-
evident matters are exactly what stand most in need of proof, and what form
the special root of divergent opinions.” — (L. O. Bröcker —
Untersuchungen über die Glaubwürdigkeit der alt-Römischen Geschichte,
p. 490.)

38 Plato, Charm. 159 B, 160 D. ἡ σωφροσύνη — τῶν καλῶν τι — ἐν τῷ
λόγῳ τῶν καλῶν τι. So also Sokrates in the Lachês (192 C), assumes that
courage is τῶν πάνυ καλῶν πραγμάτων, though he professes not to know
nor to be able to discover what courage is.

39 See Gorgias, 462 B, 448 E; Menon, 70 B.

Different ethical points of view
Among the various unsuccessful definitions
in different Platonic dialogues.
of temperance propounded, there is more than
one which affords farther example to show
how differently Plato deals with the same subject in different dialogues.
Here we have the phrase — “to do one’s own business” — treated as an

Page 293

unmeaning puzzle, and exhibited as if it were analogous to various other
phrases, with which the analogy is more verbal than real. But in the
Republic, Plato admits this phrase as well understood, and sets it forth as
the constituent element of justice; in the Gorgias, as the leading mark of
philosophical life.40

40 Plato, Republ. iv. 433, vi. 496 C, viii. 550 A; Gorgias, 526 C. Compare
also Timæus, 72 A, Xen, Mem. ii. 9, 1.

Self-knowledge is here declared
Again, another definition given by Kritias
to be impossible.
is, That temperance consists in knowing
yourself, or in self-knowledge. In commenting
upon this definition, Sokrates makes out — first, that self-knowledge is
impossible: next, that if possible, it would be useless. You cannot know
yourself, he argues: you cannot know what you know, and what you do not
know: to say that you know what you know, is either tautological or untrue
— to say that you know what you do not know, is a contradiction. All
cognition must be cognition of something distinct from yourself: it is a
relative term which must have some correlate, and cannot be its own
correlate: you cannot have cognition of cognition, still less cognition of
non-cognition.

In other dialogues, Sokrates
This is an important point of view, which I
declares self-knowledge to be
shall discuss more at length when I come to
essential and inestimable.
the Platonic Theætetus. I bring it to view here
Necessity for the student to have
only as contrasting with different language
presented to him dissentient
held by the Platonic Sokrates in other
points of view.
dialogues; where he insists on the great value
and indispensable necessity of self-knowledge,
as a preliminary to all other knowledge — upon the duty of eradicating
from men’s minds that false persuasion of their own knowledge which they
universally cherished — and upon the importance of forcing them to know

Page 294

their own ignorance as well as their own knowledge. In the face of this last
purpose, so frequently avowed by the Platonic Sokrates (indirectly even in
this very dialogue),41 we remark a material discrepancy, when he here
proclaims self-knowledge to be impossible. We must judge every dialogue
by itself, illustrating it when practicable by comparison with others, but not
assuming consistence between them as a postulate à priori. It is a part of
Plato’s dramatic and tentative mode of philosophising to work out different
ethical points of view, and to have present to his mind one or other of them,
with peculiar force in each different dialogue. The subject is thus brought
before us on all its sides, and the reader is familiarised with what a
dialectician might say, whether capable of being refuted or not.
Inconsistency between one dialogue and another is not a fault in the
Platonic dialogues of Search; but is, on the contrary, a part of the training
process, for any student who is destined to acquire that full mastery of
question and answer which Plato regards as the characteristic test of
knowledge. It is a puzzle and provocative to the internal meditation of the
student.

41 Plato, Charm. 166 D.

Courage and Temperance are
In analyzing the Lachês, we observed that
shown to have no distinct
the definition of courage given by Nikias was
meaning, except as founded on
shown by Sokrates to have no meaning, except
the general cognizance of good
in so far as it coincided with the general
and evil.
knowledge or cognition of good and evil.
Here, too, in the Charmidês, we are brought in
the last result to the same terminus — the general cognition of good and
evil. But Temperance, as previously good and defined, is not comprehended
under that cognition, and is therefore pronounced to be unprofitable.

This cognition of good and evil — the science of the profitable — is here
(in the Charmidês) proclaimed by Sokrates to have a place of its own

Page 295

Distinction made between the
among the other sciences; and even to be first
special sciences and the science
among them, essentially necessary to
of Good and Evil. Without this
supervise and direct them, as it had been
last, the special sciences are of
declared in Alkibiadês II. Now the same
no use.
supervising place and directorship had been
claimed by Kritias for Temperance as he
defines it — that is, self-knowledge, or the cognition of our cognitions and
non-cognitions. But Sokrates doubts even the reality of such self-
knowledge: and granting for argument’s sake that it exists, he still does not
see how it can be profitable. For the utmost which its supervision can
ensure would be, that each description of work shall be scientifically done,
by the skilful man, and not by the unskilful. But it is not true, absolutely
speaking (he argues), that acting scientifically or with knowledge is
sufficient for well doing or for happiness: for the question must next be
asked — Knowledge — of what? Not knowledge of leather-cutting,
carpenter’s or brazier’s work, arithmetic, or even medicine: these, and many
others, a man may possess, and may act according to them; but still he will
not attain the end of being happy. All cognitions contribute in greater or less
proportion towards that end: but what contributes most, and most
essentially, is the cognition of good and evil, without which all the rest are
insufficient. Of this last-mentioned cognition or science, it is the special
object to ensure profit or benefit:42 to take care that everything done by the
other sciences shall be done well or in a manner conducing towards the end
Happiness. After this, there is no province left for temperance — i.e., self-
knowledge, or the knowledge of cognitions and non-cognitions: no
assignable way in which it can yield any benefit.43

42 Plato, Charm. 174 D. Οὐχ αὕτη δέ γε, ὡς ἔοικεν, ἐστὶν ἡ σωφροσύνη,
ἀλλ’ ἧς ἔργον ἐστὶ τὸ ὠφελεῖν ἡμᾶς. Οὐ γὰρ ἐπιστημῶν γε καὶ
ἀνεπιστημοσυνῶν ἡ ἐπιστήμη ἐστὶν, ἀλλὰ ἀγαθοῦ τε καὶ κακοῦ.

Page 296

43 Plato, Charm. 174 E. Οὐκ ἄρα ὑγιείας ἔσται δημιουργός; Οὐ δῆτα.
Ἄλλης γὰρ ἦν τέχνης ὑγίεια; ἢ οὔ; Ἄλλης· Οὐδ’ ἄρα ὠφελείας, ὦ ἑταῖρε·
ἄλλῃ γὰρ αὖ ἀπέδομεν τοῦτο τὸ ἔργον τέχνῃ νῦν δή· ἦ γάρ; Πάνυ γε. Πῶς
οὖν ὠφέλιμος ἔσται ἡ σωφροσύνη, οὐδεμιᾶς ὠφελείας οὖσα δημιουργός;
Οὐδαμῶς, ὦ Σώκρατες, ἔοικέ γε.

Knowledge, always relative to
Two points are here to be noted, as
some object known. Postulate or
contained and debated in the handling of this
divination of a Science of
dialogue. 1. Knowledge absolutely, is a word
Teleology.
without meaning: all knowledge is relative,
and has a definite object or cognitum: there
can be no scientia scientiarum. 2. Among the various objects of knowledge
(cognita or cognoscenda), one is, good and evil. There is a science of good
and evil, the function of which is, to watch over and compare the results of
the other sciences, in order to promote results of happiness, and to prevent
results of misery: without the supervision of this latter science, the other
sciences might be all exactly followed out, but no rational comparison
could be had between them.44 In other words, there is a science of Ends,
estimating the comparative worth of each End in relation to other Ends
(Teleology): distinct from those other more special sciences, which study
the means each towards a separate End of its own. Here we fall into the
same track as we have already indicated in Lachês and Alkibiadês II.

44 Compare what has been said upon the same subject in my remarks on
Alkib. i. and ii. p. 31.

Courage and Temperance,
These matters I shall revert to in other
handled both by Plato and by
dialogues, where we shall find them turned
Aristotle. Comparison between
over and canvassed in many different ways.
the two.
One farther observation remains to be made on
the Lachês and Charmidês, discussing as they
do Courage (which is also again discussed in the Protagoras) and

Page 297

Temperance. An interesting comparison may be made between them and the
third book of the Nikomachean Ethics of Aristotle,45 where the same two
subjects are handled in the Aristotelian manner. The direct, didactic,
systematising, brevity of Aristotle contrasts remarkably with the indirect
and circuitous prolixity, the multiplied suggestive comparisons, the shifting
points of view, which we find in Plato. Each has its advantages: and both
together will be found not more than sufficient, for any one who is seriously
bent on acquiring what Plato calls knowledge, with the cross-examining
power included in it. Aristotle is greatly superior to Plato in one important
attribute of a philosopher: in the care which he takes to discriminate the
different significations of the same word: the univocal and the equivocal,
the generically identical from the remotely analogical, the proper from the
improper, the literal from the metaphorical. Of such precautions we
discover little or no trace in Plato, who sometimes seems not merely to
neglect, but even to deride them. Yet Aristotle, assisted as he was by all
Plato’s speculations before us, is not to be understood as having superseded
the necessity for that negative Elenchus which animates the Platonic
dialogues of Search: nor would his affirmative doctrines have held their
grounds before a cross-examining Sokrates.

45 Aristot. Ethic. Nikom. iii. p. 1115, 1119; also Ethic. Eudem. iii. 1229-
1231.

The comments of Aristotle upon the doctrine of Sokrates respecting
Courage seem to relate rather to the Protagoras than to the Lachês of Plato.
See Eth. Nik. 1116, 6, 4; Eth. Eud. 1229, a. 15.

Page 298

APPENDIX.
The dialogue Charmidês is declared to be spurious, not only by Ast, but
also by Socher (Ast, Platon’s Leb. pp. 419-428; Socher, Ueber Platon, pp.
130-137). Steinhart maintains the genuineness of the dialogue against them;
declaring (as in regard to the Lachês) that he can hardly conceive how
critics can mistake the truly Platonic character of it, though here too, as in
the Lachês, he detects “adolescentiæ vestigia” (Steinhart, Einleit. zum
Charmidês, pp. 290-293).

Schleiermacher considers Charmidês as well as Lachês to be appendixes
to the Protagoras, which opinion both Stallbaum (Proleg. ad Charm, p. 121;
Proleg. ad Lachet. p. 30, 2nd ed.) and Steinhart controvert.

The views of Stallbaum respecting the Charmidês are declared by
Steinhart (p. 290) to be “recht äusserlich und oberflächlich”. To me they
appear much nearer the truth than the profound and recondite meanings, the
far-sighted indirect hints, which Steinhart himself perceives or supposes in
the words of Plato.

These critics consider the dialogue as composed during the government
of the Thirty at Athens, in which opinion I do not concur.

Page 299

CHAPTER XX.

Page 300

LYSIS.

Analogy between Lysis and
The Lysis, as well as the Charmidês, is a
Charmidês. Richness of
dialogue recounted by Sokrates himself,
dramatic incident in both.
describing both incidents and a conversation in
Youthful beauty.
a crowded Palæstra; wherein not merely
bodily exercises were habitually practised, but
debate was carried on and intellectual instruction given by a Sophist named
Mikkus, companion and admirer of Sokrates. There is a lively dramatic
commencement, introducing Sokrates into the Palæstra, and detailing the
preparation and scenic arrangements, before the real discussion opens. It is
the day of the Hermæa, or festival of Hermes, celebrated by sacrifice and its
accompanying banquets among the frequenters of gymnasia.

Scenery and personages of the
Lysis, like Charmidês, is an Athenian youth,
Lysis.
of conspicuous beauty, modesty, and promise.
His father Demokrates represents an ancient
family of the Æxonian Deme in Attica, and is said to be descended from
Zeus and the daughter of the Archêgetês or Heroic Founder of that Deme.
The family moreover are so wealthy, that they have gained many victories
at the Pythian, Isthmian, and Nemean games, both with horses and with
chariots and four. Menexenus, companion of Lysis, is somewhat older, and
is his affectionate friend. The persons who invite Sokrates into the palæstra,
and give occasion to the debate, are Ktesippus and Hippothalês: both of
them adults, yet in the vigour of age. Hippothalês is the Erastes of Lysis,
passionately attached to him. He is ridiculed by Ktesippus for perpetually
talking about Lysis, as well as for addressing to him compositions both in
prose and verse, full of praise and flattery; extolling not only his personal
beauty, but also his splendid ancestry and position.1

Page 301

1 Plato, Lysis, 203-205.

Origin of the conversation.
In reference to these addresses, Sokrates
Sokrates promises to give an
remonstrates with Hippothalês on the
example of the proper way of
imprudence and mischief of addressing to a
talking to a youth, for his
youth flatteries calculated to turn his head. He
benefit.
is himself then invited by Hippothalês to
exhibit a specimen of the proper mode of
talking to youth; such as shall be at once acceptable to the person
addressed, and unobjectionable. Sokrates agrees to do so, if an opportunity
be afforded him of conversing with Lysis.2 Accordingly after some well-
imagined incidents, interesting as marks of Greek manners — Sokrates and
Ktesippus with others seat themselves in the palæstra, amidst a crowd of
listeners.3 Lysis, too modest at first to approach, is emboldened to sit down
by seeing Menexenus seated by the side of Sokrates: while Hippothalês, not
daring to put himself where Lysis can see him, listens, but conceals himself
behind some of the crowd. Sokrates begins the conversation with
Menexenus and Lysis jointly: but presently Menexenus is called away for a
moment, and he talks with Lysis singly.

2 Plato, Lysis, 206.

3 Plato, Lysis, 206-207.

Conversation of Sokrates with
Sokr. — Well — Lysis — your father and
Lysis.
mother love you extremely. Lysis. —
Assuredly they do. Sokr. — They would wish
you therefore to be as happy as possible. Lysis. — Undoubtedly. Sokr. —
Do you think any man happy, who is a slave, and who is not allowed to do
any thing that he desires? Lysis. — I do not think him happy at all. Sokr. —
Since therefore your father and mother are so anxious that you should be
happy, they of course allow you to do the things which you desire, and

Page 302

never reprove nor forbid you. Lysis. — Not at all, by Zeus, Sokrates: there
are a great many things that they forbid me. Sokr. — How say you! they
wish you to be happy — and they hinder you from doing what you wish!
Tell me, for example, when one of your father’s chariots is going to run a
race, if you wished to mount and take the reins, would not they allow you to
do so? Lysis. — No — certainly: they would not allow me. Sokr. — But
whom do they allow, then? Lysis. — My father employs a paid charioteer.
Sokr. — What! do they permit a hireling, in preference to you, to do what he
wishes with the horses? and do they give him pay besides for doing so?
Lysis. — Why — to be sure. Sokr. — But doubtless, I imagine, they trust
the team of mules to your direction; and if you chose to take the whip and
flog, they would allow you? Lysis. — Allow me? not at all. Sokr. — What!
is no one allowed to flog them? Lysis. — Yes — certainly — the mule-
groom. Sokr. — Is he a slave or free? Lysis. — A slave. Sokr. — Then, it
seems, they esteem a slave higher than you their son; trusting their property
to him rather than to you, letting him do what he pleases, while they forbid
you. But tell me farther: do they allow you to direct yourself — or do not
they even trust you so far as that? Lysis. — How can you imagine that they
trust me? Sokr. — But does any one else direct you? Lysis. — Yes — this
tutor here. Sokr. — Is he a slave? Lysis. — To be sure: belonging to our
family. Sokr. — That is shocking: one of free birth to be under the direction
of a slave! But what is it that he does, as your director? Lysis. — He
conducts me to my teacher’s house. Sokr. — What! do they govern you also,
these teachers? Lysis. — Undoubtedly they do. Sokr. — Then your father
certainly is bent on putting over you plenty of directors and governors. But
surely, when you come home to your mother, she at least, anxious that you
should be happy as far as she is concerned, lets you do what you please
about the wool or the web, when she is weaving: she does not forbid you to
meddle with the bodkin or any of the other instruments of her work? Lysis.
— Ridiculous! not only does she forbid me, but I should be beaten if I did

Page 303

meddle. Sokr. — How is this, by Heraklês? Have you done any wrong to
your father and mother? Lysis. — Never at all, by Zeus. Sokr. — From what
provocation is it, then, that they prevent you in this terrible way, from being
happy and doing what you wish? keeping you the whole day in servitude to
some one, and never your own master? so that you derive no benefit either
from the great wealth of the family, which is managed by every one else
rather than by you — or from your own body, noble as it is. Even that is
consigned to the watch and direction of another: while you, Lysis, are
master of nothing, nor can do any one thing of what you desire. Lysis. —
The reason is, Sokrates, that I am not yet old enough. Sokr. — That can
hardly be the reason; for to a certain extent your father and mother do trust
you, without waiting for you to grow older. If they want any thing to be
written or read for them, they employ you for that purpose in preference to
any one in the house: and you are then allowed to write or read first,
whichever of the letters you think proper. Again, when you take up the lyre,
neither father nor mother hinder you from tightening or relaxing the strings,
or striking them either with your finger or with the plectrum. Lysis. — They
do not. Sokr. — Why is it, then, that they do not hinder you in this last case,
as they did in the cases before mentioned? Lysis. — I suppose it is because I
know this last, but did not know the others. Sokr. — Well, my good friend,
you see that it is not your increase of years that your father waits for; but on
the very day that he becomes convinced that you know better than he, he
will entrust both himself and his property to your management. Lysis. — I
suppose that he will. Sokr. — Ay — and your neighbour too will judge in
the same way as your father. As soon as he is satisfied that you understand
house-management better than he does, which do you think he will rather
do — confide his house to you, or continue to manage it himself? Lysis. —
I think he will confide it to me. Sokr. — The Athenians too: do not you
think that they also will put their affairs into your management, as soon as
they perceive that you have intelligence adequate to the task? Lysis. — Yes:

Page 304

I do. Sokr. — What do you say about the Great King also, by Zeus! When
his meat is being boiled, would he permit his eldest son who is to succeed
to the rule of Asia, to throw in any thing that he pleases into the sauce,
rather than us, if we come and prove to him that we know better than his
son the way of preparing sauce? Lysis. — Clearly, he will rather permit us.
Sokr. — The Great King will not let his son throw in even a pinch of salt:
while we, if we chose to take up an entire handful, should be allowed to
throw it in. Lysis. — No doubt. Sokr. — What if his son has a complaint in
his eyes; would the Great King, knowing him to be ignorant of medicine,
allow him even to touch his own eyes or would he forbid him? Lysis. — He
would forbid him. Sokr. — As to us, on the contrary, if he accounted us
good physicians, and if we desired even to open the eyes and drop a powder
into them, he would not hinder us, in the conviction that we understood
what we were doing. Lysis. — You speak truly. Sokr. — All other matters, in
short, on which he believed us to be wiser than himself or his son, he would
entrust to us rather than to himself or his son? Lysis. — Necessarily so,
Sokrates. Sokr. — This is the state of the case, then, my dear Lysis: On
those matters on which we shall have become intelligent, all persons will
put trust in us — Greeks as well as barbarians, men as well as women. We
shall do whatever we please respecting them: no one will be at all inclined
to interfere with us on such matters; not only we shall be ourselves free, but
we shall have command over others besides. These matters will be really
ours, because we shall derive real good from them.4 As to those subjects, on
the contrary, on which we shall not have acquired intelligence, no one will
trust us to do what we think right: every one, — not merely strangers, but
father and mother and nearer relatives if there were any, — will obstruct us
as much as they can: we shall be in servitude so far as these subjects are
concerned; and they will be really alien to us, for we shall derive no real
good from them. Do you admit that this is the case?5 Lysis. — I do admit it.
Sokr. — Shall we then be friends to any one, or will any one love us, on

Page 305

those matters on which we are unprofitable Lysis. — Certainly not. Sokr. —
You see that neither does your father love you, nor does any man love
another, in so far as he is useless? Lysis. — Apparently not. Sokr. — If then
you become intelligent, my boy, all persons will be your friends and all
persons will be your kinsmen: for you will be useful and good: if you do
not, no one will be your friend, — not even your father nor your mother nor
your other relatives.

4 Plato, Lysis, 210 B. καὶ οὐδεὶς ἡμᾶς ἑκὼν εἶναι ἐμποδιεῖ, ἀλλ’ αὐτοί τε
ἐλεύθεροι ἐσόμεθα ἐν αὐτοῖς καὶ ἄλλων ἄρχοντες, ἡμέτερά τε ταῦτα ἔσται·
ὀνησόμεθα γὰρ ἀπ’ αὐτῶν.

5 Plato, Lysis, 210 C. αὐτοί τε ἐν αὐτοῖς ἐσόμεθα ἄλλων ὑπηκοοι, καὶ ἡμῖν
ἔσται ἀλλότρια· οὐδὲν γὰρ ἀπ’ αὐτῶν ὀνησόμεθα. Συγχωρεῖς οὕτως ἔχειν;
Συγχωρῶ.

Is it possible then, Lysis, for a man to think highly of himself on those
matters on which he does not yet think aright? Lysis. — How can it be
possible? Sokr. — If you stand in need of a teacher, you do not yet think
aright? Lysis. — True. Sokr. — Accordingly, you are not presumptuous on
the score of intelligence, since you are still without intelligence. Lysis. —
By Zeus, Sokrates, I think not.6

6 Plato, Lysis, 210 D. Οἷόν τε οὖν ἐπὶ τούτοις, ὦ Λύσι, μέγα φρονεῖν, ἐν
οἷς τις μήπω φρονεῖ; Καὶ πῶς ἂν; ἔφη. Εἰ δ’ ἄρα σὺ διδασκάλου δέει, οὔπω
φρονεῖς. Ἀληθῆ.

Οὐδ’ ἄρα μεγαλόφρων εἶ, εἴπερ ἄφρων ἔτι. Μὰ Δί’, ἔφη, ὦ Σώκρατες, οὔ
μοι δοκεῖ.

There is here a double sense of μέγα φρονεῖν, μεγαλόφρων, which cannot
easily be made to pass into any other language.

Page 306

When I heard Lysis speak thus (continues
Lysis is humiliated. Distress of
Hippothalês.
Sokrates, who is here the narrator), I looked
towards Hippothalês and I was on the point of
committing a blunder: for it occurred to me to say, That is the way,
Hippothalês, to address a youth whom you love: you ought to check and
humble him, not puff him up and spoil him, as you have hitherto done. But
when I saw him agitated and distressed by what had been said, I called to
mind that, though standing close by, he wished not to be seen by Lysis.
Accordingly, I restrained myself and said nothing of the kind.7

7 Plato, Lysis, 210 E.

Lysis accepts this as a friendly lesson,
Lysis entreats Sokrates to talk in
the like strain to Menexenus.
inculcating humility: and seeing Menexenus
just then coming back, he says aside to
Sokrates, Talk to Menexenus, as you have been talking to me. You can tell
him yourself (replies Sokrates) what you have heard from me: you listened
very attentively. Most certainly I shall tell him (says Lysis): but meanwhile
pray address to him yourself some other questions, for me to hear. You must
engage to help me if I require it (answers Sokrates): for Menexenus is a
formidable disputant, scholar of our friend Ktesippus, who is here ready to
assist him. I know he is (rejoined Lysis), and it is for that very reason that I
want you to talk to him — that you may chasten and punish him.8

8 Plato, Lysis, 211 B-C. ἀλλ’ ὅρα ὅπως ἐπικουρήσεις μοι, ἐάν με ἐλέγχειν
ἐπιχειρῇ ὁ Μενέξενος. ἢ οὐκ οἶσθα ὅτι ἐριστικός ἐστι; Ναὶ μὰ Δία, ἔφη,
σφόδρα γε. διὰ ταῦτά τοι καὶ βούλομαί σε αὐτῷ διαλέγεσθαι — ἵν’ αὐτὸν
κολάσῃς.

Compare Xenophon, Memor. i. 4, 1, where he speaks of the chastising
purpose often contemplated by Sokrates in his conversation — ἂ ἐκεῖνος
κολαστηρίου ἕνεκα τοὺς πάντ’ οἰομένους εἰδέναι ἐρωτῶν ἤλεγχεν.

Page 307

Value of the first conversation
I have given at length, and almost literally
between Sokrates and Lysis, as
(with some few abbreviations), this first
an illustration of the Platonico-
conversation between Sokrates and Lysis,
Sokratic manner.
because it is a very characteristic passage,
exhibiting conspicuously several peculiar
features of the Platonico-Sokratic interrogation. Facts common and familiar
are placed in a novel point of view, ingeniously contrasted, and introduced
as stepping-stones to a very wide generality. Wisdom or knowledge is
exalted into the ruling force with liberty of action not admissible except
under its guidance: the questions are put in an inverted half-ironical tone
(not uncommon with the historical Sokrates9), as if an affirmative answer
were expected as a matter of course, while in truth the answer is sure to be
negative: lastly, the purpose of checking undue self-esteem is proclaimed.
The rest of the dialogue, which contains the main substantive question
investigated, I can report only in brief abridgment, with a few remarks
following.

9 See the conversation of Sokrates with Glaukon in Xenophon, Memor. iii.
6; also the conversation with Perikles, iii. 5, 23-24.

Sokrates begins to examine
Sokrates begins, as Lysis requests, to
Menexenus respecting
interrogate Menexenus — first premising —
friendship. Who is to be called a
Different men have different tastes: some love
friend? Halt in the dialogue.
horses and dogs, others wealth or honours. For
my part, I care little about all such
acquisitions: but I ardently desire to possess friends, and I would rather
have a good friend than all the treasures of Persia. You two, Menexenus and
Lysis, are much to be envied, because at your early age, each of you has
made an attached friend of the other. But I am so far from any such good
fortune, that I do not even know how any man becomes the friend of

Page 308

another. This is what I want to ask from you, Menexenus, as one who must
know,10 having acquired such a friend already.

10 Plato, Lysis, 211-212.

When one man loves another, which becomes the friend of which? Does
he who loves, become the friend of him whom he loves, whether the latter
returns the affection or not? Or is the person loved, whatever be his own
dispositions, the friend of the person who loves him? Or is reciprocity of
affection necessary, in order that either shall be the friend of the other?

The speakers cannot satisfy themselves that the title of friend fits either
of the three cases;11 so that this line of interrogating comes to a dead lock.
Menexenus avows his embarrassment, while Lysis expresses himself more
hopefully.

11 Plato, Lysis, 212-213. 213 C:— εἰ μήτε οἱ φιλοῦντες (1) φίλοι ἔσονται,
μήθ’ οἱ φιλούμενοι (2), μήθ’ οἱ φιλοῦντές τε καὶ φιλούμενοι (3), &c.
Sokrates here professes to have shown grounds for rejecting all these three
suppositions. But if we follow the preceding argument, we shall see that he
has shown grounds only against the first two, not against the third.

Questions addressed to Lysis.
Sokrates now takes up a different aspect of
Appeal to the maxims of the
the question, and turns to Lysis, inviting him
poets. Like is the friend of like.
to consider what has been laid down by the
Canvassed and rejected.
poets, “our fathers and guides in respect of
wisdom”.12 Homer says that the Gods
originate friendship, by bringing the like man to his like: Empedokles and
other physical philosophers have also asserted, that like must always and of
necessity be the friend of like. These wise teachers cannot mean (continues
Sokrates) that bad men are friends of each other. The bad man can be no
one’s friend. He is not even like himself, but ever wayward and insane:—

Page 309

much less can he be like to any one else, even to another bad man. They
mean that the good alone are like to each other, and friends to each other.13
But is this true? What good, or what harm, can like do to like, which it does
not also do to itself? How can there be reciprocal love between parties who
render to each other no reciprocal aid? Is not the good man, so far forth as
good, sufficient to himself, — standing in need of no one — and therefore
loving no one? How can good men care much for each other, seeing that
they thus neither regret each other when absent, nor have need of each other
when present?14

12 Plato, Lysis, 213 E: σκοποῦντα κατὰ τοὺς ποιητάς· οὗτοι γὰρ ἡμῖν
ὥσπερ πατέρες τῆς σοφίας εἰσὶ καὶ ἡγεμόνες.

13 Plato, Lysis, 214.

14 Plato, Lysis, 215 B: Ὁ δὲ μή του δεόμενος, οὐδέ τι ἀγαπῴ ἂν.… Ὃ δὲ
μὴ ἀγαπῴη, οὐδ’ ἂν φιλοῖ.… Πῶς οὖν οἱ ἀγαθοὶ τοῖς ἀγαθοῖς ἡμῖν φίλοι
ἔσονται τὴν ἀρχήν, οἳ μήτε ἁπόντες ποθεινοὶ ἀλλήλοις — ἱκανοὶ γὰρ
ἑαυτοῖς καὶ χωρὶς ὄντες — μήτε παρόντες χρείαν αὐτῶν ἔχουσι; τοὺς δὴ
τοιούτους τίς μηχανὴ περὶ πολλοῦ ποιεῖσθαι ἀλληλους;

Other poets declare that likeness
It appears, therefore, Lysis (continues
is a cause of aversion;
Sokrates), that we are travelling in the wrong
unlikeness, of friendship.
road, and must try another direction. I now
Reasons pro and con. Rejected.
remember to have recently heard some one
affirming — contrary to what we have just
said — that likeness is a cause of aversion, and unlikeness a cause of
friendship. He too produced evidence from the poets: for Hesiod tells us,
that “potter is jealous of potter, and bard of bard”. Things most alike are
most full of envy, jealousy and hatred to each other: things most unlike, are
most full of friendship. Thus the poor man is of necessity a friend to the
rich, the weak man to the strong, for the sake of protection: the sick man,

Page 310

for similar reason, to the physician. In general, every ignorant man loves,
and is a friend to, the man of knowledge. Nay, there are also physical
philosophers, who assert that this principle pervades all nature; that dry is
the friend of moist, cold of hot, and so forth: that all contraries serve as
nourishment to their contraries. These are ingenious teachers: but if we
follow them, we shall have the cleverest disputants attacking us
immediately, and asking — What! is the opposite essentially a friend to its
opposite? Do you mean that unjust is essentially the friend of just —
temperate of intemperate — good of evil? Impossible: the doctrine cannot
be maintained.15

15 Plato, Lysis, 215-216.

Confusion of Sokrates. He
My head turns (continues Sokrates) with
suggests, That the Indifferent
this confusion and puzzle — since neither like
(neither good nor evil) is friend
is the friend of like, nor contrary of contrary.
to the Good.
But I will now hazard a different guess of my
own.16 There are three genera in all: the good
— the evil — and that which is neither good nor evil, the indifferent. Now
we have found that good is not a friend to good — nor evil to evil — nor
good to evil — nor evil to good. If therefore there exist any friendship at all,
it must be the indifferent that is friend, either to its like, or to the good: for
nothing whatever can be a friend to evil. But if the indifferent be a friend at
all, it cannot be a friend to its own like; since we have already shown that
like generally is not friend to like. It remains therefore, that the indifferent,
in itself neither good nor evil, is friend to the good.17

16 Plato, Lysis, 216 C-D: τῷ ὄντι αὐτὸς ἰλιγγιῶ ὑπὸ τῆς τοῦ λόγου ἀπορίας
— Λέγω τοίνυν ἀπομαντευόμενος, &c.

17 Plato, Lysis, 216 D.

Page 311

Suggestion canvassed. If the
Yet hold! Are we on the right scent? What
Indifferent is friend to the Good,
reason is there to determine, on the part of the
it is determined to become so by
indifferent, attachment to the good? It will
the contact of felt evil, from
only have such attachment under certain given
which it is anxious to escape.
circumstances: when, though neither good nor
evil in itself, it has nevertheless evil associated
with it, of which it desires to be rid. Thus the body in itself is neither good
nor evil: but when diseased, it has evil clinging to it, and becomes in
consequence of this evil, friendly to the medical art as a remedy. But this is
true only so long as the evil is only apparent, and not real: so long as it is a
mere superficial appendage, and has not become incorporated with the
essential nature of the body. When evil has become engrained, the body
ceases to be indifferent (i.e., neither good nor evil), and loses all its
attachment to good. Thus that which determines the indifferent to become
friend of the good, is, the contact and pressure of accessory evil not in
harmony with its own nature, accompanied by a desire for the cure of such
evil.18

18 Plato, Lysis, 217 E: Τὸ μήτε κακὸν ἄρα μήτ’ ἀγαθὸν ἐνίοτε κακοῦ
παρόντος οὔπω κακόν ἐστιν, ἔστι δ’ ὅτε ἤδη τὸ τοιοῦτον γέγονεν. Πάνυ γε.
Οὐκοῦν ὅταν μήπω λαλὸν ᾗ κακοῦ παρόντος, αὐτὴ μὲν ἡ παρουσία ἀγαθοῦ
αὐτὸ ποιεῖ ἐπιθυμεῖν, ἡ δὲ κακὸν ποιοῦσα ἀποστερεῖ αὐτὸ τῆς τ’ ἐπιθυμίας
ἄμα καὶ τῆς φιλίας τἀγαθοῦ. Οὐ γὰρ ἔτι ἐστὶν οὔτε κακὸν οὔτ’ ἀγαθόν,
ἀλλὰ κακόν· φίλον δὲ ἀγαθῷ κακὸν οὐκ ἦν.

Principle illustrated by the
Under this head comes the explanation of
philosopher. His intermediate
the philosopher — the friend or lover of
condition — not wise, yet
wisdom. The man already wise is not a lover
painfully feeling his own
of wisdom: nor the man thoroughly bad and
ignorance.
stupid, with whose nature ignorance is
engrained. Like does not love like, nor does

Page 312

contrary love contrary. The philosopher is intermediate between the two: he
is not wise, but neither has he yet become radically stupid and unteachable.
He has ignorance cleaving to him as an evil, but he knows his own
ignorance, and yearns for wisdom as a cure for it.19

19 Plato, Lysis, 218 A. διὰ ταῦτα δὴ φαῖμεν ἂν καὶ τοὺς ἤδη σοφοὺς
μηκέτι φιλοσοφεῖν, εἴτε θεοὶ εἴτε ἄνθρωποί εἰσιν οὗτοι· οὐδ’ αὖ ἐκείνους
φιλοσοφεῖν τοὺς οὕτως ἄγνοιαν ἔχοντας ὥστε κακοὺς εἶναι· κακὸν γὰρ καὶ
ἀμαθῆ οὐδένα φιλοσοφεῖν. λείπονται δὴ οἱ ἔχοντες μὲν τὸ κακὸν τοῦτο, τὴν
ἄγνοιαν, μήπω δὲ ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ ὄντες ἀγνώμονες μηδ’ ἀμαθεῖς, ἀλλ’ ἔτι
ἡγούμενοι μὴ εἰδέναι ἃ μὴ ἴσασιν. διὸ δὴ φιλοσοφοῦσιν οἱ οὔτε ἀγαθοὶ οὔτε
κακοί πω ὄντες. ὅσοι δὲ κακοὶ, οὐ φιλοσοφοῦσιν, οὐδὲ οἱ ἀγαθοί.

Compare Plato, Symposion, 204.

Sokrates dissatisfied. He
The two young collocutors with Sokrates
originates a new suggestion. The
welcome this explanation heartily, and
Primum Amabile, or object
Sokrates himself appears for the moment
originally dear to us, per se: by
satisfied with it. But he presently bethinks
relation or resemblance to which
himself, and exclaims, Ah! Lysis and
other objects become dear.
Menexenus, our wealth is all a dream! we
have been yielding again to delusions! Let us
once more examine. You will admit that all friendship is on account of
something and for the sake of something: it is relative both to some
producing cause, and to some prospective end. Thus the body, which is in
itself neither good nor evil, becomes when sick a friend to the medical art:
on account of sickness, which is an evil — and for the sake of health, which
is a good. The medical art is dear to us, because health is dear: but is there
any thing behind, for the sake of which health also is dear? It is plain that
we cannot push the series of references onward for ever, and that we must

Page 313

come ultimately to something which is dear per se, not from reference to
any ulterior aliud. We must come to some primum amabile, dear by its own
nature, to which all other dear things refer, and from which they are
derivatives.20 It is this primum amabile which is the primitive, essential,
and constant, object of our affections: we love other things only from their
being associated with it. Thus suppose a father tenderly attached to his son,
and that the son has drunk hemlock, for which wine is an antidote; the
father will come by association to prize highly, not merely the wine which
saves his son’s life, but even the cup in which the wine is contained. Yet it
would be wrong to say that he prizes the wine or the cup as much as his
son: for the truth is, that all his solicitude is really on behalf of his son, and
extends only in a derivative and secondary way to the wine and the cup. So
about gold and silver: we talk of prizing highly gold and silver — but this is
incorrect, for what we really prize is not gold, but the ulterior something,
whatever it be, for the attainment of which gold and other instrumental
means are accumulated. In general terms — when we say that B is dear on
account of A, we are really speaking of A under the name of B. What is
really dear, is that primitive object of love, primum amabile, towards which
all the affections which we bear to other things, refer and tend.21

20 Plato, Lysis, 219 C-D. Ἆρ’ οὖν οὐκ ἀνάγκη ἀπειπεῖν ἡμᾶς οὕτως
ἰόντας, καὶ ἀφικέσθαι ἐπί τινα ἀρχὴν, ἢ οὐκέτ’ ἐπανοίσει ἐπ’ ἄλλο φίλον,
ἀλλ’ ἥξει ἐπ’ ἐκεῖνο ὅ ἐστι π ρ ῶ τ ο ν φ ί λ ο ν , οὗ ἕνεκα καὶ τἄλλα φαμὲν
πάντα φίλα εἶναι;

21 Plato, Lysis, c. 37, p. 220 B. Ὅσα γάρ φαμεν φίλα εἶναι ἡμῖν ἕνεκα
φίλου τινός, ἑτέρῳ ῥήματι φαινόμεθα λέγοντες α ὐ τ ό · φίλον δὲ τ ῷ ὄ ν τ ι
κινδυνεύει ἐ κ ε ῖ ν ο α ὐ τ ὸ , εἰς ὃ πᾶσαι αὗται αἱ λεγόμεναι φιλίαι
τελευτῶσιν.

Is it then true (continues Sokrates) that good is our primum amabile, and
dear to us in itself? If so, is it dear to us on account of evil? that is, only as a

Page 314

The cause of love is desire. We
remedy for evil; so that if evil were totally
desire that which is akin to us or
banished, good would cease to be prized? Is it
our own.
true that evil is the cause why any thing is dear
to us?22 This cannot be: because even if all
evil were banished, the appetites and desires, such of them as were neither
good nor evil, would still remain: and the things which gratify those
appetites will be dear to us. It is not therefore true that evil is the cause of
things being dear to us. We have just found out another cause for loving and
being loved — desire. He who desires, loves what he desires and as long as
he desires: he desires moreover that of which he is in want, and he is in
want of that which has been taken away from him — of his own.23 It is
therefore this own which is the appropriate object of desire, friendship, and
love. If you two, Lysis and Menexenus, love each other, it is because you
are somehow of kindred nature with each other. The lover would not
become a lover, unless there were, between him and his beloved, a certain
kinship or affinity in mind, disposition, tastes, or form. We love, by
necessary law, that which has a natural affinity to us; so that the real and
genuine lover may be certain of a return of affection from his beloved.24

22 Plato, Lysis, 220 D. We may see that in this chapter Plato runs into a
confusion between τὸ διά τι and τὸ ἕνεκά του, which two he began by
carefully distinguishing. Thus in 218 D he says, ὁ φίλος ἐστὶ τῳ φίλος —
ἕνεκά του καὶ διά τι. Again 219 A, he says — τὸ σῶμα τῆς ἰατρικῆς φίλον
ἐστίν, δ ι ὰ τ ὴ ν ν ό σ ο ν , ἕ ν ε κ α τ ῆ ς ὑ γ ι ε ί α ς . This is a very clear
and important distinction.

It is continued in 220 D — ὅτι δ ι ὰ τ ὸ κ α κ ὸ ν τἀγαθὸν ἠγαπῶμεν καὶ
ἐφιλοῦμεν, ὡς φάρμακον ὂν τοῦ κακοῦ τὸ ἀγαθόν, τὸ δὲ κακόν νόσμα. But
in 220 E — τὸ δὲ τῷ ὄντι φίλον πᾶν τοὐναντίον τούτου φαίνεται πεφυκός·
φ ί λ ο ν γ ὰ ρ ἡ μ ῖ ν ἀ ν ε φ ά ν η ὃ ν ἑ χ θ ρ ο ῦ ἕ ν ε κ α . To make the
reasoning consistent with what had gone before, these two last words ought

Page 315

to be exchanged for διὰ τὸ ἐχθρόν. Plato had laid down the doctrine that
good is loved — διὰ τὸ κακόν, not ἕνεκα τοῦ κακοῦ. Good is loved on
account of evil, but for the sake of obtaining a remedy to or cessation of the
evil.

Steinhart (in his note on Hieron. Müller’s translation of Plato, p. 268)
calls this a “sophistisches Räthselspiel”; and he notes other portions of the
dialogue which “remind us of the deceptive tricks of the Sophists” (die
Trugspiele der Sophisten, see p. 222-224-227-230). He praises Plato here
for his “fine pleasantry on the deceptive arts of the Sophists”. Admitting
that Plato puts forward sophistical quibbles with the word φίλος, he tells us
that this is suitable for the purpose of puzzling the contentious young man
Menexenus. The confusion between ἕνεκά του and διά τι (noticed above)
appears to be numbered by Steinhart among the fine jests against
Protagoras, Prodikus, or some of the Sophists. I can see nothing in it except
an unconscious inaccuracy in Plato’s reasoning.

23 Plato, Lysis, 221 E. Τὸ ἐπιθυμοῦν οὗ ἂν ἐνδεὲς ᾖ, τούτου ἐπιθυμεῖ —
ἐνδεὲς δὲ γίγνεται οὗ ἄν τις ἀφαιρῆται — τοῦ οἰκείου δή, ὡς ἔοικεν, ὅ τε
ἔρως καὶ ἡ φιλία καὶ ἡ ἐπιθυμία τυγχάνει οὖσα. This is the same doctrine as
that which we read, expanded and cast into a myth with comic turn, in the
speech of Aristophanes in the Symposion, pp. 191-192-193. ἕκαστος οὖν
ἡμῶν ἔστιν ἀνθρώπου σύμβολον, ἄτε τετμημένος ὥσπερ αἱ ψῆτται ἐξ ἑνὸς
δύο. ζητεῖ δὴ ἀεὶ τὸ αὐτοῦ ἕκαστος ξύμβολον (191 D) — δικαίως ἂν
ὑμνοῖμεν Ἔρωτα, ὃς ἔν τε τῷ παρόντι πλεῖστα ἡμᾶς ὀνίνησιν εἰς τὸ οἰκεῖον
ἄγων, &c. (193 D).

24 Plato, Lysis, 221-222.

Good is of a nature akin to every
But is there any real difference between
one, evil is alien to every one.
what is akin and what is like? We must assume
that there is: for we showed before, that like

Page 316

Inconsistency with what has was useless to like, and therefore not dear to
been previously laid down. like. Shall we say that good is of a nature akin
to every one, and evil of a nature foreign to
every one? If so, then there can be no friendship except between one good
man and another good man. But this too has been proved to be impossible.
All our tentatives have been alike unsuccessful.

Failure of the enquiry. Close of
In this dilemma (continues Sokrates, the
the dialogue.
narrator) I was about to ask assistance from
some of the older men around. But the tutors
of Menexenus and Lysis came up to us and insisted on conveying their
pupils home — the hour being late. As the youths were departing I said to
them — Well, we must close our dialogue with the confession, that we have
all three made a ridiculous figure in it: I, an old man, as well as you two
youths. Our hearers will go away declaring, that we fancy ourselves to be
friends each to the other two; but that we have not yet been able to find out
what a friend is.25

25 Plato, Lysis, 223 B. Νῦν μὲν καταγέλαστοι γεγόναμεν ἐγώ τε, γερὼν
ἀνήρ, καὶ ὑμεῖς, &c.

Remarks. No positive result.
Thus ends the main discussion of the Lysis:
Sokratic purpose in analysing
not only without any positive result, but with
the familiar words — to expose
speakers and hearers more puzzled than they
the false persuasion of
were at the beginning: having been made to
knowledge.
feel a great many difficulties which they never
felt before. Nor can I perceive any general
purpose running through the dialogue, except that truly Sokratic and

Page 317

Platonic purpose — To show, by cross-examination on the commonest
words that what every one appears to know, and talks about most
confidently, no one really knows or can distinctly explain.26 This is the
meaning of the final declaration put into the mouth of Sokrates. “We
believe ourselves to be each other’s friends, yet we none of us know what a
friend is.” The question is one, which no one had ever troubled himself to
investigate, or thought it requisite to ask from others. Every one supposed
himself to know, and every one had in his memory an aggregate of
conceptions and beliefs which he accounted tantamount to knowledge: an
aggregate generated by the unconscious addition of a thousand facts and
associations, each separately unimportant and often inconsistent with the
remainder: while no rational analysis had ever been applied to verify the
consistency of this spontaneous product, or to define the familiar words in
which it is expressed. The reader is here involved in a cloud of confusion
respecting Friendship. No way out of it is shown, and how is he to find one?
He must take the matter into his own active and studious meditation: which
he has never yet done, though the word is always in his mouth, and though
the topic is among the most common and familiar, upon which “the swain
treads daily with his clouted shoon“.

Page 318

26 Among the many points of analogy between the Lysis and the
Charmidês, one is, That both of them are declared to be spurious and
unworthy of Plato, by Socher as well as by Ast (Ast, Platon’s Leben, pp.
429-434; Socher, Ueber Platon, pp. 137-144).

Schleiermacher ranks the Lysis as second in his Platonic series of
dialogues, an appendix to the Phædrus (Einl. p. 174 seq.); K. F. Hermann,
Stallbaum, and nearly all the other critics dissent from this view: they place
the Lysis as an early dialogue, along with Charmidês and Lachês, anterior
to the Protagoras (K. F. Hermann, Gesch. und Syst. Plat. Phil. pp. 447-448;
Stallbaum, Proleg. ad Lys. p. 90 (110 2nd ed.); Steinhart, Einl. p. 221) near
to or during the government of the Thirty. All of them profess to discover in
the Lysis “adolescentiæ vestigia”.

Ast and Socher characterise the dialogue as a tissue of subtle sophistry
and eristic contradiction, such as (in their opinion) Plato cannot have
composed. Stallbaum concedes the sophistry, but contends that it is put by
Plato intentionally, for the purpose of deriding, exposing, disgracing, the
Sophists and their dialectical tricks: “ludibrii causâ” (p. 88); “ut illustri
aliquo exemplo demonstretur dialecticam istam, quam adolescentes magno
quodam studio sectabantur, nihil esse aliud, nisi inanem quandam
argutiarum captatricem,” &c. (p. 87). Nevertheless he contends that along
with this derisory matter there is intermingled serious reasoning which may
be easily distinguished (p. 87), but which certainly he does not clearly point
out. (Compare pp. 108-9-14-15, 2nd ed.) Schleiermacher and Steinhart also
(pp. 222-224-227) admit the sophistry in which Sokrates is here made to
indulge. But Steinhart maintains that there is an assignable philosophical
purpose in the dialogue, which Plato purposely wrapped up in enigmatical
language, but of which he (Steinhart) professes to give the solution (p. 228).

Page 319

Subject of Lysis. Suited for a
This was a proper subject for a dialogue of
Dialogue of Search. Manner of
Search. In the dialogue Lysis, Plato describes
Sokrates, multiplying defective
Sokrates as engaged in one of these searches,
explanations, and showing
handling, testing, and dropping, one point of
reasons why each is defective.
view after another, respecting the idea and
foundation of friendship. He speaks,
professedly, as a diviner or guesser; following out obscure promptings
which he does not yet understand himself.27 In this character, he suggests
several different explanations, not only distinct but inconsistent with each
other; each of them true to a certain extent, under certain conditions and
circumstances: but each of them untrue, when we travel beyond those
limits: other contradictory considerations then interfering. To multiply
defective explanations, and to indicate why each is defective, is the whole
business of the dialogue.

27 Plato, Lysis, 216 D. λέγω τοίνυν ἀπομαντευόμενος, &c.

The process of trial and error is
Schleiermacher discovers in this dialogue
better illustrated by a search
indications of a positive result not plainly
without result than with result.
enunciated: but he admits that Aristotle did not
Usefulness of the dialogue for
discover them — nor can I believe them to
self-working minds.
have been intended by the author.28 But most
critics speak slightingly of it, as alike sceptical
and sophistical: and some even deny its authenticity on these grounds. Plato
might have replied by saying that he intended it as a specimen illustrating
the process of search for an unknown quæsitum; and as an exposition of
what can be said for, as well as against, many different points of view. The
process of trial and error, the most general fact of human intelligence, is
even better illustrated when the search is unsuccessful: because when a
result is once obtained, most persons care for nothing else and forget the
antecedent blunders. To those indeed, who ask only to hear the result as

Page 320

soon as it is found, and who wait for others to look for it — such a dialogue
as the Lysis will appear of little value. But to any one who intends to search
for it himself, or to study the same problem for himself, the report thus
presented of a previous unsuccessful search, is useful both as guidance and
warning. Every one of the tentative solutions indicated in the Lysis has
something in its favour, yet is nevertheless inadmissible. To learn the
grounds which ultimately compel us to reject what at first appears
admissible, is instruction not to be despised; at the very least, it helps to
preserve us from mistake, and to state the problem in the manner most
suitable for obtaining a solution.

28 Schleiermacher, Einleitung zum Lysis, i. p. 177.

Subject of friendship, handled
In truth, no one general solution is
both by the Xenophontic
attainable, such as Plato here professes to
Sokrates, and by Aristotle.
search for.29 In one of the three Xenophontic
dialogues wherein the subject of friendship is
discussed we find the real Sokrates presenting it with a juster view of its
real complications.30 The same remark may be made upon Aristotle’s
manner of handling friendship in the Ethics. He seems plainly to allude to
the Lysis (though not mentioning it by name); and to profit by it at least in
what he puts out of consideration, if not in what he brings forward.31 He
discards the physical and cosmical analogies, which Plato borrows from
Empedokles and Herakleitus, as too remote and inapplicable: he considers
that the question must be determined by facts and principles relating to
human dispositions and conduct. In other ways, he circumscribes the
problem, by setting aside (what Plato includes) all objects of attachment
which are not capable of reciprocating attachment.32 The problem, as set
forth here by Plato, is conceived in great generality. In what manner does
one man become the friend of another?33 How does a man become the
object of friendship or love from another? What is that object towards

Page 321

which our love or friendship is determined? These terms are so large, that
they include everything belonging to the Tender Emotion generally.34

29 Turgot has some excellent remarks on the hopelessness of such
problems as that which Plato propounds, here well as in other dialogues, to
find definitions of common and vague terms.

We read in his article Etymologie, in the Encyclopédie (vol. iii. pp. 70-72
of his Œuvres Complets):

“Qu’on se répresente la foule des acceptions du mot esprit, depuis son
sens primitif spiritus, haleine, jusqu’à ceux qu’on lui donne dans la chimie,
dans la littérature, dans la jurisprudence, esprit acide, esprit de Montaigne,
esprit des loix, &c. — qu’on essaie d’extraire de toutes ces acceptions une
idée qui soit commune à toutes — on verra s’évanouir tous les caractères
qui distinguent l’esprit de toute autre chose, dans quelque sens qu’on le
prenne.... La multitude et l’incompatibilité des acceptions du mot esprit,
sont telles, que personne n’a été tenté de les comprendre toutes dans une
seule définition, et de définir l’esprit en général. Mais le vice de cette
méthode n’est pas moins réel lorsqu’il n’est pas assez sensible pour
empêcher qu’on ne la suive.

“A mesure que le nombre et la diversité des acceptions diminue,
l’absurdité s’affoiblit: et quand elle disparoit, il reste encore l’erreur. J’ose
dire, que presque toutes les définitions où l’on annonce qu’on va définir les
choses dans le sens le plus général, ont ce défaut, et ne définissent
véritablement rien: parceque leurs auteurs, en voulant renfermer toutes les
acceptions d’un mot, ont entrepris une chose impossible: je veux dire, de
rassembler sous une seule idée générale des idées très différentes entre
elles, et qu’un même nom n’a jamais pu désigner que successivement, en
cessant en quelque sorte d’être le même mot.”

Page 322

See also the remarks of Mr. John Stuart Mill on the same subject. System
of Logic, Book IV. chap. 4, s. 5.

30 See Xenophon, Memor. ii. 4-5-6. In the last of these three conversations
(s. 21-22), Sokrates says to Kritobulus Ἀλλ’ ἔχει μὲν ποικίλως πως ταῦτα, ὦ
Κριτόβουλε· φύσει γὰρ ἔχουσιν οἱ ἄνθρωποι τὰ μὲν φιλικά· δέονται τε γὰρ
ἀλλήλων, καὶ ἐλεοῦσι, καὶ συνεργοῦντες ὠφελοῦσι, καὶ τοῦτο συνιέντες
χάριν ἔχουσιν ἀλλήλοις, τὰ δὲ πολεμικά· τά τε γὰρ αὐτὰ καλὰ καὶ ἡδέα
νομίζοντες ὑπὲρ τούτων μάχονται, καὶ διχογνωμονοῦντες ἐναντιοῦνται·
πολεμικὸν δὲ καὶ ἔρις καὶ ὀργή· καὶ δυσμενὲς μὲν ὁ τοῦ πλεονεκτεῖν ἔρως,
μισητὸν δὲ ὁ φθόνος.

This observation of Sokrates is very true and valuable — that the causes
of friendship and the causes of enmity are both of them equally natural, i.e.
equally interwoven with the constant conditions of individual and social
life. This is very different from the vague, partial, and encomiastic
predicates with which τὸ φύσει is often decorated elsewhere by Sokrates
himself, as well as by Plato and Aristotle.

31 Aristot. Eth. Nikom. viii. 1, p. 1155 b. Compare Plato, Lysis, 214 A —
215 E.

32 Aristot. Ethic. Nik. viii. 2, p. 1155, b. 28; Plato, Lysis, 212 D.

33 Plato, Lysis, 212 A: ὅντινα τρόπον γίγνεται φίλος ἕτερος ἑτέρου. 223 ad
fin.: ὅ, τι ἐστὶν ὁ φίλος.

34 See the chapter on Tender Emotion in Mr. Bain’s elaborate
classification and description of the Emotions. ‘The Emotions and the Will,’
ch. vii. p. 94 seq. (3rd ed., p. 124).

In the Lysis, 216 C-D, we read, among the suppositions thrown out by
Sokrates, about τὸ φίλον — κινδυνεύει κατὰ τὴν ἀρχαίαν παροιμίαν τὸ
καλὸν φίλον εἶναι. ἔοικε γοῦν μαλακῷ τινι καὶλείῳ καὶ λιπαρῷ· διὸ καὶ

Page 323

ἴσως ῥᾳδίως διολισθαίνει καὶ διαδύεται ἡμᾶς, ἅτε τοιοῦτον ὄν· λέγω γὰρ
τἀγαθὸν καλὸν εἶναι. This allusion to the soft and the smooth is not very
clear; a passage in Mr. Bain’s chapter serves to illustrate it.

“Among the sensations of the senses we find some that have the power of
awakening tender emotion. The sensations that incline to tenderness are, in
the first place, the effects of very gentle or soft stimulants, such as soft
touches, gentle sounds, slow movements, temperate warmth, mild sunshine.
These sensations must be felt in order to produce the effect, which is mental
and not simply organic. We have seen that an acute sensation raises a
vigorous muscular expression, as in wonder; a contrast to this is exhibited
by gentle pressure or mild radiance. Hence tenderness is passive emotion by
pre-eminence: we see it flourishing best in the quiescence of the moving
members. Remotely there may be a large amount of action stimulated by it,
but the proper outgoing accompaniment of it is organic not muscular.“

That the sensations of the soft and the smooth dispose to the Tender
Emotion is here pointed out as a fact in human nature, agreeably to the
comparison of Plato. Mr. Bain’s treatise has the rare merit of describing
fully the physical as well as the mental characteristics of each separate
emotion.

Debate in the Lysis partly
The debate in the Lysis is partly verbal: i.e.,
verbal, partly real. Assumptions
respecting the word φίλος, whether it means
made by the Platonic Sokrates,
the person loving, or the person loved, or
questionable, such as the real
whether it shall be confined to those cases in
Sokrates would have found
which the love is reciprocal, and then applied
reason for challenging.
to both. Herein the question is about the
meaning of words — a word and nothing
more. The following portions of the dialogue enter upon questions not
verbal but real — “Whether we are disposed to love what is like to
ourselves, or what is unlike or opposite to ourselves?” Though both these

Page 324

are occasionally true, it is shown that as general explanations neither of
them will hold. But this is shown by means of the following assumptions,
which not only those whom Plato here calls the “very clever Disputants,”35
but Sokrates himself at other times, would have called in question, viz.:
“That bad men cannot be friends to each other — that men like to each
other (therefore good men as well as bad) can be of no use to each other,
and therefore there can be no basis of friendship between them — that the
good man is self-sufficing, stands in need of no one, and therefore will not
love any one.”36 All these assumptions Sokrates would have found
sufficient reason for challenging, if they had been advanced by Protagoras
or any other opponents. They stand here as affirmed by him; but here, as
elsewhere in Plato, the reader must apply his own critical intellect, and test
what he reads for himself.

35 Plato, Lysis, 216 A.: οἱ πάνσοφοι ἄνδρες οἱ ἀντιλογικοί, &c. Yet Plato,
in the Phædrus and Symposion, indicates colloquial debate as the great
generating cause of the most intense and durable friendship. Aristeides the
Rhetor says, Orat. xlvii. (Πρὸς Καπίτωνα), p. 418, Dindorf, ἐπεὶ καὶ
Πλάτων τὸ ἀληθὲς ἁπανταχοῦ τιμᾷ, καὶ τὰς ἐν τοῖς λόγοις συνουσίας
ἀφορμὴν φιλίας ἀληθινῆς ὑπολαμβάνει.

36 Plato, Lysis, 214-215. The discourse of Cicero, De Amicitiâ, is
composed in a style of pleasing rhetoric; suitable to Lælius, an ancient
Roman senator and active politician, who expressly renounces the accurate
subtlety of Grecian philosophers (v. 18). There is little in it which we can
compare with the Platonic Lysis; but I observe that he too, giving
expression to his own feelings, maintains that there can be no friendship
except between the good and virtuous: a position which is refuted by the
“nefaria vox,” cited by himself as spoken by C. Blossius, xi. 37.

It is thus shown, or supposed to be shown, that the persons who love are
neither the Good, nor the Bad: and that the objects loved, are neither things

Page 325

Peculiar theory about friendship
or persons similar, nor opposite, to the persons
broached by Sokrates. Persons
loving. Sokrates now adverts to the existence
neither good nor evil by nature,
of a third category — Persons who are neither
yet having a superficial tinge of
good, nor bad, but intermediate between the
evil, and desiring good to escape
two — Objects which are intermediate
from it.
between likeness and opposition. He
announces as his own conjecture,37 that the
Subject of friendly or loving feeling, is, that which is neither good nor evil:
the Object of the feeling, Good: and the cause of the feeling, the superficial
presence of evil, which the subject desires to see removed.38 The evil must
be present in a superficial and removable manner — like whiteness in the
hair caused by white paint, not by the grey colour of old age. Sokrates
applies this to the state of mind of the philosopher, or lover of knowledge:
who is not yet either thoroughly good or thoroughly bad, — either
thoroughly wise or thoroughly unwise — but in a state intermediate
between the two: ignorant, yet conscious of his own ignorance, and feeling
it as a misfortune which he was anxious to shake off.39

37 Plato, Lysis, 216 D. λέγω τοίνυν ἀπομαντευόμενος, &c.

38 Plato, Lysis, 216-217.

39 Plato, Lysis, 218 C. λείπονται δὴ οἱ ἔχοντες μὲν τὸ κακὸ τοῦτο, τὴν
ἄγνοιαν, μήπω δὲ ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ ὄντες ἀγνώμονες μηδ’ ἀμαθεῖς, ἀλλ’ ἔτι
ἡγούμενοι μὴ εἰδέναι ἂ μὴ ἴσασι· διὸ δὴ φιλοσοφοῦσιν οἱ οὔτε ἀγαθοὶ οὔτε
κακοί πω ὄντες· ὅσοι δὲ κακοί, οὐ φιλοσοφοῦσιν, οὐδὲ οἱ ἀγαθοί. Compare
the phrase of Seneca, Epist. 59, p. 211, Gronov.: “Elui difficile est: non
enim inquinati sumus, sed infecti“.

This general theory illustrated
This meaning of philosophy, though it is not
by the case of the philosopher or
always and consistently maintained throughout
lover of wisdom. Painful
the Platonic writings, is important as

Page 326

consciousness of ignorance the expanding and bringing into system the
attribute of the philosopher. position laid down by Sokrates in the Apology.
Value set by Sokrates and Plato He there disclaimed all pretensions to wisdom,
upon this attribute. but he announced himself as a philosopher, in
the above literal sense: that is, as ignorant, yet
as painfully conscious of his own ignorance, and anxiously searching for
wisdom as a corrective to it: while most men were equally ignorant, but
were unconscious of their own ignorance, believed themselves to be already
wise, and delivered confident opinions without ever having analysed the
matters on which they spoke. The conversation of Sokrates (as I have
before remarked) was intended, not to teach wisdom, but to raise men out of
this false persuasion of wisdom, which he believed to be the natural state of
the human mind, into that mental condition which he called philosophy. His
Elenchus made them conscious of their ignorance, anxious to escape from
it, and prepared for mental efforts in search of knowledge: in which search
Sokrates assisted them, but without declaring, and even professing inability
to declare, where that truth lay in which the search was to end. He
considered that this change was in itself a great and serious improvement,
converting what was evil, radical, and engrained — into evil superficial and
removable; which was a preliminary condition to any positive acquirement.
The first thing to be done was to create searchers after truth, men who
would look at the subject for themselves with earnest attention, and make
up their own individual convictions. Even if nothing ulterior were achieved,
that alone would be a great deal. Such was the scope of the Sokratic
conversation; and such the conception of philosophy (the capital peculiarity
which Plato borrowed from Sokrates), which is briefly noted in this passage
of the Lysis, and developed in other Platonic dialogues, especially in the
Symposion,40 which we shall reach presently.

40 Plato, Sympos. 202-203-204. Phædrus, 278 D.

Page 327

Another theory of Sokrates. The
Still, however, Sokrates is not fully satisfied
Primum Amabile, or original
with this hypothesis, but passes on to another.
and primary object of Love.
If we love anything, we must love it (he says)
Particular objects are loved
for the sake of something. This implies that
through association with this.
there must exist, in the background, a
The object is, Good.
something which is the primitive and real
object of affection. The various things which
we actually love, are not loved for their own sake, but for the sake of this
primum amabile, and as shadows projected by it: just as a man who loves
his son, comes to love by association what is salutary or comforting to his
son — or as he loves money for the sake of what money will purchase. The
primum amabile, in the view of Sokrates, is Good; particular things loved,
are loved as shadows of good.

Statement by Plato of the
This is a doctrine which we shall find
general law of mental
reproduced in other dialogues. We note with
association.
interest here, that it appears illustrated, by a
statement of the general law of mental
association — the calling up of one idea by other ideas or by sensations,
and the transference of affections from one object to others which have
been apprehended in conjunction with it, either as antecedents or
consequents. Plato states this law clearly in the Phædon and elsewhere:41
but he here conceives it imperfectly: for he seems to believe that, if an
affection be transferred by association from a primitive object A, to other
objects, B, C, D, &c., A always continues to be the only real object of
affection, while B, C, D, &c., operate upon the mind merely by carrying it
back to A. The affection towards B, C, D, &c., therefore is, in the view of
Plato, only the affection for A under other denominations and disguises.42
Now this is doubtless often the case; but often also, perhaps even more
generally, it is not the case. After a certain length of repetition and habit, all
conscious reference to the primitive object of affection will commonly be

Page 328

left out, and the affection towards the secondary object will become a
feeling both substantive and immediate. What was originally loved as
means, for the sake of an ulterior end, will in time come to be loved as an
end for itself; and to constitute a new centre of force, from whence
derivatives may branch out. It may even come to be loved more vehemently
than any primitive object of affection, if it chance to accumulate in itself
derivative influences from many of those objects.43 This remark naturally
presents itself, when we meet here for the first time, distinctly stated by
Plato, the important psychological doctrine of the transference of affections
by association from one object to others.

41 Plato, Phædon, 73-74.

It is declared differently, and more clearly, by Aristotle in the treatise
Περὶ Μνήμης καὶ Ἀναμνήσεως, pp. 451-452.

42 Plato, Lysis, 220 B. ὅσα γάρ φαμεν φίλα εἶναι ἡμῖν ἕνεκα φίλου τινός,
ἑτέρῳ ῥήματι φαινόμεθα λέγοντες αὐτό· φίλον δὲ τῷ ὄντι κινδυνεύει ἐκεῖνο
αὐτὸ εἶναι, εἰς ὃ πᾶσαι αὗται αἱ λεγόμεναι φιλίαι τελευτῶσιν.

43 There is no stronger illustration of this than the love of money, which is
the very example that Plato himself here cites.

The important point to which I here call attention, in respect to the law of
Mental Association, is forcibly illustrated by Mr. James Mill in his
‘Analysis of the Human Mind,’ chapters xxi. and xxii., and by Professor
Bain in his works on the Senses and the Intellect, — Intellect, chap. i. sect.
47-48, p. 404 seq. ed. 3; and on the Emotions and the Will, chap. iv. sect. 4-
5, p. 428 seq. (3rd ed. p. 363 seq.).

Theory of the Primum Amabile,
The primum amabile, here introduced by
here introduced by Sokrates,
Sokrates, is described in restricted terms, as
with numerous derivative
valuable merely to correct evil, and as having

Page 329

objects of love. Platonic Idea. no value per se, if evil were assumed not to
Generic communion of Aristotle, exist. In consequence chiefly of this
distinguished by him from the restriction, Sokrates discards it as
feebler analogical communion. unsatisfactory. Such restriction, however, is
noway essential to the doctrine: which
approaches to, but is not coincident with, the Ideal Good or Idea of Good,
described in other dialogues as what every one yearns after and aspires to,
though without ever attaining it and without even knowing what it is.44 The
Platonic Idea was conceived as a substantive, intelligible, Ens, distinct in its
nature from all the particulars bearing the same name, and separated from
them all by a gulf which admitted no gradations of nearer and farther — yet
communicating itself to, or partaken by, all of them, in some inexplicable
way. Aristotle combated this doctrine, denying the separate reality of the
Idea, and admitting only a common generic essence, dwelling in and
pervading the particulars, but pervading them all equally. The general word
connoting this generic unity was said by Aristotle (retaining the Platonic
phraseology) to be λεγόμενον κατὰ μίαν ἰδέαν or καθ’ ἕν.

44 Plato, Republ. vi. pp. 505-506.

But apart from and beyond such generic unity, which implied a common
essence belonging to all, Aristotle recognised a looser, more imperfect, yet
more extensive, communion, founded upon common relationship towards
some Ἀρχὴ — First Principle or First Object. Such relationship was not
always the same in kind: it might be either resemblance, concomitance,
antecedence or consequence, &c.: it might also be different in degree, closer
or more remote, direct or indirect. Here, then, there was room for
graduation, or ordination of objects as former and latter, first, second, third,
&c., according as, when compared with each other, they were more or less
related to the common root. This imperfect communion was designated by
Aristotle under the title κατ’ ἀναλογίαν, as contrasted with κατὰ γένος: the

Page 330

predicate which affirmed it was said to be applied, not κατὰ μίαν ἰδέαν or
καθ’ ἕν, but πρὸς μίαν φύσιν or πρὸς ἕν:45 it was affirmed neither entirely
συνωνύμως (which would imply generic communion), nor entirely
ὁμωνύμως (which would be casual and imply no communion at all), but
midway between the two, so as to admit of a graduated communion, and an
arrangement as former and later, first cousin, or second, third cousin.
Members of the same Genus were considered to be brothers, all on a par:
but wherever there was this graduated cousinship or communion (signified
by the words Former and Later, more or less in degree of relationship),
Aristotle did not admit a common Genus, nor did Plato admit a Substantive
Idea.46

45 Arist. Metaphys. A. 1072, a. 26-29; Bonitz, Comm. p. 497 id. Πρῶτον
ὀρεκτόν — Πρῶτον vοητόν (πρῶτον ὀρεκτὸν — “quod per se appetibile est
et concupiscitur”). “Quod autem primum est in aliquâ serie, id præcipue
etiam habet qualitatem, quæ in reliquâ cernitur serie, c. a. 993, b. 24: ergo
prima illa substantia est τὸ ἄριστον” — also Γ. 1004, a. 25-26, 1005, a. 7,
about the πρῶτον ἕν — πρῶτον ὄν. These were τὰ πολλαχῶς λεγόμενα —
τὰ πλεοναχῶς λεγόμενα — which were something less than συνώνυμα and
more than ὁμώνυμα; intermediate between the two, having no common
λόγος or generical unity, and yet not entirely equivocal, but designating a
κοινὸν κατ’ ἀναλογίαν: not κατὰ μίαν ἰδέαν λεγόμενα, but πρὸς ἓν or πρὸς
μίαν φύσιν; having a certain relation to one common φύσις called τὸ
πρῶτον. See the Metaphys. Γ. 1003, a. 33 — τό δὲ ὄν λέγεται μὲν
πολλαχῶς, ἀλλὰ πρὸς ἕν καὶ μίαν τινὰ φύσιν, καὶ οὐχ ὁμωνύμως, ἀλλ’
ὥσπερ τὸ ὑγιεινὸν ἅπαν πρὸς ὑγιείαν, τὸ μὲν τῷ φυλάττειν, τὸ δὲ τῷ ποιεῖν,
τὸ δὲ τῃ σημεῖον εἶναι τῆς ὑγιείας, τὸ δ’ ὅτι δεκτικὸν αὐτῆς — καὶ τὸ
ἰατρικὸν πρὸς ἰατρικήν, &c. The Scholion of Alexander upon this passage is
instructive (p. 638, a. Brandis); and a very copious explanation of the whole
doctrine is given by M. Brentano, in his valuable treatise, ‘Von der

Page 331

mannigfachen Bedeutung des Seienden nach Aristoteles,’ Freiburg, 1862,
pp. 85-108-147. Compare Aristotel. Politic. III. i. 9, p. 1275, a. 35.

The distinction drawn by Aristotle between τὸ κοινὸν κατ’ ἰδέαν and τὸ
κοινὸν κατ’ ἀναλογίαν — between τὰ κατὰ μίαν ἰδέαν λεγόμενα, and τὰ
πρὸς ἓν or πρὸς μίαν φύσιν λεγόμενα — this distinction corresponds in part
to that which is drawn by Dr. Whewell between classes which are given by
Definition, and natural groups which are given by Type. “Such a natural
group” (says Dr. Whewell) “is steadily fixed, though not precisely limited;
it is given, though not circumscribed; it is determined, not by a boundary
but by a central point within, &c.” The coincidence between this doctrine
and the Aristotelian is real, though only partial: τὸ πρῶτον φίλον, τὸ πρῶτον
ὁρεκτόν, may be considered as types of objects loveable, objects desirable,
&c., but ἡ ὑγιεία cannot be considered as a type of τὰ ὑγιεινὰ nor ἡ ἰατρικὴ
as a type of τὰ ἰατρικά, though it is “the central point“ to which all things so
called are referred. See Dr. Whewell’s doctrine stated in the Philosophy of
the Inductive Sciences, i. 476-477; and the comments of Mr. John Stuart
Mill on the doctrine — ‘System of Logic,’ Book iv. ch. 7. I have adverted to
this same doctrine in remarking on the Hippias Major, supra, p. 47; also on
the Philêbus, infra, chap. 32, vol. III.

46 This is attested by Aristotle, Eth. Nik. i. 64, p. 1096, a. 16. Οἱ δὲ
κομίσαντες τὴν δόξαν ταύτην, οὐκ ἐποίουν ἰδέας ἐν οἷς τὸ πρότερον καὶ τὸ
ὕστερον ἔλεγον· διόπερ οὐδὲ τῶν ἀριθμῶν ἰδέαν κατεσκεύαζον: compare
Ethic. Eudem. i. 8, 1218, a. 2. He goes on to object that Plato, having laid
this down as a general principle, departed from it in recognizing an ἰδέαν
ἀγαθοῦ, because τἀγαθὸν was predicated in all the categories, in that of
οὐσία as well as in that of πρός τι — τὸ δὲ καθ’ αὑτὸ καὶ ἡ οὐσία πρότερον
τῇ φύσει τοῦ πρός τι — ὥστε οὐκ ἂν εἴη κοινή τις ἐπὶ τούτων ἰδέα.

Now the Πρῶτον φίλον or Primum Amabile which we find in the Lysis,
is described as the principium or initial root of one of these imperfectly

Page 332

Primum Amabile of Plato,
united aggregates; ramifying into many
compared with the Prima
branches more or less distant, in obedience to
Amicitia of Aristotle. Each of
one or other of the different laws of
them is head of an analogical
association. Aristotle expresses the same idea
aggregate, not member of a
in another form of words: instead of a Primum
generic family.
Amabile, he gives us a Prima Amicitia —
affirming that the diversities of friendship are
not species comprehended under the same genus, but gradations or
degeneracies departing in one direction or other from the First or pure
Friendship. The Primum Amabile, in Plato’s view, appears to be the Good,
though he does not explicitly declare it: the Prima Amicitia, with Aristotle,
is friendship subsisting between two good persons, who have had sufficient
experience to know, esteem, and trust, each other.47

47 Aristotel. Eth. Nikom. viii. 2, 1155, b. 12, viii. 5, 1157, a. 30, viii. 4;
Eth. Eudem. vii. 2, 1236, a. 15. The statement is more full in the Eudemian
Ethics than in the Nikomachean; he begins the seventh book by saying that
φιλία is not said μοναχῶς but πλεοναχῶς; and in p. 1236 he says Ἀνάγκη
ἄρα τρία φιλίας εἴδη εἶναι, καὶ μ η τ ε κ α θ ’ ἓ ν ἁ π ά σ α ς μηθ’ ὡς
ε ἴ δ η ἑ ν ὸ ς γ έ ν ο υ ς , μήτε πάμπαν λέγεσθαι ὁμωνύμως· πρὸς μ ί α ν
γάρ τινα λέγονται καὶ πρώτην, ὥσπερ τὸ ἰατρικόν,
&c. The whole passage is instructive, but is too long to cite.

Bonitz gives some good explanations of these passages. Observationes
Criticæ in Aristotelis quæ feruntur Magna Moralia et Eudemia, pp. 55-57.

The Good and Beautiful,
In regard to the Platonic Lysis, I have
considered as objects of
already observed that no positive result can be
attachment.
found in it, and that all the hypotheses
broached are successively negatived. What is
kept before the reader’s mind, however, more than anything else, though

Page 333

not embodied in any distinct formula, is — The Good and the Beautiful
considered as objects of love or attachment.

Page 334

CHAPTER XXI.

Page 335

EUTHYDEMUS.

Dramatic and comic exuberance
Dramatic vivacity, and comic force, holding
of the Euthydêmus. Judgments
up various persons to ridicule or contempt, are
of various critics.
attributes which Plato manifests often and
abundantly. But the dialogue in which these
qualities reach their maximum, is, the Euthydêmus. Some portions of it
approach to the Nubes of Aristophanes: so that Schleiermacher, Stallbaum,
and other admiring critics have some difficulty in explaining, to their own
satisfaction,1 how Plato, the sublime moralist and lawgiver, can here have
admitted so much trifling and buffoonery. Ast even rejects the dialogue as
spurious; declaring it to be unworthy of Plato and insisting on various
peculiarities, defects, and even absurdities, which offend his critical taste.
His conclusion in this case has found no favour: yet I think it is based on
reasons quite as forcible as those upon which other dialogues have been
condemned:2 upon reasons, which, even if admitted, might prove that the
dialogue was an inferior performance, but would not prove that Plato was
not the author.

1 Schleiermacher, Einleitung zum Euthydemos, vol. iii. pp. 400-403-407;
Stallbaum. Proleg. in Euthydem. p. 14.

2 Ast, Platon’s Leben und Schriften, pp. 408-418.

Scenery and personages.
Sokrates recounts (to Kriton) a conversation
in which he has just been engaged with two
Sophists, Euthydêmus and Dionysodorus, in the undressing-room belonging
to the gymnasium of the Lykeium. There were present, besides, Kleinias, a
youth of remarkable beauty and intelligence, cousin of the great Alkibiades
— Ktesippus, an adult man, yet still young, friend of Sokrates and

Page 336

devotedly attached to Kleinias — and a crowd of unnamed persons, partly
friends of Kleinias, partly admirers and supporters of the two Sophists.

The two Sophists, Euthydemus
This couple are described and treated
and Dionysodorus: manner in
throughout by Sokrates, with the utmost
which they are here presented.
admiration and respect: that is, in terms
designating such feelings, but intended as the
extreme of irony or caricature. They are masters of the art of Contention, in
its three varieties3 — 1. Arms, and the command of soldiers. 2. Judicial and
political rhetoric, fighting an opponent before the assembled Dikasts or
people. 3. Contentious Dialectic — they can reduce every respondent to a
contradiction, if he will only continue to answer their questions — whether
what he says be true or false.4 All or each of these accomplishments they
are prepared to teach to any pupil who will pay the required fee: the
standing sarcasm of Plato against the paid teacher, occurring here as in so
many other places. Lastly, they are brothers, old and almost toothless —
natives of Chios, colonists from thence to Thurii, and exiles from Thurii and
resident at Athens, yet visiting other cities for the purpose of giving
lessons.5 Their dialectic skill is described as a recent acquisition, — made
during their old age, only in the preceding year, — and completing their
excellence as professors of the tripartite Eristic. But they now devote
themselves to it more than to the other two parts. Moreover they advertise
themselves as teachers of virtue.

3 Plato, Euthyd. pp. 271-272.

4 Plat. Euthyd. p. 272 B. ἐξελέγχειν τὸ ἀεὶ λεγόμενον, ὁμοίως ἐάν τε
ψεῦδος ἐάν τ’ ἀληθὲς ᾖ: p. 275 C. οὐδὲν διαφέρει, ἐὰν μόνον ἐθέλῃ
ἀποκρίνεσθαι ὁ νεανίσκος.

5 Plat. Euthyd. p. 273 B-C. “quamvis essent ætate grandiores et edentuli”
says Stallbaum in his Proleg. p. 10. He seems to infer this from page 294 C;

Page 337

the inference, though not very certain, is plausible.

Steinhart, in his Einleitung zum Euthydemos (vol. ii. p. 2 of Hieronym.
Müller’s translation of Plato) repeats these antecedents of Euthydemus and
Dionysodorus, as recited in the dialogue before us, as if they were matter of
real history, exemplifications of the character of the class called Sophists.
He might just as well produce what is said by the comic poets Eupolis and
Aristophanes — the proceedings as recounted by the Sokratic disciple in the
φροντιστήριον (Nubes) — as evidence about the character of Sokrates.

Conversation carried on with
The two Sophists, having announced
Kleinias, first by Sokrates, next
themselves as competent to teach virtue and
by the two Sophists.
stimulate pupils to a virtuous life, are entreated
by Sokrates to exercise their beneficent
influence upon the youth Kleinias, in whose improvement he as well as
Ktesippus feels the warmest interest. Sokrates gives a specimen of what he
wishes by putting a series of questions himself. Euthydêmus follows, and
begins questioning Kleinias; who, after answering three or four successive
questions, is forced to contradict himself. Dionysodorus then takes up the
last answer of Kleinias, puts him through another series of interrogations,
and makes him contradict himself again. In this manner the two Sophists
toss the youthful respondent backwards and forwards to each other, each
contriving to entangle him in some puzzle and contradiction. They even
apply the same process to Sokrates, who cannot avoid being entangled in
the net; and to Ktesippus, who becomes exasperated, and retorts upon them
with contemptuous asperity. The alternate interference of the two Sophists
is described with great smartness and animation; which is promoted by the
use of the dual number, peculiar to the Greek language, employed by Plato
in speaking of them.

This mode of dialectic, conducted by the two Sophists, is interrupted on
two several occasions by a counter-exhibition of dialectic on the part of

Page 338

Contrast between the two
Sokrates: who, under colour of again showing
different modes of interrogation.
to the couple a specimen of that which he
wishes them to do, puts two successive
batches of questions to Kleinias in his own manner.6 The contrast between
Sokrates and the two Sophists, in the same work, carried on respectively by
him and by them, of interrogating Kleinias, is evidently meant as one of the
special matters to arrest attention in the dialogue. The questions put by the
couple are made to turn chiefly on verbal quibbles and ambiguities: they are
purposely designed to make the respondent contradict himself, and are
proclaimed to be certain of bringing about this result, provided the
respondent will conform to the laws of dialectic — by confining his answer
to the special point of the question, without adding any qualification of his
own, or asking for farther explanation from the questioner, or reverting to
any antecedent answer lying apart from the actual question of the moment.7
Sokrates, on the contrary, addresses interrogations, each of which has a
clear and substantive meaning, and most of which Kleinias is able to answer
without embarrassment: he professes no other design except that of
encouraging Kleinias to virtue, and assisting him to determine in what
virtue consists: he resorts to no known quibbles or words of equivocal
import. The effect of the interrogations is represented as being, not to
confound and silence the youth, but to quicken and stimulate his mind and
to call forth an unexpected amount of latent knowledge: insomuch that he
makes one or two answers very much beyond his years, exciting the
greatest astonishment and admiration, in Sokrates as well as in Kriton.8 In
this respect, the youth Kleinias serves the same illustrative purpose as the
youthful slave in the Menon:9 each is supposed to be quickened by the
interrogatory of Sokrates, into a manifestation of knowledge noway
expected, nor traceable to any teaching. But in the Menon, this magical
evocation of knowledge from an untaught youth is explained by the theory
of reminiscence, pre-existence, and omniscience, of the soul: while in the

Page 339

Euthydêmus, no allusion is made to any such theory, nor to any other cause
except the stimulus of the Sokratic cross-questioning.

6 Plat. Euthydêm. pp. 279-288.

7 Plat. Euthyd. pp. 275 E — 276 E. Πάντα τοιαῦτα ἡμεῖς ἐρωτῶμεν
ἄφυκτα, pp. 287 B — 295 B — 296 A, &c.

8 Plat. Euthydêm. pp. 290-291. The unexpected wisdom, exhibited by the
youth Kleinias in his concluding answer, can be understood only as
illustrating the obstetric efficacy of Sokratic interrogations. See
Winckelmann, Proleg. ad Euthyd. pp. xxxiii. xxxiv. The words τῶν
κρειττόνων must have the usual signification, as recognised by Routh and
Heindorf, though Schleiermacher treats it as absurd, p. 552, notes.

9 Plato, Menon, pp. 82-85.

Wherein this contrast does not
In the dialogue Euthydêmus, then, one main
consist.
purpose of Plato is to exhibit in contrast two
distinct modes of questioning: one practised
by Euthydemus and Dionysodorus; the other, by Sokrates. Of these two, it
is the first which is shown up in the most copious and elaborate manner: the
second is made subordinate, serving mainly as a standard of comparison
with the first. We must take care however to understand in what the contrast
between the two consists, and in what it does not consist.

The contrast does not consist in this — that Sokrates so contrives his
string of questions as to bring out some established and positive conclusion,
while Euthydemus and his brother leave everything in perplexity. Such is
not the fact. Sokrates ends without any result, and with a confession of his
inability to find any. Professing earnest anxiety to stimulate Kleinias in the
path of virtue, he is at the same time unable to define what the capital
condition of virtue is.10 On this point, then, there is no contrast between

Page 340

Sokrates and his competitors: if they land their pupil in embarrassment, so
does he. Nor, again, does Sokrates stand distinguished from them by
affirming (or rather implying in his questions) nothing but what is true and
indisputable.11

10 Plat. Euthydêm. pp. 291 A — 293 A; Plat. Kleitophon, pp. 409-410.

11 See Plat. Euthydêm. p. 281 C-D, where undoubtedly the positions laid
down by Sokrates would not have passed without contradiction by an
opponent.

Wherein it does consist.
The real contrast between the competitors,
consists, first in the pretensions — next in the
method. The two Sophists are described as persons of exorbitant arrogance,
professing to teach virtue,12 and claiming a fee as if they did teach it:
Sokrates disdains the fee, doubts whether such teaching is possible, and
professes only to encourage or help forward on the road a willing pupil. The
pupil in this case is a given subject, Kleinias, a modest and intelligent
youth: and the whole scene passes in public before an indiscriminate
audience. To such a pupil, what is needed is, encouragement and guidance.
Both of these are really administered by the questions of Sokrates, which
are all suggestive and pertinent to the matter in hand, though failing to
reach a satisfactory result: moreover, Sokrates attends only to Kleinias, and
is indifferent to the effect on the audience around. The two Sophists, on the
contrary, do not say a word pertinent to the object desired. Far from seeking
(as they promised) to encourage Kleinias,13 they confuse and humiliate him
from the beginning: all their implements for teaching consist only of logical
puzzles; lastly, their main purpose is to elicit applause from the by-standers,
by reducing both the modest Kleinias and every other respondent to
contradiction and stand-still.

12 Plat. Euthydêm. pp. 273 D, 275 A, 304 B.

Page 341

13 Plat. Euthyd. p. 278 C. ἐφάτην γὰρ ἐπιδείξασθαι τὴν προτρεπτικὴν
σοφίαν.

Abuse of fallacies by the
Such is the real contrast between Sokrates
Sophists — their bidding for the
and the two Sophists, and such is the real
applause of the by-standers.
scene which we read in the dialogue. The
presence, as well as the loud manifestations of
an indiscriminate crowd in the Lykeium, are essential features of the
drama.14 The point of view which Plato is working out, is, the abusive
employment, the excess, and the misplacement, of logical puzzles: which he
brings before us as administered for the humiliation of a youth who requires
opposite treatment, in the prosecution of an object which they do not really
promote and before undiscerning auditors, for whose applause the two
Sophists are bidding.15 The whole debate upon these fallacies is rendered
ridiculous; and when conducted with Ktesippus, degenerates into wrangling
and ribaldry.

14 The ὄχλος (surrounding multitude) is especially insisted on in the first
sentence of the dialogue, and is perpetually adverted to throughout all the
recital of Sokrates to Kriton, pp. 276 B-D, 303 B.

15 Plat. Euthydêm. p. 303 B.

Comparison of the Euthydêmus
The bearing of the Euthydêmus, as I here
with the Parmenidês.
state it, will be better understood if we contrast
it with the Parmenidês. In this last-mentioned
dialogue, the amount of negative dialectic and contradiction is greater and
more serious than that which we read in the Euthydêmus. One single case
of it is elaborately built up in the long Antinomies at the close of the
Parmenidês (which occupy as much space, and contain nearly as much
sophistry, as the speeches assigned to the two Sophists in Euthydêmus),
while we are given to understand that many more remain behind.16 These

Page 342

perplexing Antinomies (addressed by the veteran Parmenides to Sokrates as
his junior), after a variety of other objections against the Platonic theory of
Ideas, which theory Sokrates has been introduced as affirming, — are
drawn up for the avowed purpose of checking premature affirmation, and of
illustrating the difficult exercises and problems which must be solved,
before affirmation can become justifiable. This task, though long and
laborious, cannot be evaded (we are here told) by aspirants in philosophy.
But it is a task which ought only to be undertaken in conjunction with a few
select companions. “Before any large audience, it would be unseemly and
inadmissible: for the public are not aware that without such roundabout and
devious journey in all directions, no man can hit upon truth or acquire
intelligence.”17

16 Plato, Parmenid. p. 136 B. I shall revert to this point when I notice the
Parmenidês.

17 Plat. Parmen. pp. 135-136. ἕλκυσον δὲ σαυτὸν καὶ γύμνασαι μᾶλλον
διὰ τῆς δοκούσης ἀχρήστου εἶναι καὶ καλουμένης ὑπὸ τῶν πολλῶν
ἀδολεσχίας, ἕως ἕτι νέος εἶ — εἰ μὲν οὖν πλείους ἧμεν, οὐκ ἂν ἄξιον ἦν
δεῖσθαι, (to request Parmenides to give a specimen of dialectic) ἀπρεπῆ γὰρ
τὰ τοιαῦτα πολλῶν ἐναντίον λέγειν, ἄλλως τε καὶ τηλικούτῳ· ἀγνοοῦσι γὰρ
οἱ πολλοὶ ὅτι ἄνευ ταύτης τῆς διὰ πάντων διεξόδου τε καὶ πλάνης, ἀδύνατον
ἐντυχόντα τῷ ἀληθεῖ νοῦν σχεῖν.

Necessity of settling accounts
This important proposition — That before a
with the negative, before we
man can be entitled to lay down with
venture upon the affirmative, is
confidence any affirmative theory, in the
common to both: in the one the
domain of philosophy or “reasoned truth,” he
process is solitary and serious;
must have had before him the various knots
in the other, it is vulgarised and
tied by negative dialectic, and must find out
ludicrous.
the way of untying them — is a postulate
which lies at the bottom of Plato’s Dialogues

Page 343

of Search, as I have remarked in the eighth chapter of this work. But there is
much difference in the time, manner, and circumstances, under which such
knots are brought before the student for solution. In the Parmenidês the
process is presented as one both serious and indispensable, yet requiring
some precautions: the public must be excluded, for they do not understand
the purpose: and the student under examination must be one who is
competent or more than competent to bear the heavy burthen put upon him,
as Sokrates is represented to be in the Parmenidês.18 In the Euthydêmus, on
the contrary, the process is intended to be made ridiculous; accordingly
these precautions are disregarded. The crowd of indiscriminate auditors are
not only present, but are the persons whose feelings the two Sophists
address — and who either admire what is said as dexterous legerdemain, or
laugh at the interchange of thrusts, as the duel becomes warmer: in fact, the
debate ends with general mirth, in which the couple themselves are among
the loudest.19 Lastly, Kleinias, the youth under interrogation, is a modest
novice; not represented, like Lysis in the dialogue just reviewed, as in
danger of corruption from the exorbitant flatteries of an Erastes, nor as
requiring a lowering medicine to be administered by a judicious friend.
When the Xenophontic (historical) Sokrates cross-examines and humiliates
Euthydêmus (a youth, but nevertheless more advanced than Kleinias in the
Platonic Euthydêmus is represented to be), we shall see that he not only
lays a train for the process by antecedent suggestions, but takes especial
care to attack Euthydêmus when alone.20 The cross-examination pursued by
Sokrates inflicts upon this accomplished young man the severest distress
and humiliation, and would have been utterly intolerable, if there had been
by-standers clapping their hands (as we read in the Platonic Euthydêmus)
whenever the respondent was driven into a corner. We see that it was hardly
tolerable even when the respondent was alone with Sokrates; for though
Euthydêmus bore up against the temporary suffering, cultivated the society
of Sokrates, and was handled by him more gently afterwards; yet there were

Page 344

many other youths whom Sokrates cross-examined in the same way, and
who suffered so much humiliation from the first solitary colloquy, that they
never again came near him (so Xenophon expressly tells us)21 for a second.
This is quite enough to show us how important is the injunction delivered in
the Platonic Parmenidês — to carry on these testing colloquies apart from
indiscriminate auditors, in the presence, at most, of a few select
companions.

18 See the compliments to Sokrates, on his strenuous ardour and vocation
for philosophy, addressed by Parmenides, p. 135 D.

19 Plat. Euthyd. p. 303 B. Ἐνταῦθα μέντοι, ὦ φίλε Κρίτων, οὐδεις ὅστις οὐ
τῶν παρόντων ὑπερεπήνεσε τὸν λόγον, καὶ τὼ ἄνδρε (Euthydêmus and
Dionysodorus) γελῶντε καὶ κροτοῦντε καὶ χαίροντε ὀλίγου παρετάθησαν.

20 Xenophon. Memor. iv. 2, 5-8. ὡς δ’ ᾔσθετο (Sokrates) αὐτὸν
ἐτοιμότερον ὑπομένοντα, ὅτε διαλέγοιτο, καὶ προθυμότερον ἀκούοντα,
μ ό ν ο ς ἦ λ θ ε ν εἰς τὸ ἡνιοποιεῖον· παρακαθεζομένον δ’ αὐτῷ τοῦ
Εὐθυδήμου, Εἶπέ μοι, ἔφη, &c.

21 Xen. Mem. iv. 2, 39-40. Compare the remarks of Sokrates in Plato,
Theætêtus, p. 151 C.

Opinion of Stallbaum and other
Stallbaum, Steinhart, and other
critics about the Euthydêmus,
commentators denounce in severe terms the
that Euthydêmus and
Eristics or controversial Sophists of Athens, as
Dionysodorus represent the way
disciples of Protagoras and Gorgias, infected
in which Protagoras and
with the mania of questioning and disputing
Gorgias talked to their auditors.
every thing, and thereby corrupting the minds
of youth. They tell us that Sokrates was the
constant enemy of this school, but that nevertheless he was unjustly
confounded with them by the comic poets, and others; from which
confusion alone his unpopularity with the Athenian people arose.22 In the

Page 345

Platonic dialogue of Euthydêmus the two Sophists (according to these
commentators) represent the way in which Protagoras and Gorgias with
their disciples reasoned: and the purpose of the dialogue is to contrast this
with the way in which Sokrates reasoned.

22 Stallbaum, Prolegg. ad Plat. Euthydêm. pp. 9-11-13; Winckelmann,
Proleg. ad eundem, pp. xxxiii.-xxxiv.

That opinion is unfounded.
Now, in this opinion, I think that there is
Sokrates was much more Eristic
much of unfounded assumption, as well as a
than Protagoras, who generally
misconception of the real contrast intended in
manifested himself by
the Platonic Euthydêmus. Comparing
continuous speech or lecture.
Protagoras with Sokrates, I maintain that
Sokrates was decidedly the more Eristic of the
two, and left behind him a greater number of active disciples. In so far as
we can trust the picture given by Plato in the dialogue called Protagoras, we
learn that the Sophist of that name chiefly manifested himself in long
continuous speeches or rhetoric; and though he also professed, if required,
to enter into dialectic colloquy, in this art he was no match for Sokrates.23
Moreover, we know by the evidence of Sokrates himself, that he was an
Eristic not only by taste, but on principle, and by a sense of duty. He tells
us, in the Platonic Apology, that he felt himself under a divine mission to go
about convicting men of ignorance, and that he had prosecuted this vocation
throughout many years of a long life. Every one of these convictions must
have been brought about by one or more disputes of his own seeking: every
such dispute, with occasional exceptions, made him unpopular, in the outset
at least, with the person convicted: the rather, as his ability in the process is
known, upon the testimony of Xenophon24 as well as of Plato, to have been
consummate. It is therefore a mistake to decry Protagoras and the
Protagoreans (if there were any) as the special Eristics, and to represent
Sokrates as a tutelary genius, the opponent of such habits. If the

Page 346

commentators are right (which I do not think they are) in declaring the
Athenian mind to have been perverted by Eristic, Sokrates is much more
chargeable with the mischief than Protagoras. And the comic poets, when
they treated Sokrates as a specimen and teacher of Eristic, proceeded very
naturally upon what they actually saw or heard of him.25

23 See Plat. Protag., especially pp. 329 and 336. About the eristic
disposition of Sokrates, see the striking passage in Plato, Theætêt. 169 B-C;
also Lachês, 187, 188.

24 Xen. Mem. i. 2.

25 Stallbaum, Proleg. in Platon. Euthydêm. pp. 50-51. “Sed hoc utcunque
se habet, illud quidem ex Aristophane pariter atque ex ipso Platone
evidenter apparet, Socratem non tantum ab orationum scriptoribus, sed
etiam ab aliis, in vanissimorum sophistaram loco habitum fuisse.”

Sokrates in the Euthydêmus is
The fact is, that the Platonic Sokrates when
drawn suitably to the purpose of
he talks with the two Sophists in the dialogue
that dialogue.
Euthydêmus, is a character drawn by Plato for
the purpose of that dialogue, and is very
different from the real historical Sokrates, whom the public of Athens saw
and heard in the market-place or gymnasia. He is depicted as a gentle,
soothing, encouraging talker, with his claws drawn in, and affecting
inability even to hold his own against the two Sophists: such indeed as he
sometimes may have been in conversing with particular persons (so
Xenophon26 takes pains to remind his readers in the Memorabilia), but with
entire elimination of that characteristic aggressive Elenchus for which he
himself (in the Platonic Apology) takes credit, and which the auditors
usually heard him exhibit.

26 Xen. Mem. i. 4, 1; iv. 2, 40.

Page 347

The two Sophists in the
This picture, accurate or not, suited the
Euthydêmus are not to be taken
dramatic scheme of the Euthydêmus. Such, in
as real persons, or
my judgment, is the value and meaning of the
representatives of real persons.
Euthydêmus, as far as regards personal
contrasts. One style of reasoning is
represented by Sokrates, the other by the two Sophists: both are the
creatures of Plato, having the same dramatic reality as Sokrates and
Strepsiades, or the Δίκαιος Λόγος and Ἄδικος Λόγος, of Aristophanes, but
no more. That they correspond to any actual persons at Athens, is neither
proved nor probable. The comic poets introduce Sokrates as talking what
was either nonsensical, or offensive to the feelings of the Athenians: and
Sokrates (in the Platonic Apology) complains that the Dikasts judged him,
not according to what he had really said or done, but according to the
impression made on them by this dramatic picture. The Athenian Sophists
would have equal right to complain of those critics, who not only speak of
Euthydêmus and Dionysodorus with a degree of acrimony applicable only
to historical persons, but also describe them as representative types of
Protagoras, Gorgias, and their disciples.27

27 The language of Schleiermacher is more moderate than that of
Stallbaum, Steinhart, and others. He thinks moreover, that the polemical
purpose of this dialogue is directed not against Protagoras or Gorgias, but
against the Megarics and against Antisthenes, who (so Schleiermacher
supposes) had brought the attack upon themselves by attacking Plato first
(Einleitung zum Euthyd. p. 404 seq.). Schleiermacher cannot make out who
the two Sophists were personally, but he conceives them as obscure
persons, deserving no notice.

This is a conjecture which admits of no proof; but if any real victim is
here intended by Plato, we may just as reasonably suppose Antisthenes as
Protagoras.

Page 348

Colloquy of Sokrates with
The conversation of Sokrates with the youth
Kleinias — possession of good
Kleinias is remarkable for its plainness and
things is useless, unless we also
simplicity. His purpose is to implant or
have intelligence how to use
inflame in the youth the aspiration and effort
them.
towards wisdom or knowledge (φιλοσοφία, in
its etymological sense). “You, like every one
else, wish to do well or to be happy. The way to be happy is, to have many
good things. Every one knows this: every one knows too, that among these
good things, wealth is an indisputable item:28 likewise health, beauty,
bodily activity, good birth, power over others, honour in our city,
temperance, justice, courage, wisdom, &c. Good fortune does not count as a
distinct item, because it resolves itself into wisdom.29 — But it is not
enough to have all these good things: we must not only have them but use
them: moreover, we must use them not wrongly, but rightly. If we use them
wrongly, they will not produce their appropriate consequences. They will
even make us more miserable than if we had them not, because the
possession of them will prompt us to be active and meddlesome: whereas, if
we have them not, we shall keep in the back-ground and do little.30 But to
use these good things rightly, depends upon wisdom, knowledge,
intelligence. It thus appears that the enumerated items are not really good,
except on the assumption that they are under the guidance of intelligence: if
they are under the guidance of ignorance, they are not good; nay, they even
produce more harm than good, since they are active instruments in the
service of a foolish master.31

28 Plato, Euthydêm. p. 279 A. ἀγαθὰ δὲ ποῖα ἄρα τῶν ὄντων τυγχάνει ἡμῖν
ὄντα; ἢ οὐ χαλεπὸν οὐδὲ σεμνοῦ ἀνδρὸς πάνυ τι οὐδὲ τοῦτο ἔοικεν εἶναι
εὑρεῖν; πᾶς γὰρ ἂν ἡμῖν εἴποι ὅτι τὸ πλουτεῖν ἀγαθόν;

29 Plato, Euthydêm. pp. 279-280.

Page 349

30 Plato, Euthydêm. p. 281 C. ἧττον δὲ κακῶς πράττων, ἄθλιος ἧττον ἂν
εἴη.

31 Plato, Euthyd. p. 282 E. If we compare this with p. 279 C-D we shall
see that the argument of Sokrates is open to the exception which he himself
takes in the case of εὐτυχία — δὶς ταὐτὰ λέγειν. Wisdom is counted twice
over.

But intelligence — of what? It
“But what intelligence do we want for the
must be such intelligence, or
purpose? Is it all intelligence? Or is there any
such an art, as will include both
one single variety of intelligence, by the
the making of what we want,
possession of which we shall become good
and the right use of it when
and happy?32 Obviously, it must be must be
made. such as will be profitable to us.33 We have
seen that there is no good in possessing wealth
— that we should gain nothing by knowing how to acquire wealth or even
to turn stones into gold, unless we at the same time knew how to use it
rightly. Nor should we gain any thing by knowing how to make ourselves
healthy, or even immortal, unless we knew how to employ rightly our
health or immortality. We want knowledge or intelligence, of such a nature,
as to include both acting, making, or construction and rightly using what we
have done, made, or constructed.34 The makers of lyres and flutes may be
men of skill, but they cannot play upon the instruments which they have
made: the logographers compose fine discourses, but hand them over for
others to deliver. Even masters in the most distinguished arts — such as
military commanders, geometers, arithmeticians, astronomers, &c., do not
come up to our requirement. They are all of them varieties under the general
class hunters: they find and seize, but hand over what they have seized for
others to use. The hunter, when he has caught or killed game, hands it over
to the cook; the general, when he has taken a town, delivers it to the

Page 350

political leader or minister: the geometer makes over his theorems to be
employed by the dialectician or comprehensive philosopher.35

32 Plato, Euthydêm. p. 282 E. Sokrates here breaks off the string of
questions to Kleinias, but resumes them, p. 288 D.

33 Plato, Euthydêm. p. 288 D. τίνα ποτ’ οὖν ἂν κτησάμενοι ἐπιστήμην
ὀρθῶς κτησαίμεθα; ἆρ’ οὐ τοῦτο μὲν ἁπλοῦν, ὅτι ταύτην ἥτις ἡμᾶς ὀνήσει;

34 Plato, Euthyd. p. 289 B. τοιαύτης τινὸς ἄρ’ ἡμῖν ἐπιστήμης δεῖ, ἐν ᾗ
συμπέπτωκεν ἅμα τό τε ποιεῖν καὶ τὸ ἐπίστασθαι χρῆσθαι ᾧ ἂν ποιῇ.

35 Plato, Euthyd. p.290 C-D.

Where is such an art to be
“Where then can we find such an art —
found? The regal or political art
such a variety of knowledge or intelligence —
looks like it; but what does this
as we are seeking? The regal or political art
art do for us? No answer can be
looks like it: that art which regulates and
found. Ends in puzzle.
enforces all the arrangements of the city. But
what is the work which this art performs?
What product does it yield, as the medical art supplies good health, and the
farmer’s art, provision? What good does it effect? You may say that it
makes the citizens wealthy, free, harmonious in their intercourse. But we
have already seen that these acquisitions are not good, unless they be under
the guidance of intelligence: that nothing is really good, except some
variety of intelligence.36 Does the regal art then confer knowledge? If so,
does it confer every variety of knowledge — that of the carpenter, currier,
&c., as well as others? Not certainly any of these, for we have already
settled that they are in themselves neither good nor bad. The regal art can
thus impart no knowledge except itself; and what is itself? how are we to
use it? If we say, that we shall render other men good — the question again
recurs, Good — in what respect? useful — for what purpose?37

Page 351

36 Plato, Euthyd. p. 292 B. Ἀγαθὸν δέ γέ που ὡμολογήσαμεν ἀλλήλοις —
οὐδὲν εἶναι ἄλλο ἢ ἐπιστήμην τινά.

37 Plat. Euthydêm. p. 292 D. Ἀλλὰ τίνα δὴ ἐπιστήμην; ᾗ τί χρησόμεθα;
τῶν μὲν γὰρ ἔργων οὐδενὸς δεῖ αὐτὴν δημιουργὸν εἶναι τῶν μήτε κακῶν
μήτε ἀγαθῶν, ἐπιστήμην δὲ παραδιδόναι μηδεμίαν ἄλλην ἢ αὐτὴν ἑαυτήν·
λέγωμεν δὴ οὖν, τίς ποτε ἔστιν αὑτὴ ᾗ τί χρησόμεθα;

“Here then” (concludes Sokrates), “we come to a dead lock: we can find
no issue.38 We cannot discover what the regal art does for us or gives us: yet
this is the art which is to make us happy.” In this difficulty, Sokrates turns
to the two Sophists, and implores their help. The contrast between him and
them is thus brought out.

38 Plat. Euthyd. p. 292 E.

Review of the cross-examination
The argument of Sokrates, which I have
just pursued by Sokrates. It is
thus abridged from the Euthydêmus, arrives at
very suggestive — puts the mind
no solution: but it is nevertheless eminently
upon what to look for.
suggestive, and puts the question in a way to
receive solution. What is the regal or political
art which directs or regulates all others? A man has many different
impulses, dispositions, qualities, aptitudes, advantages, possessions, &c.,
which we describe by saying that he is an artist, a general, a tradesman,
clever, just, temperate, brave, strong, rich, powerful, &c. But in the course
of life, each particular situation has its different exigencies, while the
prospective future has its exigencies also. The whole man is one, with all
these distinct and sometimes conflicting attributes: in following one
impulse, he must resist others — in turning his aptitudes to one object, he
must turn them away from others — he must, as Plato says, distinguish the
right use of his force from the wrong, by virtue of knowledge, intelligence,
reason. Such discriminating intelligence, which in this dialogue is called the

Page 352

Regal or political art, — what is the object of it? It is intelligence or
knowledge, — But of what? Not certainly of the way how each particular
act is to be performed — how each particular end is to be attained. Each of
these separately is the object of some special knowledge. But the whole of a
man’s life is passed in a series of such particular acts, each of which is the
object of some special knowledge: what then remains as the object of Regal
or political intelligence, upon which our happiness is said to depend? Or
how can it have any object at all?

Comparison with other
The question here raised is present to
dialogues — Republic, Philêbus,
Plato’s mind in other dialogues, and occurs
Protagoras. The only distinct
under other words, as for example, What is
answer is found in the
good? Good is the object of the Regal or
Protagoras.
political intelligence; but what is Good? In the
Republic he raises this question, but declines
to answer it, confessing that he could not make it intelligible to his
hearers:39 in the Gorgias, he takes pains to tell us what it is not: in the
Philêbus, he does indeed tell us what it is, but in terms which need
explanation quite as much as the term which they are brought to explain.
There is only one dialogue in which the question is answered affirmatively,
in clear and unmistakable language, and with considerable development —
and that is, the Protagoras: where Sokrates asserts and proves at length, that
Good is at the bottom identical with pleasure, and Evil with pain: that the
measuring or calculating intelligence is the truly regal art of life, upon
which the attainment of Good depends: and that the object of that
intelligence — the items which we are to measure, calculate, and compare
— is pleasures and pains, so as to secure to ourselves as much as possible
of the former, and escape as much as possible of the latter.

39 Plato, Republic, vi. pp. 505-506.

Page 353

In my remarks on the Protagoras, I shall state the view which I take of
the doctrine laid down in that dialogue by Sokrates. Persons may think the
answer insufficient: most of the Platonic critics declare it to be absolutely
wrong. But at any rate it is the only distinct answer which Plato ever gives,
to the question raised by Sokrates in the Euthydêmus and elsewhere.

The talk of the two Sophists,
From the abstract just given of the argument
though ironically admired while
of Sokrates in the Euthydêmus, it will be seen
it is going on, is shown at the
to be serious and pertinent, though ending with
end to produce no real
a confession of failure. The observations
admiration, but the contrary.
placed in contrast with it and ascribed to the
two Sophists, are distinguished by being
neither serious nor pertinent; but parodies of debate for the most part, put
together for the express purpose of appearing obviously silly to the reader.
Plato keeps up the dramatic or ironical appearance, that they are admired
and welcomed not only by the hearers, but even by Sokrates himself.
Nevertheless, it is made clear at the end that all this is nothing but irony,
and that the talk which Plato ascribes to Euthydêmus and Dionysodorus
produced, according to his own showing, no sentiment of esteem for their
abilities among the by-standers, but quite the reverse. Whether there were
individual Sophists at Athens who talked in that style, we can neither affirm
nor deny: but that there were an established class of persons who did so,
and made both money and reputation by it, we can securely deny. It is the
more surprising that the Platonic commentators should desire us to regard
Euthydêmus and Dionysodorus as representative samples of a special class
named Sophists, since one of the most eminent of those commentators
(Stallbaum),40 both admits that Sokrates himself was generally numbered in
the class and called by the name and affirms also (incorrectly, in my
opinion) that the interrogations of Sokrates, which in this dialogue stand
contrasted with those of the two Sophists, do not enunciate the opinions

Page 354

either of Sokrates or of Plato himself, but the opinions of these very
Sophists, which Plato adopts and utters for the occasion.41

40 Stallbaum, Proleg. in Platon. Euthydem. p. 50. “Illud quidem ex
Aristophane pariter atque ipso Platone evidenter apparet, Socratem non
tantum ab orationum scriptoribus, sed etiam ab aliis in vanissimorum
sophistarum numero habitum fuisse.” Ib. p. 49 (cited in a previous note).
“Videtur pervulgata fuisse hominum opinio, quâ Socratem inter vanos
sophistas numerandum esse existimabant.” Again p. 44, where Stallbaum
tells us that Sokrates was considered by many to belong “misellorum
Sophistarum gregi”.

41 Stallbaum, Proleg. ad Plat. Euthydem. p. 30. “Cavendum est
magnopere, ne quæ hic à Socrate disputantur, pro ipsius decretis habeamus:
sunt enim omnia ad mentem Sophistarum disputata, quos ille, reprehensis
eorum opinionibus, sperat eo adductum iri, ut gravem prudentemque earum
defensionem suscipiant.” Compare p. 66. Stallbaum says that Plato often
reasons, adopting for the occasion the doctrine of the Sophists. See his
Prolegg. to the Lachês and Charmidês, and still more his Proleg. to the
Protagoras, where he tells us that Plato introduces his spokesman Sokrates
not only as arguing ex mente Sophistarum, but also as employing captious
and delusive artifice, such as in this dialogue is ascribed to Euthydemus and
Dionysodorus. — pp. 23-24. “Itaque Socrates, missâ hujus rei disputatione,
repentè ad alia progreditur, scilicet similibus loqueis hominem denuo
irretiturus. Nemini facilé obscurum erit, hoc quoque loco Protagoram
argutis conclusiunculis deludi” (i.e. by Sokrates) “atque callidé eo
permoveri,“ &c. “Quanquam nemo erit, quin videat, callidé deludi
Protagoram, ubi ex eo, quod qui injusté faciat, is neutiquam agat
σωφρόνως, protinus colligitur justitiam et σωφροσύνη unum idemque
esse.” — p. 25. “Disputat enim Socrates pleraque omnia ad mentem ipsius
Protagoræ.” — p. 30. “Platonem ipsum hæc non probâsse, sed e vulgi

Page 355

opinione et mente explicasse, vel illud non obscuré significat,” &c. — p.
33.

Mistaken representations about
The received supposition that there were at
the Sophists — Aristotle’s
Athens a class of men called Sophists who
definition — no distinguishable
made money and reputation by obvious
line can be drawn between the
fallacies employed to bring about
Sophist and the Dialectician.
contradictions in dialogue — appears to me to
pervert the representations given of ancient
philosophy. Aristotle defines a Sophist to be “one who seeks to make
money by apparent wisdom which is not real wisdom“:— the Sophist (he
says) is an Eristic who, besides money-making, seeks for nothing but
victory in debate and humiliation of his opponent:— Distinguishing the
Dialectician from the Sophist (he says), the Dialectician impugns or
defends, by probable arguments, probable tenets — that is, tenets which are
believed by a numerous public or by a few wise and eminent individuals:—
while the Sophist deals with tenets which are probable only in appearance
and not in reality — that is to say, tenets which almost every one by the
slightest attention recognises as false.42 This definition is founded, partly on
the personal character and purpose ascribed to the Sophist: partly upon the
distinction between apparent and real wisdom, assumed to be known and
permanent. Now such pseudo-wisdom was declared by Sokrates to be the
natural state of all mankind, even the most eminent, which it was his
mission to expose: moreover, the determination, what is to be comprised in
this description, must depend upon the judges to whom it is submitted,
since much of the works of Aristotle and Plato would come under the
category, in the judgment of modern readers both vulgar and instructed. But
apart from this relative and variable character of the definition, when
applied to philosophy generally — we may confidently assert, that there
never was any real class of intellectual men, in a given time or place, to
whom it could possibly apply. Of individuals, the varieties are innumerable:

Page 356

but no professional body of men ever acquired gain or celebrity by
maintaining theses, and employing arguments, which every one could easily
detect as false. Every man employs sophisms more or less; every man does
so inadvertently, some do it by design also; moreover, almost every
reasoner does it largely, in the estimation of his opponents. No distinct line
can be drawn between the Sophist and the Dialectician: the definition given
by Aristotle applies to an ideal in his own mind, but to no reality without:
Protagoras and Prodikus no more correspond to it than Sokrates and Plato.
Aristotle observes, with great truth, that all men are dialecticians and testers
of reasoning, up to a certain point: he might have added that they are all
Sophists also, up to a certain point.43 Moreover, when he attempts to found
a scientific classification of intellectual processes upon a difference in the
purposes of different practitioners — whether they employ the same process
for money or display, or beneficence, or mental satisfaction to themselves
— this is altogether unphilosophical. The medical art is the same, whether
employed to advise gratis, or in exchange for a fee.44

42 Aristotel. Topic, i. 1, p. 100, b. 21. ἔνδοξα δὲ τὰ δοκοῦντα πᾶσιν ἢ τοῖς
πλείστοις ἢ τοῖς σοφοῖς, καὶ τούτοις ἢ πᾶσιν ἢ τοῖς πλείστοις ἢ τοῖς μάλιστα
γνωρίμοις καὶ ἐνδόξοις. Ἐριστικὸς δὲ ἔστι συλλογισμὸς ὁ ἐκ φαινομένων
ἐνδόξων, μὴ ὄντων δὲ — καὶ ὁ ἐξ ἐνδόξων ἢ φαινομένων ἐνδόξων
φαινόμενος. Οὐθὲν γὰρ τῶν λεγομένων ἐνδόξων ἐπιπολαίον ἔχει παντελῶς
τὴν φαντασίαν, καθάπερ περὶ τὰς τῶν ἐριστικῶν λόγων ἀρχὰς συμβέβηκεν
ἔχειν. Παραχρῆμα γὰρ καὶ ὡς ἐπὶ τὸ πολὺ τοῖς καὶ μικρὰ συνορᾷν
δυναμένοις, κατάδηλος ἐν αὐτοῖς ἡ τοῦ ψεύδους ἔστι φύσις.

De Sophisticis Elenchis, i. p. 165, a. 21. ἔστι γὰρ ἡ σοφιστικὴ φαινομένη
σοφία, οὖσα δ’ οὔ· καὶ ὁ σοφιστὴς χρηματιστὴς ἀπὸ φαινομένης σοφίας,
ἀλλ’ οὐκ οὔσης, p. 165, b. 10, p. 171, b. 8-27. Οἱ φιλέριδες, ἐριστικοὶ,
ἀγωνιστικοὶ, are persons who break the rules of dialectic (ἀδικομαχία) for

Page 357

the purpose of gaining victory; οἱ σοφισταὶ are those who do the same thing
for the purpose of getting money. See also Metaphys. iii. 1004, b. 17.

43 Aristot. Sophist. Elench. p. 172, a. 30.

44 Aristot. Rhetor, i. 1, 1355, b. 18. He here admits that the only difference
between the Dialectician and the Sophist lies in their purposes — that the
mental activity employed by both is the same. ὁ γὰρ σοφιστικὸς οὐκ ἐν τῇ
δυνάμει ἀλλ’ ἐν τῇ προαιρέσει· πλὴν ἐνταῦθα μὲν (in Rhetoric) ἔσται ὁ μὲν
κατὰ τὴν ἐπιστήμην ὁ δὲ κατὰ τὴν προαίρεσιν, ῥήτωρ, ἐκεῖ δὲ (in Dialectic)
σοφιστὴς μὲν κατὰ τὴν προαίρεσιν, διαλεκτικὸς δὲ οὐ κατὰ τὴν προαίρεσιν,
ἀλλὰ κατὰ τὴν δύναμιν.

Philosophical purpose of the
Though I maintain that no class of
Euthydêmus — exposure of
professional Sophists (in the meaning given to
fallacies, in Plato’s dramatic
that term by the Platonic critics after Plato and
manner, by multiplication of
Aristotle) ever existed — and though the
particular examples.
distinction between the paid and the gratuitous
discourser is altogether unworthy to enter into
the history of philosophy — yet I am not the less persuaded that the
Platonic dialogue Euthydêmus, and the treatise of Aristotle De Sophisticis
Elenchis, are very striking and useful compositions. This last-mentioned
treatise was composed by Aristotle very much under the stimulus of the
Platonic dialogue Euthydêmus, to which it refers several times — and for
the purpose of distributing the variety of possible fallacies under a limited
number of general heads, each described by its appropriate characteristic,
and represented by its illustrative type. Such attempt at arrangement — one
of the many valuable contributions of Aristotle to the theory of reasoning —
is expressly claimed by him as his own. He takes a just pride in having been
the first to introduce system where none had introduced it before.45 No such
system was known to Plato, who (in the Euthydêmus) enumerates a string
of fallacies one after another without any project of classifying them, and

Page 358

who presents them as it were in concrete, as applied by certain disputants in
an imaginary dialogue. The purpose is, to make these fallacies appear
conspicuously in their character of fallacies: a purpose which is assisted by
presenting the propounders of them as ridiculous and contemptible. The
lively fancy of Plato attaches suitable accessories to Euthydêmus and
Dionysodorus. They are old men, who have been all their lives engaged in
teaching rhetoric and tactics, but have recently taken to dialectic, and
acquired perfect mastery thereof without any trouble — who make
extravagant promises — and who as talkers play into each other’s hands,
making a shuttlecock of the respondent, a modest novice every way
unsuitable for such treatment.

45 See the last chapter of the treatise De Sophisticis Elenchis.

Aristotle (Soph. Elench.)
Thus different is the Platonic manner, from
attempts a classification of
the Aristotelian manner, of exposing fallacies.
fallacies: Plato enumerates them
But those exhibited in the former appear as
without classification.
members of one or more among the classes
framed by the latter. The fallacies which we
read in the Euthydêmus are chiefly verbal: but some are verbal, and
something beyond.

Fallacies of equivocation
Thus, for example, if we take the first
propounded by the two Sophists
sophism introduced by the two exhibitors,
in the Euthydêmus.
upon which they bring the youth Kleinias, by
suitable questions, to declare successively both
sides of the alternative — “Which of the two is it that learns, the wise or the
ignorant?” — Sokrates himself elucidates it by pointing out that the terms
used are equivocal:46 You might answer it by using the language ascribed to
Dionysodorus in another part of this dialogue — “Neither and Both”.47 The
like may be said about the fallacy in page 284 D — “Are there persons who
speak of things as they are? Good men speak of things as they are: they

Page 359

speak of good men well, of bad men badly: therefore, of course, they speak
of stout men stoutly, and of hot men hotly. Ay! rejoins the respondent
Ktesippus, angrily — they speak of cold men coldly, and say that they talk
coldly.”48 These are fallacies of double meaning of words — or double
construction of phrases: as we read also in page 287 D, where the same
Greek verb (νοεῖν) may be construed either to think or to mean: so that
when Sokrates talks about what a predication means — the Sophists ask
him — “Does anything think, except things having a soul? Did you ever
know any predication that had a soul?”

46 Plato, Euthydêm. pp. 275 D — 278 D. Aristotle also adverts to this
fallacy, but without naming the Euthydêmus. See Soph. El. 4, 165, b. 30.

47 Plato, Euthydêm. p. 300 D. Οὐδέτερα καὶ ἀμφότερα

48 Plato, Euthydêm. p. 284 E. τοὺς γοῦν ψυχροὺς ψυχρῶς λέγουσί τε καὶ
φασὶ διαλέγεσθαι. The metaphorical sense of ψυχρὸς is pointless, stupid,
out of taste, out of place, &c.

Fallacies — à dicto secundum
Again, the two Sophists undertake to prove
quid, ad dictum simpliciter — in
that Sokrates, as well as the youth Kleinias
the Euthydêmus.
and indeed every one else, knows everything.
“Can any existing thing be that which it is, and
at the same time not be that which it is? — No. — You know some things?
— Yes. — Then if you know, you are knowing? — Certainly. I am knowing
of those particular things. — That makes no difference: if you are knowing,
you necessarily know everything. — Oh! no: for there are many things
which I do not know. — Then if there be anything which you do not know,
you are not knowing? — Yes, doubtless — of that particular thing. — Still
you are not knowing: and just now you said that you were knowing: and
thus, at one and the same time, you are what you are, and you are not what
you are.49

Page 360

49 Plato, Euthydêm. p. 293 C. Aristotle considers know to be an equivocal
word; he admits that in certain senses you may both know and not know the
same thing. Anal. Prior. ii. 67, b. 8. Anal. Post. i. 71, a. 25.

“But you also” (retorts Sokrates upon the couple), “do not you also know
some things, not know others? — By no means. — What! do you know
nothing? — Far from it. — Then you know all things? — Certainly we do,
— and you too: if you know one thing, you know all things. — What! do
you know the art of the carpenter, the currier, the cobbler — the number of
stars in the heaven, and of grains of sand in the desert, &c.? — Yes: we
know all these things.”

Obstinacy shown by the two
The two Sophists maintain their consistency
Sophists in their replies —
by making reply in the affirmative to each of
determination not to contradict
these successive questions: though Ktesippus
themselves.
pushes them hard by enquiries as to a string of
mean and diverse specialties.50 This is one of
the purposes of the dialogue: to represent the two Sophists as willing to
answer any thing, however obviously wrong and false, for the purpose of
avoiding defeat in the dispute — as using their best efforts to preserve
themselves in the position of questioners, and to evade the position of
respondents — and as exacting a categorical answer — Yes or No — to
every question which they put without any qualifying words, and without
any assurance that the meaning of the question was understood.51

50 Plato, Euthydêm. pp. 293-294.

51 Plato, Euthydêm. pp. 295-296.

The base of these fallacious inferences is, That respecting the same
subject, you cannot both affirm and deny the same predicate: you cannot
say, A is knowing — A is not knowing (ἐπιστήμων). This is a fallacy more

Page 361

than verbal: it is recognised by Aristotle (and by all subsequent logicians)
under the name — à dicto secundum quid, ad dictum simpliciter.

It is very certain that this fallacy is often inadvertently committed by very
competent reasoners, including both Plato and Aristotle.

Farther verbal equivocations.
Again — Sophroniskus was my father —
Chæredemus was the father of Patrokles. —
Then Sophroniskus was different from a father: therefore he was not a
father. You are different from a stone, therefore you are not a stone: you are
different from gold, therefore you are not gold. By parity of reasoning,
Sophroniskus is different from a father — therefore he is not a father.
Accordingly, you, Sokrates, have no father.52

52 Plato, Euthydêm. pp. 297-298.

But (retorts Ktesippus upon the couple) your father is different from my
father. — Not at all. — How can that be? — What! is your father, then, the
father of all men and of all animals? — Certainly he is. A man cannot be at
the same time a father, and not a father. He cannot be at the same time a
man, and not a man — gold, and not gold.53

53 Plato, Euthydêm. p. 298. Some of the fallacies in the dialogue (Πότερον
ὁρῶσιν οἱ ἄνθρωποι τὰ δυνατὰ ὁρᾷν ἢ τὰ ἀδύνατα; … Ἦ οὐχ οἷόν τε
σιγῶντα λέγειν; p. 300 A) are hardly translatable into English, since they
depend upon equivocal constructions peculiar to the Greek language.
Aristotle refers them to the general head παρ’ ἀμφιβολίαν. The same about
προσήκει τὸν μάγειρον κατακόπτειν, p. 301 D.

You have got a dog (Euthydêmus says to Ktesippus). — Yes. — The dog
is the father of puppies? — Yes. — The dog, being a father, is yours? —
Certainly. — Then your father is a dog, and you are brother of the puppies.

Page 362

You beat your dog sometimes? Then you beat your father.54

54 Plat. Euthyd. p. 298.

Those animals, and those alone are yours (sheep, oxen, &c.), which you
can give away, or sell, or sacrifice at pleasure. But Zeus, Apollo, and
Athênê are your Gods. The Gods have a soul and are animals. Therefore
your Gods are your animals. Now you told us that those alone were your
animals, which you could give away, or sell, or sacrifice at pleasure.
Therefore you can give away, or sell, or sacrifice at pleasure, Zeus, Apollo,
and Athênê.55

55 Plat. Euthydêm. p. 302. This same fallacy, in substance, is given by
Aristotle, De Sophist. El. 17, 176 a. 3, 179, a. 5, but with different
exemplifying names and persons.

This fallacy depends upon the double and equivocal meaning of yours —
one of its different explanations being treated as if it were the only one.

Fallacies involving deeper
Other puzzles cited in this dialogue go
logical principles —
deeper:— Contradiction is impossible — To
contradiction is impossible. —
speak falsely is impossible.56 These paradoxes
were maintained by Antisthenes and others,
To speak falsely is impossible.
and appear to have been matters of dialectic
debate throughout the fourth and third centuries. I shall say more of them
when I speak about the Megarics and Antisthenes. Here I only note, that in
this dialogue, Ktesippus is represented as put to silence by them, and
Sokrates as making an answer which is no answer at all.57 We see how
much trouble these paradoxes gave to Plato, when we read the Sophistês, in
which he handles the last of the two in a manner elaborate, but (to my
judgment) unsatisfactory.

56 Plato, Euthydêm. pp. 285-286.

Page 363

57 Plato, Euthydêm. pp. 286 B — 287 A.

Plato’s Euthydêmus is the
The Euthydêmus of Plato is memorable in
earliest known attempt to set out
the history of philosophy as the earliest known
and expose fallacies — the only
attempt to set out, and exhibit to attention, a
way of exposing fallacies is to
string of fallacious modes of reasoning. Plato
exemplify the fallacy by
makes them all absurd and ridiculous. He
particular cases, in which the
gives a caricature of a dialectic debate, not
conclusion proved is known
unworthy of his namesake Plato Comicus —
aliunde to be false and absurd.
or of Aristophanes, Swift, or Voltaire. The
sophisms appear for the most part so silly, as
he puts them, that the reader asks himself how any one could have been
ever imposed upon by such a palpable delusion? Yet such confidence is by
no means justified. A sophism, perfectly analogous in character to those
which Plato here exposes to ridicule, may, in another case, easily escape
detection from the hearer, and even from the reasoner himself. People are
constantly misled by fallacies arising from the same word bearing two
senses, from double construction of the same phrase, from unconscious
application of a dictum secundum quid, as if it were a dictum simpliciter;
from Petitio Principii, &c., Ignoratio Elenchi, &c. Neither Plato himself,
nor Aristotle, can boast of escaping them.58 If these fallacies appear, in the
examples chosen by Plato for the Euthydêmus, so obviously inconclusive
that they can deceive no one — the reason lies not in the premisses
themselves, but in the particular conclusions to which they lead: which
conclusions are known on other grounds to be false, and never to be
seriously maintainable by any person. Such conclusions as — “Sokrates had
no father: Sophroniskus, if father of Sokrates, was father of all men and all
animals: In beating your dog, you beat your father: If you know one thing,
you know everything,” &c., being known aliunde to be false, prove that
there has been some fallacy in the premisses whereby they have been
established. Such cases serve as a reductio ad absurdum of the antecedent

Page 364

process. They make us aware of one mode of liability to error, and put us on
our guard against it in analogous cases. This is a valuable service, and all
the more valuable, because the liability to error is real and widespread, even
from fallacies perfectly analogous to those which seem so silly under the
particular exemplifications which Plato selects and exposes. Many of the
illustrations of the Platonic Euthydêmus are reproduced by Aristotle in the
Treatise de Sophisticis Elenchis, together with other fallacies, discriminated
with a certain method and system.59

58 See a passage in Plato’s Charmidês, where Heindorf remarks with
propriety upon his equivocal use of the words εὖ ζῇν and εὖ πράττειν —
also the Gorgias, p. 507 D, with the notes of Routh and Heindorf. I have
noticed both passages in discussing these two dialogues.

59 Aristotle, De Sophist. Elench.; also Arist. Rhet. ii. p. 1401, a-b.

Mistake of supposing fallacies to
The true character of these fallacies is very
have been invented and
generally overlooked by the Platonic critics, in
propagated by Athenian
their appreciation of the Euthydêmus; when
Sophists — they are inherent
they point our attention to the supposed tricks
inadvertencies and liabilities to
and frauds of the persons whom they called
error, in the ordinary process of
Sophists, as well as to mischievous
thinking. Formal debate affords
corruptions alleged to arise from Eristic or
the best means of correcting
formal contentious debate. These critics speak
them.
as if they thought that such fallacies were the
special inventions of Athenian Sophists for the
purposes of Athenian Eristic: as if such causes of error were inoperative on
persons of ordinary honesty or intelligence, who never consulted or heard
the Sophists. It has been the practice of writers on logic, from Aristotle
down to Whately, to represent logical fallacies as frauds devised and
maintained by dishonest practitioners, whose art Whately assimilates to that
of jugglers.

Page 365

This view of the case appears to me incomplete and misleading. It
substitutes the rare and accidental in place of the constant and essential. The
various sophisms, of which Plato in the Euthydêmus gives the reductio ad
absurdum, are not the inventions of Sophists. They are erroneous tendencies
of the reasoning process, frequently incident to human thought and speech:
specimens of those ever-renewed “inadvertencies of ordinary thinking” (to
recur to a phrase cited in my preface), which it is the peculiar mission of
philosophy or “reasoned truth” to rectify. Moreover the practice of formal
debate, which is usually denounced with so much asperity — if it affords on
some occasions opportunity to produce such fallacies, presents not merely
equal opportunity, but the only effective means, for exposing and confuting
them. Whately in his Logic,60 like Plato in the Euthydêmus, when bringing
these fallacies into open daylight in order that every one may detect them,
may enliven the theme by presenting them as the deliberate tricks of a
Sophist. Doubtless they are so by accident: yet their essential character is
that of infirmities incident to the intellectus sibi permissus: operative at
Athens before Athenian Sophists existed, and in other regions also, where
these persons never penetrated.

60 Whately’s Logic, ch. v. sect. 5. Though Whately, like other logicians,
keeps the Sophists in the foreground, as the fraudulent enemy who sow
tares among that which would otherwise come up as a clean crop of wheat
— yet he intimates also incidentally how widespread and frequent such
fallacies are, quite apart from dishonest design. He says — “It seems by
most persons to be taken for granted, that a Fallacy is to be dreaded merely
as a weapon fashioned and wielded by a skilful Sophist: or, if they allow
that a man may with honest intentions slide into one, unconsciously, in the
heat of argument — still they seem to suppose, that where there is no
dispute, there is no cause to dread Fallacy. Whereas there is much danger,
even in what may be called solitary reasoning, of sliding unawares into
some Fallacy, by which one may be so far deceived as even to act upon the

Page 366

conclusion so obtained. By solitary reasoning, is meant the case in which
we are not seeking for arguments to prove a given question, but labouring to
elicit from our previous stock of knowledge some useful inference.”

“To speak of all the Fallacies that have ever been enumerated, as too
glaring and obvious to need even being mentioned — because the simple
instances given in books, and there stated in the plainest and consequently
most easily detected form, are such as (in that form) would deceive no one
— this, surely, shows either extreme weakness or extreme unfairness.” —
Aristotle himself makes the same remark as Whately — That the man who
is easily taken in by a Fallacy advanced by another, will be easily misled by
the like Fallacy in his own solitary reasoning. Sophist. Elench. 16, 175, a.
10.

Wide-spread prevalence of
The wide diffusion and constant prevalence
erroneous belief, misguided by
of such infirmities is attested not less by
one or other of these fallacies,
Sokrates in his last speech, wherein he
attested by Sokrates, Plato,
declares real want of knowledge and false
Bacon, &c., — complete
persuasion of knowledge, to be universal, the
enumeration of heads of fallacies
mission of his life being to expose them,
by Mill.
though he could not correct them — than by
Bacon in his reformatory projects, where he
enumerates the various Idola worshipped by the human intellect, and the
false tendencies acquired “in primâ digestione mentis“. The psychological
analysis of the sentiment of belief with its different sources, given in Mr.
Alexander Bain’s work on the Emotions and the Will, shows how this takes
place; and exhibits true or sound belief, in so far as it ever is acquired, as an
acquisition only attained after expulsion of earlier antecedent error.61 Of
such error, and of the different ways in which apparent evidence is mistaken
for real evidence, a comprehensive philosophical exposition is farther given
by Mr. John Stuart Mill, in the fifth book of his System of Logic, devoted to

Page 367

the subject of Fallacies. Every variety of erroneous procedure is referable to
some one or more of the general heads of Fallacy there enumerated. It is the
Fallacies of Ratiocination, of which the two Sophists, in the Platonic
Euthydêmus, are made to exhibit specimens: and when we regard such
Fallacies, as one branch among several in a complete logical scheme, we
shall see at once that they are not inventions of the Athenian Sophists —
still less inventions for the purpose of Eristic or formal debate. For every
one of these Fallacies is of a nature to ensnare men, and even to ensnare
them more easily, in the common, informal, conversation of life — or in
their separate thoughts. Besides mistakes on matters of fact, the two main
causes which promote the success and encourage the multiplication of
Fallacies generally, are first, the emotional bias towards particular
conclusions, which disposes persons to accept any apparent evidence,
favourable to such conclusion, as if it, were real evidence: next, the careless
and elliptical character of common speech, in which some parts of the
evidence are merely insinuated, and other parts altogether left out. It is this
last circumstance which gives occasion to the very extensive class of
Fallacies called by Mr. Mill Fallacies of Confusion: a class so large, that the
greater number of Fallacies might plausibly be brought under it.62

61 See the instructive and original chapter on the generation, sources, and
growth of Belief, in Mr. Bain’s work, ‘Emotions and Will,’ p. 568 seq. After
laying down the fundamental characteristic of Belief, as referable altogether
to intended action, either certain to come, or contingent under supposed
circumstances, and after enumerating the different Sources of Belief. — 1.
Intuitive or Instinctive. 2. Experience. 3. The Influence of the Emotions
(sect. x. p. 579) — Mr. Bain says: “Having in our constitution primordial
fountains of activity in the spontaneous and voluntary impulses, we follow
the first clue that experience gives us, and accept the indication with the
whole force of these natural promptings. Being under the strongest impulses
to act somehow, an animal accepts any lead that is presented, and if

Page 368

successful, abides by that lead with unshaken confidence. This is that
instinct of credulity so commonly attributed to the infant mind. It is not the
single instance, or the repetition of two or three, that makes up the strong
tone of confidence; it is the mind’s own active determination, finding some
definite vent in the gratification of its ends, and abiding by the discovery
with the whole energy of the character, until the occurrence of some check,
failure, or contradiction. The force of belief, therefore, is not one rising
from zero to a full development by slow degrees, according to the length of
the experience. We must treat it rather as a strong primitive manifestation,
derived from the natural activity of the system, and taking its direction and
rectification from experience (p. 583). The anticipation of nature, so
strenuously repudiated by Bacon, is the offspring of this characteristic of
the mental system. With the active tendency at its maximum, and the
exercise of intelligence and acquired knowledge at the minimum, there can
issue nothing but a quantity of rash enterprises. The respectable name
generalisation, implying the best products of enlightened scientific
research, has also a different meaning, expressing one of the most erroneous
impulses and crudest determinations of untutored human nature. To extend
some familiar and narrow experience, so as to comprehend cases the most
distant, is a piece of mere reckless instinct, demanding severe discipline for
its correction. I have mentioned the case of our supposing all other minds
constituted like our own. The veriest infant has got this length in the career
of fallacy. Sound belief, instead of being a pacific and gentle growth, is in
reality the battering of a series of strongholds, the conquering of a country
in hostile occupation. This is a fact common both to the individual and to
the race. Observation is unanimous on the point. It will probably be long ere
the last of the delusions attributable to this method of believing first and
proving afterwards can be eradicated from humanity.” [3rd ed., p. 505 seq.]

Page 369

62 Mill, ‘System of Logic,’ Book V., to which is prefixed the following
citation from Hobbes’s ‘Logica’. “Errare non modo affirmando et negando,
sed etiam in sentiendo, et in tacitâ hominum cogitatione, contingit.”

Mr. Mill points out forcibly both the operation of moral or emotional bias
in perverting the intellect, and causing sophisms or fallacies to produce
conviction; and the increased chance afforded for the success of a sophism
by the suppression of part of the premisses, which is unavoidable in
informal discussions.

“Bias is not a direct source of wrong conclusions (v. 1-3). We cannot
believe a proposition only by wishing, or only by dreading, to believe it.
Bias acts indirectly by placing the intellectual grounds of belief in an
incomplete or distorted shape before a man’s eyes. It makes him shrink
from the irksome labour of a rigorous induction. It operates too by making
him look out eagerly for reasons, or apparent reasons, to support opinions
which are conformable, or resist those which are repugnant, to his interests
or feelings; and when the interests or feelings are common to great numbers
of persons, reasons are accepted or pass current which would not for a
moment be listened to in that character, if the conclusion had nothing more
powerful than its reasons to speak in its behalf. The natural or acquired
prejudices of mankind are perpetually throwing up philosophical theories,
the sole recommendation of which consists in the premisses which they
afford for proving cherished doctrines, or justifying favourite feelings; and
when any one of these theories has become so thoroughly discredited as no
longer to serve the purpose, another is always ready to take its place.” —
“Though the opinions of the generality of mankind, when not dependent
upon mere habit and inculcation, have their root much more in the
inclinations than in the intellect, it is a necessary condition to the triumph of
the moral bias that it should first pervert the understanding.”

Page 370

Again in v. 2, 3. “It is not in the nature of bad reasoning to express itself
unambiguously. When a sophist, whether he is imposing upon himself or
attempting to impose upon others, can be constrained to throw his argument
into so distinct a form, it needs, in a large number of cases, no farther
exposure. In all arguments, everywhere but in the schools, some of the links
are suppressed: à fortiori, when the arguer either intends to deceive, or is a
lame and inexpert thinker, little accustomed to bring his reasoning processes
to any test; and it is in those steps of the reasoning which are made in this
tacit and half-conscious, or even wholly unconscious, manner, that the error
oftenest lurks. In order to detect the fallacy the proposition thus silently
assumed must be supplied, but the reasoner, most likely, has never really
asked himself what he was assuming; his confuter, unless permitted to
extort it from him by the Socratic mode of interrogation, must himself judge
what the suppressed premiss ought to be, in order to support the
conclusion.” Mr. Mill proceeds to illustrate this confusion by an excellent
passage cited from Whately’s ‘Logic’. I may add, that Aristotle himself
makes a remark substantially the same — That the same fallacy may be
referred to one general head or to another, according to circumstances.
Sophist. Elench. 33, 182, b. 10.

Value of formal debate as a
We thus see not only that the fallacious
means for testing and confuting
agencies are self-operative, generating their
fallacies.
own weeds in the common soil of human
thought and speech, without being planted by
Athenian Sophists or watered by Eristic — but that this very Eristic affords
the best means of restraining their diffusion. It is only in formal debate that
the disputant can be forced to make clear to himself and declare explicitly
to others, without reserve or omission, all the premisses upon which his
conclusion rests — that every part of these premisses becomes liable to
immediate challenge by an opponent — that the question comes distinctly
under consideration, what is or is not sufficient evidence — that the

Page 371

premisses of one argument can be compared with the premisses of another,
so that if in the former you are tempted to acquiesce in them as sufficient
because you have a bias favourable to the conclusion, in the latter you may
be made to feel that they are insufficient, because the conclusion which they
prove is one which you know to be untrue (reductio ad absurdum). The
habit of formal debate (called by those who do not like it, Eristic63) is thus
an indispensable condition both for the exposure and confutation of
fallacies, which exist quite independent of that habit — owing their rise and
prevalence to deep-seated psychological causes.

63 The Platonic critics talk about the Eristics (as they do about the
Sophists) as if that name designated a known and definite class of persons.
This is altogether misleading. The term is vituperative, and was applied by
different persons according to their own tastes.

Ueberweg remarks with great justice, that Isokrates called all speculators
on philosophy by the name of Eristics. “Als ob jener Rhetor nicht (wie ja
doch Spengel selbst gut nachgewiesen hat) alle und jede Spekulation mit
dem Nahmen der Eristik bezeichnete.” (Untersuchungen über die Zeitfolge
der Plat. Schriften, p. 257.) In reference to the distinction which Aristotle
attempts to draw between Dialectic and Eristic — the former legitimate, the
latter illegitimate — we must remark that even in the legitimate Dialectic
the purpose prominent in his mind is that of victory over an opponent. He
enjoins that you are not only to guard against your opponent, lest he should
out-manœuvre you, but you are to conceal and disguise the sequence of
your questions so as to out-manœuvre him. Χρὴ δ’ ὅπερ φυλάττεσθαι
παραγγέλλομεν ἀποκρινομένους, αὐτοὺς ἐπιχειροῦντας πειρᾶσθαι
λανθάνειν. Anal. Prior. ii. 66, a. 32. Compare Topic. 108, a. 25, 156, a. 23,
164, b. 35.

Without the experience acquired by this habit of dialectic debate at
Athens, Plato could not have composed his Euthydêmus, exhibiting a

Page 372

Without the habit of formal
reductio ad absurdum of several verbal
debate, Plato could not have
fallacies — nor could we have had the logical
composed his Euthydêmus, nor
theories of Aristotle, embodied in the
Aristotle the treatise De
Analytica and Topica with its annexed treatise
Sophisticis Elenchis.
De Sophisticis Elenchis, in which various
fallacies are discriminated and classified.
These theories, and the corollaries connected with them, do infinite honour
to the comprehensive intellect of Aristotle: but he could not have conceived
them without previous study of the ratiocinative process. He, as the first
theorizer, must have had before him abundant arguments explicitly laid out,
and contested, or open to be contested, at every step by an opponent.64
Towards such habit of formal argumentation, a strong repugnance was felt
by many of the Athenian public, as there is among modern readers
generally: but those who felt thus, had probably little interest in the
speculations either of Plato or of Aristotle. That the Platonic critics should
themselves feel this same repugnance, seems to me not consistent with their
admiration for the great dialectician and logician of antiquity: nor can I at
all subscribe to their view, when they present to us the inherent infirmities
of the human intellect as factitious distempers generated by the habit of
formal debate, and by the rapacity of Protagoras, Prodikus, and others.

64 Mill, ‘System of Logic.’ Book VI. 1, 1. “Principles of Evidence and
Theories of Method, are not to be constructed à priori. The laws of our
rational faculty, like those of every other natural agency, are only got by
seeing the agent at work.”

Probable popularity of the
I think it probable that the dialogue of
Euthydêmus at Athens —
Euthydêmus, as far as the point to which I
welcomed by all the enemies of
have brought it (i.e., where Sokrates finishes
Dialectic.
his recital to Kriton of the conversation which
he had had with the two Sophists), was among

Page 373

the most popular of all the Platonic dialogues: not merely because of its
dramatic vivacity and charm of expression, but because it would be heartily
welcomed by the numerous enemies of Dialectic at Athens. We must
remember that in the estimation of most persons at Athens, Dialectic
included Sokrates and all the viri Sokratici (Plato among them), just as
much as the persons called Sophists. The discreditable picture here given of
Euthydêmus and Dionysodorus, would be considered as telling against
Dialectic and the Sokratic Elenchus generally: while the rhetors, and others
who dealt in long continuous discourse, would treat it as a blow inflicted
upon the rival art of dialogue, by the professor of the dialogue himself. In
Plato’s view, the dialogue was the special and appropriate manifestation of
philosophy.

Epilogue of Plato to the
That the natural effect of the picture here
Dialogue, trying to obviate this
drawn by Plato, was, to justify the antipathy of
inference by opponents —
those who hated philosophy — we may see by
Conversation between Sokrates
the epilogue which Plato has thought fit to
and Kriton.
annex: an epilogue so little in harmony with
what has preceded, that we might almost
imagine it to be an afterthought — yet obviously intended to protect
philosophy against imputations. Sokrates having concluded the recital, in
his ironical way, by saying that he intended to become a pupil under the two
Sophists, and by inviting Kriton to be a pupil along with him — Kriton
replies by saying that he is anxious to obtain instruction from any one who
can give it, but that he has no sympathy with Euthydêmus, and would rather
be refuted by him, than learn from him to refute in such a manner. Kriton
proceeds to report to Sokrates the remarks of a by-stander (an able writer of
discourses for the Dikastery) who had heard all that passed; and who
expressed his surprise that Sokrates could have remained so long listening
to such nonsense, and manifesting so much deference for a couple of
foolish men. Nevertheless (continued the by-stander) this couple are among

Page 374

the most powerful talkers of the day upon philosophy. This shows you how
worthless a thing philosophy is: prodigious fuss, with contemptible result
— men careless what they say, and carping at every word that they hear.65

65 Plat. Euthyd. pp. 304-305.

Now, Sokrates (concludes Kriton), this man is wrong for depreciating
philosophy, and all others who depreciate it are wrong also. But he was
right in blaming you, for disputing with such a couple before a large crowd.

Sokr. — What kind of person is this censor of philosophy? Is he a
powerful speaker himself in the Dikastery? Or is he only a composer of
discourses to be spoken by others? Krit. — The latter. I do not think that he
has ever spoken in court: but every one says that he knows judicial practice
well, and that he composes admirable speeches.66

66 Plat. Euthyd. p. 305.

Altered tone in speaking of
Sokr. — I understand the man. He belongs
Euthydêmus — Disparagement
to that class whom Prodikus describes as the
of persons half-philosophers,
border-men between philosophy and politics.
half-politicians.
Persons of this class account themselves the
wisest of mankind, and think farther that
besides being such in reality, they are also admired as such by many:
insomuch that the admiration for them would be universal, if it were not for
the professors of philosophy. Accordingly they fancy, that if they could
once discredit these philosophers, the prize of glory would be awarded to
themselves, without controversy, by every one: they being in truth the
wisest men in society, though liable, if ever they are caught in dialectic
debate, to be overpowered and humbled by men like Euthydêmus.67 They
have very plausible grounds for believing in their own wisdom, since they
pursue both philosophy and politics to a moderate extent, as far as propriety

Page 375

enjoins; and thus pluck the fruit of wisdom without encountering either
dangers or contests. Krit. — What do you say to their reasoning, Sokrates?
It seems to me specious. Sokr. — Yes, it is specious, but not well founded.
You cannot easily persuade them, though nevertheless it is true, that men
who take a line mid-way between two pursuits, are better than either, if both
pursuits be bad — worse than either, if both pursuits be good, but tending to
different ends — better than one and worse than the other, if one of the
pursuits be bad and the other good — better than both, if both be bad, but
tending to different ends. Such being the case, if the pursuit of philosophy
and that of active politics be both of them good, but tending to different
objects, these men are inferior to the pursuers of one as well as of the other:
if one be good, the other bad, they are worse than the pursuers of the
former, better than the pursuers of the latter: if both be bad, they are better
than either. Now I am sure that these men themselves account both
philosophy and politics to be good. Accordingly, they are inferior both to
philosophers and politicians:68 they occupy only the third rank, though they
pretend to be in the first. While we pardon such a pretension, and refrain
from judging these men severely, we must nevertheless recognise them for
such as they really are. We must be content with every one, who announces
any scheme of life, whatever it be, coming within the limits of intelligence,
and who pursues his work with persevering resolution.69

67 Plat. Euthyd. p. 305 D. εἶναι μὲν γὰρ τῇ ἀληθείᾳ σφᾶς σοφωτάτους, ἐν
δὲ τοῖς ἰδίοις λόγοις ὅταν ἀποληφθῶσιν, ὑπὸ τῶν ἀμφὶ Εὐθύδημον
κολούεσθαι.

Οἱ ἀμφὶ Εὐθύδημον may mean Euthydêmus himself and alone; yet I
incline to think that it here means Euthydêmus and his like.

68 Plat. Euthyd. p. 306 B.

Page 376

69 Plat. Euthyd. p. 306 C. συγγιγνώσκειν μὲν οὖν αὐτοῖς χρὴ τῆς
ἐπιθυμίας καὶ μὴ χαλεπαίνειν, ἡγεῖσθαι μέντοι τοιούτους εἶναι οἷοί εἰσι·
πάντα γὰρ ἄνδρα χρὴ ἀγαπᾷν, ὅστις καὶ ὁτιοῦν λέγει ἐχόμενον φρονήσεως
πρᾶγμα, καὶ ἀνδρείως διαπονεῖται.

Kriton asks Sokrates for advice
Krit. I am always telling you, Sokrates, that
about the education of his sons
I too am embarrassed where to seek instructors
— Sokrates cannot recommend
for my sons. Conversation with you has
a teacher — tells him to search
satisfied me, that it is madness to bestow so
for himself.
much care upon the fortune and position of
sons, and so little upon their instruction. Yet
when I turn my eyes to the men who make profession of instructing, I am
really astonished. To tell you the truth, every one of them appears to me
extravagantly absurd,70 so that I know not how to help forward my son
towards philosophy. Sokr. — Don’t you know, Kriton, that in every different
pursuit, most of the professors are foolish and worthless, and that a few
only are excellent and above price? Is not this the case with gymnastic,
commercial business, rhetoric, military command? Are not most of those
who undertake these pursuits ridiculously silly?71 Krit. — Unquestionably:
nothing can be more true. Sokr. — Do you think that a sufficient reason for
avoiding all these pursuits yourself, and keeping your son out of them also?
Krit. No: it would be wrong to do so. Sokr. — Well then, don’t do so. Take
no heed about the professors of philosophy, whether they are good or bad;
but test philosophy itself, well and carefully. If it shall appear to you
worthless, dissuade not merely your sons, but every one else also, from
following it.72 But if it shall appear to you as valuable as I consider it to be,
then take courage to pursue and practise it, you and your children both,
according to the proverb. —

70 Plato, Euthyd. p. 306 E. καί μοι δοκεῖ εἶς ἕκαστος αὐτῶν σκοποῦντι
πάνυ ἀλλόκοτος εἶναι, &c.

Page 377

71 Plato, Euthyd. p. 307 B. ἐν ἑκάστῃ τούτων τοὺς πολλοὺς πρὸς ἕκαστον
τὸ ἔργον οὐ καταγελάστους ὁρᾷς;

72 Plato, Euthyd. p. 307 B. ἐάσας χαίρειν τοὺς ἐπιτηδεύοντας φιλοσοφίαν,
εἴτε χρηστοί εἰσιν εἴτε πονηροί, αὐτὸ τὸ πρᾶγμα βασανίσας καλῶς τε καὶ
εὖ, ἐὰν μέν σοι φαίνηται φαυλὸν ὄν, &c.

Euthydêmus is here cited as
The first part of this epilogue, which I have
representative of Dialectic and
here given in abridgment, has a bearing very
philosophy.
different from the rest of the dialogue, and
different also from most of the other Platonic
dialogues. In the epilogue, Euthydêmus is cited as the representative of true
dialectic and philosophy: the opponents of philosophy are represented as
afraid of being put down by Euthydêmus: whereas, previously, he had been
depicted as contemptible, — as a man whose manner of refuting opponents
was more discreditable to himself than to the opponent refuted; and who
had no chance of success except among hearers like himself. We are not
here told that Euthydêmus was a bad specimen of philosophers, and that
there were others better, by the standard of whom philosophy ought to be
judged. On the contrary, we find him here announced by Sokrates as among
those dreaded by men adverse to philosophy, — and as not undeserving of
that epithet which the semi-philosopher cited by Kriton applies to “one of
the most powerful champions of the day”.

Plato, therefore, after having applied his great dramatic talent to make
dialectic debate ridiculous, and thus said much to gratify its enemies —
changes his battery, and says something against these enemies, without
reflecting whether it is consistent or no with what had preceded. Before the
close, however, he comes again into consistency with the tone of the earlier
part, in the observation which he assigns to Kriton, that most of the
professors of philosophy are worthless; to which Sokrates rejoins that this is
not less true of all other professions. The concluding inference is, that

Page 378

philosophy is to be judged, not by its professors but by itself; and that
Kriton must examine it for himself, and either pursue it or leave it alone,
according as his own convictions dictated.

This is a valuable admonition, and worthy of Sokrates, laying full stress
as it does upon the conscientious conviction which the person examining
may form for himself. But it is no answer to the question of Kriton; who
says that he had already heard from Sokrates, and was himself convinced,
that philosophy was of first-rate importance — and that he only desired to
learn where he could find teachers to forward the progress of his son in it.
As in so many other dialogues, Plato leaves the problem started, but
unsolved. The impulse towards philosophy being assured, those who feel it
ask Plato in what direction they are to move towards it. He gives no answer.
He can neither perform the service himself, nor recommend any one else, as
competent. We shall find such silence made matter of pointed
animadversion, in the fragment called Kleitophon.

Who is the person here intended
The person, whom Kriton here brings
by Plato, half-philosopher, half-
forward as the censor of Sokrates and the
politician? Is it Isokrates?
enemy of philosophy, is peculiarly marked. In
general, the persons whom Plato ranks as
enemies of philosophy are the rhetors and politicians: but the example here
chosen is not comprised in either of these classes: it is a semi-philosopher,
yet a writer of discourses for others. Schleiermacher, Heindorf, and
Spengel, suppose that Isokrates is the person intended: Winckelmann thinks
it is Thrasymachus: others refer it to Lysias, or Theodorus of Byzantium:73
Socher and Stallbaum doubt whether any special person is intended, or any
thing beyond some supposed representative of a class described by
attributes. I rather agree with those who refer the passage to Isokrates. He
might naturally be described as one steering a middle course between
philosophy and rhetoric: which in fact he himself proclaims in the Oration

Page 379

De Permutatione, and which agrees with the language of Plato in the
dialogue Phædrus, where Isokrates is mentioned by name along with
Lysias. In the Phædrus, moreover, Plato speaks of Isokrates with unusual
esteem, especially as a favourable contrast with Lysias, and as a person
who, though not yet a philosopher, may be expected to improve, so as in no
long time to deserve that appellation.74 We must remember that Plato in the
Phædrus attacks by name, and with considerable asperity, first Lysias, next
Theodorus and Thrasymachus the rhetors — all three persons living and of
note. Being sure to offend all these, Plato might well feel disposed to avoid
making an enemy of Isokrates at the same time, and to except him
honourably by name from the vulgar professors of rhetoric. In the
Euthydêmus (where the satire is directed not against the rhetors, but against
their competitors the dialecticians or pseudo-dialecticians) he had no similar
motive to address compliments to Isokrates: respecting whom he speaks in
a manner probably more conformable to his real sentiments, as the
unnamed representative of a certain type of character — a semi-
philosopher, fancying himself among the first men in Athens, and assuming
unwarrantable superiority over the genuine philosopher; but entitled to
nothing more than a decent measure of esteem, such as belonged to sincere
mediocrity of intelligence.

73 Stallbaum, Proleg. ad Euthyd. p. 47; Winckelmann. Proleg. p. xxxv.

Heindorf, in endeavouring to explain the difference between Plato’s
language in the Phædrus and in the Euthydêmus respecting Isokrates,
assumes as a matter beyond question the theory of Schleiermacher, that the
Phædrus was composed during Plato’s early years. I have already intimated
my may dissent from this theory.

74 Plato, Phædrus, p. 278 E.

Page 380

I have already observed that I do not agree with Schleiermacher and the
other critics who rank the Phædrus as the earliest or even among the earliest
compositions of Plato. That it is of much later composition I am persuaded,
but of what particular date can only be conjectured. The opinion of K. F.
Hermann, Stallbaum, and others, that it was composed about the time when
Plato began his school at Athens (387-386 B.C.) is sufficiently probable.

The Euthydêmus may be earlier or may be later than the Phædrus. I
incline to think it later. The opinion of Stallbaum (resting upon the mention
of Alkibiadês, p. 275 A), that it was composed in or before 404 B.C., appears
to me untenable (Stallbaum, Proleg. p. 64). Plato would not be likely to
introduce Sokrates speaking of Alkibiadês as a deceased person, whatever
time the dialogue was composed. Nor can I agree with Steinhart, who refers
it to 402 B.C. (Einleitung, p. 26). Ueberweg (Untersuch. über die Zeitfolge
der Plat. Schr. pp. 265-267) considers the Euthydêmus later (but not much
later) than the Phædrus, subsequent to the establishment of the Platonic
school at Athens (387-386 B.C.) This seems to me more probable than the
contrary.

Schleiermacher, in arranging the Platonic dialogues, ranks the
Euthydêmus as an immediate sequel to the Menon, and as presupposing
both Gorgias and Theætêtus (Einl. pp. 400-401). Socher agrees in this
opinion, but Steinhart rejects it (Einleit. p. 26), placing the Euthydêmus
immediately after the Protagoras, and immediately before the Menon and
the Gorgias; according to him, Euthydêmus, Menon, and Gorgias, form a
well marked Trilogy.

Neither of these arrangements rests upon any sufficient reasons. The
chronological order cannot be determined.

Variable feeling at different
That there prevailed at different times
times, between Plato and
different sentiments, more or less of reciprocal

Page 381

Isokrates. esteem or reciprocal jealousy, between Plato
and Isokrates, ought not to be matter of
surprise. Both of them were celebrated teachers of Athens, each in his own
manner, during the last forty years of Plato’s life: both of them enjoyed the
favour of foreign princes, and received pupils from outlying, sometimes
distant, cities — from Bosphorus and Cyprus in the East, and from Sicily in
the West. We know moreover that during the years immediately preceding
Plato’s death (347 B.C.), his pupil Aristotle, then rising into importance as a
teacher of rhetoric, was engaged in acrimonious literary warfare, seemingly
of his own seeking, with Isokrates (then advanced in years) and some of the
Isokratean pupils. The little which we learn concerning the literary and
philosophical world of Athens, represents it as much distracted by feuds and
jealousies. Isokrates on his part has in his compositions various passages
which appear to allude (no name being mentioned) to Plato among others,
in a tone of depreciation.75

75 Isokrates, ad Philipp. Or. v. s. 14, p. 84; contra Sophistas, Or. xiii.; Or.
xiii. s. 2-24, pp. 291-295; Encom. Helenæ, Or. x. init.; Panathenaic. Or. xii.
s. 126, p. 257; Or. xv. De Permutatione, s. 90, p. 440, Bekk.

Isokrates seems, as far as we can make out, to have been in early life, like
Lysias, a composer of speeches to be spoken by clients in the Dikastery.
This lucrative profession was tempting, since his family had been nearly
ruined during the misfortunes of Athens at the close of the Peloponnesian
war. Having gained reputation by such means, Isokrates became in his
mature age a teacher of Rhetoric, and a composer of discourses, not for
private use by clients, but for the general reader, on political or educational
topics. In this character, he corresponded to the description given by Plato
in the Euthydêmus: being partly a public adviser, partly a philosopher. But
the general principle under which Plato here attacks him, though
conforming to the doctrine of the Platonic Republic, is contrary to that of

Page 382

Plato in other dialogues, “You must devote yourself either wholly to
philosophy, or wholly to politics: a mixture of the two is worse than either“
— this agrees with the Republic, wherein Plato enjoins upon each man one
special and exclusive pursuit, as well as with the doctrine maintained
against Kalliklês in the Gorgias — but it differs from the Phædrus, where he
ascribes the excellence of Perikles as a statesmen and rhetor, to the fact of
his having acquired a large tincture of philosophy.76 Cicero quotes this last
passage as applicable to his own distinguished career, a combination of
philosophy with politics.77 He dissented altogether from the doctrine here
laid down by Plato in the Euthydêmus, and many other eminent men would
have dissented from it also.

76 See the facts about Isokrates in a good Dissertation by H. P. Schröder,
Utrecht, 1859, Quæstiones Isocrateæ, p. 51, seq.

Plato, Phædrus, p. 270; Plutarch, Periklês, c. 23; Plato, Republic, iii. p.
397.

77 Cicero, De Orator. iii. 34, 138; Orator. iv. 14; Brutus, 11, 44.

As a doctrine of universal application, in fact, it cannot be defended. The
opposite scheme of life (which is maintained by Isokrates in De
Permutatione and by Kalliklês in the Platonic Gorgias)78 — that philosophy
is to be attentively studied in the earlier years of life as an intellectual
training, to arm the mind with knowledge and capacities which may
afterwards be applied to the active duties of life — is at least equally
defensible, and suits better for other minds of a very high order. Not only
Xenophon and other distinguished Greeks, but also most of the best Roman
citizens, held the opinion which Plato in the Gorgias ascribes to Kalliklês
and reprobates through the organ of Sokrates — That philosophical study, if
prolonged beyond what was necessary for this purpose of adequate
intellectual training, and if made the permanent occupation of life, was

Page 383

more hurtful than beneficial.79 Certainly, a man may often fail in the
attempt to combine philosophy with active politics. No one failed in such a
career more lamentably than Dion, the friend of Plato — and Plato himself,
when he visited Sicily to second Dion. Moreover Alkibiadês and Kritias
were cited by Anytus and the other accusers of Sokrates as examples of the
like mischievous conjunction. But on the other hand, Archytas at Tarentum
(another friend of Plato and philosopher) administered his native city with
success, as long (seemingly) as Periklês administered Athens. Such men as
these two are nowise inferior either to the special philosopher or to the
special politician. Plato has laid down an untenable generality, in this
passage of the Euthydêmus, in order to suit a particular point which he
wished to make against Isokrates, or against the semi-philosopher indicated,
whoever else he may have been.

78 Isokrates, De Permutatione, Or. xv. sect. 278-288, pp. 485-480, Bekk.;
Plato, Gorgias, pp. 484-485.

79 The half-philosophers and half-politicians to whom Sokrates here
alludes, are characterised by one of the Platonic critics as “jene
oberflächlichen und schwächlichen Naturen die sich zwischen beiden
Richtungen stellen, und zur Erreichung selbstsüchtiger und beschränkter
Zwecke von beiden aufnehmen was sie verstehen und was ihnen gefällt”
(Steinhart, Einleit. p. 25). On the other hand we find in Tacitus a striking
passage respecting the studies of Agricola in his youth at Massilia.
“Memoriâ teneo, solitum ipsum narrare, se in primâ juventâ studium
philosophiæ acrius, ultra quam concessum Romano ac senatori, hausisse —
ni prudentia matris incensum ac flagrantem animum exercuisset: Scilicet
sublime et erectum ingenium, pulchritudinem ac speciem excelsæ
magnæque gloriæ vehementius quam lauté appetebat: retinuitque, quod est
difficillimum, ex sapientiâ modum“ (Vit. Agr. c. 4).

Page 384

Tacitus expresses himself in the same manner about the purpose with
which Helvidius Priscus applied himself to philosophy (Hist. iv. 6): “non, ut
plerique, ut nomine magnifico segne otium velaret, sed quo constantior
adversus fortuita rempublicam capesseret“.

Compare also the memorable passage in the Funeral Oration pronounced
by Periklês (Thuc. ii. 40) — φιλοσοφοῦμεν ἄνευ μαλακίας, &c., which
exhibits the like views.

Aulus Gellius (x. 22), who cites the doctrine which Plato ascribes to
Kalliklês in the Gorgias (about the propriety of confining philosophy to the
function of training and preparation for active pursuits), tries to make out
that this was Plato’s own opinion.

Page 385

CHAPTER XXII.

Page 386

MENON.

Persons of the Dialogue.
This dialogue is carried on between
Sokrates and Menon, a man of noble family,
wealth, and political influence, in the Thessalian city of Larissa. He is
supposed to have previously frequented, in his native city, the lectures and
society of the rhetor Gorgias.1 The name and general features of Menon are
probably borrowed from the Thessalian military officer, who commanded a
division of the Ten Thousand Greeks, and whose character Xenophon
depicts in the Anabasis: but there is nothing in the Platonic dialogue to mark
that meanness and perfidy which the Xenophontic picture indicates. The
conversation between Sokrates and Menon is interrupted by two episodes:
in the first of these, Sokrates questions an unlettered youth, the slave of
Menon: in the second, he is brought into conflict with Anytus, the historical
accuser of the historical Sokrates.

1 Cicero notices Isokrates as having heard Gorgias in Thessaly (Orator. 53,
176).

The dialogue is begun by Menon, in a manner quite as abrupt as the
Hipparchus and Minos:

Question put by Menon — Is
Menon. — Can you tell me, Sokrates,
virtue teachable? Sokrates
whether virtue is teachable — or acquirable by
confesses that he does not know
exercise — or whether it comes by nature —
what virtue is. Surprise of
or in what other manner it comes? Sokr. — I
Menon.
cannot answer your question. I am ashamed to
say that I do not even know what virtue is: and
when I do not know what a thing is, how can I know any thing about its
attributes or accessories? A man who does not know, Menon, cannot tell

Page 387

whether he is handsome, rich, &c., or the contrary. Menon. — Certainly not.
But is it really true, Sokrates, that you do not know what virtue is? Am I to
proclaim this respecting you, when I go home?2 Sokr. — Yes —
undoubtedly: and proclaim besides that I have never yet met with any one
who did know. Menon. — What! have you not seen Gorgias at Athens, and
did not he appear to you to know? Sokr. — I have met him, but I do not
quite recollect what he said. We need not consider what he said, since he is
not here to answer for himself.3 But you doubtless recollect, and can tell
me, both from yourself, and from him, what virtue is? Menon. — There is
no difficulty in telling you.4

2 Plato, Menon, p. 71 B-C. Ἀλλὰ σύ, ὦ Σώκρατες, οὐδ’ ὅ τι ἀρετή ἐστιν
οἶσθα, ἀλλὰ ταῦτα περὶ σοῦ καὶ οἴκαδε ἀπαγγέλλωμεν;

3 Plato, Menon, p. 71 D. ἀκεῖνον μέντοι νῦν ἐῶμεν, ἐπειδὴ καὶ ἄπεστιν.
Sokrates sets little value upon opinions unless where the person giving them
is present to explain and defend: compare what he says about the
uselessness of citation from poets, from whom you can ask no questions,
Plato, Protagor. p. 347 E.

4 Plato, Menon, p. 71 E. Ἀλλ’ οὐ χαλεπόν, ὦ Σώκρατες, εἰπεῖν, &c.

Sokrates stands alone in this
Many commentators here speak as if such
confession. Unpopularity
disclaimer on the part of Sokrates had
entailed by it.
reference merely to certain impudent
pretensions to universal knowledge on the part
of the Sophists. But this (as I have before remarked) is a misconception of
the Sokratic or Platonic point of view. The matter which Sokrates proclaims
that he does not know, is, what, not Sophists alone, but every one else also,
professes to know well. Sokrates stands alone in avowing that he does not
know it, and that he can find no one else who knows. Menon treats the
question as one of no difficulty — one on which confessed ignorance was

Page 388

discreditable. “What!“ says Menon, “am I really to state respecting you,
that you do not know what virtue is?” The man who makes such a
confession will be looked upon by his neighbours with surprise and
displeasure — not to speak of probable consequences yet worse. He is one
whom the multifarious agencies employed by King Nomos (which we shall
find described more at length in the Protagoras) have failed to mould into
perfect and uninquiring conformity, and he is still in process of examination
to form a judgment for himself.

Answer of Menon — plurality of
Menon proceeds to answer that there are
virtues, one belonging to each
many virtues: the virtue of a man —
different class and condition.
competence to transact the business of the city,
Sokrates enquires for the
and in such business to benefit his friends and
property common to all of them.
injure his enemies: the virtue of a woman —
to administer the house well, preserving every
thing within it and obeying her husband: the virtue of a child, of an old
man, a slave, &c. There is in short a virtue — and its contrary, a vice —
belonging to each of us in every work, profession, and age.5

5 Plato, Menon, p. 72 A. καθ’ ἑκάστην γὰρ τῶν πράξεων καὶ τῶν ἡλικῶν
πρὸς ἕκαστον ἔργον ἑκάστῳ ἡμῶν ἡ ἀρετή ἐστιν. ὡσαύτως δὲ καὶ ἡ κακία.

Though Sokrates disapproves this method of answering — τὸ ἐξαριθμεῖν
τὰς ἀρετάς (to use the expression of Aristotle) — yet Aristotle seems to
think it better than searching for one general definition. See Politica, i. 13,
p. 1260, a. 15-30, where he has the Platonic Menon in his mind.

But (replies Sokrates) are they not all the same, quatenus virtue? Health,
quatenus Health, is the same in a man or a woman: is not the case similar
with virtue? Menon. — Not exactly similar. Sokr. — How so? Though there
are many diverse virtues, have not all of them one and the same form in

Page 389

common, through the communion of which they are virtues? In answer to
my question, you ought to declare what this common form is. Thus, both
the man who administers the city, and the woman who administers the
house, must act both of them with justice and moderation. Through the
same qualities, both the one and the other are good. There is thus some
common constituent: tell me what it is, according to you and Gorgias?
Menon. — It is to be competent to exercise command over men.6 Sokr. —
But that will not suit for the virtue of a child or a slave. Moreover, must we
not superadd the condition, to command justly, and not unjustly? Menon. —
I think so: justice is virtue. Sokr. — Is it virtue — or is it one particular
variety of virtue?7 Menon. — How do you mean? Sokr. — Just as if I were
to say about roundness, that it is not figure, but a particular variety of
figure: because there are other figures besides roundness. Menon. — Very
true: I say too, that there are other virtues besides justice — namely,
courage, moderation, wisdom, magnanimity, and several others also. Sokr.
— We are thus still in the same predicament. In looking for one virtue, we
have found many; but we cannot find that one form which runs through
them all. Menon. — I cannot at present tell what that one is.8

6 Plato, Menon, p. 73 D.

7 Plato, Menon, p. 73 E. Πότερον ἀρετή, ὦ Μένων, ἢ ἀρετή τις;

8 Plato, Menon, p. 74 A. οὐ γὰρ δύναμαί πω, ὦ Σώκρατες, ὡς σὺ ζητεῖς,
μίαν ἀρετὴν λαβεῖν κατὰ πάντων.

Analogous cases cited —
Sokrates proceeds to illustrate his meaning
definitions of figure and colour.
by the analogies of figure and colour. You call
round a figure, and square a figure: you call
white and black both colour, the one as much as the other, though they are
unlike and even opposite.9 Tell me, What is this same common figure and
property in both, which makes you call both of them figure — both of them

Page 390

colour? Take this as a preliminary exercise, in order to help you in
answering my enquiry about virtue.10 Menon cannot answer, and Sokrates
answers his own question. He gives a general definition, first of figure, next
of colour. He first defines figure in a way which implies colour to be
known. This is pointed out; and he then admits that in a good definition,
suitable to genuine dialectical investigation, nothing should be implied as
known, except what the respondent admits himself to know. Figure and
colour are both defined suitably to this condition.11

9 Plato, Menon, p. 74 D.

10 Plato, Menon, c. 7, pp. 74-75. Πειρῶ εἰπεῖν, ἵνα καὶ γένηταί σοι μελέτη
πρὸς τὴν περὶ τῆς ἀρετῆς ἀπόκρισιν (75 A).

The purpose of practising the respondent is here distinctly announced.

11 Plato, Menon, p. 75 C-E.

Importance at that time of
All this preliminary matter seems to be
bringing into conscious view,
intended for the purpose of getting the
logical subordination and
question clearly conceived as a general
distinctions — Neither logic nor
question — of exhibiting and eliminating the
grammar had then been cast
narrow and partial conceptions which
into system.
unconsciously substitute themselves in the
mind, in place of that which ought to be
conceived as a generic whole — and of clearing up what is required in a
good definition. A generic whole, including various specific portions
distinguishable from each other, was at that time little understood by any
one. There existed no grammar, nor any rules of logic founded on analysis
of the intellectual processes. To predicate of the genus what was true only
of the species — to predicate as distinctively characterizing the species,
what is true of the whole genus in which it is contained — to lose the

Page 391

integrity of the genus in its separate parcels or fragments12 — these were
errors which men had never yet been expressly taught to avoid. To assign
the one common meaning, constituent of or connoted by a generic term, had
never yet been put before them as a problem. Such preliminary clearing of
the ground is instructive even now, when formal and systematic logic has
become more or less familiar: but in the time of Plato, it must have been
indispensably required, to arrive at a full conception of any general
question.13

12 Plato, Menon, p. 79 A. ἐμοῦ δεηθέντος σου μὴ καταγνύμαι μηδὲ
κερματίζειν τὴν ἀρετην, &c. 79 B: ἐμοῦ δεηθέντος ὅλην εἰπεῖν τὴν ἀρετήν,
&c.

13 These examples of trial, error, and exposure, have great value and
reflect high credit on Plato, when we regard them as an intellectual or
propædeutic discipline, forcing upon hearers an attention to useful logical
distinctions at a time when there existed no systematic grammar or logic.
But surely they must appear degraded, as they are presented in the
Prolegomena of Stallbaum, and by some other critics. We are there told that
Plato’s main purpose in this dialogue was to mock and jeer the Sophists and
their pupil, and that for this purpose Sokrates is made to employ not his
own arguments but arguments borrowed from the Sophists themselves —
“ut callidé suam ipsius rationem occultare existimandus sit, quo magis
illudat Sophistarum alumnum” (p. 15). “Quæ quidem argumentatio” (that of
Sokrates) “admodum cavendum est ne pro Socraticâ vel Platonicâ
accipiatur. Est enim prorsus ad mentem Sophistarum aliorumque id genus
hominum comparata,” &c. (p. 16). Compare pp. 12-13 seq.

The Sophists undoubtedly had no distinct consciousness, any more than
other persons, of these logical distinctions, which were then for the first
pressed forcibly upon attention.

Page 392

Definition of virtue given by
Menon having been thus made to
Menon: Sokrates pulls it to
understand the formal requisites for a
pieces.
definition, gives as his definition of virtue the
phrase of some lyric poet — “To delight in, or
desire, things beautiful, fine, honourable — and to have the power of
getting them“. But Sokrates remarks that honourable things are good things,
and that every one without exception desires good. No one desires evil
except when he mistakes it for good. On this point all men are alike; the
distinctive feature of virtue must then consist in the second half of the
definition — in the power of acquiring good things, such as health, wealth,
money, power, dignities, &c.14 But the acquisition of these things is not
virtuous, unless it be made consistently with justice and moderation:
moreover the man who acts justly is virtuous, even though he does not
acquire them. It appears then that every agent who acts with justice and
moderation is virtuous. But this is nugatory as a definition of virtue: for
justice and moderation are only known as parts of virtue, and require to be
themselves defined. No man can know what a part of virtue is, unless he
knows what virtue itself is.15 Menon must look for a better definition,
including nothing but what is already known or admitted.

14 Plato, Menon, p. 77 B. δοκεῖ τοίνυν μοι ἀρετὴ εἶναι, καθάπερ ὁ ποιητὴς
λέγει, χαίρειν τε καλοῖσι καὶ δύνασθαι. Καὶ ἐγὼ τοῦτο λέγω ἀρετὴν
ἐπιθυμοῦντα τῶν καλῶν δυνατὸν εἶναι πορίζεσθαι.

Whoever this lyric poet was, his real meaning is somewhat twisted by
Sokrates in order to furnish a basis for ethical criticism, as the song of
Simonides is in the Protagoras. A person having power, and taking delight
in honourable or beautiful things — is a very intelligible Hellenic idéal, as
an object of envy and admiration. Compare Protagoras, p. 351 C: εἴπερ τοῖς
καλοῖς ζῴη ἡδόμενος. A poor man may be φιλόκαλος as well as a rich man:

Page 393

φιλοκαλοῦμεν μετ’ εὐτελείας, is the boast of Periklês in the name of the
Athenians, Thucyd. ii. 40.

Plato, Menon, p. 78 C. Sokr. Ἀγαθὰ δὲ καλεῖς οὐχι οἷον ὑγίειάν τε καὶ
πλοῦτον; καὶ χρυσίον λέγω καὶ ἀργύριον κτᾶσθαι καὶ τιμὰς ἐν πόλει καὶ
ἀρχάς; μὴ ἄλλ’ ἄττα λέγεις τἀγαθὰ ἢ τὰ τοιαῦτα; Menon. Οὐκ· ἀλλὰ πάντα
λέγω τὰ τοιαῦτα.

15 Plato, Menon, p. 79.

Menon complains that the
Menon. — Your conversation, Sokrates,
conversation of Sokrates
produces the effect of the shock of the
confounds him like an electric
torpedo: you stun and confound me: you throw
shock — Sokrates replies that he
me into inextricable perplexity, so that I can
is himself in the same state of
make no answer. I have often discoursed
confusion and ignorance. He
copiously — and, as I thought, effectively —
urges continuance of search by
upon virtue; but now you have shown that I do
both.
not even know what virtue is. Sokr. — If I
throw you into perplexity, it is only because I
am myself in the like perplexity and ignorance. I do not know what virtue
is, any more than you: and I shall be glad to continue the search for finding
it, if you will assist me.

But how is the process of search
Menon. — But how are you to search for
available to any purpose? No
that of which you are altogether ignorant?
man searches for what he
Even if you do find it, how can you ever know
already knows: and for what he
that you have found it? Sokr. — You are now
does not know, it is useless to
introducing a troublesome doctrine, laid down
search, for he cannot tell when
by those who are averse to the labour of
he has found it.
thought. They tell us that a man cannot search
either for what he knows, or for what he does
not know. For the former, research is superfluous: for the latter it is

Page 394

unprofitable and purposeless, since the searcher does not know what he is
looking for.

Theory of reminiscence
I do not believe this doctrine (continues
propounded by Sokrates —
Sokrates). Priests, priestesses, and poets
anterior immortality of the soul
(Pindar among them) tell us, that the mind of
— what is called teaching is the
man is immortal and has existed throughout all
revival and recognition of
past time, in conjunction with successive
knowledge acquired in a former
bodies; alternately abandoning one body, or
life, but forgotten.
dying — and taking up new life or reviving in
another body. In this perpetual succession of
existences, it has seen every thing, — both here and in Hades and
everywhere else — and has learnt every thing. But though thus omniscient,
it has forgotten the larger portion of its knowledge. Yet what has been thus
forgotten may again be revived. What we call learning, is such revival. It is
reminiscence of something which the mind had seen in a former state of
existence, and knew, but had forgotten. Since then all the parts of nature are
analogous, or cognate — and since the mind has gone through and learnt
them all — we cannot wonder that the revival of any one part should put it
upon the track of recovering for itself all the rest, both about virtue and
about every thing else, if a man will only persevere in intent meditation. All
research and all learning is thus nothing but reminiscence. In our
researches, we are not looking for what we do not know: we are looking for
what we do know, but have forgotten. There is therefore ample motive, and
ample remuneration, for prosecuting enquiries: and your doctrine which
pronounces them to be unprofitable, is incorrect.16

16 Plato, Menon, pp. 81 C-D. Ἇτε οὖν ἡ ψυχὴ ἀθάνατός τε οὖσα καὶ
πολλάκις γεγονυῖα, καὶ ἑωρακυῖα καὶ τὰ ἐνθάδε καὶ τὰ ἐν Αἴδου καὶ πάντα
χρήματα, οὐκ ἔστιν ὅ τι οὐ μεμάθηκεν· ὥστε οὐδὲν θαυμαστὸν καὶ περὶ
ἀρετῆς καὶ περὶ ἄλλων οἷόν τε εἶναι αὐτὴν ἀναμνησθῆναι ἅ γε καὶ πρότερον

Page 395

ἠπίστατο. Ἇτε γὰρ τῆς φύσεως ἁπάσης συγγενοῦς οὔσης καὶ μεμαθηκυίας
τῆς ψυχῆς ἅπαντα, οὐδὲν κωλύει ἓν μόνον ἀναμνησθέντα, ὃ δὴ μάθησιν
καλοῦσιν ἄνθρωποι, τἄλλα πάντα αὐτὸν ἀνευρεῖν, ἐάν τις ἀνδρεῖος ᾖ καὶ μὴ
ἀποκάμνῃ ζητῶν. Τὸ γὰρ ζητεῖν ἄρα καὶ τὸ μανθάνειν ἀνάμνησις ὅλον
ἐστίν.

Illustration of this theory —
Sokrates proceeds to illustrate the position,
knowledge may be revived by
just laid down, by cross-examining Menon’s
skilful questions in the mind of a
youthful slave, who, though wholly untaught
man thoroughly untaught.
and having never heard any mention of
Sokrates questions the slave of
geometry, is brought by a proper series of
Menon.
questions to give answers out of his own mind,
furnishing the solution of a geometrical
problem. The first part of the examination brings him to a perception of the
difficulty, and makes him feel a painful perplexity, from which he desires to
obtain relief:17 the second part guides his mind in the efforts necessary for
fishing up a solution out of its own pre-existing, but forgotten, stores. True
opinions, which he had long had within him without knowing it, are
awakened by interrogation, and become cognitions. From the fact that the
mind thus possesses the truth of things which it has not acquired in this life,
Sokrates infers that it must have gone through a pre-existence of indefinite
duration, or must be immortal.18

17 Plato, Menon, p. 84 C. Οἴει οὖν ἂν αὐτὸν πρότερον ἐπιχειρῆσαι ζητεῖν
ἢ μανθάνειν τοῦτο ὃ ᾦετο εἰδέναι οὐκ εἰδώς, πρὶν εἰς ἀπορίαν κατέπεσεν
ἡγησάμενος μὴ εἰδέναι, καὶ ἐπόθησε τὸ εἰδέναι; Οὔ μοι δοκεῖ. Ὤνητο ἄρα
ναρκήσας;

18 Plato, Menon, p. 86. Οὐκοῦν εἰ ἀεὶ ἡ ἀλήθεια ἡμῖν τῶν ὄντων ἐστὶν ἐν
τῇ ψυχῇ, ἀθάνατος ἂν ἡ ψυχὴ εἴη;

Page 396

Enquiry taken up — Whether
The former topic of enquiry is now
virtue is teachable? without
resumed: but at the instance of Menon, the
determining what virtue is.
question taken up, is not — “What is virtue?”
but — “Is virtue teachable or not?” Sokrates,
after renewing his objection against the inversion of philosophical order by
discussing the second question without having determined the first, enters
upon the discussion hypothetically, assuming as a postulate, that nothing
can be taught except knowledge. The question then stands thus — “Is virtue
knowledge?“ If it be, it can be taught: if not, it cannot be taught.19

19 Plato, Menon, p. 87.

Virtue is knowledge — no
Sokrates proceeds to prove that virtue is
possessions, no attributes, either
knowledge, or a mode of knowledge. Virtue is
of mind or body, are good or
good: all good things are profitable. But none
profitable, except under the
of the things accounted good are profitable,
guidance of knowledge.
unless they be rightly employed; that is,
employed with knowledge or intelligence.
This is true not only of health, wealth, beauty, strength, power, &c., but also
of the mental attributes justice, moderation, courage, quick apprehension,
&c. All of these are profitable, and therefore good, if brought into action
under knowledge or right intelligence; none of them are profitable or good,
without this condition — which is therefore the distinctive constituent of
virtue.20

20 Plato, Menon, p. 89.

Virtue, therefore, being knowledge or a mode of knowledge, cannot come
by nature, but must be teachable.

Virtue, as being knowledge,
Yet again there are other contrary reasons
must be teachable. Yet there are
(he proceeds) which prove that it cannot be
teachable. For if it were so, there would be

Page 397

opposing reasons, showing thatdistinct and assignable teachers and learners of
it cannot be teachable. No it, and the times and places could be pointed
teachers of it can be found. out where it is taught and learnt. We see that
this is the case with all arts and professions.
But in regard to virtue, there are neither recognised teachers, nor learners,
nor years of learning. The Sophists pretend to be teachers of it, but are
not:21 the leading and esteemed citizens of the community do not pretend to
be teachers of it, and are indeed incompetent to teach it even to their own
sons — as the character of those sons sufficiently proves.22

21 Plato, Menon, p. 92.

22 Plato, Menon, p. 97. Isokrates (adv. Sophistas, s. 25, p. 401) expressly
declares that he does not believe ὥς ἐστι δικαιοσύνη διδακτόν. There is no
τέχνη which can teach it, if a man be κακῶς πεφυκώς. But if a man be well-
disposed, then education in λόγοι πολιτικοί will serve συμπαρακελεύσασθαί
γε καὶ συνασκῆσαι.

For a man to announce himself as a teacher of justice or virtue, was an
unpopular and invidious pretension. Isokrates is anxious to guard himself
against such unpopularity.

Conversation of Sokrates with
Here, a new speaker is introduced into the
Anytus, who detests the
dialogue — Anytus, one of the accusers of
Sophists, and affirms that any
Sokrates before the Dikastery. The
one of the leading politicians can
conversation is carried on for some time
teach virtue.
between Sokrates and him. Anytus denies
altogether that the Sophists are teachers of
virtue, and even denounces them with bitter contempt and wrath. But he
maintains that the leading and esteemed citizens of the state do really teach
it. Anytus however presently breaks off in a tone of displeasure and menace
towards Sokrates himself.23 The conversation is then renewed with Menon,

Page 398

and it is shown that the leading politicians cannot be considered as teachers
of virtue, any more than the Sophists. There exist no teachers of it; and
therefore we must conclude that it is not teachable.

23 Plato, Menon, p. 94 E.

Confused state of the discussion.
The state of the discussion as it stands now,
No way of acquiring virtue is
is represented by two hypothetical syllogisms,
shown.
as follows:

1. If virtue is knowledge, it is teachable:
But virtue is knowledge:
Therefore virtue is teachable.

2. If virtue is knowledge, it is teachable:
But virtue is not teachable:
Therefore virtue is not knowledge.

The premisses of each of these two syllogisms contradict the conclusion of
the other. Both cannot be true. If virtue is not acquired by teaching and does
not come by nature, how are there any virtuous men?

Sokrates modifies his premisses
Sokrates continues his argument: The
— knowledge is not the only
second premiss of the first syllogism — that
thing which guides to good
virtue is knowledge — is true, but not the
results — right opinion will do
whole truth. In proving it we assumed that
the same.
there was nothing except knowledge which
guided us to useful and profitable
consequences. But this assumption will not hold. There is something else
besides knowledge, which also guides us to the same useful results. That
something is right opinion, which is quite different from knowledge. The
man who holds right opinions is just as profitable to us, and guides us quite
as well to right actions, as if he knew. Right opinions, so long as they stay

Page 399

in the mind, are as good as knowledge, for the purpose of guidance in
practice. But the difference is, that they are evanescent and will not stay in
the mind: while knowledge is permanent and ineffaceable. They are exalted
into knowledge, when bound in the mind by a chain of causal reasoning:24
that is, by the process of reminiscence, before described.

24 Plato, Menon, pp. 97 E — 98 A. καὶ γὰρ αἱ δόξαι αἱ ἀληθεῖς, ὅσον μὲν
ἂν χρόνον παραμένωσιν, καλόν τι χρῆμα καὶ πάντα τἀγαθὰ ἐργάζονται·
πολὺν δὲ χρόνον οὐκ ἐθέλουσι παραμένειν, ἀλλὰ δραπετεύουσιν ἐκ τῆς
ψυχῆς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου. ὥστε οὐ πολλοῦ ἄξιαί εἰσιν, ἕ ω ς ἂ ν τ ι ς α ὐ τ ὰ ς
δ ή σ ῃ α ἰ τ ί α ς λ ο γ ι σ μ ῷ · τοῦτο δ’ ἐστὶν ἀ ν ά μ ν η σ ι ς , ὡς ἐν τοῖς
πρόσθεν ἡμῖν ὡμολόγηται.

Right opinion cannot be relied
Virtue then (continues Sokrates) — that
on for staying in the mind, and
which constitutes the virtuous character and
can never give rational
the permanent, trustworthy, useful guide —
explanations, nor teach others
consists in knowledge. But there is also right
— good practical statesmen
opinion, a sort of quasi-knowledge, which
receive right opinion by
produces in practice effects as good as
inspiration from the Gods.
knowledge, only that it is not deeply or
permanently fixed in the mind.25 It is this right
opinion, or quasi-knowledge, which esteemed and distinguished citizens
possess, and by means of which they render useful service to the city. That
they do not possess knowledge, is certain; for if they did, they would be
able to teach it to others, and especially to their own sons: and this it has
been shown that they cannot do.26 They deliver true opinions and
predictions, and excellent advice, like prophets and oracular ministers, by
divine inspiration and possession, without knowledge or wisdom of their
own. They are divine and inspired persons, but not wise or knowing.27

Page 400

25 Plato, Menon, p. 99 A. ᾧ δὲ ἄνθρωπος ἡγεμών ἐστιν ἐπὶ τὸ ὀρθόν, δύο
ταῦτα, δόξα ἀληθὴς καὶ ἐπιστήμη.

26 Plato, Menon, p. 99 B. Οὐκ ἄρα σοφία τινὶ οὐδὲ σοφοὶ ὄντες οἱ
τοιοῦτοι ἄνδρες ἡγοῦντο ταῖς πόλεσιν, οἱ ἀμφὶ Θεμιστοκλέα.… διὸ καὶ οὐχ
οἷοί τε ἄλλους ποιεῖν τοιούτους οἷοι αὐτοί εἰσιν, ἅτε οὐ δι’ ἐπιστήμην ὄντες
τοιοῦτοι.

27 Plato, Menon, p. 99 D. καὶ τοὺς πολιτικοὺς οὐχ ἥκιστα τούτων φαῖμεν,
ἂν θείους τε εἶναι καὶ ἐνθουσιάζειν, ἐπίπνους ὄντας καὶ κατεχομένους ἐκ
τοῦ θεοῦ, ὅταν κατορθῶσι λέγοντες πολλὰ καὶ μεγάλα πράγματα, μηδὲν
εἰδότες ὧν λέγουσιν.

And thus (concludes Sokrates) the answer to
All the real virtue that there is,
is communicated by special
the question originally started by Menon —
inspiration from the Gods.
“Whether virtue is teachable?“ — is as
follows. Virtue in its highest sense, in which it
is equivalent to or coincident with knowledge, is teachable: but no such
virtue exists. That which exists in the most distinguished citizens under the
name of virtue, — or at least producing the results of virtue in practice — is
not teachable. Nor does it come by nature, but by special inspiration from
the Gods. The best statesmen now existing cannot make any other person
like themselves: if any one of them could do this, he would be, in
comparison with the rest, like a real thing compared with a shadow.28

28 Plato, Menon, p. 100.

Nevertheless the question which we have
But what virtue itself is, remains
unknown.
just discussed — “How virtue arises or is
generated?“ — must be regarded as secondary
and dependent, not capable of being clearly understood until the primary
and principal question — “What is virtue?” — has been investigated and
brought to a solution.29

Page 401

29 Plato, Menon, p. 100 B.

Remarks on the dialogue.
This last observation is repeated by Sokrates
Proper order for examining the
at the end — as it had been stated at the
different topics, is pointed out
beginning, and in more than one place during
by Sokrates.
the continuance — of the dialogue. In fact,
Sokrates seems at first resolved to enforce the
natural and necessary priority of the latter question: but is induced by the
solicitation of Menon to invert the order.30

30 Plato, Menon, p. 86.

Mischief of debating ulterior
The propriety of the order marked out, but
and secondary questions when
not pursued, by Sokrates is indisputable.
the fundamental notions and
Before you can enquire how virtue is
word are unsettled.
generated or communicated, you must be
satisfied that you know what virtue is. You
must know the essence of the subject — or those predicates which the word
connotes ( = the meaning of the term) before you investigate its accidents
and antecedents.31 Menon begins by being satisfied that he knows what
virtue is: so satisfied, that he accounts it discreditable for a man not to
know: although he is made to answer like one who has never thought upon
the subject, and does not even understand the question. Sokrates, on the
other hand, not only confesses that he does not himself know, but asserts
that he never yet met with a man who did know. One of the most important
lessons in this, as in so many other Platonic dialogues, is the mischief of

Page 402

proceeding to debate ulterior and secondary questions, without having
settled the fundamental words and notions: the false persuasion of
knowledge, common to almost every one, respecting these familiar ethical
and social ideas. Menon represents the common state of mind. He begins
with the false persuasion that he as well as every one else knows what
virtue is: and even when he is proved to be ignorant, he still feels no interest
in the fundamental enquiry, but turns aside to his original object of curiosity
— “Whether virtue is teachable“. Nothing can be more repugnant to an
ordinary mind than the thorough sifting of deep-seated, long familiarised,
notions — τὸ γὰρ ὀρθοῦσθαι γνώμαν, ὀδυνᾷ.

31 To use the phrase of Plato himself in the Euthyphron, p. 11 A, the οὐσία
must be known before the πάθη are sought — κινδυνεύεις, ὦ Εὐθύφρον,
ἐρωτώμενος τὸ ὅσιον, ὅ, τί ποτ’ ἐστι, τ ὴ ν μ ὲ ν ο ὐ σ ί α ν μοι αὐτοῦ οὐ
βούλεσθαι δηλῶσαι, π ά θ ο ς δ έ τ ι π ε ρ ὶ α ὐ τ ο ῦ λέγειν, ὅ, τι πέπονθε
τοῦτο τὸ ὅσιον, φιλεῖσθαι ὑπὸ πάντων θεῶν· ὅ τ ι δ ὲ ὄ ν , ο ὔ π ω
εἶπες.

Compare Lachês, p. 190 B and Gorgias, pp. 448 E, 462 C.

Doctrine of Sokrates in the
The confession of Sokrates that neither he
Menon — desire of good alleged
nor any other person in his experience knows
to be universally felt — in what
what virtue is — that it must be made a subject
sense this is true.
of special and deliberate investigation — and
that no man can know what justice, or any
other part of virtue is, unless he first knows what virtue as a whole is32 —
are matters to be kept in mind also, as contrasting with other portions of the
Platonic dialogues, wherein virtue, justice, &c., are tacitly assumed
(according to the received habit) as matters known and understood. The
contributions which we obtain from the Menon towards finding out the
Platonic notion of virtue, are negative rather than positive. The comments
of Sokrates upon Menon’s first definition include the doctrine often

Page 403

announced in Plato — That no man by nature desires suffering or evil;
every man desires good: if he seeks or pursues suffering or evil, he does so
merely from error or ignorance, mistaking it for good.33 This is true,
undoubtedly, if we mean what is good or evil for himself: and if by good or
evil we mean (according to the doctrine enforced by Sokrates in the
Protagoras) the result of items of pleasure and pain, rightly estimated and
compared by the Measuring Reason. Every man naturally desires pleasure,
and the means of acquiring pleasure, for himself: every man naturally
shrinks from pain, or the causes of pain, to himself: every one compares and
measures the items of each with more or less wisdom and impartiality. But
the proposition is not true, if we mean what is good or evil for others: and if
by good we mean (as Sokrates is made to declare in the Gorgias) something
apart from pleasure, and by evil something apart from pain (understanding
pleasure and pain in their largest sense). A man sometimes desires what is
good for others, sometimes what is evil for others, as the case may be.
Plato’s observation therefore cannot be admitted — That as to the wish or
desire, all men are alike: one man is no better than another.34

32 Plato, Menon, p. 79 B-C. τὴν γὰρ δικαιοσύνην μόριον φῂ ἀρετῆς εἶναι
καὶ ἕκαστα τούτων.… οἴει τινα εἰδέναι μόριον ἀρετῆς ὅ τι ἔστιν, αὐτὴν μὴ
εἰδότα; Οὐκ ἔμοιγε δοκεῖ.

33 Plato, Menon, p. 77.

34 Plato, Menon, p. 78 B. τὸ μὲν βούλεσθαι πᾶσιν ὑπάρχει, καὶ ταύτῃ γε
οὐδὲν ὁ ἕτερος τοῦ ἑτέρου βελτίων.

Sokrates requires knowledge as
The second portion of Plato’s theory,
the principal condition of virtue,
advanced to explain what virtue is, presents
but does not determine
nothing more satisfactory. Virtue is useful or
knowledge, of what?
profitable: but neither health, strength, beauty,
wealth, power, &c., are profitable, unless

Page 404

rightly used: nor are justice, moderation, courage, quick apprehension, good
memory, &c., profitable, unless they are accompanied and guided by
knowledge or prudence.35 Now if by profitable we have reference not to the
individual agent alone, but to other persons concerned also, the proposition
is true, but not instructive or distinct. For what is meant by right use? To
what ends are the gifts here enumerated to be turned, in order to constitute
right use? What again is meant by knowledge? knowledge of what?36 This
is a question put by Sokrates in many other dialogues, and necessary to be
put here also. Moreover, knowledge is a term which requires to be
determined, not merely to some assignable object, but also in its general
import, no less than virtue. We shall come presently to an elaborate
dialogue (Theætêtus) in which Plato makes many attempts to determine
knowledge generally, but ends in a confessed failure. Knowledge must be
knowledge possessed by some one, and must be knowledge of something.
What is it, that a man must know, in order that his justice or courage may
become profitable? Is it pleasures and pains, with their causes, and the
comparative magnitude of each (as Sokrates declares in the Protagoras), in
order that he may contribute to diminish the sum of pains, increase that of
pleasures, to himself or to the society? If this be what he is required to
know, Plato should have said so — or if not, what else — in order that the
requirement of knowledge might be made an intelligible condition.

35 Plato, Menon, pp. 87-88.

36 See Republic, vi. p. 505 B, where this question is put, but not answered,
respecting φρόνησις.

Subject of Menon; same as that
Though the subject of direct debate in the
of the Protagoras — diversity of
Menon is the same as that in the Protagoras
handling — Plato is not anxious
(whether virtue be teachable?) yet the manner
of treating this subject is very different in the
two. One point of difference between the two

Page 405

has been just noticed. Another difference is,
to settle a question and get rid of
it. that whereas in Menon the teachability of
virtue is assumed to be disproved, because
there are no recognised teachers or learners of it — in the Protagoras this
argument is produced by Sokrates, but is combated at length (as we shall
presently see) by a counter-argument on the part of the Sophists, without
any rejoinder from Sokrates. Of this counter-argument no notice is taken in
the Menon: although, if it be well-founded, it would have served Anytus no
less than Protagoras, as a solution of the difficulties raised by Sokrates.
Such diversity of handling and argumentative fertility, are characteristic of
the Platonic procedure. I have already remarked, that the establishment of
positive conclusions, capable of being severed from their premisses,
registered in the memory, and used as principles for deduction — is foreign
to the spirit of these Dialogues of Search. To settle a question and finish
with it — to get rid of the debate, as if it were a troublesome temporary
necessity — is not what Plato desires. His purpose is, to provoke the spirit
of enquiry — to stimulate responsive efforts of the mind by a painful shock
of exposed ignorance — and to open before it a multiplicity of new roads
with varied points of view.

Anxiety of Plato to keep up and
Nowhere in the Platonic writings is this
enforce the spirit of research.
provocative shock more vividly illustrated
than in the Menon, by the simile of the
electrical fish: a simile as striking as that of the magnet in Ion.37 Nowhere,
again, is the true character of the Sokratic intellect more clearly enunciated.
“You complain, Menon, that I plunge your mind into nothing but doubt, and
puzzle, and conscious ignorance. If I do this, it is only because my own
mind is already in that same condition.38 The only way out of it is, through
joint dialectical colloquy and search; in which I invite you to accompany
me, though I do not know when or where it will end.” And then, for the
purpose of justifying as well as encouraging such prolonged search,

Page 406

Sokrates proceeds to unfold his remarkable hypothesis — eternal pre-
existence, boundless past experience, and omniscience, of the mind —
identity of cognition with recognition, dependent on reminiscence.
“Research or enquiry (said some) is fruitless. You must search either for
that which you know, or for that which you do not know. The first is
superfluous — the second impossible: for if you do not know what a thing
is, how are you to be satisfied that the answer which you find is that which
you are looking for? How can you distinguish a true solution from another
which is untrue, but plausible?”

37 Plato, Menon, p. 80 A. νάρκη θαλασσία. Compare what I have said
above about the Ion, ch. XVII., p. 128.

38 Plato, Menon, p. 80 D.

Great question discussed among
Here we find explicitly raised, for the first
the Grecian philosophers —
time, that difficulty which embarrassed the
criterion of truth — Wherein
different philosophical schools in Greece for
consists the process of
the subsequent three centuries — What is the
verification?
criterion of truth? Wherein consists the
process called verification and proof, of that
which is first presented as an hypothesis? This was one of the great
problems debated between the Academics, the Stoics, and the Sceptics, until
the extinction of the schools of philosophy.39

39 Sokrates here calls this problem an ἐριστικὸς λόγος. Stallbaum (in his
Prolegom. to the Menon, p. 14) describes it as a “quæstiunculam, haud
dubie e sophistarum disciplinâ arreptam”. If the Sophists were the first to
raise this question, I think that by doing so they rendered service to the
interests of philosophy. The question is among the first which ought to be

Page 407

thoroughly debated and sifted, if we are to have a body of “reasoned truth“
called philosophy.

I dissent from the opinion of Stallbaum (p. 20), though it is adopted both
by Socher (Ueber Platon, p. 185) and by Steinhart (Einleitung zum Menon,
p. 123), that the Menon was composed by Plato during the lifetime of
Sokrates. Schleiermacher (Einleitung zum Gorgias, p. 22; Einleitung zum
Menon, pp. 329-330), Ueberweg (Aechth. Plat. Schr. p. 226), and K. F.
Hermann, on the other hand, regard the Menon as composed after the death
of Sokrates, and on this point I agree with them, though whether it was
composed not long after that event (as K. F. Hermann thinks) or thirteen
years after it (as Schleiermacher thinks), I see no sufficient grounds for
deciding. I incline to the belief that its composition is considerably later
than Hermann supposes; the mention of the Theban Ismenias is one among
the reasons rendering such later origin probable. Plato probably borrowed
from the Xenophontic Anabasis the name, country, and social position of
Menon, who may have received teaching from Gorgias, as we know that
Proxenus did, Xen. Anab. ii. 6, 16. The reader can compare the Einleitung
of Schleiermacher (in which he professes to prove that the Menon is a
corollary to the Theætêtus and Gorgias, and an immediate antecedent to the
Euthydêmus, — that it solves the riddle of the Protagoras — and that it
presupposes and refers back to the Phædrus) with the Einleitung of
Steinhart (p. 120 seq.), who contests all these propositions, saying that the
Menon is decidedly later than the Euthydêmus, and decidedly earlier than
the Theætêtus, Gorgias, and Phædrus; with the opinions of Stallbaum and
Hermann, who recognise an order different from that either of Steinhart or
Schleiermacher; and with that of Ast, who rejects the Menon altogether as
unworthy of Plato. Every one of these dissentient critics has something to
say for his opinion, while none of them (in my judgment) can make out
anything like a conclusive case. The mistake consists in assuming that there
must have been a peremptory order and intentional interdependence among

Page 408

the Platonic Dialogues, and next in trying to show by internal evidence
what that order was.

None of the philosophers were
Not one of these schools was satisfied with
satisfied with the answer here
the very peculiar answer which the Platonic
made by Plato — that
Sokrates here gives to the question. When
verification consists in appeal to
truth is presented to us (he intimates), we
pre-natal experience.
recognise it as an old friend after a long
absence. We know it by reason of its
conformity to our antecedent, pre-natal, experience (in the Phædon, such
pre-natal experience is restricted to commerce with the substantial,
intelligible, Ideas, which are not mentioned in the Menon): the soul or mind
is immortal, has gone through an indefinite succession of temporary lives
prior to the present, and will go through an indefinite succession of
temporary lives posterior to the present — “longæ, canitis si cognita, vitæ
Mors media est“. The mind has thus become omniscient, having seen,
heard, and learnt every thing, both on earth and in Hades: but such
knowledge exists as a confused and unavailable mass, having been buried
and forgotten on the commencement of its actual life.

Since all nature is in universal kindred, communion, or interdependence,
that which we hear or see here, recalls to the memory, by association,
portions of our prior forgotten omniscience.40 It is in this recall or
reminiscence that search, learning, acquisition of knowledge, consists.
Teaching and learning are words without meaning: the only process really
instructive is that of dialectic debate, which, if indefatigably prosecuted,
will dig out the omniscience buried within.41 So vast is the theory generated
in Plato’s mind, by his worship of dialectic, respecting that process of
search to which more than half of his dialogues are devoted.

40 The doctrine of communion or interdependence pervading all Nature,
with one continuous cosmical soul penetrating everywhere, will be found

Page 409

set forth in the kosmology of the Timæus, pp. 37-42-43. It was held, with
various modifications, both by the Pythagoreans and the Stoics. Compare
Cicero, Divinat. ii. 14-15; Virgil, Æneid vi. 715 seqq.; Georgic. iv. 220;
Sextus Empir. adv. Mathem. ix. 127; Ekphantus Pythagoreus ap. Stobæum,
Tit. 48, vol. ii. p. 320, Gaisford.

The view here taken by Plato, that all nature is cognate and
interdependent — ἅτε γὰρ τῆς φύσεως ἁπάσης συγγενοῦς οὔσης — is very
similar to the theory of Leibnitz:— “Ubique per materiam disseminata
statuo principia vitalia seu percipientia. Omnia in naturâ sunt analogica”
(Leibnitz, Epist. ad Wagnerum, p. 466; Leibn. Opp. Erdmann). Farther, that
the human mind by virtue of its interdependence or kindred with all nature,
includes a confused omniscience, is also a Leibnitzian view. “Car comme
tout est plein (ce qui rend toute la matière liée) et comme dans le plein tout
mouvement fait quelqu’ effet sur les corps distans à mesure de la distance,
de sorte que chaque corps est affecté non seulement par ceux qui le
touchent, et se ressent en quelque façon de tout ce qui leur arrive — mais
aussi par leur moyen se ressent de ceux qui touchent les premiers dont il est
touché immédiatement. Il s’ensuit que cette communication va à quelque
distance que ce soit. Et par consequent tout corps se ressent de tout ce qui
se fait dans l’Univers: tellement que celui, qui voit tout, pourroit lire dans
chacun ce qui se fait partout et même ce qui s’est fait et se fera, en
remarquant dans le présent ce qui est éloigné tant selon les temps que selon
les lieux: σύμπνοια πάντα, disoit Hippocrate. Mais une âme ne peut lire en
elle même que ce qui y est representé distinctement: elle ne sauroit
developper tout d’un coup ses règles, car elles vont à l’infini. Ainsi quoique
chaque monade créée représente tout l’Univers, elle représente plus
distinctement le corps qui lui est particulièrement affecté, et dont elle fait
l’Entéléchie. Et comme ce corps exprime tout l’Univers par la connexion de
toute la matière dans le plein, l’âme représente aussi tout l’Univers en
représentant ce corps qui lui appartient d’une manière particulière”

Page 410

(Leibnitz, Monadologie, sect. 61-62, No. 88, p. 710; Opp. Leibn. ed.
Erdmann).

Again, Leibnitz, in another Dissertation: “Comme à cause de la plénitude
du monde tout est lié, et chaque corps agit sur chaque autre corps, plus ou
moins, selon la distance, et en est affecté par la réaction — il s’ensuit que
chaque monade est un miroir vivant, ou doué d’action interne, représentatif
de l’Univers, suivant son point de vue, et aussi réglé que l’Univers même”
(Principes de la Nature et de la Grace, p. 714, ed. Erdmann; also Système
Nouveau, p. 128, a. 36).

Leibnitz expresses more than once how much his own metaphysical
views agreed with those of Plato. Lettre à M. Bourguet, pp. 723-725. He
expresses his belief in the pre-existence of the soul: “Tout ce que je crois
pouvoir assurer, est, que l’âme de tout animal a préexisté, et a été dans un
corps organique: qui enfin, par beaucoup de changemens, involutions, et
évolutions, est devenu l’animal présent” (Lettre à M. Bourguet, p. 731).
And in the Platonic doctrine of reminiscence to a certain point: “II y a
quelque chose de solide dans ce que dit Platon de la réminiscence” (p. 137,
b. 10). Also Leibnitz’s Nouveaux Essais sur l’Entendement Humain, p. 196,
b. 28; and Epistol. ad Hanschium, p. 446, a. 12.

See the elaborate account of the philosophy of Leibnitz by Dr. Kuno
Fischer — Geschichte der neueren Philosophie, vol. ii. pp. 226-232.

41 Plato, Menon, p. 81 D. ἐάν τις ἀνδρεῖος ᾖ, καὶ μὴ ἀποκάμνῃ ζητῶν.
Compare also p. 86 B.

Plato’s view of the immortality
In various other dialogues of Plato, the same
of the soul — difference between
hypothesis is found repeated. His conception
the Menon, Phædrus, and
of the immortality of the soul or mind,
Phædon.
includes pre-existence as well as post-
existence: a perpetual succession of temporary

Page 411

lives, each in a distinct body, each terminated by death, and each followed
by renewed life for a time in another body. In fact, the pre-existence of the
mind formed the most important part of Plato’s theory about immortality:
for he employed it as the means of explaining how the mind became
possessed of general notions. As the doctrine is stated in the Menon, it is
made applicable to all minds (instead of being confined, as in Phædrus,
Phædon, and elsewhere, to a few highly gifted minds, and to commerce
with the intelligible substances called Ideas). This appears from the person
chosen to illustrate the alleged possibility of stimulating artificial
reminiscence: that person is an unlettered youth, taken at hazard from
among the numerous slaves of Menon.42

42 Plato, Menon, pp. 82 A, 85 E. προσκάλεσον τῶν πολλῶν ἀκολούθων
τουτωνὶ τῶν σαυτοῦ ἕνα, ὅντινα βούλει, ἵνα ἐν τούτῳ σοι ἐπιδείξωμαι.
Stallbaum says that this allusion to the numerous slaves in attendance is
intended to illustrate conspicuously the wealth and nobility of Menon. In
my judgment, it is rather intended to illustrate the operation of pure accident
— the perfectly ordinary character of the mind worked upon — “one
among many, which you please”.

Doctrine of Plato, that new truth
It is true, indeed (as Schleiermacher
may be elicited by skilful
observes), that the questions put by Sokrates to
examination out of the
this youth are in great proportion leading
unlettered mind — how far
questions, suggesting their own answers. They
correct?
would not have served their purpose unless
they had been such. The illustration here
furnished, of the Sokratic interrogatory process, is highly interesting, and
his theory is in a great degree true.43 Not all learning, but an important part
of learning, consists in reminiscence — not indeed of acquisitions made in
an antecedent life, but of past experience and judgments in this life. Of such
experience and judgments every one has travelled through a large course;

Page 412

which has disappeared from his memory, yet not irrevocably. Portions of it
may be revived, if new matter be presented to the mind, fitted to excite the
recollection of them by the laws of association. By suitable interrogations, a
teacher may thus recall to the memory of his pupils many facts and
judgments which have been hitherto forgotten: he may bring into
juxtaposition those which have never before been put together in the mind:
and he may thus make them elicit instructive comparisons and inferences.
He may provoke the pupils to strike out new results for themselves, or to
follow, by means of their own stock of knowledge, in the path suggested by
the questions. He may farther lead them to perceive the fallacy of erroneous
analogies which at first presented themselves as plausible; and to become
painfully sensible of embarrassment and perplexing ignorance, before he
puts those questions which indicate the way of escape from it. Upon the
necessity of producing such painful consciousness of ignorance Plato insists
emphatically, as is his custom.44

43 Plutarch (Fragment. Περὶ ψυχῆς). Εἰ ἀφ’ ἑτέρου ἕτερον ἐννοοῦμεν; οὐκ
ἄν, εἰ μὴ προέγνωστο. Τὸ ἐπιχείρημα Πλατωνικόν. Εἰ προστίθεμεν τὸ
ἔλλειπον τοῖς αἰσθητοῖς; — καὶ αὐτὸ Πλατωνικόν.

Plutarch, in the same fragment, indicates some of the objections made by
Bion and Straton against the doctrine of ἀνάμνησις. How (they asked) does
it happen that this reminiscence brings up often what is false or absurd?
(asked Bion). If such reminiscence exists (asked Straton) how comes it that
we require demonstrations to conduct us to knowledge? and how is it that
no man can play on the flute or the harp without practice?

Ὅτι Βίων ἠπόρει περὶ τοῦ ψεύδους, εἰ καὶ αὐτὸ κατ’ ἀνάμνησιν, ὡς τὸ
ἐναντίον γε, ἢ οὔ; καὶ τί ἡ ἀλογία; Ὅτι Στράτων ἠπόρει, εἰ ἔστιν ἀναμνησις,
πῶς ἄνευ ἀποδείξεων οὐ γιγνόμεθα ἐπιστήμονες; πῶς δὲ οὐδεὶς αὐλητὴς ἢ
κιθαριστὴς γέγονεν ἄνευ μελέτης;

Page 413

44 Plato, Menon, p. 84. The sixteenth Dissertation of Maximus Tyrius
presents a rhetorical amplification of this doctrine — πᾶσα μάθησις,
ἀνάμνησις — in which he enters fully into the spirit of the Menon and the
Phædon — αὐτοδίδακτόν τι χρῆμα ἡ ψυχή — ἡ ψυχῆς εὕρεσις, αὐτογενής
τις οὖσα, καὶ αὐτοφυὴς, καὶ ξύμφυτος, τί ἄλλο ἔστιν ἢ δόξαι ἀληθεῖς
ἐγειρόμεναι, ὧν τῇ ἐπεγέρσει τε καὶ ξυντάξει ἐπιστήμη ὄνομα; (c. 6).
Compare also Cicero, Tusc. D. i. 24. The doctrine has furnished a theme for
very elegant poetry: both in the Consolatio Philosophiæ of Boethius — the
piece which ends with

“Ac si Platonis Musa personat verum,
Quod quisque discit, immemor recordatur” —

and in Wordsworth — “Our birth is but a sleep and a forgetting,” &c.

On the other hand Aristotle alludes also to the same doctrine and
criticises it; but he does not seem (so far as I can understand this brief
allusion) to seize exactly Plato’s meaning. This is the remark of the
Scholiast on Aristotle: and I think it just. It is curious to compare the way in
which ἀνάμνησις is handled by Plato in the Menon and Phædon, and by
Aristotle in the valuable little tract — Περὶ μνήνης καὶ ἀναμνήσεως (p. 451,
b.). Aristotle has his own way of replying to the difficulty raised in the
question of Menon, and tries to show that sometimes we know in one sense
and do not know in another. See Aristotel. Anal. Prior., ii. p. 67, a. 22; Anal.
Poster. i. p. 71, a. 27; and the Scholia on the former passage, p. 193, b. 21,
ed. Brandis.

Sir William Hamilton, in one of the Appendixes to his edition of Reid’s
Works (Append. D. p. 890 seq.), has given a learned and valuable
translation and illustration of the treatise of Aristotle Περὶ Ἀναμνήσεως. I
note, however, with some surprise, that while collecting many interesting

Page 414

comments from writers who lived after Aristotle, he has not adverted to
what was said upon this same subject by Plato, before Aristotle. It was the
more to be expected that he would do this, since he insists so emphatically
upon the complete originality of Aristotle.

Plato’s doctrine about à priori
Plato does not intend here to distinguish (as
reasonings — Different from the
many modern writers distinguish) geometry
modern doctrine.
from other sciences, as if geometry were
known à priori, and other sciences known à
posteriori or from experience. He does not suppose that geometrical truths
are such that no man can possibly believe the contrary of them; or that they
are different in this respect from the truths of any other science. He here
maintains that all the sciences lie equally in the untaught mind,45 but buried,
forgotten, and confused: so as to require the skill of the questioner not
merely to recall them into consciousness, but to disentangle truth from
error. Far from supposing that the untaught mind has a natural tendency to
answer correctly geometrical questions, he treats erroneous answers as
springing up more naturally than true answers, and as requiring a process of
painful exposure before the mind can be put upon the right track. The
questioner, without possessing any knowledge himself, (so Plato thinks,)
can nevertheless exercise an influence at once stimulating, corrective, and
directive. He stimulates the action of the associative process, to call up
facts, comparisons, and analogies, bearing on the question: he arrests the
respondent on a wrong answer, creating within him a painful sense of
ignorance and embarrassment: he directs him by his subsequent questions
into the path of right answers. His obstetric aid (to use the simile in Plato’s
Theætetus), though presupposing the pregnancy of the respondent mind, is
indispensable both to forward the childbirth, and to throw away any
offspring which may happen to be deformed. In the Theætetus, the main
stress is laid on that part of the dialogue which is performed by the

Page 415

questioner: in the Menon, upon the latent competence and large dead stock
of an untaught respondent.

45 Plato, Menon, p. 85 E. οὗτος γὰρ (the untaught slave) ποιήσει περὶ
πάσης γεωμετρίας ταὐτὰ ταῦτα, καὶ τῶν ἄλλων μαθημάτων ἁπάντων.

The mind of the slave questioned by Sokrates is discovered to be
pregnant. Though he has received no teaching from any professed
geometer, he is nevertheless found competent, when subjected to a skilful
interrogatory, to arrive at last, through a series of mistakes, at correct
answers, determining certain simple problems of geometry. He knows
nothing about geometry: nevertheless there exist in his mind true opinions
respecting that which he does not know. These opinions are “called up like
a dream” by the interrogatories: which, if repeated and diversified, convert
the opinions into knowledge, taken up by the respondent out of himself.46
The opinions are inherited from an antecedent life and born with him, since
they have never been taught to him during this life.

46 Plato, Menon, p. 85. τῷ οὐκ εἰδότι ἄρα περὶ ὧν ἂν μὴ εἰδῇ ἔνεισιν
ἀληθεῖς δόξαι.… καὶ νῦν μέν γε α ὐ τ ῷ ὥ σ π ε ρ ὄ ν α ρ ἄρτι
ἀνακεκίνηνται αἱ δόξαι αὗται· εἰ δὲ αὐτόν τις ἀνερήσεται πολλάκις τὰ αὐτὰ
ταῦτα καὶ πολλαχῆ, οἶσθ’ ὅτι τελευτῶν οὐδενὸς ἧττον ἀκριβῶς ἐπιστήσεται
περὶ αὐτων.… Οὐκοῦν οὐδενὸς διδάξαντος ἀλλ’ ἐρωτήσαντος ἐπιστήσεται,
ἀναλαβὼν αὐτὸς ἐξ αὐτοῦ τὴν ἐπιστήμην;

Plato’s theory about pre-natal
It is thus that Plato applies to philosophical
experience. He took no pains to
theory the doctrine (borrowed from the
ascertain and measure the
Pythagoreans) of pre-natal experience and
extent of post-natal experience.
cognitions: which he considers, not as inherent
appurtenances of the mind, but as acquisitions
made by the mind during various antecedent lives. These ideas (Plato
argues) cannot have been acquired during the present life, because the youth

Page 416

has received no special teaching in geometry. But Plato here takes no
account of the multiplicity and diversity of experiences gone through,
comparisons made, and acquirements lodged, in the mind of a youthful
adult however unlettered. He recognises no acquisition of knowledge
except through special teaching. So, too, in the Protagoras, we shall find
him putting into the mouth of Sokrates the doctrine — That virtue is not
taught and cannot be taught, because there were no special masters or times
of teaching. But in that dialogue we shall also see Plato furnishing an
elaborate reply to this doctrine in the speech of Protagoras; who indicates
the multifarious and powerful influences which are perpetually operative,
even without special professors, in creating and enforcing ethical sentiment.
If Plato had taken pains to study the early life of the untaught slave, with its
stock of facts, judgments, comparisons, and inferences suggested by
analogy, &c., he might easily have found enough to explain the competence
of the slave to answer the questions appearing in the dialogue. And even if
enough could not have been found, to afford a direct and specific
explanation — we must remember that only a very small proportion of the
long series of mental phenomena realised in the infant, the child, the youth,
ever comes to be remembered or recorded. To assume that the large
unknown remainder would be insufficient, if known, to afford the
explanation sought, is neither philosophical nor reasonable. This is assumed
in every form of the doctrine of innate ideas: and assumed by Plato here
without even trying any explanation to dispense with the hypothesis: simply
because the youth interrogated had never received any special instruction in
geometry.

Little or nothing is said in the
I have already observed, that though great
Menon about the Platonic Ideas
stress is laid in this dialogue upon the doctrine
or Forms.
of opinions and knowledge inherited from an
antecedent life — upon the distinction
between true opinion and knowledge — and upon the identity of the

Page 417

process of learning with reminiscence — yet nothing is said about universal
Ideas or Forms, so much dwelt upon in other dialogues. In the Phædrus and
Phædon, it is with these universal Ideas that the mind is affirmed to have
had communion during its prior existence, as contrasted with the particulars
of sense apprehended during the present life: while in the Menon, the
difference pointed out between true opinions and knowledge is something
much less marked and decisive. Both the one and the other are said to be,
not acquired during this life, but inherited from antecedent life: to be innate,
yet unperceived — revived by way of reminiscence and interrogation. True
opinions are affirmed to render as much service as knowledge, in reference
to practice. There is only this distinction between them — that true opinions
are transient, and will not remain in the mind until they are bound in it by
causal reasoning, or become knowledge.

What Plato meant by Causal
What Plato meant by this “causal reasoning,
Reasoning — his distinction
or computation of cause,” is not clearly
between knowledge and right
explained. But he affirms very unequivocally,
opinion.
first, that the distinction between true opinion
and knowledge is one of the few things of
which he feels assured47 — next, with somewhat less confidence, that the
distinction consists only in the greater security which knowledge affords for
permanent in-dwelling in the mind. This appears substantially the same
distinction as what is laid down in other words towards the close of the
dialogue — That those, who have only true opinions and not knowledge,
judge rightly without knowing how or why; by an aptitude not their own but
supplied to them from without for the occasion, in the nature of inspiration
or prophetic œstrus. Hence they are unable to teach others, or to transfer
this occasional inspiration to any one else. They cannot give account of
what they affect to know, nor answer scrutinizing questions to test it. This
power of answering and administering cross-examination, is Plato’s

Page 418

characteristic test of real knowledge — as I have already observed in my
eighth chapter.

47 Plato, Menon, p. 98 B. ὅτι δέ ἐστί τι ἀλλοῖον ὀρθὴ δόξα καὶ ἐπιστήμη,
οὐ πάνυ μοι δοκῶ τοῦτο εἰκάζειν· ἀλλ’ εἴπερ τι ἄλλο φαίην ἂν εἰδέναι,
ὀλίγα δ’ ἂν φαίην, ἓν δ’ οὖν καὶ τοῦτο ἐκείνων
θείην ἂν ὧν οἶδα.

This distinction compared with
To translate the views of Plato into
modern philosophical views.
analogous views of a modern philosopher, we
may say — That right opinion, as contrasted
with knowledge, is a discriminating and acute empirical judgment: inferring
only from old particulars to new particulars (without the intermediate help
and guarantee of general propositions distinctly enunciated and interpreted),
but selecting for every new case the appropriate analogies out of the past,
with which it ought to be compared. Many persons judge in this manner
fairly well, and some with extreme success. But let them be ever so
successful in practice, they proceed without any conscious method; they are
unable to communicate the grounds of their inferences to others: and when
they are right, it is only by haphazard — that is (to use Plato’s language),
through special inspiration vouchsafed to them by the Gods. But when they
ascend to knowledge, and come to judge scientifically, they then distribute
these particular facts into classes — note the constant sequences as
distinguished from the occasional — and draw their inferences in every new
case according to such general laws or uniformities of antecedent and
consequent. Such uniform and unconditional antecedents are the only
causes of which we have cognizance. They admit of being described in the
language which Plato here uses (αἰτίας λογισμῷ), and they also serve as
reasons for justifying or explaining our inferences to others.48

48 We have seen that in the Menon Plato denies all διδαχή, and recognises
nothing but ἀνάμνησις. The doctrine of the Timæus (p. 51 D-E) is very

Page 419

different. He there lays especial stress on the distinction between διδαχὴ
and πειθώ — the first belonging to ἐπιστήμη, the second to δόξα. Also in
Gorgias, 454, and in Republic, v. pp. 477-479, about δόξα and ἐπιστήμη. In
those dialogues the distinction between the two is presented as marked and
fundamental, as if δόξα alone was fallible and ἐπιστήμη infallible. In the
Menon the distinction appears as important, but not fundamental; the
Platonic Ideas or Universals being not recognised as constituting a
substantive world by themselves. In this respect the Menon is nearer to the
truth in describing the difference between ὀρθὴ δόξα and ἐπιστήμη. Mr.
John Stuart Mill (in the chapter of his System of Logic wherein the true
theory of the Syllogism is for the first time expounded) has clearly
explained what that difference amounts to. All our inferences are from
particulars, sometimes to new particulars directly and at once (δόξα),
sometimes to generals in the first instance, and through them to new
particulars; which latter, or scientific process, is highly valuable as a
security for correctness (ἐπιστήμη). “Not only“ (says Mr. Mill) “may we
reason from particulars to particulars without passing through generals, but
we perpetually do so reason. All our earliest inferences are of this nature.
From the first dawn of intelligence we draw inferences, but years elapse
before we learn the use of general language. We are constantly reasoning
from ourselves to other people, or from one person to another, without
giving ourselves the trouble to erect our observations into general maxims
of human or external nature. If we have an extensive experience and retain
its impressions strongly, we may acquire in this manner a very considerable
power of accurate judgment, which we may be utterly incapable of
justifying or of communicating to others. Among the higher order of
practical intellects, there have been many of whom it was remarked how
admirably they suited their means to their ends, without being able to give
any sufficient account of what they did; and applied, or seemed to apply,
recondite principles which they were wholly unable to state. This is a

Page 420

natural consequence of having a mind stored with appropriate particulars,
and having been accustomed to reason at once from these to fresh
particulars, without practising the habit of stating to one’s self or others the
corresponding general propositions. The cases of men of talent performing
wonderful things they know not how, are examples of the rudest and most
spontaneous forms of the operations of superior minds. It is a defect in
them, and often a source of errors, not to have generalised as they went on;
but generalisation, though a help, the most important indeed of all helps, is
not an essential” (Mill, Syst. of Logic, Book II. ch. iii.). Compare the first
chapter of the Metaphysica of Aristotle, p. 980, a. 15, b. 7.

Manifestation of Anytus —
The manner in which Anytus, the accuser of
intense antipathy to the Sophists
Sokrates before the Dikastery, is introduced
and to philosophy generally.
into this dialogue, deserves notice. The
questions are put to him by Sokrates — “Is
virtue teachable? How is Menon to learn virtue, and from whom? Ought he
not to do as he would do if he wished to learn medicine or music: to put
himself under some paid professional man as teacher?” Anytus answers
these questions in the affirmative: but asks, where such professional
teachers of virtue are to be found. “There are the Sophists,” replies
Sokrates. Upon this Anytus breaks out into a burst of angry invective
against the Sophists; denouncing them as corruptors of youth, whom none
but a madman would consult, and who ought to be banished by public
authority.

Why are you so bitter against the Sophists? asks Sokrates. Have any of
them ever injured you? Anyt. — No; never: I have never been in the
company of any one of them, nor would I ever suffer any of my family to
be so. Sokr. — Then you have no experience whatever about the Sophists?
Anyt. — None: and I hope that I never may have. Sokr. — How then can
you know about this matter, how far it is good or bad, if you have no

Page 421

experience whatever about it? Anyt. — Easily. I know what sort of men the
Sophists are, whether I have experience of them or not. Sokr. — Perhaps
you are a prophet, Anytus: for how else you can know about them, I do not
understand, even on your own statement.49

49 Plato, Menon, p. 92.

Anytus then declares, that the persons from whom Menon ought to learn
virtue are the leading practical politicians; and that any one of them can
teach it. But Sokrates puts a series of questions, showing that the leading
Athenian politicians, Themistoklês, Periklês, &c., have not been able to
teach virtue even to their own sons: à fortiori, therefore, they cannot teach it
to any one else. Anytus treats this series of questions as disparaging and
calumnious towards the great men of Athens. He breaks off the
conversation abruptly, with an angry warning to Sokrates to be cautious
about his language, and to take care of his own safety.

The dialogue is then prosecuted and finished between Sokrates and
Menon: and at the close of it, Sokrates says — “Talk to Anytus, and
communicate to him that persuasion which you have yourself contracted,50
in order that he may be more mildly disposed: for, if you persuade him, you
will do some good to the Athenians as well as to himself.”

50 Plato, Menon, ad fin. σὺ δὲ ταῦτα ἅπερ αὐτὸς πέπεισαι, πεῖθε καὶ τὸν
ξένον τόνδε Ἄνυτον, ἵνα πρᾳότερος ᾖ· ὡς ἐὰν πείσῃς τοῦτον, ἔστιν ὅ, τι καὶ
Ἀθηναίους ὀνήσεις.

The enemy of Sokrates is also
The enemy and accuser of Sokrates is here
the enemy of the sophists —
depicted as the bitter enemy of the Sophists
Practical statesmen.
also. And Plato takes pains to exhibit the
enmity of Anytus to the Sophists as founded
on no facts or experience. Without having seen or ascertained anything
about them, Anytus hates them as violently as if he had sustained from them

Page 422

some personal injury; a sentiment which many Platonic critics and many
historians of philosophy have inherited from him.51 Whether the corruption
which these Sophists were accused of bringing about in the minds of youth,
was intentional or not intentional on their part — how such corruption
could have been perpetually continued, while at the same time the eminent
Sophists enjoyed long and unabated esteem from the youth themselves and
from their relatives — are difficulties which Anytus does not attempt to
explain, though they are started here by Sokrates. Indeed we find the same
topics employed by Sokrates himself, in his defence before the Dikasts
against the same charge.52 Anytus has confidence in no one except the
practical statesmen: and when a question is raised about their power to
impart their own excellence to others, he presently takes offence against
Sokrates also. The same causes which have determined his furious
antipathy against the Sophists, make him ready to transfer the like antipathy
to Sokrates. He is a man of plain sense, practical habits, and conservative
patriotism — who worships what he finds accredited as virtue, and dislikes
the talkers and theorisers about virtue in general: whether they debated in
subtle interrogation and dialectics, like Sokrates — or lectured in eloquent
continuous discourse, like Protagoras. He accuses the Sophists, in this
dialogue, of corrupting the youth; just as he and Melêtus, before the
Dikastery, accused Sokrates of the same offence. He understands the use of
words, to discuss actual business before the assembly or dikastery; but he
hates discourse on the generalities of ethics or philosophy. He is essentially
μισόλογος. The point which he condemns in the Sophists, is that which they
have in common with Sokrates.

Page 423

51 Upon the bitter antipathy here expressed by Anytus against the
Sophists, whom nevertheless he admits that he does not at all know,
Steinhart remarks as follows:— “Gerade so haben zu allen Zeiten
Orthodoxe und Fanatiker aller Arten über ihre Gegner abgeurtheilt, ohne sie
zu kennen oder auch nur kennen lernen zu wollen“ (Einleit. zum Menon,
not. 15, p. 173).

Certainly orthodox and fanatical persons often do what is here imputed to
them. But Steinhart might have found a still closer parallel with Anytus, in
his own criticisms, and in those of many other Platonic critics on the
Sophists; the same expressions of bitterness and severity, with the same
slender knowledge of the persons upon whom they bear.

52 Plato, Apol. Sokr. pp. 26 A, 33 D, 34 B.

The Menon brings forward the
In many of the Platonic dialogues we have
point of analogy between
the antithesis between Sokrates and the
Sokrates and the Sophists, in
Sophists brought out, as to the different point
which both were disliked by the
of view from which the one and the other
practical statesmen.
approached ethical questions. But in this
portion of the Menon, we find exhibited the
feature of analogy between them, in which both one and the other stood
upon ground obnoxious to the merely practical politicians. Far from
regarding hatred against the Sophists as a mark of virtue in Anytus,
Sokrates deprecates it as unwarranted and as menacing to philosophy in all
her manifestations. The last declaration ascribed to Anytus, coupled with
the last speech of Sokrates in the dialogue, show us that Plato conceives the
anti-Sophistic antipathy as being anti-Sokratic also, in its natural
consequences. That Sokrates was in common parlance a Sophist, disliked
by a large portion of the general public, and ridiculed by Aristophanes, on

Page 424

the same grounds as those whom Plato calls Sophists — is a point which I
have noticed elsewhere.

Page 425

CHAPTER XXIII.

Page 426

PROTAGORAS.

Scenic arrangement and
The dialogue called Protagoras presents a
personages of the dialogue.
larger assemblage of varied and celebrated
characters, with more of dramatic winding,
and more frequent breaks and resumptions in the conversation, than any
dialogue of Plato — not excepting even Symposion and Republic. It
exhibits Sokrates in controversy with the celebrated Sophist Protagoras, in
the presence of a distinguished society, most of whom take occasional part
in the dialogue. This controversy is preceded by a striking conversation
between Sokrates and Hippokrates — a youth of distinguished family, eager
to profit by the instructions of Protagoras. The two Sophists Prodikus and
Hippias, together with Kallias, Kritias, Alkibiades, Eryximachus, Phædrus,
Pausanias, Agathon, the two sons of Periklês (Paralus and Xanthippus),
Charmides, son of Glaukon, Antimœrus of Mende, a promising pupil of
Protagoras, who is in training for the profession of a Sophist — these and
others are all present at the meeting, which is held in the house of Kallias.1
Sokrates himself recounts the whole — both his conversation with
Hippokrates and that with Protagoras — to a nameless friend.

1 Plato, Protag. p. 315.

This dialogue enters upon a larger and more comprehensive ethical
theory than anything in the others hitherto noticed. But it contains also a
great deal in which we hardly recognise, or at least cannot verify, any
distinct purpose, either of search or exposition. Much of it seems to be
composed with a literary or poetical view, to enhance the charm or interest
of the composition. The personal characteristics of each speaker — the
intellectual peculiarities of Prodikus and Hippias — the ardent partisanship

Page 427

of Alkibiades — are brought out as in a real drama. But the great and
marked antithesis is that between the Sophist Protagoras and Sokrates —
the Hektor and Ajax of the piece: who stand forward in single combat,
exchange some serious blows, yet ultimately part as friends.

Introduction. Eagerness of the
An introduction of some length impresses
youthful Hippokrates to become
upon us forcibly the celebrity of the Great
acquainted with Protagoras.
Sophist, and the earnest interest excited by his
visit to Athens. Hippokrates, a young man of
noble family and eager aspirations for improvement, having just learnt the
arrival of Protagoras, comes to the house of Sokrates and awakens him
before daylight, entreating that Sokrates will introduce him to the new-
comer. He is ready to give all that he possesses in order that he may become
wise like Protagoras.2 While they are awaiting a suitable hour for such
introduction, Sokrates puts a series of questions to test the force of
Hippokrates.3

2 Plato, Protag. pp. 310-311 A.

3 Plato, Protag. p. 311 B. καὶ ἐγὼ ποπειρώμενος τοῦ Ἱπποκράτους τῆς
ῥώμης διεσκόπουν αὐτὸν καὶ ἠρώτων, &c.

Sokrates questions Hippokrates
Sokr. — You are now intending to visit
as to his purpose and
Protagoras, and to pay him for something to be
expectations from Protagoras.
done for you — tell me what manner of man it
is that you are going to visit — and what
manner of man do you wish to become? If you were going in like manner to
pay a fee for instruction to your namesake Hippokrates of Kos, you would
tell me that you were going to him as to a physician — and that you wished
to qualify yourself for becoming a physician. If you were addressing
yourself with the like view to Pheidias or Polykleitus, you would go to them
as to sculptors, and for the purpose of becoming yourself a sculptor. Now

Page 428

then that we are to go in all this hurry to Protagoras, tell me who he is and
what title he bears, as we called Pheidias a sculptor? Hipp. — They call him
a Sophist.4 Sokr. — We are going to pay him then as a Sophist? Hipp. —
Certainly. Sokr. — And what are you to become by going to him? Hipp. —
Why, judging from the preceding analogies, I am to become a Sophist. Sokr.
— But would not you be ashamed of presenting yourself to the Grecian
public as a Sophist? Hipp. — Yes: if I am to tell you my real opinion.5 Sokr.
— Perhaps however you only propose to visit Protagoras, as you visited
your schoolmaster and your musical or gymnastical teacher: not for the
purpose of entering that career as a professional man, but to acquire such
instruction as is suitable for a private citizen and a freeman? Hipp. — That
is more the instruction which I seek from Protagoras. Sokr. — Do you know
then what you are going to do? You are consigning your mind to be treated
by one whom you call a Sophist: but I shall be surprised if you know what a
Sophist is6 — and if you do not know, neither do you know what it is —
good or evil — to which you are consigning your mind. Hipp. — I think I
do know. The Sophist is, as the name implies, one cognizant of matters wise
and able.7 Sokr. — That may be said also of painters and carpenters. If we
were asked in what special department are painters cognizant of matters
wise and able, we should specify that it was in the workmanship of
portraits. Answer me the same question about the Sophist. What sort of
workmanship does he direct? Hipp. — That of forming able speakers.8 Sokr.
— Your answer may be correct, but it is not specific enough: for we must
still ask, About what is it that the Sophist forms able speakers? just as the
harp-master makes a man an able speaker about harping, at the same time
that he teaches him harping. About what is it that the Sophist forms able
speakers: of course about that which he himself knows?9 Hipp. — Probably.
Sokr. — What then is that, about which the Sophist is himself cognizant,
and makes his pupil cognizant? Hipp. — By Zeus, I cannot give you any
farther answer.10

Page 429

4 Plato, Protagoras, p. 311.

5 Plato, Protag. p. 312 A. σὺ δέ, ἦν δ’ ἐγώ, πρὸς θεῶν, οὐκ ἂν αἰσχύνοιο
εἰς τοὺς Ἕλληνας σαυτὸν σοφιστὴν παρέχων; Νὴ τὸν Δί’, ὦ Σώκρατες,
εἴπερ γε ἂ διανοοῦμαι χρὴ λέγειν. Ast (Platon’s Leben, p. 78) and other
Platonic critics treat this Sophistomanie (as they call it) of an Athenian
youth as something ludicrous and contemptible: all the more ludicrous
because (they say) none of them goes to qualify himself for becoming a
Sophist, but would even be ashamed of the title. Yet if we suppose the same
question addressed to a young Englishman of rank and fortune (as
Hippokrates was at Athens), “Why do you put yourself under the teaching
of Dr. — — at Eton or Professor — — at Oxford? Do you intend to qualify
yourself for becoming a schoolmaster or a professor?” He will laugh at you
for the question; if he answers it seriously, he will probably answer as
Hippokrates does. But there is nothing at all in the question to imply that
the schoolmaster or the professor is a worthless pretender — or the youth
foolish, for being anxious to obtain instruction from him; which is the
inference that Ast and other Platonic critics desire us to draw about the
Athenian Sophists.

6 Plato, Protag. p. 312 C. ὅ, τι δέ ποτε ὁ σοφιστής ἐστι, θαυμάζοιμ’ ἂν εἰ
οἶσθα, &c.

7 Plato, Protag. p. 312 C. ὥς περ τοὔνομα λέγει, τὸν τῶν σοφῶν
ἐπιστήμονα. (Quasi sophistes sit — ὁ τῶν σοφῶν ἴστης, Heindorf.) If this
supposition of Heindorf be just, we may see in it an illustration of the
etymological views of Plato, which I shall notice when I come to the
Kratylus.

8 Plato, Protag. p. 312 D. ποίας ἐργασίας ἐπιστάτης; ἐπιστάτην τοῦ
ποιῆσαι δεινὸν λέγειν.

Page 430

9 Plato, Protag. p. 312 D-E. ἐρωτήσεως γὰρ ἔτι ἡ ἀπόκρισις ἡμῖν δεῖται,
περὶ ὅτου ὁ σοφιστὴς δεινὸν ποιεῖ λέγειν· ὥσπερ ὁ κιθαριστὴς δεινὸν δήπου
ποιεῖ λέγειν περὶ οὗπερ καὶ ἐπιστήμονα, περὶ κιθαρίσεως.

10 Plato, Protag. p. 312 E.

Danger of going to imbibe the
Sokr. — Do you see then to what danger
instruction of a Sophist without
you are going to submit your mind? If the
knowing beforehand what he is
question were about going to trusting your
about to teach.
body to any one, with the risk whether it
should become sound or unsound, you would
have thought long, and taken much advice, before you decided. But now,
when it is about your mind, which you value more than your body, and
upon the good or evil of which all your affairs turn11 — you are hastening
without reflection and without advice, you are ready to pay all the money
that you possess or can obtain, with a firm resolution already taken to put
yourself at all hazard under Protagoras: whom you do not know — with
whom you have never once talked — whom you call a Sophist, without
knowing what a Sophist is? Hipp. — I must admit the case to be as you
say.12 Sokr. — Perhaps the Sophist is a man who brings for sale those
transportable commodities, instruction or doctrine, which form the
nourishment of the mind. Now the traders in food for the body praise
indiscriminately all that they have to sell, though neither they nor their
purchasers know whether it is good for the body; unless by chance any one
of them be a gymnastic trainer or a physician.13 So, too, these Sophists,
who carry about food for the mind, praise all that they have to sell: but
perhaps some of them are ignorant, and assuredly their purchasers are
ignorant, whether it be good or bad for the mind: unless by accident any one
possess medical knowledge about the mind. Now if you, Hippokrates,
happen to possess such knowledge of what is good or bad for the mind, you
may safely purchase doctrine from Protagoras or from any one else:14 but if

Page 431

not, you are hazarding and putting at stake your dearest interests. The
purchase of doctrines is far more dangerous than that of eatables or
drinkables. As to these latter, you may carry them away with you in separate
vessels, and before you take them into your body you may invoke the
Expert, to tell you what you may safely eat and drink, and when, and how
much. But this cannot be done with doctrines. You cannot carry away them
in a separate vessel to be tested; you learn them and take them into the mind
itself; so that you go away, after having paid your money, actually damaged
or actually benefited, as the case may be.15 We will consider these matters
in conjunction with our elders. But first let us go and talk with Protagoras
— we can consult the others afterwards.

11 Plato, Protag. p. 313 A. ὃ δὲ περὶ πλείονος τοῦ σώματος ἡγεῖ, τὴν
ψυχὴν, καὶ ἐν ᾦ πάντ’ ἐστὶ τὰ σὰ ἢ εὖ ἢ καλῶς πράττειν, χρηστοῦ ἢ
πονηροῦ αὐτοῦ γενομένου, &c.

12 Plato, Protag. p. 313 C.

13 Plato, Protag. p. 313 D.

14 Plato, Protag. p. 313 E. ἐὰν μή τις τύχῃ περὶ τὴν ψυχὴν αὖ ἰατρικὸς ὤν.
εἰ μὲν οὖν σὺ τυγχάνεις ἐπιστήμων τούτων τί χρηστὸν καὶ πονηρόν,
ἀσφαλές σοι ὠνεῖσθαι μαθήματα καὶ παρὰ Πρωταγόρου καὶ παρ’ ἄλλου
ὁτουνοῦν· εἰ δὲ μή, ὅρα, ὦ φίλτατε, μὴ περὶ τοῖς φιλτάτοις κυβεύῃς τε καὶ
κινδυνεύῃς.

15 Plato, Protag. p. 314 A. σιτία μὲν γὰρ καὶ ποτὰ πριάμενον ἔξεστιν ἐν
ἄλλοις ἀγγείοις ἀποφέρειν, καὶ πρὶν δέξασθαι αὐτὰ ἐς τὸ σῶμα πιόντα ἢ
φαγόντα, καταθέμενον οἴκαδε ἔξεστι συμβουλεύσασθαι παρακαλέσαντα
τὸν ἐπαΐοντα, ὅ, τι τε ἐδεστέον ἢ ποτέον καὶ ὅ, τι μή, καὶ ὁπόσον, καὶ
ὁπότε· … μαθήματα δὲ οὐκ ἔστιν ἐν ἄλλῳ ἀγγείῳ ἀπενεγκεῖν, ἀλλ’ ἀνάγκη
καταθέντα τὴν τιμὴν τὸ μάθημα ἐν αὐτῇ τῇ ψυχῇ λαβόντα καὶ μαθόντα
ἀπιέναι ἢ βεβλαμμένον ἢ ὠφελημένον.

Page 432

Remarks on the Introduction.
Such is the preliminary conversation of
False persuasion of knowledge
Sokrates with Hippokrates, before the
brought to light.
interview with Protagoras. I have given it (like
the introduction to the Lysis) at considerable
length, because it is a very characteristic specimen of the Sokratico-Platonic
point of view. It brings to light that false persuasion of knowledge, under
which men unconsciously act, especially in what concerns the mind and its
treatment. Common fame and celebrity suffice to determine the most
vehement aspirations towards a lecturer, in one who has never stopped to
reflect or enquire what the lecturer does. The pressure applied by Sokrates
in his successive questions, to get beyond vague generalities into definite
particulars — the insufficiency, thereby exposed, of the conceptions with
which men usually rest satisfied — exhibit the working of his Elenchus in
one of its most instructive ways. The parallel drawn between the body and
the mind — the constant precaution taken in the case of the former to
consult the professional man and to follow his advice in respect both to
discipline and nourishment — are in the same vein of sentiment which we
have already followed in other dialogues. Here too, as elsewhere, some
similar Expert, in reference to the ethical and intellectual training of mind,
is desiderated, as still more imperatively necessary. Yet where is he to be
found? How is the business of mental training to be brought to a beneficial
issue without him? Or is Protagoras the man to supply such a demand? We
shall presently see.

Page 433

Sokrates and Hippokrates go to
Sokrates and Hippokrates proceed to the
the house of Kallias. Company
house of Kallias, and find him walking about
therein. Respect shown to
in the fore-court with Protagoras, and some of
Protagoras.
the other company; all of whom are described
as treating the Sophist with almost ostentatious
respect. Prodikus and Hippias have each their separate hearers, in or
adjoining to the court. Sokrates addresses Protagoras.

Questions of Sokrates to
Sokr. — Protagoras, I and Hippokrates here
Protagoras. Answer of the latter,
are come to talk to you about something. Prot.
declaring the antiquity of the
— Do you wish to ta]k to me alone, or in
sophistical profession, and his
presence of the rest? Sokr. — To us it is
own openness in avowing
indifferent: but I will tell you what we come
himself a sophist.
about, and you may then determine for
yourself. This Hippokrates is a young man of
noble family, and fully equal to his contemporaries in capacity. He wishes
to become distinguished in the city; and he thinks he shall best attain that
object through your society. Consider whether you would like better to talk
with him alone, or in presence of the rest.16 Prot. — Your consideration on
my behalf, Sokrates, is reasonable. A person of my profession must be
cautious in his proceedings. I, a foreigner, visit large cities, persuading the
youth of best family to frequent my society in preference to that of their
kinsmen and all others; in the conviction that I shall do them good. I thus
inevitably become exposed to much jealousy and even to hostile
conspiracies.17 The sophistical art is an old one;18 but its older professors,
being afraid of enmity if they proclaimed what they really were, have
always disguised themselves under other titles. Some, like Homer, Hesiod,
and Simonides, called themselves poets: others, Orpheus, Musæus, &c.,
professed to prescribe religious rites and mysteries: others announced
themselves as gymnastic trainers or teachers of music. But I have departed
altogether from this policy; which indeed did not succeed in really

Page 434

deceiving any leading men — whom alone it was intended to deceive —
and which, when found out, entailed upon its authors the additional disgrace
of being considered deceivers. The true caution consists in open dealing;
and this is what I have always adopted. I avow myself a Sophist, educating
men. I am now advanced in years, old enough to be the father of any of you,
and have grown old in the profession: yet during all these years, thank God,
I have suffered no harm either from my practice or my title.19 If therefore
you desire to converse with me, it will be far more agreeable to me to
converse in presence of all who are now in the house.20

16 Plat. Prot. p. 316.

The motive assigned by Hippokrates, for putting himself under the
teaching of Protagoras, is just the same as that which Xenophon assigns to
his friend Proxenus for taking lessons and paying fees to the Leontine
Gorgias (Xen. Anab. ii. 6, 16).

17 The jealousy felt by fathers, mothers, and relatives against a teacher or
converser who acquired great influence over their youthful relatives, is
alluded to by Sokrates in the Platonic Apology (p. 37 E), and is illustrated
by a tragical incident in the Cyropædia of Xenophon, iii. 1. 14-38. Compare
also Xenophon, Memorab. i. 2, 52.

18 Plat. Prot. p. 316 D. ἐγὼ δὲ τὴν σοφιστικὴν τέχνην φημὶ μὲν εἶναι
παλαιάν.

19 Plat. Prot. p. 317 C. ὥστε σὺν θεῷ εἰπεῖν μηδὲν δεινὸν πάσχειν διὰ τὸ
ὁμολογεῖν σοφιστὴς εἶναι.

20 Plat. Prot. p. 317 D. In the Menon, the Platonic Sokrates is made to say
that Protagoras died at the age of seventy; that he had practised forty years
as a Sophist; and that during all that long time he had enjoyed the highest

Page 435

esteem and reputation, even after his death, “down to the present day”
(Menon, p. 91 E).

It must be remembered that the speech, of which I have just given an
abstract, is delivered not by the historical, real, Protagoras, but by the
character named Protagoras, depicted by Plato in this dialogue: i.e. the
speech is composed by Plato himself. I read, therefore, with much surprise,
a note of Heindorf (ad p. 316 D), wherein he says about Protagoras:
“Callidé in postremis reticet, quod addere poterat, χρήματα διδόντας.”
“Protagoras cunningly keeps back, what he might have here added, that
people gave him money for his teaching.” Heindorf must surely have
supposed that he was commenting upon a real speech, delivered by the
historical person called Protagoras. Otherwise what can be meant by this
charge of “cunning reticence or keeping back?” Protagoras here speaks
what Plato puts into his mouth; neither more nor less. What makes the
remark of Heindorf the more preposterous is, that in page 328 B the very
fact, which Protagoras is here said “cunningly to keep back,” appears
mentioned by Protagoras; and mentioned in the same spirit of honourable
frankness and fair-dealing as that which pervades the discourse which I
have just (freely) translated. Indeed nothing can be more marked than the
way in which Plato makes Protagoras dwell with emphasis on the frankness
and openness of his dealing: nothing can be more at variance with the
character which critics give us of the Sophists, as “cheats, who defrauded
pupils of their money while teaching them nothing at all, or what they
themselves knew to be false”.

Protagoras prefers to converse
On hearing this, Sokrates — under the
in presence of the assembled
suspicion (he tells us) that Protagoras wanted
company.
to show off in the presence of Prodikus and
Hippias — proposes to convene all the
dispersed guests, and to talk in their hearing. This is accordingly done, and

Page 436

the conversation recommences — Sokrates repeating the introductory
request which he had preferred on behalf of Hippokrates.

Answers of Protagoras. He
Sokr. — Hippokrates is anxious to
intends to train young men as
distinguish himself in the city, and thinks that
virtuous citizens.
he shall best attain this end by placing himself
under your instruction. He would gladly learn,
Protagoras, what will happen to him, if he comes into intercourse with you.
Prot. — Young man, if you come to me, on the day of your first visit, you
will go home better than you came, and on the next day the like: each
successive day you will make progress for the better.21 Sokr. — Of course
he will; there is nothing surprising in that: but towards what, and about
what, will he make progress? Prot. — Your question is a reasonable one,
and I am glad to reply to it. I shall not throw him back — as other Sophists
do, with mischievous effect — into the special sciences, geometry,
arithmetic, astronomy, music, &c., just after he has completed his course in
them. I shall teach him what he really comes to learn: wisdom and good
counsel, both respecting his domestic affairs, that he may manage his own
family well — and respecting the affairs of the city, that he may address
himself to them most efficaciously, both in speech and act. Sokr. — You
speak of political or social science. You engage to make men good citizens.
Prot. — Exactly so.22

21 Plato, Protag. p. 318 A. “Qui ad philosophorum scholas venit, quotidie
secum aliquid boni ferat: aut sanior domum redeat, aut sanabilior.” Seneca,
Epistol. 108, p. 530.

22 Plato, Protag. pp. 318-319.

The declaration made by Protagoras — that he will not throw back his
pupils into the special arts — is represented by Plato as intended to be an
indirect censure on Hippias, then sitting by.

Page 437

Sokrates doubts whether virtue
Sokr. — That is a fine talent indeed, which
is teachable. Reasons for such
you possess, if you do possess it; for (to speak
doubt. Protagoras is asked to
frankly) I thought that the thing had not been
explain whether it is or not.
teachable, nor intentionally communicable, by
man to man.23 I will tell you why I think so.
The Athenians are universally recognised as intelligent men. Now when our
public assembly is convened, if the subject of debate be fortification, ship-
building, or any other specialty which they regard as learnable and
teachable, they will listen to no one except a professional artist or
craftsman.24 If any non-professional man presumes to advise them on the
subject, they refuse to hear him, however rich and well-born he may be. It is
thus that they act in matters of any special art;25 but when the debate turns
upon the general administration of the city, they hear every man alike — the
brass-worker, leather-cutter, merchant, navigator, rich, poor, well-born, low-
born, &c. Against none of them is any exception taken, as in the former
case — that he comes to give advice on that which he has not learnt, and on
which he has had no master.26 It is plain that the public generally think it
not teachable. Moreover our best and wisest citizens, those who possess
civic virtue in the highest measure, cannot communicate to their own
children this same virtue, though they cause them to be taught all those
accomplishments which paid masters can impart. Periklês and others,
excellent citizens themselves, have never been able to make any one else
excellent, either in or out of their own family. These reasons make me
conclude that social or political virtue is not teachable. I shall be glad if you
can show me that it is so.27

23 Plato, Protag. p. 319 B. οὐ διδακτὸν εἶναι, μηδ’ ὑπ’ ἀνθρώπων
παρασκευαστὸν ἀνθρώποις.

24 Plato, Protag. p. 319 C. καὶ τἄλλα πάντα οὕτως, ὅσα ἡγοῦνται μαθητά
τε καὶ διδακτὰ εἶναι. ἐάν δέ τις ἄλλος ἐπιχειρῇ αὐτοῖς συμβουλεύειν ὃν

Page 438

ἐκεῖνοι μὴ οἴονται δημιουργὸν εἶναι, &c.

25 Plato, Protag. p. 319 D. Περὶ μὲν οὖν ὧν ο ἴ ο ν τ α ι ἐ ν τ έ χ ν ῃ
ε ἶ ν α ι , οὕτω διαπράττονται.

26 Plato, Protag. p. 319 D. καὶ τούτοις οὐδεὶς τοῦτο ἐπιπλήσσει ὡσπερ
τοῖς πρότερον, ὅτι οὐδαμόθεν μαθών, οὐδὲ ὄντος διδασκάλου οὐδενὸς
αὐτῷ, ἔπειτα συμβουλεύειν ἐπιχειρεῖ· δῆλον γὰρ ὅτι οὐχ ἡγοῦνται διδακτὸν
εἶναι.

27 Plato, Protag. pp. 319-320.

Explanation of Protagoras. He
Prot. — I will readily show you. But shall I,
begins with a mythe.
like an old man addressing his juniors, recount
to you an illustrative mythe?28 or shall I go
through an expository discourse? The mythe perhaps will be the more
acceptable of the two.

28 Plato, Protag. p. 320 C. πότερον ὑμῖν, ὡς πρεσβύτερος νεωτέροις,
μῦθον λέγων ἐπιδείξω, ἢ λόγῳ διεξελθών;

It is probable that the Sophists often delivered illustrative mythes or
fables as a more interesting way of handling social matters before an
audience. Such was the memorable fable called the choice of Hêraklês by
Prodikus.

Mythe. First fabrication of men
There was once a time when Gods existed,
by the Gods. Prometheus and
but neither men nor animals had yet come into
Epimetheus. Bad distribution of
existence. At the epoch prescribed by Fate, the
endowments to man by the
Gods fabricated men and animals in the
latter. It is partly amended by
interior of the earth, out of earth, fire, and
Prometheus.
other ingredients: directing the brothers
Prometheus and Epimetheus to fit them out
with suitable endowments. Epimetheus, having been allowed by his brother

Page 439

to undertake the task of distributing these endowments, did his work very
improvidently, wasted all his gifts upon the inferior animals, and left
nothing for man. When Prometheus came to inspect what had been done, he
found that other animals were adequately equipped, but that man had no
natural provision for clothing, shoeing, bedding, or defence. The only way
whereby Prometheus could supply the defect was, by breaking into the
common workshop of Athênê and Hephæstus, and stealing from thence
their artistic skill, together with fire.29 Both of these he presented to man,
who was thus enabled to construct for himself, by art, all that other animals
received from nature and more besides.

29 Plato, Protag. pp. 321-322. ἀπορίᾳ οὖν ἐχόμενος ὁ Προμηθεὺς ἥντινα
σωτηρίαν τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ εὕροι, κλέπτει Ἡφαίστου καὶ Ἀθηνᾶς τὴν ἕντεχνον
σοφίαν σὺν πυρί.… Τὴν μὲν οὖν περὶ τὸν βίον σοφίαν ἄνθρωπος ταύτῃ
ἔσχε, τὴν δὲ πολιτικὴν οὐκ εἶχεν· ἦν γὰρ παρὰ τῷ Δίϊ, &c.

If the reader will compare this with the doctrine delivered in the Platonic
Timæus — that the inferior animals spring from degenerate men — he will
perceive the entire variance between the two (Timæus, pp. 91-92).

Prometheus gave to mankind
Still however, mankind did not possess the
skill for the supply of individual
political or social art; which Zeus kept in his
wants, but could not give them
own custody, where Prometheus could not
the social art. Mankind are on
reach it. Accordingly, though mankind could
the point of perishing, when
provide for themselves as individuals, yet
Zeus sends to them the
when they attempted to form themselves into
dispositions essential for society.
communities, they wronged each other so
much, from being destitute of the political or
social art, that they were presently forced again into dispersion.30 The art of
war, too, being a part of the political art, which mankind did not possess —
they could not get up a common defence against hostile animals: so that the
human race would have been presently destroyed, had not Zeus interposed

Page 440

to avert such a consummation. He sent Hermês to mankind, bearing with
him Justice and the sense of Shame (or Moderation), as the bonds and
ornaments of civic society, coupling men in friendship.31 Hermês asked
Zeus — Upon what principle shall I distribute these gifts among mankind?
Shall I distribute them in the same way as artistic skill is distributed, only to
a small number — a few accomplished physicians, navigators, &c., being
adequate to supply the wants of the entire community? Or are they to be
apportioned in a certain dose to every man? Undoubtedly, to every man
(was the command of Zeus). All without exception must be partakers in
them. If they are confined exclusively to a few, like artistic or professional
skill, no community can exist.32 Ordain, by my authority, that every man,
who cannot take a share of his own in justice and the sense of shame, shall
be slain, as a nuisance to the community.

30 Plato, Protag. p. 322 B. ἐζήτουν δὴ ἀθροίζεσθαι καὶ σώζεσθαι κτίζοντες
πόλεις· ὅτ’ οὖν ἀθροισθεῖεν, ἠδίκουν ἀλλήλους, ἅτε οὐκ ἔχοντες τὴν
πολιτικὴν τέχνην, ὥστε πάλιν σκεδαννύμενοι διεφθείροντο.

Compare Plato, Republic, i. p. 351 C, p. 352 B, where Sokrates sets forth
a similar argument.

31 Plato, Protagor. p. 322 C. Ἑρμῆν πέμπει ἄγοντα εἰς ἀνθρώπους αἰδῶ τε
καὶ δίκην, ἵν’ εἶεν πόλεων κόσμοι τε καὶ δεσμοὶ φιλίας συναγωγοί.

32 Plato, Protag. p. 322 C-D. εἶς ἔχων ἰατρικὴν πολλοῖς ἱκανὸς ἰδιώταις,
καὶ οἱ ἄλλοι δημιουργοί. καὶ δίκην δὴ καὶ αἰδῶ οὕτω θῶ ἐν τοῖς ἀνθρώποις,
ἢ ἐπὶ πάντας νείμω; Ἐπὶ πάντας, ἔφη ὁ Ζεύς, καὶ πάντες μετεχόντων· οὐ
γὰρ ἂν γένοιντο πόλεις, εἰ ὀλίγοι αὐτῶν μετέχοιεν ὥσπερ ἄλλων τεχνῶν.
καὶ νόμον γε θὲς παρ’ ἐμοῦ, τὸν μὴ δυνάμενον αἰδοοῦς καὶ δίκης μετέχειν,
κτείνειν ὡς νόσον πόλεως.

We see by p. 323 A that σωφροσύνη is employed as substitute or
equivalent for αἰδώς: yet still αἰδὼς is the proper word to express Plato’s

Page 441

meaning, as it denotes a distinct and positive regard to the feelings of others
— a feeling of pain in each man’s mind, when he discovers or believes that
he is disapproved by his comrades. Hom. Il. O. 561 — αἰδῶ θέσθ’ ἐνὶ θυμῷ
Ἀλλήλους τ’ αἰδεῖσθε κατὰ κρατερὰς ὑσμίνας.

Protagoras follows up his mythe
This fable will show you, therefore,
by a discourse. Justice and the
Sokrates (continues Protagoras), that the
sense of shame are not
Athenians have good reason for making the
professional attributes, but are
distinction to which you advert. When they are
possessed by all citizens and
discussing matters of special art, they will hear
taught by all to all.
only the few to whom such matters are known.
But when they are taking counsel about social
or political virtue, which consists altogether in justice and moderation, they
naturally hear every one; since every one is presumed, as a condition of the
existence of the commonwealth, to be a partaker therein.33 Moreover, even
though they know a man not to have these virtues in reality, they treat him
as insane if he does not proclaim himself to have them, and make
profession of virtue: whereas, in the case of the special arts, if a man makes
proclamation of his own skill as a physician or musician, they censure or
ridicule him.34

33 Plat. Prot. pp. 322-323.

34 Plato, Protag. p. 323 C.

Constant teaching of virtue.
Nevertheless, though they account this
Theory of punishment.
political or social virtue an universal
endowment, they are far from thinking that it
comes spontaneously or by nature. They conceive it to be generated by care
and teaching. For in respect of all those qualities which come by nature or
by accident, no one is ever angry with another or blames another for being
found wanting. An ugly, dwarfish, or sickly man is looked upon simply with

Page 442

pity, because his defects are such as he cannot help. But when any one
manifests injustice or other qualities the opposite of political virtue, then all
his neighbours visit him with indignation, censure, and perhaps punishment:
implying clearly their belief that this virtue is an acquirement obtained by
care and learning.35 Indeed the whole institution of punishment has no other
meaning. It is in itself a proof that men think social virtue to be acquirable
and acquired. For no rational man ever punishes malefactors because they
have done wrong, or simply with a view to the past:— since what is already
done cannot be undone. He punishes with a view to the future, in order that
neither the same man, nor others who see him punished, may be again
guilty of similar wrong. This opinion plainly implies the belief, that virtue is
producible by training, since men punish for the purpose of prevention.36

35 Plato, Protag. pp. 323-324.

36 Plato, Protag. p. 324 A-B. οὐδεὶς γὰρ κολάζει τοὺς ἀδικοῦντας πρὸς
τούτῳ τὸν νοῦν ἔχων καὶ τούτου ἕνεκα ὅτι ἠδίκησεν, ὅστις μὴ ὥσπερ
θηρίον ἀλογίστως τιμωρεῖται· ὁ δὲ μετὰ λόγου ἐπιχειρῶν κολάζειν οὐ τοῦ
παρεληλυθότος ἕνεκα ἀδικήματος τιμωρεῖται — οὐ γὰρ ἂν τό γε πραχθὲν
ἀγένητον θείη — ἀλλὰ τοῦ μέλλοντος χάριν, ἵνα μὴ αὖθις ἀδικήσῃ μήτε
αὐτὸς οὗτος μήτε ἄλλος ὁ τοῦτον ἰδὼν κολασθέντα. καὶ τοιαύτην εἶναι
ἀρετήν· ἀ π ο τ ρ ο π ῆ ς γ ο ῦ ν ἕ ν ε κ α κ ο λ ά ζ ε ι .

This clear and striking exposition of the theory of punishment is one of
the most memorable passages in Plato, or in any ancient author. And if we
are to believe the words which immediately follow, it was the theory
universally accepted at that time — ταύτην οὖν τὴν δόξαν πάντες ἔχουσιν,
ὅσοι περ τιμωροῦνται καὶ ἰδίᾳ καὶ δημοσίᾳ. Compare Plato, Legg. xi. p.
933, where the same doctrine is announced: Seneca, De Irâ, i. 16. “Nam, ut
Plato ait, nemo prudens punit, quia peccatum est, sed ne peccetur. Revocari
enim præterita non possunt: futura prohibentur.” Steinhart (Einleit. zum
Protag. p. 423) pronounces a just encomium upon this theory of

Page 443

punishment, which, as he truly observes, combines together the purposes
declared in the two modern theories — Reforming and Deterring. He says
further, however, that the same theory of punishment reappears in the
Gorgias, which I do not think exact. The purpose of punishment, as given in
the Gorgias, is simply to cure a distempered patient of a terrible distemper,
and thus to confer great benefit on him — but without any allusion to
tutelary results as regards society.

Why eminent men cannot make
I come now to your remaining argument,
their sons eminent.
Sokrates. You urge that citizens of eminent
civil virtue cannot communicate that virtue to
their own sons, to whom nevertheless they secure all the accomplishments
which masters can teach. Now I have already shown you that civil virtue is
the one accomplishment needful,37 which every man without exception
must possess, on pain of punishment or final expulsion, if he be without it. I
have shown you, moreover that every one believes it to be communicable
by teaching and attention. How can you believe then that these excellent
fathers teach their sons other things, but do not teach them this, the want of
which entails such terrible penalties?

37 Plato, Protag. p. 324 E. Πότερον ἔστι τι ἕν, ἢ οὐκ ἔστιν, οὖ ἀναγκαῖον
πάντας τοὺς πολίτας μετέχειν, εἴπερ μέλλει πόλις εἶναι; ἐν τούτῳ γὰρ αὕτη
λύεται ἡ ἀπορία ἣν σὺ ἀπορεῖς.

Teaching by parents,
The fact is, they do teach it: and that too
schoolmaster, harpist, laws,
with great pains.38 They begin to admonish
dikastery, &c. and lecture their children, from the earliest
years. Father, mother, tutor, nurse, all vie with
each other to make the child as good as possible: by constantly telling him
on every occasion which arises, This is right — That is wrong — This is
honourable — That is mean — This is holy — That is unholy — Do these
things, abstain from those.39 If the child obeys them, it is well: if he do not,

Page 444

they straighten or rectify him, like a crooked piece of wood, by reproof and
flogging. Next, they send him to a schoolmaster, who teaches him letters
and the harp; but who is enjoined to take still greater pains in watching over
his orderly behaviour. Here the youth is put to read, learn by heart, and
recite, the compositions of able poets; full of exhortations to excellence and
of stirring examples from the good men of past times.40 On the harp also, he
learns the best songs, his conduct is strictly watched, and his emotions are
disciplined by the influence of rhythmical and regular measure. While his
mind is thus trained to good, he is sent besides to the gymnastic trainer, to
render his body a suitable instrument for it,41 and to guard against failure of
energy under the obligations of military service. If he be the son of a
wealthy man, he is sent to such training sooner, and remains in it longer. As
soon as he is released from his masters, the city publicly takes him in hand,
compelling him to learn the laws prescribed by old and good lawgivers,42 to
live according to their prescriptions, and to learn both command and
obedience, on pain of being punished. Such then being the care bestowed,
both publicly and privately, to foster virtue, can you really doubt, Sokrates,
whether it be teachable? You might much rather wonder if it were not so.43

38 Plato, Protag. p. 325 B.

39 Plato, Protag. p. 325 D. παρ’ ἕκαστον καὶ ἔργον καὶ λόγον διδάσκοντες
καὶ ἐνδεικνύμενοι ὅτι τὸ μὲν δίκαιον, τὸ δὲ ἄδικον, καὶ τόδε μὲν καλόν,
τόδε δὲ αἰσχρόν, &c.

40 Plato, Protag. p. 325 E — 326 A. παρατιθέασιν αὐτοῖς ἐπὶ τῶν βάθρων
ἀναγινώσκειν ποιητῶν ἀγαθῶν ποιήματα καὶ ἐκμανθάνειν ἀναγκάζουσιν, ἐν
οἷς πολλαὶ μὲν νουθετήσεις ἔνεισι, πολλαὶ δὲ διέξοδοι καὶ ἔπαινοι καὶ
ἐγκώμια παλαιῶν ἀνδρῶν ἀγαθῶν, ἵνα ὁ παῖς ζηλῶν μιμῆται καὶ ὀρέγηται
τοιοῦτος γενέσθαι.

Page 445

41 Plato, Protag. p. 326 B. ἵνα τὰ σώματα βελτίω ἔχοντες ὑπηρετῶσι τῇ
διανοίᾳ χρηστῇ οὔσῃ, &c.

42 Plato, Protag. p. 326 D. νόμους ὑπογράψασα, ἀγαθῶν καὶ παλαιῶν
νομοθετῶν εὑρήματα, &c.

43 Plato, Protag. p. 326 E.

All learn virtue from the same
How does it happen, then, you ask, that
teaching by all. Whether a
excellent men so frequently have worthless
learner shall acquire more or
sons, to whom, even with all virtue from these
less of it, depends upon his own
precautions, they cannot teach their own
individual aptitude.
virtue? This is not surprising, when you
recollect what I have just said — That in
regard to social virtue, every man must be a craftsman and producer; there
must be no non-professional consumers.44 All of us are interested in
rendering our neighbours just and virtuous, as well as in keeping them so.
Accordingly, every one, instead of being jealous, like a professional artist,
of seeing his own accomplishments diffused, stands forward zealously in
teaching justice and virtue to every one else, and in reproving all short-
comers.45 Every man is a teacher of virtue to others: every man learns his
virtue from such general teaching, public and private. The sons of the best
men learn it in this way, as well as others. The instruction of their fathers
counts for comparatively little, amidst such universal and paramount
extraneous influence; so that it depends upon the aptitude and
predispositions of the sons themselves, whether they turn out better or
worse than others. The son of a superior man will often turn out ill; while
the son of a worthless man will prove meritorious. So the case would be, if
playing on the flute were the one thing needful for all citizens; if every one
taught and enforced flute-playing upon all others, and every one learnt it
from the teaching of all others.46 You would find that the sons of good or
bad flute-players would turn out good or bad, not in proportion to the skill

Page 446

of their fathers, but according to their own natural aptitudes. You would find
however also, that all of them, even the most unskilful, would be
accomplished flute-players, if compared with men absolutely untaught, who
had gone through no such social training. So too, in regard to justice and
virtue.47 The very worst man brought up in your society and its public and
private training, would appear to you a craftsman in these endowments, if
you compared him with men who had been brought up without education,
without laws, without dikasteries, without any general social pressure
bearing on them, to enforce virtue: such men as the savages exhibited last
year in the comedy of Pherekrates at the Lenæan festival. If you were
thrown among such men, you, like the chorus of misanthropes in that play,
would look back with regret even upon the worst criminals of the society
which you had left, such as Eurybatus and Phrynondas.48

44 Plato, Protag. p. 326 E. ὅτι τούτου τοῦ πράγματος, τῆς ἀρετῆς, εἰ μέλλει
πόλις εἶναι, οὐδένα δεῖ ἰ δ ι ω τ ε ύ ε ι ν .

It is to be regretted that there is no precise word to translate exactly the
useful antithesis between ἰδιώτης and τεχνίτης or δημιουργός.

45 Plato, Protag. p. 327 A. εἰ καὶ τοῦτο καὶ ἰδίᾳ καὶ δημοσίᾳ πᾶς πάντα καὶ
ἐδίδασκε καὶ ἐπέπληττε τὸν μὴ καλῶς αὐλοῦντα, καὶ μὴ ἐφθόνει τούτου,
ὥσπερ νῦν τῶν δικαίων καὶ τῶν νομίμων οὐδεὶς φθονεῖ οὐδ’ ἀποκρύπτεται,
ὥσπερ τῶν ἄλλων τεχνημάτων — λυσιτελεῖ γὰρ, οἶμαι, ἡμῖν ἡ ἀλλήλων
δικαιοσύνη καὶ ἀρετὴ· διὰ ταῦτα πᾶς παντὶ προθύμως λέγει καὶ διδάσκει
καὶ τὰ δίκαια καὶ τὰ νόμιμα.

46 Plato, Protag. p. 327 C.

47 Plato, Protag. p. 327 C-D. Ὅστις σοι ἀδικώτατος φαίνεται ἄνθρωπος
τῶν ἐν νόμοις καὶ ἀνθρώποις τεθραμμένων, δίκαιον αὐτὸν εἶναι καὶ
δ η μ ι ο υ ρ γ ὸ ν τ ο ύ τ ο υ τ ο ῦ π ρ ά γ μ α τ ο ς , εἰ δέοι αὐτὸν κρίνεσθαι

Page 447

πρὸς ἀνθρώπους, οἷς μήτε παιδεία ἐστὶ μήτε δικαστήρια μήτε νόμοι μήτε
ἀνάγκη μηδεμία διὰ παντὸς ἀναγκάζοουσα ἀρετῆς ἐπιμελεῖσθαι.

48 Plato, Protag. p. 327 D.

Analogy of learning vernacular
But now, Sokrates, you are over-nice,
Greek. No special teacher
because all of us are teachers of virtue, to the
thereof. Protagoras teaches
best of every man’s power; while no particular
virtue somewhat better than
individual appears to teach it specially and ex
others.
professo49 By the same analogy, if you asked
who was the teacher for speaking our
vernacular Greek, no one special person could be pointed out:50 nor would
you find out who was the finishing teacher for those sons of craftsmen who
learnt the rudiments of their art from their own fathers — while if the son of
any non-professional person learns a craft, it is easy to assign the person by
whom he was taught.51 So it is in respect to virtue. All of us teach and
enforce virtue to the best of our power; and we ought to be satisfied if there
be any one of us ever so little superior to the rest, in the power of teaching
it. Of such men I believe myself to be one.52 I can train a man into an
excellent citizen, better than others, and in a manner worthy not only of the
fee which I ask, but even of a still greater remuneration, in the judgment of
the pupil himself. This is the stipulation which I make with him: when he
has completed his course, he is either to pay me the fee which I shall
demand — or if he prefers, he may go into a temple, make oath as to his
own estimate of the instruction imparted to him, and pay me according to
that estimate.53

49 Plato, Protag. p. 327 E. νῦν δὲ τρυφᾷς, ὦ Σώκρατες, διότι πάντες
διδάσκαλοί εἰσιν ἀρετῆς, καθ’ ὅσον δύναται ἕκαστος, καὶ οὐδείς σοι
φαίνεται.

Page 448

50 Plato, Protag. p. 327 E. εἶθ’ ὥς περ ἂν εἰ ζητοῖς τίς διδάσκαλος τοῦ
ἑλληνίζειν, οὐδ’ ἂν εἷς φανείη.

51 Plato, Protag. p. 328 A.

52 Plato, Protag. p. 328 B. Ἀλλὰ κἂν εἰ ὀλίγον ἔστι τις ὅστις διαφέρει
ἡμῶν προβιβάσαι εἰς ἀρετήν, ἀγαπητόν. Ὧν δὴ ἐγὼ οἶμαι εἷς εἶναι, &c.

53 Plato, Protag. p. 328 B.

The sons of great artists do not
I have thus proved to you, Sokrates — That
themselves become great artists.
virtue is teachable — That the Athenians
account it to be teachable — That there is
nothing wonderful in finding the sons of good men worthless, and the sons
of worthless men good. Indeed this is true no less about the special
professions, than about the common accomplishment, virtue. The sons of
Polyklêtus the statuary, and of many other artists, are nothing as compared
with their fathers.54

54 Plato, Protag. p. 328 C.

Remarks upon the mythe and
Such is the discourse composed by Plato
discourse. They explain the
and attributed to the Platonic Protagoras —
manner in which the established
showing that virtue is teachable, and intended
sentiment of a community
to remove the difficulties proposed by
propagates and perpetuates
Sokrates. It is an exposition of some length:
itself.
and because it is put into the mouth of a
Sophist, many commentators presume, as a
matter of course, that it must be a manifestation of some worthless

Page 449

quality:55 that it is either empty verbiage, or ostentatious self-praise, or low-
minded immorality. I am unable to perceive in the discourse any of these
demerits. I think it one of the best parts of the Platonic writings, as an
exposition of the growth and propagation of common sense — the common,
established, ethical and social sentiment, among a community: sentiment
neither dictated in the beginning, by any scientific or artistic lawgiver, nor
personified in any special guild of craftsmen apart from the remaining
community — nor inculcated by any formal professional teachers — nor
tested by analysis — nor verified by comparison with any objective
standard: but self-sown and self-asserting, stamped, multiplied, and kept in
circulation, by the unpremeditated conspiracy of the general56 public — the
omnipresent agency of King Nomos and his numerous volunteers.

55 So Serranus (ad 326 E), who has been followed by many later critics.
“Quæstio est, Virtusne doceri possit? Quod instituit demonstrare Sophista,
sed ineptissimis argumentis et quæ contra seipsum faciant.”

To me this appears the reverse of the truth. But even if it were true, no
blame could fall on Protagoras. We should only be warranted in concluding
that it suited the scheme of Plato here to make him talk nonsense.

56 This is what the Platonic Sokrates alludes to in the Phædon and
elsewhere. οἱ τὴν δημοτικὴν τε καὶ πολιτικὴν ἀρετὴν ἐπιτετηδευκότες, ἣν
δὴ καλοῦσι σωφροσύνην τε καὶ δικαιοσύνηv, ἐξ ἔθους τε καὶ μελέτης
γεγονυῖαν, ἄνευ φιλοσοφίας τε καὶ νοῦ. Phædon, p. 82 B; compare the same
dialogue, p. 68 C; also Republic, x. p. 619 C — ἔθει ἄνευ φιλοσοφίας
ἀρετῆς μετειληφότα.

The account given by Mr. James Mill (Fragment on Mackintosh, p. 259-
260) of the manner in which the established morality of a society is
transmitted and perpetuated, coincides completely with the discourse of the

Page 450

Platonic Protagoras. The passage is too long to be cited: I give here only the
concluding words, which describe the δημοτικὴ ἀρετὴ ἄνευ φιλοσοφίας —

“In this manner it is that men, in the social state, acquire the habits of
moral acting, and certain affections connected with it, before they are
capable of reflecting upon the grounds which recommend the acts either to
praise or blame. Nearly at this point the greater part of them remain:
continuing to perform moral acts and to abstain from the contrary, chiefly
from the habits which they have acquired, and the authority upon which
they originally acted: though it is not possible that any man should come to
the years and blessing of reason, without perceiving at least in an indistinct
and general way, the advantage which mankind derive from their acting
towards one another in one way rather than another.”

Antithesis of Protagoras and
In many of the Platonic dialogues, Sokrates
Sokrates. Whether virtue is to
is made to dwell upon the fact that there are no
be assimilated to a special art.
recognised professional teachers of virtue; and
to ground upon this fact a doubt, whether
virtue be really teachable. But the present dialogue is the only one in which
the fact is accounted for, and the doubt formally answered. There are
neither special teachers, nor professed pupils, nor determinate periods of
study, nor definite lessons or stadia, for the acquirement of virtue, as there
are for a particular art or craft: the reason being, that in that department
every man must of necessity be a practitioner, more or less perfectly: every
man has an interest in communicating it to his neighbour: hence every man
is constantly both teacher and learner. Herein consists one main and real
distinction between virtue and the special arts; an answer to the view most
frequently espoused by the Platonic Sokrates, assimilating virtue to a
professional craft, which ought to have special teachers, and a special
season of apprenticeship, if it is to be acquired at all.

Page 451

The speech is censured by some critics as prolix. But to me it seems full
of matter and argument, exceedingly free from superfluous rhetoric. The
fable with which it opens presents of course the poetical ornament which
belongs to that manner of handling. It is however fully equal, in point of
perspicuity as well as charm — in my judgment, it is even superior to any
other fable in Plato.

Procedure of Sokrates in regard
When the harangue, lecture, or sermon, of
to the discourse of Protagoras —
Protagoras is concluded, Sokrates both
he compliments it as an
expresses his profound admiration of it, and
exposition, and analyses some of
admits the conclusion — That virtue is
the fundamental assumptions.
teachable — to be made out, as well as it can
be made out by any continuous exposition.57
In fact, the speaker has done all that could be done by Perikles or the best
orator of the assembly. He has given a long series of reasonings in support
of his own case, without stopping to hear the doubts of opponents. He has
sailed along triumphantly upon the stream of public sentiment, accepting all
the established beliefs — appealing to his hearers with all those familiar
phrases, round which the most powerful associations are grouped — and
taking for granted that justice, virtue, good, evil, &c., are known,
indisputable, determinate data, fully understood, and unanimously
interpreted. He has shown that the community take great pains, both
publicly and privately, to inculcate and enforce virtue: that is, what they
believe in and esteem as virtue. But is their belief well founded? Is that
which they esteem, really virtue? Do they and their elegant spokesman
Protagoras, know what virtue is? If so, how do they know it, and can they
explain it?

57 Plato, Protag. pp. 328-329.

Very different indeed is the sentiment of the principal Platonic
commentators. Schleiermacher will not allow the mythus of Protagoras to

Page 452

be counted among the Platonic mythes: he says that it is composed in the
style of Protagoras, and perhaps copied from some real composition of that
Sophist. He finds in it nothing but a “grobmaterialistiche Denkungsart, die
über die sinnliche Erfahrung nicht hinaus philosophirt” (Einleitung zum
Protagoras, vol. i. pp. 233-234).

To the like purpose Ast (Plat. Leb. p. 71) — who tells us that what is
expressed in the mythus is, “the vulgar and mean sentiment and manner of
thought of the Sophist: for it deduces every thing, both arts and the social
union itself, from human wants and necessity”. Apparently these critics,
when they treat this as a proof of meanness and vulgarity, have forgotten
that the Platonic Sokrates himself does exactly the same thing in the
Republic — deriving the entire social union from human necessities
(Republ. ii. 369 C).

K. F. Hermann is hardly less severe upon the Protagorean discourse
(Gesch. und Syst. der Plat. Phil. p. 460).

For my part, I take a view altogether opposed to these learned persons. I
think the discourse one of the most striking and instructive portions of the
Platonic writings: and if I could believe that it was the composition of
Protagoras himself, my estimation of him would be considerably raised.

Steinhart pronounces a much more rational and equitable judgment than
Ast and Schleiermacher, upon the discourse of Protagoras (Einleitung zum
Prot. pp. 422-423).

One purpose of the dialogue. To
This is the point upon which Sokrates now
contrast continuous discourse
brings his Elenchus to bear: his method of
with short cross-examining
short question and answer. We have seen what
question and answer.
long continuous speaking can do: we have
now to see what short cross-questioning can
do. The antithesis between the two is at least one main purpose of Plato —

Page 453

if it be not even the purpose (as Schleiermacher supposes it to be) in this
memorable dialogue.

Questions by Sokrates —
After your copious exposition, Protagoras
Whether virtue is one and
(says Sokrates), I have only one little doubt
indivisible, or composed of
remaining, which you will easily explain.58
different parts? Whether the You have several times spoken of justice,
parts are homogeneous or moderation, holiness, &c., as if they all, taken
heterogeneous? collectively, made up virtue. Do you mean that
virtue is a Whole, and that these three names
denote distinct parts of it? Or are the three names all equivalent to virtue,
different names for one and are the same thing? Prot. — They are names
signifying distinct parts of virtue. Sokr. — Are these parts like the parts of
the face, — eyes, nose, mouth, ears — each part not only distinct from the
rest, but having its own peculiar properties? Or are they like the parts of
gold, homogeneous with each other and with the whole, differing only in
magnitude? Prot. — The former. Sokr. — Then some men may possess one
part, some another. Or is it necessary that he who possesses one part, should
possess all? Prot. — By no means necessary. Some men are courageous, but
unjust: others are just, but not intelligent. Sokr. — Wisdom and courage
then, both of them, are parts of virtue? Prot. — They are so. Wisdom is the
greatest of the parts: but no one of the parts is the exact likeness of another:
each of them has its own peculiar property.59

58 Plato, Protag. pp. 328 E — 329 B. πλὴν σμικρόν τί μοι ἐμποδών, ὃ
δῆλον ὅτι Πρωταγόρας ῥᾳδίως ἐπεκδιδάξει.… σμικροῦ τινος ἐνδεής εἰμι
πάντ’ ἔχειν, &c.

59 Plato, Protag, pp. 329-330.

Whether justice is just, and
Sokr. — Now let us examine what sort of
holiness holy? How far justice is
thing each of these parts is. Tell me — is

Page 454

like to holiness? Sokrates justice some thing, or no thing? I think it is
protests against an answer, “If some thing: are you of the same opinion?60
you please”. Prot. — Yes. Sokr. — Now this thing which
you call justice: is it itself just or unjust? I
should say that it was just: what do you say?61 Prot. — I think so too. Sokr.
— Holiness also is some thing: is the thing called holiness, itself holy or
unholy? As for me, if any one were to ask me the question, I should reply
— Of course it is: nothing else can well be holy, if holiness itself be not
holy. Would you say the same? Prot. — Unquestionably. Sokr. — Justice
being admitted to be just, and holiness to be holy — do not you think that
justice also is holy, and that holiness is just? If so, how can you reconcile
that with your former declaration, that no one of the parts of virtue is like
any other part? Prot. — I do not altogether admit that justice is holy, and
that holiness is just. But the matter is of little moment: if you please, let
both of them stand as admitted. Sokr. — Not so:62 I do not want the debate
to turn upon an “If you please“: You and I are the debaters, and we shall
determine the debate best without “Ifs”. Prot. — I say then that justice and
holiness are indeed, in a certain way, like each other; so also there is a point
of analogy between white and black,63 hard and soft, and between many
other things which no one would pronounce to be like generally. Sokr. —
Do you think then that justice and holiness have only a small point of
analogy between them? Prot. — Not exactly so: but I do not concur with
you when you declare that one is like the other. Sokr. — Well then! since
you seem to follow with some repugnance this line of argument, let us enter
upon another.64

60 Plato, Protag. p. 330 B. κοινῇ σκεψώμεθα π ο ῖ ό ν τ ι α ὐ τ ῶ ν
ἐ σ τ ι ν ἕ κ α σ τ ο ν . πρῶτον μὲν τὸ τοιόνδε· ἡ δικαιοσύνη πρᾶγμά τί
ἐστιν; ἢ οὐδὲν πρᾶγμα; ἐμοὶ μὲν γὰρ δοκεῖ· τί δὲ σοί;

Page 455

61 Plato, Protag. p. 330 C. τοῦτο τὸ πρᾶγμα ὅ ὠνομάσατε ἄρτι, ἡ
δικαιοσύνη, αὐτὸ τοῦτο δίκαιόν ἐστιν ἢ ἄδικον;

62 Plato, Protag. p. 331 C. εἰ γὰρ βούλει, ἔστω ἡμῖν καὶ δικαιοσύνη ὅσιον
καὶ ὁσιότης δίκαιον. Μή μοι, ἧν δ’ ἐγώ· οὐδὲν γὰρ δέομαι τὸ “εί βούλει”
τοῦτο καὶ “ε ἰ σ ο ι δ ο κ ε ῖ ” ἐλέγχεσθαι, ἀλλ’ ἐμέ τε καὶ σέ.

This passage seems intended to illustrate the indifference of Protagoras
for dialectic forms and strict accuracy of discussion. The ἀκριβολογία of
Sokrates and Plato was not merely unfamiliar but even distasteful to
rhetorical and practical men. Protagoras is made to exhibit himself as
thinking the distinctions drawn by Sokrates too nice, not worth attending to.
Many of the contemporaries of both shared this opinion. One purpose of our
dialogue is to bring such antitheses into view.

63 Plat. Prot. p. 331 D.

64 Plat. Prot. p. 332 A.

Intelligence and moderation are
Sokrates then attempts to show that
identical, because they have the
intelligence and moderation are identical with
same contrary.
each other (σοφία and σωφροσύνη). The proof
which he produces, elicited by several
questions, is — that both the one and the other are contrary to folly
(ἀφροσύνη), and, that as a general rule, nothing can have more than one
single contrary.65

65 Plat. Protag. p. 332.

Page 456

Insufficient reasons given by
Sokrates thus seems to himself to have
Sokrates. He seldom cares to
made much progress in proving all the names
distinguish different meanings
of different virtues to be names of one and the
of the same term.
same thing. Moderation and intelligence are
shown to be the same: justice and holiness had
before been shown to be nearly the same:66 though we must recollect that
this last point had not been admitted by Protagoras. It must be confessed
however that neither the one nor the other is proved by any conclusive
reasons. In laying down the maxim — that nothing can have more than one
single contrary — Plato seems to have forgotten that the same term may be
used in two different senses. Because the term folly (ἀφροσύνη), is used
sometimes to denote the opposite of moderation (σωφροσύνη), sometimes
the opposite of intelligence (σοφία), it does not follow that moderation and
intelligence are the same thing.67 Nor does he furnish more satisfactory
proof of the other point, viz.: That holiness and justice are the same, or as
much alike as possible. The intermediate position which is assumed to form
the proof, viz.: That holiness is holy, and that justice is just — is either
tautological, or unmeaning; and cannot serve as a real proof of any thing. It
is indeed so futile, that if it were found in the mouth of Protagoras and not
in that of Sokrates, commentators would probably have cited it as an
illustration of the futilities of the Sophists. As yet therefore little has been
done to elucidate the important question to which Sokrates addresses
himself — What is the extent of analogy between the different virtues? Are
they at bottom one and the same thing under different names? In what does
the analogy or the sameness consist?

66 Plato, Protag. p. 338 B. σχέδον τι ταὐτὸν ὄν.

67 Aristotle would probably have avoided such a mistake as this. One
important point (as I have already remarked, vol. ii. p. 170) in which he is
superior to Plato is, in being far more careful to distinguish the different

Page 457

meanings of the same word — τὰ πολλαχῶς λεγόμενα. Plato rarely troubles
himself to notice such distinction, and seems indeed generally unaware of
it. He constantly ridicules Prodikus, who tried to distinguish words
apparently synonymous.

Protagoras is puzzled, and
But though little progress has been made in
becomes irritated.
determining the question mooted by Sokrates,
enough has been done to discompose and
mortify Protagoras. The general tenor of the dialogue is, to depict this man,
so eloquent in popular and continuous exposition, as destitute of the
analytical acumen requisite to meet cross-examination, and of promptitude
for dealing with new aspects of the case, on the very subjects which form
the theme of his eloquence. He finds himself brought round, by a series of
short questions, to a conclusion which — whether conclusively proved or
not — is proved in a manner binding upon him, since he has admitted all
the antecedent premisses. He becomes dissatisfied with himself, answers
with increasing reluctance,68 and is at last so provoked as to break out of
the limits imposed upon a respondent.

68 Plato, Protag. pp. 333 B, 335 A.

Sokrates presses Protagoras
Meanwhile Sokrates pursues his
farther. His purpose is, to test
examination, with intent to prove that justice
opinions and not persons.
(δικαιοσύνη) and moderation (σωφροσύνη)
Protagoras answers with angry
are identical. Does a man who acts unjustly
prolixity.
conduct himself with moderation? I should be
ashamed (replies Protagoras) to answer in the
affirmative, though many people say so. Sokr. — It is indifferent to me

Page 458

whether you yourself think so or not, provided only you consent to make
answer. What I principally examine is the opinion itself: though it follows
perhaps as a consequence, that I the questioner, and the respondent along
with me, undergo examination at the same time.69 You answer then (though
without adopting the opinion) that men who act unjustly sometimes behave
with moderation, or with intelligence: that is, that they follow a wise policy
in committing injustice. Prot. — Be it so. Sokr. — You admit too that there
exist certain things called good things. Are those things good, which are
profitable to mankind? Prot. — By Zeus, I call some things good, even
though they be not profitable to men (replies Protagoras, with increasing
acrimony).70 Sokr. — Do you mean those things which are not profitable to
any man, or those which are not profitable to any creature whatever? Do
you call these latter good also? Prot. — Not at all: but there are many things
profitable to men, yet unprofitable or hurtful to different animals. Good is
of a character exceedingly diversified and heterogeneous.71

69 Plato, Protag. p. 333 C. τὸν γὰρ λόγον ἔγωγε μάλιστα ἐξετάζω,
συμβαίνει μέντοι ἴσως καὶ ἐμὲ τὸν ἐρωτῶντα καὶ τὸν ἐρωτώμενον
ἐξετάζεσθαι.

Here again we find Plato drawing special attention to the conditions of
dialectic debate.

70 Plato, Protag. p. 333 E.

71 Plato, Protag. p. 334 B. Οὕτω δὲ ποικίλον τί ἐστι τὸ ἀγαθὸν καὶ
παντοδαπόν, &c.

The explanation here given by Protagoras of good is the same as that
which is given by the historical Sokrates himself in the Xenophontic
Memorabilia (iii. 8). Things called good are diverse in the highest degree;
but they are all called good because they all contribute in some way to

Page 459

human security, relief, comfort, or prosperity. To one or other of these ends
good, in all its multifarious forms, is relative.

Remonstrance of Sokrates
Protagoras is represented as giving this
against long answers as
answer at considerable length, and in a
inconsistent with the laws of
rhetorical manner, so as to elicit applause from
dialogue. Protagoras persists.
the hearers.72 Upon this Sokrates replies, “I
Sokrates rises to depart. am a man of short memory, and if any one
speaks at length, I forget what he has said. If
you wish me to follow you, I must entreat you to make shorter answers.”
Prot. — What do you mean by asking me to make shorter answers? Do you
mean shorter than the case requires? Sokr. — No, certainly not. Prot. — But
who is to be judge of the brevity necessary, you or I? Sokr. — I have
understood that you profess to be master and teacher both of long speech
and of short speech: what I beg is, that you will employ only short speech,
if you expect me to follow you. Prot. — Why, Sokrates, I have carried on
many debates in my time; and if, as you ask me now, I had always talked
just as my opponent wished, I should never have acquired any reputation at
all. Sokr. — Be it so: in that case I must retire; for as to long speaking, I am
incompetent: I can neither make long speeches, nor follow them.73

72 Plato, Protag. p. 334 D.

73 Plato, Prot. pp. 334 E, 335 A-C.

Interference of Kallias to get the
Here Sokrates rises to depart; but Kallias,
debate continued. Promiscuous
the master of the house, detains him, and
conversation. Alkibiades
expresses an earnest wish that the debate may
declares that Protagoras ought
be continued. A promiscuous conversation
to acknowledge superiority of
ensues, in which most persons present take
Sokrates in dialogue.
part. Alkibiades, as the champion of Sokrates,
gives, what seems really to be the key of the

Page 460

dialogue, when he says — “Sokrates admits that he has no capacity for long
speaking, and that he is no match therein for Protagoras. But as to dialectic
debate, or administering and resisting cross-examination, I should be
surprised if any one were a match for him. If Protagoras admits that on this
point he is inferior, Sokrates requires no more: if he does not, let him
continue the debate: but he must not lengthen his answers so that hearers
lose the thread of the subject.”

Claim of a special locus standi
This remark of Alkibiades, speaking
and professorship for Dialectic,
altogether as a vehement partisan of Sokrates,
apart from Rhetoric.
brings to view at least one purpose — if not
the main purpose — of Plato in the dialogue.
“Sokrates acknowledges the superiority of Protagoras in rhetoric: if
Protagoras acknowledges the superiority of Sokrates in dialectic, Sokrates
is satisfied.”74 An express locus standi is here claimed for dialectic, and a
recognised superiority for its professors on their own ground. Protagoras
professes to be master both of long speech and of short speech: but in the
last he must recognise a superior.

74 Plat. Prot. p. 336 C-D.

Sokrates is prevailed upon to
Kritias, Prodikus, and Hippias all speak
continue, and invites Protagoras
(each in a manner of his own) deprecating
to question him.
marked partisanship on either side, exhorting
both parties to moderation, and insisting that
the conversation shall be continued. At length Sokrates consents to remain,
yet on condition that Protagoras shall confine himself within the limits of
the dialectic procedure. Protagoras (he says) shall first question me as long
as he pleases: when he has finished, I will question him. The Sophist,
though at first reluctant, is constrained, by the instance of those around, to
accede to this proposition.75

Page 461

75 Plat. Prot. pp. 337-338.

Protagoras extols the
For the purpose of questioning, Protagoras
importance of knowing the
selects a song of Simonides: prefacing it with
works of the poets, and
a remark, that the most important
questions about parts of a song
accomplishment of a cultivated man consists
of Simonides. Dissenting
in being thorough master of the works of the
opinions about the
poets, so as to understand and appreciate them
interpretation of the song.
correctly, and answer all questions respecting
them.76 Sokrates intimates that he knows and
admires the song: upon which Protagoras proceeds to point out two
passages in it which contradict each other, and asks how Sokrates can
explain or justify such contradiction.77 The latter is at first embarrassed, and
invokes the aid of Prodikus; who interferes to uphold the consistency of his
fellow-citizen Simonides, but is made to speak (as elsewhere by Plato) in a
stupid and ridiculous manner. After a desultory string of remarks,78 with
disputed interpretation of particular phrases and passages of the song, but
without promise of any result — Sokrates offers to give an exposition of the
general purpose of the whole song, in order that the company may see how
far he has advanced in that accomplishment which Protagoras had so
emphatically extolled — complete mastery of the works of the poets.79

76 Plat. Prot. p. 339 A. ἡγοῦμαι ἐγὼ ἀνδρὶ παιδείας μέγιστον μέρος εἶναι,
περὶ ἐπῶν δεινὸν εἶναι.

77 Plat. Prot. p. 339 C-D.

78 Plat. Prot. pp. 340-341.

79 Plat. Prot. p. 342 A. εἰ βούλει λαβεῖν μου πεῖραν ὅπως ἔχω, ὃ σὺ λέγεις
τοῦτο, περὶ ἐπῶν.

Page 462

Long speech of Sokrates,
He then proceeds to deliver a long
expounding the purpose of the
harangue, the commencement of which
song, and laying down an
appears to be a sort of counter-part and parody
ironical theory about the
of the first speech delivered by Protagoras in
numerous concealed sophists at
this dialogue. That Sophist had represented
Krete and Sparta, masters of
that the sophistical art was ancient:80 and that
short speech. the poets, from Homer downward, were
Sophists, but dreaded the odium of the name,
and professed a different avocation with another title. Sokrates here tells us
that philosophy was more ancient still in Krete and Sparta, and that there
were more Sophists (he does not distinguish between the Sophist and the
philosopher), female as well as male, in those regions, than anywhere else:
but that they concealed their name and profession, for fear that others
should copy them and acquire the like eminence:81 that they pretended to
devote themselves altogether to arms and gymnastic — a pretence whereby
(he says) all the other Greeks were really deluded. The special characteristic
of these philosophers or Sophists was, short and emphatic speech —
epigram shot in at the seasonable moment, and thoroughly prostrating an
opponent.82 The Seven Wise Men, among whom Pittakus was one, were
philosophers on this type, of supreme excellence: which they showed by
inscribing their memorable brief aphorisms at Delphi. So great was the
celebrity which Pittakus acquired by his aphorism, that Simonides the poet
became jealous, and composed this song altogether for the purpose of
discrediting him. Having stated this general view, Sokrates illustrates it by
going through the song, with exposition and criticism of several different
passages.83 As soon as Sokrates has concluded, Hippias84 compliments him,
and says that he too has a lecture ready prepared on the same song: which
he would willingly deliver: but Alkibiades and the rest beg him to postpone
it.

80 Plat. Prot. pp. 316-317.

Page 463

81 Plat. Prot. p. 342.

82 Plat. Prot. p. 342 E, 343 B-C. Ὅτι οὗτος ὁ τρόπος ἦν τῶν παλαιῶν τῆς
φιλοσοφίας, βραχυλογία τις Λακωνική.

83 Plat. Prot. pp. 344-347.

84 Plat. Prot. p. 347.

Character of this speech — its
No remark is made by any one present,
connection with the dialogue,
either upon the circumstance that Sokrates,
and its general purpose.
after protesting against long speeches, has here
Sokrates inferior to Protagoras
delivered one longer by far than the first
in continuous speech.
speech of Protagoras, and more than half as
long as the second, which contains a large
theory — nor upon the sort of interpretation that he bestows upon the
Simonidean song. That interpretation is so strange and forced — so violent
in distorting the meaning of the poet — so evidently predetermined by the
resolution to find Platonic metaphysics in a lyric effusion addressed to a
Thessalian prince85 — that if such an exposition had been found under the
name of Protagoras, critics would have dwelt upon it as an additional proof
of dishonest perversions by the Sophists.86 It appears as if Plato, intending
in this dialogue to set out the contrast between long or continuous speech
(sophistical, rhetorical, poetical) represented by Protagoras, and short,
interrogatory speech (dialectical) represented by Sokrates — having
moreover composed for Protagoras in the earlier part of the dialogue, an
harangue claiming venerable antiquity for his own accomplishment — has
thought it right to compose for Sokrates a pleading with like purpose, to put
the two accomplishments on a par. And if that pleading includes both
pointless irony and misplaced comparisons (especially what is said about
the Spartans) — we must remember that Sokrates has expressly renounced
all competition with Protagoras in continuous speech, and that he is here

Page 464

handling the weapon in which he is confessedly inferior. Plato secures a
decisive triumph to dialectic, and to Sokrates as representing it: but he
seems content here to leave Sokrates on the lower ground as a rhetorician.

85 Especially his explanation of ἑκὼν ἐρδῇ (p. 345 D.). Heyne (Opuscula,
i. p. 160) remarks upon the strange interpretation given by Sokrates of the
Simonidean song. Compare Plato in Lysis, p. 212 E, and in Alkib. ii. p. 147
D. In both these cases, Sokrates cites passages of poetry, assigning to them
a sense which their authors plainly did not intend them to bear. Heindorf in
his note on the Lysis (l. c.) observes — “Videlicet, ut exeat sententia, quam
Solon ne somniavit quidem, versuum horum structuram, neglecto plané
sermonis usu, hanc statuit. — Cujusmodi interpretationis aliud est
luculentum exemplum in Alcib. ii. p. 147 D.”

See also Heindorf’s notes on the Charmidês, p. 163 B; Lachês, p. 191 B;
and Lysis, p. 214 D.

M. Boeckh observes (ad Pindar. Isthm. v. p. 528) respecting an allusion
made by Pindar to Hesiod —

“Num malé intellexit poeta intelligentissimus perspicua verba Hesiodi?
Non credo: sed bene sciens, consulto alium sensum intulit, suo consilio
accommodatum! Simile exemplum offert gravissimus auctor Plato Theætet.
p. 155 D.” Stallbaum in his note on the Theætêtus adopts this remark of
Boeckh. Groen van Prinsterer gives a similar opinion. (Prosopographia
Platonica, p. 17.)

86 K. F. Hermann observes (Gesch. der Plat. Philos, p. 460) that Sokrates,
in his interpretation of the Simonidean song, shows that he can play the
Sophist as well as other people can.

Sokrates depreciates the value of
Moreover, when Sokrates intends to show
debates on the poets. Their
himself off as a master of poetical lore (περὶ

Page 465

meaning is always disputed, and ἐπῶν δεινὸς), he at the same time claims a
you can never ask from right of interpreting the poets in his own way.
themselves what it is. Protagoras He considers the poets either as persons
consents reluctantly to resume divinely inspired, who speak fine things
the task of answering. without rational understanding (we have seen
this in the Apology and the Ion) — or as men
of superior wisdom, who deliver valuable truth lying beneath the surface,
and not discernible by vulgar eyes. Both these views differ from that of
literal interpretation, which is here represented by Protagoras and Prodikus.
And these two Sophists are here contrasted with Sokrates as interpreters of
the poets. Protagoras and Prodikus look upon poetical compositions as
sources of instruction: and seek to interpret them literally, as an intelligent
hearer would have understood them when they were sung or recited for the
first time. Towards that end, discrimination of the usual or grammatical
meaning of words was indispensable. Sokrates, on the contrary, disregards
the literal interpretation, derides verbal distinctions as useless, or twists
them into harmony with his own purpose: Simonides and other poets are
considered as superior men, and even as inspired men in whose verses
wisdom and virtue must be embodied and discoverable87 — only that they
are given in an obscure and enigmatical manner: requiring to be extracted
by the divination of the philosopher, who alone knows what wisdom and
virtue are. It is for the philosopher to show his ingenuity by detecting the
traces of them. This is what Sokrates does with the song of Simonides. He
discovers in it supposed underlying thoughts (ὑπονοίας):88 distinctions of
Platonic Metaphysics (between εἶναι and γενέσθαι), and principles of
Platonic Ethics (οὐδεὶς ἕκω κακός) — he proceeds to point out passages in
which they are to be found, and explains the song conformably to them, in
spite of much violence to the obvious meaning and verbal structure.89 But
though Sokrates accepts, when required, the task of discussing what is said
by the poets, and deals with them according to his own point of view — yet

Page 466

he presently lets us see that they are witnesses called into court by his
opponent and not by himself. Alkibiades urges that the debate which had
been interrupted shall be resumed and Sokrates himself requests Protagoras
to consent. “To debate about the compositions of poets” (says Sokrates), “is
to proceed as silly and common-place men do at their banquets: where they
cannot pass the time without hiring musical or dancing girls. Noble and
well-educated guests, on the contrary, can find enough to interest them in
their own conversation, even if they drink ever so much wine.90 Men such
as we are, do not require to be amused by singers nor to talk about the
poets, whom no one can ask what they mean; and who, when cited by
different speakers, are affirmed by one to mean one thing, and by another to
mean something else, without any decisive authority to appeal to. Such men
as you and I ought to lay aside the poets, and test each other by colloquy of
our own. If you wish to persist in questioning, I am ready to answer: if not,
consent to answer me, and let us bring the interrupted debate to a close.”91

87 See Plato, Phædrus, p. 245 A-B; Apol. p. 22 B-C; Ion, pp. 533-534.

Compare the distinction drawn in Timæus, p. 72 A-B, between the μάντις
and the προφήτης.

88 About the ὑπόνοιαι ascribed to the poets, see Repub. ii. p. 378 D.; Xen.
Sympos. iii. 6; and F. A. Wolf, Prolegom. Homer. p. clxii.-clxiv.

F. A. Wolf remarks, respecting the various allegorical interpretations of
Homer and other Greek poets —

“Sed nec prioribus illis, sive allegorica et anagogica somnia sua ipsi
crediderunt, sive ab aliis duntaxat credi voluerunt, idonea deest excusatio.
Ita enim ratio comparata est, ut libris, quos a teneris statim annis
cognoscimus, omnes propé nostras nostræque ætatis opiniones subjiciamus:
ac si illi jampridem populari usu consecrati sunt, ipsa obstat veneratio,
quominus in iis absurda et ridicula inesse credamus. Lenimus ergo atque

Page 467

adeo ornamus interpretando, quicquid proprio sensu non ferendum videtur.
Atque ita factum est omni tempore in libris iis, qui pro sacris habiti sunt.”

The distinction was similar in character, and even more marked in respect
of earnest reciprocal antipathy, between the different schools of the Jews in
Alexandria and Palestine about the interpretation of the Pentateuch. 1.
Those who interpreted literally, κατὰ τὴν ῥητὴν διάνοιαν. 2. Those who set
aside the literal interpretation, and explained the text upon a philosophy of
their own, above the reach of the vulgar (Eusebius, Præp. Ev. viii. 10).
Some admitted both the two interpretations, side by side.

Respecting these allegorising schools of the Hellenistic Jews, from
Aristobulus (150 B.C.) down to Philo, see the learned and valuable work of
Gfrörer — Philo und die Jüdisch.-Alexandr. Theosophie, vol. i. pp. 84-86,
ii. p. 356 seq.

89 Plat. Prot. p. 345.

90 Plato, Prot. p. 347 D. κἂν μάνυ πολὺν οἶνον πίωσιν — a phrase which
will be found suitably illustrated by the persistent dialectic of Sokrates,
even at the close of the Platonic Symposion, after he has swallowed an
incredible quantity of wine.

91 Plat. Prot. pp. 347-348. This remark — that the poet may be interpreted
in many different ways, and that you cannot produce him in court to declare
or defend his own meaning — is highly significant, in regard to the value
set by Sokrates on living conversation and dialectic.

Purpose of Sokrates to sift
In spite of this appeal, Protagoras is still
difficulties which he really feels
unwilling to resume, and is only forced to do
in his own mind. Importance of
so by a stinging taunt from Alkibiades,
enforced by requests from Kallias and others.
He is depicted as afraid of Sokrates, who, as

Page 468

soon as consent is given, recommences the
a colloquial companion for this
purpose. discussion by saying — “Do not think,
Protagoras, that I have any other purpose in
debating, except to sift through and through, in conjunction with you,
difficulties which puzzle my own mind. Two of us together can do more in
this way than any one singly.92

92 Plat. Prot. p. 348 C. μὴ οἴου διαλέγεσθαι μέ σοι ἄλλο τι βουλόμενον ἢ ἂ
αὐτὸς ἀπορῶ, ἑκάστοτε ταῦτα διασκέψασθαι.

The remark here given should be carefully noted in appreciating the
Sokratic frame of mind. The cross-examination which he bestows, is not
that of one who himself knows — and who only gets up artificial
difficulties to ascertain whether others know as much as he does. On the
contrary, it proceeds from one who is himself puzzled; and that which
puzzles him he states to others, and debates with others, as affording the
best chance of clearing up his own ideas and obtaining a solution.

The grand purpose with Sokrates is to bring into clear daylight the
difficulties which impede the construction of philosophy or “reasoned
truth,” and to sift them thoroughly, instead of slurring them over or hiding
them.

“We are all more fertile and suggestive, with regard to thought, word, and
deed, when we act in couples. If a man strikes out anything new by himself,
he immediately goes about looking for a companion to whom he can
communicate it, and with whom he can jointly review it. Moreover, you are
the best man that I know for this purpose, especially on the subject of
virtue: for you are not only virtuous yourself, but you can make others so
likewise, and you proclaim yourself a teacher of virtue more publicly than

Page 469

any one has ever done before. Whom can I find so competent as you, for
questioning and communication on these very subjects?”93

93 Plato, Protag. pp. 348-349.

The interrupted debate is
After this eulogy on dialectic conversation
resumed. Protagoras says that
(illustrating still farther the main purpose of
courage differs materially from
the dialogue), Sokrates resumes the argument
the other branches of virtue.
as it stood when interrupted. Sokr. — You,
Protagoras, said that intelligence, moderation,
justice, holiness, courage, were all parts of virtue; but each different from
the others, and each having a separate essence and properties of its own. Do
you still adhere to that opinion? Prot. — I now think that the first four are
tolerably like and akin to each other, but that courage is very greatly
different from all the four. The proof is, that you will find many men pre-
eminent for courage, but thoroughly unjust, unholy, intemperate, and
stupid.94 Sokr. — Do you consider that all virtue, and each separate part of
it, is fine and honourable? Prot. — I consider it in the highest degree fine
and honourable: I must be mad to think otherwise.95

94 Plato, Protag. p, 349 D. τὰ μὲν τέτταρα αὐτῶν ἐπιεικῶς παραπλήσια
ἀλλήλοις ἐστίν, ἡ δὲ ἀνδρεία πάνυ πολὺ διαφέρον πάντων τούτων.

95 Plato, Protag. p. 349 E. κάλλιστον μὲν οὖν, εἰ μὴ μαίνομαί γε. ὅλον που
καλὸν ὡς οἷόν τε μάλιστα.

It is not unimportant to notice such declarations as this, put by Plato into
the mouth of Protagoras. They tend to show that Plato did not seek (as
many of his commentators do) to depict Protagoras as a corruptor of the
public mind.

Sokrates argues to prove that
Sokrates then shows that the courageous
courage consists in knowledge or
men are confident men, forward in dashing at

Page 470

intelligence. Protagoras does not dangers, which people in general will not
admit this. Sokrates changes his affront: that men who dive with confidence
attack. into the water, are those who know how to
swim; men who go into battle with confidence
as horse-soldiers or light infantry, are those who understand their profession
as such. If any men embark in these dangers, without such preliminary
knowledge, do you consider them men of courage? Not at all (says
Protagoras), they are madmen: courage would be a dishonourable thing, if
they were reckoned courageous.96 Then (replies Sokrates) upon this
reasoning, those who face dangers confidently, with preliminary
knowledge, are courageous: those who do so without it, are madmen.
Courage therefore must consist in knowledge or intelligence?97 Protagoras
declines to admit this, drawing a distinction somewhat confused:98 upon
which Sokrates approaches the same argument from a different point.

96 Plato, Protag. p. 350 B. Αἰσχρὸν μέντ’ ἂν, ἔφη, εἴη, ἡ ἀνδρεία· ἐπεὶ
οὗτοί γε μαινόμενοί εἰσιν.

97 Plato, Protag. p. 350 C.

98 Plato, Protag. pp. 350-351.

Identity of the pleasurable with
Sokr. — You say that some men live well,
the good — of the painful with
others badly. Do you think that a man lives
the evil. Sokrates maintains it.
well if he lives in pain and distress? Prot. —
Protagoras denies. Debate.
No. Sokr. — But if he passes his life
pleasurably until its close, does he not then
appear to you to have lived well? Prot. — I think so. Sokr. — To live
pleasurably therefore is good: to live disagreeably is evil. Prot. — Yes: at
least provided he lives taking pleasure in fine or honourable things.99 Sokr.
— What! do you concur with the generality of people in calling some
pleasurable things evil, and some painful things good? Prot. — That is my

Page 471

opinion. Sokr. — But are not all pleasurable things, so far forth as
pleasurable, to that extent good, unless some consequences of a different
sort result from them? And again, subject to the like limitation, are not all
painful things evil, so far forth as they are painful? Prot. — To that
question, absolutely as you put it, I do not know whether I can reply
affirmatively — that all pleasurable things are good, and all painful things
evil. I think it safer — with reference not merely to the present answer, but
to my manner of life generally — to say, that there are some pleasurable
things which are good, others which are not good — some painful things
which are evil, others which are not evil: again, some which are neither,
neither good nor evil.100 Sokr. — You call those things pleasurable, which
either partake of the nature of pleasure, or cause pleasure? Prot. —
Unquestionably. Sokr. — When I ask whether pleasurable things are not
good, in so far forth as pleasurable — I ask in other words, whether
pleasure itself be not good? Prot. — As you observed before, Sokrates,101
let us examine the question on each side, to see whether the pleasurable and
the good be really the same.

Page 472

99 Plat. Prot. p. 351 C. Τὸ μὲν ἄρα ἡδέως ζῆν, ἀγαθόν, τὸ δ’ ἀηδῶς,
κακόν; Εἴπερ τοῖς καλοῖς γ’, ἔφη, ζῴη ἡδόμενος.

100 Plato, Protag. p. 351 D. ἀλλά μοι δοκεῖ οὐ μόνον πρὸς τὴν νῦν
ἀπόκρισιν ἐμοὶ ἀσφαλέστερον εἶναι ἀποκρίνασθται, ἀ λ λ ὰ κ α ὶ π ρ ὸ ς
π ά ν τ α τ ὸ ν ἄ λ λ ο ν β ί ο ν τ ὸ ν ἐ μ ό ν , ὅτι ἔστι μὲν ἂ τῶν ἡδέων οὐκ
ἔστιν ἀγαθά, ἔστι δ’ αὖ καὶ ἃ τῶν ἀνιαρῶν οὐκ ἐστι κακά, ἔστι δ’ ἃ ἔστι, καὶ
τρίτον ἃ οὐδέτερα, οὔτε κακὰ οὔτ’ ἀγαθά.

These words strengthen farther what I remarked in a recent note, about
the character which Plato wished to depict in Protagoras, so different from
what is imputed to that Sophist by the Platonic commentators.

101 Plato, Protag. p. 351 E. ὥσπερ σὺ λέγεις, ἑκάστοτε, ὦ Σώκρατες,
σκοπώμεθα αὐτό.

This is an allusion to the words used by Sokrates not long before, — ἃ
αὐτὸς ἀπορῶ ἑκάστοτε ταῦτα διασκέψασθαι, p. 348 C.

Enquiry about knowledge. Is it
Sokr. — Let us penetrate from the surface to
the dominant agency in the
the interior of the question.102 What is your
mind? Or is it overcome opinion about knowledge? Do you share the
frequently by other agencies, opinion of mankind generally about it, as you
pleasure or pain? Both agree do about pleasure and pain? Mankind regard
that knowledge is dominant. knowledge as something neither strong nor
directive nor dominant. Often (they say), when
knowledge is in a man, it is not knowledge which governs him, but
something else — passion, pleasure, pain, love, fear — all or any of which
overpower knowledge, and drag it round about in their train like a slave.
Are you of the common opinion on this point also?103 Or do you believe
that knowledge is an honourable thing, and made to govern man: and that
when once a man knows what good and evil things are, he will not be over-

Page 473

ruled by any other motive whatever, so as to do other things than what are
enjoined by such knowledge — his own intelligence being a sufficient
defence to him?104 Prot. — The last opinion is what I hold. To me, above
all others, it would be disgraceful not to proclaim that knowledge or
intelligence was the governing element of human affairs.

102 Plato, Protag. p. 352 A.

103 Plato, Protag. p. 352 B-C. πότερον καὶ τοῦτό σοι δοκεῖ ὥσπερ τοῖς
πολλοῖς ἀνθρώποις ἢ ἄλλως; … διανοούμενοι περὶ τῆς ἐπιστήμης ὥσπερ
περὶ ἀνδραπόδον, περιελκομένης ὑπὸ τῶν ἄλλων ἁπάντων. Aristotle in the
Nikomachean Ethics cites and criticises the opinion of Sokrates, wherein
the latter affirmed the irresistible supremacy of knowledge, when really
possessed, over all passions and desires. Aristotle cites it with the express
phraseology and illustration contained in this passage of the Protagoras.
Ἐπιστάμενον μὲν οὖν οὔ φασί τινες οἷόν τε εἶναι [ἀκρατεύεσθαι]. δεινὸν
γάρ, ἐπιστήμης ἐνούσης, ὡς ᾤετο Σωκράτης, ἄλλο τι κρατεῖν, καὶ
περιέλκειν αὐτὴν ὥσπερ ἀνδράποδον. Σωκράτης μὲν γὰρ ὅλως ἐμάχετο
πρὸς τὸν λόγον, ὡς οὐκ οὔσης ἀκρασίας· οὐθένα γὰρ ὑπολαμβάνοντα,
πράττειν παρὰ τὸ βέλτιστον, ἀλλὰ δι’ ἄγνοιαν (Ethic. N. vii. 2, vii. 3, p.
1145, b. 24). The same metaphor περιέλκεται ἐπιστήμη is again ascribed to
Sokrates by Aristotle, a little farther on in the same treatise, p. 1147, b. 15.

We see from hence that when Aristotle comments upon the doctrine of
Sokrates, what he here means is, the doctrine of the Platonic Sokrates in the
Protagoras; the citation of this particular metaphor establishes the identity.

In another passage of the Nikom. Eth., Aristotle also cites a fact
respecting the Sophist Protagoras, which fact is mentioned in the Platonic
dialogue Protagoras — respecting the manner in which that Sophist allowed
his pupils to assess their own fee for his teaching (Ethic. Nik. ix. 1, 1164, a.
25).

Page 474

104 Plato, Protag. p. 352 C. ἀλλ’ ἱκανὴν εἶναι τὴν φρόνησιν βοηθεῖν τῷ
ἀνθρώπῳ.

Mistake of supposing that men
Sokr. — You speak well and truly. But you
act contrary to knowledge. We
are aware that most men are of a different
never call pleasures evils, except
opinion. They affirm that many who know
when they entail a
what is best, act against their own knowledge,
preponderance of pain, or a
overcome by pleasure or by pain. Prot. —
disappointment of greater
Most men think so: incorrectly, in my
pleasures.
judgment, as they say many other things
besides.105 Sokr. — When they say that a man,
being overcome by food or drink or other temptations, will do things which
he knows to be evil, we must ask them, On what ground do you call these
things evil? Is it because they impart pleasure at the moment, or because
they prepare disease, poverty, and other such things, for the future?106 Most
men would reply, I think, that they called these things evil not on account of
the present pleasure which the things produced, but on account of their
ulterior consequences — poverty and disease being both of them
distressing? Prot. — Most men would say this. Sokr. — It would be
admitted then that these things were evil for no other reason, than because
they ended in pain and in privation of pleasure.107 Prot. — Certainly. Sokr.
— Again, when it is said that some good things are painful, such things are
meant as gymnastic exercises, military expeditions, medical treatment. Now
no one will say that these things are good because of the immediate
suffering which they occasion, but because of the ulterior results of health,
wealth, and security, which we obtain by them. Thus, these also are good
for no other reason, than because they end in pleasures, or in relief or
prevention of pain.108 Or can you indicate any other end, to which men look
when they call these matters evil? Prot. — No other end can be indicated.

105 Plato, Protag. pp. 352-353.

Page 475

106 Plato, Protag. p. 353 D. πονηρὰ δὲ αὐτὰ πῇ φατε εἶναι; πότερον ὅτι
τὴν ἡδονὴν ταύτην ἐν τῷ παραχρῆμα παρέχει καὶ ἡδύ ἐστιν ἕκαστον αὐτῶν,
ἢ ὅτι εἰς τὸν ὕστερον χρόνον νόσους τε ποιεῖ καὶ πενίας καὶ ἄλλα τοιαῦτα
πολλὰ παρασκευάζει;

107 Plato, Protag. p. 353 E. Οὐκοῦν φαίνεται.… δι’ οὐδὲν ἄλλο ταῦτα
κακὰ ὄντα, ἢ διότι εἰς ἀνίας τε ἀποτελευτᾷ καὶ ἄλλων ἡδονῶν ἀποστερεῖ;

108 Plato, Protag. p. 354 B-C. Ταῦτα δὲ ἀγαθά ἐστι δι’ ἄλλο τι ἢ ὅτι εἰς
ἡδονὰς ἀποτελευτᾷ καὶ λυπῶν ἀπαλλαγὰς καὶ ἀποτροπάς; ἢ ἔχετέ τι ἄλλο
τέλος λέγειν, εἰς ὃ ἀποβλέψαντες αὐτὰ ἀγαθὰ καλεῖτε, ἀλλ’ ἢ ἡδονάς τε καὶ
λύπας; οὐκ ἂν φαῖεν, ὡς ἐγᾦμαι.… Οὐκοῦν τὴν μὲν ἡδονὴν διώκετε ὡς
ἀγαθὸν ὄν, τὴν δὲ λύπην φεύγετε ὡς κακόν;

Pleasure is the only good — pain
Sokr. — It thus appears that you pursue
the only evil. No man does evil
pleasure as good, and avoid pain as evil.
voluntarily, knowing it to be
Pleasure is what you think good: pain is what
evil. Difference between
you think evil: for even pleasure itself appears
pleasures present and future —
to you evil, when it either deprives you of
resolves itself into pleasure and
pleasures greater than itself, or entails upon
pain.
you pains outweighing itself. Is there any other
reason, or any other ulterior end, to which you
look when you pronounce pleasure to be evil? If there be any other between
reason, or any other end, tell us what it is.109 Prot. — There is none
whatever. Sokr. — The case is similar about pains: you call pain good, when
it preserves you from greater pains, or procures for you a future balance of
pleasure. If there be any other end to which you look when you call pain
good, tell us what it is. Prot. — You speak truly. Sokr. — If I am asked why
I insist so much on the topic now before us, I shall reply, that it is no easy
matter to explain what is meant by being overcome by pleasure; and that the
whole proof hinges upon this point — whether there is any other good than
pleasure, or any other evil than pain; and whether it be not sufficient, that

Page 476

we should go through life pleasurably and without pains.110 If this be
sufficient, and if no other good or evil can be pointed out, which does not
end in pleasures and pains, mark the consequences. Good and evil being
identical with pleasurable and painful, it is ridiculous to say that a man does
evil voluntarily, knowing it to be evil, under the overpowering influence of
pleasure: that is, under the overpowering influence of good.111 How can it
be wrong, that a man should yield to the influence of good? It never can be
wrong, except in this case — when the good obtained is of smaller amount
than the consequent good forfeited or the consequent evil entailed. What
other exchangeable value can there be between pleasures and pains, except
in the ratio of quantity — greater or less, more or fewer?112 If an objector
tells me that there is a material difference between pleasures and pains of
the moment, and pleasures and pains postponed to a future time, I ask him
in reply, Is there any other difference, except in pleasure and pain? An
intelligent man ought to put them both in the scale, the pleasures and the
pains, the present and the future, so as to determine the balance. Weighing
pleasures against pleasures, he ought to prefer the more and the greater:
weighing pains against pains, the fewer and the less. If pleasures against
pains, then when the latter outweigh the former, reckoning distant as well as
near, he ought to abstain from the act: when the pleasures outweigh, he
ought to do it. Prot. — The objectors could have nothing to say against
this.113

109 Plato, Protag, p. 354 D. ἐπεὶ εἰ κατ’ ἄλλο τι αὐτὸ τὸ χαίρειν κακὸν
καλεῖτε καὶ εἰς ἄλλο τι τέλος ἀποβλέψαντες, ἔχοιτε ἂν καὶ ἡμῖν εἰπεῖν· ἀλλ’
οὐχ ἕξετε. Οὐδ’ ἐμοὶ δοκοῦσιν, ἔφη ὁ Πρωταγόρας.

110 Plato, Protag. p. 354 E. ἔπειτα ἐν τούτῳ εἰσὶ πᾶσαι αἱ ἀποδείξεις· ἀλλ’
ἔτι καὶ νῦν ἀναθέσθαι ἔξεστιν, εἰ πῃ ἔχετε ἄλλο τι φάναι εἶναι τὸ ἀγαθὸν ἢ
τὴν ἡδονήν, ἢ τὸ κακὸν ἄλλο τι ἢ τὴν ἀνίαν, ἢ ἀρκεῖ ὑμῖν τὸ ἡδέως
καταβιῶναι τὸν βίον ἄνευ λυπῶν;

Page 477

111 Plato, Protag. p. 355 C.

112 Plato, Protag. p. 356 A. καὶ τίς ἄλλη ἀξία ἡδονῇ πρὸς λύπων ἐστὶν
ἀλλ’ ἢ ὑπερβολὴ ἀλλήλων καὶ ἔλλειψις; ταῦτα δ’ ἐστὶ μείζω τε καὶ
σμικρότερα γιγνόμενα ἀλλήλων, καὶ πλείω καὶ ἐλάττω, καὶ μᾶλλον καὶ
ἧττον.

113 Plato, Protag. p. 356 C.

Necessary resort to the
Sokr. — Well then — I shall tell them
measuring art for choosing
farther — you know that the same magnitude,
pleasures rightly — all the
and the same voice, appears to you greater
security of our lives depend
when near than when distant. Now, if all our
upon it.
well-doing depended upon our choosing the
magnitudes really greater and avoiding those
really less, where would the security of our life be found? In the art of
mensuration, or in the apparent impression?114 Would not the latter lead us
astray, causing us to vacillate and judge badly in our choice between great
and little, with frequent repentance afterwards? Would not the art of
mensuration set aside these false appearances, and by revealing to us the
truth, impart tranquillity to our minds and security to our lives? Would not
the objectors themselves acknowledge that there was no other safety, except
in the art of mensuration? Prot. — They would acknowledge it. Sokr. —
Again, If the good conduct of our lives depended on the choice of odd and
even, and in distinguishing rightly the greater from the less, whether far or
near, would not our safety reside in knowledge, and in a certain knowledge
of mensuration too, in Arithmetic? Prot. — They would concede to you that
also. Sokr. — Well then, my friends, since the security of our lives has been
found to depend on the right choice of pleasure and pain — between the
more and fewer, greater and less, nearer and farther — does it not come to a
simple estimate of excess, deficiency, and equality between them? in other
words, to mensuration, art, or science?115 What kind of art or science it is,

Page 478

we will enquire another time: for the purpose of our argument, enough has
been done when we have shown that it is science.

114 Plato, Protag. p. 356 D. εἰ οὖν ἐν τούτῳ ἡμῖν ἦν τὸ εὖ πράττειν, ἐν τῷ
τὰ μὲν μεγάλα μήκη καὶ πράττειν καὶ λαμβάνειν, τὰ δὲ σμικρὰ καὶ φεύγειν
καὶ μὴ πράττειν, τίς ἂν ἡμῖν σωτηρία ἐφάνη τοῦ βίου; ἆρα ἡ μετρητικὴ
τέχνη, ἢ ἡ τοῦ φαινομένου δύναμις; … Ἆρ’ ἂν ὁμολογοῖεν οἱ ἄνθρωποι
πρὸς ταῦτα ἡμᾶς τὴν μετρητικὴν σώζειν ἂν τέχνην, ἢ ἄλλην;

115 Plato, Protag. p. 357 A-v. ἐπειδὴ δὲ ἡδονῆς τε καὶ λύπης ἐν ὀρθῇ τῇ
αἱρέσει ἐφάνη ἡ μ ῖ ν ἡ σ ω τ η ρ ί α τ ο ῦ β ί ο υ ο ὖ σ α , τ ο ῦ τ ε
π λ έ ο ν ο ς καὶ ἑλάττονος καὶ μείζονος καὶ σμικροτέρον καὶ ποῤῥωτέρω
καὶ ἐγγυτέρω, ἆρα πρῶτον μὲν οὐ μετρητικὴ φαίνεται, ὑπερβολῆς τε καὶ
ἐνδείας οὖσα καὶ ἰσότητος πρὸς ἀλλήλας σκέψις; Ἀλλ’ ἀνάγκη. Ἐπεὶ δὲ
μετρητική, ἀνάγκῃ δήπου τέχνη καὶ ἐπιστήμη.

To do wrong, overcome by
For when we (Protagoras and Sokrates)
pleasure, is only a bad phrase
affirmed, that nothing was more powerful than
for describing what is really a
science or knowledge, and that this, in
case of grave ignorance.
whatsoever minds it existed, prevailed over
pleasure and every thing else — you (the
supposed objectors) maintained, on the contrary, that pleasure often
prevailed over knowledge even in the instructed man: and you called upon
us to explain, upon our principles, what that mental affection was, which
people called, being overcome by the seduction of pleasure. We have now
shown you that this mental affection is nothing else but ignorance, and the
gravest ignorance. You have admitted that those who go wrong in the
choice of pleasures and pains — that is, in the choice of good and evil
things — go wrong from want of knowledge, of the knowledge or science
of mensuration. The wrong deed done from want of knowledge, is done
through ignorance. What you call being overcome by pleasure is thus, the
gravest ignorance; which these Sophists, Protagoras, Prodikus, and Hippias,

Page 479

engage to cure: but you (the objectors whom we now address) not believing
it to be ignorance, or perhaps unwilling to pay them their fees, refuse to
visit them, and therefore go on doing ill, both privately and publicly.116

116 Plato, Protag. p. 357 E.

Reasoning of Sokrates assented
Now then, Protagoras, Prodikus, and
to by all. Actions which conduct
Hippias (continues Sokrates), I turn to you,
to pleasures or freedom from
and ask, whether you account my reasoning
pain, are honourable.
true or false? (All of them pronounced it to be
surpassingly true.) Sokr. — You all agree, then,
all three, that the pleasurable is good, and that the painful is evil:117 for I
take no account at present of the verbal distinctions of Prodikus,
discriminating between the pleasurable, the delightful, and the enjoyable. If
this be so, are not all those actions, which conduct to a life of pleasure or to
a life free from pain, honourable? and is not the honourable deed, good and
profitable?118 (In this, all persons present concurred.) If then the pleasurable
is good, no one ever does anything, when he either knows or believes other
things in his power to be better. To be inferior to yourself is nothing else
than ignorance: to be superior to yourself, is nothing else than wisdom.
Ignorance consists in holding false opinions, and in being deceived
respecting matters of high importance. (Agreed by all.) Accordingly, no one
willingly enters upon courses which are evil, or which he believes to be
evil; nor is it in the nature of man to enter upon what he thinks evil courses,
in preference to good. When a man is compelled to make choice between
two evils, no one will take the greater when he might take the less.119
(Agreed to by all three.) Farther, no one will affront things of which he is
afraid, when other things are open to him, of which he is not afraid: for fear
is an expectation of evil, so that what a man fears, he of course thinks to be
an evil, — and will not approach it willingly. (Agreed.)120

Page 480

117 Plato, Protag. p. 358 A. ὑπερφυῶς ἐδόκει ἅπασιν ἀληθῆ εἶναι τὰ
εἰρημένα. Ὁμολογεῖτε ἄρα, ἦν δ’ ἐγώ, τὸ μὲν ἡδὺ ἀγαθὸν εἶναι, τὸ δὲ
ἀνιαρὸν κακόν.

118 Plato, Protag. p. 358 B. αἱ ἐπὶ τούτου πράξεις ἅπασαι ἐπὶ τοῦ ἀλύπως
ζῆν καὶ ἠδέως, ἆρ’ οὐ καλαί; καὶ τὸ καλὸν ἔργον, ἀγαθόν τε καὶ ὠφέλιμον;

119 Plato, Protag. p. 358 C-D. ἐπί γε τὰ κακὰ οὐδεὶς ἑκὼν ἔρχεται, οὐδὲ
ἐπὶ ἃ οἴεται κακὰ εἶναι, οὐδ’ ἐστὶ τοῦτο, ὡς ἔοικεν, ἐν ἀνθρώπου φύσει, ἐπὶ
ἃ οἴεται κακὰ εἶναι ἐθέλειν ἰέναι ἀντὶ τῶν ἀγαθῶν· ὅταν τε ἀναγκάσθῃ
δυοῖν κακοῖν τὸ ἕτερον αἰρεῖσθαι, οὐδεὶς τὸ μεῖζον αἱρήσεται, ἐξὸν τὸ
ἔλαττον.

120 Plato, Protag. p. 358 E.

Explanation of courage. It
Sokr. — Let us now revert to the
consists in a wise estimate of
explanation of courage, given by Protagoras.
things terrible and not terrible.
He said that four out of the five parts of virtue
were tolerably similar; but that courage
differed greatly from all of them. And he affirmed that there were men
distinguished for courage; yet at the same time eminently unjust,
immoderate, unholy, and stupid. He said, too, that the courageous men were
men to attempt things which timid men would not approach. Now,
Protagoras, what are these things which the courageous men alone are
prepared to attempt? Will they attempt terrible things, believing them to be
terrible? Prot. — That is impossible, as you have shown just now. Sokr. —
No one will enter upon that which he believes to be terrible, — or, in other
words, will go into evil knowing it to be evil: a man who does so is inferior
to himself — and this, as we have agreed, is ignorance, or the contrary of
knowledge. All men, both timid and brave, attempt things upon which they
have a good heart: in this respect, the things which the timid and the brave
go at, are the same.121 Prot. — How can this be? The things which the timid

Page 481

and the brave go at or affront, are quite contrary: for example, the latter are
willing to go to war, which the former are not. Sokr. — Is it honourable to
go to war, or dishonourable? Prot. — Honourable. Sokr. — If it be
honourable, it must also be good:122 for we have agreed, in the preceding
debate, that all honourable things were good. Prot. — You speak truly.123 I
at least always persist in thinking so. Sokr. — Which of the two is it, who
(you say) are unwilling to go into war; it being an honourable and good
thing? Prot. — The cowards. Sokr. — But if going to war be an honourable
and good thing, it is also pleasurable? Prot. — Certainly that has been
admitted.124 Sokr. — Is it then knowingly that cowards refuse to go into
war, which is both more honourable, better, and more pleasurable? Prot. —
We cannot say so, without contradicting our preceding admissions. Sokr. —
What about the courageous man? does not he affront or go at what is more
honourable, better, and more pleasurable? Prot. — It cannot be denied.
Sokr. — Courageous men then, generally, are those whose fears, when they
are afraid, are honourable and good — not dishonourable or bad: and whose
confidence, when they feel confident, is also honourable and good?125 On
the contrary, cowards, impudent men, and madmen, both fear, and feel
confidence, on dishonourable occasions? Prot. — Agreed. Sokr. — When
they thus view with confidence things dishonourable and evil, is it from any
other reason than from ignorance and stupidity? Are they not cowards from
stupidity, or a stupid estimate of things terrible? And is it not in this
ignorance, or stupid estimate of things terrible, and things not terrible —
that cowardice consists? Lastly,126 — courage being the opposite of
cowardice — is it not in the knowledge, or wise estimate, of things terrible
and things not terrible, that courage consists?

121 Plato, Protag. p. 359 D. ἐπὶ μὲν ἃ δεινὰ ἡγεῖται εἶναι οὐδεὶς ἔρχεται,
ἐπειδὴ τὸ ἥττω εἶναι ἑαυτοῦ εὑρέθη ἀμαθία οὖσα. Ὡμολόγει. Ἀλλὰ μὴν ἐπὶ

Page 482

ἅ γε θαῤῥοῦσι πάντες αὖ ἔρχονται, καὶ δειλοὶ καὶ ἀνδρεῖοι, καὶ ταύτῃ γε ἐπὶ
τὰ αὐτὰ ἔρχονται οἱ δειλοί τε καὶ οἱ ἀνδρεῖοι.

122 Plato, Protag. p. 359 E. πότερον καλὸν ὃν ἰέναι (εἰς τὸν πόλεμον) ἢ
αἰσχρόν; Καλόν, ἔφη. Οὐκοῦν, εἴπερ καλόν, καὶ ἀγαθὸν ὡμολογήσαμεν ἐν
τοῖς ἔμπροσθεν· τὰς γὰρ καλὰς πράξεις ἁπάσας ἀγαθὰς ὡμολογήσαμεν;

123 Plato, Protag. p. 359 E. Ἀληθῆ λέγεις, καὶ ἀεὶ ἔμοιγε δοκεῖ οὕτως.

This answer, put into the mouth of Protagoras, affords another proof that
Plato did not intend to impute to him the character which many
commentators impute.

124 Plato, Protag. p. 360 A. Οὐκοῦν, ἢν δ’ ἐγώ, εἴπερ καλὸν καὶ ἀγαθόν,
καὶ ἡδύ; Ὡμολόγηται γοῦν, ἔφη.

125 Plato, Protag. p. 360 B. Οὐκοῦν ὅλως οἱ ἀνδρεῖοι οὐκ αἰσχροὺς
φόβους φοβοῦνται, ὅταv φοβῶνται, οὐδὲ αἰσχρὰ θάῤῥη θάῤῥοῦσιν; … Εἰ
δὲ μὴ αἰσχρά, ἆρ’ οὐ καλά; … Εἰ δὲ καλά, καὶ ἀγαθά;

126 Plato, Protag. p. 360 D. Οὐκοῦν ἡ τῶν δεινων καὶ μὴ δεινῶν ἀμαθία
δειλία ἂν εἴη; … Ἡ σοφία ἄρα τῶν δεινῶν καὶ μὴ δεινῶν, ἀνδρεία ἐστίν,
ἐναντία οὖσα τῇ τούτων ἀμαθίᾳ;

Reluctance of Protagoras to
Protagoras is described as answering the last
continue answering. Close of the
few questions with increasing reluctance. But
discussion. Sokrates declares
at this final question, he declines altogether to
that the subject is still in
answer, or even to imply assent by a
confusion, and that he wishes to
gesture.127 Sokr. — Why will you not answer
my question, either affirmatively or
debate it again with Protagoras.
Amicable reply of Protagoras. negatively? Prot. — Finish the exposition by
yourself. Sokr. — I will only ask you one more
question. Do you still think, as you said before, that there are some men
extremely stupid, but extremely courageous? Prot. — You seem to be

Page 483

obstinately bent on making me answer: I will therefore comply with your
wish: I say that according to our previous admissions, it appears to me
impossible. Sokr. — I have no other motive for questioning you thus, except
the wish to investigate how the truth stands respecting virtue and what
virtue is in itself.128 To determine this, is the way to elucidate the question
which you and I first debated at length:— I, affirming that virtue was not
teachable — you, that it was teachable. The issue of our conversation
renders both of us ridiculous. For I, who denied virtue to be teachable, have
shown that it consists altogether in knowledge, which is the most teachable
of all things: while Protagoras, who affirmed that it was teachable, has tried
to show that it consisted in every thing rather than knowledge: on which
supposition it would be hardly teachable at all. I therefore, seeing all these
questions sadly confused and turned upside down, am beyond measure
anxious to clear them up;129 and should be glad, conjointly with you, to go
through the whole investigation — First, what Virtue is, — Next, whether it
is teachable or not. It is with a provident anxiety for the conduct of my own
life that I undertake this research, and I should be delighted to have you as a
coadjutor.130 Prot. — I commend your earnestness, Sokrates, and your
manner of conducting discussion. I think myself not a bad man in other
respects: and as to jealousy, I have as little of it as any one. For I have
always said of you, that I admire you much more than any man of my
acquaintance — decidedly more than any man of your own age. It would
not surprise me, if you became one day illustrious for wisdom.

127 Plato, Protag. p. 360 D. οὐκέτι ἐνταῦθα οὔτ’ ἐπινεῦσαι ἠθέλησεν,
ἐσίγα τε.

128 Plato, Protag. p. 360-361. Οὔτοι ἄλλου ἕνεκα ἐρωτῶ πάντα ταῦτα, ἢ
σκέψασθαι βουλόμενος πῶς ποτ’ ἔχει τὰ περὶ τῆς ἀρετῆς, καὶ τ ί π ο τ ’
ἐ σ τ ὶ ν α ὐ τ ὸ ἡ ἀ ρ ε τ ή . Οἶδα γὰρ ὅτι τούτου φανεροῦ γενομένου
μάλιστ’ ἂν κατάδηλον γένοιτο ἐκεῖνο, περὶ οὖ ἐγώ τε καὶ σὺ μακρὸν λόγον

Page 484

ἑκάτερος ἀπετείναμεν, ἐγὼ μὲν λέγων, ὡς οὐ διδακτὸν ἀρετή, σὺ δ’, ὡς
διδακτόν.

129 Plato, Protag. p. 361 C. ἐγὼ οὖν πάντα ταῦτα καθορῶν ἄνω κάτω
ταραττόμενα δεινῶς, πᾶσαν προθυμίαν ἔχω καταφανῆ αὐτὰ γενέσθαι, καὶ
βουλοίμην ἂν τ α ῦ τ α δ ι ε ξ ε λ θ ό ν τ α ς ἡ μ ᾶ ς ἐ ξ ε λ θ ε ῖ ν κ α ὶ ἐ π ὶ
τὴν ἀρετὴν ὅ τι ἔστιν.

130 Plato, Protag. p. 361 D. προμηθούμενος ὑπὲρ τοῦ βίου τοῦ ἐμαυτοῦ
παντός.

Remarks on the dialogue. It
Such is the end of this long and interesting
closes without the least allusion
dialogue.131 We remark with some surprise
to Hippokrates. that it closes without any mention of
Hippokrates, and without a word addressed to
him respecting his anxious request for admission to the society of
Protagoras: though such request had been presented at the beginning, with
much emphasis, as the sole motive for the intervention of Sokrates. Upon
this point132 the dialogue is open to the same criticism as that which Plato
(in the Phædrus) bestows on the discourse of Lysias: requiring that every
discourse shall be like a living organism, neither headless nor footless, but
having extremities and a middle piece adapted to each other.

131 Most critics treat the Protagoras as a composition of Plato’s younger
years — what they call his first period — before the death of Sokrates.
They fix different years, from 407 B.C. (Ast) down to 402 B.C. I do not agree
with this view. I can admit no dialogue earlier than 399 B.C.: and I consider
the Protagoras to belong to Plato’s full maturity.

Page 485

132 Plato, Phædrus, p. 264 C. δεῖν πάντα λόγον ὥσπερ ζῶον συνεστάναι,
σῶμά τι ἔχοντα αὐτὸν αὑτοῦ, ὤστε μήτε ἀκέφαλον εἶναι μήτε ἄπουν, &c.

Two distinct aspects of ethics
In our review of this dialogue, we have
and politics exhibited: one
found first, towards the beginning, an
under the name of Protagoras;
expository discourse from Protagoras,
the other, under that of
describing the maintenance and propagation of
Sokrates.
virtue in an established community: next,
towards the close, an expository string of
interrogatories by Sokrates, destined to establish the identity of Good with
Pleasurable, Evil with Painful; and the indispensable supremacy of the
calculating or measuring science, as the tutelary guide of human life. Of the
first, I speak (like other critics) as the discourse of Protagoras: of the
second, as the theory of Sokrates. But I must again remind the reader, that
both the one and the other are compositions of Plato; both alike are
offspring of his ingenious and productive imagination. Protagoras is not the
author of that which appears here under his name: and when we read the
disparaging epithets which many critics affix to his discourse, we must
recollect that these epithets, if they were well-founded, would have no real
application to the historical Protagoras, but only to Plato himself. He has set
forth two aspects, distinct and in part opposing, of ethics and politics: and
he has provided a worthy champion for each. Philosophy, or “reasoned
truth,” if it be attainable at all, cannot most certainly be attained without
such many-sided handling: still less can that which Plato calls knowledge
be attained — or such command of philosophy as will enable a man to
stand a Sokratic cross-examination in it.

Order of ethical problems, as
In the last speech of Sokrates in the
conceived by Sokrates.
dialogue,133 we find him proclaiming, that the
first of all problems to be solved was, What
virtue really is? upon which there prevails serious confusion of opinions. It

Page 486

was a second question — important, yet still second and presupposing the
solution of the first — Whether virtue is teachable? We noticed the same
judgment as to the order of the two questions delivered by Sokrates in the
Menon.134

133 Plato, Protag. p. 361 C.

134 See the last preceding chapter of this volume, p. 242.

Upon this order, necessarily required, of the two questions,
Schleiermacher has a pertinent remark in his general Einleitung to the
works of Plato, p. 26. Eberhard (he says) affirms that the end proposed by
Plato in his dialogues was to form the minds of the noble Athenian youth,
so as to make them virtuous citizens. Schleiermacher controverts the
position of Eberhard; maintaining “that this is far too subordinate a
standing-point for philosophy, — besides that it is reasoning in a circle,
since philosophy has first to determine what the virtue of a citizen is”.

Difference of method between
Now the conception of ethical questions in
him and Protagoras flows from
this order — the reluctance to deal with the
this difference of order.
second until the first has been fully debated
Protagoras assumes what virtue
and settled — is one fundamental
is, without enquiry.
characteristic of Sokrates. The difference of
method, between him and Protagoras, flows
from this prior difference between them in fundamental conception. What
virtue is, Protagoras neither defines nor analyses, nor submits to debate. He
manifests no consciousness of the necessity of analysis: he accepts the
ground already prepared for him by King Nomos: he thus proceeds as if the
first step had been made sure, and takes his departure from hypotheses of
which he renders no account — as the Platonic Sokrates complains of the
geometers for doing.135 To Protagoras, social or political virtue is a known
and familiar datum, about which no one can mistake: which must be

Page 487

possessed, in greater or less measure, by every man, as a condition of the
existence of society: which every individual has an interest in promoting in
all his neighbours: and which every one therefore teaches and enforces
upon every one else. It is a matter of common sense or common sentiment,
and thus stands in contrast with the special professional accomplishments;
which are confined only to a few — and the possessors, teachers, and
learners of which are each an assignable section of the society. The parts or
branches of virtue are, in like manner, assumed by him as known, in their
relations to each other and to the whole. This persuasion of knowledge,
without preliminary investigation, he adopts from the general public, with
whom he is in communion of sentiment. What they accept and enforce as
virtue, he accepts and enforces also.

135 See suprà, vol. i. ch. viii. p. 358 and ch. xvii. p. 136, respecting these
remarks of Plato on the geometers.

Method of Protagoras.
Again, the method pursued by Protagoras, is
Continuous lectures addressed
one suitable to a teacher who has jumped over
to established public sentiments
this first step; who assumes virtue, as
with which he is in harmony.
something fixed in the public sentiments —
and addresses himself to those sentiments,
ready-made as he finds them. He expands and illustrates them in continuous
lectures of some length, which fill both the ears and minds of the listener —
“Spartam nactus es, hanc exorna”: he describes their growth, propagation,
and working in the community: he gives interesting comments on the poets,
eulogising the admired heroes who form the theme of their verses, and
enlarging on their admonitions. Moreover, while resting altogether upon the
authority of King Nomos, he points out the best jewel in the crown of that
potentate; the great social fact of punishment prospective, rationally
apportioned, and employed altogether for preventing and deterring —
instead of being a mere retrospective impulse, vindictive or retributive for

Page 488

the past. He describes instructively the machinery operative in the
community for ensuring obedience to what they think right: he teaches, in
his eloquent expositions and interpretations, the same morality, public and
private, that every one else teaches: while he can perform the work of
teaching, somewhat more effectively than they. Lastly, his method is
essentially showy and popular; intended for numerous assemblies,
reproducing the established creeds and sentiments of those assemblies, to
their satisfaction and admiration. He is prepared to be met and answered in
his own way, by opposing speakers; and he conceives himself more than a
match for such rivals. He professes also to possess the art of short
conversation or discussion. But in the exercise of this art, he runs almost
involuntarily into his more characteristic endowment of continuous speech:
besides that the points which he raises for discussion assume all the
fundamental principles, and turn only upon such applications of those
principles as are admitted by most persons to be open questions, not
foreclosed by a peremptory orthodoxy.

Method of Sokrates. Dwells
Upon all these points, Sokrates is the formal
upon that part of the problem
antithesis of Protagoras. He disclaims
which Protagoras had left out.
altogether the capacities to which that Sophist
lays claim. Not only he cannot teach virtue,
but he professes not to know what it is, nor whether it be teachable at all,
He starts from a different point of view: not considering virtue as a known
datum, or as an universal postulate, but assimilating it to a special craft or
accomplishment, in which a few practitioners suffice for the entire public:
requiring that in this capacity it shall be defined, and its practitioners and
teachers pointed out. He has no common ground with Protagoras; for the
difficulties which he moots are just such as the common consciousness (and
Protagoras along with it) overleaps or supposes to be settled. His first
requirement, advanced under the modest guise of a small doubt136 which
Protagoras must certainly be competent to remove, is, to know — What

Page 489

virtue is? What are the separate parts of virtue — justice, moderation,
holiness, &c.? What is the relation which they bear to each other and to the
whole — virtue? Are they homogeneous, differing only in quantity or has
each of them its own specific essence and peculiarity?137 Respecting virtue
as a whole, we must recollect, Protagoras had discoursed eloquently and
confidently, as of a matter perfectly known. He is now called back as it
were to meet an attack in the rear: to answer questions which he had never
considered, and which had never even presented themselves to him as
questions. At first he replies as if the questions offered no difficulty;138
sometimes he does not feel their importance, so that it seems to him a
matter of indifference whether he replies in the affirmative or negative.139
But he finds himself brought round, by a series of questions, to assent to
conclusions which he nevertheless thinks untrue, and which are certainly
unwelcome. Accordingly, he becomes more and more disgusted with the
process of analytical interrogation: and at length answers with such
impatience and prolixity, that the interrogation can no longer be prosecuted.
Here comes in the break — the remonstrance of Sokrates — and the
mediation of the by-standers.

136 Plato, Protag. p. 328 E. πλὴν σμικρόν τί μοι ἐμποδών, ὅ δῆλον ὅτι
Πρωταγόρας ῥᾳδίως ἐπεκδιδάξει, &c.

137 Respecting Ariston of Chios, Diogenes Laertius tells us — Ἀρετὰς δ’
οὔτε πολλὰς εἰσῆγεν, ὡς ὁ Ζήνων, οὔτε μίαν πολλοῖς ὀνόμασιν καλουμένην
— ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸ πρὸς τί πως ἔχειν (Diog. Laert. vii. 161).

138 Plato, Protag. p. 329 D. Ἀλλὰ ῥᾴδιον τοῦτό γ’, ἔφη, ἀποκρίνασθαι,
&c.

139 Plato, Protag. p. 321 D. εἰ γὰρ βούλει, ἔστω ἡμῖν καὶ δικαιοσύνη ὅσιον
καὶ ὁσιότης δίκαιον. Μή μοι, ἦν δ’ ἐγώ· οὐδὲν γὰρ δέομαι τὸ “ε ἰ
β ο ύ λ ε ι ” τοῦτο καὶ “ε ἰ σ ο ι δ ο κ ε ῖ ” ἐλέγχεσθαι, ἀλλ’ ἐμέ τε καὶ σέ.

Page 490

Antithesis between the eloquent
It is this antithesis between the eloquent
lecturer and the analytical cross-
popular lecturer, and the analytical enquirer
examiner.
and cross-examiner, which the dialogue seems
mainly intended to set forth. Protagoras
professes to know that which he neither knows, nor has ever tried to probe
to the bottom. Upon this false persuasion of knowledge, the Sokratic
Elenchus is brought to bear. We are made to see how strange, repugnant,
and perplexing, is the process of analysis to this eloquent expositor: how
incompetent he is to go through it without confusion: how little he can
define his own terms, or determine the limits of those notions on which he
is perpetually descanting.

Protagoras not intended to be
It is not that Protagoras is proved to be
always in the wrong, though he
wrong (I speak now of this early part of the
is described as brought to a
conversation, between chapters 51-62 — pp.
contradiction.
329-335) in the substantive ground which he
takes. I do not at all believe (as many critics
either affirm or imply) that Plato intended all which he in the composed
under the name of Protagoras to be vile perversion of truth, with nothing
but empty words and exorbitant pretensions. I do not even believe that Plato
intended all those observations, to which the name of Protagoras is
prefixed, to be accounted silly — while all that is assigned to Sokrates,140 is
admirable sense and acuteness. It is by no means certain that Plato intended
to be understood as himself endorsing the opinions which he ascribes
everywhere to Sokrates: and it is quite certain that he does not always make
the Sokrates of one dialogue consistent with the Sokrates of another. For the
purpose of showing the incapacity of the respondent to satisfy the
exigencies of analysis, we need not necessarily suppose that the conclusion
to which the questions conduct should be a true one. If the respondent be
brought, through his own admissions, to a contradiction, this is enough to

Page 491

prove that he did not know the subject deeply enough to make the proper
answers and distinctions.

140 Schöne, in his Commentary on the Protagoras, is of opinion that a
good part of Plato’s own doctrine is given under the name of Protagoras
(Ueber den Protag. von Platon, p. 180 seq.).

Affirmation of Protagoras about
But whatever may have been the intention
courage is affirmed by Plato
of Plato, if we look at the fact, we shall find
himself elsewhere.
that what he has assigned to Sokrates is not
always true, nor what he has given to
Protagoras, always false. The positions laid down by the latter — That
many men are courageous, but unjust: that various persons are just, without
being wise and intelligent: that he who possesses one virtue, does not of
necessity possess all:141 — are not only in conformity with the common
opinion, but are quite true, though Sokrates is made to dispute them.
Moreover, the arguments employed by Sokrates (including in those
arguments the strange propositions that justice is just, and that holiness is
holy) are certainly noway conclusive.142 Though Protagoras, becoming
entangled in difficulties, and incapable of maintaining his consistency
against an embarrassing cross-examination, is of course exhibited as
ignorant of that which he professes to know — the doctrine which he
maintains is neither untrue in itself, nor even shown to be apparently untrue.

141 Plato, Protag. p. 329 E. Protagoras is here made to affirm that many
men are courageous who are neither just, nor temperate, nor virtuous in
other respects. Sokrates contradicts the position. But in the Treatise De
Legibus (i. p. 630 B), Plato himself says same thing as Protagoras is here
made to say: at least assuming that the Athenian speaker in De Legg.
represents the sentiment of Plato himself at the time when he composed that
treatise.

Page 492

142 Plato, Protag. p. 330 C, p. 333 B.

To say “Justice is just,” or “Holiness is holy,” is indeed either mere
tautology, or else an impropriety of speech. Dr. Hutcheson observes on an
analogous case: “None can apply moral attributes to the very faculty of
perceiving moral qualities: or call his moral Sense morally Good or Evil,
any more than he calls the power of tasting, sweet or bitter — or the power
of seeing, straight or crooked, white or black” (Hutcheson on the Passions,
sect. i. p. 234).

The harsh epithets applied by
As to the arrogant and exorbitant
critics to Protagoras are not
pretensions which the Platonic commentators
borne out by the dialogue. He
ascribe to Protagoras, more is said than the
stands on the same ground as
reality justifies. He pretends to know what
the common consciousness.
virtue, justice, moderation, courage, &c., are,
and he is proved not to know. But this is what
every one else pretends to know also, and what every body else teaches as
well as he — “Hæc Janus summus ab imo Perdocet: hæc recinunt juvenes
dictata senesque”. What he pretends to do, beyond the general public, he
really can do. He can discourse, learnedly and eloquently, upon these
received doctrines and sentiments: he can enlist the feelings and sympathies
of the public in favour of that which he, in common with the public,
believes to be good — and against that which he and they believe to be bad:
he can thus teach virtue more effectively than others. But whether that
which is received as virtue, be really such — he has never analysed or
verified: nor does he willingly submit to the process of analysis. Here again
he is in harmony with the general public; for they hate, as much as he does,
to be dragged back to fundamentals, and forced to explain, defend, revise,
or modify, their established sentiments and maxims: which they apply as
principia for deduction to particular cases, and which they recognise as
axioms whereby other things are to be tried, not as liable to be tried

Page 493

themselves. Protagoras is one of the general public, in dislike of, and
inaptitude for, analysis and dialectic discussion: while he stands above them
in his eloquence and his power of combining, illustrating, and adorning,
received doctrines. These are points of superiority, not pretended, but real.

Aversion of Protagoras for
The aversion of Protagoras for dialectic
dialectic. Interlude about the
discussion — after causing an interruption of
song of Simonides.
the ethical argument, and an interlude of
comment on the poet Simonides — is at length
with difficulty overcome, and the argument is then resumed. The question
still continues, What is virtue? What are the five different parts of virtue?
Yet it is so far altered that Protagoras now admits that the four parts of
virtue which Sokrates professed to have shown to be nearly identical, really
are tolerably alike: but he nevertheless contends that courage is very
different from all of them, repeating his declaration that many men are
courageous, but unjust and stupid at the same time. This position Sokrates
undertakes to refute. In doing so, he lays out one of the largest, most
distinct, and most positive theories of virtue, which can be found in the
Platonic writings.

Ethical view given by Sokrates
Virtue, according to this theory, consists in a
worked out at length clearly.
right measurement and choice of pleasures and
Good and evil consist in right or
pains: in deciding correctly, wherever we have
wrong calculation of pleasures
an alternative, on which side lies the largest
and pains of the agent.
pleasure or the least pain — and choosing the
side which presents this balance. To live
pleasurably, is pronounced to be good: to live without pleasure or in pain, is
evil. Moreover, nothing but pleasure, or comparative mitigation of pain, is
good: nothing but pain is evil.143 Good, is identical with the greatest
pleasure or least pain: evil, with greatest pain: meaning thereby each
pleasure and each pain when looked at along with its consequences and

Page 494

concomitants. The grand determining cause and condition of virtue is
knowledge: the knowledge, science, or art, of correctly measuring the
comparative value of different pleasures and pains. Such knowledge (the
theory affirms), wherever it is possessed, will be sure to command the
whole man, to dictate all his conduct, and to prevail over every temptation
of special appetite or aversion. To say that a man who knows on which side
the greatest pleasure or the least pain lies, will act against his knowledge —
is a mistake. If he acts in this way, it is plain that he does not possess the
knowledge, and that he sins through ignorance.

143 The substantial identity of Good with Pleasure, of Evil with Pain, was
the doctrine of the historical Sokrates as declared in Xenophon’s
Memorabilia. See, among other passages, i. 6, 8. Τοῦ δὲ μὴ δουλεύειν
γαστρὶ μηδὲ ὕπνῳ καὶ λαγνείᾳ, οἴει τι ἄλλο αἰτιώτερον εἶναι, ἢ τὸ ἕτερα
ἔχειν τούτων ἡδίω, ἃ οὐ μόνον ἐν χρείᾳ ὄντα εὐφραίνει, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐλπίδας
παρέχοντα ὠφελήσειν ἀεί; Καὶ μὴν τοῦτό γε οἶσθα, ὅτι οἱ μὲν οἰόμενοι
μηδὲν εὖ πράττειν οὐκ εὐφραίνονται, οἱ δὲ ἡγούμενοι καλῶς προχωρεῖν
ἑαυτοῖς, ἢ γεωργίαν ἢ ναυκληρίαν ἢ ἄλλ’ ὅ, τι ἂν τυγχάνωσιν ἐργαζόμενοι,
ὡς εὖ πράττοντες εὐφραίνονται. Οἴει οὖν ἀπὸ πάντων τούτων τοσαύτην
ἡδονὴν εἶναι, ὅσην ἀπὸ τοῦ ἑαυτόν τε ἡγεῖσθαι βελτίω γίγνεσθαι καὶ φίλους
ἀμείνους κτᾶσθαι; Ἐγὼ τοίνυν διατελῶ ταῦτα νομίζων.

Locke says, ‘Essay on Human Understanding,’ Book ii. ch. 28, “Good or
Evil is nothing but pleasure or pain to us — or that which procures pleasure
or pain to us. Moral good or evil then is only the conformity or
disagreement of our voluntary actions to some law, whereby good or evil is
drawn on us by the will and power of the law-maker; which good or evil,
pleasure or pain, attending our observance or breach of the law, is that we
call reward or punishment.”

The formal distinction here taken by Locke between pleasure and that
which procures pleasure — both the one and the other being called Good —

Page 495

(the like in regard to pain and evil) is not distinctly stated by Sokrates in the
Protagoras, though he says nothing inconsistent with it: but it is distinctly
stated in the Republic, ii. p. 357, where Good is distributed under three
heads. 1. That which we desire immediately and for itself — such as
Enjoyment, Innocuous pleasure. 2. That which we desire both for itself and
for its consequences — health, intelligence, good sight or hearing, &c. 3.
That which we do not desire (perhaps even shun) for itself, but which we
accept by reason of its consequences in averting greater pains or procuring
greater pleasures.

This discrimination of the varieties of Good, given in the Republic, is
quite consistent with what is stated by Sokrates in the Protagoras, though it
is more full and precise. But it is not consistent with what Sokrates says in
the Gorgias, where he asserts a radical dissimilarity of nature between ἡδὺ
and ἀγαθόν.

Protagoras is at first opposed to
Protagoras agrees with Sokrates in the
this theory.
encomiums bestowed on the paramount
importance and ascendancy of knowledge: but
does not at first agree with him in identifying good with pleasure, and evil
with pain. Upon this point, too, he is represented as agreeing in opinion
with the Many. He does not admit that to live pleasurably is good, unless
where a man takes his pleasure in honourable things. He thinks it safer, and
more consistent with his own whole life, to maintain — That pleasurable
things, or painful things, may be either good, or evil, or indifferent,
according to the particular case.

Reasoning of Sokrates.
This doctrine Sokrates takes much pains to
refute. He contends that pleasurable things, so
far forth as pleasurable, are always good — and painful things, so far forth
as painful, always evil. When some pleasures are called evil, that is not on
account of any thing belonging to the pleasure itself, but because of its

Page 496

ulterior consequences and concomitants, which are painful or distressing in
a degree more than countervailing the pleasure. So too, when some pains
are pronounced to be good, this is not from any peculiarity in the pain itself,
but because of its consequences and concomitants: such pain being required
as a condition to the attainment of health, security, wealth, and other
pleasures or satisfactions more than counter-balancing. Sokrates challenges
opponents to name any other end, with reference to which things are called
good, except their tendency to prevent or relieve pains and to ensure a
balance of pleasure: he challenges them to name any other end, with
reference to which things are called evil, except their tendency to produce
pains and to intercept or destroy pleasures. In measuring pleasures and
pains against each other, there is no other difference to be reckoned except
that of greater or less, more or fewer. The difference between near and
distant, does indeed obtrude itself upon us as a misleading element. But it is
the special task of the “measuring science” to correct this illusion — and to
compare pleasures or pains, whether near or distant, according to their real
worth: just as we learn to rectify the illusions of the sight in regard to near
and distant objects.

Application of that reasoning to
Sokrates proceeds to apply this general
the case of courage.
principle in correcting the explanation of
courage given by Protagoras. He shows, or
tries to show, that courage, like all the other branches of virtue, consists in
acting on a just estimate of comparative pleasures and pains. No man
affronts evil, or the alternative of greater pain, knowing it to be such: no
man therefore adventures himself in any terrible enterprise, knowing it to be
so: neither the brave nor the timid do this. Both the brave and the timid
affront that which they think not terrible, or the least terrible of two
alternatives: but they estimate differently what is such. The former go
readily to war when required, the latter evade it. Now to go into war when
required, is honourable: being honourable, it is good: being honourable and

Page 497

good, it is pleasurable. The brave know this, and enter upon it willingly: the
timid not only do not know it, but entertain the contrary opinion, looking
upon war as painful and terrible, and therefore keeping aloof. The brave
men fear what it is honourable to fear, the cowards what it is dishonourable
to fear: the former act upon the knowledge of what is really terrible, the
latter are misled by their ignorance of it. Courage is thus, like the other
virtues, a case of accurate knowledge of comparative pleasures and pains,
or of good and evil.144

144 Compare, respecting Courage, a passage in the Republic, iv. pp. 429
C, 430 B, which is better stated there (though substantially the same
opinion) than here in the Protagoras.

The opinion of the Platonic Sokrates may be illustrated by a sentence
from the funeral oration delivered by Periklês, Thucyd. ii. 43, fin.
Ἀλγεινοτέρα γὰρ ἀνδρί γε φρόνημα ἔχοντι ἡ ἐν τῷ μετὰ τοῦ μαλακισθῆναι
κάκωσις, ἢ ὁ μετὰ ῥώμης καὶ κοινῆς ἐλπίδος ἅμα γιγνόμενος ἀναίσθητος
θάνατος — which Dr. Arnold thus translates in his note: “For more grievous
to a man of noble mind is the misery which comes together with cowardice,
than the unfelt death which befalls him in the midst of his strength and
hopes for the common welfare.”

So again in the Phædon (p. 68) Sokrates describes the courage of the
ordinary unphilosophical citizen to consist in braving death from fear of
greater evils (which is the same view as that of Sokrates in the Protagoras),
while the philosopher is courageous on a different principle; aspiring only
to reason and intelligence, with the pleasures attending it, he welcomes
death as releasing his mind from the obstructive companionship of the
body.

The fear of disgrace and dishonour, in his own eyes and in those of
others, is more intolerable to the brave man than the fear of wounds and

Page 498

death in the service of his country. See Plato, Leg. i. pp. 646-647. He is
φοβερὸς μετὰ νόμου, μετὰ δίκης, p. 647 E. Such is the way in which both
Plato and Thucydides conceive the character of the brave citizen as
compared with the coward.

It is plain that this resolves itself ultimately into a different estimate of
prospective pains; the case being one in which pleasure is not concerned.
That the pains of self-reproach and infamy in the eyes of others are among
the most agonising in the human bosom, need hardly be remarked. At the
same time the sentiments here conceived embrace a wide field of sympathy,
comprising the interests, honour, and security, of others as well as of the
individual agent.

The theory which Plato here
Such is the ethical theory which the Platonic
lays down is more distinct and
Sokrates enunciates in this dialogue, and
specific than any theory laid
which Protagoras and others accept. It is
down in other dialogues.
positive and distinct, to a degree very unusual
with Plato. We shall find that he theorises
differently in other dialogues; whether for the better or the worse, will be
hereafter seen. He declares here explicitly that pleasure, or happiness, is the
end to be pursued; and pain, or misery, the end to be avoided: and that there
is no other end, in reference to which things can be called good or evil,
except as they tend to promote pleasure or mitigate suffering, on the one
side — to entail pain or suffering on the other. He challenges objectors to
assign any other end. And thus much is certain — that in those other
dialogues where he himself departs from the present doctrine, he has not
complied with his own challenge. Nowhere has he specified a different end.
In other dialogues, as well as in the Protagoras, Plato has insisted on the
necessity of a science or art of calculation: but in no other dialogue has he
told us distinctly what are the items to be calculated.

Page 499

Remarks on the theory here laid
I perfectly agree with the doctrine laid down
down by Sokrates. It is too
by Sokrates in the Protagoras, that pain or
narrow, and exclusively
suffering is the End to be avoided or lessened
prudential.
as far as possible — and pleasure or happiness
the End to be pursued as far as attainable —
by intelligent forethought and comparison: that there is no other intelligible
standard of reference, for application of the terms Good and Evil, except the
tendency to produce happiness or misery: and that if this standard be
rejected, ethical debate loses all standard for rational discussion, and
becomes only an enunciation of the different sentiments, authoritative and
self-justifying, prevalent in each community. But the End just mentioned is
highly complex, and care must be taken to conceive it in its full
comprehension. Herein I conceive the argument of Sokrates (in the
Protagoras) to be incomplete. It carries attention only to a part of the truth,
keeping out of sight, though not excluding, the remainder. It considers each
man as an individual, determining good or evil for himself by calculating
his own pleasures and pains: as a prudent, temperate, and courageous agent,
but neither as just nor beneficent. It omits to take account of him as a
member of a society, composed of many others akin or co-ordinate with
himself. Now it is the purpose of an ethical or political reasoner (such as
Plato both professes to be and really is) to study the means of happiness, not
simply for the agent himself, but for that agent together with others around
him — for the members of the community generally.145 The Platonic
Sokrates says this himself in the Republic: and accordingly, he there treats
of other points which are not touched upon by Sokrates in the Protagoras.
He proclaims that the happiness of each citizen must be sought only by
means consistent with the security, and to a certain extent with the
happiness, of others: he provides as far as practicable that all shall derive
their pleasures and pains from the same causes: common pleasures, and
common pains, to all.146 The doctrine of Sokrates in the Protagoras requires

Page 500

to be enlarged so as to comprehend these other important elements. Since
the conduct of every agent affects the happiness of others, he must be called
upon to take account of its consequences under both aspects, especially
where it goes to inflict hurt or privation upon others. Good and evil depend
upon that scientific computation and comparison of pleasures and pains
which Sokrates in the Protagoras prescribes: but the computation must
include, to a certain extent, the pleasures and pains (security and rightful
expectations) of others besides the agent himself, implicated in the
consequences of his acts.147

145 Plato, Republ. iv. pp. 420-421, v. p. 466 A.

146 Plato, Republ. v. pp. 462 A-B-D, 464 A-D.

Throughout the first of these passages we see ἀγαθὸν used as the
equivalent of ἡδονή, κακὸν as the equivalent of λύπη.

147 See, especially on this point, the brief but valuable Tract on
Utilitarianism by Mr. John Stuart Mill. In page 16 of that work attention is
called to the fact, that in Utilitarianism the standard is not the greatest
happiness of the agent himself alone, but the greatest amount of happiness
altogether. So that we cannot with exactness call the doctrine of Sokrates, in
his conversation with Protagoras, “the theory of Utilitarianism,” as Mr. Mill
calls it in page 1.

Comparison with the Republic.
As to this point, we shall find the Platonic
Sokrates not always correct, nor even
consistent with himself. This will appear especially when we come to see
the account which he gives of Justice in the Republic. In that branch of the
Ethical End, a direct regard to the security of others comes into the
foreground. For in an act of injustice, the prominent characteristic is that of
harm, done to others — though that is not the whole, since the security of
the agent himself is implicated with that of others in the general fulfilment

Page 501

of these obligations. It is this primary regard to others, and secondary
regard to self, implicated in one complex feeling — which distinguishes
justice from prudence. The Platonic Sokrates in the Republic (though his
language is not always clear) does not admit this; but considers justice as a
branch of prudence, necessary to ensure the happiness of the individual
agent himself.

The discourse of Protagoras
Now in the Protagoras, what the Platonic
brings out an important part of
Sokrates dwells upon (in the argument which I
the whole case, which is omitted
have been considering) is prudence,
in the analysis by Sokrates.
temperance, courage: little or nothing is said
about justice: there was therefore the less
necessity for insisting on that prominent reference to the security of others
(besides the agent himself) which justice involves. If, however, we turn
back to the earlier part of the dialogue, to the speech delivered by
Protagoras, we see justice brought into the foreground. It is not indeed
handled analytically (which is not the manner of that Sophist), nor is it
resolved into regard to pleasure and pain, happiness and misery: but it is
announced as a social sentiment indispensably and reciprocally necessary
from every man towards every other (δίκη — αἰδὼς), distinguishable from
those endowments which supply the wants and multiply the comforts of the
individual himself. The very existence of the social union requires, that
each man should feel a sentiment of duties on his part towards others, and
duties on their parts towards him: or (in other words) of rights on his part to
have his interests considered by others, and rights on their parts to have
their interests considered by him. Unless this sentiment of reciprocity —
reciprocal duty and right — exist in the bosom of each individual citizen, or
at least in the large majority — no social union could subsist. There are
doubtless different degrees of the sentiment: moreover the rights and duties
may be apportioned better or worse, more or less fairly, among the
individuals of a society; thus rendering the society more or less estimable

Page 502

and comfortable. But without a certain minimum of the sentiment in each
individual bosom, even the worst constituted society could not hold
together. And it is this sentiment of reciprocity which Protagoras (in the
dialogue before us) is introduced as postulating in his declaration, that
justice and the sense of shame (unlike to professional aptitudes) must be
distributed universally and without exception among all the members of a
community. Each man must feel them, in his conduct towards others: each
man must also be able to reckon that others will feel the like, in their
behaviour towards him.148

148 Professor Bain (in his work on the Emotions and the Will, ch. xv. On
the Ethical Emotions, pp. 271-3) has given remarks extremely pertinent to
the illustration of that doctrine which Plato has here placed under the name
of Protagoras.

“The supposed uniformity of moral distinctions resolves itself into the
two following particulars. First, the common end of public security, which
is also individual preservation, demands certain precautions that are
everywhere very much alike, and can in no case be dispensed with. Some
sort of constituted authority to control the individual impulses and to protect
each man’s person and property, must exist wherever a number of human
beings live together. The duties springing out of this necessary arrangement
are essentially the same in all societies.… They have a pretty uniform
character all over the globe. If the sense of the common safety were not
sufficiently strong to constitute the social tie of obedience to some common
regulations, society could not exist.… It is no proof of the universal spread
of a special innate faculty of moral distinctions, but of a certain rational
appreciation of what is necessary for the very existence of every human
being living in the company of others: Doubtless, if the sad history of the
human race had been preserved in all its details, we should have many
examples of tribes that perished from being unequal to the conception of a

Page 503

social system, or to the restraints imposed by it. We know enough of the
records of anarchy, to see how difficult it is for human nature to comply in
full with the social conditions of security; but if this were not complied with
at all, the result would be mutual and swift destruction.… In the second
place, mankind have been singularly unanimous in the practice of imposing
upon individual members of societies some observances or restraints of
purely sentimental origin, having no reference, direct or indirect, to the
maintenance of the social tie, with all the safeguards implied in it. Certain
maxims founded in taste, liking, aversion, or fancy, have, in every
community known to us, been raised to the dignity of authoritative
morality; being rendered (so to speak) ‘terms of communion,’ and have
been enforced by punishment.… In the rules, founded on men’s sentiments,
likings, aversions, and antipathies, there is nothing common but the fact that
some one or other of these are carried to the length of public requirement,
and mixed up in one code with the imperative duties that hold society
together.”

The postulate of the Platonic Protagoras — that δίκη and αἰδὼς must be
felt to a certain extent in each man’s bosom, as a condition to the very
existence of society — agrees with the first of the two elements here
distinguished by Mr. Bain, and does not necessarily go beyond it. But the
unsystematic teaching and universal propagandism, which Protagoras
describes as the agency whereby virtue is communicated, applies alike to
both the two elements distinguished by Mr. Bain: to the factitious
exigencies of King Nomos, as well as to his tutelary control. It is this mixed
mass that the Sokratic analysis is brought to examine.

The Ethical End, as implied in
If we thus compare the Ethical End, as
the discourse of Protagoras,
implied, though not explicitly laid down, by
involves a direct regard to the
Protagoras in the earlier part of the dialogue,
pleasures and pains of other
— and as laid down by Sokrates in the later

Page 504

persons besides the agent part — we shall see that while Sokrates
himself. restricts it to a true comparative estimate of the
pains and pleasures of the agent himself,
Protagoras enlarges it so as to include a direct reference to those of others
also, coupled with an expectation of the like reference on the part of
others.149 Sokrates is satisfied with requiring from each person calculating
prudence for his own pleasures and pains: while Protagoras proclaims that
after this attribute had been obtained by man, and individual wants
supplied, still there was a farther element necessary in the calculation — the
social sentiment or reciprocity of regard implanted in every one’s bosom:
without this the human race would have perished. Prudence and skill will
suffice for an isolated existence; but if men are to live and act in social
communion, the services as well as the requirements of each man must be
shaped, in a certain measure, with a direct view to the security of others as
well as to his own.

149 Plato, Protag. pp. 321-322.

In my judgment, the Ethical End, exclusively self-regarding, here laid
down by Sokrates, is too narrow. And if we turn to other Platonic dialogues,
we shall find Sokrates still represented as proclaiming a self-regarding
Ethical End, though not the same as what we read in the Protagoras. In the
Gorgias, Republic, Phædon, &c., we shall find him discountenancing the
calculation (recommended in the Protagoras) of pleasures and pains against
each other, as greater, more certain, durable, &c., and insisting that all shall
be estimated according as they bear on the general condition or health of the
mind, which he assimilates to the general condition or health of the body.
The health of the body, considered as an End to be pursued, is essentially
self-regarding: so also is the health of the mind. I shall touch upon this
farther when I consider the above-mentioned dialogues: at present, I only
remark that they agree with the Sokrates of the Protagoras in assuming a

Page 505

self-regarding Ethical End, though they do not agree with him in describing
what that End should be.

Plato’s reasoning in the dialogue
The application which Sokrates makes (in
is not clear or satisfactory,
the Protagoras) of his own assumed Ethical
especially about courage.
End to the explanation of courage, is certainly
confused and unsatisfactory. And indeed, we
may farther remark that the general result at which Plato seems to be aiming
in this dialogue, viz.: That all the different virtues are at the bottom one and
the same, and that he who possesses one of them must also possess the
remainder — cannot be made out even upon his own assumptions. Though
it be true that all the virtues depend upon correct calculation, yet as each of
them applies to a different set of circumstances and different disturbing and
misleading causes, the same man who calculates well under one set of
circumstances, may calculate badly under others. The position laid down by
Protagoras, that men are often courageous but unjust — just, but not wise
— is noway refuted by Plato. Nor is it even inconsistent with Plato’s own
theory, though he seems to think it so.

Doctrine of Stallbaum and other
Some of the Platonic commentators
critics is not correct. That the
maintain,150 that the doctrine here explicitly
analysis here ascribed to laid down and illustrated by Sokrates, viz.: the
Sokrates is not intended by essential identity of the pleasurable with the
Plato as serious, but as a good, of the painful with the evil — is to be
mockery of the sophists. regarded as not serious, but as taken up in jest
for the purpose of mocking and humiliating
Protagoras. Such an hypothesis appears to me untenable; contradicted by
the whole tenor of the dialogue. Throughout all the Platonic compositions,
there is nowhere to be found any train of argument more direct, more
serious, and more elaborate, than that by which Sokrates here proves the
identity of good with pleasure, of pain with evil (p. 351 to end). Protagoras

Page 506

begins by denying it, and is only compelled to accept the conclusion against
his own will, by the series of questions which he cannot otherwise
answer.151 Sokrates admits that the bulk of mankind are also opposed to it:
but he establishes it with an ingenuity which is pronounced to be
triumphant by all the hearers around.152 The commentators are at liberty to
impeach the reasoning as unsound; but to set it aside as mere banter and
mockery, is preposterous. Assume it even to be intended as mockery —
assume that Sokrates is mystifying the hearers, by a string of delusive
queries, to make out a thesis which he knows to be untrue and silly — how
can the mockery fall upon Protagoras, who denies the thesis from the
beginning?153 The irony, if it were irony, would be misplaced and absurd.

150 See Brandis, Gesch. d. Griech.-Röm., Phil. Part ii. sect. 114, note 3 p.
458; Stallbaum, Prolegom. ad Protag. pp. 15-33-34.

So too Ficinus says in his Argumentum to the Protagoras: (p. 765) “Tum
vero de bono et malo multa tractantur. Siquidem prudentia est scientia
eligendi boni, malique vitandi. Ambigitur autem utrum bonum malumque
idem sit penitus quod et voluptas et dolor. Neque affirmatur id quidem
omnino, neque manifesté omnino negatur. De hoc enim in Gorgiâ
Phileboque et alibi,” &c.

When a critic composes an Argument to the Protagoras, he is surely
under obligation to report faithfully and exactly what is declared by
Sokrates in the Protagoras, whether it be consistent or not with the Gorgias
and Philêbus. Yet here we find Ficinus misrepresenting the Protagoras, in
order to force it into harmony with the other two.

151 This is so directly stated that I am surprised to find Zeller (among
many other critics) announcing that Plato here accepts for the occasion the
Standpunkt of his enemies (Philos. der Griech. vol. ii. p. 380, ed. 2nd).

Page 507

152 Plato, Protag. p. 358 A. ὑπερφυῶς ἐδόκει ἅπασιν ἀληθῆ εἶναι τὰ
εἰρημένα.

153 When Stallbaum asserts that the thesis is taken up by Sokrates as one
which was maintained by Protagoras and the other Sophists (Proleg. p. 33),
he says what is distinctly at variance with the dialogue, p. 351.

Schleiermacher maintains that this same thesis (the fundamental identity
of good with pleasure, evil with pain) is altogether “unsokratic and
unplatonic”; that it is handled here by Sokrates in a manner visibly ironical
(sichtbar ironisch); that the purpose of the argument is to show the stupidity
of Protagoras, who is puzzled and imposed upon by such obvious fallacies
(Einleitung zum Protag. 230, bottom of p. 232), and who is made to exhibit
(so Schleiermacher says, Einl. zum Gorgias, p. 14) a string of ludicrous
absurdities.

Upon this I have to remark first, that if the stupidity of Protagoras is
intended to be shown up, that of all the other persons present must be
equally manifested; for all of them assent emphatically, at the close, to the
thesis as having been proved (Prot. p. 358 A): next, that I am unable to see
either the absurdities of Protagoras or the irony of Sokrates, which
Schleiermacher asserts to be so visible. The argument of Sokrates is as
serious and elaborate as any thing which we read in Plato. Schleiermacher
seems to me to misconceive altogether (not only here but also in his
Einleitung zum Gorgias, p. 10) the concluding argument of Sokrates in the
Protagoras. To describe the identity between ἡδὺ and ἀγαθὸν as a
“scheinbare Voraussetzung” is to depart from the plain meaning of words.

Again, Steinhart contends that Sokrates assumes this doctrine (identity of
pleasure with good, pain with evil), “not as his own opinion, but only
hypothetically, with a sarcastic side-glance at the absurd consequences
which many deduced from it — only as the received world-morality, as the

Page 508

opinion of the majority” (Einleit. zum Protag. p. 419). How Steinhart can
find proof of this in the dialogue, I am at a loss to understand. The dialogue
presents to us Sokrates introducing the opinion as his own, against that of
Protagoras and against that of the multitude (p. 351 C). On hearing this
opposition from Protagoras, Sokrates invites him to an investigation,
whether the opinion be just; Sokrates then conducts the investigation
himself, along with Protagoras, at considerable length, and ultimately
brings out the doctrine as proved, with the assent of all present.

These forced interpretations are resorted to, because the critics cannot
bear to see the Platonic Sokrates maintaining a thesis substantially the same
as that of Eudoxus and Epikurus. Upon this point, K. F. Hermann is more
moderate than the others; he admits the thesis to be seriously maintained in
the dialogue — states that it was really the opinion of the historical Sokrates
— and adds that it was also the opinion of Plato himself during his early
Sokratic stadium, when the Protagoras (as he thinks) was composed (Gesch.
und Syst. der Plat. Phil. pp. 462-463).

Most of the critics agree in considering the Protagoras to be one of
Plato’s earlier dialogues, about 403 B.C. Ast even refers it to 407 B.C. when
Plato was about twenty-one years of age. I have already given my reasons
for believing that none of the Platonic dialogues were composed before 399
B.C. The Protagoras belongs, in my opinion, to Plato’s most perfect and

mature period.

Grounds of that doctrine. Their
The commentators resort to this hypothesis,
insufficiency.
partly because the doctrine in question is one
which they disapprove — partly because
doctrines inconsistent with it are maintained in other Platonic dialogues.
These are the same two reasons upon which, in other cases, various
dialogues have been rejected as not genuine works of Plato. The first of the
two reasons is plainly irrelevant: we must accept what Plato gives us,

Page 509

whether we assent to it or not. The second reason also, I think, proves little.
The dialogues are distinct compositions, written each with its own
circumstances and purpose: we have no right to require that they shall be all
consistent with each other in doctrine, especially when we look to the long
philosophical career of Plato. To suppose that the elaborate reasoning of
Sokrates in the latter portion of the Protagoras is mere irony, intended to
mystify both Protagoras himself and all the by-standers, who accept it as
earnest and convincing — appears to me far less reasonable than the
admission, that the dialectic pleading ascribed to Sokrates in one dialogue is
inconsistent with that assigned to him in another.

Subject is professedly still left
Though there is every mark of seriousness,
unsettled at the close of the
and no mark of irony, in this reasoning of
dialogue.
Sokrates, yet we must remember that he does
not profess to leave the subject settled at the
close of the dialogue. On the contrary, he declares himself to be in a state of
puzzle and perplexity. The question, proposed at the outset, Whether virtue
is teachable? remains undecided.

Page 510

CHAPTER XXIV.

Page 511

GORGIAS.

Persons who debate in the
Aristotle, in one of his lost dialogues, made
Gorgias. Celebrity of the
honourable mention of a Corinthian cultivator,
historical Gorgias.
who, on reading the Platonic Gorgias, was
smitten with such vehement admiration, that
he abandoned his fields and his vines, came to Athens forthwith, and
committed himself to the tuition of Plato.1 How much of reality there may
be in this anecdote, we cannot say: but the Gorgias itself is well calculated
to justify such warm admiration. It opens with a discussion on the nature
and purpose of Rhetoric, but is gradually enlarged so as to include a
comparison of the various schemes of life, and an outline of positive ethical
theory. It is carried on by Sokrates with three distinct interlocutors —
Gorgias, Polus, and Kalliklês; but I must again remind the reader that all the
four are only spokesmen prompted by Plato himself.2 It may indeed be
considered almost as three distinct dialogues, connected by a loose thread.
The historical Gorgias, a native of Leontini in Sicily, was the most
celebrated of the Grecian rhetors; an elderly man during Plato’s youth. He
paid visits to different cities in all parts of Greece, and gave lessons in
rhetoric to numerous pupils, chiefly young men of ambitious aspirations.3

1 Themistius, Or. xxiii. p. 356, Dindorf. Ὁ δὲ γεωργὸς ὁ Κορίνθιος τῷ
Γοργίᾳ ξυγγενόμενος — οὐκ αὐτῷ ἐκείνῳ Γοργίᾳ, ἀλλὰ τῷ λόγῳ ὃν
Πλάτων ἔγραψεν ἐπ’ ἐλέγχῳ τοῦ σοφιστοῦ — αὐτίκα ἀφεὶς τὸν ἄγρον καὶ
τοὺς ἀμπέλους, Πλάτωνι ὑπέθηκε τὴν ψυχὴν καὶ τὰ ἐκείνου ἐσπείρετο καὶ
ἐφυτεύετο· καὶ οὗτός ἐστιν ὃν τιμᾷ Ἀριστοτέλης ἐν τῷ διαλόγῳ τῷ
Κορινθίῳ.

Page 512

2 Aristeides, Orat. xlvi. p. 387, Dindorf. Τίς γὰρ οὐκ οἶδεν, ὅτι καὶ ὁ
Σωκράτης καὶ ὁ Καλλικλῆς καὶ ὁ Γοργίας καὶ ὁ Πῶλος, πάντα ταῦτ’ ἐστὶ
Πλάτων, πρὸς τὸ δοκοῦν αὐτῷ τρέπων τοὺς λόγους; Though Aristeides asks
reasonably enough, Who is ignorant of this? — the remarks of Stallbaum
and others often imply forgetfulness of it.

3 Schleiermacher (Einleitung zum Gorgias, vol. iii. p. 22) is of opinion that
Plato composed the Gorgias shortly after returning from his first voyage to
Sicily, 387 B.C.

I shall not contradict this: but I see nothing to prove it. At the same time,
Schleiermacher assumes as certain that Aristophanes in the Ekklesiazusæ
alludes to the doctrines published by Plato in his Republic (Einleitung zum
Gorgias, p. 20). Putting these two statements together, the Gorgias would be
later in date of composition than the Republic, which I hardly think
probable. However, I do not at all believe that Aristophanes in the
Ekklesiazusæ makes any allusion to the Republic of Plato. Nor shall I
believe, until some evidence is produced, that the Republic was composed
at so early a date as 390 B.C.

Introductory circumstances of
Sokrates and Chærephon are described as
the dialogue. Polus and
intending to come to a rhetorical lecture of
Kalliklês.
Gorgias, but as having been accidentally
detained so as not to arrive until just after it
has been finished, with brilliant success. Kalliklês, however, the host and
friend of Gorgias, promises that the rhetor will readily answer any questions
put by Sokrates; which Gorgias himself confirms, observing at the same
time that no one had asked him any new question for many years past.4
Sokrates accordingly asks Gorgias what his profession is? what it is that he
teaches? what is the definition of rhetoric? Not receiving a satisfactory
answer, Sokrates furnishes a definition of his own: out of which grow two
arguments of wide ethical bearing: carried on by Sokrates, the first against

Page 513

Polus, the second against Kalliklês. Both these two are represented as
voluble speakers, of confident temper, regarding the acquisition of political
power and oratorical celebrity as the grand objects of life. Polus had even
composed a work on Rhetoric, of which we know nothing: but the tone of
this dialogue would seem to indicate (as far as we can judge from such
evidence) that the style of the work was affected, and the temper of the
author flippant.

4 Plato, Gorg. pp. 447-448 A. The dialogue is supposed to be carried on in
the presence of many persons, seemingly belonging to the auditory of the
lecture which Gorgias has just finished, p. 455 C.

Purpose of Sokrates in
Here, as in the other dialogues above
questioning. Conditions of a
noticed, the avowed aim of Sokrates is — first,
good definition.
to exclude long speaking — next, to get the
question accurately conceived, and answered
in an appropriate manner. Specimens are given of unsuitable and inaccurate
answers, which Sokrates corrects. The conditions of a good definition are
made plain by contrast with bad ones; which either include much more than
the thing defined, or set forth what is accessory and occasional in place of
what is essential and constant. These tentatives and gropings to find a
definition are always instructive, and must have been especially so in the
Platonic age, when logical distinctions had never yet been made a subject of
separate attention or analysis.

Questions about the definition of
About what is Rhetoric as a cognition
Rhetoric. It is the artisan of
concerned, Gorgias? Gorg. — About words or
persuasion.
discourses. Sokr. — About what discourses?
such as inform sick men how they are to get
well? Gorg. — No. Sokr. — It is not about all discourses? Gorg. — It
makes men competent to speak: of course therefore also to think, upon the
matters on which they speak.5 Sokr. — But the medical and gymnastic arts

Page 514

do this likewise, each with reference to its respective subject: what then is
the difference between them and Rhetoric? Gorg. — The difference is, that
each of these other arts tends mainly towards some actual work or
performance, to which the discourses, when required at all, are subsidiary:
but Rhetoric accomplishes every thing by discourses alone.6 Sokr. — But
the same may be said about arithmetic, geometry, and other sciences. How
are they distinguished from Rhetoric? You must tell me upon what matters
the discourses with which Rhetoric is conversant turn; just as you would tell
me, if I asked the like question about arithmetic or astronomy. Gorg. — The
discourses, with which Rhetoric is conversant, turn upon the greatest of all
human affairs. Sokr. — But this too, Gorgias, is indistinct and equivocal.
Every man, the physician, the gymnast, the money-maker, thinks his own
object and his own affairs the greatest of all.7 Gorg. — The function of
Rhetoric, is to persuade assembled multitudes, and thus to secure what are
in truth the greatest benefits: freedom to the city, political command to the
speaker.8 Sokr. — Rhetoric is then the artisan of persuasion. Its single
purpose is to produce persuasion in the minds of hearers? Gorg. — It is so.

5 Plato, Gorgias, p. 449 E. Οὐκοῦν περὶ ὧνπερ λέγειν, καὶ φρονεῖν; Πῶς
γὰρ οὔ;

6 Plato, Gorgias, p. 450 B-C. τῆς ῥητορικῆς … πᾶσα ἡ πρᾶξις καὶ ἡ
κύρωσις διὰ λόγων ἐστίν …

7 Plato, Gorgias, pp. 451-452.

8 Plato, Gorgias, p. 452 D. Ὅπερ ἔστι τῇ ἀληθείᾳ μέγιστον ἀγαθόν, καὶ
αἴτιον, ἄμα μὲν ἐλευθερίας αὐτοῖς τοῖς ἀνθρώποις, ἄμα δὲ τοῦ ἄλλων
ἄρχειν ἐν τῇ αὑτοῦ πόλει ἑκάστῳ.

The Rhetor produces belief
Sokr. — But are there not other persons
without knowledge. Upon what
besides the Rhetor, who produce persuasion?

Page 515

matters is he competent to Does not the arithmetical teacher, and every
advise? other teacher, produce persuasion? How does
the Rhetor differ from them? What mode of
persuasion does he bring about? Persuasion about what? Gorg. — I reply —
it is that persuasion which is brought about in Dikasteries, and other
assembled multitudes — and which relates to just and unjust.9 Sokr. — You
recognise that to have learnt and to know any matter, is one thing — to
believe it, is another: that knowledge and belief are different — knowledge
being always true, belief sometimes false? Gorg. — Yes. Sokr. — We must
then distinguish two sorts of persuasion: one carrying with it knowledge —
the other belief without knowledge. Which of the two does the Rhetor bring
about? Gorg. — That which produces belief without knowledge. He can
teach nothing. Sokr. — Well, then, Gorgias, on what matters will the Rhetor
be competent to advise? When the people are deliberating about the choice
of generals or physicians, about the construction of docks, about practical
questions of any kind — there will be in each case a special man informed
and competent to teach or give counsel, while the Rhetor is not competent.
Upon what then can the Rhetor advise — upon just and unjust — nothing
else?10

9 Plato, Gorgias, p. 454 B.

10 Plato, Gorgias, p. 455 D.

The Rhetor can persuade the
The Rhetor (says Gorgias) or accomplished
people upon any matter, even
public speaker, will give advice about all the
against the opinion of the special
matters that you name, and others besides. He
expert. He appears to know,
will persuade the people and carry them along
among the ignorant.
with him, even against the opinion of the
special Expert. He will talk more persuasively
than the craftsman about matters of the craftsman’s own business. The
power of the Rhetor is thus very great: but he ought to use it, like all other

Page 516

powers, for just and honest purposes; not to abuse it for wrong and
oppression. If he does the latter, the misdeed is his own, and not the fault of
his teacher, who gave his lessons with a view that they should be turned to
proper use. If a man, who has learnt the use of arms, employs them to
commit murder, this abuse ought not to be imputed to his master of arms.11

11 Plato, Gorgias, pp. 456-457.

You mean (replies Sokrates) that he, who has learnt Rhetoric from you,
will become competent not to teach, but to persuade the multitude:—that is,
competent among the ignorant. He has acquired an engine of persuasion; so
that he will appear, when addressing the ignorant, to know more than those
who really do know.12

12 Plato, Gorgias, p. 459 B. Οὐκοῦν καὶ περὶ τὰς ἄλλας ἁπάσας τέχνας
ὡσαύτως ἔχει ὁ ῥήτωρ καὶ ἡ ῥητορική· αὐτὰ μὲν τὰ πράγματα οὐδὲν δεῖ
αὐτὴν εἰδέναι ὅπως ἔχει, μηχανὴν δέ τινα πειθοῦς εὑρηκέναι, ὥστε
φαίνεσθαι τοῖς οὐκ εἰδόσι μᾶλλον εἰδέναι τῶν εἰδότων.

Gorgias is now made to
Thus far, the conversation is carried on
contradict himself. Polus takes
between Sokrates and Gorgias. But the latter is
up the debate with Sokrates.
now made to contradict himself — apparently
rather than really — for the argument whereby
Sokrates reduces him to a contradiction, is not tenable, unless we admit the
Platonic doctrine that the man who has learnt just and unjust, may be relied
on to act as a just man;13 in other words, that virtue consists in knowledge.

13 Plato, Gorgias, p. 460 B. ὁ τὰ δίκαια μεμαθηκώς, δίκαιος. Aristotle
notices this confusion of Sokrates, who falls into it also in the conversation

Page 517

with Euthydemus, Xenoph. Memorab. iv. 2, 20, iii. 9, 5.

Polemical tone of Sokrates. At
Polus now interferes and takes up the
the instance of Polus he gives his
conversation: challenging Sokrates to furnish
own definition of rhetoric. It is
what he thinks the proper definition of
no art, but an empirical knack
Rhetoric. Sokrates obeys, in a tone of pungent
of catering for the immediate
polemic. Rhetoric (he says) is no art at all, but
pleasure of hearers, analogous to
an empirical knack of catering for the pleasure
cookery. It is a branch under the
and favour of hearers; analogous to cookery.14
general head flattery. It is a talent falling under the general aptitude
called Flattery; possessed by some bold spirits,
who are forward in divining and adapting themselves to the temper of the
public.15 It is not honourable, but a mean pursuit, like cookery. It is the
shadow or false imitation of a branch of the political art.16 In reference both
to the body and the mind, there are two different conditions: one, a
condition really and truly good — the other, good only in fallacious
appearance, and not so in reality. To produce, and to verify, the really good
condition of the body, there are two specially qualified professions, the
gymnast or trainer and the physician: in regard to the mind, the function of
the trainer is performed by the law-giving power, that of the physician by
the judicial power. Law-making, and adjudicating, are both branches of the
political art, and when put together make up the whole of it. Gymnastic and
medicine train and doctor the body towards its really best condition: law-
making and adjudicating do the same in regard to the mind. To each of the
four, there corresponds a sham counterpart or mimic, a branch under the
general head flattery — taking no account of what is really best, but only of
that which is most agreeable for the moment, and by this trick
recommending itself to a fallacious esteem.17 Thus Cosmetic, or
Ornamental Trickery, is the counterfeit of Gymnastic; and Cookery the
counterfeit of Medicine. Cookery studies only what is immediately
agreeable to the body, without considering whether it be good or

Page 518

wholesome: and does this moreover, without any truly scientific process of
observation or inference, but simply by an empirical process of memory or
analogy. But Medicine examines, and that too by scientific method, only
what is good and wholesome for the body, whether agreeable or not. Amidst
ignorant men, Cookery slips in as the counterfeit of medicine; pretending to
know what food is good for the body, while it really knows only what food
is agreeable. In like manner, the artifices of ornament dress up the body to a
false appearance of that vigour and symmetry, which Gymnastics impart to
it really and intrinsically.

14 Plato, Gorgias, p. 462 C. ἐμπειρία … χάριτός τινος καὶ ἡδονῆς
ἀπεργασίας. In the Philêbus (pp. 55-56) Sokrates treats ἰατρικὴ differently,
as falling short of the idea of τέχνη, and coming much nearer to what is here
called ἐμπειρία or στοχαστική. Asklepiades was displeased with the
Thracian Dionysius for calling γραμματικὴ by the name of ἐμπειρία instead
of τέχνη: see Sextus Empiric. adv. Grammat. s. 57-72, p. 615, Bekk.

15 Plato, Gorgias, p. 463 A. δοκεῖ μοι εἶναί τι ἐπιτήδευμα, τεχνικὸν μὲν οὔ,
ψυχῆς δὲ στοχαστικῆς καὶ ἀνδρείας καὶ φύσει δεινῆς προσομιλεῖν τοῖς
ἀνθρώποις· καλῶ δὲ αὐτοῦ ἐγὼ τὸ κεφάλαιον κ ο λ α κ ε ί α ν .

16 Plato, Gorgias, p. 463 D. πολιτικῆς μορίου εἴδωλον.

17 Plato, Gorgias, p. 464 C. τεττάρων δὴ τούτων οὐσῶν, καὶ ἀεὶ πρὸς τὸ
βέλτιστον θεραπευουσῶν, τῶν μὲν τὸ σῶμα, τῶν δὲ τὴν ψυχήν, ἡ
κολακευτικὴ αἰσθομένη, οὐ γνοῦσα λέγω ἀλλὰ στοχασαμένη, τέτραχα
ἑαυτὴν διανείμασα, ὑποδῦσα ὑπὸ ἕκαστον τῶν μορίων, προσποιεῖται εἶναι
τοῦτο ὅπερ ὑπέδυ· καὶ τοῦ μὲν βελτίστου οὐδὲν φροντίζει, τῷ δὲ ἀεὶ ἡδίστῳ
θηρεύεται τὴν ἄνοιαν καὶ ἐξαπατᾷ, ὥστε δοκεῖ πλείστου ἀξία εἶναι.

Distinction between the true arts
The same analogies hold in regard to the
which aim at the good of the
mind. Sophistic is the shadow or counterfeit of
law-giving: Rhetoric, of judging or

Page 519

body and mind — and the adjudicating. The lawgiver and the judge aim
counterfeit arts, which pretend at what is good for the mind: the Sophist and
to the same, but in reality aim at the Rhetor aim at what is agreeable to it. This
immediate pleasure. distinction between them (continues Sokrates)
is true and real: though it often happens that
the Sophist is, both by himself and by others, confounded with and
mistaken for the lawgiver, because he deals with the same topics and
occurrences: and the Rhetor, in the same manner, is confounded with the
judge.18 The Sophist and the Rhetor, addressing themselves to the present
relish of an undiscerning public, are enabled to usurp the functions and the
credit of their more severe and far-sighted rivals.

18 Plato, Gorgias, p. 465 C. διέστηκε μὲν οὕτω φύσει· ἅτε δὲ ἐγγὺς ὄντων,
φύρονται ἐν τῷ αὐτῷ καὶ περὶ ταὐτὰ σοφισταὶ καὶ ῥήτορες, καὶ οὐκ ἔχουσιν
ὅ, τι χρήσωνται οὔτε αὐτοὶ ἑαυτοῖς οὔτε οἱ ἄλλοι ἄνθρωποι τούτοις.

It seems to me that the persons whom Plato here designates as being
confounded together are, the Sophist with the lawgiver, the Rhetor with the
judge or dikast; which is shown by the allusion, three lines farther on, to the
confusion between the cook and the physician. Heindorf supposes that the
persons designated as being confounded are, the Sophist with the Rhetor;
which I cannot think to be the meaning of Plato.

Questions of Polus. Sokrates
This is the definition given by Sokrates of
denies that the Rhetors have any
Rhetoric and of the Rhetor. Polus then asks
real power, because they do
him: You say that Rhetoric is a branch of
nothing which they really wish.
Flattery: Do you think that good Rhetors are
considered as flatterers in their respective
cities? Sokr. — I do not think that19 they are considered at all. Polus. —
How! not considered? Do not good Rhetors possess great power in their
respective cities? Sokr. — No: if you understand the possession of power as
a good thing for the possessor. Polus. — I do understand it so. Sokr. —

Page 520

Then I say that the Rhetors possess nothing beyond the very minimum of
power. Polus. — How can that be? Do not they, like despots, kill,
impoverish, and expel any one whom they please? Sokr. — I admit that both
Rhetors and Despots can do what seems good to themselves, and can bring
penalties of death, poverty, or exile upon others: but I say that nevertheless
they have no power, because they can do nothing which they really wish.20

19 Plat. Gorg. p. 466 B. Polus. Ἆρ’ οὖν δοκοῦσί σοι ὡς κόλακες ἐν ταῖς
πόλεσι φαῦλοι νομίζεσθαι οἱ ἀγαθοὶ ῥήτορες; .... Sokr. Οὐδὲ νομίζεσθαι
ἔμοιγε δοκοῦσιν.

The play on words here — for I see nothing else in it — can be expressed
in English as well as in Greek. It has very little pertinence; because, as a
matter of fact, the Rhetors certainly had considerable importance, whether
they deserved it or not. How little Plato cared to make his comparisons
harmonise with the fact, may be seen by what immediately follows —
where he compares the Rhetors to Despots? and puts in the mouth of Polus
the assertion that they kill or banish any one whom they choose.

20 Plato, Gorgias, p. 466 E. οὐδὲν γὰρ ποιεῖν ὧν βούλονται, ὡς ἔπος
εἰπεῖν· ποιεῖν μέντοι ὃ, τι ἂν αὐτοῖς δόξῃ βέλτιστον εἶναι.

All men wish for what is good
That which men wish (Sokrates lays down
for them. Despots and Rhetors,
as a general proposition) is to obtain good, and
when they kill any one, do so
to escape evil. Each separate act which they
because they think it good for
perform, is performed not with a view to its
them. If it be really not good,
own special result, but with a view to these
they do not do what they will,
constant and paramount ends. Good things, or
and therefore have no real
profitable things (for Sokrates alternates the
power.
phrases as equivalent), are wisdom, health,
wealth, and other such things. Evil things are
the contraries of these.21 Many things are in themselves neither good nor

Page 521

evil, but may become one or the other, according to circumstances — such
as stones, wood, the acts of sitting still or moving, &c. When we do any of
these indifferent acts, it is with a view to the pursuit of good, or to the
avoidance of evil: we do not wish for the act, we wish for its good or
profitable results. We do every thing for the sake of good: and if the results
are really good or profitable, we accomplish what we wish: if the contrary,
not. Now, Despots and Rhetors, when they kill or banish or impoverish any
one, do so because they think it will be better for them, or profitable.22 If it
be good for them, they do what they wish: if evil for them, they do the
contrary of what they wish and therefore have no power.

21 Plato, Gorgias, p. 467 E. Οὐκοῦν λέγεις εἶναι ἀγαθὸν μὲν σοφίαν τε καὶ
ὑγίειαν καὶ πλοῦτον καὶ τἄλλα τὰ τοιαῦτα, κακὰ δὲ τἀναντία τούτων;
Ἔγωγε.

22 Plato, Gorgias, p. 468 B-C. οὐκοῦν καὶ ἀποκτίννυμεν, εἴ τιν’
ἀποκτίννυμεν, .... οἰόμενοι ἄμεινον εἶναι ἡμῖν ταῦτα ἢ μή; … ἕνεκ’ ἄρα τοῦ
ἀγαθοῦ ἅπαντα ταῦτα ποιοῦσιν οἱ ποιοῦντες .... ἐὰν μὲν ὠφέλιμα ᾖ ταῦτα,
βουλόμεθα πράττειν αὐτά· βλαβερὰ δὲ ὄντα, οὐ βουλόμεθα.…. τὰ γὰρ
ἀγαθὰ βουλόμεθα, ὧς φῂς σύ, &c.

To do evil (continues Sokrates), is the worst thing that can happen to any
one; the evil-doer is the most miserable and pitiable of men. The person
who suffers evil is unfortunate, and is to be pitied; but much less
unfortunate and less to be pitied than the evil-doer. If I have a concealed
dagger in the public market-place, I can kill any one whom I choose: but
this is no good to me, nor is it a proof of great power, because I shall be
forthwith taken up and punished. The result is not profitable, but hurtful:
therefore the act is not good, nor is the power to do it either good or
desirable.23 It is sometimes good to kill, banish, or impoverish —
sometimes bad. It is good when you do it justly: bad, when you do it
unjustly.24

Page 522

23 Plato, Gorgias, p. 469-470.

24 Plato, Gorgias, p. 470 C.

Comparison of Archelaus,
Polus. — A child can refute such doctrine.
usurping despot of Macedonia
You have heard of Archelaus King of
— Polus affirms that Archelaus
Macedonia. Is he, in your opinion, happy or
is happy, and that every one
miserable? Sokr. — I do not know: I have
thinks so — Sokrates admits
never been in his society. Polus. — Cannot
that every one thinks so, but
you tell without that, whether he is happy or
nevertheless denies it.
not? Sokr. — No, certainly not. Polus. — Then
you will not call even the Great King happy?
Sokr. — No: I do not know how he stands in respect to education and
justice. Polus. — What! does all happiness consist in that? Sokr. — I say
that it does. I maintain that the good and honourable man or woman is
happy: the unjust and wicked, miserable.25 Polus. — Then Archelaus is
miserable, according to your doctrine? Sokr. — Assuredly, if he is wicked.
Polus. — Wicked, of course; since he has committed enormous crimes: but
he has obtained complete kingly power in Macedonia. Is there any
Athenian, yourself included, who would not rather be Archelaus than any
other man in Macedonia?26 Sokr. — All the public, with Nikias, Perikles,
and the most eminent men among them, will agree with you in declaring
Archelaus to be happy. I alone do not agree with you. You, like a Rhetor,
intend to overwhelm me and gain your cause, by calling a multitude of
witnesses: I shall prove my case without calling any other witness than
yourself.27 Do you think that Archelaus would have been a happy man, if he
had been defeated in his conspiracy and punished? Polus. — Certainly not:
he would then have been very miserable. Sokr. — Here again I differ from
you: I think that Archelaus, or any other wicked man, is under all
circumstances miserable; but he is less miserable, if afterwards punished,

Page 523

than he would be if unpunished and successful.28 Polus. — How say you?
If a man, unjustly conspiring to become despot, be captured, subjected to
torture, mutilated, with his eyes burnt out and with many other outrages
inflicted, not only upon himself but upon his wife and children — do you
say that he will be more happy than if he succeeded in his enterprise, and
passed his life in possession of undisputed authority over his city — envied
and extolled as happy, by citizens and strangers alike?29 Sokr. — More
happy, I shall not say: for in both cases he will be miserable; but he will be
less miserable on the former supposition.

25 Plato, Gorgias, p. 470 E.

26 Plato, Gorgias, p. 471 B-C.

27 Plato, Gorgias, p. 472 B. Ἀλλ’ ἐγώ σοι εἶς ὢν οὐχ ὁμολογῶ.… ἐγὼ δὲ
ἂν μὴ σὲ αὐτὸν ἕνα ὄντα μάρτυρα παράσχωμαι ὁμολογοῦντα περὶ ὧν λέγω,
οὐδὲν οἶμαι ἄξιον λόγου πεπεράνθαι περὶ ὧν ἂν ἡμῖν ὁ λόγος ᾖ· οἶμαι δὲ
οὐδὲ σοί, ἐὰν μὴ ἐγώ σοι μαρτυρῶ εἷς ὢν μόνος, τοὺς δ’ ἄλλους πάντας
τούτους χαίρειν ἐᾷς.

28 Plato, Gorgias, p. 473 C.

29 Plato, Gorgias, p. 473 D.

Sokrates maintains — 1. That it
Sokr. — Which of the two is worst: to do
is a greater evil to do wrong,
wrong, or to suffer wrong? Polus. — To suffer
than to suffer wrong. 2. That if a
wrong. Sokr. — Which of the two is the most
man has done wrong, it is better
disgraceful? Polus. — To do wrong. Sokr. —
for him to be punished than to
If more ugly and disgraceful, is it not then
remain unpunished.
worse? Polus. — By no means. Sokr. — You
do not think then that the good — and the fine
or honourable — are one and the same; nor the bad — and the ugly or
disgraceful? Polus. — No: certainly not. Sokr. — How is this? Are not all

Page 524

fine or honourable things, such as bodies, colours, figures, voices, pursuits,
&c., so denominated from some common property? Are not fine bodies said
to be fine, either from rendering some useful service, or from affording
some pleasure to the spectator who contemplates them?30 And are not
figures, colours, voices, laws, sciences, &c., called fine or honourable for
the same reason, either for their agreeableness or their usefulness, or both?
Polus. — Certainly: your definition of the fine or honourable, by reference
to pleasure, or to good, is satisfactory. Sokr. — Of course therefore the ugly
or disgraceful must be defined by the contrary, by reference to pain or to
evil? Polus. — Doubtless.31 Sokr. — If therefore one thing be finer or more
honourable than another, this is because it surpasses the other either in
pleasure, or in profit: if one thing be more ugly or disgraceful than another,
it must surpass that other either in pain, or in evil? Polus. — Yes.

30 Plat. Gorg. p. 474 D. ἐὰν ἐν τῷ θεωρεῖσθαι χαίρειν ποιῇ τοὺς
θεωροῦντας;

31 Plato, Gorgias, p. 474 E. Sokr. Καὶ μὴν τά γε κατὰ τοὺς νόμους καὶ τὰ
ἐπιτηδεύματα, οὐ δήπου ἐκτὸς τούτων ἐστὶ τὰ καλά, τοῦ ἢ ὠ φ έ λ ι μ α
ε ἶ ν α ι ἢ ἡ δ έ α ἢ ἀμφότερα. Pol. Οὐκ ἔμοιγε δοκεῖ. Sokr. Οὐκοῦν καὶ
τῶν μαθημάτων κάλλος ὡσαύτως; Pol. Πάνυ γε· καὶ καλῶς γε νῦν ὁριζει,
ἡ δ ο ν ῇ τ ε κ α ὶ ἀ γ α θ ῷ ὁριζόμενος τὸ καλόν. Sokr. Οὐκοῦν τὸ
αἰσχρὸν τῷ ἐναντίῳ, λ ύ π ῃ τ ε κ α ὶ κ α κ ῷ ; Pol. Ἀνάγκη.

A little farther on βλαβὴ is used as equivalent to κακόν. These words —
καλόν, αἰσχρόν — (very difficult to translate properly) introduce a
reference to the feeling or judgment of spectators, or of an undefined
public, not concerned either as agents or sufferers.

Sokrates offers proof —
Sokr. — Well, then! what did you say about
Definition of Pulchrum and
doing wrong and suffering wrong? You said
that to suffer wrong was the worst of the two,

Page 525

but to do wrong was the most ugly or
Turpe — Proof of the first point.
disgraceful. Now, if to do wrong be more
disgraceful than to suffer wrong, this must be because it has a
preponderance either of pain or of evil? Polus. — Undoubtedly. Sokr. —
Has it a preponderance of pain? Does the doer of wrong endure more pain
than the sufferer? Polus. — Certainly not. Sokr. — Then it must have a
preponderance of evil? Polus. — Yes. Sokr. — To do wrong therefore is
worse than to suffer wrong, as well as more disgraceful? Polus. — It
appears so. Sokr. — Since therefore it is both worse and more disgraceful, I
was right in affirming that neither you, nor I, nor any one else, would
choose to do wrong in preference to suffering wrong. Polus. — So it
seems.32

32 Plato, Gorgias, p. 475 C-D.

Proof of the second point.
Sokr. — Now let us take the second point —
Whether it be the greatest evil for the wrong-
doer to be punished, or whether it be not a still greater evil for him to
remain unpunished. If punished, the wrong-doer is of course punished
justly; and are not all just things fine or honourable, in so far as they are
just? Polus. — I think so. Sokr. — When a man does anything, must there
not be some correlate which suffers; and must it not suffer in a way
corresponding to what the doer does? Thus if any one strikes, there must
also be something stricken: and if he strikes quickly or violently, there must
be something which is stricken quickly or violently. And so, if any one
burns or cuts, there must be something burnt or cut. As the agent acts, so the
patient suffers. Polus. — Yes. Sokr. — Now if a man be punished for wrong
doing, he suffers what is just, and the punisher does what is just? Polus. —
He does. Sokr. — You admitted that all just things were honourable:
therefore the agent does what is honourable, the patient suffers what is
honourable.33 But if honourable, it must be either agreeable — or good and

Page 526

profitable. In this case, it is certainly not agreeable: it must therefore be
good and profitable. The wrong-doer therefore, when punished, suffers
what is good and is profited. Polus. — Yes.34 Sokr. — In what manner is he
profited? It is, as I presume, by becoming better in his mind — by being
relieved from badness of mind. Polus. — Probably. Sokr. — Is not this
badness of mind the greatest evil? In regard to wealth, the special badness is
poverty: in regard to the body, it is weakness, sickness, deformity, &c.: in
regard to the mind, it is ignorance, injustice, cowardice, &c. Is not injustice,
and other badness of mind, the most disgraceful of the three? Polus. —
Decidedly. Sokr. — If it be most disgraceful, it must therefore be the worst.
Polus. — How? Sokr. — It must (as we before agreed) have the greatest
preponderance either of pain, or of hurt and evil. But the preponderance is
not in pain: for no one will say that the being unjust and intemperate and
ignorant, is more painful than being poor and sick. The preponderance must
therefore be great in hurt and evil. Mental badness is therefore a greater evil
than either poverty, or disease and bodily deformity. It is the greatest of
human evils. Polus. — It appears so.35

33 See Aristotle, Rhet. i. 9, p. 1366, b. 30, where the contrary of this
opinion is maintained, and maintained with truth.

34 Plato, Gorgias, p. 476 D-E.

35 Plato, Gorgias, p. 477 E.

The criminal labours under a
Sokr. — The money-making art is, that
mental distemper, which though
which relieves us from poverty: the medical
not painful, is a capital evil.
art, from sickness and weakness: the judicial
Punishment is the only cure for
or punitory, from injustice and wickedness of
him. To be punished is best for
mind. Of these three relieving forces, which is
him.
the most honourable? Polus. — The last, by
far. Sokr. — If most honourable, it confers

Page 527

either most pleasure or most profit? Polus. — Yes. Sokr. — Now, to go
through medical treatment is not agreeable; but it answers to a man to
undergo the pain, in order to get rid of a great evil, and to become well. He
would be a happier man, if he were never sick: he is less miserable by
undergoing the painful treatment and becoming well, than if he underwent
no treatment and remained sick. Just so the man who is mentally bad: the
happiest man is he who never becomes so; but if a man has become so, the
next best course for him is, to undergo punishment and to get rid of the evil.
The worst lot of all is, that of him who remains mentally bad, without ever
getting rid of badness.36

36 Plato, Gorgias, p. 478 D-E.

Misery of the Despot who is
This last, Polus (continues Sokrates), is the
never punished. If our friend
condition of Archelaus, and of despots and
has done wrong, we ought to get
Rhetors generally. They possess power which
him punished: if our enemy, we
enables them, after they have committed
ought to keep him unpunished.
injustice, to guard themselves against being
punished: which is just as if a sick man were
to pride himself upon having taken precautions against being cured. They
see the pain of the cure, but they are blind to the profit of it; they are
ignorant how much more miserable it is to have an unhealthy and unjust
mind than an unhealthy body.37 There is therefore little use in Rhetoric: for
our first object ought to be, to avoid doing wrong: our next object, if we
have done wrong, not to resist or elude punishment by skilful defence, but
to present ourselves voluntarily and invite it: and if our friends or relatives
have done wrong, far from helping to defend them, we ought ourselves to
accuse them, and to invoke punishment upon them also.38 On the other
hand, as to our enemy, we ought undoubtedly to take precautions against
suffering any wrong from him ourselves: but if he has done wrong to others,
we ought to do all we can, by word or deed, not to bring him to punishment,

Page 528

but to prevent him from suffering punishment or making compensation: so
that he may live as long as possible in impunity.39 These are the purposes
towards which rhetoric is serviceable. For one who intends to do no wrong,
it seems of no great use.40

37 Plato, Gorgias, p. 479 B. τὸ ἀλγεινὸν αὐτοῦ καθορᾷν, πρὸς δὲ τὸ
ὠφέλιμον τυφλῶς ἔχειν, καὶ ἀγνοεῖν ὅσῳ ἀθλιώτερόν ἐστι μὴ ὑγιοῦς
σώματος μὴ ὑγιεῖ ψυχῇ συνοικεῖν, ἀλλὰ σαθρᾷ καὶ ἀδίκῳ καὶ ἀνοσίῳ.

38 Plato, Gorgias, pp. 480 C, 508 B. κατηγορητέον εἴη καὶ αὑτοῦ καὶ υἱέος
καὶ ἑταίρον, ἐάν τι ἀδικῇ, &c.

Plato might have put this argument into the mouth of Euthyphron as a
reason for indicting his own father on the charge of murder: as I have
already observed in reviewing the Euthyphron, which see above, vol. i. ch.
xi., p. 442.

39 Plato, Gorgias, p. 481 A. ἐὰν δὲ ἄλλον ἀδικῇ ὁ ἐχθρός, παντὶ τρόπῳ
παρασκευαστέον καὶ πράττοντα καὶ λέγοντα, ὅπως μὴ δῷ δίκην.… ἐάν τε
χρυσίον ἡρπακὼς ᾖ πολύ, μὴ ἀποδιδῷ τοῦτο, ἀλλ’ ἔχων ἀναλίσκηται …
ἀδίκως καὶ ἀθέως, &c.

40 Plato, Gorgias, p. 481.

This dialogue between Sokrates and Polus exhibits a representation of
Platonic Ethics longer and more continuous than is usual in the dialogues. I
have therefore given a tolerably copious abridgment of it, and shall now
proceed to comment upon its reasoning.

Page 529

Argument of Sokrates
The whole tenor of its assumptions, as well
paradoxical — Doubt expressed
as the conclusions in which it ends, are so
by Kallikles whether he means it
repugnant to received opinions, that Polus,
seriously.
even while compelled to assent, treats it as a
paradox: while Kallikles, who now takes up
the argument, begins by asking from Chærephon — “Is Sokrates really in
earnest, or is he only jesting?”41 Sokrates himself admits that he stands
almost alone. He has nothing to rely upon, except the consistency of his
dialectics — and the verdict of philosophy.42 This however is a matter of
little moment, in discussing the truth and value of the reasoning, except in
so far as it involves an appeal to the judgment of the public as a matter of
fact. Plato follows out the train of reasoning — which at the time presents
itself to his mind as conclusive, or at least as plausible — whether he may
agree or disagree with others.

41 Plato, Gorgias, p. 481.

42 Plato, Gorgias, p. 482.

Principle laid down by Sokrates
Plato has ranked the Rhetor in the same
— That every one acts with a
category as the Despot: a classification upon
view to the attainment of
which I shall say something presently. But
happiness and avoidance of
throughout the part of the dialogue just
misery.
extracted, he treats the original question about
Rhetoric as part of a much larger ethical
question.43 Every one (argues Sokrates) wishes for the attainment of good
and for the avoidance of evil. Every one performs each separate act with a
view not to its own immediate end, but to one or other of these permanent
ends. In so far as he attains them, he is happy: in so far as he either fails in
attaining the good, or incurs the evil, he is unhappy or miserable. The good
and honourable man or woman is happy, the unjust and wicked is
miserable. Power acquired or employed unjustly, is no boon to the

Page 530

possessor: for he does not thereby obtain what he really wishes, good or
happiness; but incurs the contrary, evil and misery. The man who does
wrong is more miserable than he who suffers wrong: but the most miserable
of all is he who does wrong and then remains unpunished for it.44

43 I may be told that this comparison is first made by Polus (p. 466 C), and
that Sokrates only takes it up from him to comment upon. True, but the
speech of Polus is just as much the composition of Plato as that of Sokrates.
Many readers of Plato are apt to forget this.

44 Isokrates, in his Panathenaic Oration (Or. xii. sect. 126, pp. 257-347),
alludes to the same thesis as this here advanced by Plato, treating it as one
which all men of sense would reject, and which none but a few men
pretending to be wise would proclaim — ἅπερ ἅπαντες μὲν ἂν οἱ νοῦν
ἔχοντες ἔλοιντο καὶ βουληθεῖεν, ὀλίγοι δέ τινες τῶν προσποιουμένων εἶναι
σοφῶν, ἐρωτηθέντες οὐκ ἂν φήσαιεν.

In this last phrase Isokrates probably has Plato in his mind, though
without pronouncing the name.

Polus, on the other hand, contends, that Archelaus, who has “waded
through slaughter” to the throne of Macedonia, is a happy man both in his
own feelings and in those of every one else, envied and admired by the
world generally: That to say — Archelaus would have been more happy, or
less miserable, if he had failed in his enterprise and had been put to death
under cruel torture — is an untenable paradox.

Peculiar view taken by Plato of
The issue here turns, and the force of Plato’s
Good — Evil — Happiness.
argument rests (assuming Sokrates to speak
the real sentiments of Plato), upon the peculiar
sense which he gives to the words Good — Evil — Happiness:—different
from the sense in which they are conceived by mankind generally, and
which is here followed by Polus. It is possible that to minds like Sokrates

Page 531

and Plato, the idea of themselves committing enormous crimes for
ambitious purposes might be the most intolerable of all ideas, worse to
contemplate than any amount of suffering: moreover, that if they could
conceive themselves as having been thus guilty, the sequel the least
intolerable for them to imagine would be one of expiatory pain. This, taken
as the personal sentiment of Plato, admits of no reply. But when he attempts
to convert this subjective judgment into an objective conclusion binding on
all, he fails of success, and misleads himself by equivocal language.

Contrast of the usual meaning of
Plato distinguishes two general objects of
these words, with the Platonic
human desire, and two of human aversion. 1.
meaning.
The immediate, and generally transient, object
— Pleasure or the Pleasurable — Pain or the
Painful. 2. The distant, ulterior, and more permanent object — Good or the
profitable — Evil or the hurtful. — In the attainment of Good and
avoidance of Evil consists happiness. But now comes the important
question — In what sense are we to understand the words Good and Evil?
What did Plato mean by them? Did he mean the same as mankind
generally? Have mankind generally one uniform meaning? In answer to this
question, we must say, that neither Plato, nor mankind generally, are
consistent or unanimous in their use of the words: and that Plato sometimes
approximates to, sometimes diverges from, the more usual meaning. Plato
does not here tell us clearly what he himself means by Good and Evil: he
specifies no objective or external mark by which we may know it: we learn
only, that Good is a mental perfection — Evil a mental taint — answering
to indescribable but characteristic sentiments in Plato’s own mind, and only
negatively determined by this circumstance — That they have no reference
either to pleasure or pain. In the vulgar sense, Good stands distinguished
from pleasure (or relief from pain), and Evil from pain (or loss of pleasure),
as the remote, the causal, the lasting from the present, the product, the
transient. Good and Evil are explained by enumerating all the things so

Page 532

called, of which enumeration Plato gives a partial specimen in this
dialogue: elsewhere he dwells upon what he calls the Idea of Good, of
which I shall speak more fully hereafter. Having said that all men aim at
good, he gives, as examples of good things — Wisdom, Health, Wealth, and
other such things: while the contrary of these, Stupidity, Sickness, Poverty,
are evil things: the list of course might be much enlarged. Taking Good and
Evil generally to denote the common property of each of these lists, it is
true that men perform a large portion of their acts with a view to attain the
former and avoid the latter:—that the approach which they make to
happiness depends, speaking generally, upon the success which attends their
exertions for the attainment of and avoidance of these permanent ends: and
moreover that these ends have their ultimate reference to each man’s own
feelings.

But this meaning of Good is no longer preserved, when Sokrates
proceeds to prove that the triumphant usurper Archelaus is the most
miserable of men, and that to do wrong with impunity is the greatest of all
evils.

Examination of the proof given
Sokrates provides a basis for his intended
by Sokrates — Inconsistency
proof by asking Polus,45 which of the two is
between the general answer of most disgraceful — To do wrong — or to
Polus and his previous suffer wrong? Polus answers — To do wrong:
declarations — Law and Nature. and this answer is inconsistent with what he
had previously said about Archelaus. That
prince, though a wrong-doer on the largest scale, has been declared by
Polus to be an object of his supreme envy and admiration: while Sokrates
also admits that this is the sentiment of almost all mankind, except himself.
To be consistent with such an assertion, Polus ought to have answered the
contrary of what he does answer, when the general question is afterwards
put to him: or at least he ought to have said — “Sometimes the one,

Page 533

sometimes the other”. But this he is ashamed to do, as we shall find
Kallikles intimating at a subsequent stage of the dialogue:46 because of
King Nomos, or the established habit of the community — who feel that
society rests upon a sentiment of reciprocal right and obligation animating
every one, and require that violations of that sentiment shall be marked with
censure in general words, however widely the critical feeling may depart
from such censure in particular cases.47 Polus is forced to make profession
of a faith, which neither he nor others (except Sokrates with a few
companions) universally or consistently apply. To bring such a force to bear
upon the opponent, was one of the known artifices of dialecticians:48 and
Sokrates makes it his point of departure, to prove the unparalleled misery of
Archelaus.

45 Plat. Gorg. p. 474 C.

46 Plat. Gorg. p. 482 C. To maintain that τὸ ἀδικεῖν βέλτιον τοῦ ἀδικεῖσθαι
was an ἄδοξος ὑπόθεσις — one which it was χείρονος ἤθους ἑλέσθαι:
which therefore Aristotle advises the dialectician not to defend (Aristot.
Topic. viii. 156, 6-15).

47 This portion of the Gorgias may receive illustration from the third
chapter (pp. 99-101) of Adam Smith’s Theory of Moral Sentiments,
entitled, “Of the corruption of our moral sentiments, which is occasioned by
the disposition to admire the rich and great, and to neglect or despise
persons of poor and mean condition”. He says — “The disposition to
admire and almost to worship the rich and the powerful, and to despise, or
at least to neglect, persons of poor and mean condition, though necessary
both to establish and maintain the distinction of ranks and the order of
society, is, at the same time, the great and most universal cause of the
corruption of our moral sentiments.… They are the wise and the virtuous
chiefly — a select, though I am afraid, a small party — who are the real and
steady admirers of wisdom and virtue. The great mob of mankind are the

Page 534

admirers and worshippers — and what may seem more extraordinary, most
frequently the disinterested admirers and worshippers — of wealth and
greatness.…. It is scarce agreeable to good morals, or even to good
language, perhaps, to say that mere wealth and greatness, abstracted from
merit and virtue, deserve our respect. We must acknowledge, however, that
they almost constantly obtain it: and that they may therefore in a certain
sense be considered as the natural objects of it.”

Now Archelaus is a most conspicuous example of this disposition of the
mass of mankind to worship and admire, disinterestedly, power and
greatness: and the language used by Adam Smith in the last sentence
illustrates the conversation of Sokrates, Polus, and Kalliklês. Adam Smith
admits that energetic proceedings, ending in great power, such as those of
Archelaus, obtain honour and worship from the vast majority of
disinterested spectators: and that, therefore they are in a certain sense the
natural objects of such a sentiment (κατὰ φύσιν). But if the question be put
to him, Whether such proceedings, with such a position, are worthy of
honour, he is constrained by good morals (κατὰ νόμον) to reply in the
negative. It is true that Adam Smith numbers himself with the small
minority, while Polus shares the opinion of the large majority. But what is
required by King Nomos must be professed even by dissentients, unless
they possess the unbending resolution of Sokrates.

48 Aristot. De Soph. Elench. pp. 172-173, where he contrasts the opinions
which men must make a show of holding, with those which they really do
— αἱ φανεραὶ δόξαι — αἱ ἀφανεῖς, ἀποκεκρυμμέναι, δόξαι.

The definition of Pulchrum and
He proceeds to define Pulchrum and Turpe
Turpe, given by Sokrates, will
(καλὸν-αἰσχρόν). When we recollect the
not hold.
Hippias Major, in which dialogue many
definitions of Pulchrum were canvassed and
all rejected, so that the search ended in total disappointment — we are

Page 535

surprised to see that Sokrates hits off at once a definition satisfactory both
to himself and Polus: and we are the more surprised, because the definition
here admitted without a remark, is in substance one of those shown to be
untenable in the Hippias Major.49 It depends upon the actual argumentative
purpose which Plato has in hand, whether he chooses to multiply objections
and give them effect — or to ignore them altogether. But the definition
which he here proposes, even if assumed as incontestable, fails altogether to
sustain the conclusion that he draws from it. He defines Pulchrum to be that
which either confers pleasure upon the spectator when he contemplates it,
or produces ulterior profit or good — we must presume profit to the
spectator, or to him along with others — at any rate it is not said to whom.
He next defines the ugly and disgraceful (τὸ αἰσχρὸν) as comprehending
both the painful and the hurtful or evil. If then (he argues) to do wrong is
more ugly and disgraceful than to suffer wrong, this must be either because
it is more painful — or because it is more hurtful, more evil (worse). It
certainly is not more painful: therefore it must be worse.

49 Plat. Hipp. Maj. pp. 45-46. See above, vol. ii. ch. xiii.

Worse or better — for whom?
But worse, for whom? For the spectators,
The argument of Sokrates does
who declare the proceedings of Archelaus to
not specify. If understood in the
be disgraceful? For the persons who suffer by
sense necessary for his inference,
his proceedings? Or for Archelaus himself? It
the definition would be
is the last of the three which Sokrates
inadmissible.
undertakes to prove: but his definition does
not help him to the proof. Turpe is defined to
be either what causes immediate pain to the spectator, or ulterior hurt — to
whom? If we say to the spectator — the definition will not serve as a
ground of inference to the condition of the agent contemplated. If on the
other hand, we say — to the agent — the definition so understood becomes
inadmissible: as well for other reasons, as because there are a great many

Page 536

Turpia which are not agents at all, and which the definition therefore would
not include. Either therefore the definition given by Sokrates is a bad one
— or it will not sustain his conclusion. And thus, on this very important
argument, where Sokrates admits that he stands alone, and where therefore
the proof would need to be doubly cogent — an argument too where the
great cause (so Adam Smith terms it) of the corruption of men’s moral
sentiments has to be combated — Sokrates has nothing to produce except
premisses alike far-fetched and irrelevant. What increases our regret is, that
the real arguments establishing the turpitude of Archelaus and his acts are
obvious enough, if you look for them in the right direction. You discover
nothing while your eye is fixed on Archelaus himself: far from presenting
any indications of misery, which Sokrates professes to discover, he has
gained much of what men admire as good wherever they see it. But when
you turn to the persons whom he has killed, banished, or ruined — to the
mass of suffering which he has inflicted — and to the widespread insecurity
which such acts of successful iniquity spread through all societies where
they become known — there is no lack of argument to justify that sentiment
which prompts a reflecting spectator to brand him as a disgraceful man.
This argument however is here altogether neglected by Plato. Here, as
elsewhere, he looks only at the self-regarding side of Ethics.

Plato applies to every one a
Sokrates proceeds next to prove — That the
standard of happiness and
wrong-doer who remains unpunished is more
misery peculiar to himself. His
miserable than if he were punished. The
view about the conduct of
wrong-doer (he argues) when punished suffers
Archelaus is just, but he does
what is just: but all just things are honourable:
not give the true reasons for it.
therefore he suffers what is honourable. But all
honourable things are so called because they
are either agreeable, or profitable, or both together. Punishment is certainly
not agreeable: it must therefore be profitable or good. Accordingly the
wrong-doer when justly punished suffers what is profitable or good. He is

Page 537

benefited, by being relieved of mental evil or wickedness, which is a worse
evil than either bodily sickness or poverty. In proportion to the magnitude
of this evil, is the value of the relief which removes it, and the superior
misery of the unpunished wrong-doer who continues to live under it.50

50 Plato, Gorgias, pp. 477-478.

Upon this argument, I make the same remark as upon that immediately
preceding. We are not expressly told, whether good, evil, happiness, misery,
&c., refer to the agent alone or to others also: but the general tenor implies
that the agent alone is meant. And in this sense, Plato does not make out his
case. He establishes an arbitrary standard of his own, recognised only by a
few followers, and altogether differing from the ordinary standard, to test
and compare happiness and misery. The successful criminal, Archelaus
himself, far from feeling any such intense misery as Plato describes, is
satisfied and proud of his position, which most others also account an object
of envy. This is not disputed by Plato himself. And in the face of this fact, it
is fruitless as well as illogical to attempt to prove, by an elaborate process
of deductive reasoning, that Archelaus must be miserable. That step of
Plato’s reasoning, in which he asserts, that the wrong-doer when justly
punished suffers what is profitable or good — is only true if you take in
(what Plato omits to mention) the interests of society as well as those of the
agent. His punishment is certainly profitable to (conducive to the security
and well being of) society: it may possibly be also profitable to himself, but
very frequently it is not so. The conclusion brought out by Plato, therefore,
while contradicted by the fact, involves also a fallacy in the reasoning
process.

If the reasoning of Plato were
Throughout the whole of this dialogue,
true, the point of view in which
Plato intimates decidedly how great a paradox
the doctrine maintained by Sokrates must
appear: how diametrically it was opposed to

Page 538

punishment is considered wouldthe opinion not merely of the less informed
be reversed. multitude, but of the wiser and more reflecting
citizen — even such a man as Nikias. Indeed it
is literally exact — what Plato here puts into the mouth of Kallikles — that
if the doctrine here advocated by Sokrates were true, the whole of social life
would be turned upside down.51 If, for example, it were true, as Plato
contends, — That every man who commits a crime, takes upon him thereby
a terrible and lasting distemper, incurable except by the application of
punishment, which is the specific remedy in the case — every theory of
punishment would, literally speaking, be turned upside down. The great
discouragement from crime would then consist in the fear of that
formidable distemper with which the criminal was sure to inoculate
himself: and punishment, instead of being (as it is now considered, and as
Plato himself represents it in the Protagoras) the great discouragement to
the commission of crime, would operate in the contrary direction. It would
be the means of removing or impairing the great real discouragement to
crime: and a wise legislator would hesitate to inflict it. This would be
nothing less than a reversal of the most universally accepted political or
social precepts (as Kallikles is made to express himself).

51 Plato, Gorg. p. 481 C. Kall. — εἰ μὲν γὰρ σπουδάζεις τε καὶ τυγχάνει
ταῦτα ἀληθῆ ὄντα ἃ λέγεις, ἄλλο τι ἢ ἡμῶν ὁ βίος ἀνατετραμμένος ἂν εἴη
τῶν ἀνθρώπων, καὶ πάντα τὰ ἐναντία πράττομεν, ἢ ἃ δεῖ;

Plato pushes too far the analogy
It will indeed be at once seen, that the taint
between mental distemper and
or distemper with which Archelaus is
bodily distemper — Material
supposed to inoculate himself, when he
difference between the two —
commits signal crime — is a pure fancy or
Distemper must be felt by the
poetical metaphor on the part of Plato
distempered persons.
himself.52 A distemper must imply something
painful, enfeebling, disabling, to the individual

Page 539

who feels it: there is no other meaning: we cannot recognise a distemper,
which does not make itself felt in any way by the distempered person. Plato
is misled by his ever-repeated analogy between bodily health and mental
health: real, on some points — not real on others. When a man is in bad
bodily health, his sensations warn him of it at once. He suffers pain,
discomfort, or disabilities, which leave no doubt as to the fact: though he
may not know either the precise cause, or the appropriate remedy.
Conversely, in the absence of any such warnings, and in the presence of
certain positive sensations, he knows himself to be in tolerable or good
health. If Sokrates and Archelaus were both in good bodily health, or both
in bad bodily health, each would be made aware of the fact by analogous
evidences. But by what measure are we to determine when a man is in a
good or bad mental state? By his own feelings? In that case, Archelaus and
Sokrates are in a mental state equally good: each is satisfied with his own.
By the judgment of by-standers? Archelaus will then be the better of the
two: at least his admirers and enviers will outnumber those of Sokrates. By
my judgment? If my opinion is asked, I agree with Sokrates: though not on
the grounds which he here urges, but on other grounds. Who is to be the
ultimate referee — the interests or security of other persons, who have
suffered or are likely to suffer by Archelaus, being by the supposition left
out of view?

52 The disposition of Plato to build argument on a metaphor is often
shown. Aristotle remarks it of him in respect to his theory of Ideas; and
Aristotle in his Topica gives several precepts in regard to the general
tendency — precepts enjoining disputants to be on their guard against it in
dialectic discussion (Topica, iv. 123, a. 33, vi. 139-140) — πᾶν γὰρ ἀσαφὲς
τὸ κατὰ μεταφορὰν λεγόμενον, &c.

Polus is now dismissed as vanquished, after having been forced, against
his will, to concede — That the doer of wrong is more miserable than the

Page 540

sufferer: That he is more miserable, if unpunished, — less so, if punished:
That a triumphant criminal on a great scale, like Archelaus, is the most
miserable of men.

Kallikles begins to argue against
Here, then, we commence with Kallikles:
Sokrates — he takes a
who interposes, to take up the debate with
distinction between Just by Law
Sokrates. Polus (says Kallikles), from
and Just by nature — Reply of
deference to the opinions of mankind, has
Sokrates, that there is no
erroneously conceded the point — That it is
variance between the two,
more disgraceful to do wrong, than to suffer
properly understood.
wrong. This is indeed true (continues
Kallikles), according to what is just by law or
convention, that is, according to the general sentiment of mankind: but it is
not true, according to justice by nature, or natural justice. Nature and Law
are here opposed.53 The justice of Nature is, that among men (as among
other animals) the strong individual should govern and strip the weak,
taking and keeping as much as he can grasp. But this justice will not suit the
weak, who are the many, and who defeat it by establishing a different
justice — justice according to law — to curb the strong man, and prevent
him from having more than his fair share.54 The many, feeling their own
weakness, and thankful if they can only secure a fair and equal division,
make laws and turn the current of praise and blame for their own protection,
in order to deter the strong man from that encroachment and oppression to
which he is disposed. The just according to law is thus a tutelary institution,
established by the weak to defend themselves against the just according to
nature. Nature measures right by might, and by nothing else: so that
according to the right of nature, suffering wrong is more disgraceful than
doing wrong. Hêraklês takes from Geryon his cattle, by the right of nature
or of the strongest, without either sale or gift.55

Page 541

53 Plato, Gorgias, p. 482 E. ὡς τὰ πολλὰ δὲ ταῦτα ἐναντία ἀλλήλοις ἐστίν,
ἥ τε φύσις καὶ ὁ νόμος.

54 Plato, Gorgias, p. 483 B. ἀλλ’, οἶμαι, οἱ τιθέμενοι τοὺς νόμους οἱ
ἀσθενεῖς ἄνθρωποί εἰσι καὶ οἱ πολλοὶ. Πρὸς αὑτοὺς οὖν καὶ τὸ αὐτοῖς
συμφέρον τούς τε νόμους τίθενται καὶ τοὺς ἐπαίνους ἐπαινοῦσι καὶ τοὺς
ψόγους ψέγουσιν, ἐκφοβοῦντές τε τοὺς ἐῤῥωμενεστέρους τῶν ἀνθρώπων
καὶ δυνατοὺς ὄντας πλέον ἔχειν, ἵνα μὴ αὐτῶν πλέον ἔχωσιν, λέγουσιν ὡς
αἰσχρὸν καὶ ἄδικον τὸ πλεονεκτεῖν, καὶ τοῦτο ἐστι τὸ ἀδικεῖν, τὸ ζητεῖν τῶν
ἄλλων πλέον ἔχειν· ἀγαπῶσι γάρ, οἶμαι, αὐτοὶ ἂν τὸ ἴσον ἔχωσι φαυλότεροι
ὄντες.

55 Plato, Gorgias, pp. 484-488.

But (rejoins Sokrates) the many are by nature stronger than the one;
since, as you yourself say, they make and enforce laws to restrain him and
defeat his projects. Therefore, since the many are the strongest, the right
which they establish is the right of (or by) nature. And the many, as you
admit, declare themselves in favour of the answer given by Polus — That to
do wrong is more disgraceful than to suffer wrong.56 Right by nature, and
right by institution, sanction it alike.

56 Plato, Gorgias, p. 488 D-E.

What Kalliklês says is not to be
Several commentators have contended, that
taken as a sample of the
the doctrine which Plato here puts into the
teachings of Athenian sophists.
mouth of Kalliklês was taught by the Sophists
at Athens: who are said to have inculcated on
their hearers that true wisdom and morality

Page 542

Kalliklês — rhetor and consisted in acting upon the right of the
politician. strongest and taking whatever they could get,
without any regard to law or justice. I have
already endeavoured to show, in my History of Greece, that the Sophists
cannot be shown to have taught either this doctrine, or any other common
doctrine: that one at least among them (Prodikus) taught a doctrine
inconsistent with it: and that while all of them agreed in trying to impart
rhetorical accomplishments, or the power of handling political, ethical,
judicial, matters in a manner suitable for the Athenian public — each had
his own way of doing this. Kalliklês is not presented by Plato as a Sophist,
but as a Rhetor aspiring to active political influence; and taking a small
dose of philosophy, among the preparations for that end.57 He depreciates
the Sophists as much as the philosophers, and in fact rather more.58
Moreover Plato represents him as adapting himself, with accommodating
subservience, to the Athenian public assembly, and saying or unsaying
exactly as they manifested their opinion.59 Now the Athenian public
assembly would repudiate indignantly all this pretended right of the
strongest, if any orator thought fit to put it forward as over-ruling
established right and law. Any aspiring or subservient orator, such as
Kalliklês is described, would know better than to address them in this
strain. The language which Plato puts into the mouth of Kalliklês is noway
consistent with the attribute which he also ascribes to him — slavish
deference to the judgments of the Athenian Dêmos.

57 Plato, Gorgias, p. 487 C, 485.

58 Plato, Gorgias, p. 520 A.

59 Plato, Gorgias, p. 481-482.

Uncertainty of referring to
Kalliklês is made to speak like one who
Nature as an authority. It may
sympathises with the right of the strongest,

Page 543

be pleaded in favour of opposite and who decorates such iniquity with the name
theories. The theory of Kalliklês and authority of that which he calls Nature.
is made to appear repulsive by But this only shows the uncertainty of
the language in which he referring to Nature as an authority.60 It may be
expresses it. pleaded in favour of different and opposite
theories. Nature prompts the strong man to
take from weaker men what will gratify his desires: Nature also prompts
these weaker men to defeat him and protect themselves by the best means in
their power. The many are weaker, taken individually — stronger taken
collectively: hence they resort to defensive combination, established rules,
and collective authority.61 The right created on one side, and the opposite
right created on the other, flow alike from Nature: that is, from propensities
and principles natural, and deeply seated, in the human mind. The authority
of Nature, considered as an enunciation of actual and wide-spread facts,
may be pleaded for both alike. But a man’s sympathy and approbation may
go either with the one or the other; and he may choose to stamp that which
he approves, with the name of Nature as a personified law-maker. This is
what is here done by Kalliklês as Plato exhibits him.62 He sympathises
with, and approves, the powerful individual. Now the greater portion of
mankind are, and always have been, governed upon this despotic principle,
and brought up to respect it: while many, even of those who dislike
Kalliklês because they regard him as the representative of Athenian
democracy (to which however his proclaimed sentiments stand pointedly
opposed), when they come across a great man or so-called hero, such as
Alexander or Napoleon, applaud the most exorbitant ambition if successful,
and if accompanied by military genius and energy — regarding
communities as made for little else except to serve as his instruments,
subjects, and worshippers. Such are represented as the sympathies of
Kalliklês: but those of the Athenians went with the second of the two rights
— and mine go with it also. And though the language which Plato puts into

Page 544

the mouth of Kalliklês, in describing this second right, abounds in
contemptuous rhetoric, proclaiming offensively the individual weakness of
the multitude63 — yet this very fact is at once the most solid and most
respectable foundation on which rights and obligations can be based. The
establishment of them is indispensable, and is felt as indispensable, to
procure security for the community: whereby the strong man whom
Kalliklês extols as the favourite of Nature, may be tamed by discipline and
censure, so as to accommodate his own behaviour to this equitable
arrangement.64 Plato himself, in his Republic,65 traces the generation of a
city to the fact that each man individually taken is not self-sufficing, but
stands in need of many things: it is no less true, that each man stands also in
fear of many things, especially of depredations from animals, and
depredations from powerful individuals of his own species. In the mythe of
Protagoras,66 we have fears from hostile animals — in the speech here
ascribed to Kalliklês, we have fears from hostile strong men — assigned as
the generating cause, both of political communion and of established rights
and obligations to protect it.

60 Aristotle (Sophist. Elench. 12, p. 173, a. 10) makes allusion to this
argument of Kalliklês in the Gorgias, and notices it as a frequent point made
by disputants in Dialectics — to insist on the contradiction between the Just
according to Nature and the Just according to Law: which contradiction
(Aristotle says) all the ancients recognised as a real one (οἱ ἀρχαῖοι πάντες
ᾤοντο συμβαίνειν). It was doubtless a point on which the Dialectician
might find much to say on either side.

61 In the conversation between Sokrates and Kritobulus, one of the best in
Xenophon’s Memorabilia (ii. 6, 21), respecting the conditions on which
friendship depends, we find Sokrates clearly stating that the causes of
friendship and the causes of enmity, though different and opposite,
nevertheless both exist by nature. Ἀλλ’ ἔχει μέν, ἔφη ὁ Σωκράτης, ποικίλως

Page 545

πως ταῦτα: Φύσει γὰρ ἔχουσιν οἱ ἄνθρωποι τὰ μὲν φιλικά — δέονταί τε γὰρ
ἀλλήλων, καὶ ἐλεοῦσι, καὶ συνεργοῦντες ὠφελοῦνται, καὶ τοῦτο συνιέντες
χάριν ἔχουσιν ἀλλήλοις — τὰ δὲ πολεμικά — τά τε γὰρ αὐτὰ καλὰ καὶ ἡδέα
νομίζοντες ὑπὲρ τούτων μάχονται καὶ διχογνωμονοῦντες ἐναντιοῦνται·
πολεμικὸν δὲ καὶ ἔρις καὶ ὀργή, καὶ δυσμενὲς μὲν ὁ τοῦ πλεονεκτεῖν ἔρως,
μισητὸν δὲ ὁ φθόνος. Ἀλλ’ ὅμως διὰ τούτων πάντων ἡ φιλία διαδυομένη
συνάπτει τοὺς καλούς τε κἀγαθούς, &c.

We read in the speech of Hermokrates the Syracusan, at the congress of
Gela in Sicily, when exhorting the Sicilians to unite for the purpose of
repelling the ambitious schemes of Athens, Thucyd. iv. 61: καὶ τοὺς μὲν
Ἀθηναίους ταῦτα πλεονεκτεῖν τε καὶ προνοεῖσθαι πολλὴ ξυγγνώμη, καὶ οὐ
τοῖς ἄρχειν βουλομένοις μέμφομαι ἀλλὰ τοῖς ὑπακούειν ἑτοιμοτέροις οὖσι·
πέφυκε γὰρ τὸ ἀνθρώπειον διὰ παντὸς ἄρχειν μὲν
τ ο ῦ ε ἴ κ ο ν τ ο ς , φ υ λ ά σ σ ε σ θ α ι δ ὲ τ ὸ ἐ π ι ό ν . ὅσοι δὲ
γιγνώσκοντες αὐτὰ μὴ ὀρθῶς προσκοποῦμεν, μηδὲ τοῦτό τις πρεσβύτατον
ἥκει κρίνας, τὸ κοινῶς φοβερὸν ἅπαντας εὖ θέσθαι, ἁμαρτάνομεν. A like
sentiment is pronounced by the Athenian envoys in their debate with the
Melians, Thuc. v. 105: ἡγούμεθα γὰρ τό τε θεῖον δόξῃ, τὸ ἀνθρώπειόν τε
σαφῶς διὰ παντός, ὑπὸ φ ύ σ ε ω ς ἀ ν α γ κ α ί α ς , οὖ ἂν κρατῇ, ἄρχειν.
Some of the Platonic critics would have us believe that this last-cited
sentiment emanates from the corrupt teaching of Athenian Sophists: but
Hermokrates the Syracusan had nothing to do with Athenian Sophists.

62 Respecting the vague and indeterminate phrases — Natural Justice,
Natural Right, Law of Nature — see Mr. Austin’s Province of Jurisprudence
Determined, p. 160, ed. 2nd. [Jurisp., 4th ed, pp. 179, 591-2], and Sir H. S.
Maine’s Ancient Law, chapters iii. and iv.

Among the assertions made about the Athenian Sophists, it is said by
some commentators that they denied altogether any Just or Unjust by nature
— that they recognised no Just or Unjust, except by law or convention.

Page 546

To say that the Sophists (speaking of them collectively) either affirmed or
denied anything, is, in my judgment, incorrect. Certain persons are alluded
to by Plato (Theætêt. 172 B) as adopting partially the doctrine of Protagoras
(Homo Mensura) and as denying altogether the Just by nature.

In another Platonic passage (Protagor. 337) which is also cited as
contributing to prove that the Sophists denied τὸ δίκαιον φύσει — nothing
at all is said about τὸ δίκαιον. Hippias the Sophist is there introduced as
endeavouring to appease the angry feeling between Protagoras and Sokrates
by reminding them, “I am of opinion that we all (i.e. men of literature and
study) are kinsmen, friends, and fellow-citizens by nature though not by
law: for law, the despot of mankind, carries many things by force, contrary
to nature”. The remark is very appropriate from one who is trying to restore
good feeling between literary disputants: and the cosmopolitan character of
literature is now so familiar a theme, that I am surprised to find Heindorf (in
his note) making it an occasion for throwing the usual censure upon the
Sophist, because some of them distinguished Nature from the Laws, and
despised the latter in comparison with the former.

Kalliklês here, in the Gorgias, maintains an opinion not only different
from, but inconsistent with, the opinion alluded to above in the Theætêtus,
172 B. The persons noticed in the Theætêtus said — There is no Natural
Justice: no Justice, except Justice by Law. Kalliklês says — There is a
Natural Justice quite distinct from (and which he esteems more than) Justice
by Law: he then explains what he believes Natural Justice to be — That the
strong man should take what he pleases from the weak.

Though these two opinions are really inconsistent with each other, yet we
see Plato in the Leges (x. 889 E, 890 A) alluding to them both as the same
creed, held and defended by the same men; whom he denounces with
extreme acrimony. Who they were, he does not name; he does not mention
σοφισταί, but calls them ἀνδρῶν σοφῶν, ἰδιωτῶν τε καὶ ποιητῶν.

Page 547

We see, in the third chapter of Sir H. S. Maine’s excellent work on
Ancient Law, the meaning of these phrases — Natural Justice, Law of
Nature. It designated or included “a set of legal principles entitled to
supersede the existing laws, on the ground of intrinsic superiority”. It
denoted an ideal condition of society, supposed to be much better than what
actually prevailed. This at least seems to have been the meaning which
began to attach to it in the time of Plato and Aristotle. What this ideal
perfection of human society was, varied in the minds of different speakers.
In each speaker’s mind the word and sentiment was much the same, though
the objects to which it attached were often different. Empedokles proclaims
in solemn and emphatic language that the Law of Nature peremptorily
forbids us to kill any animal. (Aristot. Rhetor. i. 13, 1373 b. 15.) Plato
makes out to his own satisfaction, that his Republic is thoroughly in
harmony with the Law of Nature: and he insists especially on this harmony,
in the very point which even the Platonic critics admit to be wrong — that
is, in regard to the training of women and the relations of the sexes
(Republic, v. 456 C, 466 D). We learn from Plato himself that the
propositions of the Republic were thoroughly adverse to what other persons
reverenced as the Law of Nature.

In the notes of Beck and Heindorf on Protagor. p. 337 we read, “Hippias
præ cæteris Sophistis contempsit leges, iisque opposuit Naturam. Naturam
legibus plures certé Sophistarum opposuisse, easque præ illâ contempsisse,
multis veterum locis constat.” Now this allegation is more applicable to
Plato than to the Sophists. Plato speaks with the most unmeasured contempt
of existing communities and their laws: the scheme of his Republic,
radically departing from them as it does, shows what he considered as
required by the exigencies of human nature. Both the Stoics and the
Epikureans extolled what they called the Law of Nature above any laws
actually existing.

Page 548

The other charge made against the Sophists (quite opposite, yet
sometimes advanced by the same critics) is, that they recognised no Just by
Nature, but only Just by Law: i.e. all the actual laws and customs
considered as binding in each different community. This is what Plato
ascribes to some persons (Sophists or not) in the Theætêtus, p. 172. But in
this sense it is not exact to call Kalliklês (as Heindorf does, Protagor. p.
337) “germanus ille Sophistarum alumnus in Gorgià Callicles,” nor to
affirm (with Schleiermacher, Einleit. zum Theætêt. p. 183) that Plato meant
to refute Aristippus under the name of Kallikles, Aristippus maintaining that
there was no Just by Nature, but only Just by Law or Convention.

63 Plato, Gorgias, p. 483 B, p. 492 A. οἱ πολλοὶ, ἀποκρυπτόμενοι τὴν
ἑαυτῶν ἀδυναμίαν, &c.

64 Plato, Gorgias, p. 483 E.

65 Plato, Republic, ii. p. 369 B. ὅτι τυγχάνει ἡμῶν ἕκαστος οὐκ αὐταρκὴς
ὤν, ἀλλὰ πολλῶν ἐνδεής.

66 Plato, Protag. p. 322 B.

Sokrates maintains that self-
Kalliklês now explains, that by stronger
command and moderation is
men, he means better, wiser, braver men. It is
requisite for the strong man as
they (he says) who ought, according to right
well as for others. Kalliklês
by nature, to rule over others and to have
defends the negative.
larger shares than others. Sokr. — Ought they
not to rule themselves as well as others:67 to
control their own pleasures and desires: to be sober and temperate? Kall. —
No, they would be foolish if they did. The weak multitude must do so; and

Page 549

there grows up accordingly among them a sentiment which requires such
self-restraint from all. But it is the privilege of the superior few to be
exempt from this necessity. The right of nature authorises them to have the
largest desires, since their courage and ability furnish means to satisfy the
desires. It would be silly if a king’s son or a despot were to limit himself to
the same measure of enjoyment with which a poor citizen must be content;
and worse than silly if he did not enrich his friends in preference to his
enemies. He need not care for that public law and censure which must reign
paramount over each man among the many. A full swing of enjoyment, if a
man has power to procure and maintain it, is virtue as well as happiness.68

67 Plato, Gorgias, p. 491 D.

68 Plato, Gorgias, p. 492 A-C.

Whether the largest measure of
Sokr. — I think on the contrary that a sober
desires is good for a man,
and moderate life, regulated according to
provided he has the means of
present means and circumstances, is better
satisfying them? Whether all
than a life of immoderate indulgence.69 Kall.
varieties of desire are good? — The man who has no desires will have no
Whether the pleasurable and the pleasure, and will live like a stone. The more
good are identical? the desires, provided they can all be satisfied,
the happier a man will be. Sokr. — You mean
that a man shall be continually hungry, and continually satisfying his
hunger: continually thirsty, and satisfying his thirst; and so forth. Kall. —
By having and by satisfying those and all other desires, a man will enjoy
happiness. Sokr. — Do you mean to include all varieties of desire and
satisfaction of desire: such for example as itching and scratching yourself:70
and other bodily appetites which might be named? Kall. — Such things are
not fit for discussion. Sokr. — It is you who drive me to mention them, by
laying down the principle, that men who enjoy, be the enjoyment of what
sort it may, are happy; and by not distinguishing what pleasures are good

Page 550

and what are evil. Tell me again, do you think that the pleasurable and the
good are identical? Or are there any pleasurable things which are not good?
71 Kall. — I think that the pleasurable and the good are the same.

69 Plato, Gorgias, p. 493 C. ἐάν πως οἷός τ’ ὦ πεῖσαι μεταθέσθαι καὶ ἀντὶ
τοῦ ἀπλήστως καὶ ἀκολάστως ἔχοντος βίου τὸν κοσμίως καὶ τοῖς ἀεὶ
παροῦσιν ἱκανῶς καὶ ἐξαρκούντως ἔχοντα βίον ἑλέσθαι.

70 Plato, Gorg. p. 494 E.

71 Plato, Gorg. pp. 494-495. ἦ γὰρ ἐγὼ ἄγω ἐνταῦθα, ἢ ἐκεῖνος ὃς ἂν φῇ
ἀνέδην οὕτω τοὺς χαίροντας, ὅπως ἂν χαιρωσιν, εὐδαίμονας εἶναι, καὶ μὴ
διορίζηται τῶν ἡδονῶν ὁποῖαι ἀγαθαὶ καὶ κακαί; ἀλλ’ ἔτι καὶ νῦν λέγε,
πότερον φῂ εἶναι τὸ αὐτὸ ἡδὺ καὶ ἀγαθόν, ἢ εἶναι τι τῶν ἡδέων ὃ οὐκ ἔστιν
ἀγαθόν;

Kalliklês maintains that
Upon this question the discussion now
pleasurable and good are
turns: whether pleasure and good are the same,
identical. Sokrates refutes him.
or whether there are not some pleasures good,
Some pleasures are good, others
others bad. By a string of questions much
bad. A scientific adviser is
protracted, but subtle rather than conclusive,
required to discriminate them.
Sokrates proves that pleasure is not the same
as good — that there are such things as bad
pleasures and good pains. And Kalliklês admits that some pleasures are
better, others worse.72 Profitable pleasures are good: hurtful pleasures are
bad. Thus the pleasures of eating and drinking are good, if they impart to us
health and strength — bad, if they produce sickness and weakness. We
ought to choose the good pleasures and pains, and avoid the bad ones. It is
not every man who is competent to distinguish what pleasures are good, and
what are bad. A scientific and skilful adviser, judging upon general
principles, is required to make this distinction.73

Page 551

72 Plato, Gorgias, pp. 496-499.

73 Plato, Gorgias, pp. 499-500. Ἆρ’ οὖν παντὸς ἀνδρός ἐστιν ἐκλέξασθαι
ποῖα ἀγαθὰ τῶν ἡδέων ἐστὶ καὶ ὁποῖα κακά, ἦ τεχνικοῦ δεῖ εἰς ἕκαστον;
Τεχνικοῦ.

Contradiction between Sokrates
This debate between Sokrates and Kalliklês,
in the Gorgias, and Sokrates in
respecting the “Quomodo vivendum est,”74
the Protagoras. deserves attention on more than one account.
In the first place, the relation which Sokrates
is here made to declare between the two pairs of general terms, Pleasurable
— Good: Painful — Evil: is the direct reverse of that which he both
declares and demonstrates in the Protagoras. In that dialogue, the Sophist
Protagoras is represented as holding an opinion very like that which is
maintained by Sokrates in the Gorgias. But Sokrates (in the Protagoras)
refutes him by an elaborate argument; and demonstrates that pleasure and
good (also pain and evil) are names for the same fundamental ideas under
different circumstances: pleasurable and painful referring only to the
sensation of the present moment — while good and evil include, besides, an
estimate of its future consequences and accompaniments, both pleasurable
and painful, and represent the result of such calculation. In the Gorgias,
Sokrates demonstrates the contrary, by an argument equally elaborate but
not equally convincing. He impugns a doctrine advocated by Kalliklês, and
in impugning it, proclaims a marked antithesis and even repugnance
between the pleasurable and the good, the painful and the evil: rejecting the
fundamental identity of the two, which he advocates in the Protagoras, as if
it were a disgraceful heresy.

Page 552

74 Plato, Gorgias, p. 492 D. ἵνα τῷ ὄντι κατάδηλον γένηται, πῶς βιωτέον,
&c. 500 C: ὅντινα χρὴ τρόπον ζῇν.

Views of critics about this
The subject evidently presented itself to
contradiction.
Plato in two different ways at different times.
Which of the two is earliest, we have no
means of deciding. The commentators, who favour generally the view taken
in the Gorgias, treat the Protagoras as a juvenile and erroneous production:
sometimes, with still less reason, they represent Sokrates as arguing in that
dialogue, from the principles of his opponents, not from his own. For my
part, without knowing whether the Protagoras or the Gorgias is the earliest,
I think the Protagoras an equally finished composition, and I consider that
the views which Sokrates is made to propound in it, respecting pleasure and
good, are decidedly nearer to the truth.

Comparison and appreciation of
That in the list of pleasures there are some
the reasoning of Sokrates in
which it is proper to avoid, — and in the list of
both dialogues.
pains, some which it is proper to accept or
invite — is a doctrine maintained by Sokrates
alike in both the dialogues. Why? Because some pleasures are good, others
bad: some pains bad, others good — says Sokrates in the Gorgias. The same
too is said by Sokrates in the Protagoras; but then, he there explains what he
means by the appellation. All pleasure (he there says), so far as it goes, is
good — all pain is bad. But there are some pleasures which cannot be
enjoyed without debarring us from greater pleasures or entailing upon us
greater pains: on that ground therefore, such pleasures are bad. So again,
there are some pains, the suffering of which is a condition indispensable to
our escaping greater pains, or to our enjoying greater pleasures: such pains
therefore are good. Thus this apparent exception does not really contradict,
but confirms, the general doctrine — That there is no good but the
pleasurable, and the elimination of pain — and no evil except the painful, or

Page 553

the privation of pleasure. Good and evil have no reference except to
pleasures and pains; but the terms imply, in each particular case, an estimate
and comparison of future pleasurable and painful consequences, and
express the result of such comparison. “You call enjoyment itself evil” (says
Sokrates in the Protagoras),75 “when it deprives us of greater pleasures or
entails upon us greater pains. If you have any other ground, or look to any
other end, in calling it evil, you may tell us what that end is; but you will
not be able to tell us. So too, you say that pain is a good, when it relieves us
from greater pains, or when it is necessary as the antecedent cause of
greater pleasures. If you have any other end in view, when you call pain
good, you may tell us what that end is; but you will not be able to tell us.”76

75 Plato, Protagoras, p. 354 D. ἐπεί, εἰ κατ’ ἄλλο τι αὐτὸ τὸ χαίρειν κακὸν
καλεῖτε καὶ εἰς ἄλλο τι τέλος ἀποβλέψαντες, ἔχοιτε ἂν καὶ ἡμῖν εἰπεῖν· ἀλλ’
οὐχ ἕξετε.… ἐπεὶ εἰ πρὸς ἄλλο τι τέλος ἀποβλέπετε, ὅταν καλῆτε αὐτὸ τὸ
λυπεῖσθαι ἀγαθόν, ἢ πρὸς ὃ ἐγὼ λέγω, ἔχετε ἡμῖν εἰπειν· ἀλλ’ οὐχ ἕξετε.

76 In a remarkable passage of the De Legibus, Plato denies all essential
distinction between Good and Pleasure, and all reality of Good apart from
Pleasure (Legg. ii. pp. 662-663). εἰ δ’ αὖ τὸν δικαιότατον εὐδαιμονέστατον
ἀποφαίνοιτο βίον εἶναι, ζητοῖ που πᾶς ἂν ὁ ἀκούων, οἶμαι, τί ποτ’ ἐν αὐτῷ
τὸ τῆς ἡδονῆς κρεῖττον ἀγαθόν τε καὶ καλὸν ὁ νόμος ἐνὸν ἐπαινεῖ; τί γὰρ δὴ
δικαίῳ χωριζόμενον ἡδονῆς ἀγαθὸν ἂν γένοιτο;

Plato goes on to argue as follows: Even though it were not true, as I
affirm it to be, that the life of justice is a life of pleasure, and the life of
injustice a life of pain — still the law-giver must proclaim this proposition
as a useful falsehood, and compel every one to chime in with it. Otherwise
the youth will have no motive to just conduct. For no one will willingly
consent to obey any recommendation from which he does not expect more
pleasure than pain; οὐδεὶς γὰρ ἂν ἕκων ἔθελοι πείθεσθαι πράττειν τοῦτο ὅ,
τῳ μὴ τὸ χαίρειν τοῦ λυπεῖσθαι πλέον ἕπεται (663 B).

Page 554

Distinct statement in the
In the Gorgias, too, Sokrates declares that
Protagoras. What are good and
some pleasures are good, others bad — some
evil, and upon what principles
pains bad, others good. But here he stops. He
the scientific adviser is to
does not fulfil the reasonable demand urged by
proceed in discriminating them.
Sokrates in the Protagoras — “If you make
No such distinct statement in the
such a distinction, explain the ground on
Gorgias.
which you make it, and the end to which you
look“. The distinction in the Gorgias stands
without any assigned ground or end to rest upon. And this want is the more
sensibly felt, when we read in the same dialogue, that — “It is not every
man who can distinguish the good pleasures from the bad: a scientific man,
proceeding on principle, is needed for the purpose”.77 But upon what
criterion is the scientific man to proceed? Of what properties is he to take
account, in pronouncing one pleasure to be bad, another good — or one
pain to be bad and another good — the estimate of consequences, measured
in future pleasures and pains, being by the supposition excluded? No
information is given. The problem set to the scientific man is one of which
all the quantities are unknown. Now Sokrates in the Protagoras78 also lays it
down, that a scientific or rational calculation must be had, and a mind
competent to such calculation must be postulated, to decide which pleasures
are bad or fit to be rejected — which pains are good, or proper to be
endured. But then he clearly specifies the elements which alone are to be
taken into the calculation — viz., the future pleasures and pains
accompanying or dependent upon each with the estimate of their
comparative magnitude and durability. The theory of this calculation is
clear and intelligible: though in many particular cases, the data necessary
for making it, and the means of comparing them, may be very imperfectly
accessible.

77 Plato, Gorgias, p. 500 A. Ἆρ’ οὖν παντὸς ἀνδρός ἐστιν ἐκλέξασθαι ποῖα
ἄγαθὰ τῶν ἡδέων ἐστὶ καὶ ὁποῖα κακά; ἢ τεχνικοῦ δεῖ εἰς ἕκαστον;

Page 555

Τεχνικοῦ.

78 Plato, Protagoras, pp. 357 B, 356 E.

Modern ethical theories.
According to various ethical theories, which
Intuition. Moral sense — not
have chiefly obtained currency in modern
recognised by Plato in either of
times, the distinction — between pleasures
the dialogues.
good or fit to be enjoyed, and pleasures bad or
unfit to be enjoyed — is determined for us by
a moral sense or intuition: by a simple, peculiar, sentiment of right and
wrong, or a conscience, which springs up within us ready-made, and
decides on such matters without appeal; so that a man has only to look into
his own heart for a solution. We need not take account of this hypothesis, in
reviewing Plato’s philosophy: for he evidently does not proceed upon it. He
expressly affirms, in the Gorgias as well as in the Protagoras, that the
question is one requiring science or knowledge to determine it, and upon
which none but the man of science or expert (τεχνικὸς) is a competent
judge.

In both dialogues the doctrine of
Moreover, there is another point common to
Sokrates is self-regarding as
both the two dialogues, deserving of notice. I
respects the agent: not
have already remarked when reviewing the
considering the pleasures and
doctrine of Sokrates in the Protagoras, that it
pains of other persons, so far as
appears to me seriously defective, inasmuch as
affected by the agent.
it takes into account the pleasures and pains of
the agent only, and omits the pleasures and
pains of other persons affected by his conduct. But this is not less true
respecting the doctrine of Sokrates in the Gorgias: for whatever criterion he
may there have in his mind to determine which among our pleasures are
bad, it is certainly not this — that the agent in procuring them is obliged to
hurt others. For the example which Sokrates cites as specially illustrating
the class of bad pleasures — viz., the pleasure of scratching an itching part

Page 556

of the body79 — is one in which no others besides the agent are concerned.
As in the Protagoras, so in the Gorgias — Plato in laying down his rule of
life, admits into the theory only what concerns the agent himself, and makes
no direct reference to the happiness of others as affected by the agent’s
behaviour.

79 The Sokrates of the Protagoras would have reckoned this among the
bad pleasures, because the discomfort and distress of body out of which it
arises more than countervail the pleasure.

Points wherein the doctrine of
There are however various points of
the two dialogues is in substance
analogy between the Protagoras and the
the same, but differing in
Gorgias, which will enable us, after tracing
classification.
them out, to measure the amount of substantial
difference between them; I speak of the
reasoning of Sokrates in each. Thus, in the Protagoras,80 Sokrates ranks
health, strength, preservation of the community, wealth, command, &c.,
under the general head of Good things, but expressly on the ground that
they are the producing causes and conditions of pleasures and of exemption
from pains: he also ranks sickness and poverty under the head of Evil
things, as productive causes of pain and suffering. In the Gorgias also, he
numbers wisdom, health, strength, perfection of body, riches, &c., among
Good things or profitable things81 — (which two words he treats as
equivalent) — and their contraries as Evil things. Now he does not
expressly say here (as in the Protagoras) that these things are good, because
they are productive causes of pleasure or exemption from pain: but such
assumption must evidently be supplied in order to make the reasoning valid.
For upon what pretence can any one pronounce strength, health, riches, to
be good — and helplessness, sickness, poverty, to be evil — if no reference
be admitted to pleasures and pains? Sokrates in the Gorgias82 declares that
the pleasures of eating and drinking are good, in so far as they impart health

Page 557

and strength to the body — evil, in so far as they produce a contrary effect.
Sokrates in the Protagoras reasons in the same way — but with this
difference — that he would count the pleasure of the repast itself as one
item of good: enhancing the amount of good where the future consequences
are beneficial, diminishing the amount of evil where the future
consequences are Unfavourable: while Sokrates in the Gorgias excludes
immediate pleasure from the list of good things, and immediate pain from
the list of evil things.

80 Plato, Protagor. pp. 353 D, 354 A.

81 Plato, Gorgias, pp. 467-468-499.

82 Plato, Gorgias, p. 499 D.

This last exclusion renders the theory in the Gorgias untenable and
inconsistent. If present pleasure be not admitted as an item of good so far as
it goes — then neither can the future and consequent aggregates of pleasure,
nor the causes of them, be admitted as good. So likewise, if present pain be
no evil, future pain cannot be allowed to rank as an evil.83

83 Compare a passage in the Republic (ii. p. 357) where Sokrates gives (or
accepts, as given by Glaukon) a description of Good much more coincident
with the Protagoras than with the Gorgias. The common property of all
Good is to be desired or loved; and there are three varieties of it — 1. That
which we desire for itself, and for its own sake, apart from all ulterior
consequences, such as innocuous pleasures or enjoyments. 2. That which
we desire both for itself and for its ulterior consequences, such as good
health, good vision, good sense, &c. 3. That which we do not desire — nay,
which we perhaps hate or shun, per se: but which we nevertheless desire
and invite, in connection with and for the sake of ulterior consequences:
such as gymnastic training, medical treatment when we are sick, labour in
our trade or profession.

Page 558

Here Plato admits the immediately pleasurable per se as one variety of
good, always assuming that it is not countervailed by consequences or
accompaniments of a painful character. This is the doctrine of the
Protagoras, as distinguished from the Gorgias, where Sokrates sets pleasure
in marked opposition to good.

Kalliklês, whom Sokrates
Each of the two dialogues, which I am now
refutes in the Gorgias, maintains
comparing, is in truth an independent
a different argument from that
composition: in each, Sokrates has a distinct
which Sokrates combats in the
argument to combat; and in the latest of the
Protagoras.
two (whichever that was), no heed is taken of
the argumentation in the earlier. In the
Protagoras, he exalts the dignity and paramount force of knowledge or
prudence: if a man knows how to calculate pleasures and pains, he will be
sure to choose the result which involves the greater pleasure or the less
pain, on the whole: to say that he is overpowered by immediate pleasure or
pain into making a bad choice, is a wrong description — the real fact being,
that he is deficient in the proper knowledge how to choose. In the Gorgias,
the doctrine assigned to Kalliklês and impugned by Sokrates is something
very different. That justice, temperance, self-restraint, are indeed
indispensable to the happiness of ordinary men; but if there be any one
individual, so immensely superior in force as to trample down and make
slaves of the rest, this one man would be a fool if he restrained himself:
having the means of gratifying all his appetites, the more appetites he has,
the more enjoyments will he have and the greater happiness.84 Observe —
that Kalliklês applies this doctrine only to the one omnipotent despot: to all
other members of society, he maintains that self-restraint is essential. This is
the doctrine which Sokrates in the Gorgias undertakes to refute, by denying
community of nature between the pleasurable and the good — between the
painful and the evil.

Page 559

84 Plato, Gorgias, p. 492 B.

The refutation of Kalliklês by
To me his refutation appears altogether
Sokrates in the Gorgias, is
unsuccessful, and the position upon which he
unsuccessful — it is only so far
rests it incorrect. The only parts of the
successful as he adopts
refutation really forcible, are those in which he
unintentionally the doctrine of
unconsciously relinquishes this position, and
Sokrates in the Protagoras.
slides into the doctrine of the Protagoras.
Upon this latter doctrine, a refutation might be
grounded: you may show that even an omnipotent despot (regard for the
comfort of others being excluded by the hypothesis) will gain by limiting
the gratification of his appetites to-day so as not to spoil his appetites of
tomorrow. Even in his case, prudential restraint is required, though his
motives for it would be much less than in the case of ordinary social men.
But Good, as laid down by Plato in the Gorgias, entirely disconnected from
pleasure — and Evil, entirely disconnected from pain — have no
application to this supposed despot. He has no desire for such Platonic
Good — no aversion for such Platonic Evil. His happiness is not diminished
by missing the former or incurring the latter. In fact, one of the cardinal
principles of Plato’s ethical philosophy, which he frequently asserts both in
this dialogue and elsewhere,85 — That every man desires Good, and acts for
the sake of obtaining Good, and avoiding Evil — becomes untrue, if you
conceive Good and Evil according to the Gorgias, as having no reference to
pleasure or the avoidance of pain: untrue, not merely in regard to a despot
under these exceptional conditions, but in regard to the large majority of
social men. They desire to obtain Good and avoid Evil, in the sense of the
Protagoras: but not in the sense of the Gorgias.86 Sokrates himself
proclaims in this dialogue: “I and philosophy stand opposed to Kalliklês
and the Athenian public. What I desire is, to reason consistently with
myself.” That is, to speak the language of Sokrates in the Protagoras — “To
me, Sokrates, the consciousness of inconsistency with myself and of an

Page 560

unworthy character, the loss of my own self-esteem and the pungency of my
own self-reproach, are the greatest of all pains: greater than those which
you, Kalliklês, and the Athenians generally, seek to avoid at all price and
urge me also to avoid at all price — poverty, political nullity, exposure to
false accusation, &c.”87 The noble scheme of life, here recommended by
Sokrates, may be correctly described according to the theory of the
Protagoras: without any resort to the paradox of the Gorgias, that Good has
no kindred or reference to Pleasure, nor Evil to Pain.

85 Plato, Gorgias, pp. 467 C, 499 E.

86 The reasoning of Plato in the Gorgias, respecting this matter, rests upon
an equivocal phrase. The Greek phrase εὖ πράττειν has two meanings; it
means recté agere, to act rightly; and it also means felicem esse, to be
happy. There is a corresponding double sense in κακῶς πράττειν. Heindorf
has well noticed the fallacious reasoning founded by Plato on this double
sense. We read in the Gorgias, p. 507 C: ἀνάγκη τὸν σώφρονα, δίκαιον ὄντα
καὶ ἀνδρεῖον καὶ ὅσιον, ἀγαθὸν ἄνδρα εἶναι τελέως, τὸν δὲ ἀγαθὸν εἶ τε καὶ
καλῶς πράττειν ἂ ἂν πράττῃ, τὸν δ’ εὖ πράττοντα μακάριόν τε καὶ
εὐδαίμονα εἶναι, τὸν δὲ πονηρὸν καὶ κακῶς πράττοντα ἄθλιον. Upon which
Heindorf remarks, citing a note of Routh, who says, “Vix enim potest credi,
Platonem duplici sensu verborum εὖ πράττειν ad argumentum probandum
abuti voluisse, quæ fallacia esset amphiboliæ”. “Non meminerat” (says
Heindorf) “vir doctus ceteros in Platone locos, ubi eodem modo ex duplici
illâ potestate argumentatio ducitur, cujusmodi plura attulimus ad
Charmidem, 42, p. 172 A.” Heindorf observes, on the Charmidês l. c.:
“Argumenti hujus vim positam apparet in duplici dictionis εὖ πράττειν
significatu: quum vulgo sit felicem esse, non recté facere. Hoc aliaque
ejusdem generis sæpius sic ansam præbuerunt sophismatis magis quam justi
syllogismi.” Heindorf then refers to analogous passages in Plato, Repub. i.
p. 354 A: Alkib. i. p. 116 B, p. 134 A. A similar fallacy is found in Aristotle,

Page 561

Politic. vii. i. p. 1323, a. 17, b. 32 — ἄριστα γὰρ πράττειν προσήκει τοὺς
ἄριστα πολιτευομένους — ἀδύνατον δὲ καλῶς πράττειν τοῖς μὴ τὰ καλὰ
πράττουσιν. This fallacy is recognised and properly commented on as a
“logisches Wortspiel,” by Bernays, in his instructive volume, Die Dialoge
des Aristoteles, pp. 80-81 (Berlin, 1863).

87 Plato, Gorgias, pp. 481 D, 482 B.

Permanent elements — and
Lastly I will compare the Protagoras and the
transient elements — of human
Gorgias (meaning always, the reasoning of
agency — how each of them is
Sokrates in each of them) under one more
appreciated in the two
point of view. How does each of them describe
dialogues.
and distinguish the permanent elements, and
the transient elements, involved in human
agency? What function does each of them assign to the permanent element?
The distinction of these two is important in its ethical bearing. The whole
life both of the individual and of society consists of successive moments of
action or feeling. But each individual (and the society as an aggregate of
individuals) has within him embodied and realised an element more or less
permanent — an established character, habits, dispositions, intellectual
acquirements, &c. — a sort of capital accumulated from the past. This
permanent element is of extreme importance. It stands to the transient
element in the same relation as the fixed capital of a trader or manufacturer
to his annual produce. The whole use and value of the fixed capital, of
which the skill and energy of the trader himself make an important part,
consists in the amount of produce which it will yield: but at the same time
the trader must keep it up in its condition of fixed capital, in order to obtain
such amount: he must set apart, and abstain from devoting to immediate
enjoyment, as much of the annual produce as will suffice to maintain the
fixed capital unimpaired — and more, if he desires to improve his
condition. The capital cannot be commuted into interest; yet nevertheless its

Page 562

whole value depends upon, and is measured by, the interest which it yields.
Doubtless the mere idea of possessing the capital is pleasurable to the
possessor, because he knows that it can and will be profitably employed, so
long as he chooses.

In the Protagoras.
Now in the Protagoras, the permanent
element is very pointedly distinguished from
the transient, and is called Knowledge — the Science or Art of Calculation.
Its function also is clearly announced — to take comparative estimate and
measurement of the transient elements; which are stated to consist of
pleasures and pains, present and future — near and distant — certain and
uncertain — faint and strong. To these elements, manifold yet
commensurable, the calculation is to apply. “The safety of life” (says
Sokrates88) “resides in our keeping up this science or art of calculation.” No
present enjoyment must be admitted, which would impair it; no present pain
must be shunned, which is essential to uphold it. Yet the whole of its value
resides in its application to the comparison of the pleasures and pains.

88 Plato, Protag. p. 357 A. ἐπειδὴ δὲ ἡδονῆς τε καὶ λύπης ἐν ὀρθῇ τῇ
αἱρέσει ἐφάνη ἡμῖν ἡ σωτηρία τοῦ βίου οὖσα, τοῦ τε πλέονος καὶ ἐλαττονος
καὶ μείζονος καὶ σμικροτέρου καὶ ποῤῥωτέρω καὶ ἐγγυτέρω, &c.

In the Gorgias.
In the Gorgias the same two elements are
differently described, and less clearly
explained. The permanent is termed, Order, arrangement, discipline, a
lawful, just, and temperate, cast of mind (opposed to the doctrine ascribed
to Kalliklês, which negatived this element altogether, in the mind of the
despot), parallel to health and strength of body: the unordered mind is again
the parallel of the corrupt, distempered, helpless, body; life is not worth
having until this is cured.89 This corresponds to the knowledge or
Calculating Science in the Protagoras; but we cannot understand what its

Page 563

function is, in the Gorgias, because the calculable elements are
incompletely enumerated.

89 Plato, Gorgias, pp. 504 B-C, 506 D-E. Τάξις — κόσμος — ψυχὴ κοσμία
ἀμείνων τοῦ ἀκοσμήτου.

In the Protagoras, these calculable elements are two-fold — immediate
pleasures and pains — and future or distant pleasures and pains. Between
these two there is intercommunity of nature, so that they are quite
commensurable; and the function of the calculating reason is, to make a
right estimate of the one against the other.90 But in the Gorgias, no mention
is made of future or distant pleasures and pains: the calculable element is
represented only by immediate pleasure or pain — and from thence we pass
at once to the permanent calculator — the mind, sound or corrupt. You must
abstain from a particular enjoyment, because it will taint the soundness of
your mind: this is a pertinent reason (and would be admitted as such by
Sokrates in the Protagoras, who instead of sound mind would say,
calculating intelligence), but it is neither the ultimate reason (since this
soundness of mind is itself valuable with a view to future calculations), nor
the only reason: for you must also abstain, if it will bring upon yourself (or
upon others) preponderating pains in the particular case — if the future
pains would preponderate over the present pleasure. Of this last calculation
no notice is taken in the Gorgias: which exhibits only the antithesis (not
merely marked but even over-done91) between the immediate pleasure or
pain and the calculating efficacy of mind, but leaves out the true function
which gives value to the sound mind as distinguished from the unsound and
corrupt. That function consists in its application to particular cases: in right
dealing with actual life, as regards the agent himself and others: in ἐνεργεία,
as distinguished from ἕξις, to use Aristotelian language.92 I am far from
supposing that this part of the case was absent from Plato’s mind. But the
theory laid out in the Gorgias (as compared with that in the Protagoras)

Page 564

leaves no room for it; giving exclusive prominence to the other elements,
and acknowledging only the present pleasure or pain, to be set against the
permanent condition of mind, bad or good as it may be.

90 There would be also the like intercommunity of nature, if along with
the pains and pleasures of the agent himself (which alone are regarded in
the calculation of Sokrates in the Protagoras) you admit into the calculation
the pleasures and pains of others concerned, and the rules established with a
view to both the two together with a view to the joint interest both of the
agent and of others.

91 Epikurus and his followers assigned the greatest value, in their ethical
theory, to the permanent element, or established character of the agent,
intellectual and emotional. But great as they reckoned this value to be, they
resolved it all into the diminution or mitigation of pains, and, in a certain
though inferior degree, the multiplication of pleasures. They did not put it in
a separate category of its own, altogether disparate and foreign to pleasures
and pains.

See the letter of Epikurus to Menœkeus, Diog. L. x. 128-132; Lucretius,
v. 18-45, vi. 12-25; Horat. Epist. i. 2, 48-60.

92 Aristot. Ethic. Nikom. i. 7. The remark of Aristotle in the same treatise,
i. 5 — δοκεῖ γὰρ ἐνδέχεσθαι καὶ καθεύδειν ἔχοντα τὴν ἀρετήν, ἢ ἀπρακτεῖν
διὰ βίου — might be applied to the theory of the Gorgias. Compare also
Ethic. Nik. vii. 3 (vii. 4, p. 1146, b. 31, p. 1147, a. 12).

Character of the Gorgias
Indeed there is nothing more remarkable in
generally — discrediting all the
the Gorgias, than the manner in which
actualities of life.
Sokrates not only condemns the unmeasured,
exorbitant, maleficent desires, but also
depreciates and degrades all the actualities of life — all the recreative and
elegant arts, including music and poetry, tragic as well as dithyrambic — all

Page 565

provision for the most essential wants, all protection against particular
sufferings and dangers, even all service rendered to another person in the
way of relief or of rescue93 — all the effective maintenance of public
organised force, such as ships, docks, walls, arms, &c. Immediate
satisfaction or relief, and those who confer it, are treated with contempt, and
presented as in hostility to the perfection of the mental structure. And it is in
this point of view that various Platonic commentators extol in an especial
manner the Gorgias: as recognising an Idea of Good superhuman and
supernatural, radically disparate from pleasures and pains of any human
being, and incommensurable with them: an Universal Idea, which, though it
is supposed to cast a distant light upon its particulars, is separated from
them by an incalculable space, and is discernible only by the Platonic
telescope.

93 Plato, Gorgias, pp. 501-502-511-512-517-519. ἄνευ γὰρ δικαιοσύνης
καὶ σωφροσύνης λιμένων καὶ νεωρίων καὶ τειχῶν καὶ φόρων καὶ τοιούτων
φλυαριῶν ἐμπεπλήκασι τὴν πόλιν.

This is applied to the provision of food, drink, clothing, bedding, for the
hunger, thirst, &c., of the community (p. 517 D), to the saving of life (p.
511 D). The boatman between Ægina and Peiræus (says Plato) brings over
his passengers in safety, together with their families and property,
preserving them from all the dangers of the sea. The engineer, who
constructs good fortifications, preserves from danger and destruction all the
citizens with their families and their property (p. 512 B). But neither of
these persons takes credit for this service: because both of them know that it
is doubtful whether they have done any real service to the persons
preserved, since they have not rendered them any better; and that it is even
doubtful whether they may not have done them an actual mischief. Perhaps
these persons may be wicked and corrupt; in that case it is a misfortune to
them that their lives should be prolonged; it would be better for them to die.

Page 566

It is under this conviction (says Plato) that the boatman and the engineer,
though they do preserve our lives, take to themselves no credit for it.

We shall hardly find any greater rhetorical exaggeration than this, among
all the compositions of the rhetors against whom Plato declares war in the
Gorgias. Moreover, it is a specimen of the way in which Plato colours and
misinterprets the facts of social life, in order to serve the purpose of the
argument of the moment. He says truly that when the passage boat from
Ægina to Peiræus has reached its destination, the steersman receives his
fare and walks about on the shore, without taking any great credit to
himself, as if he had performed a brilliant deed or conferred an important
service. But how does Plato explain this? By supposing in the steersman’s
mind feelings which never enter into the mind of a real agent; feelings
which are put into words only when a moralist or a satirist is anxious to
enforce a sentiment. The service which the steersman performs is not only
adequately remunerated, but is, on most days, a regular and easy one, such
as every man who has gone through a decent apprenticeship can perform.
But suppose an exceptional day — suppose a sudden and terrible storm to
supervene on the passage — suppose the boat full of passengers, with every
prospect of all on board being drowned — suppose she is only saved by the
extraordinary skill, vigilance, and efforts of the steersman. In that case he
will, on reaching the land, walk about full of elate self-congratulation and
pride: the passengers will encourage this sentiment by expressions of the
deepest gratitude; while friends as well as competitors will praise his
successful exploit. How many of the passengers there are for whom the
preservation of life may be a curse rather than a blessing — is a question
which neither they themselves, nor the steersman, nor the public, will ever
dream of asking.

Page 567

Argument of Sokrates resumed
We have now established (continues
— multifarious arts of flattery,
Sokrates) that pleasure is essentially different
aiming at immediate pleasure.
from good, and pain from evil: also, that to
obtain good and avoid evil, a scientific choice
is required — while to obtain pleasure and avoid pain, is nothing more than
blind imitation or irrational knack. There are some arts and pursuits which
aim only at procuring immediate pleasure — others which aim at attaining
good or the best;94 some arts, for a single person, — others for a multitude.
Arts and pursuits which aim only at immediate pleasure, either of one or of
a multitude, belong to the general head of Flattery. Among them are all the
musical, choric, and dithyrambic representations at the festivals — tragedy
as well as comedy — also political and judicial rhetoric. None of these arts
aim at any thing except to gratify the public to whom they are addressed:
none of them aim at the permanent good: none seek to better the character
of the public. They adapt themselves to the prevalent desires: but whether
those desires are such as, if realised, will make the public worse or better,
they never enquire.95

94 The Sokrates of the Protagoras would have admitted a twofold
distinction of aims, but would have stated the distinction otherwise. Two
things (he would say) may be looked at in regard to any course of conduct:
first, the immediate pleasure or pain which it yields; secondly, this item, not
alone, but combined with all the other pleasures and pains which can be
foreseen as its conditions, consequences, or concomitants. To obey the
desire of immediate pleasure, or the fear of immediate pain, requires no
science; to foresee, estimate, and compare the consequences, requires a
scientific calculation often very difficult and complicated — a τέχνη or
ἐπιστήμη μετρητική.

Page 568

Thus we are told not only in what cases the calculation is required, but
what are the elements to be taken into the calculation. In the Gorgias, we
are not told on what elements the calculation of good and evil is to be
based: we are told that there must be science, but we learn nothing more.

95 Plato, Gorgias, pp. 502-503.

The Rhetors aim at only
Sokr. — Do you know any public speakers
flattering the public — even the
who aim at anything more than gratifying the
best past Rhetors have done
public, or who care to make the public better?
nothing else — citation of the
Kall. — There are some who do, and others
four great Rhetors by Kallikles.
who do not. Sokr. — Which are those who do?
and which of them has ever made the public
better?96 Kall. — At any rate, former statesmen did so; such as Miltiades,
Themistokles, Kimon, Perikles. Sokr. — None of them. If they had, you
would have seen them devoting themselves systematically and obviously to
their one end. As a builder labours to construct a ship or a house, by putting
together its various parts with order and symmetry — so these statesmen
would have laboured to implant order and symmetry in the minds and
bodies of the citizens: that is, justice and temperance in their minds, health
and strength in their bodies.97 Unless the statesman can do this, it is
fruitless to supply the wants, to fulfil the desires and requirements, to
uphold or enlarge the power, of the citizens. This is like supplying ample
nourishment to a distempered body: the more such a body takes in, the
worse it becomes. The citizens must be treated with refusal of their wishes
and with punishment, until their vices are healed, and they become good.98

96 Plato, Gorgias, p. 503 C.

97 Plato, Gorgias, p. 504 D.

98 Plato, Gorgias, p. 505 B.

Page 569

Necessity for temperance,
We ought to do (continues Sokrates) what is
regulation, order. This is the
pleasing for the sake of what is good: not vice
condition of virtue and
versà. But every thing becomes good by
happiness.
possessing its appropriate virtue or regulation.
The regulation appropriate to the mind is to be
temperate. The temperate man will do what is just — his duty towards men:
and what is holy — his duty towards the Gods. He will be just and holy. He
will therefore also be courageous: for he will seek only such pleasures as
duty permits, and he will endure all such pains as duty requires. Being thus
temperate, just, brave, holy, he will be a perfectly good man, doing well and
honourably throughout. The man who does well, will be happy: the man
who does ill and is wicked, will be miserable.99 It ought to be our principal
aim, both for ourselves individually and for the city, to attain temperance
and to keep clear of intemperance: not to let our desires run immoderately
(as you, Kallikles, advise), and then seek repletion for them: which is an
endless mischief, the life of a pirate. He who pursues this plan can neither
be the friend of any other man, nor of the Gods: for he is incapable of
communion, and therefore of friendship.100

99 Plato, Gorgias, p, 507 D (with Routh and Heindorf’s notes).

100 Plato, Gorgias, p. 507 E. κοινωνεῖν γὰρ ἀδύνατος· ὅτῳ δὲ μὴ ἕνι
κοινωνία, φιλία οὐκ ἂν εἴη.

Impossible to succeed in public
Now, Kallikles (pursues Sokrates), you have
life, unless a man be thoroughly
reproached me with standing aloof from public
akin to and in harmony with the
life in order to pursue philosophy. You tell me
ruling force.
that by not cultivating public speaking and
public action, I am at the mercy of any one
who chooses to accuse me unjustly and to bring upon me severe penalties.
But I tell you, that it is a greater evil to do wrong than to suffer wrong; and
that my first business is, to provide for myself such power and such skill as

Page 570

shall guard me against doing wrong.101 Next, as to suffering wrong, there is
only one way of taking precautions against it. You must yourself rule in the
city: or you must be a friend of the ruling power. Like is the friend of
like:102 a cruel despot on the throne will hate and destroy any one who is
better than himself, and will despise any one worse than himself. The only
person who will have influence is, one of the same dispositions as the
despot: not only submitting to him with good will, but praising and blaming
the same things as he does — accustomed from youth upwards to share in
his preferences and aversions, and assimilated to him as much as
possible.103 Now if the despot be a wrong-doer, he who likens himself to
the despot will become a wrong-doer also. And thus, in taking precautions
against suffering wrong, he will incur the still greater mischief and
corruption of doing wrong, and will be worse off instead of better.

101 Plato, Gorgias, p. 509 C. Compare Leges, viii. 829 A, where τὸ μὴ
ἀδικεῖν is described as easy of attainment; τὸ μὴ ἀδικεῖσθαι, as being
παγχάλεπον: and both equally necessary πρὸς τὸ εὐδαιμόνως ζῇν.

102 Plat. Gorg. 510 B. φίλος — ὁ ὅμοιος τῷ ὁμοίῳ. We have already seen
this principle discussed and rejected in the Lysis, p. 214. See above, ch. xx.,
p. 179.

103 Plato, Gorgias, p. 510 C. λείπεται δὴ ἐκεῖνος μόνος ἄξιος λόγου φίλος
τῷ τοιούτῳ, ὃς ἂν, ὁμοήθης ὤν, ταὐτὰ ψέγων καὶ ἐπαινῶν, ἐθέλῃ ἄρχεσθαι
καὶ ὑποκεῖσθαι τῷ ἄρχοντι. Οὗτος μέγα ἐν ταύτῃ τῇ πόλει δυνήσεται,
τοῦτον οὐδεὶς χαίρων ἀδικήσει.… Αὕτη ὁδός ἐστιν, εὐθὺς ἐκ vέου ἐθίζειν
αὐτὸν τοῖς αὐτοῖς χαίρειν καὶ ἄχθεσθται τῷ δεσπότῃ, καὶ παρασκευάζειν
ὅπως ὅ τι μάλιστα ὅμοιος ἔσται ἐκείνῳ.

Danger of one who dissents from
Kall. — But if he does not liken himself to
the public, either for better or
the despot, the despot may put him to death, if
he chooses? Sokr. — Perhaps he may: but it

Page 571

for worse. will be death inflicted by a bad man upon a
good man.104 To prolong life is not the
foremost consideration, but to decide by rational thought what is the best
way of passing that length of life which the Fates allot.105 Is it my best plan
to do as you recommend, and to liken myself as much as possible to the
Athenian people — in order that I may become popular and may acquire
power in the city? For it will be impossible for you to acquire power in the
city, if you dissent from the prevalent political character and practice, be it
for the better or for the worse. Even imitation will not be sufficient: you
must be, by natural disposition, homogeneous with the Athenians, if you
intend to acquire much favour with them. Whoever makes you most like to
them, will help you forward most towards becoming an effective statesman
and speaker: for every assembly delight in speeches suited to their own
dispositions, and reject speeches of an opposite tenor.106

Page 572

104 Plato, Gorgias, p. 511 B.

105 Plato, Gorgias, pp. 511 B, 512 E.

106 Plato, Gorgias, p. 513 A. καὶ νῦν δὲ ἄρα δεῖ σε ὡς ὁμοιότατον
γίγνεσθαι τῷ δημῳ τῷ Ἀθηναίων, εἰ μέλλεις τούτῳ προσφιλὴς εἶναι καὶ
μέγα δύνασθαι ἐν τῇ πόλει.… εἰ δέ σοι οἴει ὁντινοῦν ἀνθρώπων
παραδώσειν τέχνην τινὰ τοιαύτην, ἥ τίς σε ποιήσει μέγα δύνασθαι ἐν τῇ
πόλει τῇδε, ἀ ν ό μ ο ι ο ν ὄ ν τ α τ ῇ π ο λ ι τ ε ί ᾳ ε ἴ τ ’ ἐ π ὶ τ ὸ
β έ λ τ ι ο ν ε ἴ τ ’ ἐ π ὶ τ ὸ χ ε ῖ ρ ο ν , οὐκ ὀρθῶς βουλεύει· οὐ γὰρ
μιμητὴν δεῖ εἶναι, ἀλλ’ αὐτοφυῶς ὅμοιον τοούτοις, εἰ μέλλεις τι γνήσιον
ἀπεργάζεσθαι εἰς φιλίαν τῷ Ἀθηναίων δήμῳ.

Sokrates resolves upon a scheme
Such are the essential conditions of political
of life for himself — to study
success and popularity. But I, Kalliklês, have
permanent good, and not
already distinguished two schemes of life; one
immediate satisfaction.
aiming at pleasure, the other aiming at good:
one, that of the statesman who studies the felt
wants, wishes, and impulses of the people, displaying his genius in
providing for them effective satisfaction — the other, the statesman who
makes it his chief or sole object to amend the character and disposition of
the people. The last scheme is the only one which I approve: and if it be that
to which you invite me, we must examine whether either you, Kallikles, or
I, have ever yet succeeded in amending or improving the character of any
individuals privately, before we undertake the task of amending the citizens
collectively.107 None of the past statesmen whom you extol, Miltiades,
Kimon, Themistokles, Perikles, has produced any such amendment.108
Considered as ministers, indeed, they were skilful and effective; better than
the present statesmen. They were successful in furnishing satisfaction to the
prevalent wants and desires of the citizens: they provided docks, walls,
ships, tribute, and other such follies, abundantly:109 but they did nothing to

Page 573

amend the character of the people — to transfer the desires of the people
from worse things to better things — or to create in them justice and
temperance. They thus did no real good by feeding the desires of the
people: no more good than would be done by a skilful cook for a sick man,
in cooking for him a sumptuous meal before the physician had cured him.

107 Plato, Gorgias, p. 515 A.

108 Plato, Gorgias, pp. 516, 517.

109 Plato, Gorgias, pp. 517, 519. ἄνευ γὰρ σωφροσύνης καὶ δικαιοσύνης
λιμένων καὶ νεωρίων καὶ τειχῶν καὶ φόρων καὶ τοιούτων φλυαριῶν
ἐμπεπλήκασι τὴν πόλιν.

Sokrates announces himself as
I believe myself (continues Sokrates) to be
almost the only man at Athens,
the only man in Athens, — or certainly one
who follows out the true political
among a very few, — who am a true
art. Danger of doing this.
statesman, following out the genuine purposes
of the political art.110 I aim at what is best for
the people, not at what is most agreeable. I do not value those captivating
accomplishments which tell in the Dikastery. If I am tried, I shall be like a
physician arraigned by the confectioner before a jury of children. I shall not
be able to refer to any pleasures provided for them by me: pleasures which
they call benefits, but which I regard as worthless. If any one accuses me of
corrupting the youth by making them sceptical, or of libelling the older men
in my private and public talk — it will be in vain for me to justify myself by
saying the real truth. — Dikasts, I do and say all these things justly, for your
real benefit. I shall not be believed when I say this, and I have nothing else
to say: so that I do not know what sentence may be passed on me.111 My
only refuge and defence will be, the innocence of my life. As for death, no
one except a fool or a coward fears that: the real evil, and the greatest of all
evils, is to pass into Hades with a corrupt and polluted mind.112

Page 574

110 Plato, Gorgias, p. 521 D.

111 Plato, Gorgias, pp. 521-522.

112 Plato, Gorgias, p. 522 E. αὐτὸ μὲν γὰρ τὸ ἀποθνήσκειν οὐδεὶς
φοβεῖται, ὅστις μὴ παντάπασιν ἀλόγιστός τε καὶ ἄνανδρός ἐστι, τὸ δὲ
ἀδικεῖν φοβεῖται, &c.

Mythe respecting Hades, and
Sokrates then winds up the dialogue, by
the treatment of deceased
reciting a Νέκυια, a mythe or hypothesis about
persons therein, according to
judgment in Hades after death, and rewards
their merits during life — the
and punishments to be apportioned to
philosopher who stood aloof
deceased men, according to their merits during
from public affairs, will then be
life, by Rhadamanthus and Minos. The
rewarded.
greatest sufferers by these judgments (he says)
will be the kings, despots, and men politically
powerful, who have during their lives committed the greatest injustices, —
which indeed few of them avoid.113 The man most likely to fare well and to
be rewarded, will be the philosopher, “who has passed through life minding
his own business, and not meddling with the affairs of others”.114

113 Plato, Gorgias, pp. 525-526.

114 Plato, Gorgias, p. 526 C. φιλοσόφου τὰ αὐτοῦ πράξαντος, καὶ οὐ
πολυπραγμονήσαντος ἐν τῷ βίῳ.

It must be confessed that these terms do not correspond to the life of
Sokrates, as he himself describes it in the Platonic Apology. He seems to
have fancied that no one was πολυπράγμων except those who spoke
habitually in the Ekklesia and the Dikastery.

Page 575

Peculiar ethical views of
“Dicuntur ista magnifice,”115 — we may
Sokrates — Rhetorical or exclaim, in Ciceronian words, on reaching the
dogmatical character of the close of the Gorgias. It is pre-eminently
Gorgias. solemn and impressive; all the more so, from
the emphasis of Sokrates, when proclaiming
the isolation in which he stands at Athens, and the contradiction between his
ethico-political views and those of his fellow-citizens. In this respect it
harmonises with the Apology, the Kriton, Republic, and Leges: in all which,
the peculiarity of his ethical points of view stands proclaimed — especially
in the Kriton, where he declares that his difference with his opponents is
fundamental, and that there can be between them no common ground for
debate — nothing but reciprocal contempt.116

115 Cicero, De Finib. iii. 3, 11.

116 Plato, Kriton, p. 49 D.

He merges politics in Ethics —
The argument of Sokrates in the Gorgias is
he conceives the rulers as
interesting, not merely as extolling the value
spiritual teachers and trainers of
of ethical self-restraint, but also as considering
the community.
political phenomena under this point of view:
that is, merging politics in ethics. The proper
and paramount function of statesmen (we find it eloquently proclaimed) is
to serve as spiritual teachers in the community: for the purpose of amending
the lives and characters of the citizens, and of converting them from bad
dispositions to good. We are admonished that until this is effected, more is
lost than gained by realising the actual wants and wishes of the community,
which are disorderly and distempered: like the state of a sick man, who
would receive harm and not benefit from a sumptuous banquet.

Page 576

Idéal of Plato — a despotic
This is the conception of Plato in the
lawgiver or man-trainer, on
Gorgias, speaking through the person of
scientific principles, fashioning
Sokrates, respecting the ends for which the
all characters pursuant to
political magistrate ought to employ his
certain types of his own.
power. The magistrate, as administering law
and justice, is to the minds of the community
what the trainer and the physician are to their bodies: he produces goodness
of mind, as the two latter produce health and strength of body. The Platonic
idéal is that of a despotic law-giver and man-trainer, wielding the
compulsory force of the secular arm for what he believes to be spiritual
improvement. However instructive it is to study the manner in which a
mind like that of Plato works out such a purpose in theory, there is no
reason for regret that he never had an opportunity of carrying it into
practice. The manner in which he always keeps in view the standing mental
character, as an object of capital importance to be attended to, and as the
analogon of health in the body — deserves all esteem. But when he
assumes the sceptre of King Nomos (as in Republic and Leges) to fix by
unchangeable authority what shall be the orthodox type of character, and to
suppress all the varieties of emotion and intellect, except such as will run
into a few predetermined moulds — he oversteps all the reasonable aims
and boundaries of the political office.

Platonic analogy between
Plato forgets two important points of
mental goodness and bodily
difference, in that favourite and very
health — incomplete analogy —
instructive analogy which he perpetually
circumstances of difference.
reproduces, between mental goodness and
bodily health. First, good health and strength
of the body (as I have observed already) are states which every man knows
when he has got them. Though there is much doubt and dispute about
causes, preservative, destructive, and restorative, there is none about the
present fact. Every sick man derives from his own sensations an anxiety to

Page 577

get well. But virtue is not a point thus fixed, undisputed, indubitable: it is
differently conceived by different persons, and must first be discovered and
settled by a process of enquiry; the Platonic Sokrates himself, in many of
the dialogues — after declaring that neither he nor any one else within his
knowledge, knows what it is — tries to find it out without success. Next,
the physician, who is the person actively concerned in imparting health and
strength, exercises no coercive power over any one: those who consult him
have the option whether they will follow the advice given, or not. To put
himself upon the same footing with the physician, the political magistrate
ought to confine himself to the function of advice; a function highly useful,
but in which he will be called upon to meet argumentative opposition, and
frequent failure, together with the mortification of leaving those whom he
cannot convince, to follow their own mode of life. Here are two material
differences, modifying the applicability of that very analogy on which Plato
so frequently rests his proof.

Sokrates in the Gorgias speaks
In Plato’s two imaginary commonwealths,
like a dissenter among a
where he is himself despotic law-giver, there
community of fixed opinions
would have been no tolerable existence
and habits. Impossible that a
possible for any one not shaped upon the
dissenter, on important points,
Platonic spiritual model. But in the Gorgias,
should acquire any public
Plato (speaking in the person of Sokrates) is
influence.
called upon to define his plan of life in a free
state, where he was merely a private citizen.
Sokrates receives from Kallikles the advice, to forego philosophy and to
aspire to the influence and celebrity of an active public speaker. His reply is
instructive, as revealing the interior workings of every political society. No
man (he says) can find favour as an adviser — either of a despot, where
there is one, or of a people where there is free government — unless he be
in harmony with the sentiments and ideas prevalent, either with the ruling
Many or the ruling One. He must be moulded, from youth upwards, on the

Page 578

same spiritual pattern as they are:117 his love and hate, his praise and blame,
must turn towards the same things: he must have the same tastes, the same
morality, the same idéal, as theirs: he must be no imitator, but a chip of the
same block. If he be either better than they or worse than they,118 he will
fail in acquiring popularity, and his efforts as a competitor for public
influence will be not only abortive, but perhaps dangerous to himself.

117 Plato, Gorgias, p. 510 C-D. ὁμοήθης ὤν, ταὐτὰ ψέγων καὶ ἐπαινῶν τῷ
ἄρχοντι.… εὐθὺς ἐκ νέου ἐθίζειν αὑτὸν τοῖς αὐτοῖς χαίρειν καὶ ἄχθεσθαι τῷ
δεσπότῃ, καὶ παρασκευάζειν ὅπως ὅ τι μάλιστα ὅμοιος ἔσται ἐκείνῳ. 513 B:
οὐ μιμητὴν δεῖ εἶναι ἀλλ’ αὐτοφυῶς ὅμοιον τούτοις.

118 Plato, Gorgias, p. 513 A. εἴτ’ ἐπὶ τὸ βέλτιον εἴτ’ ἐπὶ τὸ χεῖρον.

Sokrates feels his own isolation
The reasons which Sokrates gives here (as
from his countrymen. He is
well as in the Apology, and partly also in the
thrown upon individual
Republic) for not embarking in the
speculation and dialectic.
competition of political aspirants, are of very
general application. He is an innovator in
religion; and a dissenter from the received ethics, politics, social sentiment,
and estimate of life and conduct.119 Whoever dissents upon these matters
from the governing force (in whatever hands that may happen to reside) has
no chance of being listened to as a political counsellor, and may think
himself fortunate if he escapes without personal hurt or loss. Whether his
dissent be for the better or for the worse, is a matter of little moment: the
ruling body always think it worse, and the consequences to the dissenter are
the same.

119 Plato, Gorgias, p. 522 B; Theætêtus, p. 179; Menon, p. 79.

Antithesis between philosophy
Herein consists the real antithesis between
and rhetoric.
Sokrates, Plato, and philosophy, on the one

Page 579

side — Perikles, Nikias, Kleon, Demosthenes, and rhetoric, on the other.
“You,” (says Sokrates to Kalliklês),120 “are in love with the Athenian
people, and take up or renounce such opinions as they approve or
discountenance: I am in love with philosophy, and follow her guidance. You
and other active politicians do not wish to have more than a smattering of
philosophy; you are afraid of becoming unconsciously corrupted, if you
carry it beyond such elementary stage.”121 Each of these orators, discussing
political measures before the public assembly, appealed to general maxims
borrowed from the received creed of morality, religion, taste, politics, &c.
His success depended mainly on the emphasis which his eloquence could
lend to such maxims, and on the skill with which he could apply them to the
case in hand. But Sokrates could not follow such an example. Anxious in
his research after truth, he applied the test of analysis to the prevalent
opinions — found them, in his judgment, neither consistent nor rational —
constrained many persons to feel this, by an humiliating cross-examination
— but became disqualified from addressing, with any chance of assent, the
assembled public.

120 Plato, Gorgias, p, 481 E.

121 Plato, Gorgias, p. 487 C. ἐνίκα ἐς ὑμῖν τοιάδε τις δόξα, μὴ
προθυμεῖσθαι εἰς τὴν ἀκριβείαν φιλοσοφεῖν, ἀλλὰ εὐλαβεῖσθαι.… ὅπως μὴ
πέρα τοῦ δέοντος σοφώτεροι γενόμενοι λήσετε διαφθαρέντες.

The view here advocated by Kallikles:—That philosophy is good and
useful, to be studied up to a point in the earlier years of life, in order to
qualify persons for effective discharge of the duties of active citizenship,
but that it ought not to be made the main occupation of mature life, nor be
prosecuted up to the pitch of accurate theorising: this view, since Plato here
assigns it to Kallikles, is denounced by most of the Platonic critics as if it
were low and worthless. Yet it was held by many of the most respectable
citizens of antiquity; and the question is, in point of fact, that which has

Page 580

always been in debate between the life of theoretical speculation and the
life of action.

Isokrates urges the same view both in Orat. xv. De Permutatione, sect.
282-287, pp. 485-486, Bekker; and Orat. xii. Panathenaic. sect. 29-32, p.
321, Bekker. διατρίψαι μὲν οὖν περὶ τὰς παιδείας ταύτας χρόνον τινὰ
συμβουλεύσαιμ’ ἂν τοῖς νεωτέροις, μὴ μέντοι περιϊδεῖν τὴν φύσιν τὴν
αὐτῶν κατασκελετευθεῖσαν ἐπὶ τούτοις, &c. Cicero quotes a similar opinion
put by Ennius the poet into the mouth of Neoptolemus, Tusc. D. ii. 1, 1;
Aulus Gell. v. 16 — “degustandum ex philosophiâ censet, non in eam
ingurgitandum”.

Tacitus, in describing the education of Agricola, who was taken by his
mother in his earlier years to study at Massilia, says, c. 4:—“Memoriâ
teneo, solitum ipsum narrare, se in primâ juventâ studium philosophiæ,
ultra quam concessum Romano et senatori, hausisse; ni prudentia matris
incensum ac flagrantem animum coercuisset”.

I have already cited this last passage, and commented upon the same
point, in my notes at the end of the Euthydêmus, p. 230.

Position of one who dissents,
That in order to succeed politically, a man
upon material points, from the
must be a genuine believer in the creed of
fixed opinions and creed of his
King Nomos or the ruling force — cast in the
countrymen.
same spiritual mould — (I here take the word
creed not as confined to religion, but as
embracing the whole of a man’s critical idéal, on moral or social practice,
politics, or taste — the ends which he deems worthy of being aspired to, or
proper to be shunned, by himself or others) is laid down by Sokrates as a
general position: and with perfect truth. In disposing of the force or
influence of government, whoever possesses that force will use it
conformably to his own maxims. A man who dissents from these maxims

Page 581

will find no favour in the public assembly; nor, probably, if his dissent be
grave and wide, will he ever be able to speak out his convictions aloud in it,
without incurring dangerous antipathy. But what is to become of such a
dissenter122 — the man who frequents the same porticos with the people,
but does not hold the same creed, nor share their judgments respecting
social expetenda and fugienda? How is he to be treated by the government,
or by the orthodox majority of society in their individual capacity?
Debarred, by the necessity of the case, from influence over the public
councils — what latitude of pursuit, profession, or conduct, is to be left to
him as a citizen? How far is he to question, or expose, or require to be
proved, that which the majority believe without proof? Shall he be required
to profess, or to obey, or to refrain from contradicting, religious or ethical
doctrines which he has examined and rejected? Shall such requirement be
enforced by threat of legal penalties, or of ill-treatment from individuals,
which is not less intolerable than legal penalties? What is likely to be his
character, if compelled to suppress all declaration of his own creed, and to
act and speak as if he were believer in another?

122 Horat. Epist. i. 1, 70 —

“Quod si me populus Romanus forté roget, cur
Non ut porticibus, sic judiciis fruar iisdem,
Nec sequar aut fugiam quæ diligit ipse vel odit:
Olim quod vulpes ægroto cauta leoni
Respondit, referam: Quia me vestigia terrent
Omnia te adversum spectantia, nulla retrorsum.”

Probable feelings of Plato on
The questions here suggested must have
this subject. Claim put forward
impressed themselves forcibly on the mind of
in the Gorgias of an independent
Plato when he recollected the fate of Sokrates.
locus standi for philosophy, but
In spite of a blameless life, Sokrates had been

Page 582

without the indiscriminate judicially condemned and executed for
cross-examination pursued by publicly questioning received opinions,
Sokrates. innovating upon the established religion, and
instilling into young persons habits of doubt.
To dissent only for the better, afforded no assurance of safety: and Plato
knew well that his own dissent from the Athenian public was even wider
and more systematic than that of his master. The position and plan of life
for an active-minded reasoner, dissenting from the established opinions of
the public, could not but be an object of interesting reflection to him.123 The
Gorgias (written, in my judgment, long after the death of Sokrates, probably
after the Platonic school was established) announces the vocation of the
philosopher, and claims an open field for speculation, apart from the
actualities of politics — for the self-acting reason of the individual doubter
and investigator, against the authority of numbers and the pressure of
inherited tradition. A formal assertion to this effect was worthy of the
founder of the Academy — the earliest philosophical school at Athens. Yet
we may observe that while the Platonic Sokrates in the Gorgias adopts the
life of philosophy, he does not renew that farther demand with which the
historical Sokrates had coupled it in his Apology — the liberty of oral and
aggressive cross-examination, addressed to individuals personally and
indiscriminately124 — to the primores populi as well as to the populum
tributim. The fate of Sokrates rendered Plato more cautious, and induced
him to utter his ethical interrogations and novelties of opinion in no other
way except that of lectures to chosen hearers and written dialogue:
borrowing the name of Sokrates or some other speaker, and refraining upon
system (as his letters125 tell us that he did) from publishing any doctrines in
his own name.

123 I have already referred to the treatise of Mr. John Stuart Mill “On
Liberty,” where this important topic is discussed in a manner equally
profound and enlightened. The co-existence of individual reasoners

Page 583

enquiring and philosophising for themselves, with the fixed opinions of the
majority, is one of the main conditions which distinguish a progressive from
a stationary community.

124 Plat. Apol. Sokr. pp. 21-22-23-28 E. τοῦ δὲ θεοῦ τάττοντος, ὡς ἐγὼ
ᾠήθην τε καὶ ὑπέλαβον, φιλοφοῦντα με δεῖν ζῇν καὶ ἐ ξ ε τ ά ζ ο ν τ α
ἐ μ α υ τ ό ν τ ε κ α ὶ τ ο ὺ ς ἄ λ λ ο υ ς , &c.

125 Plat. Epist. ii. 314 B. K. F. Hermann (Ueber Platon’s
Schriftstellerische Motive, p. 290) treats any such prudential discretion, in
respect to the form and mode of putting forward unpopular opinions, as
unworthy of Plato, and worthy only of Protagoras and other Sophists. I
dissent from this opinion altogether. We know that Protagoras was very
circumspect as to form (Timon ap. Sext. Emp. adv. Mathemat. ix. s. 57); but
the passage of Plato cited by Hermann does not prove it.

Importance of maintaining the
As a man dissenting from received
utmost liberty of discussion.
opinions, Sokrates had his path marked out in
Tendency of all ruling orthodoxy
the field of philosophy or individual
towards intolerance.
speculation. To such a mind as his, the fullest
liberty ought to be left, of professing and
defending his own opinions, as well as of combating other opinions,
accredited or not, which he may consider false or uncertified.126 The public
guidance of the state thus falls to one class of minds, the activity of
speculative discussion to another; though accident may produce, here and
there, a superior individual, comprehensive or dexterous enough to suffice
for both. But the main desideratum is that this freedom of discussion should
exist: that room shall be made, and encouragement held out, to the claims of
individual reason, and to the full publication of all doubts or opinions, be
they what they may: that the natural tendency of all ruling force, whether in
few or in many hands, to perpetuate their own dogmas by proscribing or
silencing all heretics and questioners, may be neutralised as far as possible.

Page 584

The great expansive vigour of the Greek mind — the sympathy felt among
the best varieties of Greeks for intellectual superiority in all its forms —
and the privilege of free speech (παῤῥησία), on which the democratical
citizens of Athens prided themselves — did in fact neutralise very
considerably these tendencies in Athens. A greater and more durable liberty
of philosophising was procured for Athens, and through Athens for Greece
generally, than had ever been known before in the history of mankind.

126 So Sokrates also says in the Platonic Apology, pp. 31-32. Οὐ γὰρ ἔστιν
ὅστις ἀνθρώπων σωθήσεται οὔτε ὑμῖν οὔτε ἄλλῳ πλήθει οὐδενὶ γνησίως
ἐναντιούμενος, καὶ διακωλύων πολλὰ ἄδικα καὶ παράνομα ἐν τῇ πόλει
γίγνεσθαι· ἀλλ’ ἀναγκαῖόν ἐστι τὸν τῷ ὄντι μαχούμενον ὑπὲρ τοῦ δικαίου,
καὶ εἰ μέλλει ὀλίγον χρόνον σωθήσεσθαι, ἰ δ ι ω τ ε ύ ε ι ν ἀ λ λ ὰ μ ὴ
δημοσιεύειν.

The reader will find the speculative individuality of Sokrates illustrated
in the sixty-eighth chapter of my History of Greece.

The antithesis of the philosophising or speculative life, against the
rhetorical, political, forensic life — which is put so much to the advantage
of the former by Plato in the Gorgias, Theætêtus (p. 173, seq.), and
elsewhere was the theme of Cicero’s lost dialogue called Hortensius:
wherein Hortensius was introduced pleading the cause against philosophy,
(see Orelli, Fragm. Ciceron. pp. 479-480), while the other speakers were
provided by Cicero with arguments mainly in defence of philosophy, partly
also against rhetoric. The competition between the teachers of rhetoric and
the teachers of philosophy continued to be not merely animated but bitter,
from Plato downward throughout the Ciceronian age. (Cicero, De Orat. i.
45-46-47-75, &c.)

We read in the treatise of Plutarch against the Epikurean Kolôtes, an
acrimonious invective against Epikurus and his followers, for

Page 585

recommending a scheme of life such as to withdraw men from active
political functions (Plutarch, adv. Kolôt. pp. 1125 C, 1127-1128); the like
also in his other treatise, Non Posse Suaviter Vivi secundum Epicurum. But
Plutarch at the same time speaks as if Epikurus were the only philosopher
who had recommended this, and as if all the other philosophers had
recommended an active life; nay, he talks of Plato among the philosophers
actively engaged in practical reformatory legislation, through Dion and the
pupils of the Academy (p. 1126, B, C). Here Plutarch mistakes: the Platonic
tendencies were quite different from what he supposes. The Gorgias and
Theætêtus enforce upon the philosopher a life quite apart from politics,
pursuing his own course, and not meddling with others — φιλοσόφου τὰ
αὑτοῦ πράξαντος καὶ οὐ πολυπραγμονήσαντος ἐν τῷ βίῳ (Gorg. 526 C);
which is the same advice as Epikurus gave. It is set forth eloquently in the
poetry of Lucretius, but it had been set forth previously, not less eloquently,
in the rhetoric of Plato.

Issue between philosophy and
This antithesis of the philosophical life to
rhetoric — not satisfactorily
the rhetorical or political, constitutes one of
handled by Plato. Injustice done
the most interesting features of the Platonic
to rhetoric. Ignoble manner in
Gorgias. But when we follow the pleadings
which it is presented by Polus
upon which Plato rests this grand issue, and
and Kalliklês.
the line which he draws between the two
functions, we find much that is unsatisfactory.
Since Plato himself pleads both sides of the case, he is bound in fairness to
set forth the case which he attacks (that of rhetoric), as it would be put by
competent and honourable advocates — by Perikles, for example, or
Demosthenes, or Isokrates, or Quintilian. He does this, to a certain extent,
in the first part of the dialogue, carried on by Sokrates with Gorgias. But in
the succeeding portions — carried on with Pôlus and Kalliklês, and
occupying three-fourths of the whole — he alters the character of the
defence, and merges it in ethical theories which Perikles, had he been the

Page 586

defender, would not only have put aside as misplaced, but disavowed as
untrue. Perikles would have listened with mixed surprise and anger, if he
had heard any one utter the monstrous assertion which Plato puts into the
mouth of Polus — That rhetors, like despots, kill, impoverish, or expel any
citizen at their pleasure. Though Perikles was the most powerful of all
Athenian rhetors, yet he had to contend all his life against fierce opposition
from others, and was even fined during his last years. He would hardly have
understood how an Athenian citizen could have made any assertion so
completely falsified by all the history of Athens, respecting the
omnipotence of the rhetors. Again, if he had heard Kalliklês proclaiming
that the strong giant had a natural right to satiate all his desires at the cost of
the weaker Many — and that these latter sinned against Nature when they
took precautions to prevent him — Perikles would have protested against
the proclamation as emphatically as Plato.127

127 Perikles might indeed have referred to his own panegyrical oration in
Thucydides, ii. 37.

Perikles would have accepted
If we suppose Perikles to have undertaken
the defence of rhetoric, as Plato
the defence of the rhetorical element at
has put it into the mouth of
Athens, against the dialectic element
Gorgias.
represented by Sokrates, he would have
accepted it, though not a position of his own
choosing, on the footing on which Plato places it in the mouth of Gorgias:
“Rhetoric is an engine of persuasion addressed to numerous assembled
auditors: it ensures freedom to the city (through the free exercise of such a
gift by many competing orators) and political ascendency or command to
the ablest rhetor. It thus confers great power on him who possesses it in the
highest measure: but he ought by no means to employ that power for unjust
purposes.” It is very probable that Perikles might have recommended
rhetorical study to Sokrates, as a means of defending himself against unjust

Page 587

accusations, and of acquiring a certain measure of influence on public
affairs.128 But he would have distinguished carefully (as Horace does)
between defending yourself against unjust attacks, and making unjust
attacks upon others: though the same weapon may suit for both.

128 Horat. Satir. ii. 1, 39 —

“Hic stilus haud petet ultro
Quemquam animantem; et me veluti custodiet ensis
Vaginâ tectus; quem cur destringere coner,
Tutus ab infestis latronibus? Oh pater et rex
Jupiter! ut pereat positum rubigine telum,
Nec quisquam noceat cupido mihi pacis! At ille
Qui me commôrit (melius non tangere! clamo)
Flebit, et insignis totâ cantabitur urbe.”

We need only read the Memorabilia of Xenophon (ii. 9), to see that the
historical Sokrates judged of these matters differently from the Platonic
Sokrates of the Gorgias. Kriton complained to Sokrates that life was
difficult at Athens for a quiet man who wished only to mind his own
business (τὰ ἑαυτοῦ πράττειν); because there were persons who brought
unjust actions at law against him, for the purpose of extorting money to buy
them off. The Platonic Sokrates of the Gorgias would have replied to him:
“Never mind: you are just, and these assailants are unjust: they are by their
own conduct entailing upon themselves a terrible distemper, from which, if
you leave them unpunished, they will suffer all their lives: they injure
themselves more than they injure you”. But the historical Sokrates in
Xenophon replies in quite another spirit. He advises Kriton to look out for a
clever and active friend, to attach this person to his interest by attention and
favours, and to trust to him for keeping off the assailants. Accordingly, a
poor but energetic man named Archedemus is found, who takes Kriton’s

Page 588

part against the assailants, and even brings counterattacks against them,
which force them to leave Kriton alone, and to give money to Archedemus
himself. The advice given by the Xenophontic Sokrates to Kriton is the
same in principle as the advice given by Kallikles to the Platonic Sokrates.

The Athenian people recognise a
Farther, neither Perikles, nor any defender
distinction between the
of free speech, would assent to the definition
pleasurable and the good: but
of rhetoric — That it is a branch of the art of
not the same as that which Plato
flattery, studying the immediately pleasurable,
conceived.
and disregarding the good.129 This indeed
represents Plato’s own sentiment, and was true
in the sense which the Platonic Sokrates assigns (in the Gorgias, though not
in the Protagoras) to the words good and evil. But it is not true in the sense
which the Athenian people and the Athenian public men assigned to those
words. Both the one and the other used the words pleasurable and good as
familiarly as Plato, and had sentiments corresponding to both of them. The
pleasurable and painful referred to present and temporary causes: the Good
and Evil to prospective causes and permanent situations, involving security
against indefinite future suffering, combined with love of national dignity
and repugnance to degradation, as well as with a strong sense of common
interests and common obligations to each other. To provide satisfaction for
these common patriotic feelings — to sustain the dignity of the city by
effective and even imposing public establishments, against foreign enemies
— to protect the individual rights of citizens by an equitable administration
of justice — counted in the view of the Athenians as objects good and
honourable: while the efforts and sacrifices necessary for these permanent
ends, were, so far as they went, a renunciation of what they would call the
pleasurable. When, at the beginning of the Peloponnesian war, the
Athenians, acting on the advice of Perikles, allowed all Attica to be
ravaged, and submitted to the distress of cooping the whole population
within the long walls, rather than purchase peace by abnegating their

Page 589

Hellenic dignity, independence, and security — they not only renounced
much that was pleasurable, but endured great immediate distress, for the
sake of what they regarded as a permanent good.130 Eighty years
afterwards, when Demosthenes pointed out to them the growing power and
encroachments of the Macedonian Philip, and exhorted them to the efforts
requisite for keeping back that formidable enemy, while there was yet time
— they could not be wound up to the pitch requisite for affronting so
serious an amount of danger and suffering. They had lost that sense of
Hellenic dignity, and that association of self-respect with active personal
soldiership and sailorship, which rendered submission to an enemy the most
intolerable of all pains, at the time when Perikles had addressed them. They
shut their eyes to an impending danger, which ultimately proved their ruin.
On both these occasions, we have the pleasurable and the good brought into
contrast in the Athenian mind; in both we have the two most eminent
orators of Grecian antiquity enforcing the good in opposition to the
pleasurable: the first successfully, the last vainly, in opposition to other
orators.

129 The reply composed by the rhetor Aristeides to the Gorgias of Plato is
well deserving of perusal, though (like all his compositions) it is very prolix
and wordy. See Aristeides, Orationes xlv. and xlvi. — Περεὶ Ῥητορικῆς,
and Ὑπὲρ τῶν Τεττάρων. In the last of the two orations he defends the four
eminent Athenians (Miltiades, Themistoklês, Periklês, Kimon) whom Plato
disparages in the Gorgias.

Aristeides insists forcibly on the partial and narrow view here taken by
Plato of persuasion, as a working force both for establishing laws and
carrying on government. He remarks truly that there are only two forces
between which the choice must be made, intimidation and persuasion: that
the substitution of persuasion in place of force is the great improvement
which has made public and private life worth having (μόνη βιωτὸν ἡμῖν

Page 590

πεποίηκε τὸν βίον, Orat. xlv. p. 64, Dindorf); that neither laws could be
discussed and passed, nor judicial trial held under them, without ῥητορικὴ
as the engine of persuasion (pp. 66-67-136); that Plato in attacking Rhetoric
had no right to single out despots and violent conspirators as illustrations of
it — εἶτ’ ἐλέγχειν μὲν βούλεται τὴν ῥητορικήν, κατηγορεῖ δὲ τῶν τυράννων
καὶ δυναστῶν, τ ὰ ἄ μ ι κ τ α μ ι γ ν ύ ς — τ ί ς γὰρ οὐκ οἶδεν, ὅτι
ῥητορικὴ καὶ τυραννὶς τοσοῦτον ἀλλήλων κεχωρίσται, ὅσον τὸ πείθειν τοῦ
βιάζεσθαι (p. 99). He impugns the distinction which Plato has drawn
between ἰατρική, γυμναστική, κυβερνητική, νομοθετική, &c., on the one
side, which Plato calls τέχναι, arts or sciences, and affirms to rest on
scientific principles — and ῥητορική, μαγειρική, &c., on the other side,
which Plato affirms to be only guess work or groping, resting on empirical
analogies. Aristeides says that ἰατρικὴ and ῥητορικὴ are in this respect both
on a par; that both are partly reducible to rule, but partly also driven by
necessity to conjectures and analogies, and the physician not less than the
rhetor (pp. 45-48-49); which the Platonic Sokrates himself affirms in
another dialogue, Philêbus, p. 56 A.

The most curious part of the argument of Aristeides is where he disputes
the prerogative which Plato had claimed for ἰατρική, γυμναστική &c., on
the ground of their being arts or reducible to rules. The effects of human art
(says Aristeides) are much inferior to those of θεία μοῖρα or divine
inspiration. Many patients are cured of disease by human art; but many
more are cured by the responses and directions of the Delphian oracle, by
the suggestion of dreams, and by other varieties of the divine prompting,
delivered through the Pythian priestess, a woman altogether ignorant (p.
11). καίτοι μικρὰ μὲν ἡ πάντας εἰδυῖα λόγους ἰατρικὴ πρὸς τὰς ἐκ Δελφῶν
δύναται λύσεις, ὅσαι καὶ ἰδίᾳ καὶ κοινῇ καὶ νόσων καὶ παθημάτων ἁπαντων
ἀνθρωπίνων ἐφάνθησαν. Patients who are cured in this way by the Gods
without medical art, acquire a natural impulse which leads them to the
appropriate remedy — ἐπιθυμία αὐτοὺς ἄγει ἐπὶ τὸ ὄνησον (p. 20).

Page 591

Aristeides says that he can himself depose — from his own personal
experience as a sick man seeking cure, and from personal knowledge of
many other such — how much more efficacious in healing is aid from the
Gods, given in dreams and other ways, than advice from physicians; who
might well shudder when they heard the stories which he could tell (pp. 21-
22). To undervalue science and art (he says) is the principle from which
men start, when they flee to the Gods for help — τοῦ καταφυγεῖν ἐπὶ τοὺς
θεοὺς σχεδὸν ἀρχή, τὸ τῆς τέχνης ὑπεριδεῖν ἔστιν.

130 Nothing can be more at variance with the doctrine which Plato assigns
to Kalliklês in the Gorgias, than the three memorable speeches of Perikles
in Thucydides, i. 144, ii. 35, ii. 60, seq. All these speeches are penetrated
with the deepest sense of that κοινωνία and φιλία which the Platonic
Sokrates extols: not one of them countenances πλεονεξίαν, which the
Platonic Sokrates forbids (Gorg. 508 E). Τὸ προσταλαιπωρεῖν τῷ δόξαντι
καλῷ (to use the expressive phrase of Thucydides, ii. 53) was a remarkable
feature in the character of the Athenians of that day: it was subdued for the
moment by the overwhelming misery of pestilence and war combined.

Rhetoric was employed at
Lastly, it is not merely the political power of
Athens in appealing to all the
the Athenians that Perikles employs his
various established sentiments
eloquence to uphold. He dwells also with
and opinions. Erroneous
emphasis on the elegance of taste, on the
inferences raised by the
intellectual force and activity, which warranted
Kalliklês of Plato.
him in decorating the city with the title of
Preceptress of Hellas.131 All this belongs, not
to the pleasurable as distinguished from the good, but to good (whether
immediately pleasurable or not) in its most comprehensive sense,
embracing the improvement and refinement of the collective mind. If
Perikles, in this remarkable funeral harangue, flattered the sentiments of the
people — as he doubtless did — he flattered them by kindling their

Page 592

aspirations towards good. And Plato himself does the same (though less
nobly and powerfully), adopting the received framework of Athenian
sentiment, in his dialogue called Menexenus, which we shall come to in a
future chapter.

131 Thucyd. ii. 41-42. ξυνελών τε λέγω τήν τε πᾶσαν πόλιν τῆς Ἑλλάδος
παίδευσιν εἶναι, &c.

The Platonic Idéal exacts, as
The issue, therefore, which Plato here takes
good, some order, system,
against Rhetoric, must stand or fall with the
discipline. But order may be
Platonic Idéal of Good and Evil. But when he
directed to bad ends as well as to
thus denounces both the general public and the
good. Divergent ideas about
most patriotic rhetors, to ensure exclusive
virtue.
worship for his own Idéal of Good — we may
at least require that he shall explain, wherein
consists that Good — by what mark it is distinguishable — and on what
authority pre-eminence is claimed for it. So far, indeed, we advance by the
help of Plato’s similes132 — order, discipline, health and strength of body
— that we are called upon to recognise, apart from all particular moments
of enjoyment or suffering, of action or quiescence, a certain permanent
mental condition and habit — a certain order, regulation, discipline — as an
object of high importance to be attained. This (as I have before remarked) is
a valuable idea which pervades, in one form or another, all the Hellenic
social views, from Sokrates downward, and even before Sokrates; an idea,
moreover, which was common to Peripatetics, Stoics, Epikureans. But
mental order and discipline is not in itself an end: it may be differently cast,
and may subserve many different purposes. The Pythagorean brotherhood
was intensely restrictive in its canons. The Spartan system exhibited the
strictest order and discipline — an assemblage of principles and habits
predetermined by authority and enforced upon all — yet neither Plato nor
Aristotle approve of its results. Order and discipline attained full perfection

Page 593

in the armies of Julius Caesar and the French Emperor Napoleon; in the
middle ages, also, several of the monastic orders stood high in respect to
finished discipline pervading the whole character: and the Jesuits stood
higher than any. Each of these systems has included terms equivalent to
justice, temperance, virtue, vice, &c., with sentiments associated therewith,
yet very different from what Plato would have approved. The question —
What is Virtue? — Vir bonus est quis? — will be answered differently in
each. The Spartans — when they entrapped (by a delusive pretence of
liberation and military decoration) two thousand of their bravest Helot
warriors, and took them off by private assassinations,133 — did not offend
against their own idea of virtue, or against the Platonic exigency of Order
— Measure — System.

132 Plat. Gorg. p. 504.

133 Thucydid. iv. 80.

How to discriminate the right
It is therefore altogether unsatisfactory,
order from the wrong. Plato
when Plato — professing to teach us how to
does not advise us.
determine scientifically, which pleasures are
bad, and which pains are good — refers to a
durable mental order and discipline. Of such order there existed historically
many varieties; and many more are conceivable, as Plato himself has shown
in the Republic and Leges. By what tests is the right order to be
distinguished from the wrong? If by its results, by what results? —
calculations for minimising pains, and maximising pleasures, being
excluded by the supposition? Here the Sokrates of the Gorgias is at fault.
He has not told us by what scientific test the intelligent Expert proceeds in
determining what pleasures are bad, and what pains are good. He leaves
such determination to the unscientific sentiment of each society and each
individual. He has not, in fact, responded to the clear and pertinent
challenge thrown out by the Sokrates of the Protagoras.

Page 594

The Gorgias upholds the
I think, for these reasons, that the logic of
independence and dignity of the
the Gorgias is not at all on a par with its
dissenting philosopher.
eloquence. But there is one peculiar feature
which distinguishes it among all the Platonic
dialogues. Nowhere in ancient literature is the title, position, and dignity of
individual dissenting opinion, ethical and political — against established
ethical and political orthodoxy — so clearly marked out and so boldly
asserted. “The Athenians will judge as they think right: none but those
speakers who are in harmony with them, have any chance of addressing
their public assemblies with effect, and acquiring political influence. I,
Sokrates, dissent from them, and have no chance of political influence: but I
claim the right of following out, proclaiming, and defending, the
conclusions of my own individual reason, until debate satisfies me that I am
wrong.”

Page 595

CHAPTER XXV.

Page 596

PHÆDON.

The Phædon is affirmative and
The Phædon is characterised by Proklus as a
expository.
dialogue wherein Sokrates unfolds fully his
own mental history, and communicates to his
admirers the complete range of philosophical cognition.1 This criticism is
partly well founded. The dialogue generally is among the most affirmative
and expository in the Platonic list. Sokrates undertakes to prove the
immortality of the soul, delivers the various reasons which establish the
doctrine to his satisfaction, and confutes some dissentient opinions
entertained by others. In regard to the exposition, however, we must
consider ourselves as listening to Plato under the name of Sokrates: and we
find it so conducted as to specify both certain stages through which the
mind of Plato had passed, and the logical process which (at that time)
appeared to him to carry conviction.

1 Proklus, in Platon. Republ. p. 392. ἐν Φαίδωνι μὲν γὰρ ὅπου
διαφερόντως ὁ Σωκράτης τὴν ἑαυτοῦ ζωὴν ἀναπλοῖ, καὶ πᾶν τὸ τῆς
ἐπιστήμης πλῆθος ἀνοίγει τοῖς ἑαυτοῦ ζηλωταῖς, &c. Wyttenbach thinks
(note, ad p. 108 E) that Plato was young when he composed the Phædon.
But no sufficient grounds are given for this: and the concluding sentence of
the dialogue affords good presumption that it was composed many years
after the death of Sokrates — ἤδε ἡ τελευτή, ὦ Ἐχέκρατες, τοῦ ἑταίρου
ἡμῖν ἐγένετο, ἀνδρός, ὡς ἡμεῖς φαῖμεν ἄν, τ ῶ ν τ ό τ ε ὧν ἐπειράθημεν
ἀρίστου, καὶ ἄλλως φρονιμωτάτου καὶ δικαιοτάτου. The phrase τῶν τότε
which may probably have slipped unconsciously from Plato, implies that
Sokrates belonged to the past generation. The beginning of the dialogue
undoubtedly shows that Plato intended to place it shortly after the death of

Page 597

Sokrates; but the word τότε at the end is inconsistent with this supposition,
and comes out unconsciously as a mark of the real time.

Situation and circumstances
The interest felt by most readers in the
assumed in the Phædon.
Phædon, however, depends, not so much on
Pathetic interest which they
the argumentative exposition (which
inspire.
Wyttenbach2 justly pronounces to be obscure
and difficult as well as unsatisfactory) as on
the personality of the expounding speaker, and the irresistible pathos of the
situation. Sokrates had been condemned to death by the Dikastery on the
day after the sacred ship, memorable in connection with the legendary
voyage of Theseus to Krete, had been dispatched on her annual mission of
religious sacrifice at the island of Delos. The Athenian magistrates
considered themselves as precluded from putting any one to death by public
authority, during the absence of the ship on this mission. Thirty days
elapsed between her departure and her return: during all which interval,
Sokrates remained in the prison, yet with full permission to his friends to
visit him. They passed most of every day in the enjoyment of his
conversation.3 In the Phædon, we read the last of these conversations, after
the sacred vessel had returned, and after the Eleven magistrates had
announced to Sokrates that the draught of hemlock would be administered
to him before sunset. On communicating this intelligence, the magistrates
released Sokrates from the fetters with which he had hitherto been bound. It
is shortly after such release that the friends enter the prison to see him for
the last time. One of the number, Phædon, recounts to Echekratês not only
the conduct and discourse of Sokrates during the closing hours of his life,
but also the swallowing of the poison, and the manner of his death.

2 See the Prolegomena prefixed to Wyttenbach’s edition of the Phædon, p.
xxi. p. 10.

3 Plato, Phædon, pp. 58-50.

Page 598

It appears that Kriton became bail before the Dikasts, in a certain sum of
money, that Sokrates should remain in prison and not escape (Plat. Phædon,
p. 115 D; Kriton, 45 B). Kriton would have been obliged to pay this money
if Sokrates had accepted his proposition to escape, noticed already in chap.
x.

Simmias and Kebês, the two
More than fifteen friends of the philosopher
collocutors with Sokrates. Their
are noted as present at this last scene: but the
feelings and those of Sokrates.
only two who take an active part in the debate,
are, two young Thebans named Kebês and
Simmias.4 These friends, though deeply attached to Sokrates, and full of
sorrow at the irreparable loss impending over them, are represented as
overawed and fascinated by his perfect fearlessness, serenity and dignity.5
They are ashamed to give vent to their grief, when their master is seen to
maintain his ordinary frame of mind, neither disquieted nor dissatisfied. The
fundamental conception of the dialogue is, to represent Sokrates as the
same man that he was before his trial; unmoved by the situation — not
feeling that any misfortune is about to happen to him — equally delighting
in intellectual debate — equally fertile in dialectic invention. So much does
he care for debate, and so little for the impending catastrophe, that he
persists in a great argumentative effort, notwithstanding the intimation
conveyed by Kriton from the gaoler, that if he heated himself with talking,
the poison might perhaps be languid in its operation, so that two or three
draughts of it would be necessary instead of one.6 Sokrates even advances
the position that death appears to him as a benefit rather than a misfortune,
and that every true philosopher ought to prefer death to life, assuming it to
supervene without his own act — suicide being forbidden by the Gods. He
is represented as “placidus ore, intrepidus verbis; intempestivas suorum
lacrimas coercens” — to borrow a phrase from Tacitus’s striking picture of
the last hours of the Emperor Otho.7 To see him thus undisturbed, and even
welcoming his approaching end, somewhat hurts the feelings of his

Page 599

assembled friends, who are in the deepest affliction at the certainty of so
soon losing him. Sokrates undertakes to defend himself before them as he
had done before the Dikasts; and to show good grounds for his belief, that
death is not a misfortune, but a benefit, to the philosopher.8 Simmias and
Kebês, though at first not satisfied with the reasonings, are nevertheless
reluctant to produce their doubts, from fear of mortifying him in his last
moments: but Sokrates protests against such reluctance as founded on a
misconception of his existing frame of mind.9 He is now the same man as
he was before, and he calls upon them to keep up the freedom of debate
unimpaired.

4 Plato, Phædon, pp. 59 B, 89 A. τῶν νεανίσκων τὸν λόγον, &c. (p. 89 A).

5 Plato, Phædon, pp. 58-59.

6 Plato, Phædon, p. 63 D.

7 Tacitus, Hist. ii. 48.

8 Plato, Phædon, p. 63.

9 Plato, Phædon, p. 84 D-E.

Emphasis of Sokrates in
Indeed this freedom of debate and fulness of
insisting on freedom of debate,
search — the paramount value of “reasoned
active exercise of reason, and
truth” — the necessity of keeping up the force
independent judgment for each
of individual reason by constant argumentative
reasoner.
exercise — and the right of independent
judgment for hearer as well as speaker —
stand emphatically proclaimed in these last words of the dying philosopher.
He does not announce the immortality of the soul as a dogma of imperative
orthodoxy; which men, whether satisfied with the proofs or not, must
believe, or must make profession of believing, on pain of being shunned as

Page 600

a moral pestilence, and disqualified from giving testimony in a court of
justice. He sets forth his own conviction, with the grounds on which he
adopts it. But he expressly recognises the existence of dissentient opinions:
he invites his companions to bring forward every objection: he disclaims all
special purpose of impressing his own conclusions upon their minds: nay,
he expressly warns them not to be biassed by their personal sympathies,
then wound up to the highest pitch, towards himself. He entreats them to
preserve themselves from becoming tinged with misology, or the hatred of
free argumentative discussion: and he ascribes this mental vice to the early
habit of easy, uninquiring, implicit, belief: since a man thus ready of faith,
embracing opinions without any discriminative test, presently finds himself
driven to abandon one opinion after another, until at last he mistrusts all
opinions, and hates the process of discussing them, laying the blame upon
philosophy instead of upon his own intellect.10

10 Plato, Phædon, pp. 89 C-D, 90.

Πρῶτον εὐλαβηθῶμέν τι πάθος μὴ πάθωμεν. Τὸ ποῖον, ἦν δ’ ἐγώ; Μὴ
γενώμεθα, ᾖ δ’ ὅς, μισόλογοι, ὥσπερ οἱ μισάνθρωποι γιγνόμενοι· ὡς οὐκ
ἔστιν, ἔφη, ὅ, τι ἄν τις μεῖζον τούτου κακὸν πάθοι ἢ λόγους μισήσας. p. 90
B. ἐπειδάν τις πιστεύσῃ λόγῳ τινὶ ἀληθεῖ εἶναι, ἄνευ τῆς περὶ τοὺς λόγους
τέχνης, κἄπειτα ὀλίγον ὕστερον αὐτῷ δόξῃ ψευδὴς εἶναι, ἐνίοτε μὲν ὤν,
ἐνίοτε δ’ οὐκ ὤν, καὶ αὖθις ἕτερος καὶ ἕτερος, &c.

Anxiety of Sokrates that his
“For myself” (says Sokrates) “I fear that in
friends shall be on their guard
these my last hours I depart from the true spirit
against being influenced by his
of philosophy — like unschooled men, who,
authority — that they shall
when in debate, think scarcely at all how the
follow only the convictions of
real question stands, but care only to make
their own reason.
their own views triumphant in the minds of the
auditors. Between them and me there is only
thus much of difference. I regard it as a matter of secondary consequence,

Page 601

whether my conclusions appear true to my hearers; but I shall do my best to
make them appear as much as possible true to myself.11 My calculation is
as follows: mark how selfish it is. If my conclusion as to the immortality of
the soul is true, I am better off by believing it: if I am in error, and death be
the end of me, even then I shall avoid importuning my friends with grief,
during these few remaining hours: moreover my error will not continue
with me — which would have been a real misfortune — but will be
extinguished very shortly. Such is the frame of mind, Simmias and Kebês,
with which I approach the debate. Do you follow my advice: take little
thought of Sokrates, but take much more thought of the truth. If I appear to
you to affirm any thing truly, assent to me: but if not, oppose me with all
your powers of reasoning: Be on your guard lest, through earnest zeal, I
should deceive alike myself and you, and should leave the sting in you, like
a bee, at this hour of departure.”

11 Plato, Phædon, p. 91 A-C. Οὐ γὰρ ὅπως τοῖς παροῦσιν ἂ ἐγὼ λέγω
δόξει ἀληθῆ εἶναι, προθυμήσομαι, εἰ μὴ εἴη πάρεργον, ἄλλ’ ὅπως αὐτῷ ἐμοὶ
ὅ τι μάλιστα δόζει οὕτως ἔχειν. λογίζομαι γάρ, ὦ φίλε ἕταιρε — καὶ θέασαι
ὡς πλεονεκτικῶς — εἰ μὲν τυγχάνει ἀληθῆ ὄντα ἃ λέγω, καλῶς δὴ ἔχει τὸ
πεισθῆναι· εἰ δὲ μηδέν ἐστι τελευτήσαντι, ἀλλ’ οὖν τοῦτόν γε τὸν χρόνον
αὐτὸν τὸν πρὸ τοῦ θανάτου ἧττον τοῖς παροῦσιν ἀηδὴς ἔσομαι ὀδυρόμενος
… ὑμεῖς μέντοι, ἂν ἐμοὶ πείθησθε, σ μ ι κ ρ ὸ ν φ ρ ο ν τ ί σ α ν τ ε ς
Σωκράτους, τῆς δὲ ἀληθείας πολὺ μᾶλλον, ἐὰν μέν
τι ὑμῖν δοκῶ ἀληθὲς λέγειν, ξυνομολογήσατε· εἰ δὲ
μ ή , π α ν τ ὶ λ ό γ ῳ ἀ ν τ ι τ ε ί ν ε τ ε , εὐλαβούμενοι ὅπως μὴ ἐγὼ ὑπὸ
προθυμίας ἅμα ἐμαυτόν τε καὶ ὑμᾶς ἐξαπατήσας, ὥσπερ μέλιττα τὸ κέντρον
ἐγκαταλιπὼν οἰχήσομαι.

Remarkable manifestation of
This is a remarkable passage, as illustrating
earnest interest for reasoned
the spirit and purpose of Platonic dialogues. In
my preceding Chapters, I have already shown,

Page 602

truth and the liberty of that it is no part of the aim of Sokrates to
individual dissent. thrust dogmas of his own into other men’s
minds as articles of faith. But then, most of
these Chapters have dwelt upon Dialogues of Search, in which Sokrates has
appeared as an interrogator, or enquirer jointly with others: scrutinising
their opinions, but disclaiming knowledge or opinions of his own. Here,
however, in the Phædon, the case is altogether different. Sokrates is
depicted as having not only an affirmative opinion, but even strong
conviction, on a subject of great moment: which conviction, moreover, he is
especially desirous of preserving unimpaired, during his few remaining
hours of life. Yet even here, he manifests no anxiety to get that conviction
into the minds of his friends, except as a result of their own independent
scrutiny and self-working reason. Not only he does not attempt to terrify
them into believing, by menace of evil consequences if they do not — but
he repudiates pointedly even the gentler machinery of conversion, which
might work upon their minds through attachment to himself and reverence
for his authority. His devotion is to “reasoned truth”: he challenges his
friends to the fullest scrutiny by their own independent reason: he
recognises the sentence which they pronounce afterwards as valid for them,
whether concurrent with himself or adverse. Their reason is for them, what
his reason is for him: requiring, both alike (as Sokrates here proclaims), to
be stimulated as well as controlled by all-searching debate — but
postulating equal liberty of final decision for each one of the debaters. The
stress laid by Plato upon the full liberty of dissenting reason, essential to
philosophical debate — is one of the most memorable characteristics of the
Phædon. When we come to the treatise De Legibus (where Sokrates does
not appear), we shall find a totally opposite view of sentiment. In the tenth
book of that treatise Plato enforces the rigid censorship of an orthodox
persecutor, who makes his own reason binding and compulsory on all.

Page 603

Phædon and Symposion —
The natural counterpart and antithesis to the
points of analogy and contrast.
Phædon, is found in the Symposion.12 In both,
the personality of Sokrates stands out with
peculiar force: in the one, he is in the fulness of life and enjoyment, along
with festive comrades — in the other, he is on the verge of approaching
death, surrounded by companions in deep affliction. The point common to
both, is, the perfect self-command of Sokrates under a diversity of trying
circumstances. In the Symposion, we read of him as triumphing over heat,
cold, fatigue, danger, amorous temptation, unmeasured potations of wine,
&c.:13 in the Phædon, we discover him rising superior to the fear of death,
and to the contagion of an afflicted company around him. Still, his resolute
volition is occasionally overpowered by fits of absorbing meditation, which
seize him at moments sudden and unaccountable, and chain him to the spot
for a long time. There is moreover, in both dialogues, a streak of
eccentricity in his character, which belongs to what Plato calls the
philosophical inspiration and madness, rising above the measure of human
temperance and prudence.14 The Phædon depicts in Sokrates the same
intense love of philosophy and dialectic debate, as the Symposion and
Phædrus: but it makes no allusion to that personal attachment, and
passionate admiration of youthful beauty, with which, according to those
two dialogues, the mental fermentation of the philosophical aspirant is
asserted to begin.15 Sokrates in the Phædon describes the initial steps
whereby he had been led to philosophical study:16 but the process is one
purely intellectual, without reference to personal converse with beloved
companions, as a necessity of the case. His discourse is that of a man on the
point of death — “abruptis vitæ blandimentis”17 — and he already looks
upon his body, not as furnishing the means of action and as requiring only
to be trained by gymnastic discipline (as it appears in the Republic), but as
an importunate and depraving companion, of which he is glad to get rid: so

Page 604

that the ethereal substance of the soul may be left to its free expansion and
fellowship with the intelligible world, apart from sense and its solicitations.

12 Thus far I agree with Schleiermacher (Einleitung zum Phædon, p. 9,
&c.); though I do not think that he has shown sufficient ground for his
theory regarding the Symposion and the Phædon, as jointly intended to
depict the character of the philosopher, promised by Plato as a sequel to the
Sophist and the Statesman. (Plato, Sophist. p. 217; Politic. p. 257.)

13 Plato, Symposion, pp. 214 A, 219 D, 220-221-223 D: compare Phædon,
p. 116, c. 117. Marcus Antoninus (i. 16) compares on this point his father
Antoninus Pius to Sokrates: both were capable of enjoyment as well as of
abstinence, without ever losing their self-command. Ἐφαρμόσειε δ’ ἂν
αὐτῷ (Antoninus P.) τὸ περὶ τοῦ Σωκράτους μνημονευόμενον, ὅτι καὶ
ἀπέχεσθαι καὶ ἀπολαύειν ἐδύνατο τούτων, ὧν πολλοὶ πρός τε τὰς ἀποχὰς
ἀσθενῶς, καὶ πρὸς τὰς ἀπολαύσεις ἐνδοτικῶς, ἔχουσιν. Τὸ δὲ ἰσχύειν, καὶ
ἔτι καρτερεῖν καὶ ἐννήφειν ἑκατέρῳ, ἀνδρὸς ἔστιν ἄρτιον καὶ ἀηττητον
ψυχὴν ἔχοντος.

14 Plato, Symposion, pp. 174-175-220 C-D. Compare Phædon, pp. 84 C,
95 E.

15 Plato, Sympos. p. 215 A, p. 221 D. οἷος δὲ οὑτοσὶ γέγονε τὴν
ἀ τ ο π ί α ν ἄνθρωπος, καὶ αὐτὸς καὶ οἱ λόγοι αὐτοῦ, οὐδ’ ἐγγὺς ἂν εὕροι τις
ζητῶν, &c. p. 218 B: πάντες γὰρ κεκοινωνήκατε τῆς φιλοσόφου μανίας τε
καὶ βακχείας, &c. About the φιλόσοφος μανία, compare Plato, Phædrus, pp.
245-250.

Plato, Phædrus, pp. 251-253. Symposion, pp. 210-211. ὅταν τις ἀπὸ
τῶνδε διὰ τὸ ὀρθῶς παιδεραστεῖν ἐπανιὼν ἐκεῖνο τὸ καλὸν ἄρχηται
καθορᾷν, &c. (211 B).

Page 605

16 Plato, Phædon, p. 96 A. ἐγὼ οὖν σοὶ δίειμι περὶ αὐτῶν τά γ’ ἐμὰ πάθη,
&c.

17 Tacitus, Hist. ii. 53. “Othonis libertus, habere se suprema ejus mandata
respondit: ipsum viventem quidem relictum, sed solâ posteritatis curâ, et
abruptis vitæ blandimentis.”

Phædon — compared with
We have here one peculiarity of the
Republic and Timæus. No
Phædon, whereby it stands distinguished both
recognition of the triple or lower
from the Republic and the Timæus. The
souls. Antithesis between soul
antithesis on which it dwells is that of the soul
and body.
or mind, on one hand — the body on the other.
The soul or mind is spoken of as one and
indivisible: as if it were an inmate unworthily lodged or imprisoned in the
body. It is not distributed into distinct parts, kinds, or varieties: no mention
is made of that tripartite distribution which is so much insisted on in the
Republic and Timæus:— the rational or intellectual (encephalic) soul,
located in the head — the courageous or passionate (thoracic), between the
neck and the diaphragm — the appetitive (abdominal), between the
diaphragm and the navel. In the Phædon, the soul is noted as the seat of
reason, intellect, the love of wisdom or knowledge, exclusively: all that
belongs to passion and appetite, is put to account of the body:18 this is
distinctly contrary to the Philêbus, in which dialogue Sokrates affirms that
desire or appetite cannot belong to the body, but belongs only to the soul. In
Phædon, nothing is said about the location of the rational soul, in the head,
— nor about the analogy between its rotations in the cranium and the
celestial rotations (a doctrine which we read both in the Timæus and in the
Republic): on the contrary, the soul is affirmed to have lost, through its
conjunction with the body, that wisdom or knowledge which it possessed
during its state of pre-existence, while completely apart from the body, and
while in commerce with those invisible Ideas to which its own separate

Page 606

nature was cognate.19 That controul which in the Republic is exercised by
the rational soul over the passionate and appetitive souls, is in the Phædon
exercised (though imperfectly) by the one and only soul over the body.20 In
the Republic and Timæus, the soul is a tripartite aggregate, a community of
parts, a compound: in the Phædon, Sokrates asserts it to be uncompounded,
making this fact a point in his argument.21 Again, in the Phædon, the soul is
pronounced to be essentially uniform and incapable of change: as such, it is
placed in antithesis with the body, which is perpetually changing: while we
read, on the contrary, in the Symposion, that soul and body alike are in a
constant and unremitting variation, neither one nor the other ever
continuing in the same condition.22

18 Plato, Phædon, p. 66. Compare Plato, Philêbus, p. 35, C-D.

19 Plato, Phædon, p. 76.

20 Compare Phædon, p. 94 C-E, with Republic, iv. pp. 439 C, 440 A, 441
E, 442 C.

21 Plato, Phædon, p. 78. ἀξύνθετον, μονοειδὲς (p. 80 B), contrasted with
the τρία εἰδη τῆς ψυχῆς (Republic, p. 439). In the abstract given by
Alkinous of the Platonic doctrine, we read in cap. 24 ὅτι τριμερής ἐστιν ἡ
ψυχὴ κατὰ τὰς δυνάμεις, καὶ κατὰ λόγον τὰ μέρη αὐτῆς τόποις ἰδίοις
διανενέμηται: in cap. 25 that the ψυχὴ is ἀσύνθετος, ἀδιάλυτος,
ἀσκέδαστος.

22 Plato, Phædon, pp. 79-80; Symposion, pp. 207-208.

Different doctrines of Plato
The difference which I have here noted
about the soul. Whether all the
shows how Plato modified his doctrine to suit
three souls are immortal, or the
the purpose of each dialogue. The tripartite
rational soul alone.
soul would have been found inconvenient in
the Phædon, where the argument required that

Page 607

soul and body should be as sharply distinguished as possible. Assuming
passion and appetite to be attributes belonging to the soul, as well as reason
— Sokrates will not shake them off when he becomes divorced from the
body. He believes and expects that the post-existence of the soul will be, as
its pre-existence has been, a rational existence — a life of intellectual
contemplation and commerce with the eternal Ideas: in this there is no place
for passion and appetite, which grow out of its conjunction with the body.
The soul here represents Reason and Intellect, in commerce with their
correlates, the objective Entia Rationis: the body represents passion and
appetite as well as sense, in implication with their correlates, the objects of
sensible perception.23 Such is the doctrine of the Phædon; but Plato is not
always consistent with himself on the point. His ancient as well as his
modern commentators are not agreed, whether, when he vindicated the
immortality of the soul, he meant to speak of the rational soul only, or of the
aggregate soul with its three parts as above described. There are passages
which countenance both suppositions.24 Plato seems to have leaned
sometimes to the one view, sometimes to the other: besides which, the view
taken in the Phædon is a third, different from both — viz.: That the two
non-rational souls, the passionate and appetitive, are not recognised as
existing.

23 This is the same antithesis as we read in Xenophon, ascribed to Cyrus
in his dying address to his sons — ὁ ἄκρατος καὶ καθαρὸς νοῦς — τὸ
ἄφρον σῶμα, Cyropæd. viii. 7, 20.

24 Alkinous, Introduct. c. 25. ὅτι μὲν οὖν αἱ λογικαὶ ψυχαὶ ἀθάνατοι
ὑπάρχουσι κατὰ τὸν ἄνδρα τοῦτον, βεβαιώσαιτ’ ἄν τις· εἰ δὲ καὶ αἱ ἄλογοι,
τοῦτο τῶν ἀμφισβητουμένων ὑπάρχει. Galen considers Plato as affirming
that the two inferior souls are mortal — Περὶ τῶν τῆς ψυχῆς ἠθῶν, T. iv. p.
773, Kühn.

Page 608

This subject is handled in an instructive Dissertation of K. F. Hermann —
De Partibus Animæ Immortalibus secundum Platonem — delivered at
Göttingen in the winter Session, 1850-1851. He inclines to the belief that
Plato intended to represent only the rational soul as immortal, and the other
two souls as mortal (p. 9). But the passages which he produces are quite
sufficient to show, that Plato sometimes held one language, sometimes the
other; and that Galen, who wrote an express treatise (now lost) to prove that
Plato was inconsistent with himself in respect to the soul, might have
produced good reasons for his opinion. The “inconstantia Platonis” (Cicero,
Nat. Deor. i. 12) must be admitted here as on other matters. We must take
the different arguments and doctrines of Plato as we find them in their
respective places. Hermann (p. 4) says about the commentators — “De
irrationali animâ, alii ancipites hæserunt, alii claris verbis mortalem
prædicarunt: quumque Neoplatonicæ sectæ principes, Numenius et
Plotinus, non modo brutorum, sed ne plantarum quidem, animas
immortalitate privare ausi sunt, — mox insequentes in alia omnia digressi
aut plane perire irrationales partes affirmarunt, aut mediâ quâdam viâ
ingressi, quamvis corporum fato exemptis, mortalitatem tamen et ipsi
tribuerunt.” It appears that the divergence of opinion on this subject began
as early as Xenokrates and Speusippus — see Olympiodorus, Scholia in
Phædonem, § 175. The large construction adopted by Numenius and
Plotinus is completely borne out by a passage in the Phædon, p. 70 E.

I must here remark that Hermann does not note the full extent of
discrepancy between the Phædon and Plato’s other dialogues, consisting in
this — That in the Phædon, Plato suppresses all mention of the two non-
rational souls, the passionate and appetitive: insomuch that if we had only
the Phædon remaining, we should not have known that he had ever affirmed
the triple partition of the soul, or the co-existence of the three souls.

Page 609

I transcribe an interesting passage from M. Degérando, respecting the
belief in different varieties of soul, and partial immortality.

Degérando — Histoire Comparée des Systèmes de Philosophie, vol. i. p.
213.

“Les habitans du Thibet, du Gröenland, du nord de l’Amérique admettent
deux âmes: les Caräibes en admettent trois, dont une, disent-ils, celle qui
habite dans la tête, remonte seule au pays des âmes. Les habitans du
Gröenland croient d’ailleurs les âmes des hommes semblables au principe
de la vie des animaux: ils supposent que les divers individus peuvent
changer d’âmes entre eux pendant la vie, et qu’après la vie ces âmes
exécutent de grands voyages, avec toutes sortes de fatigues et de périls. Les
peuples du Canada se représentent les âmes sous la forme d’ombres
errantes: les Patagons, les habitans du Sud de l’Asie, croient entendre leurs
voix dans l’écho: et les anciens Romains eux-mêmes n’étaient pas étrangers
à cette opinion. Les Négres s’imaginent que la destinée de l’âme après la
vie est encore liée à celle du corps, et fondent sur cette idée une foule de
pratiques.”

The life and character of a
The philosopher (contends Sokrates) ought
philosopher is a constant
to rejoice when death comes to sever his soul
struggle to emancipate his soul
altogether from his body: because he is,
from his body. Death alone
throughout all his life, struggling to sever
enables him to do this
himself from the passions, appetites, impulses
completely.
and aspirations, which grow out of the body;
and to withdraw himself from the perceptions
of the corporeal senses, which teach no truth, and lead only to deceit or
confusion: He is constantly attempting to do what the body hinders him
from doing completely — to prosecute pure mental contemplation, as the
only way of arriving at truth: to look at essences or things in themselves, by
means of his mind or soul in itself apart from the body.25 Until his mind be

Page 610

purified from all association with the body, it cannot be brought into contact
with pure essence, nor can his aspirations for knowledge be satisfied.26
Hence his whole life is really a training or approximative practice for death,
which alone will enable him to realise such aspirations.27 Knowledge or
wisdom is the only money in which he computes, and which he seeks to
receive in payment.28 He is not courageous or temperate in the ordinary
sense: for the courageous man, while holding death to be a great evil,
braves it from fear of greater evils — and the temperate man abstains from
various pleasures, because they either shut him out from greater pleasures,
or entail upon him disease and poverty. The philosopher is courageous and
temperate, but from a different motive: his philosophy purifies him from all
these sensibilities, and makes him indifferent to all the pleasures and pains
arising from the body: each of which, in proportion to its intensity, corrupts
his perception of truth and falsehood, and misguides him in the search for
wisdom or knowledge.29 While in the body, he feels imprisoned, unable to
look for knowledge except through a narrow grating and by the deceptive
media of sense. From this durance philosophy partially liberates him, —
purifying his mind, like the Orphic or Dionysiac religious mysteries, from
the contagion of body30 and sense: disengaging it, as far as may be during
life, from sympathy with the body: and translating it out of the world of
sense, uncertainty, and mere opinion, into the invisible region of truth and
knowledge. If such purification has been fully achieved, the mind of the
philosopher is at the moment of death thoroughly severed from the body,
and passes clean away by itself, into commerce with the intelligible Entities
or realities.

25 Plato, Phædon, p. 66 E. εἰ μέλλομέν ποτε καθαρῶς τι εἴσεσθαι,
ἀπαλλακτέον αὐτοῦ (τοῦ σώματος) καὶ αὐτῇ τῇ ψυχῇ θεατέον αὐτὰ τὰ
πράγματα.

Page 611

26 Plato, Phædon, p. 67 B. μὴ καθαρῷ γὰρ καθαροῦ ἐφάπτεσθαι μὴ οὐ
θεμιτὸν ᾖ.

27 Plato, Phædon, p. 64 A. κινδυνεύουσι γὰρ ὅσοι τυγχάνουσιν ὀρθῶς
ἀπτόμενοι φιλοσοφίας λεληθέναι τοὺς ἄλλους ὅτι οὐδὲν ἄλλο αὐτοὶ
ἐπιτηδεύουσιν ἢ ἀποθνήσκειν τε καὶ τεθνάναι. P. 67 E οἱ ὀρθῶς
φιλοσοφοῦντες ἀποθνήσκειν μελετῶσιν.

28 Plato, Phædon, p. 69 A. ἀλλ’ ᾖ ἐκεῖνο μόνον τὸ νόμισμα ὀρθόν, ἀνθ’ οὗ
δεῖ ἅπαντα ταῦτα καταλλάττεσθαι, φρόνησις.

29 Plato, Phædon, p. 69-83-84.

30 Plato, Phædon, p. 82 E.

Souls of the ordinary or
On the contrary, the soul or mind of the
unphilosophical men pass after
ordinary man, which has undergone no
death into the bodies of different
purification and remains in close implication
animals. The philosopher alone
with the body, cannot get completely separated
is relieved from all communion
even at the moment of death, but remains
with body.
encrusted and weighed down by bodily
accompaniments, so as to be unfit for those
regions to which mind itself naturally belongs. Such impure minds or souls
are the ghosts or shadows which haunt tombs; and which become visible,
because they cling to the visible world, and hate the invisible.31 Not being
fit for separate existence, they return in process of time into conjunction
with fresh bodies, of different species of men or animals, according to the
particular temperament which they carry away with them.32 The souls of
despots, or of violent and rapacious men, will pass into the bodies of wolves
or kites: those of the gluttonous and drunkards, into asses and such-like
animals. A better fate will be reserved for the just and temperate men, who
have been socially and politically virtuous, but simply by habit and
disposition, without any philosophy or pure intellect: for their souls will

Page 612

pass into the bodies of other gentle and social animals, such as bees, ants,
wasps,33 &c., or perhaps they may again return into the human form, and
may become moderate men. It is the privilege only of him who has
undergone the purifying influence of philosophy, and who has spent his life
in trying to detach himself as much as possible from communion with the
body — to be relieved after death from the obligation of fresh embodiment,
that his soul may dwell by itself in a region akin to its own separate nature:
passing out of the world of sense, of transient phenomena, and of mere
opinion, into a distinct world where it will be in full presence of the eternal
Ideas, essences, and truth; in companionship with the Gods, and far away
from the miseries of humanity.34

31 Plato, Phædon, p. 81 C-D. ὃ δὴ καὶ ἔχουσα ἡ τοιαύτη ψυχὴ βαρύνεταί
τε καὶ ἕλκεται πάλιν εἰς τὸν ὁρατὸν τόπον, φόβῳ τοῦ ἀειδοῦς τε καὶ Ἅιδου,
ὥσπερ λέγεται, περὶ τὰ μνήματά τε καὶ τοὺς τάφους κυλινδουμένη, περὶ ἃ
δὴ καὶ ὤφθη ἄττα ψυχῶν σκοτοειδῆ φάσματα [al. σκιοεοδῆ φαντάσματα],
οἷα παρέχονται αἱ τοιαῦται ψυχαὶ εἴδωλα, αἱ μὴ καθαρῶς ἀπολυθεῖσαι ἀλλὰ
τοῦ ὁρατοῦ μετέχουσαι, διὸ καὶ ὁρῶνται.

32 Plato, Phædon, pp. 82-84.

33 Plato, Phædon, pp. 82 A. Οὐκοῦν εὐδαιμονέστατοι καὶ τούτων εἰσὶ καὶ
εἰς βέλτιστον τόπον ἰόντες οἱ τὴν δημοτικὴν τε καὶ πολιτικὴν ἀρετὴν
ἐπιτετηδευκότες, ἣν δὴ καλοῦσι σωφροσύνην τε καὶ δικαιοσύνην, ἐξ ἔθους
τε καὶ μελέτης γεγονυῖαν ἄνευ φιλοσοφίας τε καὶ νοῦ; … Ὅτι τούτους εἰκός
ἐστιν εἰς τοιοῦτον πάλιν ἀφικνεῖσθαι πολιτικόν τε καὶ ἥμερον γένος, ἤπου
μελιττῶν ἢ σφηκῶν ἢ μυρμήκων, &c.

34 Plato, Phædon, pp. 82 B, 83 B, 84 B. Compare p. 114 C: τούτων δὲ
αὐτῶν οἱ φιλοσοφίᾳ ἱκανῶς καθηράμενοι ἄνευ τε σωμάτων ζῶσι τὸ
παράπαν εἰς τὸν ἔπειτα χρόνον, &c. Also p. 115 D.

Page 613

Special privilege claimed for
Such is the creed which Sokrates announces
philosophers in the Phædon
to his friends in the Phædon, as supplying
apart from the virtuous men
good reason for the readiness and satisfaction
who are not philosophers.
with which he welcomes death. It is upon the
antithesis between soul (or mind) and body,
that the main stress is laid. The partnership between the two is represented
as the radical cause of mischief: and the only true relief to the soul consists
in breaking up the partnership altogether, so as to attain a distinct,
disembodied, existence. Conformably to this doctrine, the line is chiefly
drawn between the philosopher, and the multitude who are not philosophers
— not between good and bad agents, when the good agents are not
philosophers. This last distinction is indeed noticed, but is kept subordinate.
The unphilosophical man of social goodness is allowed to pass after death
into the body of a bee, or an ant, instead of that of a kite or ass;35 but he
does not attain the privilege of dissolving connection altogether with body.
Moreover the distinction is one not easily traceable: since Sokrates36
expressly remarks that the large majority of mankind are middling persons,
neither good nor bad in any marked degree. Philosophers stand in a
category by themselves: apart from the virtuous citizens, as well as from the
middling and the vicious. Their appetites and ambition are indeed deadened,
so that they agree with the virtuous in abstaining from injustice: but this is
not their characteristic feature. Philosophy is asserted to impart to them a
special purification, like that of the Orphic mysteries to the initiated:
detaching the soul from both the body and the world of sense, except in so
far as is indispensable for purposes of life: replunging the soul, as much as
possible, in the other world of intelligible essences, real forms or Ideas,
which are its own natural kindred and antecedent companions. The process
whereby this is accomplished is intellectual rather than ethical. It is the
process of learning, or (in the sense of Sokrates) the revival in the mind of
those essences or Ideas with which it had been familiar during its anterior

Page 614

and separate life: accompanied by the total abstinence from all other
pleasures and temptations.37 Only by such love of learning, which is
identical with philosophy (φιλόσοφον, φιλομαθὲς), is the mind rescued
from the ignorance and illusions unavoidable in the world of sense.

35 Plato, Phædon, pp. 81-82.

36 Plato, Phædon, p. 90 A.

37 Plato, Phædon, pp. 82-115. — τὰς δὲ (ἡδονὰς) περὶ τὸ μανθάνειν
ἐσπούδασε, &c. (p. 114 E).

These doctrines, laid down by Plato in the Phædon, bear great analogy to
the Sanskrit philosophy called Sankhyâ, founded by Kapila, as expounded
and criticised in the treatise of M. Barthélemy St. Hilaire (Mémoire sur le
Sankhyâ, Paris, 1852, pp. 273-278) — and the other work, Du Bouddhisme,
by the same author (Paris, 1855), pp. 116-137, 187-194, &c.

Simmias and Kebês do not
In thus explaining his own creed, Sokrates
admit readily the immortality of
announces a full conviction that the soul or
the soul, but are unwilling to
mind is immortal, but he has not yet offered
trouble Sokrates by asking for
any proof of it: and Simmias as well as Kebês
proof. Unabated interest of
declare themselves to stand in need of proof.
Sokrates in rational debate.
Both of them however are reluctant to obtrude
upon him any doubts. An opportunity is thus
provided, that Sokrates may exhibit his undisturbed equanimity — his
unimpaired argumentative readiness — his keen anxiety not to relax the
grasp of a subject until he has brought it to a satisfactory close — without
the least reference to his speedily approaching death. This last-mentioned
anxiety is made manifest in a turn of the dialogue, remarkable both for
dramatic pathos and for originality.38 We are thus brought to the more
explicit statement of those reasons upon which Sokrates relies.

Page 615

38 Plato, Phædon, p. 89 B-C, — the remark made by Sokrates, when
stroking down the head and handling the abundant hair of Phædon, in
allusion to the cutting off of all this hair, which would be among the acts of
mourning performed by Phædon on the morrow, after the death of Sokrates:
and the impressive turn given to this remark, in reference to the solution of
the problem then in debate.

Simmias and Kebês believe fully
If the arguments whereby Sokrates proves
in the pre-existence of the soul,
the immortality of the soul are neither forcible
but not in its post-existence.
nor conclusive, not fully satisfying even
Doctrine — That the soul is a
Simmias39 to whom they are addressed — the
sort of harmony — refuted by adverse arguments, upon the faith of which the
Sokrates. doctrine was denied (as we know it to have
been by many philosophers of antiquity),
cannot be said to be produced at all. Simmias and Kebês are represented as
Sokratic companions, partly Pythagoreans; desirous to find the doctrine
true, yet ignorant of the proofs. Both of them are earnest believers in the
pre-existence of the soul, and in the objective reality of Ideas or intelligible
essences. Simmias however adopts in part the opinion, not very clearly
explained, “That the soul is a harmony or mixture”: which opinion Sokrates
refutes, partly by some other arguments, partly by pointing out that it is
inconsistent with the supposition of the soul as pre-existent to the body, and
that Simmias must make his election between the two. Simmias elects
without hesitation, in favour of the pre-existence: which he affirms to be
demonstrable upon premisses or assumptions perfectly worthy of trust:
while the alleged harmony is at best only a probable analogy, not certified
by conclusive reasons.40 Kebês again, while admitting that the soul existed
before its conjunction with the present body, and that it is sufficiently
durable to last through conjunction with many different bodies — still
expresses his apprehension that though durable, it is not eternal.
Accordingly, no man can be sure that his present body is not the last with

Page 616

which his soul is destined to be linked; so that immediately on his death, it
will pass away into nothing. The opinion of Kebês is remarkable, inasmuch
as it shows how constantly the metempsychosis, or transition of the soul
from one body to another, was included in all the varieties of ancient
speculation on this subject.41

39 Plato, Phædon, p. 107 B.

40 Plato, Phædon, p. 92.

41 Plato, Phædon, pp. 86-95. κρᾶσιν καὶ ἁρμονίαν, &c.

“Animam esse harmoniam complures quidem statuerant, sed aliam alii, et
diversâ ratione,” says Wyttenbach ad Phædon. p. 86. Lucretius as well as
Plato impugns the doctrine, iii. 97.

Galen, a great admirer of Plato, though not pretending to determine
positively wherein the essence of the soul consists, maintains a doctrine
substantially the same as what is here impugned — that it depends upon a
certain κρᾶσις of the elements and properties in the bodily organism —
Περὶ τῶν τῆς ψυχῆς ἠθῶν, vol. iv. pp. 774-775, 779-782, ed. Kühn. He
complains much of the unsatisfactory explanations of Plato on this point.

Sokrates unfolds the intellectual
Before replying to Simmias and Kebês,
changes or wanderings through
Sokrates is described as hesitating and
which his mind had passed.
reflecting for a long time. He then enters into a
sketch of42 his own intellectual history. How
far the sketch as it stands depicts the real Sokrates, or Plato himself, or a
supposed mind not exactly coincident with either — we cannot be certain:
the final stage however must belong to Plato himself.

42 Plato, Phædon, pp. 96-102.

Page 617

The following abstract is intended only to exhibit the train of thought and
argument pursued by Sokrates; not adhering to the exact words, nor even
preserving the interlocutory form. I could not have provided room for a
literal translation.

First doctrine of Sokrates as to
“You compel me (says Sokrates) to discuss
cause. Reasons why he rejected
thoroughly the cause of generation and
it.
destruction.43 I will tell you, if you like, my
own successive impressions on these subjects.
When young, I was amazingly eager for that kind of knowledge which
people call the investigation of Nature. I thought it matter of pride to know
the causes of every thing — through what every thing is either generated, or
destroyed, or continues to exist. I puzzled myself much to discover first of
all such matters as these — Is it a certain putrefaction of the Hot and the
Cold in the system (as some say), which brings about the nourishment of
animals? Is it the blood through which we think — or air, or fire? Or is it
neither one nor the other, but the brain, which affords to us sensations of
sight, hearing, and smell, out of which memory and opinion are generated:
then, by a like process, knowledge is generated out of opinion and memory
when permanently fixed?44 I tried to understand destructions as well as
generations, celestial as well as terrestrial phenomena. But I accomplished
nothing, and ended by fancying myself utterly unfit for the enquiry. Nay —
I even lost all the knowledge of that which I had before believed myself to
understand. For example — From what cause does a man grow? At first, I
had looked upon this as evident — that it was through eating and drinking:
flesh being thereby added to his flesh, bone to his bone, &c. So too, when a
tall and a short man were standing together, it appeared to me that the
former was taller than the latter by the head — that ten were more than
eight because two were added to them45 — that a rod of two cubits was
greater than a rod of one cubit, because it projected beyond it by a half.
Now — I am satisfied that I do not know the cause of any of these matters.

Page 618

I cannot explain why, when one is added to one, such addition makes them
two; since in their separated state each was one. In this case, it is
approximation or conjunction which is said to make the two: in another
case, the opposite cause, disjunction, is said also to make two — when one
body is bisected.46 How two opposite causes can produce the same effect —
and how either conjunction or disjunction can produce two, where there
were not two before — I do not understand. In fact, I could not explain to
myself, by this method of research, the generation, or destruction, or
existence, of any thing; and I looked out for some other method.

43 Plato, Phædon, pp. 95 E — 96. Οὐ φαῦλον πρᾶγμα ζητεῖς· ὅλως γὰρ δεῖ
περὶ γενέσεως καὶ φθορᾶς τὴν αἰτίαν διαπραγματεύσασθαι. ἐγὼ οὖν σοὶ
δίειμι, ἐὰν βούλῃ, τά γ’ ἐμὰ πάθη, &c.

44 Phædon, p. 96 B. ἐκ δὲ μνήμης καὶ δόξης, λαβούσης τὸ ἠρεμεῖν, κατὰ
ταῦτα γίγνεσθαι ἐπιστήμην.

This is the same distinction between δόξα and ἐπιστήμη, as that which
Sokrates gives in the Menon, though not with full confidence (Menon, pp.
97-98). See suprà, chap. xxii. p. 241.

45 Plato, Phædon, p. 96 E. καὶ ἔτι γε τούτων ἐναργέστερα, τὰ δέκα μοι
ἐδόκει τῶν ὀκτὼ πλείονα εἶναι, διὰ τὸ δύο αὐτοῖς προσεῖναι, καὶ τὸ δίπηχυ
τοῦ πηχυαίου μεῖζον εἶναι διὰ τὸ ἡμίσει αὐτοῦ ὑπερέχειν.

46 Plato, Phædon, p. 97 B.

Second doctrine. Hopes raised
“It was at this time that I heard a man
by the treatise of Anaxagoras.
reading out of a book, which he told me was
the work of Anaxagoras, the affirmation that
Nous (Reason, Intelligence) was the regulator and cause of all things. I felt
great satisfaction in this cause; and I was convinced, that if such were the
fact, Reason would ordain every thing for the best: so that if I wanted to

Page 619

find out the cause of any generation, or destruction, or existence, I had only
to enquire in what manner it was best that such generation or destruction
should take place. Thus a man was only required to know, both respecting
himself and respecting other things, what was the best: which knowledge,
however, implied that he must also know what was worse — the knowledge
of the one and of the other going together.47 I thought I had thus found a
master quite to my taste, who would tell me, first whether the earth was a
disk or a sphere, and would proceed to explain the cause and the necessity
why it must be so, by showing me how such arrangement was the best:
next, if he said that the earth was in the centre, would proceed to show that
it was best that the earth should be in the centre. Respecting the Sun, Moon,
and Stars, I expected to hear the like explanation of their movements,
rotations, and other phenomena: that is, how it was better that each should
do and suffer exactly what the facts show. I never imagined that
Anaxagoras, while affirming that they were regulated by Reason, would put
upon them any other cause than this — that it was best for them to be
exactly as they are. I presumed that, when giving account of the cause, both
of each severally and all collectively, he would do it by setting forth what
was best for each severally and for all in common. Such was my hope, and I
would not have sold it for a large price.48 I took up eagerly the book of
Anaxagoras, and read it as quickly as I could, that I might at once come to
the knowledge of the better and worse.

47 Plato, Phædon, p. 97 C-D. εἰ οὖν τις βούλοιτο τὴν αἰτίαν εὑρεῖν περὶ
ἑκάστου, ὅπῃ γίγνεται ἢ ἀπόλλυται ἢ ἔστι, τοῦτο δεῖν περὶ αὐτοῦ εὑρεῖν,
ὅπῃ βέλτιστον αὐτῷ ἐστιν ἢ εἶναι ἢ ἄλλο ὁτιοῦν πάσχειν ἢ ποιεῖν· ἐκ δὲ δὴ
τοῦ λόγου τούτου οὐδὲν ἄλλο σκοπεῖν προσήκειν ἀνθρώπῳ καὶ περὶ αὑτοῦ
καὶ περὶ τῶν ἄλλων, ἀλλ’ ἢ τὸ ἄριστον καὶ τὸ βέλτιστον· ἀναγκαῖον δὲ εἶναι
τὸν αὐτὸν τοῦτον καὶ τὸ χεῖρον εἰδέναι· τὴν αὐτὴν γὰρ εἶναι ἐπιστήμην περὶ
αὐτῶν.

Page 620

48 Plato, Phædon, p. 98 B. καὶ οὐκ ἂν ἀπεδόμην πολλοῦ τὰς ἐλπίδας, ἀλλὰ
πάνυ σπουδῇ λαβὼν τὰς βίβλους ὡς τάχιστα οἷός τ’ ἦν ἀνεγίγνωσκον, ἵν’ ὡς
τάχιστα εἰδείην τὸ βέλτιστον καὶ τὸ χεῖρον.

Disappointment because
“Great indeed was my disappointment
Anaxagoras did not follow out
when, as I proceeded with the perusal, I
the optimistic principle into
discovered that the author never employed
detail. Distinction between
Reason at all, nor assigned any causes
causes efficient and causes co-
calculated to regulate things generally: that the
efficient.
causes which he indicated were, air, æther,
water, and many other strange agencies. The
case seemed to me the same as if any one, while announcing that Sokrates
acts in all circumstances by reason, should next attempt to assign the causes
of each of my proceedings severally:49 As if he affirmed, for example, that
the cause why I am now sitting here is, that my body is composed of bones
and ligaments — that my bones are hard, and are held apart by
commissures, and my ligaments such as to contract and relax, clothing the
bones along with the flesh and the skin which keeps them together — that
when the bones are lifted up at their points of junction, the contraction and
relaxation of the ligaments makes me able to bend my limbs — and that this
is the reason why I am now seated here in my present crumpled attitude: or
again — as if, concerning the fact of my present conversation with you, he
were to point to other causes of a like character — varieties of speech, air,
and hearing, with numerous other similar facts — omitting all the while to
notice the true causes, viz.50 — That inasmuch as the Athenians have
deemed it best to condemn me, for that reason I too have deemed it best and
most righteous to remain sitting here and to undergo the sentence which
they impose. For, by the Dog, these bones and ligaments would have been
long ago carried away to Thebes or Megara, by my judgment of what is best
— if I had not deemed it more righteous and honourable to stay and affront
my imposed sentence, rather than to run away. It is altogether absurd to call

Page 621

such agencies by the name of causes. Certainly, if a man affirms that unless
I possessed such joints and ligaments and other members as now belong to
me, I should not be able to execute what I have determined on, he will state
no more than the truth. But to say that these are the causes why I, a rational
agent, do what I am now doing, instead of saying that I do it from my
choice of what is best — this would be great carelessness of speech:
implying that a man cannot see the distinction between that which is the
cause in reality, and that without which the cause can never be a cause.51 It
is this last which most men, groping as it were in the dark, call by a wrong
name, as if it were itself the cause. Thus one man affirms that the earth is
kept stationary in its place by the rotation of the heaven around it: another
contends that the air underneath supports the earth, like a pedestal
sustaining a broad kneading-trough: but none of them ever look out for a
force such as this — That all these things now occupy that position which it
is best that they should occupy. These enquirers set no great value upon this
last-mentioned force, believing that they can find some other Atlas stronger,
more everlasting, and more capable of holding all things together: they
think that the Good and the Becoming have no power of binding or holding
together any thing.

49 Plato, Phædon, p. 98 C. καὶ μοὶ ἔδοξεν ὁμοιότατον πεπονθέναι ὥσπερ
ἂν εἴ τις λέγων ὅτι Σωκράτης πάντα ὅσα πράττει νῷ πράττει, κἄπειτα
ἐπιχειρήσας λέγειν τὰς αἰτίας ἑκάστων ὧν πράττω, λέγοι πρῶτον μὲν ὅτι
διὰ ταῦτα νῦν ἐνθάδε κάθημαι, ὅτι ξυγκειταί μου τὸ σῶμα ἐξ ὀστῶν καὶ
νεύρων, καὶ τὰ μὲν ὀστᾶ ἐστι στερεὰ καὶ διαφυὰς ἔχει χωρὶς ἀπ’ ἀλλήλων,
&c.

50 Plato, Phædon, p. 98 E. ἀμελήσας τὰς ὡς ἀληθῶς αἰτίας λέγειν, ὅτι
ἐπείδη Ἀθηναίοις ἔδοξε βέλτιον εἶναι ἐμοῦ καταψηφίσασθαι, διὰ ταῦτα δὴ
καὶ ἐμοὶ βέλτιον αὖ δέδοκται ἐνθάδε καθῆσθαι, &c.

Page 622

51 Plato, Phædon, p. 99 A. ἀλλ’ αἴτια μὲν τὰ τοιαῦτα καλεῖν λίαν ἄτοπον·
εἰ δέ τις λέγοι, ὅτι ἄνευ τοῦ τὰ τοιαῦτα ἔχειν καὶ ὁστᾶ καὶ νεῦρα καὶ ὅσα
ἄλλα ἔχω, οὐκ ἂν οἷός τ’ ἦν ποιεῖν τὰ δόξαντά μοι, ἀληθῆ ἂν λέγοι· ὡς
μέντοι διὰ ταῦτα ποιῶ, καὶ ταύτῃ νῷ πράττω, ἀλλ’ οὐ τῇ τοῦ βελτίστου
αἱρέσει, πολλὴ ἂν καὶ μακρὰ ῥαθυμία εἴη τοῦ λόγου. τὸ γὰρ μὴ διελέσθαι
οἷόν τ’ εἶναι, ὅτι ἄλλο μέν τί ἐστι τὸ αἴτιον τῷ ὄντι, ἄλλο δ’ ἐκεῖνο ἄνευ οὖ
τὸ αἴτιον οὐκ ἄν ποτ’ εἴη αἴτιον, &c.

Sokrates could neither trace out
“Now, it is this sort of cause which I would
the optimistic principle for
gladly put myself under any one’s teaching to
himself, nor find any teacher
learn. But I could neither find any teacher, nor
thereof. He renounced it, and
make any way by myself. Having failed in this
embraced a third doctrine about
quarter, I took the second best course, and
cause.
struck into a new path in search of causes.52
Fatigued with studying objects through my
eyes and perceptions of sense, I looked out for images or reflections of
them, and turned my attention to words or discourses.53 This comparison is
indeed not altogether suitable: for I do not admit that he who investigates
things through general words, has recourse to images, more than he who
investigates sensible facts: but such, at all events, was the turn which my
mind took. Laying down such general assumption or hypothesis as I
considered to be the strongest, I accepted as truth whatever squared with it,
respecting cause as well as all other matters. In this way I came upon the
investigation of another sort of cause.54

Page 623

52 Plato, Phædon, p. 99 C-D. ἐπειδὴ δὲ ταύτης ἐστερήθην, καὶ οὔτ’ αὐτὸς
εὑρεῖν οὔτε παρ’ ἄλλου μαθεῖν οἷός τε ἐγενόμην, τὸν δεύτερον πλοῦν ἐπὶ
τὴν τῆς αἰτίας ζήτησιν ᾗ πεπραγμάτευμαι, βούλει σοὶ ἐπίδειξιν ποιήσωμαι;

53 Plato, Phædon, p. 99 E. ἴσως μὲν οὖν ᾧ εἰκάζω, τρόπον τινὰ οὐκ
ἔοικεν· οὐ γὰρ πάνυ ξυγχωρῶ τὸν ἐν τοῖς λόγοις σκοπούμενον τὰ ὄντα ἐν
εἰκόσι μᾶλλον σκοπεῖν ἢ τὸν ἐν τοῖς ἔργοις.

54 Plato, Phædon, p. 100 B. ἔρχομαι γὰρ δὴ ἐπιχειρῶν σοὶ ἐπιδείξασθαι
τῆς αἰτίας τὸ εἶδος ὃ πεπραγμάτευμαι, &c.

He now assumes the separate
“I now assumed the separate and real
existence of ideas. These ideas
existence of Ideas by themselves — The Good
are the causes why particular
in itself or the Self-Good, Self-Beautiful,
objects manifest certain
Great, and all such others. Look what follows
attributes.
next upon this assumption. If any thing else be
beautiful, besides the Self-Beautiful, that other
thing can only be beautiful because it partakes of the Self-Beautiful: and the
same with regard to other similar Ideas. This is the only cause that I can
accept: I do not understand those other ingenious causes which I hear
mentioned.55 When any one tells me that a thing is beautiful because it has
a showy colour or figure, I pay no attention to him, but adhere simply to my
own affirmation, that nothing else causes it to be beautiful, except the
presence or participation of the Self-Beautiful. In what way such
participation may take place, I cannot positively determine. But I feel
confident in affirming that it does take place: that things which are
beautiful, become so by partaking in the Self-Beautiful; things which are
great or little, by partaking in Greatness or Littleness. If I am told that one
man is taller than another by the head, and that this other is shorter than the
first by the very same (by the head), I should not admit the proposition, but
should repeat emphatically my own creed, — That whatever is greater than

Page 624

another is greater by nothing else except by Greatness and through
Greatness — whatever is less than another is less only by Littleness and
through Littleness. For I should fear to be entangled in a contradiction, if I
affirmed that the greater man was greater and the lesser man less by the
head — First, in saying that the greater was greater and that the lesser was
less, by the very same — Next, in saying that the greater man was greater
by the head, which is itself small: it being absurd to maintain that a man is
great by something small.56 Again, I should not say that ten is more than
eight by two, and that this was the cause of its excess;57 my doctrine is, that
ten is more than eight by Multitude and through Multitude: so the rod of
two cubits is greater than that of one, not by half, but by Greatness. Again,
when One is placed alongside of One, — or when one is bisected — I
should take care not to affirm, that in the first case the juxtaposition, in the
last case the bisection, was the cause why it became two.58 I proclaim
loudly that I know no other cause for its becoming two except participation
in the essence of the Dyad. What is to become two, must partake of the
Dyad: what is to become one, of the Monad. I leave to wiser men than me
these juxtapositions and bisections and other such refinements: I remain
entrenched within the safe ground of my own assumption or hypothesis (the
reality of these intelligible and eternal Ideas).

55 Plato, Phædon, p. 100 C. οὐ τοίνυν ἔτι μανθάνω, οὐδὲ δύναμαι τὰς
ἄλλας αἰτίας τὰς σοφὰς ταύτας γιγνώσκειν.

56 Plato, Phædon, p. 101 A. φοβούμενος μή τίς σοι ἐναντίος λόγος
ἀπαντήσῃ, ἐὰν τῇ κεφαλῇ μείζονά τινα φῇς εἶναι καὶ ἐλάττω, πρῶτον μὲν
τῷ αὐτῷ τὸ μεῖζον μεῖζον εἶναι καὶ τὸ ἔλαττον ἔλαττον, ἔπειτα τῇ κεφαλῇ
σμικρᾷ οὔσῃ τὸν μείζω μείζω εἶναι, καὶ τοῦτο δὴ τέρας εἶναι, τὸ σμικρῷ
τινὶ μέγαν τινὰ εἶναι.

57 Plato, Phædon, p. 101 B. Οὔκουν τὰ δέκα τῶν ὀκτὼ δυοῖν πλείω εἶναι,
καὶ διὰ ταύτην τὴν αἰτίαν ὑπερβάλλειν, φοβοῖο ἂν λέγειν, ἀλλὰ μὴ πλήθει

Page 625

καὶ διὰ τὸ πλῆθος; καὶ τὸ δίπηχυ τοῦ πηχυαίου ἡμίσει μεῖζον εἶναι, ἀλλ’ οὐ
μεγέθει;

58 Plato, Phædon, p. 101 B-C. τί δέ; ἑνὶ ἑνὸς προστεθέντος, τὴν πρόσθεσιν
αἰτίαν εἶναι τοῦ δύο γενέσθαι, ἢ διασχισθέντος τὴν σχίσιν, οὐκ εὐλαβοῖο ἂν
λέγειν, καὶ μέγα ἂν βοῴης ὅτι οὐκ οἶσθα ἄλλως πως ἕκαστον γιγνόμενον ἢ
μετασχὸν τῆς ἰδίας οὐσίας ἑκαστου οὖ ἂν μετάσχῃ· καὶ ἐν τούτοις οὐκ ἔχεις
ἄλλην τινὰ αἰτίαν τοῦ δύο γενέσθαι ἀλλ’ ἢ τὴν τῆς δυάδος μετάσχεσιν, &c.

Procedure of Sokrates if his
“Suppose however that any one impugned
hypothesis were impugned. He
this hypothesis itself? I should make no reply
insists upon keeping apart the
to him until I had followed out fully the
discussion of the hypothesis and
consequences of it: in order to ascertain
the discussion of its
whether they were consistent with, or
consequences.
contradictory to, each other. I should, when the
proper time came, defend the hypothesis by
itself, assuming some other hypothesis yet more universal, such as appeared
to me best, until I came to some thing fully sufficient. But I would not
permit myself to confound together the discussion of the hypothesis itself,
and the discussion of its consequences.59 This is a method which cannot
lead to truth: though it is much practised by litigious disputants, who care
little about truth, and pride themselves upon their ingenuity when they
throw all things into confusion.” —

59 Plato, Phædon, p. 101 E. ἐπειδὴ δὲ ἐκείνης αὐτῆς (τῆς ὑποθέσεως) δέοι
σε διδόναι λόγον, ὡσαύτως ἂν διδοίης, ἄλλην αὖ ὑπόθεσιν ὑποθέμενος, ἥτις
τῶν ἄνωθεν βελτίστη φαίνοιτο .… ἄμα δὲ οὐκ ἂν φύροιο, ὥσπερ οἱ
ἀντιλογικοί, περί τε τῆς ἀρχῆς διαλεγόμενος καὶ τῶν ἐξ ἐκείνης
ὡρμημένων, εἴπερ βούλοιό τι τῶν ὄντων εὑρεῖν.

Exposition of Sokrates
The exposition here given by Sokrates of
welcomed by the hearers.
successive intellectual tentatives (whether of

Page 626

Remarks upon it. Sokrates or Plato, or partly one, partly the
other), and the reasoning embodied therein, is
represented as welcomed with emphatic assent and approbation by all his
fellow-dialogists.60 It deserves attention on many grounds. It illustrates
instructively some of the speculative points of view, and speculative
transitions, suggesting themselves to an inquisitive intellect of that day.

60 Plato, Phædon, p. 102 A. Such approbation is peculiarly signified by the
intervention of Echekrates.

The philosophical changes in
If we are to take that which precedes as a
Sokrates all turned upon
description of the philosophical changes of
different views as to a true
Plato himself, it differs materially from
cause.
Aristotle: for no allusion is here made to the
intercourse of Plato with Kratylus and other
advocates of the doctrines of Herakleitus: which intercourse is mentioned
by Aristotle61 as having greatly influenced the early speculations of Plato.
Sokrates describes three different phases of his (or Plato’s) speculative point
of view: all turning upon different conceptions of what constituted a true
Cause. His first belief on the subject was, that which he entertained before
he entered on physical and physiological investigations. It seemed natural to
him that eating and drinking should be the cause why a young man grew
taller: new bone and new flesh was added out of the food. So again, when a
tall man appeared standing near to a short man, the former was tall by the
head, or because of the head: ten were more than eight, because two were
added on: the measure of two cubits was greater than that of one cubit,
because it stretched beyond by one half. When one object was added on to
another, the addition was the cause why they became two: when one object
was bisected, this bisection was the cause why the one became two.

61 Aristotel. Metaphys. A. 987, a. 32.

Page 627

This was his first conception of a true Cause, which for the time
thoroughly satisfied him. But when he came to investigate physiology, he
could not follow out the same conception of Cause, so as to apply it to more
novel and complicated problems; and he became dissatisfied with it
altogether, even in regard to questions on which he had before been
convinced. New difficulties suggested themselves to him. How can the two
objects, which when separate were each one, be made two, by the fact that
they are brought together? What alteration has happened in their nature?
Then again, how can the very same fact, the change from one to two, be
produced by two causes perfectly contrary to each other — in the first case,
by juxtaposition — in the last case, by bisection?62

62 Sextus Empiricus embodies this argument of Plato among the
difficulties which he starts against the Dogmatists, adv. Mathematicos, x. s.
302-308.

Problems and difficulties of
That which is interesting here to note, is the
which Sokrates first sought
sort of Cause which first gave satisfaction to
solution.
the speculative mind of Sokrates. In the
instance of the growing youth, he notes two
distinct facts, the earliest of which is (assuming certain other facts as
accompanying conditions) the cause of the latest. But in most of the other
instances, the fact is one which does not admit of explanation. Comparisons
of eight men with ten men, of a yard with half a yard, of a tall man with a
short man, are mental appreciations, beliefs, affirmations, not capable of
being farther explained or accounted for: if any one disputes your
affirmation, you prove it to him, by placing him in a situation to make the
comparison for himself, or to go through the computation which establishes
the truth of what you affirm. It is not the juxtaposition of eight men which
makes them to be eight (they were so just as much when separated by ever
so wide an interval): though it may dispose or enable the spectator to count

Page 628

them as eight. We may count the yard measure (whether actually bisected or
not), either as one yard, or as two half yards, or as three feet, or thirty-six
inches. Whether it be one, or two, or three, depends upon the substantive
which we choose to attach to the numeral, or upon the comparison which
we make (the unit which we select) on the particular occasion.

Expectations entertained by
With this description of Cause Sokrates
Sokrates from the treatise of
grew dissatisfied when he extended his
Anaxagoras. His
enquiries into physical and physiological
disappointment. His distinction
problems. Is it the blood, or air, or fire,
between causes and co-efficients.
whereby we think? and such like questions.
Such enquiries — into the physical conditions
of mental phenomena — did really admit of some answer, affirmative, or
negative. But Sokrates does not tell us how he proceeded in seeking for an
answer: he only says that he failed so completely, as even to be disabused of
his supposed antecedent knowledge. He was in this perplexity when he first
heard of the doctrine of Anaxagoras. “Nous or Reason is the regulator and
the cause of all things.” Sokrates interpreted this to mean (what it does not
appear that Anaxagoras intended to assert)63 that the Kosmos was an animal
or person64 having mind or Reason analogous to his own: that this Reason
was an agent invested with full power and perpetually operative, so as to
regulate in the best manner all the phenomena of the Kosmos; and that the
general cause to be assigned for every thing was one and the same — “It is
best thus”; requiring that in each particular case you should show how it
was for the best. Sokrates took the type of Reason from his own volition
and movements; supposing that all the agencies in the Kosmos were
stimulated or checked by cosmical Reason for her purposes, as he himself
put in motion his own bodily members. This conception of Cause, borrowed
from the analogy of his own rational volition, appeared to Sokrates very
captivating, though it had not been his own first conception. But he found
that Anaxagoras, though proclaiming the doctrine as a principium or

Page 629

initiatory influence, did not make applications of it in detail; but assigned as
causes, in most of the particular cases, those agencies which Sokrates
considered to be subordinate and instrumental, as his own muscles were to
his own volition. Sokrates will not allow such agencies to be called Causes:
he says that they are only co-efficients indispensable to the efficacy of the
single and exclusive Cause — Reason. But he tells us himself that most
enquirers considered them as Causes; and that Anaxagoras himself
produced them as such. Moreover we shall see Plato himself in the Timæus,
while he repeats this same distinction between Causes Efficient and Causes
Co-efficient — yet treats these latter as Causes also, though inferior in
regularity and precision to the Demiurgic Nous.65

63 I have given (in chap. i. p. 48 seq.) an abridgment and explanation of
what seems to have been the doctrine of Anaxagoras.

64 Plato, Timæus, p. 30 D. τόνδε τὸν κόσμον, ζῶον ἔμψυχον ἔννουν τε,
&c.

65 Plato, Timæus, p. 46 C-D. αἴτια — ξυναίτια — ξυμμεταίτια. He says
that most persons considered the ξυναίτια as αἴτια. And he himself registers
them as such (Timæus, p. 68 E). He there distinguishes the αἴτια and
ξυναίτια as two different sorts of αἴτια, the divine and the necessary, in a
remarkable passage: where he tells us that we ought to study the divine
causes, with a view to the happiness of life, as far as our nature permits —
and the necessary causes for the sake of the divine: for that we cannot in
any way apprehend, or understand, or get sight of the divine causes alone,
without the necessary causes along with them (69 A).

In Timæus, pp. 47-48, we find again νοῦς and ἀνάγκη noted as two
distinct sorts of causes co-operating to produce the four elements. It is
farther remarkable that Necessity is described as “the wandering or

Page 630

irregular description of Cause” — τὸ τῆς πλανωμένης εἶδος αἰτίας. Eros and
Ἀνάγκη are joined as co-operating — in Symposion, pp. 195 C, 197 B.

Sokrates imputes to Anaxagoras
In truth, the complaint which Sokrates here
the mistake of substituting
raises against Anaxagoras — that he assigned
physical agencies in place of
celestial Rotation as the cause of phenomena,
mental. This is the same which
in place of a quasi-human Reason — is just
Aristophanes and others
the same as that which Aristophanes in the
imputed to Sokrates.
Clouds advances against Sokrates himself.66
The comic poet accuses Sokrates of displacing
Zeus to make room for Dinos or Rotation. According to the popular
religious belief, all or most of the agencies in Nature were personified, or
supposed to be carried on by persons — Gods, Goddesses, Dæmons,
Nymphs, &c., which army of independent agents were conceived, by some
thinkers, as more or less systematised and consolidated under the central
authority of the Kosmos itself. The causes of natural phenomena, especially
of the grand and terrible phenomena, were supposed agents, conceived after
the model of man, and assumed to be endowed with volition, force,
affections, antipathies, &c.: some of them visible, such as Helios, Selênê,
the Stars; others generally invisible, though showing themselves whenever
it specially pleased them.67 Sokrates, as we see by the Platonic Apology,
was believed by his countrymen to deny these animated agencies, and to
substitute instead of them inanimate forces, not put in motion by the quasi-
human attributes of reason, feeling and volition. The Sokrates in the
Platonic Phædon, taken at this second stage of his speculative wanderings,
not only disclaims such a doctrine, but protests against it. He recognises no
cause except a Nous or Reason borrowed by analogy from that of which he
was conscious within himself, choosing what was best for himself in every
special situation.68 He tells us however that most of the contemporary
philosophers dissented from this point of view. To them, such inanimate

Page 631

agencies were the sole and real causes, in one or other of which they found
what they thought a satisfactory explanation.

66 Aristophan. Nubes, 379-815. Δῖνος βασιλεύει, τὸν Δί’ ἐξεληλακώς. We
find Proklus making this same complaint against Aristotle, “that he deserted
theological principia, and indulged too much in physical reasonings” —
τῶν μὲν θεολογικῶν ἀρχῶν ἀφιστάμενος, τοῖς δὲ φυσικοῖς λόγοις πέρα τοῦ
δέοντος ἐνδιατρίβων (Proklus ad Timæum, ii. 90 E, p. 212, Schneider).
Pascal also expresses the like displeasure against the Cartesian theory of the
vortices. Descartes recognised God as having originally established rotatory
motion among the atoms, together with an equal, unvarying quantity of
motion: these two points being granted, Descartes considered that all
cosmical facts and phenomena might be deduced from them.

“Sur la philosophie de Descartes, Pascal était de son sentiment sur
l’automate; et n’en était point sur la matière subtile, dont il se moquait fort.
Mais il ne pouvait souffrir sa manière d’expliquer la formation de toutes
choses; et il disait très souvent, — Je ne puis pardonner à Descartes: il
voudrait bien, dans toute sa philosophie, pouvoir se passer de Dieu: mais il
n’a pu s’empêcher de lui accorder une chiquenaude pour mettre le monde
en mouvement: après cela, il n’a que faire de Dieu.” (Pascal, Pensées, ch.
xi. p. 237, edition de Louandre, citation from Mademoiselle Périer, Paris,
1854.)

Again, Lord Monboddo, in his Ancient Metaphysics (bk. ii. ch. 19, p.
276), cites these remarks of Plato and Aristotle on the deficiencies of
Anaxagoras, and expresses the like censure himself against the cosmical
theories of Newton:— “Sir Isaac puts me in mind of an ancient philosopher
Anaxagoras, who maintained, as Sir Isaac does, that mind was the cause of
all things; but when he came to explain the particular phænomena of nature,
instead of having recourse to mind, employed airs and æthers, subtle spirits
and fluids, and I know not what — in short, any thing rather than mind: a

Page 632

cause which he admitted to exist in the universe; but rather than employ it,
had recourse to imaginary causes, of the existence of which he could give
no proof. The Tragic poets of old, when they could not otherwise untie the
knot of their fable, brought down a god in a machine, who solved all
difficulties: but such philosophers as Anaxagoras will not, even when they
cannot do better, employ mind or divinity. Our philosophers, since Sir
Isaac’s time, have gone on in the same track, and still, I think, farther.”

Lord Monboddo speaks with still greater asperity about the Cartesian
theory, making a remark on it similar to what has been above cited from
Pascal. (See his Dissertation on the Newtonian Philosophy, Appendix to
Ancient Metaphysics, pp. 498-499.)

67 Plato, Timæus, p. 41 A. πάντες ὅσοι τε περιπολοῦσι φανερῶς καὶ ὅσοι
φαίνονται καθ’ ὅσον ἂν ἐθέλωσι θεοὶ, &c.

68 What Sokrates understands by the theory of Anaxagoras, is evident
from his language — Phædon, pp. 98-99. He understands an indwelling
cosmical Reason or Intelligence, deliberating and choosing, in each
particular conjuncture, what was best for the Kosmos; just as his own
(Sokrates) Reason deliberated and chose what was best for him (τῇ τοῦ
βελτίστου αἱρέσει), in consequence of the previous determination of the
Athenians to condemn and punish him.

This point deserves attention, because it is altogether different from
Aristotle’s conception of Nous or Reason in the Kosmos: in which he
recognises no consciousness, no deliberation, no choice, no reference to any
special situation: but a constant, instinctive, undeliberating, movement
towards Good as a determining End — i.e. towards the reproduction and
perpetuation of regular Forms.

Hegel, in his Geschichte der Philosophie (Part i. pp. 355, 368-369, 2nd
edit.), has given very instructive remarks, in the spirit of the Aristotelian

Page 633

Realism, both upon the principle announced by Anaxagoras, and upon the
manner in which Anaxagoras is criticised by Sokrates in the Platonic
Phædon. Hegel observes:—

“Along with this principle (that of Anaxagoras) there comes in the
recognition of an Intelligence, or of a self-determining agency which was
wanting before. Herein we are not to imagine thought, subjectively
considered: when thought is spoken of, we are apt to revert to thought as it
passes in our consciousness: but here, on the contrary, what is meant is, the
Idea, considered altogether objectively, or Intelligence as an effective agent:
(N.B. Intellectum, or Cogitatum — not Intellectio, or Cogitatio, which
would mean the conscious process — see this distinction illustrated by
Trendelenburg ad Aristot. De Animâ, i. 2, 5, p. 219: also Marbach, Gesch.
der Phil. s. 54, 99 not. 2): as we say, that there is reason in the world, or as
we speak of Genera in nature, which are the Universal. The Genus Animal
is the Essential of the Dog — it is the Dog himself: the laws of nature are
her immanent Essence. Nature is not formed from without, as men construct
a table: the table is indeed constructed intelligently, but by an Intelligence
extraneous to this wooden material. It is this extraneous form which we are
apt to think of as representing Intelligence, when we hear it talked of: but
what is really meant is, the Universal — the immanent nature of the object
itself. The Νοῦς is not a thinking Being without, which has arranged the
world: by such an interpretation the Idea of Anaxagoras would be quite
perverted and deprived of all philosophical value. For to suppose an
individual, particular, Something without, is to descend into the region of
phantasms and its dualism: what is called, a thinking Being, is not an Idea,
but a Subject. Nevertheless, what is really and truly Universal is not for that
reason Abstract: its characteristic property, quâ Universal, is to determine in
itself, by itself, and for itself, the particular accompaniments. While it
carries on this process of change, it maintains itself at the same time as the
Universal, always the same; this is a portion of its self-determining

Page 634

efficiency.” — What Hegel here adverts to seems identical with that which
Dr. Henry More calls an Emanative Cause (Immortality of the Soul, ch. vi.
p. 18), “the notion of a thing possible. An Emanative Effect is co-existent
with the very substance of that which is said to be the Cause thereof. That
which emanes, if I may so speak, is the same in reality with its Emanative
Cause.”

Respecting the criticism of Sokrates upon Anaxagoras, Hegel has further
acute remarks which are too long to cite (p. 368 seq.)

The supposed theory of
It is however singular, that Sokrates, after
Anaxagoras cannot be carried
he has extolled Anaxagoras for enunciating a
out, either by Sokrates himself
grand general cause, and has blamed him only
or any one else. Sokrates turns
for not making application of it in detail,
to general words, and adopts the
proceeds to state that neither he himself, nor
theory of ideas.
any one else within his knowledge, could find
the way of applying it, any more than
Anaxagoras had done. If Anaxagoras had failed, no one else could do better.
The facts before Sokrates could not be reconciled, by any way that he could
devise, with his assumed principle of rational directing force, or constant
optimistic purpose, inherent in the Kosmos. Accordingly he abandoned this
track, and entered upon another: seeking a different sort of cause (τῆς αἰτίας
τὸ εἶδος), not by contemplation of things, but by propositions and
ratiocinative discourse. He now assumed as a principle an universal axiom
or proposition, from which he proceeds to deduce consequences. The
principle thus laid down is, That there exist substantial Ideas — universal
Entia. Each of these Ideas communicates or imparts its own nature to the
particulars which bear the same name: and such communion or
participation is the cause why they are what they are. The cause why
various objects are beautiful or great, is, because they partake of the Self-

Page 635

Beautiful or the Self-Great: the cause why they are two or three is, because
they partake of the Dyad or the Triad.

Vague and dissentient meanings
Here then we have a third stage or variety of
attached to the word Cause.
belief, in the speculative mind of Sokrates,
That is a cause, to each man,
respecting Causes. The self-existent Ideas
which gives satisfaction to his
(”propria Platonis supellex,” to use the words
inquisitive feelings.
of Seneca69) are postulated as Causes: and in
this belief Sokrates at last finds satisfaction.
But these Causative Ideas, or Ideal Causes, though satisfactory to Plato,
were accepted by scarcely any one else. They were transformed —
seemingly even by Plato himself before his death, into Ideal Numbers,
products of the One implicated with Great and Little or the undefined Dyad
— and still farther transformed by his successors Speusippus and
Xenokrates: they were impugned in every way, and emphatically rejected,
by Aristotle.

69 Seneca, Epistol.

About this disposition, manifested by many philosophers, and in a
particular manner by Plato, to “embrace logical phantoms as real causes,” I
transcribe a good passage from Malebranche.

“Je me sens encore extrêmement porté à dire que cette colonne est dure
par sa nature; ou bien que les petits liens dont sont composés les corps
durs, sont des atômes, dont les parties ne se peuvent diviser, comme étant
les parties essentieles et dernières des corps — et qui sont essentiellement
crochues ou branchues.

Mais je reconnois franchement, que ce n’est point expliquer la difficulté;
et que, quittant les préoccupations et les illusions de mes sens, j’aurais tort
de recourir à une forme abstraite, et d’embrasser un fantôme de logique
pour la cause que je cherche. Je veux dire, que j’aurois tort de conçevoir,

Page 636

comme quelque chose de réel et de distinct, l’idée vague de nature et
d’essence, qui n’exprime que ce que l’on sait: et de prendre ainsi une forme
abstraite et universelle, comme une cause physique d’un effet très réel. Car
il y a deux choses dont je ne saurais trop défier. La première est,
l’impression de mes sens: et l’autre est, la facilité que j’ai de prendre les
natures abstraites et les idées générales de logique, pour celles qui sont
réelles et particulières: et je me souviens d’avoir été plusieurs fois séduit
par ces deux principes d’erreur.” (Malebranche — Recherche de la Vérité,
vol. iii., liv. vi., ch. 8, p. 245, ed. 1772.)

The foregoing picture given by Sokrates of the wanderings of his mind
(τὰς ἐμὰς πλάνας) in search of Causes, is interesting, not only in reference
to the Platonic age, but also to the process of speculation generally. Almost
every one talks of a Cause as a word of the clearest meaning, familiar and
understood by all hearers. There are many who represent the Idea of Cause
as simple, intuitive, self-originated, universal; one and the same in all
minds. These philosophers consider the maxim that every phenomenon
must have a Cause — as self-evident, known à priori apart from
experience: as something which no one can help believing as soon as it is
stated to him.70 The gropings of Sokrates are among the numerous facts
which go to refute such a theory: or at least to show in what sense alone it
can be partially admitted. There is no fixed, positive, universal Idea,
corresponding to the word Cause. There is a wide divergence, as to the
question what a Cause really is, between different ages of the same man
(exemplified in the case of Sokrates): much more between different
philosophers at one time and another. Plato complains of Anaxagoras and
other philosophers for assigning as Causes that which did not truly deserve
the name: Aristotle also blames the defective conceptions of his
predecessors (Plato included) on the same subject. If there be an intuitive
idea corresponding to the word Cause, it must be a different intuition in
Plato and Aristotle — in Plato himself at one age and at another age: in

Page 637

other philosophers, different from both and from each other. The word is
equivocal — πολλαχῶς λεγόμενον, in Aristotelian phrase — men use it
familiarly, but vary much in the thing signified. That is a Cause, to each
man, which gives satisfaction to the inquisitive feelings — curiosity,
anxious perplexity, speculative embarrassment of his own mind. Now
doubtless these inquisitive feelings are natural and widespread: they are
emotions of our nature, which men seek (in some cases) to appease by some
satisfactory hypothesis. That answer which affords satisfaction, looked at in
one of its aspects, is called Cause; Beginning or Principle — Element —
represent other aspects of the same Quæsitum:—

“Felix, qui potuit rerum cognoscere causas,
Atque metus omnes et inexorabile Fatum
Subjecit pedibus strepitumque Acherontis avari,”

is the exclamation of that sentiment of wonder and uneasiness out of which,
according to Plato and Aristotle, philosophy springs.71 But though the
appetite or craving is common, in greater or less degree, to most persons —
the nourishment calculated to allay it is by no means the same to all. Good
(says Aristotle) is that which all men desire:72 but all men do not agree in
their judgment, what Good is. The point of communion between mankind is
here emotional rather than intellectual: in the painful feeling of difficulty to
be solved, not in the manner of conceiving what the difficulty is, nor in the
direction where solution is to be sought, nor in the solution itself when
suggested.73

70 Dugald Stewart, Elem. Philos. Hum. Mind, vol. i. ch. 1, sect. 2, pp. 98-
99, ed. Hamilton, also note c same volume.

“Several modern philosophers (especially Dr. Reid, On the Intell.
Powers) have been at pains to illustrate that law of our nature which leads

Page 638

us to refer every change we perceive in the universe to the operation of an
efficient cause. This reference is not the result of reasoning, but necessarily
accompanies the perception, so as to render it impossible for us to see the
change, without feeling a conviction of the operation of some cause by
which it is produced; much in the same manner in which we find it
impossible to conceive a sensation, without being impressed with a belief of
the existence of a sentient being. Hence I conceive it is that when we see
two events constantly conjoined, we are led to associate the idea of
causation or efficiency with the former, and to refer to it that power or
energy by which the change is produced; in consequence of which
association we come to consider philosophy as the knowledge of efficient
causes, and lose sight of the operation of mind in producing the phenomena
of nature. It is by an association somewhat similar that we connect our
sensations of colour with the primary qualities of body. A moment’s
reflection must satisfy any one that the sensation of colour can only reside
in a mind.… In the same way we are led to associate with inanimate matter
the ideas of power, force, energy, causation, which are all attributes of
mind, and can exist in a mind only.”

71 Virgil, Georg. ii. 490-92. Compare Lucretius, vi. 50-65, and the letter of
Epikurus to Herodotus, p. 25, ed. Orelli. Plato, Theætêt. p. 155 D. μάλα γὰρ
φιλοσόφου τοῦτο τὸ πάθος, τὸ θαυμάζειν· οὐ γὰρ ἀρχὴ ἄλλη φιλοσοφίας, ἢ
αὕτη:— Aristotel. Metaphys. A. p. 982, b. 10-20. διὰ γὰρ τὸ θαυμάζειν οἱ
ἄνθρωποι καὶ νῦν καὶ τὸ πρῶτον ἠρξαντο φιλοσοφεῖν, ὁ δὲ ἀπορῶν καὶ
θαυμάζων οἴεται ἀγνοεῖν.

72 Aristotel. Ethic. Nikom. i. 1. διὸ καλῶς ἀπεφῄναντο τἀγαθόν, οὖ πάντες
ἐφίενται. Plato, Republ. vi. p. 505 E. Ὅ δὴ διώκει μὲν ἁπᾶσα ψυχὴ καὶ
τούτου ἕνεκα πάντα πράττει, ἀπομαντευομένη τι εἶναι, ἀποροῦσα δὲ καὶ
οὐκ ἔχουσα λαβεῖν ἱκανῶς τί ποτ’ ἐστίν, &c.

Page 639

Seneca, Epistol. 118. “Bonum est, quod ad se impetum animi secundum
naturam movet.”

73 Aristotle recognises the different nature of the difficulties and problems
which present themselves to the speculative mind: he looks back upon the
embarrassments of his predecessors as antiquated and even silly,
Metaphysic. N. 1089, a. 2. Πολλὰ μὲν οὖν τὰ αἴτια τῆς ἐπὶ ταύτας τὰς αἰτίας
ἐκτροπῆς, μάλιστα δὲ τὸ ἀπορῆσαι ἀρχαϊκῶς, which Alexander of
Aphrodisias paraphrases by ἀρχαϊκῶς καὶ εὐηθῶς. Compare A 993, a. 15.

In another passage of the same book, Aristotle notes and characterises the
emotion experienced by the mind in possessing what is regarded as truth —
the mental satisfaction obtained when a difficulty is solved, 1090, a. 38. Οἱ
δὲ χωριστὸν ποιοῦντες (τὸν ἀριθμόν), ὅτι ἐπὶ τῶν αἰσθητῶν οὐκ ἔσται τὰ
ἀξιώματα, ἀληθῆ δὲ τὰ λεγόμενα κ α ὶ σ α ί ν ε ι τ ὴ ν ψ υ χ ή ν , εἶναί τε
ὑπολαμβάνουσι καὶ χωριστὰ εἶναι· ὁμοίως δὲ τὰ μεγέθη τὰ μαθηματικά.

The subjective origin of philosophy — the feelings which prompt to the
theorising process, striking out different hypotheses and analogies — are
well stated by Adam Smith, ‘History of Astronomy,’ sect. ii. and iii.

Dissension and perplexity on the
When Sokrates here tells us that as a young
question. — What is a cause?
man he felt anxious curiosity to know what the
revealed by the picture of
cause of every phenomenon was, it is plain
Sokrates — no intuition to guide
that at this time he did not know what he was
him.
looking for: that he proceeded only by
successive steps of trial, doubt, discovered
error, rejection: and that each trial was adapted to the then existing state of
his own mind. The views of Anaxagoras he affirms to have presented
themselves to him as a new revelation: he then came to believe that the only
true Cause was, a cosmical reason and volition like to that of which he was
conscious in himself. Yet he farther tells us, that others did not admit this

Page 640

Cause, but found other causes to satisfy them: that even Anaxagoras did not
follow out his own general conception, but recognised Causes quite
unconnected with it: lastly, that neither could he (Sokrates) trace out the
conception for himself.74 He was driven to renounce it, and to turn to
another sort of Cause — the hypothesis of self-existent Ideas, in which he
then acquiesced. And this last hypothesis, again, was ultimately much
modified in the mind of Plato himself, as we know from Aristotle. All this
shows that the Idea of Cause — far from being one and the same to all, like
the feeling of uneasiness which prompts the search for it — is complicated,
diverse, relative, and modifiable.

74 The view of Cause, which Sokrates here declares himself to renounce
from inability to pursue it, is substantially the same as what he lays down in
the Philêbus, pp. 23 D, 27 A, 30 E.

In the Timæus Plato assigns to Timæus the task (to which Sokrates in the
Phædon had confessed himself incompetent) of following into detail the
schemes and proceedings of the Demiurgic or optimising Νοῦς. But he also
assumes the εἴδη or Ideas as co-ordinate and essential conditions.

Different notions of Plato and
The last among the various revolutions
Aristotle about causation, causes
which Sokrates represents himself to have
regular and irregular. Inductive
undergone — the transition from designing
theory of causation, elaborated
and volitional agency of the Kosmos
in modern times.
conceived as an animated system, to the
sovereignty of universal Ideas — is analogous
to that transition which Auguste Comte considers to be the natural progress
of the human mind: to explain phenomena at first by reference to some
personal agency, and to pass from this mode of explanation to that by
metaphysical abstractions. It is true that these are two distinct modes of
conceiving Causation; and that in each of them the human mind, under
different states of social and individual instruction, finds satisfaction. But

Page 641

each of the two theories admits of much diversity in the mode of
conception. Plato seems to have first given prominence to these
metaphysical causes; and Aristotle in this respect follows his example:
though he greatly censures the incomplete and erroneous theories of Plato.
It is remarkable that both these two philosophers recognised Causes
irregular and unpredictable, as well as Causes regular and predictable.
Neither of them included even the idea of regularity, as an essential part of
the meaning of Cause.75 Lastly, there has been elaborated in modern times,
owing to the great extension of inductive science, another theory of
Causation, in which unconditional regularity is the essential constituent:
recognising no true Causes except the phenomenal causes certified by
experience, as interpreted inductively and deductively — the assemblage of
phenomenal antecedents, uniform and unconditional, so far as they can be
discovered and verified. Certain it is that these are the only causes
obtainable by induction and experience: though many persons are not
satisfied without looking elsewhere for transcendental or ontological causes
of a totally different nature. All these theories imply — what Sokrates
announces in the passage just cited — the deep-seated influence of
speculative curiosity, or the thirst for finding the Why of things and events,
as a feeling of the human mind: but all of them indicate the discrepant
answers with which, in different enquirers, this feeling is satisfied, though
under the same equivocal name Cause. And it would have been a
proceeding worthy of Plato’s dialectic, if he had applied to the word Cause
the same cross-examining analysis which we have seen him applying to the
equally familiar words — Virtue — Courage — Temperance — Friendship,
&c. “First, let us settle what a Cause really is: then, and not till then, can we
succeed in ulterior enquiries respecting it.”76

75 Monboddo, Ancient Metaphysics, B. 1. ch. iv. p. 32. “Plato appears to
have been the first of the Ionic School that introduced formal causes into
natural philosophy. These he called Ideas, and made the principles of all

Page 642

things. And the reason why he insists so much upon this kind of cause, and
so little upon the other three, is given us by Aristotle in the end of his first
book of Metaphysics, viz., that he studied mathematics too much, and
instead of using them as the handmaid of philosophy, made them
philosophy itself.… Plato, however, in the Phædon says a good deal about
final causes; but in the system of natural philosophy which is in the
Timæus, he says very little of it.”

I have already observed that Plato in the Timæus (48 A) recognises
erratic or irregular Causation — ἡ πλανωμένη αἰτία. Aristotle recognises
Αἰτία among the equivocal words πολλαχῶς λεγόμενα; and he enumerates
Τύχη and Αὐτόματον — irregular causes or causes by accident — among
them (Physic. ii. 195-198; Metaphys. K. 1065, a.) Schwegler, ad Aristot.
Metaphys. vi. 4, 3, “Das Zufällige ist ein nothwendiges Element alles
Geschehens”. Alexander of Aphrodisias, the best of the Aristotelian
commentators, is at pains to defend this view of Τύχη — Causation by
accident, or irregular.

Proklus, in his Commentary on the Timæus (ii. 80-81, p. 188, Schneider),
notices the labour and prolixity with which the commentators before him
set out the different varieties of Cause; distinguishing sixty-four according
to Plato, and forty-eight according to Aristotle. Proklus adverts also (ad
Timæum, iii. p. 176) to an animated controversy raised by Theophrastus
against Plato, about Causes and the speculations thereupon.

An enumeration, though very incomplete, of the different meanings
assigned to the word Cause, may be seen in Professor Fleming’s Vocabulary
of Philosophy.

76 See Sir William Hamilton, Discussions on Philosophy, Appendix, p.
585. The debates about what was meant in philosophy by the word Cause
are certainly older than Plato. We read that it was discussed among the

Page 643

philosophers who frequented the house of Perikles; and that that eminent
statesman was ridiculed by his dissolute son Xanthippus for taking part in
such useless refinements (Plutarch, Perikles, c. 36). But the Platonic
dialogues are the oldest compositions in which any attempts to analyse the
meaning of the word are preserved to us.

Αἴτιαι, Ἀρχαί, Στοιχεῖα (Aristot. Metaph. Δ.), were the main objects of
search with the ancient speculative philosophers. While all of them set to
themselves the same problem, each of them hit upon a different solution.
That which gave mental satisfaction to one, appeared unsatisfactory and
even inadmissible to the rest. The first book of Aristotle’s Metaphysica
gives an instructive view of this discrepancy. His own analysis of Cause
will come before us hereafter. Compare the long discussions on the subject
in Sextus Empiricus, Pyrrhon. Hypo. iii. 13-30; and adv. Mathemat. ix. 195-
250. The discrepancy was so great among the dogmatical philosophers, that
he pronounces the reality of the causal sequence to be indeterminable —
ὅσον μὲν οὖν ἐπὶ τοῖς λεγομένοις ὑπὸ τῶν δογματικῶν, οὐδ’ ἂν ἐννοῆσαί τις
τὸ αἴτιον δύναιτο, εἴ γε πρὸς τῷ διαφώνους καὶ ἀλλοκότους (ἀποδιδόναι)
ἐννοίας τοῦ αἰτίου ἔτι καὶ τὴν ὑπόστασιν αὐτοῦ πεποιήκασιν ἀνεύρετον διὰ
τὴν περὶ αὐτὸ διαφωνίαν. Seneca (Epist. 65) blends together the Platonic
and the Aristotelian views, when he ascribes to Plato a quintuple variety of
Causa.

The quadruple variety of Causation established by Aristotle governed the
speculations of philosophers during the middle ages. But since the decline
of the Aristotelian philosophy, there are few subjects which have been more
keenly debated among metaphysicians than the Idea of Cause. It is one of
the principal points of divergence among the different schools of
philosophy now existing. A volume, and a very instructive volume, might
be filled with the enumeration and contrast of the different theories on the
subject. Upon the view which a man takes on this point will depend mainly

Page 644

the scope or purpose which he sets before him in philosophy. Many seek the
solution of their problem in transcendental, ontological, extra-phenomenal
causes, lying apart from and above the world of fact and experience; Reid
and Stewart, while acknowledging the existence of such causes as the true
efficient causes, consider them as being out of the reach of human
knowledge; others recognise no true cause except personal, quasi-human,
voluntary, agency, grounded on the type of human volition. Others, again,
with whom my own opinion coincides, following out the analysis of Hume
and Brown, understand by causes nothing more than phenomenal
antecedents constant and unconditional, ascertainable by experience and
induction. See the copious and elaborate chapter on this subject in Mr. John
Stuart Mill’s ‘System of Logic,’ Book iii. ch. 5, especially as enlarged in the
fourth, fifth, and sixth editions of that work, including the criticism on the
opposite or volitional theory of Causation; also the work of Professor Bain,
‘The Emotions and the Will,’ pp. 472-584. The opposite view, in which
Causes are treated as something essentially distinct from Laws, and as ultra-
phenomenal, is set forth by Dr. Whewell, ‘Novum Organon Renovatum,’
ch. vii. p. 118 seq.

Last transition of the mind of
There is yet another point which deserves
Sokrates from things to words
attention in this history given by Sokrates of
— to the adoption of the theory
the transitions of his own mind. His last
of ideas. Great multitude of
transition is represented as one from things to
ideas assumed, each fitting a
words, that is, to general propositions:77 to the
assumption in each case of an universal
certain number of particulars.
proposition or hypothesis calculated to fit that
case. He does not seem to consider the optimistic doctrine, which he had
before vainly endeavoured to follow out, as having been an hypothesis, or
universal proposition assumed as true and as a principle from which to
deduce consequences. Even if it were so, however, it was one and the same
assumption intended to suit all cases: whereas the new doctrine to which he

Page 645

passed included many distinct assumptions, each adapted to a certain
number of cases and not to the rest.78 He assumed an untold multitude of
self-existent Ideas — The Self-Beautiful, Self-Just, Self-Great, Self-Equal,
Self-Unequal, &c. — each of them adapted to a certain number of particular
cases: the Self-Beautiful was assumed as the cause why all particular things
were beautiful — as that, of which all and each of them partakes — and so
of the rest.79 Plato then explains his procedure. He first deduced various
consequences from this assumed hypothesis, and examined whether all of
them were consistent or inconsistent with each other. If he detected
inconsistencies (as e.g. in the last half of the Parmenidês), we must suppose
(though Plato does not expressly say so) that he would reject or modify his
fundamental assumption: if he found none, he would retain it. The point
would have to be tried by dialectic debate with an opponent: the logical
process of inference and counter-inference is here assumed to be
trustworthy. But during this debate Plato would require his opponent to
admit the truth of the fundamental hypothesis provisionally. If the opponent
chose to impugn the latter, he must open a distinct debate on that express
subject. Plato insists that the discussion of the consequences flowing from
the hypothesis, shall be kept quite apart from the discussion on the
credibility of the hypothesis itself. From the language employed, he seems
to have had in view certain disputants known to him, by whom the two
were so blended together as to produce much confusion in the reasoning.

77 Aristotle (Metaphysic. A. 987, b. 31, Θ. 1050, b. 35) calls the Platonici
οἱ ἐν τοῖς λόγοις: see the note of Bonitz.

78 Plato, Phædon, p. 100 A. ἀλλ’ οὖν δὴ ταύτῃ γε ὥρμησα, καὶ ὑποθέμενος
ἑκάστοτε λόγον ὃν ἂν κρίνω ἐῤῥωμενέστατον εἶναι, ἃ μὲν ἂν μοι δοκῇ
τούτῳ ξυμφωνεῖν, τίθημι ὡς ἀληθῆ ὄντα, καὶ περὶ αἰτίας καὶ περὶ τῶν
ἄλλων ἁπάντων· ἃ δ’ ἂν μή, ὡς οὐκ ἀληθῆ.

Page 646

79 Aristotle controverts this doctrine of Plato in a pointed manner, De Gen.
et Corrupt. ii. 9, p. 335, b. 10, also Metaphys. A. 991, b. 3. The former
passage is the most animated in point of expression, where Aristotle says —
ὥσπερ ὁ ἐν τῷ Φαίδωνι Σωκράτης· καὶ γὰρ ἐκεῖνος, ἐπιτιμήσας τοῖς ἄλλοις
ὡς οὐδὲν εἰρηκόσιν, ὑποτίθεται — which is very true about the Platonic
dialogue Phædon, &c. But in both the two passages, Aristotle distinctly
maintains that the Ideas cannot be Causes of any thing.

This is another illustration of what I have observed above, that the
meaning of the word Cause has been always fluctuating and undetermined.

We see that, while Aristotle affirmed that the Ideas could not be Causes
of anything, Plato here maintains that they are the only true Causes.

Ultimate appeal to hypothesis of
But if your opponent impugns the
extreme generality.
hypothesis itself, how are you to defend it?
Plato here tells us: by means of some other
hypothesis or assumption, yet more universal than itself. You must ascend
upwards in the scale of generality, until you find an assumption suitable and
sufficient.80

80 Plato, Phædon, p. 101 E.

We here see where it was that Plato looked for full, indisputable, self-
recommending and self-assuring, certainty and truth. Among the most
universal propositions. He states the matter here as if we were to provide
defence for an hypothesis less universal by ascending to another hypothesis
more universal. This is illustrated by what he says in the Timæus —
Propositions are cognate with the matter which they affirm: those whose
affirmation is purely intellectual, comprising only matter of the intelligible
world, or of genuine Essence, are solid and inexpugnable: those which take
in more or less of the sensible world, which is a mere copy of the
intelligible exemplar, become less and less trustworthy — mere

Page 647

probabilities. Here we have the Platonic worship of the most universal
propositions, as the only primary and evident truths.81 But in the sixth and
seventh books of the Republic, he delivers a precept somewhat different,
requiring the philosopher not to rest in any hypothesis as an ultimatum, but
to consider them all as stepping-stones for enabling him to ascend into a
higher region, above all hypothesis — to the first principle of every thing:
and he considers geometrical reasoning as defective because it takes its
departure from hypothesis or assumptions of which no account is
rendered.82 In the Republic he thus contemplates an intuition by the mind of
some primary, clear, self-evident truth, above all hypotheses or assumptions
even the most universal, and transmitting its own certainty to every thing
which could be logically deduced from it: while in the Phædon, he does not
recognise any thing higher or more certain than the most universal
hypothesis — and he even presents the theory of self-existent Ideas as
nothing more than an hypothesis, though a very satisfactory one. In the
Republic, Plato has come to imagine the Idea of Good as distinguished from
and illuminating all the other Ideas: in the Timæus, it seems personified in
the Demiurgus; in the Phædon, that Idea of Good appears to be represented
by the Nous or Reason of Anaxagoras. But Sokrates is unable to follow it
out, so that it becomes included, without any pre-eminence, among the
Ideas generally: all of them transcendental, co-ordinate, and primary
sources of truth to the intelligent mind — yet each of them exercising a
causative influence in its own department, and bestowing its own special
character on various particulars.

81 Plato, Timæus, p. 29 B. ὧδε οὖν περί τε εἰκόνος καὶ τοῦ παραδείγματος
διοριστέον, ὡς ἄρα τοὺς λόγους, ὧνπέρ εἰσιν ἐξηγηταί, τούτων αὐτῶν καὶ
ξυγγενεῖς ὄντας. τοῦ μὲν οὖν μονίμου καὶ βεβαίου καὶ μετὰ νοῦ
καταφανοῦς, μονίμους καὶ ἀμεταπτώτους … τοὺς δὲ τοῦ πρὸς μὲν ἐκεῖνο
ἀπεικασθέντος, ὄντος δὲ εἰκόνος, εἰκότας ἀνὰ λόγον τε ἐκείνων ὄντας· ὅ,
τιπερ πρὸς γένεσιν οὐσία, τοῦτο πρὸς πίστιν ἀληθεία.

Page 648

82 Plato, Republic, vi. p. 511. τ ῶ ν ὑ π ο θ έ σ ε ω ν ἀ ν ω τ έ ρ ω
ἐ κ β α ί ν ε ι ν .… τὸ ἕτερον τμῆμα τοῦ νοητοῦ, οὖ αὐτὸς ὁ λόγος ἄπτεται
τῇ τοῦ διαλέγεσθαι δυνάμει, τὰς ὑποθέσεις ποιούμενος οὐκ ἀρχὰς ἀλλὰ τῷ
ὄντι ὑποθέσεις, οἷον ἐπιβάσεις τε καὶ ὁρμάς, ἵνα μ έ χ ρ ι τ ο ῦ
ἀ ν υ π ο θ έ τ ο υ ἐ π ὶ τ ὴ ν τ ο ῦ π α ν τ ὸ ς ἀ ρ χ ὴ ν ἰ ώ ν , ἁψάμενος
αὐτῆς, πάλιν αὖ ἐχόμενος τῶν ἐκείνης ἐχομένων, οὕτως ἐπὶ τελευτὴν
καταβαίνῃ, αἰσθητῷ παντάπασιν οὐδενὶ προσχρώμενος, ἀλλ’ εἴδεσιν αὐτοῖς
δι’ αὐτῶν εἰς αὐτά, καὶ τελευτᾷ εἰς εἴδη. Compare vii. p. 533.

Plato’s demonstration of the
It is from the assumption of these Ideas as
immortality of the soul rests
eternal Essences, that Plato undertakes to
upon the assumption of the
demonstrate the immortality of the soul. One
Platonic ideas. Reasoning to
Idea or Form will not admit, but peremptorily
prove this.
excludes, the approach of that other Form
which is opposite to it. Greatness will not
receive the form of littleness: nor will the greatness which is in any
particular subject receive the form of littleness. If the form of littleness be
brought to bear, greatness will not stay to receive it, but will either retire or
be destroyed. The same is true likewise respecting that which essentially
has the form: thus fire has essentially the form of heat, and snow has
essentially the form of cold. Accordingly fire, as it will not receive the form
of cold, so neither will it receive snow: and snow, as it will not receive the
form of heat, so neither will it receive fire. If fire comes, snow will either
retire or will be destroyed. The Triad has always the Form of Oddness, and
will never receive that of Evenness: the Dyad has always the Form of
Evenness, and will never receive that of Oddness — upon the approach of
this latter it will either disappear or will be destroyed: moreover the Dyad,
while refusing to receive the Form of Oddness, will refuse also to receive
that of the Triad, which always embodies that Form — although three is not
in direct contrariety with two. If then we are asked, What is that, the
presence of which makes a body hot? we need not confine ourselves to the

Page 649

answer — It is the Form of Heat — which, though correct, gives no new
information: but we may farther say — It is Fire, which involves the Form
of Heat. If we are asked, What is that, the presence of which makes a
number odd, we shall not say — It is Oddness: but we shall say — It is the
Triad or the Pentad — both of which involve Oddness.

The soul always brings life, and
In like manner, the question being asked,
is essentially living. It cannot
What is that, which, being in the body, will
receive death: in other words, it
give it life? we must answer — It is the soul.
is immortal.
The soul, when it lays hold of any body,
always arrives bringing with it life. Now death
is the contrary of life. Accordingly the soul, which always brings with it
life, will never receive the contrary of life. In other words, it is deathless or
immortal.83

83 Plato, Phædon, p. 105 C-E. Ἀποκρίνου δή, ᾧ ἂν τί ἐγγένηται σώματι,
ζῶν ἔσται; Ὧι ἂν ψυχή, ἔφη. Οὐκοῦν ἀεὶ τοῦτο οὕτως ἔχει; Πῶς γὰρ οὐχί; ἦ
δ’ ὅς. Ἡ ψυχὴ ἄρα ὅ, τι ἂν αὐτὴ κατάσχῃ, ἀεὶ ἥκει ἐπ’ ἐκεῖνο φέρουσα
ζωήν; Ἥκει μέντοι, ἔφη. Πότερον δ’ ἔστι τι ζωῇ ἐναντίον, ἢ οὐδέν; Ἔστιν,
ἔφη. Τί; Θάνατος. οὐκοῦν ἡ ψυχὴ τὸ ἐναντίον ᾧ αὐτὴ ἐπιφέρει ἀεὶ οὐ μή
ποτε δέξηται, ὡς ἐκ τῶν πρόσθεν ὡμολόγηται; Καὶ μάλα σφόδρα, ἔφη ὁ
Κέβης.… Ὃ δ’ ἂν θάνατον μὴ δέχηται, τί καλοῦμεν; Ἀθάνατον, ἔφη.
Ἀθάνατον ἄρα ἡ ψυχή; Ἀθάνατον.

Nemesius, the Christian bishop of Emesa, declares that the proofs given
by Plato of the immortality of the soul are knotty and difficult to
understand, such as even adepts in philosophical study can hardly follow.
His own belief in it he rests upon the inspiration of the Christian Scriptures
(Nemesius de Nat. Homin. c. 2. p. 55, ed. 1565).

Page 650

The proof of immortality
Such is the ground upon which Sokrates
includes pre-existence as well as
rests his belief in the immortality of the soul.
post-existence — animals as well
The doctrine reposes, in Plato’s view, upon the
as man — also the
assumption of eternal, self-existent,
metempsychosis or translation
unchangeable, Ideas or Forms:84 upon the
of the soul from one body to congeniality of nature, and inherent
another. correlation, between these Ideas and the Soul:
upon the fact, that the soul knows these Ideas,
which knowledge must have been acquired in a prior state of existence: and
upon the essential participation of the soul in the Idea of life, so that it
cannot be conceived as without life, or as dead.85 The immortality of the
soul is conceived as necessary and entire, including not merely post-
existence, but also pre-existence. In fact the reference to an anterior time is
more essential to Plato’s theory than that to a posterior time; because it is
employed to explain the cognitions of the mind, and the identity of learning
with reminiscence: while Simmias, who even at the close is not without
reserve on the subject of the post-existence, proclaims an emphatic
adhesion on that of the pre-existence.86 The proof, moreover, being founded
in great part on the Idea of Life, embraces every thing living, and is
common to animals87 (if not to plants) as well as to men: and the
metempsychosis — or transition of souls not merely from one human body
to another, but also from the human to the animal body, and vice versâ — is
a portion of the Platonic creed.

84 Plato, Phædon, pp. 76 D-E, 100 B-C. It is remarkable that in the
Republic also, Sokrates undertakes to demonstrate the immortality of the
soul: and that in doing so he does not make any reference or allusion to the
arguments used in the Phædon, but produces another argument totally
distinct and novel: an argument which Meiners remarks truly to be quite
peculiar to Plato, Republic, x. pp. 609 E, 611 C; Meiners, Geschichte der
Wissenschaften, vol. ii. p. 780.

Page 651

85 Zeller, Philosophie der Griech. Part ii. p. 267.

“Die Seele ist ihrem Begriffe nach dasjenige, zu dessen Wesen es gehört
zu leben — sie kann also in keinem Augenblicke als nicht lebend gedacht
werden: In diesem ontologischen Beweis für die Unsterblichkeit, laufen
nicht bloss alle die einzelnen Beweise des Phædon zusammen, sondern
derselbe wird auch schon im Phaedrus vorgetragen,” &c. Compare
Phædrus, p. 245.

Hegel, in his Geschichte der Philosophie (Part ii. pp. 186-187-189, ed. 2),
maintains that Plato did not conceive the soul as a separate thing or reality
— that he did not mean to affirm, in the literal sense of the words, its
separate existence either before or after the present life — that he did not
descend to so crude a conception (zu dieser Rohheit herabzusinken) as to
represent to himself the soul as a thing, or to enquire into its duration or
continuance after the manner of a thing — that Plato understood the soul to
exist essentially as the Universal Notion or Idea, the comprehensive
aggregate of all other Ideas, in which sense he affirmed it to be immortal —
that the descriptions which Plato gives of its condition, either before life or
after death, are to be treated only as poetical metaphors. There is ingenuity
in this view of Hegel, and many separate expressions of Plato receive light
from it: but it appears to me to refine away too much. Plato had in his own
mind and belief both the soul as a particular thing — and the soul as an
universal. His language implies sometimes the one sometimes the other.

86 Plato, Phædon, pp. 92, 107 B.

87 See what Sokrates says about the swans, Phædon, p. 85 A-B.

After finishing his proof that the
Having completed his demonstration of the
soul is immortal, Sokrates enters
immortality of the soul, Sokrates proceeds to
into a description, what will
give a sketch of the condition and treatment
which it experiences after death. The Νεκυία

Page 652

become of it after the death of here following is analogous, in general
the body. He describes a Νεκυία. doctrinal scope, to those others which we read
in the Republic and in the Gorgias: but all of
them are different in particular incidents, illustrative circumstances, and
scenery. The sentiment of belief in Plato’s mind attaches itself to general
doctrines, which appear to him to possess an evidence independent of
particulars. When he applies these doctrines to particulars, he makes little
distinction between such as are true, or problematical, or fictitious: he
varies his mythes at pleasure, provided that they serve the purpose of
illustrating his general view. The mythe which we read in the Phædon
includes a description of the Earth which to us appears altogether
imaginative and poetical: yet it is hardly more so than several other current
theories, proposed by various philosophers antecedent and contemporary,
respecting Earth and Sea. Aristotle criticises the views expressed in the
Phædon, as he criticises those of Demokritus and Empedokles.88 Each soul
of a deceased person is conducted by his Genius to the proper place, and
there receives sentence of condemnation to suffering, greater or less
according to his conduct in life, in the deep chasm called Tartarus, and in
the rivers of mud and fire, Styx, Kokytus, Pyriphlegethon.89 To those who
have passed their lives in learning, and who have detached themselves as
much as they possibly could from all pleasures and all pursuits connected
with the body — in order to pursue wisdom and virtue — a full reward is
given. They are emancipated from the obligation of entering another body,
and are allowed to live ever afterwards disembodied in the pure regions of
Ideas.90

88 Plato, Phædon, pp. 107-111. Olympiodorus pronounces the mythe to be
a good imitation of the truth, Republ. x. 620 seq.; Gorgias, p. 520; Aristotle,
Meteorol. ii. pp. 355-356. Compare also 356, b. 10, 357, a. 25, where he
states and canvasses the doctrines of Demokritus and Empedokles; also
352, a. 35, about the ἀρχαῖοι θεόλογοι. He is rather more severe upon these

Page 653

others than upon Plato. He too considers, like Plato, that the amount of
evidence which you ought to require for your belief depends upon the
nature of the subject; and that there are various subjects on which you ought
to believe on slighter evidence: see Metaphysic. A. 995, a. 2-16: Ethic.
Nikom. i. 1, 1094, b. 12-14.

89 Plato, Phædon, pp. 111-112. Compare Eusebius, Præp. Ev. xiii. 13, and
Arnobius adv. Gentes, ii. 14. Arnobius blames Plato for inconsistency in
saying that the soul is immortal in its own nature, and yet that it suffers pain
after death — “Rem inenodabilem suscipit (Plato) ut cum animas dicat
immortales, perpetuas, et ex corporali soliditate privatas, puniri eas dicat
tamen et doloris afficiat sensu. Quis autem hominum non videt quod sit
immortale, quod simplex, nullum posse dolorem admittere; quod autem
sentiat dolorem, immortalitatem habere non posse?”

90 Plato, Phædon, p. 114 C-E.

τοῦτων δὲ αὐτῶν οἱ φιλοσοφίᾳ ἱκανῶς καθηράμενοι ἄνευ τε σωμάτων
ζῶσι τὸ παράπαν εἰς τὸν ἔπειτα χρόνον, &c.

Sokrates expects that his soul is
Such, or something like it, Sokrates
going to the islands of the blest.
confidently expects will be the fate awaiting
Reply to Kriton about burying
himself.91 When asked by Kriton, among other
his body. questions, how he desired to be buried, he
replies with a smile — “You may bury me as
you choose, if you can only catch me. But you will not understand me when
I tell you, that I, Sokrates, who am now speaking, shall not remain with you
after having drunk the poison, but shall depart to some of the enjoyments of
the blest. You must not talk about burying or burning Sokrates, as if I were
suffering some terrible operation. Such language is inauspicious and
depressing to our minds. Keep up your courage, and talk only of burying

Page 654

the body of Sokrates: conduct the burial as you think best and most
decent.”92

91 Plato, Phædon, p. 115 A.

92 Plato, Phædon, p. 115 D. ὡς ἐπειδὰν πίω τὸ φάρμακον οὐκέτι ὑμῖν
παραμενῶ, ἀλλ’ οἰχήσομαι ἀπιὼν εἰς μακάρων δή τινας εὐδαιμονίας.

Preparations for administering
Sokrates then retires with Kriton into an
the hemlock. Sympathy of the
interior chamber to bathe, desiring that the
gaoler. Equanimity of Sokrates.
women may be spared the task of washing his
body after his decease. Having taken final
leave of his wife and children, he returns to his friends as sunset is
approaching. We are here made to see the contrast between him and other
prisoners under like circumstances. The attendant of the Eleven Magistrates
comes to warn him that the hour has come for swallowing the poison;
expressing sympathy and regret for the necessity of delivering so painful a
message, together with admiration for the equanimity and rational judgment
of Sokrates, which he contrasts forcibly with the discontent and wrath of
other prisoners under similar circumstances. As he turned away with tears
in his eyes, Sokrates exclaimed — “How courteous the man is to me and
has been from the beginning! how generously he now weeps for me! Let us
obey him, and let the poison be brought forthwith, if it be prepared: if not,
let him prepare it.” “Do not hurry” (interposed Kriton): “there is still time,
for the sun is not quite set. I have known others who, even after receiving
the order, deferred drinking the poison until they had had a good supper and
other enjoyments.” “It is natural that they should do so” (replied Sokrates).
“They think that they are gainers by it: for me, it is natural that I should not
do so — for I shall gain nothing but contempt in my own eyes, by thus
clinging to life, and saving up when there is nothing left.”93

Page 655

93 Plato, Phædon, p. 117 A. γλιχόμενος τοῦ ζῇν, καὶ φειδόμενος οὐδενὸς
ἔτι ἐνόντος.

Hesiod. Opp. et Dies, 367. δειλὴ δ’ ἐνὶ πυθμένι φειδώ.

Sokrates swallows the poison.
Kriton accordingly gave orders, and the
Conversation with the gaoler.
poison, after a certain interval, was brought in.
Sokrates, on asking for directions, was
informed, that after having swallowed it, he must walk about until his legs
felt heavy: he must then lie down and cover himself up: the poison would
do its work. He took the cup without any symptom of alarm or change of
countenance: then looking at the attendant with his usual full and fixed
gaze, he asked whether there was enough to allow of a libation. “We
prepare as much as is sufficient” (was the answer), “but no more.” “I
understand” (said Sokrates): “but at least I may pray, and I must pray, to the
Gods, that my change of abode from here to there may be fortunate.” He
then put the cup to his lips, and drank it off with perfect ease and
tranquillity.94

94 Plato, Phædon, p. 117 C.

Ungovernable sorrow of the
His friends, who had hitherto maintained
friends present. Self-command
their self-control, were overpowered by
of Sokrates. Last words to
emotion on seeing the cup swallowed, and
Kriton, and death.
broke out into violent tears and lamentation.
No one was unmoved, except Sokrates
himself: who gently remonstrated with them, and exhorted them to tranquil
resignation: reminding them that nothing but good words was admissible at
the hour of death. The friends, ashamed of themselves, found means to
repress their tears. Sokrates walked about until he felt heavy in the legs, and
then lay down in bed. After some interval, the attendant of the prison came
to examine his feet and legs, pinched his foot with force, and enquired

Page 656

whether he felt it. Sokrates replied in the negative. Presently the man
pinched his legs with similar result, and showed to the friends in that way
that his body was gradually becoming chill and benumbed: adding that as
soon as this should get to the heart, he would die.95 The chill had already
reached his belly, when Sokrates uncovered his face, which had been
hitherto concealed by the bed-clothes, and spoke his last words:96 “Kriton,
we owe a cock to Æsculapius: pay the debt without fail.” “It shall be done“
(answered Kriton); “have you any other injunctions?” Sokrates made no
reply, but again covered himself up.97 After a short interval, he made some
movement: the attendant presently uncovered him, and found him dead,
with his eyes stiff and fixed. Kriton performed the last duty of closing both
his eyes and his mouth.

95 Plato, Phædon, p. 118. These details receive interesting confirmation
from the remarkable scene described by Valerius Maximus, as witnessed by
himself at Julis in the island of Keos, when he accompanied Sextus
Pompeius into Asia (Val. M. ii. 6, 8). A Keian lady of rank, ninety years of
age, well in health, comfortable, and in full possession of her intelligence,
but deeming it prudent (according to the custom in Keos, Strabo, x. p. 486)
to retire from life while she had as yet nothing to complain of — took
poison, by her own deliberate act, in the presence of her relatives and of
Sextus Pompeius, who vainly endeavoured to dissuade her. “Cupido haustu
mortiferam traxit potionem, ac sermone significans quasnam subindè partes
corporis sui rigor occupâret, cum jam visceribus eum et cordi imminere
esset elocuta, filiarum manus ad supremum opprimendorum oculorum
officium advocavit. Nostros autem, tametsi novo spectaculo obstupefacti
erant, suffusos tamen lacrimis dimisit.”

96 Plato, Phædon, p. 118. ἤδη οὖν σχεδόν τι αὐτοῦ ἦν τὰ περὶ τὸ ἦτρον
ψυχόμενα, καὶ ἐκκαλυψάμενος (ἐνεκεκάλυπτο γὰρ) εἶπεν, ὃ δὴ τελευταῖον

Page 657

ἐφθέγξατο, Ὦ Κρίτων, ἔφη, τῷ Ἀσκληπιῷ ὀφείλομεν ἀλεκτρύονα· ἀλλ’
ἀπόδοτε καὶ μὴ ἀμελήσητε.

Cicero, after recovering from a bilious attack, writes to his wife Terentia
(Epist. Famil. xiv. 7): “Omnes molestias et solicitudines deposui et ejeci.
Quid causæ autem fuerit, postridié intellexi quam à vobis discessi. Χολὴν
ἄκρατον noctu ejeci: statim ita sum levatus, ut mihi Deus aliquis medicinam
fecisse videatur. Cui quidem Deo, quemadmodum tu soles, pié et casté
satisfacies: id est, Apollini et Æsculapio.” Compare the rhetor Aristeides,
Orat. xlv. pp. 22-23-155, ed. Dindorf. About the habit of sacrificing a cock
to Æsculapius, see also a passage in the Ἱερῶν Λόγοι of the rhetor
Aristeides (Orat. xxvii. p. 545, ed. Dindorf, at the top of the page). I will
add that the five Ἱερῶν Λόγοι of that Rhetor (Oratt. xxiii.-xxvii.) are curious
as testifying the multitude of dreams and revelations vouchsafed to him by
Æsculapius; also the implicit faith with which he acted upon them in his
maladies, and the success which attended the curative prescriptions thus
made known to him. Aristeides declares himself to place more confidence
in these revelations than in the advice of physicians, and to have often acted
on them in preference to such advice (Orat. xlv. pp. 20-22, Dind.).

The direction here given by Sokrates to Kriton (though some critics, even
the most recent, see Krische, Lehren der Griechischen Denker, p. 227,
interpret it in a mystical sense) is to be understood simply and literally, in
my judgment. On what occasion, or for what, he had made the vow of the
cock, we are not told. Sokrates was a very religious man, much influenced
by prophecies, oracles, dreams, and special revelations (Plato, Apol. Sokr.
pp. 21-29-33; also Phædon, p. 60).

97 Euripid. Hippol. 1455

Κεκαρτέρηται τἄμ’· ὄληλα γάρ, πατέρ.
Κρῦψον δέ μου πρόσωπον ὡς τάχος πέπλοις.

Page 658

Extreme pathos, and probable
The pathetic details of this scene —
trustworthiness of these
arranged with so much dramatic beauty, and
personal details.
lending imperishable interest to the Phædon of
Plato — may be regarded as real facts,
described from the recollection of an eye-witness, though many years after
their occurrence. They present to us the personality of Sokrates in full
harmony with that which we read in the Platonic Apology. The tranquil
ascendancy of resolute and rational conviction, satisfied with the past, and
welcoming instead of fearing the close of life — is exhibited as triumphing
in the one case over adverse accusers and judges, in the other case over the
unnerving manifestations of afflicted friends.

Contrast between the Platonic
But though the personal incidents of this
Apology and the Phædon.
dialogue are truly Sokratic — the dogmatic
emphasis, and the apparatus of argument and
hypothesis, are essentially Platonic. In these respects, the dialogue contrasts
remarkably with the Apology. When addressing the Dikasts, Sokrates not
only makes no profession of dogmatic certainty, but expressly disclaims it.
Nay more — he considers that the false persuasion of such dogmatic
certainty, universally prevalent among his countrymen, is as pernicious as it
is illusory: and that his own superiority over others consists merely in
consciousness of his own ignorance, while they are unconscious of theirs.98
To dissipate such false persuasion of knowledge, by perpetual cross-
examination of every one around, is the special mission imposed upon him
by the Gods: in which mission, indeed, he has the firmest belief — but it is
a belief, like that in his Dæmon or divine sign, depending upon oracles,
dreams, and other revelations peculiar to himself, which he does not expect
that the Dikasts will admit as genuine evidence.99 One peculiar example,
whereby Sokrates exemplifies the false persuasion of knowledge where
men have no real knowledge, is borrowed from the fear of death. No man
knows (he says) what death is, not even whether it may not be a signal

Page 659

benefit: yet every man fears it as if he well knew that it was the greatest
evil.100 Death must be one of two things: either a final extinction — a
perpetual and dreamless sleep — or else a transference of the soul to some
other place. Sokrates is persuaded that it will be in either case a benefit to
him, and that the Gods will take care that he, a good man, shall suffer no
evil, either living or dead: the proof of which is, to him, that the divine sign
has never interposed any obstruction in regard to his trial and sentence. If
(says he) I am transferred to some other abode, among those who have died
before me, how delightful will it be to see Homer and Hesiod, Orpheus and
Musæus, Agamemnon, Ajax or Palamêdes — and to pass my time in cross-
examining each as to his true or false knowledge!101 Lastly, so far as he
professes to aim at any positive end, it is the diffusion of political, social,
human virtue, as distinguished from acquisitions above the measure of
humanity. He tells men that it is not wealth which produces virtue, but
virtue which produces wealth and other advantages, both public and
private.102

98 Plato, Apol. Sokr. pp. 21-29. καὶ τοῦτο πῶς οὐκ ἀμαθία ἐστὶν αὕτη ἡ
ἐπονείδιστος, ἡ τοῦ οἴεσθαι εἰδέναι ἃ οὐκ οἶδεν; (29 A-B).

99 Plato, Apol. Sokr. pp. 21-23, 31 D; 33 C: ἐμοὶ δὲ τοῦτο, ὡς ἐγώ φημι,
προστέτακται ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ πράττειν καὶ ἐκ μαντειῶν καὶ ἐξ ἐνυπνίων καὶ
παντὶ τρόπῳ, ᾧπέρ τίς ποτε καὶ ἄλλη θεία μοῖρα ἀνθρώπῳ καὶ ὁτιοῦν
προσέταξε πράττειν. p. 37 E: ἐάν τε γὰρ λέγω ὅτι τῷ θεῷ ἀπειθεῖν τοῦτ’
ἐστὶ καὶ διὰ τοῦτ’ ἀδύνατον ἡσυχίαν ἄγειν, οὐ πείσεσθέ μοι ὡς
εἰρωνευομένῳ.

100 Plato, Apol. S. p. 29 B.

In the Xenophontic Apology of Sokrates, no allusion is made to the
immortality of the soul. Sokrates is there described as having shaped his
defence under a belief that he had arrived at a term when it was better for

Page 660

him to die than to live, and that prolonged life would only expose him to the
unavoidable weaknesses and disabilities of senility. It is a proof of the
benevolence of the Gods that he is withdrawn from life at so opportune a
moment. This is the explanation which Xenophon gives of the haughty tone
of the defence (sects. 6-15-23-27). In the Xenophontic Cyropædia, Cyrus,
on his death-bed, addresses earnest exhortations to his two sons: and to give
greater force to such exhortations, reminds them that his own soul will still
survive and will still exercise a certain authority after his death. He
expresses his own belief not only that the soul survives the body, but also
that it becomes more rational when disembodied; because — 1. Murderers
are disturbed by the souls of murdered men. 2. Honours are paid to
deceased persons, which practice would not continue, unless the souls of
the deceased had efficacy to enforce it. 3. The souls of living men are more
rational during sleep than when awake, and sleep affords the nearest
analogy to death (viii. 7, 17-21). (Much the same arguments were urged in
the dialogues of Aristotle. Bernays, Dialog. Aristot. pp. 23-105.) He
however adds, that even if he be mistaken in this point, and if his soul
perish with his body, still he conjures his sons, in the name of the gods, to
obey his dying injunctions (s. 22). Again, he says (s. 27), “Invite all the
Persians to my tomb, to join with me in satisfaction that I shall now be in
safety, so as to suffer no farther harm, whether I am united to the divine
element, or perish altogether” (συνησθησομένους ἐμοί, ὅτι ἐν τῷ ἀσφαλεῖ
ἤδη ἔσομαι, ὡς μηδὲν ἂν ἔτι κακὸν παθεῖν, μήτε ἢν μετὰ τοῦ θείου
γένωμαι, μήτε ἢν μηδὲν ἔτι ᾦ). The view taken here by Cyrus, of death in
its analogy with sleep (ὕπνῳ καὶ θανάτῳ διδυμάοσιν, Iliad, xvi. 672) as a
refuge against impending evil for the future, is much the same as that taken
by Sokrates in his Apology. Sokrates is not less proud of his past life, spent
in dialectic debate, than Cyrus of his glorious exploits. Ὁ θάνατος, λιμὴν
κακῶν τοῖς δυσδαιμονοῦσιν, Longinus, de Subl. c. 9, p. 23. Compare also
the Oration of Julius Cæsar in Sallust, Bell. Catilin. c. 51 — “in luctu atque

Page 661

miseriis, mortem ærumnarum requiem, non cruciatum esse: illam cuncta
mortalium mala dissolvere: ultra neque curæ neque gaudio locum esse“.

101 Plato, Apol. S. pp. 40-41.

102 Plato, Apol. S. pp. 20 C, 29-30. λέγων ὅτι οὐκ ἐκ χρημάτων ἀρετὴ
γίγνεται, ἀλλ’ ἐξ ἀρετῆς χρήματα, καὶ τἆλλα ἀγαθὰ τοῖς ἀνθρώποις ἅπαντα,
καὶ ἰδίᾳ καὶ δημοσίᾳ (30 B). Compare Xenophon, Memorab. i. 2, 8-9.

Abundant dogmatic and poetical
If from the Apology we turn to the Phædon,
invention of the Phædon
we seem to pass, not merely to the same
compared with the profession of
speaker after the interval of one month (the
ignorance which we read in the
ostensible interval indicated) but to a different
Apology.
speaker and over a long period. We have Plato
speaking through the mouth of Sokrates, and
Plato too at a much later time.103 Though the moral character (ἦθος) of
Sokrates is fully maintained and even strikingly dramatised — the
intellectual personality is altogether transformed. Instead of a speaker who
avows his own ignorance, and blames others only for believing themselves
to know when they are equally ignorant — we have one who indulges in the
widest range of theory and the boldest employment of hypothesis. Plato
introduces his own dogmatical and mystical views, leaning in part on the
Orphic and Pythagorean creeds.104 He declares the distinctness of nature,
the incompatibility, the forced temporary union and active conflict, between
the soul and the body. He includes this in the still wider and more general
declaration, which recognises antithesis between the two worlds: the world
of Ideas, Forms, Essences, not perceivable but only cogitable, eternal, and
unchangeable, with which the soul or mind was in kindred and communion
— the world of sense, or of transient and ever-changing appearances or
phenomena, never arriving at permanent existence, but always coming and
going, with which the body was in commerce and harmony. The
philosopher, who thirsts only after knowledge and desires to look at

Page 662

things105 as they are in themselves, with his mind by itself — is represented
as desiring, throughout all his life, to loosen as much as possible the
implication of his soul with his body, and as rejoicing when the hour of
death arrives to divorce them altogether.

103 In reviewing the Apology (supra, vol. i. ch. ix. p. 410) I have already
noticed this very material discrepancy, which is insisted upon by Ast as an
argument for disallowing the genuineness of the Apology.

104 Plato, Phædon, pp. 69 C, 70 C, 81 C, 62 B.

105 Plato, Phædon, p. 66 E. ἀπαλλακτέον αὐτοῦ (τοῦ σώματος) καὶ αὐτῇ
τῇ ψυχῇ θεατέον αὐτὰ τὰ πράγματα.

Total renunciation and discredit
Such total renunciation of the body is put,
of the body in the Phædon.
with dramatic propriety, into the mouth of
Different feeling about the body
Sokrates during the last hour of his life. But it
in other Platonic dialogues.
would not have been in harmony with the
character of Sokrates as other Platonic
dialogues present him — in the plenitude of life — manifesting
distinguished bodily strength and soldierly efficiency, proclaiming
gymnastic training for the body to be co-ordinate with musical training for
the mind, and impressed with the most intense admiration for the personal
beauty of youth. The human body, which in the Phædon is discredited as a
morbid incumbrance corrupting the purity of the soul, is presented to us by
Sokrates in the Phædrus as the only sensible object which serves as a mirror
and reflection of the beauty of the ideal world:106 while the Platonic
Timæus proclaims (in language not unsuitable to Locke) that sight, hearing,
and speech are the sources of our abstract Ideas, and the generating causes
of speculative intellect and philosophy.107 Of these, and of the world of
sense generally, an opposite view was appropriate in the Phædon; where the
purpose of Sokrates is to console his distressed friends by showing that

Page 663

death was no misfortune, but relief from a burthen. And Plato has availed
himself of this impressive situation,108 to recommend, with every charm of
poetical expression, various characteristic dogmas respecting the essential
distinction between Ideas and the intelligible world on one side —
Perceptions and the sensible world on the other: respecting the soul, its
nature akin to the intelligible world, its pre-existence anterior to its present
body, and its continued existence after the death of the latter: respecting the
condition of the soul before birth and after death, its transition, in the case
of most men, into other bodies, either human or animal, with the condition
of suffering penalties commensurate to the wrongs committed in this life:
finally, respecting the privilege accorded to the souls of such as have passed
their lives in intellectual and philosophical occupation, that they shall after
death remain for ever disembodied, in direct communion with the world of
Ideas.

106 Plato, Charmidês, p. 155 D. Protagoras, init. Phædrus, p. 250 D.
Symposion, pp. 177 C, 210 A.

Æschines, one of the Socratici viri or fellow disciples of Sokrates along
with Plato, composed dialogues (of the same general nature as those of
Plato) wherein Sokrates was introduced conversing or arguing. Æschines
placed in the mouth of Sokrates the most intense expressions of passionate
admiration towards the person of Alkibiades. See the Fragments cited by
the Rhetor Aristeides, Orat. xlv. pp. 20-23, ed. Dindorf. Aristeides mentions
(p. 24) that various persons in his time mistook these expressions ascribed
to Sokrates for the real talk of Sokrates himself. Compare also the
Symposion of Xenophon, iv. 27.

107 Plato, Timæus, p. 47, A-D. Consult also the same dialogue, pp. 87-88,
where Plato insists on the necessity of co-ordinate attention both to mind
and to body, and on the mischiefs of highly developed force in the mind

Page 664

unless it be accompanied by a corresponding development of force in the
body.

108 Compare the description of the last discourse of Pætus Thrasea.
Tacitus, Annal. xvi. 34.

Plato’s argument does not prove
The main part of Plato’s argumentation,
the immortality of the soul. Even
drawn from the general assumptions of his
if it did prove that, yet the mode
philosophy, is directed to prove the separate
of pre-existence and the mode of
and perpetual existence of the soul, before as
post-existence, of the soul, would
well as after the body. These arguments,
be quite undetermined.
interesting as specimens of the reasoning
which satisfied Plato, do not prove his
conclusion.109 But even if that conclusion were admitted to be proved, the
condition of the soul, during such anterior and posterior existence, would be
altogether undetermined, and would be left to the free play of sentiment and
imagination. There is no subject upon which the poetical genius of Plato has
been more abundantly exercised.110 He has given us two different
descriptions of the state of the soul before its junction with the body
(Timæus, and Phædrus), and three different descriptions of its destiny after
separation from the body (Republic, Gorgias, Phædon). In all the three, he
supposes an adjudication and classification of the departed souls, and a
better or worse fate allotted to each according to the estimate which he
forms of their merits or demerits during life: but in each of the three, this
general idea is carried out by a different machinery. The Hades of Plato is
not announced even by himself as anything more than approximation to the
truth: but it embodies his own ethical and judicial sentence on the classes of
men around him — as the Divina Commedia embodies that of Dante on
antecedent individual persons. Plato distributes rewards and penalties in the
measure which he conceives to be deserved: he erects his own approbation
and disapprobation, his own sympathy and antipathy, into laws of the

Page 665

unknown future state: the Gods, whom he postulates, are imaginary agents
introduced to execute the sentences which he dictates. While others, in their
conceptions of posthumous existence, assured the happiest fate, sometimes
even divinity itself, to great warriors and law-givers — to devoted friends
and patriots like Harmodius and Aristogeiton — to the exquisite beauty of
Helen — or to favourites of the Gods like Ganymêdes or Pelops111 — Plato
claims that supreme distinction for the departed philosopher.

109 Wyttenbach has annexed to his edition of the Phædon an instructive
review of the argumentation contained in it respecting the Immortality of
the soul. He observes justly — “Videamus jam de Phædone, qui ab omni
antiquitate is habitus est liber, in quo rationes immortalitatis animarum
gravissimé luculentissiméque exposita essent. Quæ quidem libro laus et
auctoritas conciliata est, non tam firmitate argumentorum, quam eloquentiâ
Platonis,” &c. (Disputat. De Placit. Immort. Anim. p. 10). The same feeling,
substantially, is expressed by one of the disputants in Cicero’s Tusculan
Disputations, who states that he assented to the reasoning while he was
reading the dialogue, but that as soon as he had laid down the book, his
assent all slipped away from him. I have already mentioned that Panætius,
an extreme admirer of Plato on most points, dissented from him about the
immortality of the soul (Cicero, Tusc. Disp. i. 11, 24 — i. 32, 79), and
declared the Phædon to be spurious. Galen also mentions (De Format.
Fœtûs, vol. iv. pp. 700-702. Kühn) that he had written a special treatise
(now lost) to prove that the reasonings in the Phædon were self-
contradictory, and that he could not satisfy himself, either about the essence
of the soul, or whether it was mortal or immortal. Compare his treatise Περὶ
Οὐσίας τῶν φυσικῶν δυνάμεων — iv. pp. 762-763 — and Περὶ τῶν τῆς
ψυχῆς ἠθῶν, iv. 773. In this last passage, he represents the opinion of Plato
to be — That the two inferior souls, the courageous and the appetitive, are
mortal, in which he (Galen) agrees, and that the rational soul alone is
immortal, of which he (Galen) is not persuaded. Now this view of Plato’s

Page 666

opinion is derived from the Republic and Timæus, not from the Phædon, in
which last the triple soul is not acknowledged. We may thus partly
understand the inconsistencies, which Galen pointed out in his lost Treatise,
in the argumentation of the Phædon: wherein one of the proofs presented to
establish the immortality of the soul is — That the soul is inseparably and
essentially identified with life, and cannot admit death (p. 105 D). This
argument, if good at all, is just as good to prove the immortality of the two
inferior souls, as of the superior and rational soul. Galen might therefore
remark that it did not consist with the conclusion which he drew from the
Timæus and the Republic.

110 Wyttenbach, l. c. p. 19. “Vidimus de philosophâ hujus loci parte, quâ
demonstratur, Animos esse immortales. Altera pars, quâ ostenditur, qualis
sit ille post hanc vitam status, fabulosé et poeticé à Platone tractata est.” &c.

111 Skolion of Kallistratus, Antholog. Græc. p. 155. Isokrates, Encomium
Helenæ, Or. x. s. 70-72. Compare the Νέκυια of the Odyssey and that of the
Æneid, respecting the heroes —

“Quæ gratia currûm
Armorumque fuit vivis, quæ cura nitentes
Pascere equos, eadem sequitur tellure repostos.” (Æn. vi. 653-5.)

The philosopher will enjoy an
The Philosopher, as a recompense for
existence of pure soul
having detached himself during life as much
unattached to any body.
as possible from the body and all its functions,
will be admitted after death to existence as a
soul pure and simple, unattached to any body. The souls of all other
persons, dying with more or less of the taint of the body attached to each of
them,112 and for that reason haunting the tombs in which the bodies are
buried, so as to become visible there as ghosts — are made subject, in the

Page 667

Platonic Hades, to penalty and purification suitable to the respective
condition of each; after which they become attached to new bodies,
sometimes of men, sometimes of other animals. Of this distributive scheme
it is not possible to frame any clear idea, nor is Plato consistent with himself
except in a few material features. But one feature there is in it which stands
conspicuous — the belief in the metempsychosis, or transfer of the same
soul from one animal body to another: a belief very widely diffused
throughout the ancient world, associated with the immortality of the soul,
pervading the Orphic and Pythagorean creeds, and having its root in the
Egyptian and Oriental religions.113

112 Plato, Phædon, p. 81 C-D. ὃ δὴ καὶ ἔχουσα ἡ τοιαύτη ψυχὴ βαρύνεται
τε καὶ ἕλκεται πάλιν εἰς τὸν ὁρατὸν τόπον, φόβῳ τοῦ ἀειδοῦς τε καὶ Ἅιδου,
ὥσπερ λέγεται, περὶ τὰ μνήματά τε καὶ τοὺς τάφους καλινδουμένη· περὶ ἃ
δὴ καὶ ὤφθη ἅττα ψυχῶν σκιοειδῆ φαντάσματα οἷα παρέχονται αἱ τοιαῦται
ψυχαὶ εἴδωλα, αἱ μὴ καθαρῶς ἀπολυθεῖσαι, ἀλλὰ τ ο ῦ ὁ ρ α τ ο ῦ
μετέχουσαι, διὸ καὶ ὁρῶνται.

Lactantius — in replying to the arguments of Demokritus, Epikurus, and
Dikæarchus against the immortality of the soul — reminded them that any
Magus would produce visible evidence to refute them; by calling up before
them the soul of any deceased person to give information and predict the
future — “qui profecto non auderent de animarum interitu mago praesente
disserere, qui sciret certis carminibus cieri ab infernis animas et adesse et
præbere se videndas et loqui et futura prædicere: et si auderent, re ipsâ et
documentis præsentibus vincerentur” (Lactant. Inst. vii. 13). See Cicero,
Tusc. Disp. i. 31.

113 Compare the closing paragraph of the Platonic Timæus: Virgil, Æneid
vi. 713, Herodot. ii. 123, Pausanias, iv. 32, 4, Sextus Empiric. adv. Math. ix.
127, with the citation from Empedokles:—

Page 668

“Tum pater Anchises: ‘Animæ quibus altera fato
Corpora debentur, Lethæi ad fluminis undam
Securos latices et longa oblivia potant’.”

The general doctrine, upon which the Metempsychosis rests, is set forth
by Virgil in the fine lines which follow, 723-751; compare Georgic iv. 218.
The souls of men, beasts, birds, and fishes, are all of them detached
fragments or portions from the universal soul, mind, or life, ætherial or
igneous, which pervades the whole Kosmos. The soul of each individual
thus detached to be conjoined with a distinct body, becomes tainted by such
communion; after death it is purified by penalties, measured according to
the greater or less taint, and becomes then fit to be attached to a new body,
yet not until it has drunk the water of Lêthê (Plato, Philêbus, p. 30 A;
Timæus, p. 30 B).

The statement of Nemesius is remarkable, that all Greeks who believed
the immortality of the soul, believed also in the metempsychosis — Κοινῇ
μὲν οὖν πάντες Ἔλληνες, οἱ τὴν ψυχὴν ἀθάνατον ἀποφῃνάμενοι, τὴν
μετενσωμάτωσιν δογματίζουσιν (De Naturâ Hominis, cap. ii. p. 50, ed.
1565). Plato accepted the Egyptian and Pythagorean doctrine, continued in
the Orphic mysteries (Arnob. adv. Gentes, ii. 16), making no essential
distinction between the souls of men and those of animals, and recognising
reciprocal interchange from the one to the other. The Platonists adhered to
this doctrine fully, down to the third century A.D., including Plotinus,
Numenius, and others. But Porphyry, followed by Jamblichus, introduced a
modification of this creed, denying the possibility of transition of a human
soul into the body of another animal, or of the soul of any other animal into
the body of a man, — yet still recognising the transition from one human
body to another, and from one animal body to another. (See Alkinous,
Introd. in Platon. c. 25.) This subject is well handled in a learned work

Page 669

published in 1712 by a Jesuit of Toulouse, Michel Mourgues. He shows (in
opposition to Dacier and others, who interpreted the doctrine in a sense
merely spiritual and figurative) that the metempsychosis was a literal belief
of the Platonists down to the time of Proklus. “Les quatre Platoniciens qui
ont tenu la Transmigration bornée” (i.e. from one human body into another
human body) “n’ont pas laissé d’admettre la pluralité d’animations ou de
vies d’une même âme: et cela sans figure et sans métaphore. Cet article, qui
est l’essentiel, n’a jamais trouvé un seul contradicteur dans les sectes qui
ont cru l’âme immortelle: ni Porphyre, ni Hiérocle, ni Procle, ni Salluste,
n’ont jamais touché à ce point que pour l’approuver. D’où il suit que la
réalité de la Métempsychose est indubitable; c’est à dire, qu’il est
indubitable que tous les sectateurs de Pythagore et de Platon l’ont soutenue
dans un sens très réel quant à la pluralité des vies et d’animations” (Tom. i.
p. 525: also Tom. ii. p. 432) M. Cousin and M. Barthélemy St Hilaire are of
the same opinion.

M. Barthélemy St. Hilaire observes in his Premier Mémoire sur le
Sankhyâ p. 416, Paris, 1852.

“Voilà donc la transmigration dans les plus grands dialogues de Platon —
le Timée, la République, le Phèdre, le Phédon. On peut en retrouver la trace
manifeste dans d’autres dialogues moins considérables, le Menon et le
Politique, par exemple. La transmigration est même positivement indiquée
dans le dixième Livre des Lois, où Platon traite avec tant de force et de
solennité de la providence et de la justice divines.

“En présence de témoignages si sérieux, et de tant de persistance à
revenir sur des opinions qui ne varient pas, je crois que tout esprit sensé ne
peut que partager l’avis de M. Cousin. Il est impossible que Platon ne se
fasse de l’exposition de ces opinions qu’un pur badinage. Il les a répetées,
sans les modifier en rien, au milieu des discussions les plus graves et les
plus étendues. Ajoutez que ces doctrines tiennent intimément à toutes celles

Page 670

qui sont le fond même du platonisme, et qu’elles s’y entrelacent si
étroitement, que les en détacher, c’est le mutiler et l’amoindrir. Le système
des Idées ne se comprend pas tout entier sans la réminiscence: et la
réminiscence elle même implique necessairement l’existence antérieure de
l’âme.”

Dr. Henry More, in his ‘Treatise on the Immortality of the Soul,’ argues
at considerable length in defence of pre-existence of each soul, as a part of
the doctrine. He considers himself to have clearly proved — “That the pre-
existence of the soul is an opinion both in itself the most rational that can be
maintained, and has had the suffrage of the most renowned philosophers in
all ages of the world”. Of these last-mentioned philosophers he gives a list,
as follows — Moses, on the authority of the Jewish Cabbala — Zoroaster,
Pythagoras, Epicharmus, Empedocles, Cebês, Euripides, Plato, Euclid,
Philo, Virgil, Marcus Cicero, Plotinus, Jamblichus, Proclus, Boethius, &c.
See chapters xii. and xiii. pages 116, 117, 121 of his Treatise. Compare also
what he says in Sect. 18 of his Preface General, page xx.-xxiv.

Plato’s demonstration of the
We are told that one vehement admirer of
immortality of the soul did not
Plato — the Ambrakiot Kleombrotus — was
appear satisfactory to
so profoundly affected and convinced by
subsequent philosophers. The
reading the Phædon, that he immediately
question remained debated and
terminated his existence by leaping from a
problematical.
high wall; though in other respects well
satisfied with life. But the number of persons
who derived from it such settled conviction, was certainly not considerable.
Neither the doctrine nor the reasonings of Plato were adopted even by the
immediate successors in his school: still less by Aristotle and the
Peripatetics — or by the Stoics — or by the Epikureans. The Epikureans
denied altogether the survivorship of soul over body: Aristotle gives a
definition of the soul which involves this same negation, though he admits

Page 671

as credible the separate existence of the rational soul, without individuality
or personality. The Stoics, while affirming the soul to be material as well as
the body, considered it as a detached fragment of the all-pervading cosmical
or mundane soul, which was re-absorbed after the death of the individual
into the great whole to which it belonged. None of these philosophers were
persuaded by the arguments of Plato. The popular orthodoxy, which he
often censures harshly, recognised some sort of posthumous existence as a
part of its creed; and the uninquiring multitude continued in the teaching
and traditions of their youth. But literary and philosophical men, who
sought to form some opinion for themselves without altogether rejecting (as
the Epikureans rejected) the basis of the current traditions — were in no
better condition for deciding the question with the assistance of Plato, than
they would have been without him. While the knowledge of the bodily
organism, and of mind or soul as embodied therein, received important
additions, from Aristotle down to Galen — no new facts either were known
or could become known, respecting soul per se, considered as pre-existent
or post-existent to body. Galen expressly records his dissatisfaction with
Plato on this point, though generally among his warmest admirers.
Questions of this kind remained always problematical, standing themes for
rhetoric or dialectic.114 Every man could do, though not with the same
exuberant eloquence, what Plato had done — and no man could do more.
Every man could coin his own hopes and fears, his own æsthetical
preferences and repugnances, his own ethical aspiration to distribute
rewards and punishments among the characters around him — into
affirmative prophecies respecting an unknowable future, where neither
verification nor Elenchus were accessible. The state of this discussion
throughout the Pagan world bears out the following remark of Lord
Macaulay, with which I conclude the present chapter:—

“There are branches of knowledge with respect to which the law of the
human mind is progress.… But with theology, the case is very different. As

Page 672

respects natural religion — revelation being for the present altogether left
out of the question — it is not easy to see that a philosopher of the present
day is more favourably situated than Thales or Simonides.… As to the other
great question — the question, what becomes of man after death — we do
not see that a highly educated European, left to his unassisted reason, is
more likely to be in the right than a Blackfoot Indian. Not a single one of
the many sciences in which we surpass the Blackfoot Indians, throws the
smallest light on the state of the soul after the animal life is extinct. In truth,
all the philosophers, ancient and modern, who have attempted, without the
help of revelation, to prove the immortality of man — from Plato down to
Franklin — appear to us to have failed deplorably. Then again, all the great
enigmas which perplex the natural theologian are the same in all ages. The
ingenuity of a people just emerging from barbarism, is quite sufficient to
propound them. The genius of Locke or Clarke is quite unable to solve
them.… Natural Theology, then, is not a progressive science.”115

114 Seneca says, Epist. 88. “Innumerabiles sunt quæstiones de animo:
unde sit, qualis sit, quando esse incipiat, quamdiu sit; an aliunde aliò
transeat, et domicilium mutet, ad alias animalium formas aliasque
conjectus, an non amplius quam semel serviat, et emissus evagetur in toto;
utrum corpus sit, an non sit: quid sit facturus, quum per nos aliquid facere
desierit: quomodo libertate usurus, cum ex hâc exierit caveâ: an obliviscatur
priorum et illic nosse incipiat, postquam de corpore abductus in sublime
secessit.” Compare Lucretius, i. 113.

115 Macaulay, Ranke’s History of the Popes (Crit. and Hist. Essays, vol.
iii. p. 210). Sir Wm. Hamilton observes (Lectures on Logic, Lect. 26, p.
55): “Thus Plato, in the Phædon, demonstrates the immortality of the soul
from its simplicity: in the Republic, he demonstrates its simplicity from its
immortality.”

Page 673

END OF VOL. II.

Transcriber’s Note

This HTML version was prepared initially for the on-line Grote Project
by Ed Brandon from volumes in the Internet Archive. It owes a very great
deal (its style sheet) to the Project Gutenberg versions of the 1911
Encyclopedia Britannica produced by Don Kretz and others. Don provided
a revised style for the side-notes to accommodate Grote’s predilection for
very long notes. (Even so there are a few occasions where the appearance
may yet be bad in some browsers because the side-note extends over more
lines than its accompanying paragraph. If there are also footnotes in the
paragraph I have had to guess at how much blank space should be inserted
for the footnote not to overlap the side-note.) I have modified it in one
respect to permit Grote’s use of italics in some side-notes.

Page 674

*** END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK PLATO AND THE
OTHER COMPANIONS OF SOKRATES, 3RD ED. VOLUME 2 ***

Updated editions will replace the previous one—the old editions will be
renamed.

Creating the works from print editions not protected by U.S. copyright law
means that no one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the
Foundation (and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States
without permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules,
set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to copying
and distributing Project Gutenberg™ electronic works to protect the
PROJECT GUTENBERG™ concept and trademark. Project Gutenberg is a
registered trademark, and may not be used if you charge for an eBook,
except by following the terms of the trademark license, including paying
royalties for use of the Project Gutenberg trademark. If you do not charge
anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the trademark license is
very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose such as creation
of derivative works, reports, performances and research. Project Gutenberg
eBooks may be modified and printed and given away—you may do
practically ANYTHING in the United States with eBooks not protected by
U.S. copyright law. Redistribution is subject to the trademark license,
especially commercial redistribution.

START: FULL LICENSE

Page 675

THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG™ LICENSE
PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK

To protect the Project Gutenberg™ mission of promoting the free
distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work (or any
other work associated in any way with the phrase “Project Gutenberg”), you
agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project Gutenberg License
available with this file or online at www.gutenberg.org/license.

Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing
Project Gutenberg electronic works

1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg electronic work,
you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to and accept all the
terms of this license and intellectual property (trademark/copyright)
agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all the terms of this agreement,
you must cease using and return or destroy all copies of Project Gutenberg
electronic works in your possession. If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy
of or access to a Project Gutenberg electronic work and you do not agree to
be bound by the terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the
person or entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.

1.B. “Project Gutenberg” is a registered trademark. It may only be used on
or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who agree to be
bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few things that you can
do with most Project Gutenberg electronic works even without complying
with the full terms of this agreement. See paragraph 1.C below. There are a
lot of things you can do with Project Gutenberg electronic works if you
follow the terms of this agreement and help preserve free future access to
Project Gutenberg electronic works. See paragraph 1.E below.

Page 676

1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation (“the Foundation”
or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
Gutenberg electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the
collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an individual
work is unprotected by copyright law in the United States and you are
located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative works
based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg are
removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project Gutenberg
mission of promoting free access to electronic works by freely sharing
Project Gutenberg works in compliance with the terms of this agreement for
keeping the Project Gutenberg name associated with the work. You can
easily comply with the terms of this agreement by keeping this work in the
same format with its attached full Project Gutenberg License when you
share it without charge with others.

1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in a
constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check the
laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement before
downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or creating
derivative works based on this work or any other Project Gutenberg work.
The Foundation makes no representations concerning the copyright status
of any work in any country other than the United States.

1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:

1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
access to, the full Project Gutenberg License must appear prominently
whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg work (any work on which the
phrase “Project Gutenberg” appears, or with which the phrase “Project

Page 677

Gutenberg” is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, copied
or distributed:

This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States
and most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no
restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it
under the terms of the Project Gutenberg™ License included with
this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in
the United States, you will have to check the laws of the country
where you are located before using this eBook.

1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg electronic work is derived from
texts not protected by U.S. copyright law (does not contain a notice
indicating that it is posted with permission of the copyright holder), the
work can be copied and distributed to anyone in the United States without
paying any fees or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a
work with the phrase “Project Gutenberg” associated with or appearing on
the work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs
1.E.1 through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
Project Gutenberg trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.

1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg electronic work is posted with the
permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution must comply
with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional terms imposed
by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked to the Project
Gutenberg License for all works posted with the permission of the
copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.

1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg License
terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this work or any
other work associated with Project Gutenberg.

Page 678

1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without prominently
displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with active links or
immediate access to the full terms of the Project Gutenberg License.

1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or
distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg work in a format other than “Plain
Vanilla ASCII” or other format used in the official version posted on the
official Project Gutenberg website (www.gutenberg.org), you must, at no
additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a copy, a means of
exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon request, of the work
in its original “Plain Vanilla ASCII” or other form. Any alternate format
must include the full Project Gutenberg License as specified in paragraph
1.E.1.

1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, performing,
copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg works unless you comply
with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.

1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing access to
or distributing Project Gutenberg electronic works provided that:

• You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from the
use of Project Gutenberg works calculated using the method you
already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is owed to the
owner of the Project Gutenberg trademark, but he has agreed to donate
royalties under this paragraph to the Project Gutenberg Literary
Archive Foundation. Royalty payments must be paid within 60 days
following each date on which you prepare (or are legally required to
prepare) your periodic tax returns. Royalty payments should be clearly
marked as such and sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive

Page 679

Foundation at the address specified in Section 4, “Information about
donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation.”

• You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he does
not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg™ License. You
must require such a user to return or destroy all copies of the works
possessed in a physical medium and discontinue all use of and all
access to other copies of Project Gutenberg™ works.

• You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days of
receipt of the work.

• You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free distribution
of Project Gutenberg™ works.

1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg™
electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set forth in
this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from the Project
Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the manager of the Project
Gutenberg™ trademark. Contact the Foundation as set forth in Section 3
below.

1.F.

1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread works
not protected by U.S. copyright law in creating the Project Gutenberg™
collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg™ electronic works, and
the medium on which they may be stored, may contain “Defects,” such as,
but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or corrupt data, transcription
errors, a copyright or other intellectual property infringement, a defective or

Page 680

damaged disk or other medium, a computer virus, or computer codes that
damage or cannot be read by your equipment.

1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except
for the “Right of Replacement or Refund” described in paragraph 1.F.3, the
Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
Gutenberg™ trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
Gutenberg™ electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all liability to
you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal fees. YOU AGREE
THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT
EXCEPT THOSE PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE
THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY
DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE LIABLE
TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL,
PUNITIVE OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE
NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.

1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you
discover a defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you
can receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you
received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with the
defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a refund.
If you received the work electronically, the person or entity providing it to
you may choose to give you a second opportunity to receive the work
electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy is also defective, you
may demand a refund in writing without further opportunities to fix the
problem.

Page 681

1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth in
paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you ‘AS-IS’, WITH NO OTHER
WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING
BUT NOT LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR
FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.

1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied warranties or
the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. If any disclaimer or
limitation set forth in this agreement violates the law of the state applicable
to this agreement, the agreement shall be interpreted to make the maximum
disclaimer or limitation permitted by the applicable state law. The invalidity
or unenforceability of any provision of this agreement shall not void the
remaining provisions.

1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
providing copies of Project Gutenberg™ electronic works in accordance
with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg™ electronic works,
harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, that
arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do or cause
to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg work, (b)
alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any Project Gutenberg
work, and (c) any Defect you cause.

Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project
Gutenberg

Project Gutenberg is synonymous with the free distribution of electronic
works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers including
obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists because of the

Page 682

efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from people in all walks of
life.

Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the assistance
they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg’s goals and ensuring
that the Project Gutenberg collection will remain freely available for
generations to come. In 2001, the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
Foundation was created to provide a secure and permanent future for
Project Gutenberg and future generations. To learn more about the Project
Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and how your efforts and donations
can help, see Sections 3 and 4 and the Foundation information page at
www.gutenberg.org.

Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg
Literary Archive Foundation

The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non-profit 501(c)
(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the state of
Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal Revenue Service.
The Foundation’s EIN or federal tax identification number is 64-6221541.
Contributions to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation are tax
deductible to the full extent permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state’s
laws.

The Foundation’s business office is located at 41 Watchung Plaza #516,
Montclair NJ 07042, USA, +1 (862) 621-9288. Email contact links and up
to date contact information can be found at the Foundation’s website and
official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact

Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project
Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation

Page 683

Project Gutenberg™ depends upon and cannot survive without widespread
public support and donations to carry out its mission of increasing the
number of public domain and licensed works that can be freely distributed
in machine-readable form accessible by the widest array of equipment
including outdated equipment. Many small donations ($1 to $5,000) are
particularly important to maintaining tax exempt status with the IRS.

The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United States.
Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a considerable effort,
much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up with these
requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations where we have not
received written confirmation of compliance. To SEND DONATIONS or
determine the status of compliance for any particular state visit
www.gutenberg.org/donate.

While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we have
not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition against
accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who approach us
with offers to donate.

International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make any
statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from outside the
United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.

Please check the Project Gutenberg web pages for current donation methods
and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other ways including
checks, online payments and credit card donations. To donate, please visit:
www.gutenberg.org/donate.

Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg
electronic works

Page 684

Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg
concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared with
anyone. For forty years, he produced and distributed Project Gutenberg
eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.

Project Gutenberg eBooks are often created from several printed editions,
all of which are confirmed as not protected by copyright in the U.S. unless a
copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily keep eBooks in
compliance with any particular paper edition.

Most people start at our website which has the main PG search facility:
www.gutenberg.org.

This website includes information about Project Gutenberg, including how
to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation,
how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to subscribe to our email
newsletter to hear about new eBooks.

Page 685

PDF language

简体中文 https://pdftoflip.com/view.php?t=2d2bdb2de8a4b0b6e715e87ca3659d39&bl=zh Translating…
Español https://pdftoflip.com/view.php?t=2d2bdb2de8a4b0b6e715e87ca3659d39&bl=es Translating…
Français https://pdftoflip.com/view.php?t=2d2bdb2de8a4b0b6e715e87ca3659d39&bl=fr Translating…
Deutsch https://pdftoflip.com/view.php?t=2d2bdb2de8a4b0b6e715e87ca3659d39&bl=de Translating…
日本語 https://pdftoflip.com/view.php?t=2d2bdb2de8a4b0b6e715e87ca3659d39&bl=ja Translating…
한국어 https://pdftoflip.com/view.php?t=2d2bdb2de8a4b0b6e715e87ca3659d39&bl=ko Translating…
Português https://pdftoflip.com/view.php?t=2d2bdb2de8a4b0b6e715e87ca3659d39&bl=pt Translating…
Русский https://pdftoflip.com/view.php?t=2d2bdb2de8a4b0b6e715e87ca3659d39&bl=ru Translating…
العربية https://pdftoflip.com/view.php?t=2d2bdb2de8a4b0b6e715e87ca3659d39&bl=ar Translating…